Ls-Dyna Manual Vol II r7.0

LS-DYNA
KEYWORD USER'S MANUAL

VOLUME II
Material Models
February 2013
Version R7.0
LIVERMORE SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (LSTC)
Corporate Address
Livermore Software Technology Corporation
P. O. Box 712
Livermore, California 94551-0712
Support Addresses
7374 Las Positas Road
Livermore, California 94551
Tel: 925-449-2500 Fax: 925-449-2507
Email: sales@lstc.com
Website: www.lstc.com

1740 West Big Beaver Road
Suite 100
Troy, Michigan 48084
Tel: 248-649-4728 Fax: 248-649-6328
Disclaimer
Copyright 1992-2013 Livermore Software Technology Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
LS-DYNA, LS-OPT and LS-PrePost are registered trademarks of Livermore Software Technology Corporation in the United States. All other trademarks, product names and brand names
belong to their respective owners.
LSTC reserves the right to modify the material contained within this manual without prior notice.
The information and examples included herein are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to be exhaustive or all-inclusive. LSTC assumes no liability or responsibility whatsoever
for any direct of indirect damages or inaccuracies of any type or nature that could be deemed to
have resulted from the use of this manual.
Any reproduction, in whole or in part, of this manual is prohibited without the prior written approval of LSTC. All requests to reproduce the contents hereof should be sent to sales@lstc.com.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------AES
Copyright 2001, Dr Brian Gladman <brg@gladman.uk.net>, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved.
LICENSE TERMS
The free distribution and use of this software in both source and binary form is allowed (with or without changes)
provided that:
1. distributions of this source code include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer;
2. distributions in binary form include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other associated materials;
3. the copyright holder's name is not used to endorse products built using this software without specific written
permission.
DISCLAIMER
This software is provided 'as is' with no explicit or implied warranties in respect of any properties, including, but not
limited to, correctness and fitness for purpose.
------------------------------------------------------------------------Issue Date: 21/01/2002
This file contains the code for implementing the key schedule for AES (Rijndael) for block and key sizes of 16, 24,
and 32 bytes.
*TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................ 0-1

*EOS ........................................................................................................................................................... 1-9
*EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL .............................................................................................. 1-14
*EOS_JWL ................................................................................................................................. 1-16
*EOS_SACK_TUESDAY .......................................................................................................... 1-17
*EOS_GRUNEISEN................................................................................................................... 1-18
*EOS_RATIO_OF_POLYNOMIALS ....................................................................................... 1-20
*EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL_WITH_ENERGY_LEAK ................................................... 1-25
*EOS_IGNITION_AND_GROWTH_OF_REACTION_IN_HE............................................... 1-27
*EOS_TABULATED_COMPACTION ..................................................................................... 1-31
*EOS_TABULATED ................................................................................................................. 1-33
*EOS_PROPELLANT_DEFLAGRATION ............................................................................... 1-35
*EOS_TENSOR_PORE_COLLAPSE ....................................................................................... 1-40
*EOS_IDEAL_GAS ................................................................................................................... 1-43
*EOS_JWLB ............................................................................................................................... 1-45
*EOS_GASKET ......................................................................................................................... 1-49
*EOS_MIE_GRUNEISEN ......................................................................................................... 1-52
*EOS_USER_DEFINED ............................................................................................................ 1-54
*MAT .......................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
MATERIAL MODEL REFERENCE TABLES ........................................................................... 2-8
*MAT_ADD_AIRBAG_POROSITY_LEAKAGE .................................................................... 2-16
*MAT_ADD_EROSION ............................................................................................................ 2-18
*MAT_ADD_PERMEABILITY ................................................................................................ 2-32
*MAT_ADD_PORE_AIR .......................................................................................................... 2-33
*MAT_ADD_THERMAL_EXPANSION ................................................................................. 2-35
*MAT_NONLOCAL .................................................................................................................. 2-37
*MAT_ELASTIC_{OPTION} ................................................................................................... 2-41
*MAT_{OPTION}TROPIC_ELASTIC ..................................................................................... 2-44
*MAT_PLASTIC_KINEMATIC ............................................................................................... 2-52
*MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_THERMAL ................................................................................ 2-55
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM ....................................................................................................... 2-58
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC............................................................................................................ 2-62
*MAT_BLATZ-KO_RUBBER .................................................................................................. 2-64
LS-DYNA R7.0
0-1 (TABLE OF CONTENTS)
*TABLE OF CONTENTS
*MAT_HIGH_EXPLOSIVE_BURN ......................................................................................... 2-65
*MAT_NULL ............................................................................................................................. 2-68
*MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_HYDRO_{OPTION} ................................................................. 2-70
*MAT_STEINBERG .................................................................................................................. 2-75
*MAT_STEINBERG_LUND ..................................................................................................... 2-79
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC ............................................................................... 2-82
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_FAILURE .............................................................................. 2-83
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM_FAILURE .................................................................................... 2-85
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK ......................................................................................................... 2-86
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR ....................................................................................................... 2-92
*MAT_ORIENTED_CRACK................................................................................................... 2-100
*MAT_POWER_LAW_PLASTICITY .................................................................................... 2-103
*MAT_STRAIN_RATE_DEPENDENT_PLASTICITY ......................................................... 2-105
*MAT_RIGID ........................................................................................................................... 2-108
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_THERMAL_{OPTION} ................................................................. 2-113
*MAT_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE ............................................................................................ 2-119
*MAT_TEMPERATURE_DEPENDENT_ORTHOTROPIC .................................................. 2-124
*MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY_{OPTION} .................................................... 2-129
*MAT_GEOLOGIC_CAP_MODEL ........................................................................................ 2-135
*MAT_HONEYCOMB ............................................................................................................ 2-141
*MAT_MOONEY-RIVLIN_RUBBER .................................................................................... 2-148
*MAT_RESULTANT_PLASTICITY ...................................................................................... 2-151
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED ....................................................................................................... 2-152
*MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY...................................................................................................... 2-158
*MAT_FRAZER_NASH_RUBBER_MODEL ........................................................................ 2-162
*MAT_LAMINATED_GLASS ................................................................................................ 2-165
*MAT_BARLAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTICITY ................................................................. 2-167
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD96 ........................................................................................................ 2-171
*MAT_FABRIC ........................................................................................................................ 2-175
*MAT_PLASTIC_GREEN-NAGHDI_RATE ......................................................................... 2-185
*MAT_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT_{OPTION} .................................................................... 2-186
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_{OPTION} .................. 2-198
*MAT_BLATZ-KO_FOAM ..................................................................................................... 2-207
*MAT_FLD_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC ................................................................. 2-208
*MAT_NONLINEAR_ORTHOTROPIC ................................................................................. 2-211
*MAT_USER_DEFINED_MATERIAL_MODELS ................................................................ 2-215
*MAT_BAMMAN .................................................................................................................... 2-220
LS-DYNA R7.0
*TABLE OF CONTENTS
*MAT_BAMMAN_DAMAGE ................................................................................................ 2-225
*MAT_CLOSED_CELL_FOAM ............................................................................................. 2-228
*MAT_ENHANCED_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE .................................................................... 2-231
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_FOAM ............................................................................................ 2-240
*MAT_LAMINATED_COMPOSITE_FABRIC ..................................................................... 2-245
*MAT_COMPOSITE_FAILURE_{OPTION}_MODEL ........................................................ 2-251
*MAT_ELASTIC_WITH_VISCOSITY .................................................................................. 2-256
*MAT_ELASTIC_WITH_VISCOSITY_CURVE ................................................................... 2-259
*MAT_KELVIN-MAXWELL_VISCOELASTIC ................................................................... 2-262
*MAT_VISCOUS_FOAM ....................................................................................................... 2-264
*MAT_CRUSHABLE_FOAM ................................................................................................. 2-266
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POWERLAW_PLASTICITY .................................................... 2-268
*MAT_MODIFIED_ZERILLI_ARMSTRONG ...................................................................... 2-270
*MAT_LINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM .................................................................. 2-273
*MAT_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM .......................................................... 2-275
*MAT_NONLINEAR_PLASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM .......................................................... 2-280
*MAT_SID_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM .......................................................................... 2-286
*MAT_HYDRAULIC_GAS_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM................................................ 2-290
*MAT_CABLE_DISCRETE_BEAM ...................................................................................... 2-292
*MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE ............................................................................................. 2-295
*MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE_REL3 .................................................................................. 2-299
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_VISCOUS_FOAM ......................................................................... 2-307
*MAT_ELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM ................................................................... 2-312
*MAT_BILKHU/DUBOIS_FOAM ......................................................................................... 2-314
*MAT_GENERAL_VISCOELASTIC ..................................................................................... 2-317
*MAT_HYPERELASTIC_RUBBER....................................................................................... 2-321
*MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER ...................................................................................................... 2-327
*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE ...................................................................................................... 2-332
*MAT_HYSTERETIC_SOIL ................................................................................................... 2-336
*MAT_RAMBERG-OSGOOD ................................................................................................ 2-343
*MAT_PLASTICITY_WITH_DAMAGE_{OPTION} ........................................................... 2-345
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM_{OPTION}................................................................................ 2-354
*MAT_WINFRITH_CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 2-364
*MAT_WINFRITH_CONCRETE_REINFORCEMENT ........................................................ 2-368
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_VISCOELASTIC ............................................................................ 2-370
*MAT_CELLULAR_RUBBER ............................................................................................... 2-373
*MAT_MTS.............................................................................................................................. 2-377
LS-DYNA R7.0
*TABLE OF CONTENTS
*MAT_PLASTICITY_POLYMER .......................................................................................... 2-382
*MAT_ACOUSTIC .................................................................................................................. 2-385
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE_{OPTION} ......................................................................................... 2-387
*MAT_ELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM ....................................................... 2-392
*MAT_INELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM ............................................................... 2-393
*MAT_INELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM ................................................... 2-396
*MAT_BRITTLE_DAMAGE .................................................................................................. 2-397
*MAT_GENERAL_JOINT_DISCRETE_BEAM .................................................................... 2-400
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK ............................................................................... 2-402
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK_ORTHOTROPIC_DAMAGE .............................. 2-405
*MAT_SPOTWELD_{OPTION} ............................................................................................. 2-407
*MAT_SPOTWELD_DAIMLERCHRYSLER ........................................................................ 2-419
*MAT_GEPLASTIC_SRATE_2000A ..................................................................................... 2-422
*MAT_INV_HYPERBOLIC_SIN ............................................................................................ 2-424
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_VISCOPLASTIC .............................................................................. 2-426
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTIC .......................................................................................... 2-432
*MAT_DAMAGE_1................................................................................................................. 2-436
*MAT_DAMAGE_2................................................................................................................. 2-442
*MAT_ELASTIC_VISCOPLASTIC_THERMAL................................................................... 2-446
*MAT_MODIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK ................................................................................. 2-449
*MAT_ORTHO_ELASTIC_PLASTIC .................................................................................... 2-457
*MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CERAMICS .................................................................... 2-462
*MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CONCRETE .................................................................... 2-465
*MAT_FINITE_ELASTIC_STRAIN_PLASTICITY .............................................................. 2-468
*MAT_TRIP ............................................................................................................................. 2-471
*MAT_LAYERED_LINEAR_PLASTICITY .......................................................................... 2-475
*MAT_UNIFIED_CREEP ........................................................................................................ 2-478
*MAT_COMPOSITE_LAYUP ................................................................................................ 2-479
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MATRIX .............................................................................................. 2-483
*MAT_COMPOSITE_DIRECT ............................................................................................... 2-486
*MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_6DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM ............................................ 2-488
*MAT_GURSON ...................................................................................................................... 2-495
*MAT_GURSON_JC................................................................................................................ 2-501
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC ......................................................................................................... 2-508
*MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_1DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM ............................................ 2-514
*MAT_HILL_3R ...................................................................................................................... 2-517
*MAT_MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY_{OPTION}............................... 2-520
LS-DYNA R7.0
*TABLE OF CONTENTS
*MAT_PLASTICITY_COMPRESSION_TENSION .............................................................. 2-525
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC ......................... 2-529
*MAT_MODIFIED_HONEYCOMB ....................................................................................... 2-539
*MAT_ARRUDA_BOYCE_RUBBER .................................................................................... 2-550
*MAT_HEART_TISSUE ......................................................................................................... 2-553
*MAT_LUNG_TISSUE ........................................................................................................... 2-558
*MAT_SPECIAL_ORTHOTROPIC ........................................................................................ 2-561
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_SMEARED_CRACK............................................................................. 2-565
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_SMEARED_CRACK ..................................................................... 2-568
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000 .................................................................................................... 2-573
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_FABRIC ......................................................................................... 2-584
*MAT_WTM_STM .................................................................................................................. 2-587
*MAT_WTM_STM_PLC......................................................................................................... 2-597
*MAT_CORUS_VEGTER ....................................................................................................... 2-602
*MAT_COHESIVE_MIXED_MODE ..................................................................................... 2-606
*MAT_MODIFIED_FORCE_LIMITED ................................................................................. 2-610
*MAT_VACUUM .................................................................................................................... 2-621
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POLYMER ................................................................................ 2-622
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ISOTROPIC_CRUSHABLE_FOAM ......................................... 2-624
*MAT_WOOD_{OPTION} ..................................................................................................... 2-628
*MAT_PITZER_CRUSHABLE_FOAM ................................................................................. 2-635
*MAT_SCHWER_MURRAY_CAP_MODEL ........................................................................ 2-637
*MAT_1DOF_GENERALIZED_SPRING .............................................................................. 2-645
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL ............................................................................................................... 2-647
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL_NEBRASKA ........................................................................................ 2-650
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE .......................................................................................................... 2-651
*MAT_EMMI ........................................................................................................................... 2-658
*MAT_DAMAGE_3 ................................................................................................................ 2-665
*MAT_DESHPANDE_FLECK_FOAM .................................................................................. 2-670
*MAT_PLASTICITY_COMPRESSION_TENSION_EOS ..................................................... 2-673
*MAT_MUSCLE...................................................................................................................... 2-677
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC ....................................................................... 2-680
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_COMPOSITE_FABRIC............................................................. 2-684
*MAT_CSCM _{OPTION}...................................................................................................... 2-689
*MAT_ALE_INCOMPRESSIBLE .......................................................................................... 2-699
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC_{OPTION} ................................................................................. 2-701
*MAT_MODIFIED_CRUSHABLE_FOAM ........................................................................... 2-712
LS-DYNA R7.0
*TABLE OF CONTENTS
*MAT_BRAIN_LINEAR_VISCOELASTIC ........................................................................... 2-715
*MAT_PLASTIC_NONLINEAR_KINEMATIC..................................................................... 2-717
*MAT_MOMENT_CURVATURE_BEAM ............................................................................. 2-719
*MAT_MCCORMICK ............................................................................................................. 2-723
*MAT_POLYMER ................................................................................................................... 2-726
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE...................................................................................................... 2-730
*MAT_RESULTANT_ANISOTROPIC................................................................................... 2-737
*MAT_STEEL_CONCENTRIC_BRACE................................................................................ 2-741
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2 ........................................................................................................ 2-746
*MAT_MOHR_COULOMB .................................................................................................... 2-758
*MAT_RC_BEAM ................................................................................................................... 2-763
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_THERMAL..................................................................................... 2-769
*MAT_QUASILINEAR_VISCOELASTIC ............................................................................. 2-773
*MAT_HILL_FOAM................................................................................................................ 2-778
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_HILL_FOAM ................................................................................. 2-781
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM_{OPTION} ................................................ 2-785
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER/FOAM_{OPTION}.............................................................. 2-790
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER_WITH_DAMAGE............................................................... 2-795
*MAT_COHESIVE_ELASTIC ................................................................................................ 2-798
*MAT_COHESIVE_TH ........................................................................................................... 2-799
*MAT_COHESIVE_GENERAL .............................................................................................. 2-802
*MAT_SAMP-1 ........................................................................................................................ 2-806
*MAT_THERMO_ELASTO_VISCOPLASTIC_CREEP ........................................................ 2-812
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_THERMOELASTIC ......................................................................... 2-816
*MAT_FLD_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT ............................................................................... 2-819
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM ......................................................................................................... 2-824
*MAT_SOIL_BRICK ............................................................................................................... 2-832
*MAT_DRUCKER_PRAGER ................................................................................................. 2-835
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL .................................................................................................... 2-837
*MAT_CONCRETE_BEAM.................................................................................................... 2-844
*MAT_GENERAL_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM ................................................................. 2-847
*MAT_SEISMIC_ISOLATOR ................................................................................................. 2-850
*MAT_JOINTED_ROCK ......................................................................................................... 2-855
*MAT_STEEL_EC3 ................................................................................................................. 2-859
*MAT_BOLT_BEAM .............................................................................................................. 2-862
*MAT_CODAM2 ..................................................................................................................... 2-865
*MAT_RIGID_DISCRETE ...................................................................................................... 2-875
LS-DYNA R7.0
*TABLE OF CONTENTS
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_SIMPLIFIED_DAMAGE ............................................................... 2-876
*MAT_TABULATED_JOHNSON_COOK............................................................................. 2-884
*MAT_VISCOPLASTIC_MIXED_HARDENING ................................................................. 2-889
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_BARLAT89 ................................................................ 2-891
*MAT_PML_ELASTIC ........................................................................................................... 2-898
*MAT_PML_ELASTIC_FLUID.............................................................................................. 2-900
*MAT_PML_ACOUSTIC ........................................................................................................ 2-901
*MAT_BIOT_HYSTERETIC .................................................................................................. 2-903
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT.................................................................................................... 2-905
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_LOOSE_FABRIC .......................................................................... 2-915
*MAT_MICROMECHANICS_DRY_FABRIC ....................................................................... 2-920
*MAT_SCC_ON_RCC............................................................................................................. 2-926
*MAT_PML_HYSTERETIC ................................................................................................... 2-930
*MAT_PERT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY ............................................................ 2-931
*MAT_COHESIVE_MIXED_MODE_ELASTOPLASTIC_RATE ........................................ 2-932
*MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_JH1 .................................................................................. 2-938
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_BARLAT2000 ............................................................ 2-943
*MAT_HILL_90 ....................................................................................................................... 2-948
*MAT_UHS_STEEL ................................................................................................................ 2-956
*MAT_PML_{OPTION}TROPIC_ELASTIC ......................................................................... 2-971
*MAT_PML_NULL ................................................................................................................. 2-974
*MAT_TAILORED_PROPERTIES......................................................................................... 2-976
*MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTIC_THERMAL ......................................................... 2-979
*MAT_AMORPHOUS_SOLIDS_FINITE_STRAIN .............................................................. 2-982
*MAT_TISSUE_DISPERSED ................................................................................................. 2-985
*MAT_EIGHT_CHAIN_RUBBER ......................................................................................... 2-992
*MAT_BERGSTROM_BOYCE_RUBBER .......................................................................... 2-1000
*MAT_CWM .......................................................................................................................... 2-1003
*MAT_POWDER ................................................................................................................... 2-1006
*MAT_RHT ............................................................................................................................ 2-1013
*MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE_PLASTIC_MODEL / *MAT_CDPM .............................. 2-1021
*MAT_CHRONOLOGICAL_VISCOELASTIC ................................................................... 2-1027
*MAT_ALE_VACUUM ........................................................................................................ 2-1031
*MAT_ALE_GAS_MIXTURE .............................................................................................. 2-1032
*MAT_ALE_VISCOUS ......................................................................................................... 2-1039
*MAT_ALE_MIXING_LENGTH ......................................................................................... 2-1042
CARD FORMAT .................................................................................................................... 2-1042
LS-DYNA R7.0
*TABLE OF CONTENTS
CARD FORMAT: FOR INTERNAL FLOW ......................................................................... 2-1042
CARD FORMAT: FOR EXTERNAL FLOW ........................................................................ 2-1042
*MAT_ALE_INCOMPRESSIBLE......................................................................................... 2-1045
*MAT_ALE_HERSCHEL ...................................................................................................... 2-1046
*MAT_SPRING_ELASTIC.................................................................................................... 2-1049
*MAT_DAMPER_VISCOUS................................................................................................. 2-1050
*MAT_SPRING_ELASTOPLASTIC..................................................................................... 2-1051
*MAT_SPRING_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC .......................................................................... 2-1052
*MAT_DAMPER_NONLINEAR_VISCOUS ....................................................................... 2-1053
*MAT_SPRING_GENERAL_NONLINEAR ........................................................................ 2-1054
*MAT_SPRING_MAXWELL ................................................................................................ 2-1056
*MAT_SPRING_INELASTIC ............................................................................................... 2-1058
*MAT_SPRING_TRILINEAR_DEGRADING ..................................................................... 2-1059
*MAT_SPRING_SQUAT_SHEARWALL ............................................................................ 2-1060
*MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE .................................................................................................... 2-1061
*MAT_SEATBELT ................................................................................................................ 2-1066
*MAT_THERMAL_{OPTION} ............................................................................................. 2-1068
*MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC .......................................................................................... 2-1069
*MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC ................................................................................... 2-1070
*MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_TD ................................................................................... 2-1072
*MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC_TD ............................................................................ 2-1074
*MAT_THERMAL_DISCRETE_BEAM .............................................................................. 2-1077
*MAT_THERMAL_CWM ..................................................................................................... 2-1078
*MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC_TD_LC ..................................................................... 2-1081
*MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_PHASE_CHANGE ......................................................... 2-1083
*MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_TD_LC ............................................................................ 2-1086
*MAT_THERMAL_USER_DEFINED .................................................................................. 2-1087
APPENDIX A ALPHABETIZED MATERIALS LIST ....................................................................... 3-1090
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS
LS-DYNA has historically referenced equations of state by type identifiers. Below these identifiers are given with the corresponding keyword name in the order that they appear in the manual.
The equations of state can be used with a subset of the materials that are available for solid elements. Type 15 is linked to the type 2 thick shell element and can be used to model engine gaskets.
TYPE 1:
*EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL
TYPE 2:
*EOS_JWL
TYPE 3:
*EOS_SACK_TUESDAY
TYPE 4:
*EOS_GRUNEISEN
TYPE 5:
*EOS_RATIO_OF_POLYNOMIALS
TYPE 6:
*EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL_WITH_ENERGY_LEAK
TYPE 7:
*EOS_IGNITION_AND_GROWTH_OF_REACTION_IN_HE
TYPE 8:
*EOS_TABULATED_COMPACTION
TYPE 9:
*EOS_TABULATED
TYPE 10:
*EOS_PROPELLANT_DEFLAGRATION
TYPE 11:
*EOS_TENSOR_PORE_COLLAPSE
TYPE 12:
*EOS_IDEAL_GAS
TYPE 14:
*EOS_JWLB
TYPE 15:
*EOS_GASKET
TYPE 16:
*EOS_MIE_GRUNEISEN
TYPE 21-30: *EOS_USER_DEFINED

An additional option _TITLE may be appended to all the *EOS keywords. If this option is used
then an additional line is read for each section in 80a format which can be used to describe the
equation of state. At present LS-DYNA does not make use of the title. Inclusion of title simply
gives greater clarity to input decks.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-9 (EOS)
*EOS
DEFINITIONS & NOTES ON SOME COMMONLY USED PARAMETERS:
In order to prescribe the boundary and/or initial thermodynamic condition, manual computations
are often necessary. Conventions or definitions must be established to simplify this process.
Some basic variables are defined in the following. Since many of these variables have already
been denoted by different symbols, the notations used here are unique in this section only! They
are presented to only clarify their usage. A corresponding SI unit set is also presented as an example.
First consider a few volumetric parameters since they are a measure of compression (or expansion).
(
Volume =
Mass =
Current specific volume (per mass) =

Reference specific volume =
=
Relative volume =
=(
( )
Current normalized volume increment =

A frequently used volumetric parameter is
=1
1=
Sometimes another volumetric parameter is used: ! =

Thus the relation between
VARIABLES
!=
=
"
"
"
"
1=!1
and ! is
=!1
=1
=
COMPRESSION
NO LOAD
EXPANSION
<1
>1
>1
<1
>0
<0
Table 1.1 summarizes these volumetric parameters.
1-10 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
V0 INITIAL RELATIVE VOLUME
There are 3 definitions of density that must be distinguished from each other:
" ="
"|&'
"
#$ =
Density at nominal/reference state, usually non-stress or non-deformed state.
= Density at t = 0
= Current density
Recalling the current relative volume,

=
|&' =
|()
|()
, and the relative volume at time=0 is then
. Generally, the V0 input parameter in an *EOS_ card, refers to this
. " is generally the density defined in the *MAT_ card. Hence, if a material is mechanically
compressed at t=0, V0, or
, the initial relative volume, may be computed and input accordingly ( 0).
The reference state is a unique state with respect to which the material stress tensor is computed. Therefore
is very critical in computing the pressure level in a material. Incorrect choice
of would lead to incorrect pressure computed. In general, is chosen such that at zero compression or expansion, the material should be in equilibrium with its ambient surrounding. In
many of the equations shown in the EOS section, is frequently used as a measure of compression (or expansion). However, the users must clearly distinguish between and
.
E0 - INTERNAL ENERGY
Internal energy represents the thermal energy state (temperature dependent component) of a system. One definition for internal energy is
,=
-. / (01234)
Note that the capital , here is the absolute internal energy. It is not the same as that used in
the subsequent *EOS keyword input, or some equations shown for each *EOS_ card. This internal energy is often defined with respect to a mass or volume unit.
Internal energy per unit mass (also called specific internal energy):
4=
=- /5
Internal energy per unit current volume:

4 =
LS-DYNA R7.0
- / = "- / =
- /
01234
01234
1-11 (EOS)
*EOS
Internal energy per unit reference volume:
4
-. / = " -. / =
-. /
01234
4 typically refers to the capital E shown in some equations under this EOS section. Hence
the initial internal energy per unit reference volume, E0, a keyword input parameter in the
*EOS section can be computed from
To convert from 4
4 |&' = " - /|&'
to 4 , simply divide 4
by
4 = "- / = 9" - /:
"
4
=
"
EQUATION OF STATE (EOS)

A thermodynamic state of a homogeneous material, not undergoing any chemical reactions or
phase changes, may be defined by two state variables. This relation is generally called an equation of state. For example, a few possible forms relating pressure to two other state variables are
; = ;(", /) = ;( , 4) = ;( , 4 ) = ;( , 4 )
The last equation form is frequently used to compute pressure. The EOS for solid phase materials is sometimes partitioned into 2 terms, a cold pressure and a thermal pressure
; = ;= ( ) + ;? ( , 4 )
;= ( ) is the cold pressure hypothetically evaluated along a 0-degree-Kelvin isotherm. This is

sometimes called a 0-K pressure-volume relation or cold compression curve. ;? ( , 4 ) is the
thermal pressure component that depends on both volumetric compression and thermal state of
the material.
Different forms of the EOS describe different types of materials and how their volumetric compression (or expansion) behaviors. The coefficients for each EOS model come from data-fitting,
phenomenological descriptions, or derivations based on classical thermodynamics, etc.
LINEAR COMPRESSION
In low pressure processes, pressure is not significantly affected by temperature. When volumetric compression is within an elastic linear deformation range, a linear bulk modulus may be used
to relate volume changes to pressure changes. Recalling the definition of an isotropic bulk modA
@
@
. The bulk modulus,
ulus is [Fung 1965] = . This may be rewritten as ; = B C =
, thus is equivalent to - in *EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL when all other coefficients are
1-12 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
zero. This is a simplest form of an EOS. To initialize a pressure for such a material, only
must be defined.
INITIAL CONDITION SETTING
In general, a thermodynamic state must be defined by two state variables. The need to specify
and/or 4 |&' depends on the form of the EOS chosen. The user should review the equation
term-by-term to establish what parameters to be initialized.
For many of the EOS available, pressure is specified (given), and the user must make an assumption on either 4 |&' or
. Consider two possibilities (a) /|&' is defined or assumed from
may be obwhich 4 |&' may be computed, or (2) "|&' is defined or assumed from which
tained.
WHEN TO USE THE EOS
For small strains considerations, a total stress tensor may be partitioned into a deviatoric stress
component and a mechanical pressure.
DHH
DEF = DEF +
J = DEF ;JEF
3 EF
DHH
DHH
= ;
;=
3
3
The pressure component may be written from the diagonal stress components.
Note that
LMM
9LNN OLPP OL :
is positive in tension while P is positive in compression.
Similarly the total strain tensor may be partitioned into a deviatoric strain component (volumepreserving deformation) and a volumetric deformation.
QEF = QEF +
QHH
J
3 EF
where MM is called the mean normal strain, and QHH is called the dilatation or volume strain
(change in volume per unit initial volume)
R
QHH =
Roughly speaking, a typical convention may refer to the relation DEF = S(QEF ) as a constitutive
equation, and ; = S( , 4 ) as an EOS. The use of an EOS may be omitted only when volumetric deformation is very small, and |;| UDEF U.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-13 (EOS)
*EOS
Purpose: Define coefficients for linear polynomial EOS and initialize the initial thermodynamic
state of the material. This is done by defining E0 and V0 below.
Card 1
EOSID
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
A8
Variable
E0
V0
Type
Variable
Type
Card 2
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
Equation of state ID, a unique number or label not exceeding 8 characters must be specified.
C0
The 0th polynomial equation coefficient.
C1
The 1st polynomial equation coefficient (when used by itself, this is the
elastic bulk modulus, i.e. it cannot be used for deformation that is beyond the elastic regime).
...
...
C6
The 6th polynomial equation coefficient.
E0
Initial internal energy per unit reference volume (see the beginning of
the *EOS section).
V0
Initial relative volume (see the beginning of the *EOS section).
1-14 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
Remarks:
1.
The linear polynomial equation of state is linear in internal energy. The pressure is given
by:
; = - + - + -8
where terms -8
and -6
+ -
+ (-W + -X + -Y
are set to zero if < 0 ,
8 ) , .
1 , and
is the
ratio of current density to reference density. " is a nominal or reference density defined
in the *MAT_NULL card.
The linear polynomial equation of state may be used to model gas with the gamma law
equation of state. This may be achieved by setting:
and
where
- = - = -8 = - = -Y = 0
-W = -X = a 1
a=
bc
bd
is the ratio of specific heats. Pressure for a perfect gas is then given by:
e = (a 1)
2.
3.
E has the unit of pressure (where " and ")
When - = - = -8 = - = -Y = 0, it does not necessarily mean that the initial

pressure is zero, ;0 -0 ! The initial pressure depends the values of all the coefficients
and on |f=0 and ,|f=0 . The pressure in a material is computed from the whole equation
above, ; = ;(, ,). It is always preferable to initialize the initial condition based on
|f=0 and ,|f=0 . The use of - = - = -8 = - = -Y = 0 must be done with caution as it may change the form and behavior of the material. The safest way is to use the
whole EOS equation to manually check for the pressure value. For example, for ideal
gas, it is wrong to define -W = -X = a 1 and - = - = -8 = - = -Y = 0 at
the same time.
V0 and E0 defined in this card must be the same as the time-zero ordinates for the 2 load
curves defined in the *BOUNDARY_AMBIENT_EOS card, if it is used. This is so that
they would both consistently define the same initial state for a material.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-15 (EOS)
*EOS
*EOS_JWL
*EOS_JWL
This is Equation of state Form 2.
Card
Variable
Type
EOSID
R1
R2
OMEG
E0
VO
A8
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
See equation in Remarks.
R1
R2
OMEG
E0
Detonation energy per unit volume.
V0
Initial relative volume.
Remarks:
The JWL equation of state defines the pressure as
e = h 1
j N
j N
+ k 1
j P
j P
il
and is usually used for detonation products of high explosives.

A, B, and E0 have units of pressure. R1, R2, OMEG, and V0 are unitless. It is recommended
that a unit system of gram, centimenter, microsecond be used when a model includes high explosive(s). In this consistent unit system, pressure is in Mbar.
1-16 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_SACK_TUESDAY
*EOS_SACK_TUESDAY
Card
Variable
EOSID
A1
A2
A3
B1
B2
E0
V0
A8
Type
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
A1
A2
A3
B1
B2
E0
Initial internal energy
V0
Initial relative volume
Remarks:
The Sack equation of state defines pressure as
e=
n N
m P
and is used for detonation products of high explosives.
LS-DYNA R7.0
o N
oP
1-17 (EOS)
*EOS
*EOS_GRUNEISEN
*EOS_GRUNEISEN
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
EOSID
S1
S2
S3
GAMAO
E0
A8
V0
F
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
C
S1
S2
S3
GAMAO
E0
V0
1-18 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_GRUNEISEN
Remarks:
The Gruneisen equation of state with cubic shock velocity-particle velocity (vs-vp) defines pressure for compressed materials as
e=
and for expanded materials as
b P p B O
(t N
) p t P
q
P
uP
r P
p C
P
P
u
w
(uvN)P
uvN
+ (a + x ) ,.
e = " - 8 + (a + x ),.
where C is the intercept of the vs-vp curve (in velocity units); S1, S2, and S3 are the unitless coefficients of the slope of the vs-vp curve; 0 is the unitless Gruneisen gamma; a is the unitless,
first order volume correction to 0; and
= 1.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-19 (EOS)
*EOS
Card 1
A10
A11
A12
A13
Type
Card 3
A20
A21
A22
A23
Type
Card 4
A30
A31
A32
A33
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
1-20 (EOS)
1
EOSID
A8
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
Card 5
A40
A41
A42
A43
Type
Card 6
A50
A51
A52
A53
Type
Card 7
A60
A61
A62
A63
Type
Card 8
A70
A71
A72
A73
Type
Card 9
A14
A24
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-21 (EOS)
*EOS
Card 10
Variable
ALPH
BETA
E0
V0
Type
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
A10
A11
A12
A13
A20
A21
A22
A23
A30
A31
A32
A33
A40
A41
A42
A43
A50
1-22 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
A51
A52
A53
A60
A61
A62
A63
A70
A71
A72
A73
A14
A24
ALPHA
BETA
E0
V0

Remarks:
The ratio of polynomials equation of state defines the pressure as
e=
LS-DYNA R7.0
{N O{P lO{ l P O{| l

{} O{~ lO{ l P
(1 + y )
1-23 (EOS)
*EOS
where
E = F' hEF
=
= 4 if < 3
1 = 3 if 3
In expanded elements F1 is replaced by = + z 8 . By setting coefficient A10 = 1.0, the

delta-phase pressure modeling for this material will be initiated. The code will reset it to 0.0 after setting flags.
1-24 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
Card 1
EOSID
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
A8
Variable
E0
V0
LCID
Type
Variable
Type
Card 2
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
E0
V0
LCID
LS-DYNA R7.0
Load curve ID defining the energy deposition rate
1-25 (EOS)
*EOS
Remarks:
This polynomial equation of state, linear in the internal energy per initial volume, ,, is given by
e =- +-
+ -8
+-
+ (-W + -X + -Y
8 ),
in which - , - , -8 , - , -W , -X , and -Y are user defined constants and

where
= 1 .
is the relative volume. In expanded elements, we set the coefficients of

-2 = -6 = 0
to zero, i.e.,
Internal energy, ,, is increased according to an energy deposition rate versus time curve whose
ID is defined in the input.
1-26 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
Card 1
EOSID
XP1
XP2
FRER
R1
A8
Variable
R2
R3
R5
R6
FMXIG
FREQ
GROW1
EM
Type
Card 3
AR1
ES1
CVP
CVR
EETAL
CCRIT
ENQ
TMP0
Type
Card 4
GROW2
AR2
ES2
EN
FMXGR
FMNGR
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
Product JWL constant (see second equation in Remarks)
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-27 (EOS)
*EOS
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
XP1
XP2
FRER
Constant in ignition term of reaction equation
Cv of product
R1
Unreacted JWL constant (see first equation in Remarks)
R2
R3
Cv of unreacted explosive
R5
R6
FMXIG
Maximum F for ignition term
FREQ
GROW1
Constant in growth term of reaction equation
EM
AR1
ES1
CVP
Heat capacity of reaction products
CVR
Heat capacity of unreacted HE
EETAL
CCRIT
ENQ
Heat of reaction
TMP0
Initial temperature (K)
GROW2
Constant in completion term of reaction equation
AR2
ES2
1-28 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
EN
*EOS
DESCRIPTION
FMXGR
Maximum F for growth term
FMNGR
Maximum F for completion term
Remarks:
Equation of State Form 7 is used to calculate the shock initiation (or failure to initiate) and detonation wave propagation of solid high explosives. It should be used instead of the ideal HE burn
options whenever there is a question whether the HE will react, there is a finite time required for
a shock wave to build up to detonation, and/or there is a finite thickness of the chemical reaction
zone in a detonation wave. At relatively low initial pressures (<2-3 GPa), this equation of state
should be used with material type 10 for accurate calculations of the unreacted HE behavior. At
higher initial pressures, material type 9 can be used. A JWL equation of state defines the pressure in the unreacted explosive as
;# = 4
X #
+ 8 4
Y #
?#
( = # cvr)
where Ve and Te are the relative volume and temperature, respectively, of the unreacted explosive. Another JWL equation of state defines the pressure in the reaction products as
; = x 4
+ 4
= cvp
where Vp and Tp are the relative volume and temperature, respectively, of the reaction products.
As the chemical reaction converts unreacted explosive to reaction products, these JWL equations
of state are used to calculate the mixture of unreacted explosive and reaction products defined by
the fraction reacted F(F=O implies no reaction, F=1 implies complete reaction). The temperatures and pressures are assumed to be equal (/# = / ,e# = e ) and the relative volumes are additive, i.e.,
= (1 )
The chemical reaction rate for conversion of unreacted explosive to reaction products consists of
three physically realistic terms: an ignition term in which a small amount of explosive reacts
soon after the shock wave compresses it; a slow growth of reaction as this initial reaction
spreads; and a rapid completion of reaction at high pressure and temperature. The form of the
reaction rate equation is
{
&
LS-DYNA R7.0
= S4(1 ) $
( 4
1 f)##&
+grow1(1 )# e#
(Ignition)
(Growth)
1-29 (EOS)
*EOS
+grow2(1 )#8 S 8 e#
(Completion)
The ignition rate is set equal to zero when Ffmxig, the growth rate is set equal to zero when
Ffmxgr, and the completion rate is set equal to zero when Ffmngr.
Details of the computational methods and many examples of one and two dimensional shock initiation and detonation wave calculation can be found in the references (Cochran and Chan
[1979], Lee and Tarver [1980]). Unfortunately, sufficient experimental data has been obtained
for only two solid explosives to develop very reliable shock initiation models: PBX-9504 (and
the related HMX-based explosives LX-14,LX-10,LX-04, etc.) and LX-17 (the insensitive TATBbased explosive). Reactive flow models have been developed for other explosives (TNT, PETN,
Composition B, propellants, etc.) but are based on very limited experimental data.
History variables 5 and 8 are temperature and burn fraction, respectively. See NEIPH in
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY if these output variables are desired in the databases for
post-processing.
1-30 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
Card 1
Variable
EOSID
GAMA
E0
V0
A8
Type
Repeat Cards 2 and 3 for Ci, Ti, and Ki . A total of 9 cards must be defined.
Card 2
EV1
EV2
EV3
EV4
EV5
Type
Card 3
EV6
EV7
EV8
EV9
EV10
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
V1, V2,.. VN
Volumetric strain, ln V
K1,K2,..KN
Bulk unloading modulus
GAMA
E0
V0
LS-DYNA R7.0

1-31 (EOS)
*EOS
Figure 1-1. Pressure versus volumetric strain curve for Equation of state Form 8 with
compaction. In the compacted states the bulk unloading modulus depends on the peak
volumetric strain. Volumetric strain values should be input with correct sign (negative
in compression) and in descending order. Pressure is positive in compression.
Remarks:
The tabulated compaction model is linear in internal energy. Pressure is defined by
e = -(Q ) + a /(Q ),
in the loading phase. The volumetric strain, V is given by the natural logarithm of the relative
volume V. Unloading occurs along the unloading bulk modulus to the pressure cutoff. Reloading always follows the unloading path to the point where unloading began, and continues on the
loading path, see 1-1. Up to 10 points and as few as 2 may be used when defining the tabulated
functions. LS-DYNA will extrapolate to find the pressure if necessary.
1-32 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_TABULATED
*EOS_TABULATED
Card 1
Variable
EOSID
GAMA
E0
V0
LCC
LCT
A8
Type
Define 6 additional cards if and only if LCC and LCT equal zero.
Repeat Cards 2 and 3 to define Ci and Ti.
Card 2
EV1
EV2
EV3
EV4
EV5
Type
Card 3
EV6
EV7
EV8
EV9
EV10
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
EOSID
GAMA
E0
V0
LS-DYNA R7.0
DESCRIPTION
a

1-33 (EOS)
*EOS
VARIABLE
*EOS_TABULATED
DESCRIPTION
LCC
Load curve defining tabulated function C. See equation in Remarks.

The abscissa values of LCC and LCT must increase monotonically. The
definition can extend into the tensile regime.
LCT
Load curve defining tabulated function T. See equation in Remarks.
EV1,EV2, ...EVN
Volumetric strain, ln(V), where V is the relative volume. The first abscissa point, EV1, must be 0.0 or positive if the curve extends into the
tensile regime with subsequent points decreasing monotonically.
C1,C2,..CN
Tabulated points for function C.
T1,T2,..TN
Tabulated points for function T.
Remarks:
The tabulated equation of state model is linear in internal energy. Pressure is defined by
; = -(Q ) + a/(Q ),
The volumetric strain, Q is given by the natural logarithm of the relative volume V. Up to 10
points and as few as 2 may be used when defining the tabulated functions. LS-DYNA will extrapolate to find the pressure if necessary.
1-34 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
This Equation of state (10) has been added to model airbag propellants.
Card 1
EOSID
XP1
XP2
FRER
A8
Card 2
Variable
R1
R2
R3
R5
Type
Card 3
Variable
R6
FMXIG
FREQ
GROW1
EM
Type
Card 4
AR1
ES1
CVP
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
CVR
EETAL
CCRIT
ENQ
TMP0
1-35 (EOS)
*EOS
Card 5
Variable
GROW2
AR2
ES2
EN
FMXGR
FMNGR
Type
VARIABLE
EOSID
Product JWL coefficient
XP1
XP2

Unreacted Co-volume
Product Cv
R1
Unreacted JWL coefficient
R2
R3
Unreacted Cv
R5
R6
FMXIG
Initial Fraction Reacted Fo
FREQ
GROW1
Initial Pressure Po
First burn rate coefficient
EM
Pressure Exponent (1st term)
AR1
Exponent on F (1st term)
ES1
Exponent on (1-F) (1st term)
1-36 (EOS)
DESCRIPTION
FRER
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
CVP
Heat capacity Cv for products
CVR
Heat capacity Cv for unreacted material
EETAL
Extra, not presently used
CCRIT
Product co-volume
ENQ
Heat of Reaction
TMP0
Initial Temperature (298K)
GROW2
Second burn rate coefficient
AR2
Exponent on F (2nd term)
ES2
Exponent on (1-F) (2nd term)
EN
Pressure Exponent (2nd term)
FMXGR
Maximum F for 1st term
FMNGR
Minimum F for 2nd term
Remarks:
A deflagration (burn rate) reactive flow model requires an unreacted solid equation of state, a
reaction product equation of state, a reaction rate law and a mixture rule for the two (or more)
species. The mixture rule for the standard ignition and growth model [Lee and Tarver 1980] assumes that both pressures and temperatures are completely equilibrated as the reaction proceeds.
However, the mixture rule can be modified to allow no thermal conduction or partial heating of
the solid by the reaction product gases. For this relatively slow process of airbag propellant
burn, the thermal and pressure equilibrium assumptions are valid. The equations of state currently used in the burn model are the JWL, Gruneisen, the van der Waals co-volume, and the perfect
gas law, but other equations of state can be easily implemented. In this propellant burn, the gaseous nitrogen produced by the burning sodium azide obeys the perfect gas law as it fills the airbag but may have to be modeled as a van der Waals gas at the high pressures and temperatures
produced in the propellant chamber. The chemical reaction rate law is pressure, particle geometry and surface area dependant, as are most high-pressure burn processes. When the temperature
profile of the reacting system is well known, temperature dependent Arrhenius chemical kinetics
can be used.
Since the airbag propellant composition and performance data are company private information,
it is very difficult to obtain the required information for burn rate modeling. However, Imperial
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-37 (EOS)
*EOS
Chemical Industries (ICI) Corporation supplied pressure exponent, particle geometry, packing
density, heat of reaction, and atmospheric pressure burn rate data which allowed us to develop
the numerical model presented here for their NaN3 + Fe2O3 driver airbag propellant. The deflagration model, its implementation, and the results for the ICI propellant are presented in
[Hallquist, et.al., 1990].
The unreacted propellant and the reaction product equations of state are both of the form:
e = h 4
jN
+ k4
jP
i bd ?
where p is pressure (in Mbars), V is the relative specific volume (inverse of relative density), is
the Gruneisen coefficient, Cv is heat capacity (in Mbars -cc/ccK), T is temperature in K, d is
the co-volume, and A, B, R1 and R2 are constants. Setting A=B=0. yields the van der Waals covolume equation of state. The JWL equation of state is generally useful at pressures above several kilobars, while the van der Waals is useful at pressures below that range and above the
range for which the perfect gas law holds. Of course, setting A=B=d=0 yields the perfect gas
law. If accurate values of and Cv plus the correct distribution between cold compression
and internal energies are used, the calculated temperatures are very reasonable and thus can be
used to check propellant performance.
The reaction rate used for the propellant deflagration process is of the form:
{
&
= (1 ) e + (1 ) e
{ {(N
{(P {
where F is the fraction reacted (F = 0 implies no reaction, F = 1 is complete reaction), t is time,

and p is pressure (in Mbars), r,s,u,w,x,y, Flimit1 and Flimit2 are constants used to describe the
pressure dependence and surface area dependence of the reaction rates. Two (or more) pressure
dependant reaction rates are included in case the propellant is a mixture or exhibited a sharp
change in reaction rate at some pressure or temperature. Burning surface area dependencies can
be approximated using the (1-F)y Fx terms. Other forms of the reaction rate law, such as Arrhenius temperature dependent e-E/RT type rates, can be used, but these require very accurate temperatures calculations. Although the theoretical justification of pressure dependent burn rates at
kilobar type pressures is not complete, a vast amount of experimental burn rate versus pressure
data does demonstrate this effect and hydrodynamic calculations using pressure dependent burn
accurately simulate such experiments.
The deflagration reactive flow model is activated by any pressure or particle velocity increase on
one or more zone boundaries in the reactive material. Such an increase creates pressure in those
zones and the decomposition begins. If the pressure is relieved, the reaction rate decreases and
can go to zero. This feature is important for short duration, partial decomposition reactions. If
the pressure is maintained, the fraction reacted eventually reaches one and the material is completely converted to product molecules. The deflagration front rates of advance through the propellant calculated by this model for several propellants are quite close to the experimentally observed burn rate versus pressure curves.
1-38 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
To obtain good agreement with experimental deflagration data, the model requires an accurate
description of the unreacted propellant equation of state, either an analytical fit to experimental
compression data or an estimated fit based on previous experience with similar materials. This
is also true for the reaction products equation of state. The more experimental burn rate, pressure production and energy delivery data available, the better the form and constants in the reaction rate equation can be determined.
Therefore, the equations used in the burn subroutine for the pressure in the unreacted propellant
; = 1 4
jX
+
2 4
jY
+
j ?
{jlj
where Vu and Tu are the relative volume and temperature respectively of the unreacted propellant. The relative density is obviously the inverse of the relative volume. The pressure Pp in the
reaction products is given by:
; = h 4
A c
+k4
A8 c
bbj-?
As the reaction proceeds, the unreacted and product pressures and temperatures are assumed to
be equilibrated (Tu = Tp = T, p = Pu = Pp) and the relative volumes are additive:
= (1 )
where V is the total relative volume. Other mixture assumptions can and have been used in different versions of DYNA2D/3D. The reaction rate law has the form:
{
&
= GROW1(P + FREQ)EM (F + FMXIG)AR1 (1 - F + FMXIG)ES1

+ GROW2(P + FREQ)EN (F + FMXIG)AR2 (1 - F + FMXIG)ES2
If F exceeds FMXGR, the GROW1 term is set equal to zero, and, if F is less than FMNGR, the
term is zero. Thus, two separate (or overlapping) burn rates can be used to describe the
rate at which the propellant decomposes.
GROW2
This equation of state subroutine is used together with a material model to describe the propellant. In the airbag propellant case, a null material model (type #10) can be used. Material type
#10 is usually used for a solid propellant or explosive when the shear modulus and yield strength
are defined. The propellant material is defined by the material model and the unreacted equation
of state until the reaction begins. The calculated mixture states are used until the reaction is
complete and then the reaction product equation of state is used. The heat of reaction, ENQ, is
assumed to be a constant and the same at all values of F but more complex energy release laws
could be implemented.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-39 (EOS)
*EOS
Card 1
Variable
Type
EOSID
NLD
NCR
MU1
MU2
IE0
EC0
A8
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
NLD
Virgin loading load curve ID
NCR
Completely crushed load curve ID
MU1
Excess Compression required before any pores can collapse
MU2
Excess Compression point where the Virgin Loading Curve and the
Completely Crushed Curve intersect
IE0
Initial Internal Energy
EC0
Initial Excess Compression
Remarks:
The pore collapse model described in the TENSOR manual [23] is no longer valid and has been
replaced by a much simpler method. This is due in part to the lack of experimental data required
for the more complex model. It is desired to have a close approximation of the TENSOR model
in the DYNA code to enable a quality link between them. The TENSOR model defines two
curves, the virgin loading curve and the completely crushed curve as shown in Figure 1-2 also
defines the excess compression point required for pore collapse to begin (1), and the excess
compression point required to completely crush the material (2). From this data and the maximum excess compression the material has attained (max), the pressure for any excess compression () can be determined.
Unloading occurs along the virgin loading curve until the excess compression surpasses . After that, the unloading follows a path between the completely crushed curve and the virgin load1-40 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
ing curve. Reloading will follow this curve back up to the virgin loading curve. Once the excess
compression exceeds 8 , then all unloading will follow the completely crushed curve.
For unloading between and 8 a partially crushed curve is determined by the relationship:
e= ( ) = e==
where
o
( Op ) ( Op )
Op
= ;==
(;
1 .
and the subscripts pc and cc refer to the partially crushed and completely crushed states, respectively. This is more readily understood in terms of the relative volume (V).
=
O p
;= ( ) = ;==
This representation suggests that for a fixed
p O
the partially crushed curve will
separate linearly from the completely crushed curve as V increases to account for pore recovery
in the material.
The bulk modulus K is determined to be the slope of the current curve times one plus the excess
compression
The slope
A
p
(1 + )
for the partially crushed curve is obtained by differentiation as:

A
p
N v u (N v u)
6 (
(Nu )
A 5
O p )
p ( O p )
Simplifying,
=
A (pr )
p
(1 +
where

( O p ) ( O p)

( O p )
1 .
The bulk sound speed is determined from the slope of the completely crushed curve at the current pressure to avoid instabilities in the time step.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-41 (EOS)
*EOS
Figure 1-2. Pressure versus compaction curve

The virgin loading and completely crushed curves are modeled with monotonic cubic-splines.
An optimized vector interpolation scheme is then used to evaluate the cubic-splines. The bulk
modulus and sound speed are derived from a linear interpolation on the derivatives of the cubicsplines.
1-42 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_IDEAL_GAS
*EOS_IDEAL_GAS
Purpose: This is equation of state form 12 for modeling ideal gas. It is an alternate approach to
using *EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL with C4 = C5 = (a-1) to model ideal gas. This has a
slightly improved energy accounting algorithm.
Card 1
Variable
EOSID
CV0
CP0
CL
CQ
T0
V0
A8
Type
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
CV0
Nominal constant-volume specific heat coefficient (at STP)
CP0
Nominal constant-pressure specific heat coefficient (at STP)
CL
Linear coefficient for the variations of Cv and Cp versus T
CQ
Quadratic coefficient for the variations of Cv and Cp versus T
T0
Initial temperature
V0
Initial relative volume (see the beginning of the *EOS section)
Remarks:
1.
The pressure in the ideal gas law is defined as
e = " - -. /
- = - + - / + - / 8
-. = -. + - / + - / 8
where - and -. are the specific heat capacities at constant pressure and at constant volume, respectively. " is the density. The relative volume is defined as
=
LS-DYNA R7.0
( )
=
( )
"
"
1-43 (EOS)
*EOS
*EOS_IDEAL_GAS
where " is a nominal or reference density defined in the *MAT_NULL card. The initial
pressure can then be manually computed as
;|&' = "|&' (-A - )/|&'
"
"|&' =
|&'
"
(-A - )/|&'
;|&' =
|&'
The initial relative volume, |&' (V0), initial temperature, /|&' (T0), and heat capacity
information are defined in the *EOS_IDEAL_GAS input. Note that the reference density is typically a density at a non-stressed or nominal stress state. The initial pressure
should always be checked manually against simulation result.
2.
When dealing with Eulerian/ALE models, the ideal gas model is implemented to preserve
the adiabatic state during advection. The adiabatic state is conserved on the expense of a
perfect internal energy conservation.
3.
The ideal gas model is good for low density gas only. Deviation from the ideal gas behavior may be indicated by the compressibility factor defined as
=
;
/
When Z deviates from 1, the gas behavior deviates from ideal.

4.
V0 and T0 defined in this card must be the same as the time-zero ordinates for the 2 load
curves defined in the *BOUNDARY_AMBIENT_EOS card, if it is used. This is so that
they both would consistently define the same initial state for a material.
1-44 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_JWLB
*EOS_JWLB
This is Equation of state Form 14. The JWLB (Jones-Wilkens-Lee-Baker) equation of state, developed by Baker [1991] and further described by Baker and Orosz [1991], describes the high
pressure regime produced by overdriven detonations while retaining the low pressure expansion
behavior required for standard acceleration modeling. The derived form of the equation of state
is based on the JWL form due to its computational robustness and asymptotic approach to an
ideal gas at high expansions. Additional exponential terms and a variable Gruneisen parameter
have been added to adequately describe the high-pressure region above the Chapman-Jouguet
state.
Card 1
EOSID
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A8
Variable
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
Type
Card 3
AL1
AL2
AL3
AL4
AL5
Type
Card 4
BL1
BL2
BL3
BL4
BL5
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-45 (EOS)
*EOS
Card 5
*EOS_JWLB
1
RL1
RL2
RL3
RL4
RL5
Type
Card 6
Variable
OMEGA
V0
Type
Variable
VARIABLE
EOSID
DESCRIPTION
A1
Equation of state coefficient, see below.
A2
A3
A4
A5
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
AL1
A1, equation of state coefficient, see below.
AL2
AL3
1-46 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_JWLB
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
AL4
AL5
BL1
B1, equation of state coefficient, see below.
BL2
BL3
BL4
BL5
RL1
R1, equation of state coefficient, see below.
RL2
RL3
RL4
RL5
OMEGA
E
V0
Energy density per unit initial volume

Remarks:
The JWLB equation-of-state defines the pressure as
e = XE' hE 1
= XE' (hE + kE )4
j
j
+- 1
(iO )
where V is the relative volume, E is the energy per unit initial volume, and hE , E , hE , kE , E ,
-, and are input constants defined above.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-47 (EOS)
*EOS
*EOS_JWLB
JWLB input constants for some common explosives as found in Baker and Stiel [1997] are given
in the following Table 1.2.
0 (g/cc)
E0 (Mbar)
DCJ (cm/s)
PCJ (Mbar)
A1 (Mbar)
A2 (Mbar)
A3 (Mbar)
A4 (Mbar)
R1
R2
R3
R4
C (Mbar)
A1
B1
R1
A2
B2
R2
TATB
1.800
.07040
.76794
.23740
550.06
22.051
.42788
.28094
16.688
6.8050
2.0737
2.9754
.00776
.27952
1423.9
14387.
19.780
5.0364
-2.6332
1.7062
LX-14
1.821
.10205
.86619
.31717
549.60
64.066
2.0972
.88940
34.636
8.2176
20.401
2.0616
.01251
.38375
18307.
1390.1
19.309
4.4882
-2.6181
1.5076
PETN
1.765
.10910
.83041
.29076
521.96
71.104
4.4774
.97725
44.169
8.7877
25.072
2.2251
.01570
.32357
12.257
52.404
43.932
8.6351
-4.9176
2.1303
TNT
1.631
.06656
.67174
.18503
490.07
56.868
.82426
.00093
40.713
9.6754
2.4350
.15564
.00710
.30270
.00000
1098.0
15.614
11.468
-6.5011
2.1593
Octol 70/30
1.803
.09590
.82994
.29369
526.83
60.579
.91248
.00159
52.106
8.3998
2.1339
.18592
.00968
.39023
.011929
18466.
20.029
5.4192
-3.2394
1.5868
Table 1.2. JWLB input constants for some common explosives
1-48 (EOS)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_GASKET
*EOS_GASKET
This model works with solid elements and the thick shell using selective reduced 2 x 2 integration (ELFORM=2 on SECTION_TSHELL) to model the response of gaskets. For the thick shell
only, it is completely decoupled from the shell material, i.e., in the local coordinate system of the
shell, this model defines the normal stress, zz, and doesnt change any of the other stress components. The model is a reduction of the *MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_6DOF_ DISCRETE_BEAM.
Card 1
EOSID
LCID1
LCID2
LCID3
LCID4
A8
UNLOAD
DMPF
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
TFS
CFS
LOFFSET
IVS
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
EOSID
LCID1
Load curve for loading.
LCID2
Load curve for unloading.
LCID3
Load curve for damping as a function of volumetric strain rate.
LCID4
Load curve for scaling the damping as a function of the volumetric

strain.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-49 (EOS)
*EOS
*EOS_GASKET
VARIABLE
UNLOAD
K
DMPF
DESCRIPTION
Unloading option (See Volume II, 1-3.):

EQ.0.0: Loading and unloading follow loading curve
EQ.1.0: Loading follows loading curve, unloading follows unloading
curve. The unloading curve ID if undefined is taken as the loading
curve.
stiffness, K, to the unloading curve. The loading and unloading
curves may only intersect at the origin of the axes.
EQ.3.0: Quadratic unloading from peak displacement value to a
permanent offset.
Unloading stiffness, for UNLOAD=2 only.
Damping factor for stability. Values in the neighborhood of unity are
recommended. The damping factor is properly scaled to eliminate time
step size dependency.
TFS
Tensile failure strain.
CFS
Compressive failure strain.
OFFSET
IVS
1-50 (EOS)
Offset factor between 0 and 1.0 to determine permanent set upon unloading if the UNLOAD=3.0. The permanent sets in compression and
tension are equal to the product of this offset value and the maximum
compressive and tensile displacements, respectively.
Initial volume strain.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_GASKET
Figure 1-3. Load and Unloading behavior.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1-51 (EOS)
*EOS
*EOS_MIE_GRUNEISEN
*EOS_MIE_GRUNEISEN
This is Equation of state Form 16, a Mie-Gruneisen form with a p- compaction model.
Card 1
EOSID
GAMMA
A1
A2
A3
PEL
PCO
A8
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Card 2
ALPHA0
E0
V0
NONE
NONE
NONE
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
EOSID
GAMMA
Equation of state identification. A unique number or label not exceeding

8 characters must be specified.
Gruneisen gamma.
A1
Hugoniot polynomial coefficient
A2
A3
PEL
Crush pressure
PCO
Compaction pressure
N
ALPHA0
1-52 (EOS)
Porosity exponent
Initial porosity
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_MIE_GRUNEISEN
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
E0
V0
Remarks:
The equation of state is a Mie-Gruneisen form with a polynomial Hugoniot curve and a p-
compaction model. First, we define a history variable representing the porosity y that is initialised to y > 1. The evolution of this variable is given as
y(f) = max 1, min y , min& 1 + (y 1) s
c ()
c
where e(f) indicates the pressure at time t. For later use, we define the cap pressure as
e= = e=
(e=
e# ) B
The remainder of the EOS model is given by the equations
1
e(", 4) = y"4 + e (!) s1 !w
2
together with
e (!) = h ! + h8 ! 8 + h !
!(") =
LS-DYNA R7.0
1.
1-53 (EOS)
*EOS
*EOS_USER_DEFINED
*EOS_USER_DEFINED
These are equations of state 21-30. The user can supply his own subroutines. See also Appendix
B. The keyword input has to be used for the user interface with data.
Card 1
Variable
Type
EOSID
EOST
LMC
NHV
IVECT
EO
VO
BULK
A8
Define LMC material parameters using 8 parameters per card.

Card 2
Variable
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EOSID
EOST
User equation of state type (21-30 inclusive). A number between 21 and

30 has to be chosen.
LMC
Length of material constant array which is equal to the number of material constants to be input. (LMC 48)
NHV
Number of history variables to be stored, see Appendix D.
IVECT
Vectorization flag (on=1). A vectorized user subroutine must be supplied.
EO
Initial internal energy.
V0
BULK
1-54 (EOS)
Bulk modulus. This value is used in the calculation of the contact surface stiffness.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*EOS
*EOS_USER_DEFINED
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
P1
First material parameter.
P2
Second material parameter.
P3
Third material parameter.
P4
Fourth material parameter.
PLMC
LS-DYNA R7.0
LMCth material parameter.
1-55 (EOS)
*MAT
*MAT
LS-DYNA has historically referenced each material model by a number. As shown below, a
three digit numerical designation can still be used, e.g., *MAT_001, and is equivalent to a corresponding descriptive designation, e.g., *MAT_ELASTIC. The two equivalent commands for
each material model, one numerical and the other descriptive, are listed below. The numbers in
square brackets (see key below) identify the element formulations for which the material model
is implemented. The number in the curly brackets, {n}, indicates the default number of history
variables per element integration point that are stored in addition to the 7 history variables which
are stored by default. For the type 16 fully integrated shell elements with 2 integration points
through the thickness, the total number of history variables is 8 x (n+7). For the BelytschkoTsay type 2 element the number is 2 x (n+7).
An additional option _TITLE may be appended to a *MAT keyword in which case an additional line is read in 80a format which can be used to describe the material. At present, LS-DYNA
does not make use of the title. Inclusion of titles simply gives greater clarity to input decks.
Key to numbers in square brackets
0
1H
1B
1I
1T
1D
1SW
2
3a
3b
3c
3d
4
5
6
7
8A
8B
9
Solids
Hughes-Liu beam
Belytschko resultant beam
Belytschko integrated solid and tubular beams
Truss
Discrete beam
Spotweld beam
Shells
Thick shell formulation 1
Special airbag element
SPH element
Acoustic solid
Cohesive solid
Multi-material ALE solid (validated)
Multi-material ALE solid (implemented but not validated1)
Membrane element
*MAT_ADD_EROSION2
*MAT_ADD_PERMEABILTY
*MAT_ADD_PORE_AIR
1
Error associated with advection inherently leads to state variables that may be inconsistent with nonlinear constitutive routines and thus may lead to nonphysical results, nonconservation of energy, and even numerical instability in
some cases. Caution is advised, particularly when using the 2nd tier of material models implemented for ALE multimaterial solids (designated by [8B]) which are largely untested as ALE materials.
2
These three commands do not, by themselves, define a material model but rather can be used in certain cases to
supplement material models
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-1 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_THERMAL_EXPANSION2
*MAT_NONLOCAL2
*MAT_001:
*MAT_001_FLUID:
*MAT_002:
*MAT_003:
*MAT_004:
*MAT_005:
*MAT_006:
*MAT_007:
*MAT_008:
*MAT_009:
*MAT_010:
*MAT_011:
*MAT_011_LUND:
*MAT_012:
*MAT_013:
*MAT_014:
*MAT_015:
*MAT_016:
*MAT_017:
*MAT_018:
*MAT_019:
*MAT_020:
*MAT_021:
*MAT_022:
*MAT_023:
*MAT_024:
*MAT_025:
*MAT_026:
*MAT_027:
*MAT_028:
*MAT_029:
*MAT_030:
*MAT_031:
*MAT_032:
*MAT_033:
*MAT_033_96:
*MAT_034:
*MAT_035:
*MAT_036:
*MAT_037:
*MAT_038:
*MAT_039:
*MAT_040:
*MAT_041-050:
*MAT_051:
*MAT_052:
*MAT_053:
*MAT_054-055:
*MAT_057:
*MAT_058:
2-2 (MAT)
*MAT_ELASTIC [0,1H,1B,1I,1T,2,3abcd,5,8A] {0}

*MAT_ELASTIC_FLUID [0,8A] {0}
*MAT_{OPTION}TROPIC_ELASTIC [0,2,3abc] {15}
*MAT_PLASTIC_KINEMATIC [0,1H,1I,1T,2,3abcd,5,8A] {5}
*MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_THERMAL [0,1H,1T,2,3abcd,5,8B] {3}
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM [0,5,3cd,8A] {0}
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC [0,1H,2,3abcd,5,8B] {19}
*MAT_BLATZ-KO_RUBBER [0,2,3abc,8B] {9}
*MAT_HIGH_EXPLOSIVE_BURN [0,5,3cd,8A] {4}
*MAT_NULL [0,1,2,3cd,5,8A] {3}
*MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_HYDRO_{OPTION} [0,3cd,5,8B] {4}
*MAT_STEINBERG [0,3cd,5,8B] {5}
*MAT_STEINBERG_LUND [0,3cd,5,8B] {5}
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {0}
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_FAILURE [0,3cd,5,8B] {1}
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM_FAILURE [0,3cd,5,8B] {1}
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK [0,2,3abcd,5,8A] {6}
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR [0,3cd,5,8B] {6}
*MAT_ORIENTED_CRACK [0,3cd] {10}
*MAT_POWER_LAW_PLASTICITY [0,1H,2,3abcd,5,8B] {0}
*MAT_STRAIN_RATE_DEPENDENT_PLASTICITY [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {6}
*MAT_RIGID [0,1H,1B,1T,2,3ab] {0}
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_THERMAL [0,2,3abc] {29}
*MAT_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE [0,2,3abcd,5] {12}
*MAT_TEMPERATURE_DEPENDENT_ORTHOTROPIC [0,2,3abc] {19}
*MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY [0,1H,2,3abcd,5,8A] {5}
*MAT_GEOLOGIC_CAP_MODEL [0,3cd,5] {12}
*MAT_HONEYCOMB [0,3cd] {20}
*MAT_MOONEY-RIVLIN_RUBBER [0,1T,2,3c,8B] {9}
*MAT_RESULTANT_PLASTICITY [1B,2] {5}
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED [1B] {30}
*MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY [0,2,3abc,5] {23}
*MAT_FRAZER_NASH_RUBBER_MODEL [0,3c,8B] {9}
*MAT_LAMINATED_GLASS [2,3ab] {0}
*MAT_BARLAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTICITY [0,2,3abcd] {9}
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD96 [2,3ab] {9}
*MAT_FABRIC [4] {17}
*MAT_PLASTIC_GREEN-NAGHDI_RATE [0,3cd,5,8B] {22}
*MAT_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT [2,3ab,5] {7}
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC [2,3ab] {9}
*MAT_BLATZ-KO_FOAM [0,2,3c,8B] {9}
*MAT_FLD_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC [2,3ab] {6}
*MAT_NONLINEAR_ORTHOTROPIC [0,2,3c] {17}
*MAT_USER_DEFINED_MATERIAL_MODELS [0,1H,1T,1D,2,3abcd,5,8B] {0}
*MAT_BAMMAN [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {8}
*MAT_BAMMAN_DAMAGE [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {10}
*MAT_CLOSED_CELL_FOAM [0,3cd,8B] {0}
*MAT_ENHANCED_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE [0,2,3cd] {20}
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_FOAM [0,3cd,5,8B] {26}
*MAT_LAMINATED_COMPOSITE_FABRIC [2,3ab] {15}
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_059:
*MAT_060:
*MAT_060C:
*MAT_061:
*MAT_062:
*MAT_063:
*MAT_064:
*MAT_065:
*MAT_066:
*MAT_067:
*MAT_068:
*MAT_069:
*MAT_070:
*MAT_071:
*MAT_072:
*MAT_072R3:
*MAT_073:
*MAT_074:
*MAT_075:
*MAT_076:
*MAT_077_H:
*MAT_077_O:
*MAT_078:
*MAT_079:
*MAT_080:
*MAT_081:
*MAT_082(_RCDC):
*MAT_083:
*MAT_084-085:
*MAT_086:
*MAT_087:
*MAT_088:
*MAT_089:
*MAT_090:
*MAT_091:
*MAT_092:
*MAT_093:
*MAT_094:
*MAT_095:
*MAT_096:
*MAT_097:
*MAT_098:
*MAT_099:
*MAT_100:
*MAT_100_DA:
*MAT_101:
*MAT_102:
*MAT_103:
*MAT_103_P:
*MAT_104:
*MAT_105:
*MAT_106:
*MAT_107:
*MAT_108:
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_COMPOSITE_FAILURE_{OPTION}_MODEL [0,2,3cd,5] {22}

*MAT_ELASTIC_WITH_VISCOSITY [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {8}
*MAT_ELASTIC_WITH_VISCOSITY_CURVE [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {8}
*MAT_KELVIN-MAXWELL_VISCOELASTIC [0,3cd,5,8B] {14}
*MAT_VISCOUS_FOAM [0,3cd,8B] {7}
*MAT_CRUSHABLE_FOAM [0,3cd,5,8B] {8}
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POWERLAW_PLASTICITY [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {30}
*MAT_MODIFIED_ZERILLI_ARMSTRONG [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {6}
*MAT_LINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {8}
*MAT_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {14}
*MAT_NONLINEAR_PLASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {25}
*MAT_SID_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {13}
*MAT_HYDRAULIC_GAS_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {8}
*MAT_CABLE_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {8}
*MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE [0,3cd,5,8B] {6}
*MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE_REL3 [0,3cd,5] {6}
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_VISCOUS_FOAM [0,3cd,8B] {56}
*MAT_ELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {8}
*MAT_BILKHU/DUBOIS_FOAM [0,3cd,5,8B] {8}
*MAT_GENERAL_VISCOELASTIC [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {53}
*MAT_HYPERELASTIC_RUBBER [0,2,3cd,5,8B] {54}
*MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER [0,2,3cd,8B] {54}
*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE [0,3cd,5,8B] {3}
*MAT_HYSTERETIC_SOIL [0,3cd,5,8B] {77}
*MAT_RAMBERG-OSGOOD [0,3cd,8B] {18}
*MAT_PLASTICITY_WITH_DAMAGE [0,2,3abcd] {5}
*MAT_PLASTICITY_WITH_DAMAGE_ORTHO(_RCDC) [0,2,3abcd] {22}
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM [0,3cd,5,8B] {54}
*MAT_WINFRITH_CONCRETE [0] {54}
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_VISCOELASTIC [2,3ab] {17}
*MAT_CELLULAR_RUBBER [0,3cd,5,8B] {19}
*MAT_MTS [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {5}
*MAT_PLASTICITY_POLYMER [0,2,3abcd] {45}
*MAT_ACOUSTIC [6] {25}
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE [0,2] {16}
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE_VISCO [0,2] {58}
*MAT_ELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {25}
*MAT_INELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {9}
*MAT_INELASTC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {25}
*MAT_BRITTLE_DAMAGE [0,8B] {51}
*MAT_GENERAL_JOINT_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {23}
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK [0,1H,1B,1T,2,3abcd] {6}
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK_ORTHOTROPIC_DAMAGE [0,2,3abcd] {22}
*MAT_SPOTWELD_{OPTION} [0,1SW] {6}
*MAT_SPOTWELD_DAIMLERCHRYSLER [0] {6}
*MAT_GEPLASTIC_SRATE_2000a [2,3ab] {15}
*MAT_INV_HYPERBOLIC_SIN [0,3cd,8B] {15}
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_VISCOPLASTIC [0,2,3abcd,5] {20}
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTIC [2,3abcd] {20}
*MAT_DAMAGE_1 [0,2,3abcd] {11}
*MAT_DAMAGE_2 [0,2,3abcd] {7}
*MAT_ELASTIC_VISCOPLASTIC_THERMAL [0,2,3abcd,5] {20}
*MAT_MODIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {15}
*MAT_ORTHO_ELASTIC_PLASTIC [2,3ab] {15}
2-3 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_110:
*MAT_111:
*MAT_112:
*MAT_113:
*MAT_114:
*MAT_115:
*MAT_116:
*MAT_117:
*MAT_118:
*MAT_119:
*MAT_120:
*MAT_120_JC:
*MAT_120_RCDC:
*MAT_121:
*MAT_122:
*MAT_123:
*MAT_124:
*MAT_125:
*MAT_126:
*MAT_127:
*MAT_128:
*MAT_129:
*MAT_130:
*MAT_131:
*MAT_132:
*MAT_133:
*MAT_134:
*MAT_135:
*MAT_135_PLC:
*MAT_136:
*MAT_138:
*MAT_139:
*MAT_140:
*MAT_141:
*MAT_142:
*MAT_143:
*MAT_144:
*MAT_145:
*MAT_146:
*MAT_147
*MAT_147_N:
*MAT_148:
*MAT_151:
*MAT_153:
*MAT_154:
*MAT_155:
*MAT_156:
*MAT_157:
*MAT_158:
*MAT_159:
*MAT_160:
*MAT_161:
*MAT_162:
*MAT_163
2-4 (MAT)
*MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CERAMICS [0,3cd,5] {15}

*MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CONCRETE [0,3cd,5] {25}
*MAT_FINITE_ELASTIC_STRAIN_PLASTICITY [0,3c,5] {22}
*MAT_TRIP [2,3ab] {5}
*MAT_LAYERED_LINEAR_PLASTICITY [2,3ab] {13}
*MAT_UNIFIED_CREEP [0,2,3abcd,5] {1}
*MAT_COMPOSITE_LAYUP [2] {30}
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MATRIX [2] {30}
*MAT_COMPOSITE_DIRECT [2] {10}
*MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_6DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {62}
*MAT_GURSON [0,2,3abcd] {12}
*MAT_GURSON_JC [0,2] {12}
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC [0,2] {12}
*MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_1DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {20}
*MAT_HILL_3R [2,3ab] {8}
*MAT_MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY [0,2,3abcd,5] {11}
*MAT_PLASTICITY_COMPRESSION_TENSION [0,1H,2,3abcd,5,8B] {7}
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC [0,2,3abcd] {11}
*MAT_MODIFIED_HONEYCOMB [0,3cd] {20}
*MAT_ARRUDA_BOYCE_RUBBER [0,3cd,5] {49}
*MAT_HEART_TISSUE [0,3c] {15}
*MAT_LUNG_TISSUE [0,3cd] {49}
*MAT_SPECIAL_ORTHOTROPIC [2] {35}
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_SMEARED_CRACK [0,5,8B] {15}
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_SMEARED_CRACK [0] {61}
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000 [2,3ab] {9}
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_FABRIC [9]
*MAT_WTM_STM [2,3ab] {30}
*MAT_WTM_STM_PLC [2,3ab] {30}
*MAT_CORUS_VEGTER [2,3ab] {5}
*MAT_COHESIVE_MIXED_MODE [7] {0}
*MAT_MODIFIED_FORCE_LIMITED [1B] {35}
*MAT_VACUUM [0,8A] {0}
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POLYMER [0,3cd,8B] {6}
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_CRUSHABLE_FOAM [0,3cd] {12}
*MAT_WOOD_{OPTION} [0,3cd,5] {37}
*MAT_PITZER_CRUSHABLEFOAM [0,3cd,8B] {7}
*MAT_SCHWER_MURRAY_CAP_MODEL [0,5] {50}
*MAT_1DOF_GENERALIZED_SPRING [1D] {1}
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL [0,3cd,5,8B] {15}
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL_NEBRASKA [0,3cd,5,8B] {15}
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE [0,8A] {14}
*MAT_EMMI [0,3cd,5,8B] {23}
*MAT_DAMAGE_3 [0,1H,2,3abcd]
*MAT_DESHPANDE_FLECK_FOAM [0,3cd,8B] {10}
*MAT_PLASTICITY_COMPRESSION_TENSION_EOS [0,3cd,5,8B] {16}
*MAT_MUSCLE [1T] {0}
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC [2,3ab] {5}
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_COMPOSITE_FABRIC [2,3ab] {54}
*MAT_CSCM_{OPTION} [0,3cd,5] {22}
*MAT_ALE_INCOMPRESSIBLE
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC [0] {34}
*MAT_COMPOSITE_DMG_MSC [0] {40}
*MAT_MODIFIED_CRUSHABLE_FOAM [0,3cd,8B] {10}
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_164:
*MAT_165:
*MAT_166:
*MAT_167:
*MAT_168:
*MAT_169:
*MAT_170:
*MAT_171:
*MAT_172:
*MAT_173:
*MAT_174:
*MAT_175:
*MAT_176:
*MAT_177:
*MAT_178:
*MAT_179:
*MAT_181:
*MAT_183:
*MAT_184:
*MAT_185:
*MAT_186:
*MAT_187:
*MAT_188:
*MAT_189:
*MAT_190:
*MAT_191:
*MAT_192:
*MAT_193:
*MAT_194:
*MAT_195:
*MAT_196:
*MAT_197:
*MAT_198:
*MAT_202:
*MAT_219:
*MAT_220:
*MAT_221:
*MAT_224:
*MAT_225:
*MAT_226:
*MAT_230:
*MAT_231:
*MAT_232:
*MAT_233:
*MAT_234:
*MAT_235:
*MAT_236:
*MAT_237:
*MAT_238:
*MAT_240:
*MAT_241:
*MAT_242:
*MAT_243:
*MAT_244:
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_BRAIN_LINEAR_VISCOELASTIC [0] {14}

*MAT_PLASTIC_NONLINEAR_KINEMATIC [0,2,3abcd,8B] {8}
*MAT_MOMENT_CURVATURE_BEAM [1B] {54}
*MAT_MCCORMICK [03cd,,8B] {8}
*MAT_POLYMER [0,3c,8B] {60}
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE [0] {20}
*MAT_RESULTANT_ANISOTROPIC [2,3ab] {67}
*MAT_STEEL_CONCENTRIC_BRACE [1B] {33}
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2 [1H,2,3ab] {35}
*MAT_MOHR_COULOMB [0,5] {31}
*MAT_RC_BEAM [1H] {26}
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_THERMAL [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {86}
*MAT_QUASILINEAR_VISCOELASTIC [0,2,3abcd,5,8B] {81}
*MAT_HILL_FOAM [0,3cd] {12}
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_HILL_FOAM [0,3cd] {92}
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM_{OPTION} [0,3cd] {77}
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER/FOAM_{OPTION} [0,2,3cd] {39}
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER_WITH_DAMAGE [0,2,3cd] {44}
*MAT_COHESIVE_ELASTIC [7] {0}
*MAT_COHESIVE_TH [7] {0}
*MAT_COHESIVE_GENERAL [7] {6}
*MAT_SAMP-1 [0,2,3abcd] {38}
*MAT_THERMO_ELASTO_VISCOPLASTIC_CREEP [0,2,3abcd] {27}
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_THERMOELASTIC [0,3c,8B] {21}
*MAT_FLD_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT [2,3ab] {36}
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM [1B] {36}
*MAT_SOIL_BRICK [0,3cd] {71}
*MAT_DRUCKER_PRAGER [0,3cd] {74}
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL [2,3ab] {36}
*MAT_CONCRETE_BEAM [1H] {5}
*MAT_GENERAL_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D] {25}
*MAT_SEISMIC_ISOLATOR [1D] {10}
*MAT_JOINTED_ROCK [0] {31}
*MAT_STEEL_EC3 [1H]
*MAT_CODAM2 [0,2,3abcd]
*MAT_RIGID_DISCRETE [0,2]
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_SIMPLIFIED_DAMAGE [0,3cd,5] {17}
*MAT_TABULATED_JOHNSON_COOK [0,2,3abcd,,5] {11}
*MAT_VISCOPLASTIC_MIXED_HARDENING [0,2,3abcd,5]
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_BARLAT89 [2,3ab]
*MAT_PML_ELASTIC [0] {24}
*MAT_PML_ACOUSTIC [6] {35}
*MAT_BIOT_HYSTERETIC [0,2,3ab] {30}
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT [2,3ab]
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_LOOSE_FABRIC [2,3a]
*MAT_MICROMECHANICS_DRY_FABRIC [2,3a]
*MAT_SCC_ON_RCC [2,3ab]
*MAT_PML_HYSTERETIC [0] {54}
*MAT_PERT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY [0,1H,2,3,5,8A]
*MAT_COHESIVE_MIXED_MODE_ELASTOPLASTIC_RATE [0]
*MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_JH1 [0,3cd,5]
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_BARLAT2000 [2,3ab]
*MAT_HILL_90 [2,3ab]
*MAT_UHS_STEEL [0,2,3abcd,5]
2-5 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_245:
*MAT_246:
*MAT_251:
*MAT_255:
*MAT_256:
*MAT_266:
*MAT_267:
*MAT_269:
*MAT_270:
*MAT_271:
*MAT_272:
*MAT_273:
*MAT_276:
*MAT_PML_{OPTION}TROPIC_ELASTIC [0] {30}

*MAT_PML_NULL [0] {27}
*MAT_TAILORED_PROPERTIES [2] {6}
*MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTIC_THERMAL [0,2,3abcd]
*MAT_AMORPHOUS_SOLIDS_FINITE_STRAIN [0]
*MAT_TISSUE_DISPERSED [0]
*MAT_EIGHT_CHAIN_RUBBER [0,5]
*MAT_BERGSTROM_BOYCE_RUBBER [0,5]
*MAT_CWM [0,5]
*MAT_POWDER [0,5]
*MAT_RHT [0,5]
*MAT_MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE_PLASTIC_MODEL [0]
*MAT_CHRONOLOGICAL_VISCOELASTIC [2,3abcd]
For the discrete (type 6) beam elements, which are used to model complicated dampers and multi-dimensional spring-damper combinations, the following material types are available:
*MAT_066:
*MAT_067:
*MAT_068:
*MAT_069:
*MAT_070:
*MAT_071:
*MAT_074:
*MAT_093:
*MAT_094:
*MAT_095:
*MAT_119:
*MAT_121:
*MAT_146:
*MAT_196:
*MAT_197:
*MAT_208:
*MAT_LINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_NONLINEAR_PLASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_SID_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_HYDRAULIC_GAS_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_CABLE_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_ELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_ELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_INELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_INELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_6DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_1DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_1DOF_GENERALIZED_SPRING [1D]
*MAT_GENERAL_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM [1D]
*MAT_SEISMIC_ISOLATOR [1D]
*MAT_BOLT_BEAM [1D]
For the discrete springs and dampers the following material types are available
*MAT_S01:
*MAT_S02:
*MAT_S03:
*MAT_S04:
*MAT_S05:
*MAT_S06:
*MAT_S07:
*MAT_S08:
*MAT_S13:
*MAT_S14:
*MAT_S15:
*MAT_SPRING_ELASTIC
*MAT_DAMPER_VISCOUS
*MAT_SPRING_ELASTOPLASTIC
*MAT_SPRING_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC
*MAT_DAMPER_NONLINEAR_VISCOUS
*MAT_SPRING_GENERAL_NONLINEAR
*MAT_SPRING_MAXWELL
*MAT_SPRING_INELASTIC
*MAT_SPRING_TRILINEAR_DEGRADING
*MAT_SPRING_SQUAT_SHEARWALL
*MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE
For ALE solids the following material types are available:

*MAT_ALE_01:
*MAT_ALE_02:
*MAT_ALE_03:
2-6 (MAT)
*MAT_ALE_VACUUM
*MAT_ALE_GAS_MIXTURE
*MAT_ALE_VISCOUS
(same as *MAT_140)
(same as *MAT_148)
(same as *MAT_009)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_ALE_04:
*MAT_ALE_05:
*MAT_ALE_06:
*MAT_ALE_MIXING_LENGTH (same as *MAT_149)

*MAT_ALE_INCOMPRESSIBLE (same as *MAT_160)
*MAT_ALE_HERSCHEL
For the seatbelts one material is available.

*MAT_B01:
*MAT_SEATBELT
For thermal materials in a coupled structural/thermal or thermal only analysis, six materials are
available. These materials are related to the structural material via the *PART card. Thermal
materials are defined only for solid and shell elements.
*MAT_T01:
*MAT_T02:
*MAT_T03:
*MAT_T04:
*MAT_T05:
*MAT_T07:
*MAT_T08
*MAT_T09
*MAT_T10
*MAT_T11-T15:
*MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC
*MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC
*MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_TD
*MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC_TD
*MAT_THERMAL_DISCRETE_BEAM
*MAT_THERMAL_CWM
*MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC_TD_LC
*MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_PHASE_CHANGE
*MAT_THERMAL_ISOTROPIC_TD_LC
*MAT_THERMAL_USER_DEFINED DEFINED
Remarks:
1. Curves and tables are sometimes defined for the purpose of defining material properties.
An example would be a curve of effective stress vs. effective plastic strain defined using
the command *DEFINE_CURVE. In general , the following can be said about curves
and tables that are referenced by material models:
Curves are internally rediscretized using equal increments along the x-axis.
Curve data is interpolated between rediscretized data points within the defined range
of the curve and extrapolated as needed beyond the defined range of the curve.
Extrapolation is not employed for table values (*DEFINE_TABLE). See comments under *DEFINE_TABLE for further details.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-7 (MAT)
*MAT
*MATERIAL MODEL REFERENCE TABLES
MATERIAL MODEL REFERENCE TABLES

The tables provided on the following pages list the material models, some of their attributes, and
the general classes of physical materials to which the numerical models might be applied.
If a material model, without consideration of *MAT_ADD_EROSION or
*MAT_ADD_THERMAL_EXPANSION, includes any of the following attributes, a Y will
appear in the respective column of the table:
SRATE
FAIL
EOS
THERMAL ANISO
DAM
TENS
-
Strain-rate effects
Failure criteria
Equation-of-State required for 3D solids and 2D continuum elements
Thermal effects
Anisotropic/orthotropic
Damage effects
Tension handled differently than compression in some manner
Potential applications of the material models, in terms of classes of physical materials, are abbreviated in the table as follows:
GN
CM
CR
FL
FM
GL
HY
MT
PL
RB
SL
AD
BIO
CIV
2-8 (MAT)
General
Composite
Ceramic
Fluid
Foam
Glass
Hydrodynamic material
Metal
Plastic
Rubber
Soil, concrete, or rock
Adhesive or Cohesive material
Biological material
Civil Engineering component
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
1 Elastic
2 Orthotropic Elastic (Anisotropic-solids)
3 Plastic Kinematic/Isotropic
4 Elastic Plastic Thermal
5 Soil and Foam
6 Linear Viscoelastic
7 Blatz-Ko Rubber
8 High Explosive Burn
9 Null Material
10 Elastic Plastic Hydro(dynamic)
11 Steinberg: Temp. Dependent Elastoplastic
12 Isotropic Elastic Plastic
13 Isotropic Elastic with Failure
14 Soil and Foam with Failure
15 Johnson/Cook Plasticity Model
16 Pseudo Tensor Geological Model
17 Oriented Crack (Elastoplastic w/ Fracture)
18 Power Law Plasticity (Isotropic)
19 Strain Rate Dependent Plasticity
20 Rigid
21 Orthotropic Thermal (Elastic)
22 Composite Damage
23 Temperature Dependent Orthotropic
24 Piecewise Linear Plasticity (Isotropic)
25 Inviscid Two Invariant Geologic Cap
26 Honeycomb
27 Mooney-Rivlin Rubber
28 Resultant Plasticity
29 Force Limited Resultant Formulation
30 Shape Memory
31 Frazer-Nash Rubber
32 Laminated Glass (Composite)
33 Barlat Anisotropic Plasticity (YLD96)
34 Fabric
35 Plastic-Green Naghdi Rate
36 Three-Parameter Barlat Plasticity
LS-DYNA R7.0
TENS
DAM
ANISO
THERMAL
EOS
FAIL
Material Number and Description
SRATE
Applications
GN, FL
Y
Y
CM, MT
CM, MT, PL
MT, PL
Y
Y
FM, SL
RB
RB
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
HY
Y
Y
Y
FL, HY
HY, MT
HY, MT
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
FM, SL
HY, MT
SL
HY, MT, PL, CR
MT, PL
Y
Y
MT
MT, PL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
GN
CM
CM
MT, PL
Y
Y
Y
SL
CM, FM, SL
RB
MT
Y
MT
Y
Y
CM, GL
Y
Y
Y
RB
Y
Y
CR, MT
fabric
MT
MT
2-9 (MAT)
37 Transversely Anisotropic Elastic Plastic

38 Blatz-Ko Foam
39 FLD Transversely Anisotropic
40 Nonlinear Orthotropic
41-50 User Defined Materials
51 Bamman (Temp/Rate Dependent Plasticity)
52 Bamman Damage
53 Closed cell foam (Low density polyurethane)
54 Composite Damage with Chang Failure
55 Composite Damage with Tsai-Wu Failure
57 Low Density Urethane Foam
58 Laminated Composite Fabric
59 Composite Failure (Plasticity Based)
60 Elastic with Viscosity (Viscous Glass)
61 Kelvin-Maxwell Viscoelastic
62 Viscous Foam (Crash dummy Foam)
63 Isotropic Crushable Foam
64 Rate Sensitive Powerlaw Plasticity
65 Zerilli-Armstrong (Rate/Temp Plasticity)
66 Linear Elastic Discrete Beam
67 Nonlinear Elastic Discrete Beam
68 Nonlinear Plastic Discrete Beam
69 SID Damper Discrete Beam
70 Hydraulic Gas Damper Discrete Beam
71 Cable Discrete Beam (Elastic)
72 Concrete Damage (incl. Release III)
73 Low Density Viscous Foam
74 Elastic Spring Discrete Beam
75 Bilkhu/Dubois Foam
76 General Viscoelastic (Maxwell Model)
77 Hyperelastic and Ogden Rubber
78 Soil Concrete
79 Hysteretic Soil (Elasto-Perfectly Plastic)
80 Ramberg-Osgood
81 Plasticity with Damage
82 Plasticity with Damage Ortho
83 Fu Chang Foam
2-10 (MAT)
TENS
DAM
ANISO
THERMAL
EOS
FAIL
SRATE
*MAT
Applications
MT
FM, PL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
MT
Y
Y
CM
GN
GN
MT
FM
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CM
FM
CM, fabric
CM, CR
GL
FM
FM
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CM
FM
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
cable
SL
FM
FM
RB
RB
SL
SL
SL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
MT, PL
FM
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
84 Winfrith Concrete (w/ rate effects)

85 Winfrith Concrete
86 Orthotropic Viscoelastic
87 Cellular Rubber
88 MTS
89 Plasticity Polymer
90 Acoustic
91 Soft Tissue
92 Soft Tissue (viscous)
93 Elastic 6DOF Spring Discrete Beam
94 Inelastic Spring Discrete Beam
95 Inelastic 6DOF Spring Discrete Beam
96 Brittle Damage
97 General Joint Discrete Beam
98 Simplified Johnson Cook
99 Simpl. Johnson Cook Orthotropic Damage
100 Spotweld
101 GE Plastic Strain Rate
102 Inv. Hyperbolic Sin
103 Anisotropic Viscoplastic
103P Anisotropic Plastic
104 Damage 1
105 Damage 2
106 Elastic Viscoplastic Thermal
107 Modified Johnson Cook
108 Ortho Elastic Plastic
110 Johnson Holmquist Ceramics
111 Johnson Holmquist Concrete
112 Finite Elastic Strain Plasticity
113 Transformation Induced Plasticity (TRIP)
114 Layered Linear Plasticity
115 Unified Creep
116 Composite Layup
117 Composite Matrix
118 Composite Direct
119 General Nonlinear 6DOF Discrete Beam
120 Gurson
LS-DYNA R7.0
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
FM, SL
SL
RB
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
PL
FL
BIO
SL
MT
Y
Y
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
MT (spotwelds)
PL
MT, PL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Applications
RB
Y
Y
Y
Y
TENS
DAM
ANISO
THERMAL
EOS
FAIL
SRATE
Y
Y
MT
MT
Y
Y
MT
MT
PL
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
SL
PL
Y
Y
CR, GL
MT
Y
Y
MT, PL, CM
Y
Y
Y
Y
CM
CM
CM
Y
Y
MT
2-11 (MAT)
121 General Nonlinear 1DOF Discrete Beam

122 Hill 3RC
123 Modified Piecewise Linear Plasticity
124 Plasticity Compression Tension
125 Kinematic Hardening Transversely Aniso.
126 Modified Honeycomb
127 Arruda Boyce Rubber
128 Heart Tissue
129 Lung Tissue
130 Special Orthotropic
131 Isotropic Smeared Crack
132 Orthotropic Smeared Crack
133 Barlat YLD2000
134 Viscoelastic Fabric
135 Weak and Strong Texture Model
136 Corus Vegter
138 Cohesive Mixed Mode
139 Modified Force Limited
140 Vacuum
141 Rate Sensitve Polymer
142 Transversely Anisotropic Crushable Foam
143 Wood
144 Pitzer Crushable Foam
145 Schwer Murray Cap Model
146 1DOF Generalized Spring
147 FWHA Soil
147N FHWA Soil Nebraska
148 Gas Mixture
151 Evolving Microstructural Model of Inelast.
153 Damage 3
154 Deshpande Fleck Foam
155 Plasticity Compression Tension EOS
156 Muscle
157 Anisotropic Elastic Plastic
158 Rate-Sensitive Composite Fabric
159 CSCM
160 ALE incompressible
2-12 (MAT)
TENS
DAM
ANISO
THERMAL
EOS
FAIL
SRATE
*MAT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Applications
MT
Y
Y
MT, PL
Y
Y
Y
MT, PL
MT
CM, FM, SL
RB
Y
Y
Y
Y
BIO
MT, CM
BIO
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
MT, CM
MT
MT
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
AD
PL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
FM
(wood)
FM
SL
SL
SL
FL
Y
Y
MT
MT, PL
FM
Y
Y
Y
Y
(ice)
BIO
MT, CM
Y
Y
Y
Y
CM
SL
FL
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
LS-DYNA R7.0
Y
Y
TENS
THERMAL
EOS
DAM
Y
Y
Y
ANISO
161,162 Composite MSC

163 Modified Crushable Foam
164 Brain Linear Viscoelastic
165 Plastic Nonlinear Kinematic
166 Moment Curvature Beam
167 McCormick
168 Polymer
169 Arup Adhesive
170 Resultant Anisotropic
171 Steel Concentric Brace
172 Concrete EC2
173 Mohr Coulomb
174 RC Beam
175 Viscoelastic Thermal
176 Quasilinear Viscoelastic
177 Hill Foam
178 Viscoelastic Hill Foam (Ortho)
179 Low Density Synthetic Foam
181 Simplified Rubber/Foam
183 Simplified Rubber with Damage
184 Cohesive Elastic
185 Cohesive TH
186 Cohesive General
187 Semi-Analytical Model for Polymers 1
188 Thermo Elasto Viscoelastic Creep
189 Anisotropic Thermoelastic
190 Flow limit diagram 3-Parameter Barlat
191 Seismic Beam
192 Soil Brick
193 Drucker Prager
194 RC Shear Wall
195 Concrete Beam
196 General Spring Discrete Beam
197 Seismic Isolator
198 Jointed Rock
202 Steel EC3
208 Bolt Beam
FAIL
SRATE
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CIV
SL, MT
SL
SL
RB
BIO
FM
FM
FM
RB, FM
RB
AD
AD
AD
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
AD
PL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
PL
PL
Y
Y
CIV
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
FM
MT
Y
Y
CM
BIO
Y
Y
Applications
CIV
SL
Y
Y
Y
Y
MT
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
SL
CIV
CIV
CIV
SL
CIV
2-13 (MAT)
2-14 (MAT)
TENS
THERMAL
CM
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CM
EOS
DAM
Y
Y
ANISO
219 CODAM2
220 Rigid Discrete
221 Orthotropic Simplified Damage
224 Tabulated Johnson Cook
225 Viscoplastic Mixed Hardening
226 Kinematic hardening Barlat 89
230 Elastic Perfectly Matched Layer (PML)
231 Acoustic PML
232 Biot Linear Hysteretic Material
233 Cazacu Barlat
234 Viscoelastic Loose Fabric
235 Micromechanic Dry Fabric
236 Ceramic Matrix
237 Biot Hysteretic PML
238 Piecewise linear plasticity (PERT)
240 Cohesive mixed mode
241 Johnson Holmquist JH1
242 Kinematic hardening Barlat 2000
243 Hill 90
244 UHS Steel
245 Orthotropic/anisotropic PML
246 Null material PML
251 Tailored Properties
255 Piecewise linear plastic thermal
256 Amorphous solid (finite strain)
266 Dispersed tissue
267 Eight chain rubber
269 Bergstrm Boyce rubber
270 Welding material
271 Powder compaction
272 RHT concrete model
273Concrete damage plastic model
276 Chronological viscoelastic
A01 ALE Vacuum
A02 ALE Gas Mixture
A03 ALE Viscous
A04 ALE Mixing Length
Applications
FAIL
SRATE
*MAT
HY, MT, PL
MT, PL
MT
SL
FL
Y
Y
SL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Fabric
CM, CR
MT, PL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
AD
CR, GL
MT
MT
MT
SL
Y
Y
Y
FL
MT, PL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
MT
GL
BIO
RB, PL
RB
Y
Y
Y
Y
Fabric
SL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
MT
MT,PL
Y
Y
Y
Y
CR,SL
SL,CIV
SL,CIV
RB
FL
Y
Y
FL
FL
FL
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
A05 ALE Incompressible

A06 ALE Herschel
S1 Spring Elastic (Linear)
S2 Damper Viscous (Linear)
S3 Spring Elastoplastic (Isotropic)
S4 Spring Nonlinear Elastic
S5 Damper Nonlinear Viscous
S6 Spring General Nonlinear
S7 Spring Maxwell (3-Parameter Viscoelastic)
S8 Spring Inelastic (Tension or Compression)
S13 Spring Trilinear Degrading
S14 Spring Squat Shearwall
S15 Spring Muscle
B1 Seatbelt
T01 Thermal Isotropic
T02 Thermal Orthotropic
T03 Thermal Isotropic (Temp Dependent)
T04 Thermal Orthotropic (Temp Dependent)
T05 Thermal Discrete Beam
T07 Thermal CWM (Welding)
T08 Thermal Orthotropic(Temp dep-load curve)
T09 Thermal Isotropic (Phase Change))
T10 Thermal Isotropic (Temp dep-load curve)
T11 Thermal User Defined
TENS
DAM
ANISO
THERMAL
EOS
FAIL
SRATE
Applications
FL
FL
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CIV
CIV
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
BIO
Heat transfer
Heat transfer
Heat transfer
Heat transfer
Heat transfer
Heat transfer
Heat transfer
Heat transfer
Heat transfer
Heat transfer
Table 2.1
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-15 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_AIRBAG_POROSITY_LEAKAGE
This command allows users to model porosity leakage through non-fabric material when such
material is used as part of control volume, airbag. It applies to both *AIRBAG_HYBRID and
*AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
VARIABLE
MID
FLC/X2
FAC/X3
2-16 (MAT)
MID
FLC/X2
FAC/X3
ELA
FVOPT
X0
X1
none
none
1.0
none
none
none
none
DESCRIPTION
Material ID for which the porosity leakage property applies
If 0 0, 0 1: This is X2 coefficient of the porosity equation of

Anagonye and Wang [1999]. Else, this is an optional constant, FLC, a
fabric porous leakage flow coefficient.
LT.0.0: There are two possible definitions.
If 0 = 0, |FLC| is the load curve ID of the curve defining FLC versus time.
If 0 = 1, |FLC| is the load curve ID defining FLC versus the
stretching ratio defined as = h/h . See notes below.
If 0 0, 0 1: This is X3 coefficient of the porosity equation of

Anagonye and Wang [1999]. Else, this is an optional constant, FAC, a
fabric characteristic parameter.
LT.0.0: There are three possible definitions.
If FVOPT < 7:
If 0 = 0, |FAC| is the load curve ID of the curve defining FAC versus absolute pressure.
If 0 = 1, |FAC| is the load curve ID defining FAC versus the pressure ratio defined as = ;air /;bag . See remark 3 of
*MAT_FABRIC.
If FVOPT = 7 or 8:
FAC defines leakage volume flux rate versus absolute pressure. The
volume flux (per area) rate (per time) has the unit of
9 8 : , equivalent to relative porous gas speed.
vo lflux
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT
DESCRIPTION
ELA
Effective leakage area for blocked fabric, ELA.

LT.0.0: |ELA| is the load curve ID of the curve defining ELA versus
time. The default value of zero assumes that no leakage occurs. A
value of .10 would assume that 10% of the blocked fabric is leaking
gas.
FVOPT
Fabric venting option.

EQ.1: Wang-Nefske formulas for venting through an orifice are
used. Blockage is not considered.
EQ.2: Wang-Nefske formulas for venting through an orifice are
used. Blockage of venting area due to contact is considered.
EQ.3: Leakage formulas of Graefe, Krummheuer, and Siejak [1990]
are used. Blockage is not considered.
EQ.4: Leakage formulas of Graefe, Krummheuer, and Siejak [1990]
are used. Blockage of venting area due to contact is considered.
EQ.5: Leakage formulas based on flow through a porous media are
EQ.6: Leakage formulas based on flow through a porous media are
EQ.7: Leakage is based on gas volume outflow versus pressure load
curve [Lian, 2000]. Blockage is not considered. Absolute pressure
is used in the porous-velocity-versus-pressure load curve, given as
FAC.
EQ.8: Leakage is based on gas volume outflow versus pressure load
curve [Lian 2000]. Blockage of venting or porous area due to contact is considered. Absolute pressure is used in the porous-velocityversus-pressure load curve, given as FAC.
X0,X1
Coefficients of Anagonye and Wang [1999] porosity equation for the

leakage area: hleak = h + + 8 +
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-17 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
Many of the constitutive models in LS-DYNA do not allow failure and erosion. The
ADD_EROSION option provides a way of including failure in these models although the option
can also be applied to constitutive models with other failure/erosion criterion. Each of the criteria defined here are applied independently, and once a sufficient number of those criteria are satisfied according to NCS, the element is deleted from the calculation. Element integration points
do not fail prior to element deletion, even those integration points that satify the failure criteria.
This option applies to nonlinear element formulations including the 2D continuum, 3D solid elements, 3D shell elements, and the thick shell elements types 1 and 2. Beam types 1 and 11 currently support the erosion but not the damage and evolution models. In addition to erosion, damage initiation and evolution models are available as described in the remarks.
Card 1
MID
EXCL
MXPRES
MNEPS
EFFEPS
VOLEPS
NUMFIP
NCS
A8
Default
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
Card 2
MNPRES
SIGP1
SIGVM
MXEPS
EPSSH
SIGTH
IMPULSE
FAILTM
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
The following card is optional:

Card 3
IDAM
DMGTYP
LCSDG
ECRIT
DMGEXP
DCRIT
FADEXP
LCREGD
Type
A8
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
0.0
Variable
2-18 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
If IDAM.GT.0 define the following card:
Card 4
Variable
SIZFLG
REFSZ
NAHSV
LCSRS
SHRF
BIAXF
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Type
Default
If IDAM.LT.0 then define -IDAM set of cards on the following format:

Card 4
DITYP
P1
P2
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 4
DETYP
DCTYP
Q1
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-19 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
Optional card 4 (IDAM=0) or 5 (IDAM>0) or 4+2*|IDAM| (IDAM<0):

Card 4/5/...
Variable
LCFLD
EPSTHIN
ENGCRT
RADCRT
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Type
Default
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
Material identification for which this erosion definition applies. A

unique number or label not exceeding 8 characters must be specified.
EXCL
The exclusion number, which applies to the values defined on Card 2.

When any of the failure constants are set to the exclusion number, the
associated failure criteria calculations are bypassed (which reduces the
cost of the failure model). For example, to prevent a material from going into tension, the user should specify an unusual value for the exclusion number, e.g., 1234., set ; to 0.0 and all the remaining constants
to 1234. The default value is 0.0, which eliminates all criteria from consideration that have their constants set to 0.0 or left blank in the input
file.
MXPRES
Maximum pressure at failure,; . If the value is exactly zero, it is automatically excluded to maintain compatibility with old input files.
MNEPS
Minimum principal strain at failure,Q . If the value is exactly zero, it is

automatically excluded to maintain compatibility with old input files.
EFFEPS
Maximum effective strain at failure,Q#$$ = 2/3 QEF#. QEF#. . If the value
is exactly zero, it is automatically excluded to maintain compatibility

with old input files. If the value is negative, then |EFFEPS| is the effective plastic strain to failure. In combination with cohesive elements,
EFFEPS is the maximum effective in-plane strain.
VOLEPS
2-20 (MAT)
Volumetric strain at failure, Q. = Q + Q88 + Q . VOLEPS can be a

positive or negative number depending on whether the failure is in tension or compression, respectively. If the value is exactly zero, it is automatically excluded to maintain compatibility with old input files.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
VARIABLE
NUMFIP
DESCRIPTION
Number of failed integration points prior to element deletion. The default is unity.
LT.0.0 (IDAM=0): |NUMFIP| is percentage of integration points
which must exceed the failure criterion before element fails: Only for shells.
LT.0.0 (IDAM=1): |NUMFIP| is percentage of layers which must fail
before element fails: Only for shells. For shell
formulations with 4 integration points per layer,
the layer is considered failed if any of the integration points in the layer fails.
NCS
MNPRES
SIGP1
SIGVM
MXEPS
EPSSH
SIGTH
IMPULSE
FAILTM
IDAM
Number of failure conditions to satisfy before failure occurs. For example, if SIGP1 and SIGVM are defined and if NCS=2, both failure criteria
must be met before element deletion can occur. The default is set to unity.
Minimum pressure at failure, ; .
Principal stress at failure, D .
Equivalent stress at failure, D .
Maximum principal strain at failure, Q . The maximum principal

strain at failure is made a function of the effective strain rate by setting
MXEPS to the negative of the appropriate load curve ID.
Shear strain at failure, a .
Threshold stress, D .
Stress impulse for failure, K .
Failure time. When the problem time exceeds the failure time, the material is removed.
Flag for damage model.
EQ.0: no damage model is used.
EQ.1: GISSMO damage model.
LT.0: -IDAM represents the number of damage initiation and evolution criteria to be applied
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-21 (MAT)
*MAT
VARIABLE
DMGTYP
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
DESCRIPTION
For GISSMO damage type the following applies.

EQ.0: Damage is accumulated, no coupling to flow stress, no failure.
EQ.1: Damage is accumulated, element failure occurs for
D=1:Coupling of damage to flow stress depending on parameters, see remarks below.
For IDAM.LT.0 the following applies.
EQ.0: No action is taken
EQ.1: Damage history is initiated based on values of initial plastic
strains and initial strain tensor, this is to be used in multistage
analyses
LCSDG
Load curve ID or Table ID. Load curve defines equivalent plastic strain
to failure vs. triaxiality. Table defines for each Lode angle value (between -1 and 1) a load curve ID giving the equivalent plastic strain to
failure vs. triaxiality for that Lode angle value.
ECRIT
Critical plastic strain (material instability), see below.

LT.0.0: |ECRIT| is load curve ID defining critical equivalent plastic
strain vs: triaxiality.
EQ.0.0: Fixed value DCRIT defining critical damage is read (see below)
GT.0.0: Fixed value for stress-state independent critical equivalent
plastic strain.
DMGEXP
DCRIT
FADEXP
Exponent for nonlinear damage accumulation, see remarks.

Damage threshold value (critical damage). If a Load curve of critical
plastic strain or fixed value is given by ECRIT, input
is ignored.
Exponent for damage-related stress fadeout.
LT.0.0: |FADEXP| is load curve ID defining element-size dependent
fading exponent.
GT.0.0: Constant fading exponent.
LCREGD
2-22 (MAT)
Load curve ID defining element size dependent regularization factors for

equivalent plastic strain to failure.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
VARIABLE
SIZFLG
DESCRIPTION
Flag for method of element size determination.

EQ.0: (default) Element size is determined in undeformed configuration as square root of element area (shells), or cubic root of element volume (solids), respectively.
EQ.1: Element size is updated every time step, and determined as
mean edge length (this option was added to ensure comparability with *MAT_120, and is not recommended for general purpose).
REFSZ
Reference element size, for which an additional output of damage will

be generated. This is necessary to ensure the applicability of resulting
damage quantities when transferred to different mesh sizes.
NAHSV
Number of history variables from damage model which should be stored

in standard material history array for Postprocessing. See remarks.
LCSRS
Load curve ID defining failure strain scaling factor vs. strain rate.
GT.0: scale ECRIT, too
LT.0: do not scale ECRIT.
SHRF
Reduction factor for regularization at triaxiality=0 (shear)
BIAXF
Reduction factor for regularization at triaxiality=2/3 (biaxial)
DITYP
Damage initiation type

EQ.0.0:
EQ.1.0:
EQ.2.0:
EQ.3.0:
P1
Ductile
Shear
MSFLD
FLD
Damage initiation parameter

DITYP.EQ.0.0: Load curve/table ID representing plastic strain at onset of damage as function of stress triaxiality and optionally plastic strain rate.
DITYP.EQ.1.0: Load curve/table ID representing plastic strain at onset of damage as function of shear influence and optionally plastic strain rate.
DITYP.EQ.2.0: Load curve/table ID representing plastic strain at onset of damage as function of ratio of principal plastic
strain rates and optionally plastic strain rate.
DITYP.EQ.3.0: Load curve/table ID representing plastic strain at onset of damage as function of ratio of principal plastic
strain rates and optionally plastic strain rate.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-23 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
VARIABLE
P2
DESCRIPTION
Damage initiation parameter

DITYP.EQ.0.0:
DITYP.EQ.1.0:
DITYP.EQ.2.0:
DITYP.EQ.3.0:
DETYP
Not used
Pressure influence coefficient kS
Not used
Not used
Damage evolution type

EQ.0.0: Linear softening, evolution of damage is a function of the
plastic displacement after the initiation of damage:
EQ.1.0: Linear softening, evolution of damage is a function of the
fracture energy after the initiation of damage.
DCTYP
Damage composition option for multiple criteria

EQ.0.0: Maximum
EQ.1.0: Multiplicative
Q1
LCFLD
Damage evolution parameter
DETYP.EQ.0.0: Plastic displacement at failure, 2$ .

DETYP.EQ.1.0: Fracture energy at failure, Gf,
Load curve ID defining the Forming Limit Diagram. Minor strains in

percent are defined as abscissa values and Major strains in percent are
defined as ordinate values. The forming limit diagram is shown in Figure 2-27. In defining the curve, list pairs of minor and major strains
starting with the left most point and ending with the right most point.
This criterion is only for shell elements and it is available starting with
Release 971 R6.
EPSTHIN
Thinning strain at failure for thin and thick shells.
ENGCRT
Critical energy for nonlocal failure criterion, see item 9 below.
RADCRT
Critical radius for nonlocal failure criterion, see item 9 below.
The criteria for failure besides failure time are:

1.
2.
2-24 (MAT)
; ;max , where P is the pressure (positive in compression), and ; is the maximum pressure at failure.
Q Q , where Q is the minimum principal strain, and Q is the minimum

principal strain at failure.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
3.
; ; , where P is the pressure (positive in compression), and ; is the minimum pressure at failure.
4.
, where D is the maximum principal stress, and D is the maximum

principal stress at failure.
5.
DEF DEF D , where DEF are the deviatoric stress components, and D is the
8
equivalent stress at failure.
6.
Q Q , where Q is the maximum principal strain, and Q is the maximum

principal strain at failure.
7.
a a , where a is the maximum shear strain = (Q Q )/2, and a is the

shear strain at failure.
8.
The Tuler-Butcher criterion,
0 9max(0, D1 D0 ): dt Kf ,
f
where D is the maximum principal stress, D is a specified threshold stress,

D D 0, and K is the stress impulse for failure. Stress values below the
threshold value are too low to cause fracture even for very long duration loadings.
9.
A nonlocal failure criterion which is mainly intended for windshield impact can
be defined via ENGCRT, RADCRT, and one additional main failure criterion
(e.g. SIGP1). All three parameters should be defined for one part, namely the
windshield glass. The course of events of this nonlocal failure model is as follows: If the main failure criterion is fulfilled, the corresponding element is flagged
as center of impact, but no element erosion takes place yet. Then, the internal energy inside a circle, defined by RADCRT, around the center of impact is tested
against the given critical energy ENGCRT. If this energy criterion is exceeded,
all elements of the part are now allowed to be eroded by the main failure criterion.
Remarks on Damage Models:

GISSMO
The GISSMO damage model is a phenomenological formulation that allows for an incremental
description of damage accumulation, including softening and failure. It is intended to provide a
maximum in variability for the description of damage for a variety of metallic materials (e.g.
*MAT_024, *MAT_036, ). The input of parameters is based on tabulated data, allowing the
user to directly convert test data to numerical input.
The model is based on an incremental formulation of damage accumulation:
,;
lA Q
=
Q$
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-25 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
Figure 2-1. Typical failure curve for metal sheet, modeled with shell elements.
with
Damage value (0 1). For numerical reasons, D is initialized to a value of

1.E-20 for all damage types in the first time step
D:
f:
Equivalent plastic strain to failure, determined from LCSDG as a function of the

current triaxiality value . A typical failure curve LCSDG for metal sheet, modeled with shell elements is shown in Figure 2-1 Triaxiality should be monotonically increasing in this curve. A reasonable range for triaxiality is -2/3 to 2/3 if
shell elements are used (plane stress). For 3-dimensional stress states (solid elements), the possible range of triaxiality goes from - to +, but to get a good resolution in the internal load curve discretization (depending on parameter LCINT
of *CONTROL_SOLUTION) one should define lower limits, e.g. -1 to 1 if
LCINT=100 (default).
p:
Equivalent plastic strain increment
For constant values of failure strain, this damage rate can be integrated to get a relation of damage and actual equivalent plastic strain:
Rc
lA
=5 6
R
for Q$ = 1f. only!
Triaxiality as a measure of the current stress state is defined as

!=
with hydrostatic stress D and equivalent von Mises stress D .
For DMGTYP.EQ.0, damage is accumulated according to the description above, yet no softening
and failure is taken into account. Thus, parameters ECRIT, DCRIT and FADEXP will not have
2-26 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
*MAT
any influence. This option can be used to calculate pre-damage in multi-stage deformations
without influencing the simulation results.
For DMGTYP.EQ.1, elements will be deleted if D 1.
Depending on the set of parameters given by ECRIT (or DCRIT) and FADEXP, a Lemaitre-type
coupling of damage and stress (effective stress concept) can be used.
Three principal ways of damage definition can be used:
1.) Input of a fixed value of critical plastic strain (ECRIT.GT.0.)
As soon as the magnitude of plastic strain reaches this value, the current damage parameter D is
stored as critical damage DCRIT and the damage coupling flag is set to unity, in order to facilitate an identification of critical elements in postprocessing. From this point on, damage is coupled to the stress tensor using the following relation:
-/ {mlA
D = D 1 5
6
1 -/
This leads to a continuous reduction of stress, up to the load-bearing capacity completely vanishing as D reaches unity. The fading exponent FADEXP can be defined element size dependent, to
allow for the consideration of an element-size dependent amount of energy to be dissipated during element fade-out.
2.) Input of a load curve defining critical plastic strain vs. triaxiality (ECRIT.LT.0.), pointing to
load curve ID |ECRIT|. This allows for a definition of triaxiality-dependent material instability,
which takes account of that instability and localization will occur depending on the actual load
case. This offers the possibility to use a transformed Forming Limit Diagram as an input for the
expected onset of softening and localization. Using this load curve, the instability measure F is
accumulated using the following relation, which is similar to the accumulation of damage D except for the instability curve is used as an input:
,;
lA Q
=
Q,=
with
F:
Instability measure (0F1).
p,loc: Equivalent plastic strain to instability, determined from ECRIT

p:
Equivalent plastic strain increment
As soon as the instability measure F reaches unity, the current value of damage D in the respective element is stored. Damage will from this point on be coupled to the flow stress using the relation described above
3.) If no input for ECRIT is made, parameter DCRIT will be considered.
Coupling of Damage to the stress tensor starts if this value (damage threshold) is exceeded
(0DCRIT1). Coupling of damage to stress is done using the relation described above.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-27 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
This input allows for the use of extreme values also for example, DCRIT.EQ.0.0 would lead to
no coupling at all, and element deletion under full load (brittle fracture).
History Variables:
History variables of the GISSMO damage model are written to the postprocessing database only
if NAHSV>0. The damage history variables start at position ND, which is displayed in d3hsp
file, e.g. first damage history variable = 6 means that ND=6.
Variable
Description
ND
Damage parameter D (1.E-20 D 1)
ND+1
Damage threshold DCRIT
ND+2
ND+3
ND+4
Domain flag for damage coupling (0: no coupling, 1: coupling)

Triaxiality variable D /D
ND+5
Regularization factor for failure strain (determined from LCREGD)
ND+6
Exponent for stress fading FADEXP
ND+7
Calculated element size
ND+8
Instability measure F
ND+9
Resultant damage parameter D for element size REFSZ
ND+10
Resultant damage threshold DCRIT for element size REFSZ
ND+11
Averaged triaxiality
ND+12
Lode angle value
ND+13
Equivalent plastic strain
Alternative damage value:
/ lA
Damage initiation and evolution criteria

As an alternative to GISSMO, the user may invoke an arbitrary number of damage initiation and
evolution criteria, the number of course in practice being limited by the number of available criteria. With this option the following theory applies.
Assuming that n initiation/evolution types have been defined according to the information above,
n being the same as IDAM above, damage initiation and evolution history variables
E 90, 9 and E 90,1:, i=1,n, are introduced for each integration point. These are initially set to zero and then evolve with the deformation of the elements according to rules associated
with the specific damage initiation and evolution type chosen, see below for details. The variables can be post-processed just as ordinary material history variables and their positions in the
history variables array is given in d3hsp, search for the string Damage history listing. The damage initiation variables do not influence the results but just serve as an indicator for the onset of
damage. The damage evolution variables govern the damage in the material and are used to form
the global damage 90,1:. When multiple criteria are active, n>1, each individual criterion
2-28 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
can be of maximum, , or multiplicative, , type, this is defined by the DCTYP

parameter. The global damage variable is defined as
where
= max( , )
= maxE- E
= 1 E-(1 E )
The damage variable relates the macroscopic (damaged) and microscopic (true) stress according
to
D = (1 )D.
Once the damage has reached the level of (=0.99 by default) the stress is set to zero and
the integration point is assumed failed, thus not processed after that. When NUMFIP integration
points have failed the element is eroded and removed from the finite element model.
Now to the evolution of the individual damage initiation and evolution history variables, and for
the sake of clarity we skip the superscript i from now on.
The variables governs the onset of damage and evolves independently of each other and according to the following.
Ductile (DITYP.EQ.0):
For the ductile initiation option a function Q = Q (!, Q ) represents the plastic strain at onset of
damage (P1). This is a function of stress triaxiality defined as
! = e/
with p being the pressure and q the von Mises equivalent stress. Optionally this can be defined as
a table with the second dependency being on the effective plastic strain rate Q . The damage initiation history variable evolves according to
=
Rc Rc
c
Shear (DITYP.EQ.1):
For the shear initiation option a function Q = Q (, Q ) represents the plastic strain at onset of
damage (P1). This is a function of a shear stress function defined as
= ( + t e)/
with p being the pressure, q the von Mises equivalent stress and the maximum shear stress defined as a function of the principal stress values
= D D /2.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-29 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
Introduced here is also the pressure influence parameter kS (P2). Optionally this can be defined
as a table with the second dependency being on the effective plastic strain rate Q . The damage
initiation history variable evolves according to
=
Rc Rc
c
MSFLD (DITYP.EQ.2):
For the MSFLD initiation option a function Q = Q (y, Q ) represents the plastic strain at onset
of damage (P1). This is a function of the ratio of principal plastic strain rates defined as
y = Q /Q .
The MSFLD criterion is only relevant for shells and the principal strains should be interpreted as
the in-plane principal strains. For simplicity the plastic strain evolution in this formula is assumed to stem from an associated von Mises flow rule and whence
y = /
with s being the deviatoric stress. This assures that the calculation of y is in a sense robust at the
expense of being slightly off for materials with anisotropic yield functions and/or non-associated
flow rules. Optionally this can be defined as a table with the second dependency being on the
effective plastic strain rateQ , for Q = 0 the value of Q is set to a large number to prevent onset
of damage for no plastic evolution. Furthermore, the plastic strain used in this failure criteria is a
modified effective plastic strain that only evolves when the pressure is negative, i.e., the material
is not affected in compression. This modified plastic strain can be monitored as the second history variable of the initiation history variables in the binary output database. The damage initiation
history variable evolves according to
= max&?
Rc
c
which should be interpreted as the maximum value up to this point in time. An important note
with this initiation option is that the damage initiation variable is evaluated using the strains and
stresses at the mid-surface of the shell and thus bending effects are not taken into account.
FLD (DITYP.EQ.3):
This initiation option is very similar to DITYP=2, the only difference being the damage initiation
history variable that here evolves as
=
Rc
and where plastic strain here refers to the non-modified ditto, i.e, it is not affected by the pressure
as for the MSFLD option.
2-30 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
*MAT
For the evolution of the associated damage variable D we introduce the plastic displacement 2A
which evolves according to
0
2 =
3Q
< 1
1
with l being a characteristic length of the element. Fracture energy is related to plastic displacement as follows
e
2S
S = 0 D
2 e
with y being the yield stress. The following defines the evolution of the damage variable.
Linear (DETYP.EQ.0):
With this option the damage variable evolves linearly with the plastic displacement
= 2 /2$
with 2$ being the plastic displacement at failure (Q1).
Linear (DETYP.EQ.1):
With this option the damage variable evolves linearly as follows
= 2 /2$
with 2$ = 2Gf/y0 and y0 being the yield stress when failure criterion is reached.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-31 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_PERMEABILITY
For consolidation calculations.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
PERM
(blank)
(blank)
THEXP
LCKZ
none
none
0.0
none
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
Material identification must be same as the structural material.
PERM
Permeability
THEXP
Undrained volumetric thermal expansion coefficient

(Units: 1/temperature)
LCKZ
Loadcurve giving factor on PERM versus z-coordinate.

(X-axis z-coordinate, yaxis non dimensional factor)
Remarks:
The units of PERM are length/time (volume flow rate of water per unit area per gradient of
head of excess pore pressure head).
See notes under *CONTROL_PORE_FLUID
2-32 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_PORE_AIR
*MAT_ADD_PORE_AIR
For pore air pressure calculations.
Card 1
MID
PA_RHO
PA_PRE
PORE
Default
None
AIR_RO
AIR_RO
1.
Remarks
Card 2
PERM1
PERM1
PERM3
CDARCY
CDF
LCPGD1
LCPGD2
LCPGD3
Type
Default
0.
PERM1
PERM1
1.
0.
None
LCPGD1
LCPGD1
Remarks
2,3,4,5
2,3,4,5
2,3,4,5
1,5
Variable
Type
Variable
1,2
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
Material identification must be same as the structural material.
PA_RHO
Initial density of pore air, default to atmospheric air density, AIR_RO,

defined in *CONTROL_PORE_AIR
PA_PRE
Initial pressure of pore air, default to atmospheric air pressure, AIR_P,

defined in *CONTROL_PORE_AIR
PORE
PERM1~3
LS-DYNA R7.0
Porosity, ratio of pores to total volume, default to 1.

Permeability of pore air along x, y and z-direction, <0 when its absolute
magnitude is the curve defining permeability coefficient as a function of
volume ratio, current-volume/volume-at-stress-free-state.
2-33 (MAT)
*MAT
VARIABLE
CDARCY
CDF
LCPGD1~3
*MAT_ADD_PORE_AIR
DESCRIPTION
Coefficient of Darcys law

Coefficient of Dupuit-Forchheimer law
Curves defining non-linear Darcys laws along x, y and z-directions, see
Remarks 6.
Remarks:
1.
This card must be defined for all materials requiring consideration of pore air pressure.
The pressure contribution of pore air is (-atm)*RTPORE, where andatm are the current and atmospheric air density, R is airs gas constant, T is atmospheric air temperature
and PORE is the porosity. All R, T and VAR are assumed to be constant during simulation.
2.
The unit of PERMi is length3*time/mass, (air flow velocity per gradient of excess pore
pressure), i.e.
(CDARCY+CDF||vai||)*PORE*vai= PERMi *Pa/xi, i=1,2,3
where vai is the pore air flow velocity along the ith direction, Pa/xi is the pore air pressure gradient along the ith direction, and x1=x, x2=y, x3=z.
3.
PERM2 and PERM3 are assumed to be equal to PERM1 when they are not defined. A
definition of 0 means no permeability.
4.
(x,y,z), or (1,2,3), refers to the local material coordinate system (a,b,c) when MID is an
orthotropic material, like *MAT_002 or *MAT_142; otherwise it refers to the global coordinate system.
5.
CDF can be used to consider the viscosity effect for high speed air flow
6.
LCGDCi can be used to define a non-linear Darcys law as follows:

(CDARCY+CDF||va||)*PORE*vai= PERM*fi (Pa/xi), i=1~3,
where fi is the function value of LCPGDi. The linear Darcys law, Remarks 2, can be recovered when LCPGDi are defined as straight lines with a slope of 1.
2-34 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_ADD_THERMAL_EXPANSION
The ADD_THERMAL_EXPANSION option is used to occupy an arbitrary material model in

LS-DYNA with a thermal expansion property. This option applies to all nonlinear solid, shell,
thick shell and beam elements and all material models except those models which use resultant
formulations such as *MAT_RESULTANT_PLASTICITY and *MAT_SPECIAL_ORTHOTROPIC. Orthotropic expansion effects are supported for anisotropic materials.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
VARIABLE
PID
PID
LCID
MULT
LCIDY
MULTY
LCIDZ
MULTZ
none
none
1.0
LCID
MULT
LCID
MULT
DESCRIPTION
Part ID for which the thermal expansion property applies
LCID
For isotropic material models, LCIDY, MULTY, LCIDZ, and MULTZ

are ignored, and LCID is the load curve ID defining the thermal expansion coefficient as a function of temperature. If zero, the thermal expansion coefficient is constant and equal to MULT. For anisotropic material
models, LCID and MULT define the thermal expansion coefficient in
the local material a-direction.
MULT
Scale factor scaling load curve given by LCID.
LCIDY
Load curve ID defining the thermal expansion coefficient in local

material b-direction as a function of temperature. If zero, the thermal
expansion coefficient in the local material b-direction is constant and
equal to MULTY. If MULTY=0 as well, LCID and MULT define the
thermal expansion coefficient in the local material b-direction.
MULTY
Scale factor scaling load curve given by LCIDY.
LCIDZ
Load curve ID defining the thermal expansion coefficient in local

material c-direction as a function of temperature. If zero, the thermal
expansion coefficient in the local material c-direction is constant and
equal to MULTZ. If MULTZ=0 as well, LCID and MULT define the
thermal expansion coefficient in the local material c-direction.
MULTZ
Scale factor scaling load curve given by LCIDZ.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-35 (MAT)
*MAT
Remarks:
When invoking the isotropic thermal expansion property (no use of the local y and z parameters)
for a material, the stress update is based on the elastic strain rates given by
#
QEF
= QEF y(/)/JEF
rather than on the total strain rates QEF . For a material with the stress based on the deformation
gradient EF , the elastic part of the deformation gradient is used for the stress computations
EF# = 0?
EF
where 0? is the thermal Jacobian. The thermal Jacobian is updated using the rate given by
0? = 3y(/)/0? .
For orthotropic properties, which apply only to materials with anisotropy, these equations are
generalized to
#
QEF
= QEF yH (/)/EH FH
and
EF# = EH z H F
where the zE are updated as
zE = yE (/)/zE .
Here EF represents the matrix with material directions with respect to the current configuration
whereas EF are the corresponding directions with respect to the initial configuration. For (shell)
materials with multiple layers of different anisotropy directions, the mid surface layer determines
the orthotropy for the thermal expansion.
2-36 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_NONLOCAL
*MAT_NONLOCAL
In nonlocal failure theories, the failure criterion depends on the state of the material within a radius of influence which surrounds the integration point. An advantage of nonlocal failure is that
mesh size sensitivity on failure is greatly reduced leading to results which converge to a unique
solution as the mesh is refined. Without a nonlocal criterion, strains will tend to localize randomly with mesh refinement leading to results which can change significantly from mesh to
mesh. The nonlocal failure treatment can be a great help in predicting the onset and the evolution of material failure. This option can be used with two and three-dimensional solid elements,
and three-dimensional shell elements and thick shell elements. This option applies to a subset of
elastoplastic materials that include a damage-based failure criterion.
Card 1
Variable
IDNL
PID
NFREQ
NHV
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Type
Default
Define as many as needed to input NHV variables. One card 2 will be read even if NHV=0.
Card 2
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
NL1
NL2
NL3
NL4
NL5
NL6
NL7
NL8
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
2-37 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_NONLOCAL
Define one card for each symmetry plane. Up to six symmetry planes can be defined. The
next "*" card terminates this input.
Cards 3,...
Variable
XC1
YC1
ZC1
XC2
YC2
ZC2
none
none
none
none
none
none
Type
Default
VARIABLE
IDNL
PID
DESCRIPTION
Nonlocal material input ID.

Part ID for nonlocal material.
Exponent of weighting function. A typical value might be 8 depending

somewhat on the choice of L. See equations below.
Exponent of weighting function. A typical value might be 2. See equations below.
Characteristic length. This length should span a few elements. See

equations below.
NFREQ
Number of time steps between update of neighbors. The nearest neighbor search can add significant computational time so it is suggested that
NFREQ be set to value of 10 to 100 depending on the problem. This
parameter may be somewhat problem dependent.
NHV
NL1,..,NL8
Define the number of history variables to be smoothed.

Define up to eight history variable ID's per line for nonlocal treatment.
XC1, YC1,ZC1
Coordinate of point on symmetry plane.
XC2, YC2, ZC2
Coordinate of a point along the normal vector.
Remarks:
For elastoplastic material models in LS-DYNA which use the plastic strain as a failure criterion,
the first history variable, which does not count the six stress components, is the plastic strain. In
this case, the variable NL1=1 and NL2 to NL8=0. See the table below, which lists the history
variable ID's for a subset of materials.
2-38 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT
*MAT_NONLOCAL
Material Model Name
Effective Plastic Strain Location
Damage Parameter Location
PLASTIC_KINEMATIC
N/A
JOHNSON_COOK
5 (shells); 7 (solids)
PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY
N/A
PLASTICITY_WITH_DAMAGE
MODIFIED_ZERILLI-ARMSTRONG
N/A
DAMAGE_1
DAMAGE_2
MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLAST
N/A
PLASTICITY_COMPRESSION_TENSION
N/A
JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CONCRETE
GURSON
Table 2.2.
In applying the nonlocal equations to shell and thick shell elements, integration points lying in
the same plane within the radius determined by the characteristic length are considered. Therefore, it is important to define the connectivity of the shell elements consistently within the part
ID, e.g., so that the outer integration points lie on the same surface.
The equations and our implementation are based on the implementation by Worswick and Lalbin
[1999] of the nonlocal theory to Pijaudier-Cabot and Bazant [1987]. Let be the neighborhood of radius, L, of element 4 and 4E E' ,..., the list of elements included in , then
where
LS-DYNA R7.0
S = S ( ) =
S 31x3 (
=1
S 31x3
2-39 (MAT)
*MAT
*MAT_NONLOCAL
Figure 2-2. Neighborhood radius L.
( )=
)=
s + 5
'
6 w
Here S and
are respectively the nonlocal rate of increase of damage and the center of the el E , E and E are respectively the local rate of increase of damage, the volume
ement 4 , and S=
and the center of element 4E .
2-40 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_001
*MAT_ELASTIC
*MAT_ELASTIC_{OPTION}
This is Material Type 1. This is an isotropic hypoelastic material and is available for beam,
shell, and solid elements in LS-DYNA. A specialization of this material allows the modeling of
fluids.
Available options include:
<BLANK>
FLUID
such that the keyword cards appear:
*MAT_ELASTIC or MAT_001
*MAT_ELASTIC_FLUID or MAT_001_FLUID
The fluid option is valid for solid elements only.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
DA
DB
A8
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
Define the following extra card for the FLUID option:

Card 2
Variable
Type
Default
VARIABLE
MID
LS-DYNA R7.0
VC
CP
none
1.0E+20
DESCRIPTION
Material identification. A unique number or label not exceeding 8 characters must be specified.
2-41 (MAT)
*MAT_001
*MAT_ELASTIC
VARIABLE
RO
E
DESCRIPTION
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
DA
Axial damping factor (used for Belytschko-Schwer beam, type 2, only).
DB
Bending damping factor (used for Belytschko-Schwer beam, type 2, only).
Bulk Modulus (define for fluid option only).
VC
Tensor viscosity coefficient, values between .1 and .5 should be okay.
CP
Cavitation pressure (default = 1.0e+20).
Remarks:
This hypoelastic material model may not be stable for finite (large) strains. If large strains are
expected, a hyperelastic material model, e.g., *MAT_002, would be more appropriate.
The axial and bending damping factors are used to damp down numerical noise. The update of
the force resultants, E , and moment resultants, E , includes the damping factors:
+1
= + 1 +
+1
1
h
+
2
f
+ 1 +
1
+
2
The history variable labeled as plastic strain by LS-PrePost is actually volumetric strain in the
case of *MAT_ELASTIC.
For the fluid option the bulk modulus (K) has to be defined as Youngs modulus and Poissons
ratio is ignored. With the fluid option fluid-like behavior is obtained where the bulk modulus, K,
and pressure rate, p, are given by:
=
8 )
e = QEE
and the shear modulus is set to zero. A tensor viscosity is used which acts only the deviatoric
stresses, EFO , given in terms of the damping coefficient as:
O
EF
2-42 (MAT)
= - x "QEF
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_ELASTIC
*MAT_001
where L is a characteristic element length, x is the fluid bulk sound speed, " is the fluid den
sity, and QEF
is the deviatoric strain rate.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-43 (MAT)
*MAT_002
*MAT_{OPTION}TROPIC_ELASTIC
This is Material Type 2. This Total-Lagrangian-based material is valid for modeling the elasticorthotropic behavior of solids, shells, and thick shells. An anisotropic option is available for solid elements. For orthotropic solids an isotropic frictional damping is available.
ORTHO
ANISO
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_ELASTIC or MAT_002
(4 cards follow)
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC or MAT_002_ANIS
(5 cards follow)
Cards 1 and 2 for the ORTHO option.

Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
AOPT
SIGF
Cards 1, 2, and 3 for the ANISO option.

Card 1
Variable
Type
2-44 (MAT)
MID
RO
C11
C12
C22
C13
C23
C33
A8
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_002
Card 2
C14
C24
C34
C44
C15
C25
C35
C45
Type
Card 3
C55
C16
C26
C36
C46
C56
C66
AOPT
Variable
Variable
Type
Cards 3/4 and 4/5 for the ORTHO/ANISO options.

Card 3/4
Variable
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
MACF
Type
Card 4/5
Variable
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
REF
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Define for the ORTHO option only:

EA
LS-DYNA R7.0
Ea, Youngs modulus in a-direction.

2-45 (MAT)
*MAT_002
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EB
Eb, Youngs modulus in b-direction.
EC
Ec, Youngs modulus in c-direction (nonzero value required but not used
for shells).
PRBA
ba, Poissons ratio ba.
PRCA
ca, Poissons ratio ca.
PRCB
cb, Poissons ratio cb.
GAB
Gab, shear modulus ab.
GBC
Gbc, shear modulus bc.
GCA
Gca, shear modulus ca.
Due to symmetry define the upper triangular Cijs for the ANISO option only:
C11
The 1,1 term in the 6 6 anisotropic constitutive matrix. Note that 1 corresponds to the a material direction
C12
The 1,2 term in the 6 6 anisotropic constitutive matrix. Note that 2 corresponds to the b material direction
C66
The 6,6 term in the 6 6 anisotropic constitutive matrix.
Define AOPT for both options:

AOPT
2-46 (MAT)
Material axes option, see Figure 2-3.

EQ.0.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element nodes as shown in part (a) of Figure 2-3. The a-direction is
from node 1 to node 2 of the element. The b-direction is orthogonal
to the a-direction and is in the plane formed by nodes 1, 2, and 4.
When this option is used in two-dimensional planar and axisymmetric analysis, it is critical that the nodes in the element definition be
numbered counterclockwise for this option to work correctly.
EQ.1.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by a point
in space and the global location of the element center; this is the adirection. This option is for solid elements only.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_002
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EQ.2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR.
EQ.3.0: locally orthotropic material axes determined by rotating the
material axes about the element normal by an angle, BETA, from a
line in the plane of the element defined by the cross product of the
vector v with the element normal. The plane of a solid element is the
midsurface between the inner surface and outer surface defined by
the first four nodes and the last four nodes of the connectivity of the
element, respectively.
EQ.4.0: locally orthotropic in cylindrical coordinate system with the
material axes determined by a vector v, and an originating point, P,
which define the centerline axis. This option is for solid elements
only.
LT.0.0: the absolute value of AOPT is a coordinate system ID number (CID on *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, *DEFINE_ COORDINATE_SYSTEM or *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR).
Available in R3 version of 971 and later.
G
SIGF
Shear modulus for frequency independent damping. Frequency independent damping is based of a spring and slider in series. The critical
stress for the slider mechanism is SIGF defined below. For the best results, the value of G should be 250-1000 times greater than SIGF. This
option applies only to solid elements.
Limit stress for frequency independent, frictional, damping.
XP YP ZP
Define coordinates of point p for AOPT = 1 and 4.
A1 A2 A3
Define components of vector a for AOPT = 2.
MACF
Material axes change flag for brick elements:

EQ.1: No change, default,
EQ.2: switch material axes a and b,
EQ.3: switch material axes a and c,
EQ.4: switch material axes b and c.
V1 V2 V3
Define components of vector v for AOPT = 3 and 4.
D1 D2 D3
Define components of vector d for AOPT = 2.
BETA
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 3, may be overridden on the element card, see *ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA or *ELEMENT_ SOLID_ORTHO.
REF
Use reference geometry to initialize the stress tensor. The reference geometry is defined by the keyword: *INITIAL_FOAM_ REFER-
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-47 (MAT)
*MAT_002
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
ENCE_GEOMETRY (see there for more details).

EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
Remarks:
The material law that relates stresses to strains is defined as:
- = / ? - /
where / is a transformation matrix, and - is the constitutive matrix defined in terms of the material constants of the orthogonal material axes, a, b, and c. The inverse of - for the orthotropic
case is defined as:
1
,
- =
0
0
Note that
r%
lr
%r
l%
lr
!=
,!
1
,!
,!
0
0
l%
,=
=!
,=
1
,=
1
!
0
0
1
!=
0
0 $
#
0 #
#
#
0 #
#
0 #
#
#
0 #
#
1 #
= "
The frequency independent damping is obtained by having a spring and slider in series as shown
in the following sketch:
This option applies only to orthotropic solid elements and affects only the deviatoric stresses.
2-48 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_002
Figure 2-3. Options for determining principal material axes: (a) AOPT = 0.0, (b)
AOPT = 1.0 for brick elements, (c) AOPT = 2.0, (d) AOPT = 3.0, and (e) AOPT=4.0
for brick elements.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-49 (MAT)
*MAT_002
The procedure for describing the principle material directions is explained for solid and shell elements for this material model and other anisotropic materials. We will call the material direction the a-b-c coordinate system. The AOPT options illustrated in Figure 2-3 can define the a-bc system for all elements of the parts that use the material, but this is not the final material direction. There a-b-c system defined by the AOPT options may be offset by a final rotation about
the c-axis. The offset angle we call BETA.
For solid elements, the BETA angle is specified in one of two ways. When using AOPT=3, the
BETA parameter defines the offset angle for all elements that use the material. The BETA parameter has no meaning for the other AOPT options. Alternatively, a BETA angle can be defined
for individual solid elements as described in remark 5 for *ELEMENT_SOLID_ORTHO. The
beta angle by the ORTHO option is available for all values of AOPT, and it overrides the BETA
angle on the *MAT card for AOPT=3.
The directions determined by the material AOPT options may be overridden for individual elements as described in remark 3 for *ELEMENT_SOLID_ORTHO. However, be aware that for
materials with AOPT=3, the final a-b-c system will be the system defined on the element card
rotated about c-axis by the BETA angle specified on the *MAT card.
There are two fundamental differences between shell and solid element orthotropic materials.
First, the c-direction is always normal to a shell element such that the a-direction and bdirections are within the plane of the element. Second, for some anisotropic materials, shell elements may have unique fiber directions within each layer through the thickness of the element so
that a layered composite can be modeled with a single element.
When AOPT=0 is used in two-dimensional planar and axisymmetric analysis, it is critical that
the nodes in the element definition be numbered counterclockwise for this option to work correctly.
Because shell elements have their c-axes defined by the element normal, AOPT=1 and AOPT=4
are not available for shells. Also, AOPT=2 requires only the vector a be defined since d is not
used. The shell procedure projects the inputted a-direction onto each element surface.
Similar to solid elements, the a-b-c direction determined by AOPT is then modified by a rotation
about the c-axis which we will call &. For those materials that allow a unique rotation angle for
each integration point through the element thickness, the rotation angle is calculated by
&E = z + zE
where is a rotation for the element, and zE is the rotation for the ith layer of the element. The
angle can be input using the BETA parameter on the *MAT data, or will be overridden for individual elements if the BETA keyword option for *ELEMENT_SHELL is used. The zE angles
are input using the ICOMP=1 option of *SECTION_SHELL or with *PART_COMPOSITE. If
or zE is omitted, they are assumed to be zero.
All anisotropic shell materials have the BETA option on the *MAT card available for both
AOPT=0 and AOPT=3, except for materials 91 and 92 which have it available for all values of
AOPT, 0, 2, and 3.
All anisotropic shell materials allow an angle for each integration point through the thickness, zE ,
except for materials 2, 86, 91, 92, 117, 130, 170, 172, and 194.
2-50 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_002
This discussion of material direction angles in shell elements also applies to thick shell elements
which allow modeling of layered composites using *INTEGRATION_SHELL or
*PART_COMPOSITE_TSHELL.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-51 (MAT)
*MAT_003
*MAT_PLASTIC_KINEMATIC
This is Material Type 3. This model is suited to model isotropic and kinematic hardening plasticity with the option of including rate effects. It is a very cost effective model and is available
for beam (Hughes-Liu and Truss), shell, and solid elements.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
BETA
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
Card 2
SRC
SRP
FS
VP
not used
not used
1.E+20
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
Tangent modulus, see Figure 2-4
BETA
SRC
2-52 (MAT)
Hardening parameter, 0 < z < 1. See comments below.
Strain rate parameter, C, for Cowper Symonds strain rate model, see below. If zero, rate effects are not considered..
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_003
VARIABLE
SRP
DESCRIPTION
Strain rate parameter, P, for Cowper Symonds strain rate model, see below. If zero, rate effects are not considered.
FS
Effective plastic strain for eroding elements.
VP
Formulation for rate effects:

EQ.0.0: Scale yield stress (default),
EQ.1.0: Viscoplastic formulation
Remarks:
Strain rate is accounted for using the Cowper and Symonds model which scales the yield stress
with the factor
Q
1 + 5 6
-
'
where Q is the strain rate. A fully viscoplastic formulation is optional which incorporates the
Cowper and Symonds formulation within the yield surface. An additional cost is incurred but
the improvement allows for dramatic results. To ignore strain rate effects set both SRC and SRP
to zero.
Kinematic, isotropic, or a combination of kinematic and isotropic hardening may be specified by
varying z between 0 and 1. For z equal to 0 and 1, respectively, kinematic and isotropic hardening are obtained as shown in Figure 2-4. For isotropic hardening, z= 1, Material Model 12,
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC, requires less storage and is more efficient. Whenever possible, Material 12 is recommended for solid elements, but for shell elements it is less accurate and thus Material 12 is not recommended in this case.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-53 (MAT)
*MAT_003
Figure 2-4. Elastic-plastic behavior with kinematic and isotropic hardening where 3
and 3 are undeformed and deformed lengths of uniaxial tension specimen. ,& is the
slope of the bilinear stress strain curve
.
2-54 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_004
*MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_THERMAL
This is Material Type 4. Temperature dependent material coefficients can be defined. A maximum of eight temperatures with the corresponding data can be defined. A minimum of two
points is needed. When this material type is used it is necessary to define nodal temperatures by
activating a coupled analysis or by using another option to define the temperatures such as
*LOAD_THERMAL_LOAD_CURVE, or *LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE.
Card 1
MID
RO
A8
Variable
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
Type
Card 3
Variable
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
Type
Card 4
PR1
PR2
PR3
PR4
PR5
PR6
PR7
PR8
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-55 (MAT)
*MAT_004
No defaults are assumed.

Card 5
ALPHA1
ALPHA2
ALPHA3
ALPHA4
ALPHA5
ALPHA6
ALPHA7
ALPHA8
Type
Card 6
SIGY1
SIGY2
SIGY3
SIGY4
SIGY5
SIGY6
SIGY7
SIGY8
Type
Card 7
ETAN1
ETAN2
ETAN3
ETAN4
ETAN5
ETAN6
ETAN7
ETAN8
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
TI
Temperatures. The minimum is 2, the maximum is 8.
EI
Corresponding Youngs moduli at temperature TI.
PRI
ALPHAI
Corresponding Poissons ratios.

Corresponding coefficients of thermal expansion.
SIGYI
Corresponding yield stresses.
ETANI
Corresponding plastic hardening moduli.
2-56 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_004
Remarks:
At least two temperatures and their corresponding material properties must be defined. The
analysis will be terminated if a material temperature falls outside the range defined in the input.
If a thermoelastic material is considered, do not define SIGY and ETAN. The coefficient of
thermal expansion is defined as the instantaneous value. Thus, the thermal strain rate becomes:
?
QEF
= y/JEF
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-57 (MAT)
*MAT_005
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM
This is Material Type 5. This is a very simple model and works in some ways like a fluid. It
should be used only in situations when soils and foams are confined within a structure or when
geometric boundaries are present. A table can be defined if thermal effects are considered in the
pressure versus volumetric strain behavior.
Card 1
MID
RO
A0
A1
A2
PC
A8
VCR
REF
LCID
Type
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Card 4
EPS9
EPS10
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-58 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_005
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM
Card 5
Variable
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
Type
Card 6
Variable
P9
P10
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Shear modulus.
Bulk modulus for unloading used for VCR=0.0.
A0
Yield function constant for plastic yield function below.
A1
A2
PC
Pressure cutoff for tensile fracture (< 0).
VCR
Volumetric crushing option:

EQ.0.0: on,
EQ.1.0: loading and unloading paths are the same.
REF
Use reference geometry to initialize the pressure. The reference geometry is defined by the keyword:*INITIAL_FOAM_REFERENCE_ GEOMETRY. This option does not initialize the deviatoric stress state.
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-59 (MAT)
*MAT_005
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCID
Load curve ID for pressure as a function of volumetric strain. If it is defined, then the curve is used instead of the input for EPS1, and P1.
The response is extended to being temperature dependent if LCID refers
to a table.
EPS1,.....
Volumetric strain values in pressure vs. volumetric strain curve (see

Remarks below). A maximum of 10 values including 0.0 are allowed
and a minimum of 2 values are necessary. If EPS1 is not 0.0 then a
point (0.0,0.0) will be automatically generated and a maximum of nine
values may be input.
P1, P2,..PN
Pressures corresponding to volumetric strain values given on Cards 3

and 4.
Remarks:
Pressure is positive in compression. Volumetric strain is given by the natural log of the relative
volume and is negative in compression. Relative volume is a ratio of the current volume to the
initial volume at the start of the calculation. The tabulated data should be given in order of increasing compression. If the pressure drops below the cutoff value specified, it is reset to that
value. For a detailed description we refer to Kreig [1972].
The deviatoric perfectly plastic yield function, &, is described in terms of the second invariant J2,
08 = EF EF ,
pressure, p, and constants a0, a1, and a2 as:
& = 08 9x + x e + x8 e8 :.
On the yield surface 08 = D8 where D is the uniaxial yield stress, i.e.,

D = 93(x + x e + x8 e8 ):
'8
there is no strain hardening on this surface.
To eliminate the pressure dependence of the yield strength, set:

x = x8 = 0
x = D8 .
This approach is useful when a von Mises type elastic-plastic model is desired for use with the
tabulated volumetric data.
2-60 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM
*MAT_005
Figure 2-5. Pressure versus volumetric strain curve for soil and crushable foam model.
The volumetric strain is given by the natural logarithm of the relative volume, V.
The history variable labeled as plastic strain by LS-PrePost is actually ln(V/V0) in the case of
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-61 (MAT)
*MAT_006
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC
This is Material Type 6. This model allows the modeling of viscoelastic behavior for beams
(Hughes-Liu), shells, and solids. Also see *MAT_GENERAL_VISCOELASTIC for a more
general formulation.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
BULK
G0
GI
BETA
A8
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
BULK
Elastic bulk modulus.

LT.0.0: |BULK| is load curve of bulk modulus as a function of temperature.
G0
Short-time shear modulus, see equations below.

LT.0.0: |G0| is load curve of short-time shear modulus as a function
of temperature.
GI
Long-time (infinite) shear modulus, G.

LT.0.0: |GI| is load curve of long-time shear modulus as a function
of temperature.
BETA
Decay constant.
LT0.0: |BETA| is load curve of decay constant as a function of temperature.
Remarks:
The shear relaxation behavior is described by [Hermann and Peterson, 1968]:
G(t) = G + (G0 G) e-t
A Jaumann rate formulation is used
2-62 (MAT)
DEF = 2 (f ) EF ()
&
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_006
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC
where the prime denotes the deviatoric part of the stress rate, DEF , and the strain rate, DEF .
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-63 (MAT)
*MAT_007
*MAT_BLATZ-KO_RUBBER
This is Material Type 7. This one parameter material allows the modeling of nearly incompressible continuum rubber. The Poissons ratio is fixed to 0.463.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
REF
A8
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
G
REF
Shear modulus.
Use reference geometry to initialize the stress tensor. The reference geometry is defined by the keyword:*INITIAL_FOAM_REFERENCE_
GEOMETRY (see there for more details).
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
Remarks:
The second Piola-Kirchhoff stress is computed as
EF
1
= s -EF
JEF w
where is the relative volume defined as being the ratio of the current volume to the initial volume, CEF is the right Cauchy-Green strain tensor, and + is Poissons ratio, which is set to .463
internally. This stress measure is transformed to the Cauchy stress, DEF , according to the relationship
DEF =
EH F H
where FEF is the deformation gradient tensor. Also see Blatz and Ko [1962].
2-64 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_008
*MAT_HIGH_EXPLOSIVE_BURN
This is Material Type 8. It allows the modeling of the detonation of a high explosive. In addition an equation of state must be defined. See Wilkins [1969] and Giroux [1973].
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PCJ
BETA
SIGY
A8
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
D
PCJ
BETA
Detonation velocity.
Chapman-Jouget pressure.
Beta burn flag, BETA (see comments below):
EQ.0.0: beta + programmed burn,
EQ.1.0: beta burn only,
EQ.2.0: programmed burn only.
Bulk modulus (BETA=2.0 only).
Shear modulus (BETA=2.0 only).
SIGY
D- , yield stress (BETA=2.0 only).
Remarks:
Burn fractions, , which multiply the equations of states for high explosives, control the release
of chemical energy for simulating detonations. At any time, the pressure in a high explosive element is given by:
e = e# ( , ,)
where e# , is the pressure from the equation of state (either types 2, 3, or 14), V is the relative
volume, and E is the internal energy density per unit initial volume.
In the initialization phase, a lighting time tl is computed for each element by dividing the distance from the detonation point to the center of the element by the detonation velocity D. If mulLS-DYNA R7.0
2-65 (MAT)
*MAT_008
tiple detonation points are defined, the closest detonation point determines tl. The burn fraction
is taken as the maximum
= max( , 8 )
where
8 (& & )m
.
=.
if f > f
0 if f f
8 = z =
1
1
b/
where b/ is the Chapman-Jouguet relative volume and t is current time. If exceeds 1, it is reset to 1. This calculation of the burn fraction usually requires several time steps for to reach
unity, thereby spreading the burn front over several elements. After reaching unity, is held
constant. This burn fraction calculation is based on work by Wilkins [1964] and is also discussed by Giroux [1973].
If the beta burn option is used, BETA=1.0, any volumetric compression will cause detonation
and
= 8
and is not computed.
If programmed burn is used, BETA=2.0, the explosive model will behave as an elastic perfectly
plastic material if the bulk modulus, shear modulus, and yield stress are defined. Therefore, with
this option the explosive material can compress without causing detonation.
As an option, the high explosive material can behave as an elastic perfectly-plastic solid prior to
O
detonation. In this case we update the stress tensor, to an elastic trial stress, EF
,
O
EF
= EF
+ E
+ F
+ 2QEF f
where is the shear modulus, and QEF is the deviatoric strain rate. The von Mises yield condition is given by:
& = 08
L1P
where the second stress invariant, 08 , is defined in terms of the deviatoric stress components as
08 = EF EF
8
and the yield stress is D . If yielding has occurred, i.e., 2 > 0, the deviatoric trial stress is scaled
to obtain the final deviatoric stress at time n+1:
2-66 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_008
If 2 0, then
+1
=
3
302
+1
3
O
O
EF
= EF
Before detonation pressure is given by the expression

eO =
5vN
where K is the bulk modulus. Once the explosive material detonates:
and the material behaves like a gas.
LS-DYNA R7.0
O
EF
= 0
2-67 (MAT)
*MAT_009
*MAT_NULL
*MAT_NULL
This is Material Type 9. This material allows equations of state to be considered without computing deviatoric stresses. Optionally, a viscosity can be defined. Also, erosion in tension and
compression is possible.
Sometimes it is advantageous to model contact surfaces via shell elements which are not part of
the structure, but are necessary to define areas of contact within nodal rigid bodies or between
nodal rigid bodies.
Beams and shells that use this material type are completely bypassed in the element processing;
however, the mass of the null shell elements is computed and added to the nodal points which
define the connectivity. However, the mass of null beams is ignored if the value of the density is
less than 1.e-11. The Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio are used only for setting the contact
interface stiffnesss, and it is recommended that reasonable values be input.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Defaults
MID
RO
PC
MU
TEROD
CEROD
YM
PR
A8
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
PC
Pressure cutoff ( 0.0). See Remark 4.
MU
TEROD
Dynamic viscosity coefficient (optional). See Remark 1.
Relative volume. , for erosion in tension. Typically, use values greater
than unity. If zero, erosion in tension is inactive.

CEROD
Relative volume,
, for erosion in compression. Typically, use values
less than unity. If zero, erosion in compression is inactive.

YM
Youngs modulus (used for null beams and shells only)
PR
Poissons ratio (used for null beams and shells only)
2-68 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_009
*MAT_NULL
Remarks:
1.
The null material must be used with an equation-of-state. Pressure cutoff is negative in
tension. A (deviatoric) viscous stress of the form
DEF = 2 QEF
s
w~s
1
w s w
is the dynamic visis computed for nonzero where QEF is the deviatoric strain rate.
cosity. For example, in SI unit system, may have a unit of [Pa*s].
2.
Null material has no shear stiffness and hourglass control must be used with great care.
In some applications, the default hourglass coefficient might lead to significant energy
losses. In general for fluid(s), the hourglass coefficient QM should be small (in the range
1.0E-4 to 1.0E-6 in the SI unit system for the standard default IHQ choice).
3.
The Null material has no yield strength and behaves in a fluid-like manner.
4.
The cut-off pressure, PC, must be defined to allow for a material to numerically cavitate. In other words, when a material undergoes dilatation above certain magnitude, it
should no longer be able to resist this dilatation. Since dilatation stress or pressure is negative, setting PC limit to a very small negative number would allow for the material to
cavitate once the pressure in the material goes below this negative value.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-69 (MAT)
*MAT_010
*MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_HYDRO
*MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_HYDRO_{OPTION}
This is Material Type 10. This material allows the modeling of an elastic-plastic hydrodynamic
material and requires an equation-of-state (*EOS).
<BLANK>
SPALL
STOCHASTIC
The STOCHASTIC option allows spatially varying yield and failure behavior. See *DEFINE
_STOCHASTIC_VARIATION for additional information.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
SIGY
EH
PC
FS
CHARL
A8
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Define this card if and only if the SPALL option is specified.

Optional
Variable
A1
A2
SPALL
Type
Card 2
EPS1
F
Variable
Type
2-70 (MAT)
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_010
Card 3
EPS9
EPS10
EPS11
EPS12
EPS13
EPS14
EPS15
EPS16
Type
Card 4
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Card 5
ES9
ES10
ES11
ES12
ES13
ES14
ES15
ES16
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
G
SIGY
Shear modulus.
Yield stress, see comment below.
EH
Plastic hardening modulus, see definition below.
PC
Pressure cutoff ( 0.0). If zero, a cutoff of - is assumed.
FS
Effective plastic strain at which erosion occurs.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-71 (MAT)
*MAT_010
VARIABLE
CHARL
DESCRIPTION
Characteristic element thickness for deletion. This applies to 2D solid

elements that lie on a boundary of a part. If the boundary element thins
down due to stretching or compression, and if it thins to a value less than
CHARL, the element will be deleted. The primary application of this
option is to predict the break-up of axisymmetric shaped charge jets.
A1
Linear pressure hardening coefficient.
A2
Quadratic pressure hardening coefficient.
SPALL
Spall type:
EQ.0.0: default set to 1.0,
EQ.1.0: tensile pressure is limited by PC, i.e., p is always > PC,
EQ.2.0: if D -PC element spalls and tension, p < 0, is never allowed,

EQ.3.0: p < PC element spalls and tension, p < 0, is never allowed.
EPS
Effective plastic strain (True). Define up to 16 values. Care must be

taken that the full range of strains expected in the analysis is covered.
Linear extrapolation is used if the strain values exceed the maximum
input value.
ES
Effective stress. Define up to 16 values.
Remarks:
If ES and EPS are undefined, the yield stress and plastic hardening modulus are taken from SIGY and EH. In this case, the bilinear stress-strain curve shown in 2-6. is obtained with hardening parameter, =1. The yield strength is calculated as
D = D + ,8 Q + (x + ex8 )max9e, 0:
The quantity Eh is the plastic hardening modulus defined in terms of Youngs modulus, E, and
the tangent modulus, Et , as follows
,8 =
, & ,
.
, , &
and p is the pressure taken as positive in compression.
If ES and EPS are specified, a curve like that shown in 2-6. may be defined. Effective stress is
defined in terms of the deviatoric stress tensor, sij, as:
D =
2-72 (MAT)
EF EF
'8
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_010
Figure 2-6. Effective stress versus effective plastic strain curve..

and effective plastic strain by:
Q = EF EF
&
'8
f ,
where t denotes time and EF is the plastic component of the rate of deformation tensor. In this
case the plastic hardening modulus on Card 1 is ignored and the yield stress is given as
D = S(Q ) ,
where the value for S(Q ) is found by interpolation from the data curve.
A choice of three spall models is offered to represent material splitting, cracking, and failure under tensile loads. The pressure limit model, SPALL=1, limits the hydrostatic tension to the specified value, pcut. If pressures more tensile than this limit are calculated, the pressure is reset to
pcut. This option is not strictly a spall model, since the deviatoric stresses are unaffected by the
pressure reaching the tensile cutoff, and the pressure cutoff value, pcut, remains unchanged
throughout the analysis. The maximum principal stress spall model, SPALL=2, detects spall if
the maximum principal stress, Dmax, exceeds the limiting value -pcut. Note that the negative sign
is required because pcut is measured positive in compression, while Dmax is positive in tension.
Once spall is detected with this model, the deviatoric stresses are reset to zero, and no hydrostatic
tension (p<0) is permitted. If tensile pressures are calculated, they are reset to 0 in the spalled
material. Thus, the spalled material behaves as a rubble or incohesive material. The hydrostatic
tension spall model, SPALL=3, detects spall if the pressure becomes more tensile than the specified limit, pcut. Once spall is detected the deviatoric stresses are reset to zero, and nonzero values of pressure are required to be compressive (positive). If hydrostatic tension (p<0) is subsequently calculated, the pressure is reset to 0 for that element.
This model is applicable to a wide range of materials, including those with pressure-dependent
yield behavior. The use of 16 points in the yield stress versus effective plastic strain curve allows complex post-yield hardening behavior to be accurately represented. In addition, the incorporation of an equation of state permits accurate modeling of a variety of different materials.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-73 (MAT)
*MAT_010
The spall model options permit incorporation of material failure, fracture, and disintegration effects under tensile loads.
2-74 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_011
*MAT_STEINBERG
*MAT_STEINBERG
This is Material Type 11. This material is available for modeling materials deforming at very
high strain rates (>105) and can be used with solid elements. The yield strength is a function of
temperature and pressure. An equation of state determines the pressure.
Card 1
MID
RO
G0
SIGO
BETA
GAMA
SIGM
A8
Card 2
Variable
BP
TMO
GAMO
SA
Type
Card 3
PC
SPALL
RP
FLAG
MMN
MMX
ECO
EC1
Type
Card 4
EC2
EC3
EC4
EC5
EC6
EC7
EC8
EC9
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-75 (MAT)
*MAT_011
*MAT_STEINBERG
VARIABLE
G0
DESCRIPTION
Basic shear modulus.
SIGO
o, see defining equations.
BETA
, see defining equations.
n, see defining equations.
GAMA
SIGM
, initial plastic strain, see defining equations.

m, see defining equations.
b, see defining equations.
BP
h, see defining equations.
f, see defining equations.
Atomic weight (if = 0.0, R must be defined).
TMO
Tmo, see defining equations.
GAMO
SA
a, see defining equations.
PC
Pressure cutoff (default=-1.e+30)
SPALL
RP
Spall type:
EQ. 0.0: default set to 2.0,
EQ. 1.0: p PC,
EQ. 2.0: if max -PC element spalls and tension, p < 0, is never allowed,
EQ. 3.0: p < PC element spalls and tension, p < 0, is never allowed.
R. If R0.0, A is not defined.
FLAG
Set to 1.0 for coefficients for the cold compression energy fit. Default
is .
MMN
min or min. Optional or minimum value.
MMX
max or max. Optional or maximum value.
2-76 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_011
*MAT_STEINBERG
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Cold compression energy coefficients (optional).
EC0,...EC9
Remarks:
Users who have an interest in this model are encouraged to study the paper by Steinberg and
Guinan which provides the theoretical basis. Another useful reference is the KOVEC users
manual.
In terms of the foregoing input parameters, we define the shear modulus, , before the material
melts as:
= B1 + e
where e is the pressure,
'
l l
j
300 C 4
$l
'l
l
is the relative volume, , is the cold compression energy:

,= ( ) = e
and , is the melting energy:
<
j = ()
N
) P q >r> 'P
=1 ,
, ( ) = ,= ( ) + 3/ ( )
which is in terms of the melting temperature / ( ):

/ ( ) =
and the melting temperature at " = " , / .

In the above equation is defined by
? = (8)
P q >r>N'

where is the gas constant and A is the atomic weight. If is not defined, LS-DYNA computes it with in the cm-gram-microsecond system of units.
The yield strength y is given by:
D = D B1 + e
'
if , exceeds ,. Here, 0 is given by:
l l
j
300 C 4
$l
'l l

D = D 91 + z (aE + Q ):
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-77 (MAT)
*MAT_011
*MAT_STEINBERG
where 0 is the initial yield stress and is the initial plastic strain. If the work-hardened yield
stress 0 exceeds , 0 is set equal to . After the materials melt, D and are set to one
half their initial value.
If the coefficients EC0,...,EC9 are not defined above, LS-DYNA will fit the cold compression
energy to a ten term polynomial expansion either as a function of or depending on the input
variable, FLAG, as:
where ECi is the ith coefficient and:
,= ! E = <E' ,-E ! E
,= E = <E' ,-E E
! =
A linear least squares method is used to perform the fit.

A choice of three spall models is offered to represent material splitting, cracking, and failure under tensile loads. The pressure limit model, SPALL=1, limits the hydrostatic tension to the specified value, pcut. If pressures more tensile than this limit are calculated, the pressure is reset to
pcut. This option is not strictly a spall model, since the deviatoric stresses are unaffected by the
pressure reaching the tensile cutoff, and the pressure cutoff value, pcut, remains unchanged
throughout the analysis. The maximum principal stress spall model, SPALL=2, detects spall if
the maximum principal stress, max, exceeds the limiting value -pcut. Note that the negative sign
is required because pcut is measured positive in compression, while max is positive in tension.
Once spall is detected with this model, the deviatoric stresses are reset to zero, and no hydrostatic
tension (p<0) is permitted. If tensile pressures are calculated, they are reset to 0 in the spalled
material. Thus, the spalled material behaves as a rubble or incohesive material. The hydrostatic
tension spall model, SPALL=3, detects spall if the pressure becomes more tensile than the specified limit, pcut. Once spall is detected the deviatoric stresses are reset to zero, and nonzero values of pressure are required to be compressive (positive). If hydrostatic tension (p<0) is subsequently calculated, the pressure is reset to 0 for that element.
This model is applicable to a wide range of materials, including those with pressure-dependent
yield behavior. In addition, the incorporation of an equation of state permits accurate modeling
of a variety of different materials. The spall model options permit incorporation of material failure, fracture, and disintegration effects under tensile loads.
2-78 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_011_LUND
*MAT_STEINBERG_LUND
*MAT_STEINBERG_LUND
This is Material Type 11. This material is a modification of the Steinberg model above to include the rate model of Steinberg and Lund [1989]. An equation of state determines the pressure.
The keyword cards can appear in two ways:
*MAT_STEINBERG_LUND or MAT_011_LUND
Card 1
MID
RO
G0
SIGO
BETA
GAMA
SIGM
A8
Card 2
Variable
BP
TMO
GAMO
SA
Type
Card 3
PC
SPALL
RP
FLAG
MMN
MMX
ECO
EC1
Type
Card 4
EC2
EC3
EC4
EC5
EC6
EC7
EC8
EC9
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-79 (MAT)
*MAT_011_LUND
Card 5
Variable
Type
*MAT_STEINBERG_LUND
UK
C1
C2
YP
YA
YM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
G0
Basic shear modulus.
SIGO
BETA
, see defining equations.
n, see defining equations.
GAMA
i, initial plastic strain, see defining equations.
SIGM
m, see defining equations.
BP
h, see defining equations.
f, see defining equations.
Atomic weight (if = 0.0, R must be defined).
TMO
Tmo, see defining equations.
GAMO
SA
a, see defining equations.
PC
pcut or -f (default=-1.e+30)
2-80 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_011_LUND
*MAT_STEINBERG_LUND
VARIABLE
SPALL
RP
DESCRIPTION
Spall type:
EQ. 0.0: default set to 2.0,
EQ. 1.0: p p ,
EQ. 2.0: if D p element spalls and tension, p < 0, is
never allowed,
EQ. 3.0: p < p element spalls and tension, p < 0, is never allowed.
R. If R0.0, A is not defined.
FLAG
Set to 1.0 for coefficients for the cold compression energy fit. Default
is .
MMN
min or min. Optional or minimum value.
MMX
max or max. Optional or maximum value.
EC0,...EC9
Cold compression energy coefficients (optional).
UK
Activation energy for rate dependent model.
C1
Exponent prefactor in rate dependent model.
C2
Coefficient of drag term in rate dependent model.
YP
Peierls stress for rate dependent model.
YA
A thermal yield stress for rate dependent model.
YMAX
Work hardening maximum for rate model.
Remarks:
This model is similar in theory to the *MAT_STEINBERG above but with the addition of rate
effects. When rate effects are included, the yield stress is given by:
D = ?@? Q , / + @m SQ A
(e, /)
There are two imposed limits on the yield stress. The first is on the thermal yield stress:
@m SQ = @m 91 + z(aE + Q ): @
and the second is on the thermal part:
LS-DYNA R7.0
@? @A
2-81 (MAT)
*MAT_012
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC
This is Material Type 12. This is a very low cost isotropic plasticity model for threedimensional solids. In the plane stress implementation for shell elements, a one-step radial return approach is used to scale the Cauchy stress tensor to if the state of stress exceeds the yield
surface. This approach to plasticity leads to inaccurate shell thickness updates and stresses after
yielding. This is the only model in LS-DYNA for plane stress that does not default to an iterative approach.
Card
Variable
Type
MID
RO
SIGY
ETAN
BULK
A8
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Shear modulus.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
Plastic hardening modulus.
BULK
Bulk modulus, K.
Remarks:
Here the pressure is integrated in time
where QEE is the volumetric strain rate.
2-82 (MAT)
e = QEE
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_013
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_FAILURE
This is Material Type 13. This is a non-iterative plasticity with simple plastic strain failure model.
Card 1
MID
RO
SIGY
ETAN
BULK
A8
Default
None
None
None
None
0.0
None
Card 2
EPF
PRF
REM
TREM
None
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Shear modulus.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
BULK
Bulk modulus.
EPF
Plastic failure strain.
PRF
Failure pressure (0.0).
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-83 (MAT)
*MAT_013
VARIABLE
REM
TREM
DESCRIPTION
Element erosion option:

EQ.0.0: failed element eroded after failure,
NE.0.0: element is kept, no removal except by t below.
t for element removal:
EQ.0.0: t is not considered (default),
GT.0.0: element eroded if element time step size falls below t.
Remarks:
When the effective plastic strain reaches the failure strain or when the pressure reaches the failure pressure, the element loses its ability to carry tension and the deviatoric stresses are set to
zero, i.e., the material behaves like a fluid. If t for element removal is defined the element removal option is ignored.
The element erosion option based on t must be used cautiously with the contact options. Nodes
to surface contact is recommended with all nodes of the eroded brick elements included in the
node list. As the elements are eroded the mass remains and continues to interact with the master
surface.
2-84 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM_FAILURE
*MAT_014
This is Material Type 14. The input for this model is the same as for *MATERIAL_SOIL_
AND_FOAM (Type 5); however, when the pressure reaches the failure pressure, the element
loses its ability to carry tension. It should be used only in situations when soils and foams are
confined within a structure or when geometric boundaries are present.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-85 (MAT)
*MAT_015
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK
<BLANK>
STOCHASTIC
This is Material Type 15. The Johnson/Cook strain and temperature sensitive plasticity is sometimes used for problems where the strain rates vary over a large range and adiabatic temperature
increases due to plastic heating cause material softening. When used with solid elements this
model requires an equation-of-state. If thermal effects and damage are unimportant, the much
less expensive *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK model is recommended. The simplified model can be used with beam elements.
The STOCHASTIC option allows spatially varying yield and failure behavior. See
*DEFINE_STOCHASTIC_VARIATION for additional information.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
DTF
VP
RATEOP
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 2
Variable
TM
TR
EPS0
Type
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Default
2-86 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_015
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK
Card 3
CP
PC
SPALL
IT
D1
D2
D3
D4
Default
none
0.0
2.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 4
D5
C2/P
EROD
EFMIN
NUMINT
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.000001
0.
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Shear modulus
Youngs Modulus (shell elements only)
PR
DTF
VP
Poissons ratio (shell elements only)

Minimum time step size for automatic element deletion (shell elements).
The element will be deleted when the solution time step size drops below DTF*TSSFAC where TSSFAC is the time step scale factor defined
by *CONTROL_TIMESTEP.
EQ.1.0: Viscoplastic formulation.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-87 (MAT)
*MAT_015
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK
VARIABLE
RATEOP
DESCRIPTION
Optional forms of strain-rate term:

EQ.0.0:
EQ.1.0:
EQ.2.0:
EQ.3.0:
EQ.4.0:
Log-Linear Johnson-Cook (default),

Log-Quadratic Huh-Kang (2 parameters),
Exponential Allen-Rule-Jones,
Exponential Cowper-Symonds (2 parameters).
Nonlinear rate coefficient (2 parameters).
See equations below.
TM
Melt temperature
TR
Room temperature
EPS0
Quasi-static threshold strain rate. Ideally, this value represents the highest strain rate for which no rate adjustment to the flow stress is needed,
and is input in units of 1/model time units. For example, if strain rate
effects on the flow stress first become apparent at strain rates greater
than 1E-02 seconds-1 and the system of units for the model input is kg,
mm, msec, then EPSO should be set to 1E-05 [msec-1]
CP
Specific heat (superseded by heat capacity in *MAT_THERMAL

_OPTION if a coupled thermal/structural analysis)
PC
Tensile failure stress or tensile pressure cutoff (PC < 0.0)
SPALL
Spall type:
EQ.0.0: default set to 2.0,
EQ.1.0: Tensile pressure is limited by PC, i.e., p is always PC,
EQ.2.0: max -PC triggers shell element deletion and tensile
stresses to be reset to zero in solid elements:Only compressive stresses are subsequently allowed in solids,
EQ.3.0: p < PC triggers shell element deletion and pressure to be reset to zero in solid elements:Tensile pressure is subsequently
disallowed in solids.
2-88 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_015
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK
VARIABLE
IT
DESCRIPTION
Plastic strain iteration option. This input applies to solid elements only
since it is always necessary to iterate for the shell element plane stress
condition.
EQ.0.0: no iterations (default),
EQ.1.0: accurate iterative solution for plastic strain:Much more expensive than default.
D1-D5
Failure parameters, see equations below.
C2/P/n
Optional strain-rate parameter for Huh-Kang (C2), Cowper-Symonds

(P), and nonlinear rate coefficient (n) forms; see equations below.
EROD
Erosion Flag:
EQ.0.0: default, element erosion allowed.
NE.0.0: element does not erode; deviatoric stresses set to zero when
element fails.
EFMIN
NUMINT
The lowerbound for calculated strain at fracture (see equation).

Number of through thickness integration points which must fail before
the shell element is deleted. (If zero, all points must fail.) The default of
all integration points is not recommended since elements undergoing
large strain are often not deleted due to nodal fiber rotations which limit
strains at active integration points after most points have failed. Better
results are obtained if NUMINT is set to 1 or a number less than one half
of the number of through thickness points. For example, if four through
thickness points are used, NUMINT should not exceed 2, even for fully
integrated shells which have 16 integration points.
Remarks:
Johnson and Cook express the flow stress as
c5
D = h + kQ
where
51 + lnQ 6 (1 / )
A, B, C, n, and m = input constants

Q effective plastic. strain
For VP=0, Q =
LS-DYNA R7.0
lAt
effective total strain rate normalized by quasi-static threshold rate
2-89 (MAT)
*MAT_015
For VP=1, Q =
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK
R c
lAt
effective plastic strain rate normalized by quasi-static threshold rate
T* = homologous temperature =
? ?
?( ?
The quantity T Troom is stored as extra history variable 5.

Constants for a variety of materials are provided in Johnson and Cook [1983]. A fully viscoplastic formulation is optional (VP) which incorporates the rate equations within the yield surface. An additional cost is incurred but the improvement is that results can be dramatic.
Due to nonlinearity in the dependence of flow stress on plastic strain, an accurate value of the
flow stress requires iteration for the increment in plastic strain. However, by using a Taylor series expansion with linearization about the current time, we can solve for y with sufficient accuracy to avoid iteration.
The strain at fracture is given by
Q $ = max(9 + 8 exp D :91 + W lnQ : 91 + X / :, , 7)
where * is the ratio of pressure divided by effective stress

D =
Fracture occurs when the damage parameter
D#$$
Q
= $
Q
reaches the value of 1. D is stored as extra history variable 4 in shell elements and extra history
variable 6 in solid elements.
A choice of three spall models is offered to represent material splitting, cracking, and failure under tensile loads. The pressure limit model limits the minimum hydrostatic pressure to the specified value, e e E . If pressures more tensile than this limit are calculated, the pressure is reset
to e E . This option is not strictly a spall model since the deviatoric stresses are unaffected by
the pressure reaching the tensile cutoff and the pressure cutoff value e E remains unchanged
throughout the analysis. The maximum principal stress spall model detects spall if the maximum
principal stress, D , exceeds the limiting value D . Once spall in solids is detected with this
model, the deviatoric stresses are reset to zero and no hydrostatic tension is permitted. If tensile
pressures are calculated, they are reset to 0 in the spalled material. Thus, the spalled material
behaves as rubble. The hydrostatic tension spall model detects spall if the pressure becomes
more tensile than the specified limit, e E . Once spall in solids is detected with this model, the
deviatoric stresses are set to zero and the pressure is required to be compressive. If hydrostatic
tension is calculated then the pressure is reset to 0 for that element.
2-90 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_015
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK
In addition to the above failure criterion, this material model also supports a shell element deletion criterion based on the maximum stable time step size for the element, f . Generally,
f goes down as the element becomes more distorted. To assure stability of time integration,
the global LS-DYNA time step is the minimum of the f values calculated for all elements in
the model. Using this option allows the selective deletion of elements whose time step f
has fallen below the specified minimum time step, f= E& . Elements which are severely distorted
often indicate that material has failed and supports little load, but these same elements may have
very small time steps and therefore control the cost of the analysis. This option allows these
highly distorted elements to be deleted from the calculation, and, therefore, the analysis can proceed at a larger time step, and, thus, at a reduced cost. Deleted elements do not carry any load,
and are deleted from all applicable slide surface definitions. Clearly, this option must be judiciously used to obtain accurate results at a minimum cost.
Material type 15 is applicable to the high rate deformation of many materials including most
metals. Unlike the Steinberg-Guinan model, the Johnson-Cook model remains valid down to
lower strain rates and even into the quasistatic regime. Typical applications include explosive
metal forming, ballistic penetration, and impact.
Optional Strain Rate Forms
The standard Johnson-Cook strain rate term is linear in the logarithm of the strain rate:
1 + -lnQ
Some additional data fiting capability can be obtained by using the quadratic form proposed by
Huh & Kang [2002]:
1 + -lnQ +-8 (lnQ )8
Three additional exponential forms are available, one due to Allen, Rule & Jones [1997],
the Cowper-Symonds-like [1958] form
and the nonlinear rate coefficient,
(Q )=
1+
Q#$$
1 + -Q#$$ 3(Q ).
The four additional rate forms (RATEOP=1,2, 3 or 4) are currently available for solid & shell
elements but only when the viscoplastic rate option is active (VP=1). See Huh and Kang [2002],
Allen, Rule, and Jones [1997], and Cowper and Symonds [1958].
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-91 (MAT)
*MAT_016
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
This is Material Type 16. This model has been used to analyze buried steel reinforced concrete
structures subjected to impulsive loadings.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
Card 2
SIGF
A0
Default
Card 3
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-92 (MAT)
A1
A2
A0F
A1F
B1
PER
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
ER
PRR
SIGY
ETAN
LCP
LCR
0.0
0.0
none
0.0
none
none
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_016
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
Card 4
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 5
X9
X10
X11
X12
X13
X14
X15
X16
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 6
YS1
YS2
YS3
YS4
YS5
YS6
YS7
YS8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 7
YS9
YS10
YS11
YS12
YS13
YS14
YS15
YS16
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-93 (MAT)
*MAT_016
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Shear modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
SIGF
Tensile cutoff (maximum principal stress for failure).
A0
Cohesion.
A1
Pressure hardening coefficient.
A2
A0F
Cohesion for failed material.
A1F
Pressure hardening coefficient for failed material.
B1
Damage scaling factor (or exponent in Mode II.C).
PER
Percent reinforcement.
ER
Elastic modulus for reinforcement.
PRR
Poissons ratio for reinforcement.
SIGY
Initial yield stress.
ETAN
Tangent modulus/plastic hardening modulus.
LCP
Load curve ID giving rate sensitivity for principal material, see

*DEFINE_CURVE.
LCR
Load curve ID giving rate sensitivity for reinforcement, see

*DEFINE_CURVE.
Xn
Effective plastic strain, damage, or pressure. See discussion below.
YSn
Yield stress (Mode I) or scale factor (Mode II.B or II.C).
2-94 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
*MAT_016
Remarks:
This model can be used in two major modes - a simple tabular pressure-dependent yield surface,
and a potentially complex model featuring two yield versus pressure functions with the means of
migrating from one curve to the other. For both modes, load curve LCP is taken to be a strain
rate multiplier for the yield strength. Note that this model must be used with equation-of-state
type 8 or 9.
Response Mode I. Tabulated Yield Stress Versus Pressure
This model is well suited for implementing standard geologic models like the Mohr-Coulomb
yield surface with a Tresca limit, as shown in Figure 2-7. Examples of converting conventional
triaxial compression data to this type of model are found in (Desai and Siriwardane, 1984). Note
that under conventional triaxial compression conditions, the LS-DYNA input corresponds to an
L L
ordinate of D D rather than the more widely used N , where D is the maximum principal
8
stress and D is the minimum principal stress.
This material combined with equation-of-state type 9 (saturated) has been used very successfully
to model ground shocks and soil-structure interactions at pressures up to 100kbars (approximately 1.5 x 106 psi).
To invoke Mode I of this model, set a0, a1, a2, b1, a0f, and a1f to zero. The tabulated values of
pressure should then be specified on cards 4 and 5, and the corresponding values of yield stress
Figure 2-7. Mohr-Coulomb surface with a Tresca limit

LS-DYNA R7.0
2-95 (MAT)
*MAT_016
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
should be specified on cards 6 and 7. The parameters relating to reinforcement properties, initial
yield stress, and tangent modulus are not used in this response mode, and should be set to zero.
Simple tensile failure
Note that a1f is reset internally to 1/3 even though it is input as zero; this defines a failed material
curve of slope 3p, where p denotes pressure (positive in compression). In this case the yield
strength is taken from the tabulated yield vs. pressure curve until the maximum principal stress
(D ) in the element exceeds the tensile cut-off (D=& ). For every time step that D > D=& the
yield strength is scaled back by a fraction of the distance between the two curves until after 20
time steps the yield strength is defined by the failed curve. The only way to inhibit this feature is
to set D=& arbitrarily large.
Response Mode II. Two Curve Model with Damage and Failure
This approach uses two yield versus pressure curves of the form
e
D = x +
x + x8 e
The upper curve is best described as the maximum yield strength curve and the lower curve is
the failed material curve. There are a variety of ways of moving between the two curves and
each is discussed below.
MODE II. A: Simple tensile failure
Define a0, a1, a2, a0f and a1f, set b1 to zero, and leave cards 4 through 7 blank. In this case the
yield strength is taken from the maximum yield curve until the maximum principal stress (D ) in
the element exceeds the tensile cut-off (D=& ). For every time step that D > D=& the yield
strength is scaled back by a fraction of the distance between the two curves until after 20 time
steps the yield strength is defined by the failure curve.
Figure 2-8. Two-curve concrete model with damage and failure

2-96 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_016
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
Mode II.B: Tensile failure plus plastic strain scaling

Define a0, a1, a2, a0f and a1f, set b1 to zero, and user cards 4 through 7 to define a scale factor,
, versus effective plastic strain. LS-DYNA evaluates at the current effective plastic strain and
then calculated the yield stress as
DE# = D$E# + !(D D$E# )
where D and D$E# are found as shown in Figure 2-8. This yield strength is then subject to
scaling for tensile failure as described above. This type of model allows the description of a
strain hardening or softening material such as concrete.
Mode II.C: Tensile failure plus damage scaling
The change in yield stress as a function of plastic strain arises from the physical mechanisms
such as internal cracking, and the extent of this cracking is affected by the hydrostatic pressure
when the cracking occurs. This mechanism gives rise to the "confinement" effect on concrete
behavior. To account for this phenomenon, a "damage" function was defined and incorporated.
This damage function is given the form:
=
Rc
51 +
e
6
D=&
!N
Define a0, a1, a2, a0f and a1f, and b1. Cards 4 though 7 now give as a function of and scale
the yield stress as
DE# = D$E# + !D D$E#
and then apply any tensile failure criteria.
Mode II Concrete Model Options

Material Type 16 Mode II provides for the automatic internal generation of a simple "generic"
model from concrete if A0 is negative then SIGF is assumed to be the unconfined concrete compressive strength, S= and A0 is assumed to be a conversion factor from LS-DYNA pressure
units to psi. (For example, if the model stress units are MPa, A0 should be set to 145.) In this
case the parameter values generated internally are
D=&
S= =
S=
= 1.7
h0
x =
x =
LS-DYNA R7.0
S=
4
1
3
2-97 (MAT)
*MAT_016
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
x8 =
x
x
$
1
3S=
=0
= 0.385
Note that these a0f and a1f defaults will be overridden by non zero entries on Card 3. If plastic
strain or damage scaling is desired, Cards 5 through 8 and b1 should be specified in the input.
When a0 is input as a negative quantity, the equation-of-state can be given as 0 and a trilinear
EOS Type 8 model will be automatically generated from the unconfined compressive strength
and Poisson's ratio. The EOS 8 model is a simple pressure versus volumetric strain model with
no internal energy terms, and should give reasonable results for pressures up to 5kbar (approximately 75,000 psi).
Mixture model
A reinforcement fraction, S , can be defined along with properties of the reinforcement material.
The bulk modulus, shear modulus, and yield strength are then calculated from a simple mixture
rule, i.e., for the bulk modulus the rule gives:
= (1 S )
+S
where
and
are the bulk moduli for the geologic material and the reinforcement material,
respectively. This feature should be used with caution. It gives an isotropic effect in the material instead of the true anisotropic material behavior. A reasonable approach would be to use the
mixture elements only where the reinforcing exists and plain elements elsewhere. When the
mixture model is being used, the strain rate multiplier for the principal material is taken from
load curve N1 and the multiplier for the reinforcement is taken from load curve N2.
A Suggestion
The LLNL DYNA3D manual from 1991 [Whirley and Hallquist] suggests using the damage
function (Mode II.C.) in Material Type 16 with the following set of parameters:
x =
x =
x8 =
2-98 (MAT)
S=
4
1
3
1
3S=
S=
10
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_016
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
x
= 1.5
= 1.25
and a damage table of:

Card 4:
0.0
5.17E-04
8.62E-06
6.38E-04
2.15E-05
7.98E-04
3.14E-05
3.95E-04
Card 5:
9.67E-04
4.00E-03
1.41E-03
4.79E-03
1.97E-03
0.909
2.59E-03
3.27E-03
Card 6:
0.309
0.790
0.543
0.630
0.840
0.469
0.975
1.000
Card 7:
0.383
0.086
0.247
0.056
0.173
0.0
0.136
0.114
This set of parameters should give results consistent with Dilger, Koch, and Kowalczyk, [1984]
for plane concrete. It has been successfully used for reinforced structures where the reinforcing
bars were modeled explicitly with embedded beam and shell elements. The model does not incorporate the major failure mechanism - separation of the concrete and reinforcement leading to
catastrophic loss of confinement pressure. However, experience indicates that this physical behavior will occur when this model shows about 4% strain.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-99 (MAT)
*MAT_017
*MAT_ORIENTED_CRACK
*MAT_ORIENTED_CRACK
This is Material Type 17. This material may be used to model brittle materials which fail due to
large tensile stresses.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
FS
PRF
A8
none
None
none
none
none
0.0
none
0.0
Optional card for crack propagation to adjacent elements (see remarks):

Card 2
Variable
Type
Default
SOFT
CVELO
1.0
0.0
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
FS
PRF
2-100 (MAT)
Fracture stress.
Failure or cutoff pressure ( 0.0).
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_017
*MAT_ORIENTED_CRACK
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Factor by which the fracture stress is reduced when a crack is coming

from failed neighboring element. See remarks.
SOFT
Crack propagation velocity. See remarks.
CVELO
Remarks:
This is an isotropic elastic-plastic material which includes a failure model with an oriented crack.
The von Mises yield condition is given by:
& = 08
L1P
where the second stress invariant, 08 , is defined in terms of the deviatoric stress components as
08 = EF EF
8
and the yield stress,D , is a function of the effective plastic strain, Q#$$ , and the plastic hardening
modulus, , :
D = D + , Q#$$
The effective plastic strain is defined as:
Q#$$ =
where
Q#$$ =
QEF QEF
&
Q#$$
and the plastic tangent modulus is defined in terms of the input tangent modulus, ,& , as
, =
,,&
, ,&
Pressure in this model is found from evaluating an equation of state. A pressure cutoff can be
defined such that the pressure is not allowed to fall below the cutoff value.
The oriented crack fracture model is based on a maximum principal stress criterion. When the
maximum principal stress exceeds the fracture stress, D$ , the element fails on a plane perpendicular to the direction of the maximum principal stress. The normal stress and the two shear stresses
on that plane are then reduced to zero. This stress reduction is done according to a delay function that reduces the stresses gradually to zero over a small number of time steps. This delay
function procedure is used to reduce the ringing that may otherwise be introduced into the system by the sudden fracture. The number of steps for stress reduction is 20 by default (CVELO=0.0) or it is internally computed if CVELO > 0.0 is given:
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-101 (MAT)
*MAT_017
*MAT_ORIENTED_CRACK
8
7
solid
element
midplane
6
4
3
1
2
Figure 2-9.
2 Thin structure
structure (2 elements over thickness) with cracks and necessary el
element numbering.
numbering
&# = int 5
6
- , H If
#
where Le is characteristic element length and t is time step size.

After a tensile fracture, the element will not support tensile stress on the fracture plane, but in
compression will support both normal and shear stresses. The orientation of this fracture surface
is tracked throughout the deformation, and is updated to properly model finite deformation eefffects. If the maximum principal stress subsequently
subsequently exceeds the fracture stress in another dire
direcction, the element fails isotropically. In this case the element completely loses its ability to su
suppport any shear stress or hydrostatic tension, and only compressive hydrostatic stress states are
possible. Thus, once isotropic failure has occurred, the material behaves like a fluid.
This model is applicable to elastic or elastoplastic materials under significant tensile or shear
loading when fracture is expected. Potential applications include brittle mater
materials
ials such as cera
cerammics as well as porous materials such as concrete in cases where pressure hardening effects are not
significant.
Crack propagation behavior to adjacent elements can be controlled via parameter SOFT for thin,
shell
shell-like
like structures (e.g. only
only 2 or 3 solids over thickness). Additionally, LS
LS-DYNA
DYNA has to know
where the plane or solid element midplane is at each integration point for projection of crack
plane on this element midplane. Therefore, element numbering has to be as shown in Figure Figgure 2-9.. Only solid element type 1 is supported with that option at the moment
moment.
22-102 (MAT)
LS
LS-DYNA
DYNA R7.0
*MAT_018
*MAT_POWER_LAW_PLASTICITY
This is Material Type 18. This is an isotropic plasticity model with rate effects which uses a
power law hardening rule.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SRC
SRP
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
Card 2
SIGY
VP
EPSF
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
Strength coefficient.
Hardening exponent.
SRC
Strain rate parameter, C, if zero, rate effects are ignored.
SRP
Strain rate parameter, P, if zero, rate effects are ignored.
SIGY
LS-DYNA R7.0
Optional input parameter for defining the initial yield stress, D . Gener-
2-103 (MAT)
*MAT_018
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
ally, this parameter is not necessary and the strain to yield is calculated
as described below.
LT.0.02: Q = @
GE.0.02: See below.
EPSF
VP
Plastic failure strain for element deletion.

Remarks:
Elastoplastic behavior with isotropic hardening is provided by this model. The yield stress, y, is
a function of plastic strain and obeys the equation:
D = Q = Q + Q
where Q is the elastic strain to yield and Q is the effective plastic strain (logarithmic). If SIGY
is set to zero, the strain to yield if found by solving for the intersection of the linearly elastic
loading equation with the strain hardening equation:
which gives the elastic strain at yield as:
D = ,Q
D = Q
, B
=5 6
If SIGY yield is nonzero and greater than 0.02 then:

Q =
B C
with the factor
1+
'
where Q is the strain rate. A fully viscoplastic formulation is optional which incorporates the
Cowper and Symonds formulation within the yield surface. An additional cost is incurred but
the improvement is results can be dramatic.
2-104 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_019
*MAT_STRAIN_RATE_DEPENDENT_PLASTICITY
This is Material Type 19. A strain rate dependent material can be defined. For an alternative,
see Material Type 24. Required is a curve for the yield stress versus the effective strain rate.
Optionally, Youngs modulus and the tangent modulus can also be defined versus the effective
strain rate. Also, optional failure of the material can be defined either by defining a von Mises
stress at failure as a function of the effective strain rate (valid for solids/shells/thick shells) or by
defining a minimum time step size (only for shells).
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
VP
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
0.0
Card 2
LC1
ETAN
LC2
none
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LC3
LC4
TDEL
RDEF
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
VP

LS-DYNA R7.0
2-105 (MAT)
*MAT_019
VARIABLE
LC1
ETAN
DESCRIPTION
Load curve ID defining the yield stress 0 as a function of the effective

strain rate.
Tangent modulus, Et
LC2
Load curve ID defining Youngs modulus as a function of the effective

strain rate (available only when VP=0; not recommended).
LC3
Load curve ID defining tangent modulus as a function of the effective

strain rate (optional).
LC4
Load curve ID defining von Mises stress at failure as a function of the

effective strain rate (optional).
TDEL
Minimum time step size for automatic element deletion. Use for shells
only.
RDEF
Redefinition of failure curve:

EQ.1.0: Effective plastic strain,
EQ.2.0: Maximum principal stress and absolute value of minimum
principal stress,
EQ.3.0: Maximum principal stress (release 5 of v.971)
Remarks:
In this model, a load curve is used to describe the yield strength D as a function of effective
strain rate Q where
Q =
'8
QEF QEF
and the prime denotes the deviatoric component. The strain rate is available for post-processing
as the first stored history variable. If the viscoplastic option is active, the plastic strain rate is
output; otherwise, the effective strain rate defined above is output.
The yield stress is defined as
D = D (Q) + , Q
where Q is the effective plastic strain and , is given in terms of Youngs modulus and the tangent modulus by
, =
2-106 (MAT)
ll(
l l(
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_019
Both Young's modulus and the tangent modulus may optionally be made functions of strain rate
by specifying a load curve ID giving their values as a function of strain rate. If these load curve
ID's are input as 0, then the constant values specified in the input are used.
Note that all load curves used to define quantities as a function of strain rate must have the same
number of points at the same strain rate values. This requirement is used to allow vectorized
interpolation to enhance the execution speed of this constitutive model.
This model also contains a simple mechanism for modeling material failure. This option is activated by specifying a load curve ID defining the effective stress at failure as a function of strain
rate. For solid elements, once the effective stress exceeds the failure stress the element is
deemed to have failed and is removed from the solution. For shell elements the entire shell element is deemed to have failed if all integration points through the thickness have an effective
stress that exceeds the failure stress. After failure the shell element is removed from the solution.
In addition to the above failure criterion, this material model also supports a shell element deletion criterion based on the maximum stable time step size for the element, f . Generally,
f goes down as the element becomes more distorted. To assure stability of time integration,
the global LS-DYNA time step is the minimum of the f values calculated for all elements in
the model. Using this option allows the selective deletion of elements whose time step f
has fallen below the specified minimum time step, f= E& . Elements which are severely distorted
often indicate that material has failed and supports little load, but these same elements may have
very small time steps and therefore control the cost of the analysis. This option allows these
highly distorted elements to be deleted from the calculation, and, therefore, the analysis can proceed at a larger time step, and, thus, at a reduced cost. Deleted elements do not carry any load,
and are deleted from all applicable slide surface definitions. Clearly, this option must be judiciously used to obtain accurate results at a minimum cost.
A fully viscoplastic formulation is optional which incorporates the rate formulation within the
yield surface. An additional cost is incurred but the improvement is results can be dramatic.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-107 (MAT)
*MAT_020
*MAT_RIGID
*MAT_RIGID
This is Material 20. Parts made from this material are considered to belong to a rigid body (for
each part ID). Also, the coupling of a rigid body with MADYMO and CAL3D can be defined
via this material. Alternatively, a VDA surface can be attached as surface to model the geometry, e.g., for the tooling in metalforming applications. Also, global and local constraints on the
mass center can be optionally defined. Optionally, a local consideration for output and userdefined airbag sensors can be chosen.
Card 1
Variable
MID
RO
PR
COUPLE
ALIAS
RE
Type
Default
A8
C/F
none
none
none
none
Blank
none
Card 2
CMO
CON1
CON2
Type
Default
Variable
2-108 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_020
*MAT_RIGID
Optional for output (Must be included but may be left blank).
Card 3
LCO or
A1
A2
A3
V1
V2
V3
Type
Default
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus. Reasonable values have to be chosen for contact

analysis (choice of penalty), see Remarks below.
PR
Poissons ratio. Reasonable values have to be chosen for contact analysis (choice of penalty), see Remarks below.
MADYMO3D 5.4 coupling flag, n:

EQ.0: use normal LS-DYNA rigid body updates,
GT.0: the rigid body is coupled to MADYMO 5.4 ellipsoid number n
LT.0: the rigid body is coupled to MADYMO 5.4 plane number |n|.
COUPLE
Coupling option if applicable:

EQ.-1: attach VDA surface in ALIAS (defined in the eighth field)
and automatically generate a mesh for viewing the surface in LSPREPOST.
MADYMO 5.4 / CAL3D coupling option:
EQ.0: the undeformed geometry input to LS-DYNA corresponds to
the local system for MADYMO 5.4 / CAL3D. The finite element
mesh is input,
EQ.1: the undeformed geometry input to LS-DYNA corresponds to
the global system for MADYMO 5.4 / CAL3D,
EQ.2: generate a mesh for the ellipsoids and planes internally in
LS-DYNA.
MADYMO3D 5.4 coupling flag, m:

EQ.0: use normal LS-DYNA rigid body updates,
EQ.m: this rigid body corresponds to MADYMO rigid body number
m. Rigid body updates are performed by MADYMO.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-109 (MAT)
*MAT_020
VARIABLE
ALIAS
RE
*MAT_RIGID
DESCRIPTION
VDA surface alias name, see Appendix L.

MADYMO 6.0.1 External Reference Number
CMO
Center of mass constraint option, CMO:

EQ.+1.0: constraints applied in global directions,
EQ. 0.0: no constraints,
EQ. -1.0: constraints applied in local directions (SPC constraint).
CON1
First constraint parameter:

If CMO=+1.0, then specify global translational constraint:
EQ.0: no constraints,
EQ.1: constrained x displacement,
EQ.2: constrained y displacement,
EQ.3: constrained z displacement,
EQ.4: constrained x and y displacements,
EQ.5: constrained y and z displacements,
EQ.6: constrained z and x displacements,
EQ.7: constrained x, y, and z displacements.
If CM0=-1.0, then specify local coordinate system ID.
See *DEFINE_COORDINATE_OPTION: This coordinate system is fixed in time.
CON2
Second constraint parameter:

If CMO=+1.0, then specify global rotational constraint:
EQ.0: no constraints,
EQ.1: constrained x rotation,
EQ.2: constrained y rotation,
EQ.3: constrained z rotation,
EQ.4: constrained x and y rotations,
EQ.5: constrained y and z rotations,
EQ.6: constrained z and x rotations,
EQ.7: constrained x, y, and z rotations.
If CM0=-1.0, then specify local (SPC) constraint:
EQ.000000 no constraint,
EQ.100000 constrained x translation,
EQ.010000 constrained y translation,
EQ.001000 constrained z translation,
EQ.000100 constrained x rotation,
EQ.000010 constrained y rotation,
EQ.000001 constrained z rotation.
Any combination of local constraints can be achieved by adding the
number 1 into the corresponding column.
LCO
2-110 (MAT)
Local coordinate system number for output.

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_020
*MAT_RIGID
VARIABLE
A1-V3
DESCRIPTION
Alternative method for specifying local system below:

Define two vectors a and v, fixed in the rigid body which are used
for output and the user defined airbag sensor subroutines. The output parameters are in the directions a, b, and c where the latter are
given by the cross products c=av and b=ca. This input is optional.
Remarks:
The rigid material type 20 provides a convenient way of turning one or more parts comprised of
beams, shells, or solid elements into a rigid body. Approximating a deformable body as rigid is a
preferred modeling technique in many real world applications. For example, in sheet metal
forming problems the tooling can properly and accurately be treated as rigid. In the design of
restraint systems the occupant can, for the purposes of early design studies, also be treated as rigid. Elements which are rigid are bypassed in the element processing and no storage is allocated
for storing history variables; consequently, the rigid material type is very cost efficient.
Two unique rigid part ID's may not share common nodes unless they are merged together using
the rigid body merge option. A rigid body may be made up of disjoint finite element meshes,
however. LS-DYNA assumes this is the case since this is a common practice in setting up tooling meshes in forming problems.
All elements which reference a given part ID corresponding to the rigid material should be contiguous, but this is not a requirement. If two disjoint groups of elements on opposite sides of a
model are modeled as rigid, separate part ID's should be created for each of the contiguous element groups if each group is to move independently. This requirement arises from the fact that
LS-DYNA internally computes the six rigid body degrees-of-freedom for each rigid body (rigid
material or set of merged materials), and if disjoint groups of rigid elements use the same part
ID, the disjoint groups will move together as one rigid body.
Inertial properties for rigid materials may be defined in either of two ways. By default, the inertial properties are calculated from the geometry of the constituent elements of the rigid material
and the density specified for the part ID. Alternatively, the inertial properties and initial velocities for a rigid body may be directly defined, and this overrides data calculated from the material
property definition and nodal initial velocity definitions.
Young's modulus, E, and Poisson's ratio, are used for determining sliding interface parameters
if the rigid body interacts in a contact definition. Realistic values for these constants should be
defined since unrealistic values may contribute to numerical problem in contact.
Constraint directions for rigid materials (CMO equal to +1 or -1) are fixed, that is, not updated,
with time. To impose a constraint on a rigid body such that the constraint direction is updated as
the rigid body rotates, use *BOUNDARY_PRESCRIBED_MOTION_RIGID_LOCAL.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-111 (MAT)
*MAT_020
*MAT_RIGID
It is strongly advised that nodal constraints, e.g., by *BOUNDARY_SPC_OPTION, not be applied to nodes of a rigid body as doing so may compromise the intended constraints in the case of
an explicit simulation. Such SPCs will be skipped in an implicit simulation and a warning issued.
If the intended constraints are not with respect to the calculated center-of-mass of the rigid body,
*CONSTRAINED_JOINT_OPTION may often be used to obtain the desired effect. This approach typically entails defining a second rigid body which is fully constrained and then defining
a joint between the two rigid bodies. Another alternative for defining rigid body constraints that
are not with respect to the calculated center-of-mass of the rigid body is to manually specify the
initial center-of-mass location using *PART_INERTIA. When using *PART_INERTIA, a full
set of mass properties must be specified and the user must understand that the dynamic behavior
of the rigid body is affected by its mass properties.
For coupling with MADYMO 5.4.1, only basic coupling is available.
The coupling flags (N and M) must match with SYSTEM and ELLIPSOID/PLANE in the
MADYMO input file and the coupling option (COUPLE) must be defined.
For coupling with MADYMO 6.0.1, both basic and extended coupling are available:
(1) Basic Coupling: The external reference number (RE) must match with the external reference number in the MADYMO XML input file. The coupling option (COUPLE) must be
defined.
(2) Extended Coupling: Under this option MADYMO will handle the contact between the
MADYMO and LS-DYNA models. The external reference number (RE) and the coupling
option (COUPLE) are not needed. All coupling surfaces that interface with the MADYMO
models need to be defined in *CONTACT_COUPLING.
2-112 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_021
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_THERMAL
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_THERMAL_{OPTION}
This is Material Type 21. A linearly elastic, orthotropic material with orthotropic thermal expansion.
<BLANK>
FAILURE
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
AA
AB
AC
AOPT
MACF
Type
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 4
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
REF
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-113 (MAT)
*MAT_021
Required
for FAILURE
Variable
A1
A11
A2
A5
A55
A4
NIP
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
EA
EB
EC
Ec, Youngs modulus in c-direction.
PRBA
ba, Poissons ratio, ba.
PRCA
ca, Poissons ratio, ca.
PRCB
cb, Poissons ratio, cb
GAB
Gab, Shear modulus, ab.
GBC
Gbc, Shear modulus, bc.
GCA
Gca, Shear modulus, ca.
AA
a, coefficients of thermal expansion in the a-direction.
AB
b, coefficients of thermal expansion in the b-direction.
AC
c, coefficients of thermal expansion in the c-direction.
2-114 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_021
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
AOPT
Material axes option (see MAT_OPTION TROPIC_ELASTIC for a

more complete description):
EQ. 0.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element nodes 1, 2, and 4, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_
NODES.
EQ. 1.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by a
point in space and the global location of the element center; this is
the a-direction. This option is for solid elements only.
EQ. 2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR.
EQ. 3.0: locally orthotropic material axes determined by rotating the
vector v with the element normal.
EQ. 4.0: locally orthotropic in cylindrical coordinate system with
the material axes determined by a vector v, and an originating point,
p, which define the centerline axis. This option is for solid elements
only.
MACF

XP,YP,ZP
Coordinates of point p for AOPT = 1 and 4.
A1,A2,A3
Components of vector a for AOPT = 2.
V1,V2,V3
Components of vector v for AOPT = 3 and 4.
D1,D2,D3
Components of vector d for AOPT = 2.
BETA
REF
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-115 (MAT)
*MAT_021
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
A1,A11,A2
Coefficients for the matrix dominated failure criterion.

Coefficients for the fiber dominated failure criterion.
A5,A55,A4
Remarks:
In the implementation for three-dimensional continua a total Lagrangian formulation is used. In
this approach the material law that relates second Piola-Kirchhoff stress S to the Green-St. Venant strain E is
= - , = / & - / ,
where T is the transformation matrix [Cook 1974].
3E ,
38
388
38
/ =
23 38
238 3
23 3
E,
8
88
2
2
2
8
8
8
8
(3
(38
(3
2 8
28
2
E are the direction cosines
E = 3E
3
38 8
3
8 + 38
+3
+3
E 8
)
8)
)
+ E
8 8
( 8 + 8 )
( 8 +
8 )
( + )
3
$
8 38
#
#
3
( 38 + 8 3 )#
#
(8 3 + 38 )#
( 3 + 3 )"
S1 = 1,2,3
and E denotes the material axes. The constitutive matrix - is defined in terms of the material
axes as
1
,
,
,
,88
1
,88
,88
,
1
,
where the subscripts denote the material axes, i.e.,

2-116 (MAT)
1
8
0
0
1
8
0
0 $
#
0 #
#
#
0 #
#
0 #
#
#
0 #
#
1 #
"
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_021
Since - is symmetric
EF
K and ,EE
NP
lNN
PN
lPP
,etc.
= ,
The vector of Green-St. Venant strain components is
, & = L, , ,88 , , , , 8 , ,8 , , M
which include the local thermal strains which are integrated in time:
After computing
EF
Q
= Q
+ y (/ O / )
O
Q!!
= Q!!
+ y! (/ O / )
O
Q==
= Q==
+ y= (/ O / )
we then obtain the Cauchy stress:

DEF =
" E F
" H
This model will predict realistic behavior for finite displacement and rotations as long as the
strains are small.
In the implementation for shell elements, the stresses are integrated in time and are updated in
the corotational coordinate system. In this procedure the local material axes are assumed to remain orthogonal in the deformed configuration. This assumption is valid if the strains remain
small.
The failure models were derived by William Feng. The first one defines the matrix dominated
failure mode,
= h ( 3) + h ( 3)8 + h8 (8 3) 1
and the second defines the fiber dominated failure mode,
$ = hX (X 1) + hXX (X 1)8 + hW (W 1) 1.
When either is greater than zero, the integration point fails, and the element is deleted after NIP
integration points fail.
The coefficients hE are defined in the input and the invariants E are the strain invariants
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-117 (MAT)
*MAT_021
=
' ,
1
8 = 9 8
2
= det(-)
W =
X =
,O,P' ,
,O' ,
,O' ,
8
-O
:
-P -PO
-O
and C is the Cauchy strain tensor and V is the fiber direction in the undeformed state. By convention in this material model, the fiber direction is aligned with the a direction of the local orthotropic coordinate system.
2-118 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_022
*MAT_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE
This is Material Type 22. An orthotropic material with optional brittle failure for composites can
be defined following the suggestion of [Chang and Chang 1987a, 1987b]. Three failure criteria
are possible, see the LS-DYNA Theory Manual. By using the user defined integration rule, see
*INTEGRATION_SHELL, the constitutive constants can vary through the shell thickness. For
all shells, except the DKT formulation, laminated shell theory can be activated to properly model
the transverse shear deformation. Lamination theory is applied to correct for the assumption of a
uniform constant shear strain through the thickness of the shell. For sandwich shells where the
outer layers are much stiffer than the inner layers, the response will tend to be too stiff unless
lamination theory is used. To turn on lamination theory see *CONTROL_SHELL.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
Default
none
None
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 2
GAB
GBC
GCA
KFAIL
AOPT
MACF
Default
none
None
none
0.0
0.0
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-119 (MAT)
*MAT_022
Card 4
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 5
SC
XT
YT
YC
ALPH
SN
SYZ
SZX
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
ba, Poisson ratio, ba.
PRCA
ca, Poisson ratio, ca.
PRCB
cb, Poisson ratio, cb.
GAB
GBC
GCA
2-120 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_022
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
KFAIL
Bulk modulus of failed material. Necessary for compressive failure.
AOPT

NODES.
only.
MACF

XP,YP,ZP
A1,A2,A3
V1,V2,V3
D1,D2,D3
BETA
SC
Shear strength, ab plane, see the LS-DYNA Theory Manual.
XT
Longitudinal tensile strength, a-axis, see the LS-DYNA Theory Manual.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-121 (MAT)
*MAT_022
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
YT
Transverse tensile strength, b-axis.
YC
Transverse compressive strength, b-axis (positive value).
ALPH
SN
Shear stress parameter for the nonlinear term, see the LS-DYNA Theory
Manual. Suggested range 0 0.5.
Normal tensile strength (solid elements only)
SYZ
Transverse shear strength (solid elements only)
SZX
Transverse shear strength (solid elements only)
Remarks:
The number of additional integration point variables for shells written to the d3plot database is
input by the optional *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY as variable NEIPS. These additional
history variables are tabulated below (i = shell integration point):
History
Description
Value
LS-PrePost
history variable
Variable
ef(i)
cm(i)
ed(i)
tensile fiber mode

tensile matrix mode
compressive matrix mode
1 - elastic
0 - failed
See table 2.2

1
2
Table 2.3.
The following components are stored as element component 7 instead of the effective plastic
strain. Note that ef(i) for i=1,2,3 is not retrievable.
2-122 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_022
Description
E
E
E' 4S()
1
e
Integration point
1
()
4 ()
ef(i) for i>3
1
e
E'
E'
Table 2.4.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-123 (MAT)
*MAT_023
*MAT_TEMPERATURE_DEPENDENT_ORTHOTROPIC
This is Material Type 23. An orthotropic elastic material with arbitrary temperature dependency
can be defined.
Card 1
MID
RO
AOPT
REF
MACF
A8
XP
YP
ZP
Type
Card 3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
A1
A2
A3
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
Define one set of constants on two cards for each temperature point. Up to 48 points (96
cards) can be defined. The next * card terminates the input.
Card 1 for
Temperature
Ti
Variable
Type
2-124 (MAT)
EAi
EBi
ECi
PRBAi
PRCAi
PRCBi
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_023
Card 2 for
Temperature
Ti
Variable
Type
AAi
ABi
ACi
GABi
GBCi
GCAi
Ti
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
AOPT

NODES.
only.
REF
GEOMETRY (see for more details).
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-125 (MAT)
*MAT_023
VARIABLE
MACF
DESCRIPTION

XP,YP,ZP
A1,A2,A3
V1,V2,V3
D1,D2,D3
BETA
EAi
Ea, Youngs modulus in a-direction at temperature Ti.
EBi
Eb, Youngs modulus in b-direction at temperature Ti.
ECi
Ec, Youngs modulus in c-direction at temperature Ti.
PRBAi
ba, Poissons ratio ba at temperature Ti.
PRCAi
ca, Poissons ratio ca at temperature Ti.
PRCBi
cb, Poissons ratio cb at temperature Ti.
AAi
a, coefficient of thermal expansion in a-direction at temperature Ti.
ABi
b, coefficient of thermal expansion in b-direction at temperature Ti.
ACi
c, coefficient of thermal expansion in c-direction at temperature Ti.
GABi
Gab, Shear modulus ab at temperature Ti.
GBCi
Gbc, Shear modulus bc at temperature Ti.
GCAi
Gca, Shear modulus ca at temperature Ti.
Ti
2-126 (MAT)
ith temperature
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_023
Remarks:
In the implementation for three-dimensional continua a total Lagrangian formulation is used. In

this approach the material law that relates second Piola-Kirchhoff stress S to the Green-St. Venant strain E is
= - , = / & - / ,
where T is the transformation matrix [Cook 1974].
3E ,
38
388
38
/ =
23 38
238 3
23 3
E,
2
2
2
8
8
8
8
8
88
3
38 8
3
8 + 38
+3
+3
(3
(38
(3
2 8
28
2
E are the direction cosines
E = 3E
E 8
8 8
( 8 + 8 )
( 8 +
8 )
( + )
)
8)
)
+ E
3
$
8 38
#
#
3
( 38 + 8 3 )#
#
(8 3 + 38 )#
( 3 + 3 )"
S1 = 1,2,3
and E denotes the material axes. The temperature dependent constitutive matrix - is defined in
terms of the material axes as
-31 =
1
21 (/)
31 (/)
,11 (/)
,22 (/)
,33 (/)
1
12 (/)
32 (/)
,11 (/) ,22 (/)

,33 (/)
1
(/)
(/)
13
23
,11 (/)
,22 (/) ,33 (/)
0
where the subscripts denote the material axes, i.e.,

Since - is symmetric
EF
$
#
#
0
0
0 #
#
0
0
0 #
#
1
0
0 #
#
12 (/)
#
1
0
0 #
23 (/)
#
1 #
0
0
31 (/) "
K and ,EE
NP
lNN
PN
lPP
= ,
, etc.
The vector of Green-St. Venant strain components is
LS-DYNA R7.0
, & = L, , ,88 , , , , 8 , ,8 , , M
2-127 (MAT)
*MAT_023
which include the local thermal strains which are integrated in time:
O
Q
= Q
+ y / OP 9/ O / :
N
Q!!
= Q!!
+ y! / OP 9/ O / :
N
Q==
= Q==
+ y= / OP 9/ O / :
N
After computing
EF
we then obtain the Cauchy stress:

DEF =
" E F
" H
This model will predict realistic behavior for finite displacement and rotations as long as the
strains are small.
For shell elements, the stresses are integrated in time and are updated in the corotational coordinate system. In this procedure the local material axes are assumed to remain orthogonal in the
deformed configuration. This assumption is valid if the strains remain small.
2-128 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_024
*MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY
*MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY_{OPTION}
<BLANK>
HAZ
STOCHASTIC
This is Material Type 24. An elasto-plastic material with an arbitrary stress versus strain curve
and arbitrary strain rate dependency can be defined. See also Remark below. Also, failure based
on a plastic strain or a minimum time step size can be defined. For another model with a more
comprehensive failure criteria see MAT_MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY. If
considering laminated or sandwich shells with non-uniform material properties (this is defined
through the user specified integration rule), the model, MAT_LAYERED_LINEAR
_PLASTICITY, is recommended. If solid elements are used and if the elastic strains before
yielding are finite, the model, MAT_FINITE_ELASTIC_STRAIN_PLASTICITY, treats the
elastic strains using a hyperelastic formulation.
The HAZ option allows the modeling of the heat affected zones in shell elements with solid element spot welds. The stress-strain, strain rate, and failure strain may be optionally expanded
from curves and tables to tables and three-dimensional tables, respectively, to account for the
distance of the material from the closest spotweld. If a part ID uses this constitutive model, then
during initialization, the distance of each shell integration point from the centroid of the weld is
computed and stored as a history variable. Consequently, it is possible that each integration
point within the shell element will possess a unique distance. No other input is require for spot
welds to active the heat affected zones. Additional input is required if tailor line welds are used
in metal forming simulations or to simulate the behavior along trim lines.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
FAIL
TDEL
A8
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
10.E+20
2-129 (MAT)
*MAT_024
Card 2
Variable
LCSS
LCSR
VP
LCF
Type
Default
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Default
Card 4
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Default
Variable
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
2-130 (MAT)
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Yield stress.
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_024
DESCRIPTION
ETAN
Tangent modulus, ignored if (LCSS.GT.0) is defined.
FAIL
Failure flag.
LT.0.0: User defined failure subroutine, matusr_24 in dyn21.F, is
called to determine failure
EQ.0.0: Failure is not considered. This option is recommended if
failure is not of interest since many calculations will be
saved.
GT.0.0: Effective plastic strain to failure. When the plastic strain
reaches this value, the element is deleted from the calculation.
TDEL
Minimum time step size for automatic element deletion.
Strain rate parameter, C, see formula below.
Strain rate parameter, P, see formula below.
LCSS
LS-DYNA R7.0
Load curve ID or Table ID (optional; supersedes SIGY, ETAN, EPS1-8,

ES1-8). Load curve ID defining effective stress versus effective plastic
strain. If defined EPS1-EPS8 and ES1-ES8 are ignored. The table ID
defines for each strain rate value a load curve ID giving the stress versus
effective plastic strain for that rate, See Figure 2-10. The stress versus
effective plastic strain curve for the lowest value of strain rate is used if
the strain rate falls below the minimum value. Likewise, the stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the highest value of strain
rate is used if the strain rate exceeds the maximum value. The strain rate
parameters: C and P; the curve ID, LCSR; EPS1-EPS8 and ES1-ES8 are
ignored if a Table ID is defined. NOTE: The strain rate values defined
in the table may be given as the natural logarithm of the strain rate. If
the first stress-strain curve in the table corresponds to a negative strain
rate, LS-DYNA assumes that the natural logarithm of the strain rate value is used. Since the tables are internally discretized to equally space
the points, natural logarithms are necessary, for example, if the curves
correspond to rates from 10.e-04 to 10.e+04. Computing the natural
logarithm of the strain rate does slow the stress update down significantly on some computers. For the HAZ option, the curve may optionally be
specified by a three-dimensional table, making the yield stress a function
of the distance from the closest spotweld.
2-131 (MAT)
*MAT_024
VARIABLE
LCSR
VP
DESCRIPTION
Load curve ID defining strain rate scaling effect on yield stress. If LCSR
is negative, the load curve is evaluated using a binary search for the correct interval for the strain rate. The binary search is slower than the default incremental search, but in cases where large changes in the strain
rate may occur over a single time step, it is more robust. This option is
not necessary for the viscoplastic formulation. For the HAZ option, the
curve may optionally be specified by a table, making the strain rate scaling a function of the distance from the closest spotweld.
EQ.-1.0: Cowper-Symonds with deviatoric strain rate rather than total,
LCF
For the HAZ option only, the equivalent plastic strain for failure may be
specified with either a load curve or a table. If LCF is a curve, then the
failure strain is given as a function of the strain rate, and if a table is
specified, the failure strain is given as a function of the distance from the
closest weld and strain rate. If LCF is not specified, FAIL will be used.
EPS1-EPS8
Effective plastic strain values (optional; supersedes SIGY, ETAN). At

least 2 points should be defined. The first point must be zero corresponding to the initial yield stress. WARNING: If the first point is nonzero the yield stress is extrapolated to determine the initial yield. If this
option is used SIGY and ETAN are ignored and may be input as zero.
ES1-ES8
Corresponding yield stress values to EPS1 - EPS8.
Remarks:
The stress strain behavior may be treated by a bilinear stress strain curve by defining the tangent
modulus, ETAN. Alternately, a curve of effective stress vs. effective plastic strain similar to that
shown in Figure 2-6 may be defined by (EPS1,ES1) - (EPS8,ES8); however, a curve ID (LCSS) may
be referenced instead if eight points are insufficient. The cost is roughly the same for either approach. Note that in the special case of uniaxial stress, true stress vs. true plastic strain is equivalent to effective stress vs. effective plastic strain. The most general approach is to use the table
definition (LCSS) discussed below.
Three options to account for strain rate effects are possible.
I.
Strain rate may be accounted for using the Cowper and Symonds model which scales the
yield stress with the factor
2-132 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_024
1+
'
where Q is the strain rate. Q = QQEF QEF . If VP=-1. The deviatoric strain rates are used instead.
If the viscoplastic option is active, VP=1.0, and if SIGY is > 0 then the dynamic yield stress is
computed from the sum of the static stress, D Q#$$ , which is typically given by a load curve
ID, and the initial yield stress, SIGY, multiplied by the Cowper-Symonds rate term as follows:
D Q#$$ , Q#$$
D Q#$$
+ @
Q#$$
'
where the plastic strain rate is used. With this latter approach similar results can be obtained between this model and material model: *MAT_ANISOTROPIC_VISCOPLASTIC. If SIGY=0,
the following equation is used instead where the static stress, D Q#$$ , must be defined by a
load curve:
D Q#$$ , Q#$$
D Q#$$ R1
Q#$$
'
This latter equation is always used if the viscoplastic option is off.

II.
For complete generality a load curve (LCSR) to scale the yield stress may be input instead.
In this curve the scale factor versus strain rate is defined.
III.
If different stress versus strain curves can be provided for various strain rates, the option
using the reference to a table (LCSS) can be used. Then the table input in *DEFINE
_TABLE has to be used, see Figure 2-10.
A fully viscoplastic formulation is optional (variable VP) which incorporates the different options above within the yield surface. An additional cost is incurred over the simple scaling but
the improvement is results can be dramatic.
The HAZ (heat affected zone) option allows the material properties in an element to depend on
their distance from the spotweld closest to the element. The shortest distance along the shell surface is calculated to the centroid of each spotweld and the minimum is chosen. LCSS, LCSR,
and LCF may be optionally expanded by one dimension to account for the distance from the
spotweld. At this time, only solid element spot welds are supported for this feature.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-133 (MAT)
*MAT_024
Figure 2-10. Rate effects may be accounted for by defining a table of curves. If a table
ID is specified a curve ID is given for each strain rate, see *DEFINE_TABLE. Intermediate values are found by interpolating between curves. Effective plastic strain versus yield stress is expected. If the strain rate values fall out of range, extrapolation is
not used; rather, either the first or last curve determines the yield stress depending on
whether the rate is low or high, respectively.
2-134 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_025
*MAT_GEOLOGIC_CAP_MODEL
This is Material Type 25. This is an inviscid two invariant geologic cap model. This material
model can be used for geomechanical problems or for materials as concrete, see references cited
below.
Card 1
MID
RO
BULK
ALPHA
THETA
GAMMA
BETA
A8
Card 2
Variable
X0
Type
Card 3
PLOT
FTYPE
VEC
TOFF
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
BULK
G
Initial bulk modulus, K.

Initial Shear modulus.
ALPHA
Failure envelope parameter, .
THETA
Failure envelope linear coefficient, .
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-135 (MAT)
*MAT_025
VARIABLE
GAMMA
BETA
DESCRIPTION
Failure envelope exponential coefficient, .

Failure envelope exponent, .
Cap, surface axis ratio.
Hardening law exponent.
Hardening law coefficient.
X0
Hardening law exponent, X0.
C
N
Kinematic hardening coefficient, .
Kinematic hardening parameter.
PLOT
Save the following variable for plotting in LS-PrePost, to be labeled

there as effective plastic strain:
EQ.1: hardening parameter,
EQ.2: cap -J1 axis intercept, X ()
EQ.3: volumetric plastic strain Q.

EQ.4: first stress invariant, 0
EQ.5: second stress invariant, Q08
EQ.6: not used
EQ.7: not used
EQ.8: response mode number
EQ.9: number of iterations
FTYPE
Formulation flag:
EQ.1: soils (Cap surface may contract)
EQ.2: concrete and rock (Cap doesnt contract)
VEC
Vectorization flag:
EQ.0: vectorized (fixed number of iterations)
EQ.1: fully iterative
If the vectorized solution is chosen, the stresses might be slightly off the
yield surface; however, on vector computers a much more efficient solution is achieved.
TOFF
Tension Cut Off, TOFF < 0 (positive in compression).
2-136 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_025
Figure 2-11. The yield surface of the two-invariant cap model in pressureQ08 0
space. Surface f1 is the failure envelope, f2 is the cap surface, and f3 is the tension cutoff.
Remarks:
The implementation of an extended two invariant cap model, suggested by Stojko [1990], is
based on the formulations of Simo, et al. [1988, 1990] and Sandler and Rubin [1979]. In this
model, the two invariant cap theory is extended to include nonlinear kinematic hardening as suggested by Isenberg, Vaughan, and Sandler [1978]. A brief discussion of the extended cap model
and its parameters is given below.
The cap model is formulated in terms of the invariants of the stress tensor. The square root of
the second invariant of the deviatoric stress tensor, Q08 is found from the deviatoric stresses s
as
Q08 8
EF EF
and is the objective scalar measure of the distortional or shearing stress. The first invariant of the
stress, J1, is the trace of the stress tensor.
The cap model consists of three surfaces in Q08 0 space, as shown in Figure 2-11 First, there
is a failure envelope surface, denoted f1 in the Figure 2-11. The functional form of f1 is
where Fe is given by
LS-DYNA R7.0
S = Q08 min(# (0 ), /
E# )
# (0 ) y aexp(z0 ) + 0
2-137 (MAT)
*MAT_025
and / E# |(U ) (U )|. This failure envelop surface is fixed in Q08 0 space, and
therefore does not harden unless kinematic hardening is present. Next, there is a cap surface,
denoted f2 in the figure, with f2 given by
where Fc is defined by
S8 = Q08 = (0 , )
= (0 , U) Q9(U) (U):8 90 (U):8 ,

j
(U) is the intersection of the cap surface with the J1 axis
(U) = U + # (U),
and (U) is defined by
U if U > 0
(U) V
0 if U 0
The hardening parameter is related to the plastic volume change Q. through the hardening law
Q. =
1 exp9((U) ):
Geometrically, is seen in the figure as the J1 coordinate of the intersection of the cap surface
and the failure surface. Finally, there is the tension cutoff surface, denoted f3 in the Figure 2-11.
The function f3 is given by
f TJ
where T is the input material parameter which specifies the maximum hydrostatic tension sustainable by the material. The elastic domain in Q08 0 space is then bounded by the failure
envelope surface above, the tension cutoff surface on the left, and the cap surface on the right.
An additive decomposition of the strain into elastic and plastic parts is assumed:
= e + p,
where e is the elastic strain and p is the plastic strain. Stress is found from the elastic strain
using Hookes law,
= C( - p),
where is the stress and C is the elastic constitutive tensor.
The yield condition may be written
2-138 (MAT)
S () 0
LS-DYNA R7.0
S8 (, U) 0
*MAT_025
S () 0
and the plastic consistency condition requires that
H SH = 0
= 1,2,3
H 0
where H is the plastic consistency parameter for surface k. If SH < 0 then, H = 0 and the response is elastic. If SH > 0 then surface k is active and H is found from the requirement that
SH = 0.
Associated plastic flow is assumed, so using Koiters flow rule the plastic strain rate is given as
the sum of contribution from all of the active surfaces,
$
Q = H' H M.
One of the major advantages of the cap model over other classical pressure-dependent plasticity
models is the ability to control the amount of dilatancy produced under shear loading. Dilatancy
is produced under shear loading as a result of the yield surface having a positive slope in
Q08 0 space, so the assumption of plastic flow in the direction normal to the yield surface
produces a plastic strain rate vector that has a component in the volumetric (hydrostatic) direction (see Figure 2-11). In models such as the Drucker-Prager and Mohr-Coulomb, this dilatancy
continues as long as shear loads are applied, and in many cases produces far more dilatancy than
is experimentally observed in material tests. In the cap model, when the failure surface is active,
dilatancy is produced just as with the Drucker-Prager and Mohr-Coulumb models. However, the
hardening law permits the cap surface to contract until the cap intersects the failure envelope at
the stress point, and the cap remains at that point. The local normal to the yield surface is now
vertical, and therefore the normality rule assures that no further plastic volumetric strain (dilatancy) is created. Adjustment of the parameters that control the rate of cap contractions permits experimentally observed amounts of dilatancy to be incorporated into the cap model, thus producing a constitutive law which better represents the physics to be modeled.
Another advantage of the cap model over other models such as the Drucker-Prager and MohrCoulomb is the ability to model plastic compaction. In these models all purely volumetric response is elastic. In the cap model, volumetric response is elastic until the stress point hits the
cap surface. Therefore, plastic volumetric strain (compaction) is generated at a rate controlled by
the hardening law. Thus, in addition to controlling the amount of dilatancy, the introduction of
the cap surface adds another experimentally observed response characteristic of geological material into the model.
The inclusion of kinematic hardening results in hysteretic energy dissipation under cyclic loading
conditions. Following the approach of Isenberg, et al. [1978] a nonlinear kinematic hardening
law is used for the failure envelope surface when nonzero values of and N are specified. In this
case, the failure envelope surface is replaced by a family of yield surfaces bounded by an initial
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-139 (MAT)
*MAT_025
yield surface and a limiting failure envelope surface. Thus, the shape of the yield surfaces described above remains unchanged, but they may translate in a plane orthogonal to the J axis,
Translation of the yield surfaces is permitted through the introduction of a back stress tensor,
The formulation including kinematic hardening is obtained by replacing the stress with the
translated stress tensor ! D y in all of the above equation. The history tensor is assumed
deviatoric, and therefore has only 5 unique components. The evolution of the back stress tensor
is governed by the nonlinear hardening law
y = (D, y)4
where is a constant, is a scalar function of and and 4 is the rate of deviatoric plastic
strain. The constant may be estimated from the slope of the shear stress - plastic shear strain
curve at low levels of shear stress.
The function is defined as
(L
max 0,1
8{ (/N )
where N is a constant defining the size of the yield surface. The value of N may be interpreted
as the radial distant between the outside of the initial yield surface and the inside of the limit surface. In order for the limit surface of the kinematic hardening cap model to correspond with the
failure envelope surface of the standard cap model, the scalar parameter must be replaced N in the definition Fe.
The cap model contains a number of parameters which must be chosen to represent a particular
material, and are generally based on experimental data. The parameters , , , and are usually
evaluated by fitting a curve through failure data taken from a set of triaxial compression tests.
The parameters W, D, and X0 define the cap hardening law. The value W represents the void
fraction of the uncompressed sample and D governs the slope of the initial loading curve in hydrostatic compression. The value of R is the ration of major to minor axes of the quarter ellipse
defining the cap surface. Additional details and guidelines for fitting the cap model to experimental data are found in Chen and Baladi [1985].
2-140 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_026
*MAT_HONEYCOMB
*MAT_HONEYCOMB
This is Material Type 26. The major use of this material model is for honeycomb and foam materials with real anisotropic behavior. A nonlinear elastoplastic material behavior can be defined
separately for all normal and shear stresses. These are considered to be fully uncoupled. See
notes below.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
VF
MU
BULK
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
.05
0.0
Card 2
LCA
LCB
LCC
LCS
LCAB
LCBC
LCCA
LCSR
Default
none
LCA
LCA
LCA
LCS
LCS
LCS
optional
Card 3
EAAU
EBBU
ECCU
GABU
GBCU
GCAU
AOPT
MACF
Type
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-141 (MAT)
*MAT_026
Card 5
Variable
Type
*MAT_HONEYCOMB
D1
D2
D3
TSEF
SSEF
V1
V2
V3
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
Youngs modulus for compacted honeycomb material.

Poissons ratio for compacted honeycomb material.
Yield stress for fully compacted honeycomb.
VF
Relative volume at which the honeycomb is fully compacted.
MU
, material viscosity coefficient. (default=.05) Recommended.
BULK
Bulk viscosity flag:

EQ.0.0: bulk viscosity is not used. This is recommended.
EQ.1.0: bulk viscosity is active and =0. This will give results identical to previous versions of LS-DYNA.
LCA
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for sigma-aa versus either relative volume or volumetric strain. See notes below.
LCB
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for sigma-bb versus either relative volume or volumetric strain. Default LCB=LCA. See notes below.
LCC
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for sigma-cc versus either relative volume or volumetric strain. Default LCC=LCA. See notes below.
LCS
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for shear stress versus either
relative volume or volumetric strain. Default LCS=LCA. Each component of shear stress may have its own load curve. See notes below.
LCAB
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for sigma-ab versus either relative volume or volumetric strain. Default LCAB=LCS. See notes below.
LCBC
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for sigma-bc versus either rela-
2-142 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_026
*MAT_HONEYCOMB
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
tive volume or volumetric strain. Default LCBC=LCS. See notes below.

LCCA
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, or sigma-ca versus either relative volume or volumetric strain. Default LCCA=LCS. See notes below.
LCSR
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for strain-rate effects defining

the scale factor versus strain rate. This is optional. The curves defined
above are scaled using this curve.
EAAU
Elastic modulus Eaau in uncompressed configuration.
EBBU
Elastic modulus Ebbu in uncompressed configuration.
ECCU
Elastic modulus Eccu in uncompressed configuration.
GABU
Shear modulus Gabu in uncompressed configuration.
GBCU
Shear modulus Gbcu in uncompressed configuration.
GCAU
Shear modulus Gcau in uncompressed configuration.
AOPT

EQ.0.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element nodes 1, 2, and 4, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_
NODES.
in space and the global location of the element center; this is the adirection.
EQ.2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR
material axes determined by a vector v, and an originating point, p,
only.
LT.0.0: the absolute value of AOPT is a coordinate system ID number (CID on *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, *DEFINE_ CO-
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-143 (MAT)
*MAT_026
VARIABLE
*MAT_HONEYCOMB
DESCRIPTION
ORDINATE_SYSTEM or *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR).

Available in R3 version of 971 and later..
MACF
Material axes change flag:

XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
D1 D2 D3
V1 V2 V3
TSEF
Tensile strain at element failure (element will erode).
SSEF
Shear strain at element failure (element will erode).
Remarks:
For efficiency it is strongly recommended that the load curve IDs: LCA, LCB, LCC, LCS,
LCAB, LCBC, and LCCA, contain exactly the same number of points with corresponding
strain values on the abscissa. If this recommendation is followed the cost of the table
lookup is insignificant. Conversely, the cost increases significantly if the abscissa strain
values are not consistent between load curves.
The behavior before compaction is orthotropic where the components of the stress tensor are uncoupled, i.e., an a component of strain will generate resistance in the local a-direction with no
coupling to the local b and c directions. The elastic moduli vary, from their initial values to the
fully compacted values at Vf, linearly with the relative volume V:
, = , + z(, , )
,!! = ,!! + z(, ,!! )
,== = ,== + z(, ,== )
! = ,! + z( ! )
!= = ,!= + z( != )
= = ,= + z( = )
2-144 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_026
*MAT_HONEYCOMB
where
z = max smin 5
, 16 , 0w
and G is the elastic shear modulus for the fully compacted honeycomb material
=
8( O.)
The relative volume, V, is defined as the ratio of the current volume to the initial volume. Typically, V=1 at the beginning of a calculation. The viscosity coefficient (MU) should be set to a
small number (usually .02-.10 is okay). Alternatively, the two bulk viscosity coefficients on the
control cards should be set to very small numbers to prevent the development of spurious pressures that may lead to undesirable and confusing results. The latter is not recommended since
spurious numerical noise may develop.
The load curves define the magnitude of the average stress as the material changes density (relative volume), see Figure 2-12. Each curve related to this model must have the same number of
points and the same abscissa values. There are two ways to define these curves, a) as a function
of relative volume (V) or b) as a function of volumetric strain defined as:
Q =1
In the former, the first value in the curve should correspond to a value of relative volume slightly
less than the fully compacted value. In the latter, the first value in the curve should be less than or
equal to zero, corresponding to tension, and increase to full compaction. Care should be taken
when defining the curves so that extrapolated values do not lead to negative yield stresses.
At the beginning of the stress update each elements stresses and strain rates are transformed into
the local element coordinate system. For the uncompacted material, the trial stress components
are updated using the elastic interpolated moduli according to:
O
D
O
D!!
( r
O
D==
( r
O
D!
( r
O
D=
( r
O
D!=
= D
+ , Q
( r
( r
= D!!
+ ,!! Q!!
= D==
+ ,== Q==
= D!
+ 2! Q!
= D!=
+ 2!= Q!=
= D=
+ 2= Q=
Each component of the updated stresses is then independently checked to ensure that they do not
exceed the permissible values determined from the load curves; e.g., if
LS-DYNA R7.0
ZDEFO
( r
Z > DEF ( )
2-145 (MAT)
*MAT_026
then
*MAT_HONEYCOMB
DEFO = DEF ( )
( r
5vN
LK
5vN
ZLK
( r
On Card 2 ij (V) is defined by LCA for the aa stress component, LCB for the bb component,
LCC for the cc component, and LCS for the ab, bc, ca shear stress components. The parameter
is either unity or a value taken from the load curve number, LCSR, that defines as a function of
strain-rate. Strain-rate is defined here as the Euclidean norm of the deviatoric strain-rate tensor.
For fully compacted material it is assumed that the material behavior is elastic-perfectly plastic
and the stress components updated according to:
& E
EF
= EF
+ 2QEF#.
5vN'
P
where the deviatoric strain increment is defined as
QEF#. = QEF QHH JEF
Now a check is made to see if the yield stress for the fully compacted material is exceeded by
comparing
& E
#$$
=
& E & E
EF
EF
'8
the effective trial stress to the defined yield stress, SIGY. If the effective trial stress exceeds the
yield stress the stress components are simply scaled back to the yield surface
O
EF
=
L1
( r
& E
EF
.
Now the pressure is updated using the elastic bulk modulus, K

O '8
eO = e QHH
=
8.)
to obtain the final value for the Cauchy stress
O
DEFO = EF
eO JEF
After completing the stress update transform the stresses back to the global configuration.
2-146 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_HONEYCOMB
*MAT_026
Figure 2-12. Stress quantity versus volumetric strain. Note that the yield stress at a
volumetric strain of zero is non-zero.
In the load curve definition, see
*DEFINE_CURVE, the time value is the volumetric strain and the function value
is the yield stress.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-147 (MAT)
*MAT_027
*MAT_MOONEY-RIVLIN_RUBBER
This is Material Type 27. A two-parametric material model for rubber can be defined.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PR
REF
A8
SGL
SW
ST
LCID
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
PR
Poissons ratio (value between 0.49 and 0.5 is recommended, smaller

values may not work).
Constant, see literature and equations defined below.
Constant, see literature and equations defined below.
REF
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
If A=B=0.0, then a least square fit is computed from tabulated uniaxial data via a load curve.
The following information should be defined
SGL
Specimen gauge length l0, see Figure 2-13.
SW
Specimen width, see Figure 2-13.
2-148 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_027
VARIABLE
ST
LCID
DESCRIPTION
Specimen thickness, see Figure 2-13.

Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, giving the force versus actual
change L in the gauge length. See also Figure 2-14 for an alternative
definition.
Remarks:
The strain energy density function is defined as:
where
= h( 3) + k( 3) + -(
1) + ( 1)8
C = 0.5 A + B
=
m(X
8)Oo(
8 )
8(
X)
= Poissons ratio
2(A+B) = shear modulus of linear elasticity

I, II, III = invariants of right Cauchy-Green Tensor C.
The load curve definition that provides the uniaxial data should give the change in gauge length,
L, versus the corresponding force. In compression both the force and the change in gauge
length must be specified as negative values. In tension the force and change in gauge length
should be input as positive values. The principal stretch ratio in the uniaxial direction, 1, is then
given by
=
O@
with L0 being the initial length and L being the actual length.
Alternatively, the stress versus strain curve can also be input by setting the gauge length, thickness, and width to unity (1.0) and defining the engineering strain in place of the change in gauge
length and the nominal (engineering) stress in place of the force, see Figure 2-13.
The least square fit to the experimental data is performed during the initialization phase and is a
comparison between the fit and the actual input is provided in the d3hsp file. It is a good idea to
visually check to make sure it is acceptable. The coefficients A and B are also printed in the
output file. It is also advised to use the material driver (see Appendix K) for checking out the
material model.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-149 (MAT)
*MAT_027
Figure 2-13. Uniaxial specimen for experimental data
Figure 2-14 The stress versus strain curve can used instead of the force versus the
change in the gauge length by setting the gauge length, thickness, and width to unity
(1.0) and defining the engineering strain in place of the change in gauge length and the
nominal (engineering) stress in place of the force. *MAT_077_O is a better alternative
for fitting data resembling the curve above. *MAT_027 will provide a poor fit to a
curve that exhibits an strong upturn in slope as strains become large
.
2-150 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_028
*MAT_RESULTANT_PLASTICITY
This is Material Type 28. A resultant formulation for beam and shell elements including elastoplastic behavior can be defined. This model is available for the Belytschko-Schwer beam, the Co
triangular shell, the Belytschko-Tsay shell, and the fully integrated type 16 shell. For beams, the
treatment is elastic-perfectly plastic, but for shell elements isotropic hardening is approximately
modeled. For a detailed description we refer to the LS-DYNA Theory Manual. Since the stresses are not computed in the resultant formulation, the stresses output to the binary databases for
the resultant elements are zero.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
A8
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
E
PR
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
SIGY
Yield stress
ETAN
Plastic hardening modulus (for shells only)
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-151 (MAT)
*MAT_029
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED
This is Material Type 29. With this material model, for the Belytschko-Schwer beam only, plastic hinge forming at the ends of a beam can be modeled using curve definitions. Optionally, collapse can also be modeled. See also *MAT_139.
Description: FORCE LIMITED Resultant Formulation
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
DF
AOPT
YTFLAG
ASOFT
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 2
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
Default
none
Card 3
LC1
LC2
LC3
LC4
LC5
LC6
LC7
LC8
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-152 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_029
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED
Card 4
LPS1
SFS1
LPS2
SFS2
YMS1
YMS2
Type
Default
1.0
LPS1
1.0
1.0E+20
YMS1
Card 5
LPT1
SFT1
LPT2
SFT2
YMT1
YMT2
Type
Default
1.0
LPT1
1.0
1.0E+20
YMT1
Card 6
LPR
SFR
YMR
Type
Default
1.0
1.0E+20
Variable
Variable
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus
PR
Poissons ratio
DF
Damping factor, see definition in notes below. A proper control for the
timestep has to be maintained by the user!
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-153 (MAT)
*MAT_029
VARIABLE
AOPT
YTFLAG
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED
DESCRIPTION
Axial load curve option:

EQ.0.0: axial load curves are force versus strain,
EQ.1.0: axial load curves are force versus change in length.
Flag to allow beam to yield in tension:
EQ.0.0: beam does not yield in tension,
EQ.1.0: beam can yield in tension.
ASOFT
Axial elastic softening factor applied once hinge has formed. When a
hinge has formed the stiffness is reduced by this factor. If zero, this factor is ignored.
M1, M2,...,M8
Applied end moment for force versus (strain/change in length) curve. At

least one must be defined. A maximum of 8 moments can be defined.
The values should be in ascending order.
LC1, LC2,...,LC8
Load curve ID (see *DEFINE_CURVE) defining axial force (collapse

load) versus strain/change in length (see AOPT) for the corresponding
applied end moment. Define the same number as end moments. Each
curve must contain the same number of points.
LPS1
Load curve ID for plastic moment versus rotation about s-axis at node 1.
If zero, this load curve is ignored.
SFS1
Scale factor for plastic moment versus rotation curve about s-axis at
node 1. Default = 1.0.
LPS2
Default: is same as at node 1.
SFS2
node 2. Default: is same as at node 1.
YMS1
Yield moment about s-axis at node 1 for interaction calculations (default

set to 1.0E+20 to prevent interaction).
YMS2

set to YMS1).
lpt1
Load curve ID for plastic moment versus rotation about t-axis at node 1.
2-154 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_029
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
sft1
Scale factor for plastic moment versus rotation curve about t-axis at
lpt2
Default: is the same as at node 1.
sft2
node 2. Default: is the same as at node 1.
YMT1
Yield moment about t-axis at node 1 for interaction calculations (default

set to 1.0E+20 to prevent interactions)
YMT2

set to YMT1)
LPR
Load curve ID for plastic torsional moment versus rotation. If zero, this
load curve is ignored.
SFR
Scale factor for plastic torsional moment versus rotation (default = 1.0).
YMR
Torsional yield moment for interaction calculations (default set to

1.0E+20 to prevent interaction)
Remarks:
This material model is available for the Belytschko resultant beam element only. Plastic hinges
form at the ends of the beam when the moment reaches the plastic moment. The moment versus
rotation relationship is specified by the user in the form of a load curve and scale factor. The
points of the load curve are (plastic rotation in radians, plastic moment). Both quantities should
be positive for all points, with the first point being (zero, initial plastic moment). Within this
constraint any form of characteristic may be used, including flat or falling curves. Different load
curves and scale factors may be specified at each node and about each of the local s and t axes.
Axial collapse occurs when the compressive axial load reaches the collapse load. Collapse load
versus collapse deflection is specified in the form of a load curve. The points of the load curve
are either (true strain, collapse force) or (change in length, collapse force). Both quantities
should be entered as positive for all points, and will be interpreted as compressive. The first
point should be (zero, initial collapse load).
The collapse load may vary with end moment as well as with deflections. In this case several
load-deflection curves are defined, each corresponding to a different end moment. Each load
curve should have the same number of points and the same deflection values. The end moment
is defined as the average of the absolute moments at each end of the beam and is always positive.
Stiffness-proportional damping may be added using the damping factor . This is defined as follows:
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-155 (MAT)
*MAT_029
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED
=
8[
i
where is the damping factor at the reference frequency (in radians per second). For example
if 1% damping at 2Hz is required
=
8 .
8\8
= 0.001592
If damping is used, a small timestep may be required. LS-DYNA does not check this so to avoid
instability it may be necessary to control the timestep via a load curve. As a guide, the timestep
required for any given element is multiplied by 0.3Lc when damping is present (L = element
length, c = sound speed).
Moment Interaction:
Plastic hinges can form due to the combined action of moments about the three axes. This facility is activated only when yield moments are defined in the material input. A hinge forms when
the following condition is first satisfied.
5
1^
6 +5
_1^
6 +5
(1^
6 1
where,
Mr, Ms, Mt = current moment
Mryield, Msyield, Mtyield = yield moment
Note that scale factors for hinge behavior defined in the input will also be applied to the yield
moments: for example, Msyield in the above formula is given by the input yield moment about
the local axis times the input scale factor for the local s axis. For strain-softening characteristics,
the yield moment should generally be set equal to the initial peak of the moment-rotation load
curve.
On forming a hinge, upper limit moments are set. These are given by
and similar for Ms and Mt.
cc
h 5
1^
Thereafter the plastic moments will be given by

Mrp, = min (Mrupper, Mrcurve) and similar for s and t
where
Mrp = current plastic moment
Mrcurve = moment taken from load curve at the current rotation scaled according to the
scale factor.
The effect of this is to provide an upper limit to the moment that can be generated; it represents
the softening effect of local buckling at a hinge site. Thus if a member is bent about is local saxis it will then be weaker in torsion and about its local t-axis. For moments-softening curves,
2-156 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_029
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED
M8
M7
M6
M5
M4
M3
axial
force
M2
M1
strains or change in length (see AOPT)

Figure 2-15. The force magnitude is limited by the applied end moment. For an intermediate value of the end moment LS-DYNA interpolates between the curves to determine the allowable force value the effect is to trim off the initial peak (although if
the curves subsequently harden, the final hardening will also be trimmed off)
It is not possible to make the plastic moment vary with axial load.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-157 (MAT)
*MAT_030
*MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY
*MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY
This is material type 30. This material model describes the superelastic response present in
shape-memory alloys (SMA), that is the peculiar material ability to undergo large deformations
with a full recovery in loading-unloading cycles (See Figure 2-16). The material response is always characterized by a hysteresis loop. See the references by Auricchio, Taylor and Lubliner
[1997] and Auricchio and Taylor [1997]. This model is available for shell and solid elements.
For Hughes-Liu beam elements it is available starting in Release 3 of version 971.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
Card 2
SIG_ASS
SIG_ASF
F
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
SIG_SAS
SIG_SAF
EPSL
ALPHA
YMRT
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Density
E
PR
SIG_ASS
2-158 (MAT)
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
Starting value for the forward phase transformation (conversion of austenite into martensite) in the case of a uniaxial tensile state of stress. A
load curve for SIG_ASS as a function of temperature is specified by using
the negative of the load curve ID number.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_030
*MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
SIG_ASF
Final value for the forward phase transformation (conversion of austenite into martensite) in the case of a uniaxial tensile state of stress.
SIG_ASF as a function of temperature is specified by using the negative
of the load curve ID number.
SIG_SAS
Starting value for the reverse phase transformation (conversion of martensite into austenite) in the case of a uniaxial tensile state of stress.
SIG_SAS as a function of temperature is specified by using the negative
SIG_SAF
Final value for the reverse phase transformation (conversion of martensite into austenite) in the case of a uniaxial tensile state of stress.
SIG_SAF as a function of temperature is specified by using the negative
EPSL
Recoverable strain or maximum residual strain. It is a measure of the

maximum deformation obtainable all the martensite in one direction.
ALPHA
Parameter measuring the difference between material responses in tension and compression (set alpha = 0 for no difference). Also, see the
following Remark.
YMRT
Youngs modulus for the martensite if it is different from the modulus

for the austenite. Defaults to the austenite modulus if it is set to zero.
Remarks:
The material parameter alpha, , measures the difference between material responses in tension
and compression. In particular, it is possible to relate the parameter to the initial stress value of
the austenite into martensite conversion, indicated respectively as Dmt,O and Dmt, , according to
the following expression:
y=
LS-DYNA R7.0
Dmt, Dmt,O
Dmt, + Dmt,O
2-159 (MAT)
*MAT_030
*MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY
fAX
sAS
sSA
fSA
Figure 2-16. Superelastic Behavior for a Shape Memory Material

In the following, the results obtained from a simple test problem is reported. The material properties are set as:
2-160 (MAT)
60000 MPa
Nu
0.3
sig_AS_s
520 MPa
sig_AS_f
600 MPa
sig_SA_s
300 MPa
sig_SA_f
200 MPa
epsL
0.07
alpha
0.12
ymrt
50000 MPa
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY
*MAT_030
Figure 2-17 Complete loading-unloading test in tension and compression.

The investigated problem is the complete loading-unloading test in tension and compression.
The uniaxial Cauchy stress versus the logarithmic strain is plotted in Figure 2-17.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-161 (MAT)
*MAT_031
*MAT_FRAZER_NASH_RUBBER_MODEL
This is Material Type 31. This model defines rubber from uniaxial test data. It is a modified
form of the hyperelastic constitutive law first described in Kenchington [1988]. See also the
notes below.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
C100
C200
C300
C400
A8
C110
C210
C010
C020
EXIT
EMAX
EMIN
REF
Type
Card 3
SGL
SW
ST
LCID
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
PR
Poissons ratio. Values between .49 and .50 are suggested.
C100
C100 (EQ.1.0 if term is in the least squares fit.)
C200
C300
2-162 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_031
DESCRIPTION
C400
C110
C210
C010
C020
EXIT
Exit option:
EQ.0.0: stop if strain limits are exceeded (recommended),
NE.0.0: continue if strain limits are exceeded. The curve is then extrapolated.
EMAX
Maximum strain limit, (Green-St, Venant Strain).
EMIN
Minimum strain limit, (Green-St, Venant Strain).
REF
Use reference geometry to initialize the stress tensor. The reference geometry is defined by the keyword: *INITIAL_FOAM_ REFERENCE_GEOMETRY (see there for more details).
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
SGL
Specimen gauge length, see Figure 2-13
SW
Specimen width, see Figure 2-13.
ST
Specimen thickness, see Figure 2-13
LCID
Load curve ID, see DEFINE_CURVE, giving the force versus actual
change in gauge length. See also 2-14 2-14for an alternative definition.
Remarks:
The constants can be defined directly or a least squares fit can be performed if the uniaxial data
(SGL, SW, ST and LCID) is available. If a least squares fit is chosen, then the terms to be included in the energy functional are flagged by setting their corresponding coefficients to unity.
If all coefficients are zero the default is to use only the terms involving I1 and I2. C100 defaults
to unity if the least square fit is used.
The strain energy functional, U, is defined in terms of the input constants as:
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-163 (MAT)
*MAT_031
`=-
+ -8 8 + - + -W W + -8 8 8 + - 8 + - 8 88 + S(0)
8 +
where the invariants can be expressed in terms of the deformation gradient matrix, Fij, and the
Green-St. Venant strain tensor, Eij :
0 = UEF U
= ,EE
1 EF
8 = Jb ,E ,bF
2!
The derivative of U with respect to a component of strain gives the corresponding component of
stress
EF
lK
here, Sij, is the second Piola-Kirchhoff stress tensor.

The load curve definition that provides the uniaxial data should give the change in gauge length,
L, and the corresponding force. In compression both the force and the change in gauge length
must be specified as negative values. In tension the force and change in gauge length should be
input as positive values. The principal stretch ratio in the uniaxial direction, 1, is then given by
=
O@
Alternatively, the stress versus strain curve can also be input by setting the gauge length, thickness, and width to unity and defining the engineering strain in place of the change in gauge
length and the nominal (engineering) stress in place of the force, see Figure 2-14 The least
square fit to the experimental data is performed during the initialization phase and is a comparison between the fit and the actual input is provided in the printed file. It is a good idea to visually check the fit to make sure it is acceptable. The coefficients C100 - C020 are also printed in the
output file.
2-164 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_032
*MAT_LAMINATED_GLASS
This is Material Type 32. With this material model, a layered glass including polymeric layers
can be modeled. Failure of the glass part is possible. See notes below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
EG
PRG
SYG
ETG
EFG
EP
A8
PRP
SYP
ETP
Define 1-4 cards with a maximum of 32 number. If less than 4 cards are input, reading is
stopped by a * control card.
Card 3...
Variable
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
EG
Youngs modulus for glass
PRG
Poissons ratio for glass
SYG
Yield stress for glass
ETG
Plastic hardening modulus for glass
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-165 (MAT)
*MAT_032
VARIABLE
EFG
EP
DESCRIPTION
Plastic strain at failure for glass

Youngs modulus for polymer
PRP
Poissons ratio for polymer
SYP
Yield stress for polymer
ETP
Plastic hardening modulus for polymer
F1,..FN
Integration point material:

fn = 0.0: glass,
fn = 1.0: polymer.
A user-defined integration rule must be specified, see
*INTEGRATION_SHELL. See remarks below.
Remarks:
Isotropic hardening for both materials is assumed. The material to which the glass is bonded is
assumed to stretch plastically without failure. A user defined integration rule specifies the thickness of the layers making up the glass. Fi defines whether the integration point is glass (0.0) or
polymer (1.0). The material definition, Fi, has to be given for the same number of integration
points (NIPTS) as specified in the rule. A maximum of 32 layers is allowed.
If the recommended user defined rule is not defined, the default integration rules are used. The
location of the integration points in the default rules are defined in the *SECTION_SHELL keyword description.
2-166 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_033
*MAT_BARLAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTICITY
This is Material Type 33. This model was developed by Barlat, Lege, and Brem [1991] for
modeling anisotropic material behavior in forming processes. The finite element implementation
of this model is described in detail by Chung and Shah [1992] and is used here. It is based on a
six parameter model, which is ideally suited for 3D continuum problems, see notes below. For
sheet forming problems, material 36 based on a 3-parameter model is recommended.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
E0
A8
Card 2
Variable
LCID
Type
Card 3
AOPT
OFFANG
Type
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-167 (MAT)
*MAT_033
Card 5
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus, E.
PR
Poissons ratio, .
k, strength coefficient, see notes below.
EO
0, strain corresponding to the initial yield, see notes below.
n, hardening exponent for yield strength.
m, flow potential exponent in Barlats Model.
a, anisotropy coefficient in Barlats Model.
b, anisotropy coefficient in Barlats Model.
c anisotropy coefficient in Barlats Model.
f, anisotropy coefficient in Barlats Model.
g, anisotropy coefficient in Barlats Model.
h, anisotropy coefficient in Barlats Model.
LCID
2-168 (MAT)
Option load curve ID defining effective stress versus effective plastic

strain. If nonzero, this curve will be used to define the yield stress. The
load curve is implemented for solid elements only.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_033
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
AOPT
Material axes option:

EQ.0.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element nodes as shown in Figure 2-3. Nodes 1, 2, and 4 of an element
are identical to the Nodes used for the definition of a coordinate system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES.
in space and the global location of the element center, this is the adirection.
EQ.3.0: locally orthotropic material axes determined by offsetting
the material axes by an angle, OFFANG, from a line determined by
BETA
Offset angle for AOPT = 3.
MACF

XP YP ZP
Coordinates of point p for AOPT = 1.
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
Components of vector v for AOPT = 3.
D1 D2 D3
Remarks:
The yield function is defined as:

=|
where D is the effective stress and
LS-DYNA R7.0
8|
+|
E' ,8,
| +|
| = 2D
are the principal values of the symmetric matrix
= eD D (Dff D )g3
O ,
= exD Dff D D g3
2-169 (MAT)
*MAT_033
ff
= e(Dff D ) xD Dff g3
f
f
= SDf
= Df
= D
The material constants a, b, c, f, g and h represent anisotropic properties. When x = = =

S = = = 1, the material is isotropic and the yield surface reduces to the Tresca yield surface
for m=1 and von Mises yield surface for m=2 or 4.
For face centered cubic (FCC) materials m=8 is recommended and for body centered cubic
(BCC) materials m=6 is used. The yield strength of the material is
D = (Q + Q )
where Q is the strain corresponding to the initial yield stress and Q is the plastic strain.
2-170 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_033_96
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD96
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD96
This is Material Type 33. This model was developed by Barlat, Maeda, Chung, Yanagawa,
Brem, Hayashida, Lege, Matsui, Murtha, Hattori, Becker, and Makosey [1997] for modeling anisotropic material behavior in forming processes in particular for aluminum alloys. This model is
available for shell elements only.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
A8
Variable
E0
ESR0
HARD
Type
Card 3
C1
C2
C3
C4
AX
AY
AZ0
AZ1
Type
Card 4
AOPT
OFFANG
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-171 (MAT)
*MAT_033_96
Card 5
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD96
2
Variable
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 6
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus, E.
PR
Poissons ratio,.
k, strength coefficient or a in Voce, see notes below.
EO
N
0, strain corresponding to the initial yield or b in Voce, see notes below.

n, hardening exponent for yield strength or c in Voce.
ESR0
SR0, in powerlaw rate sensitivity.
m, exponent for strain rate effects
HARD
Hardening option:
LT. 0.0: absolute value defines the load curve ID.
EQ. 1.0: powerlaw
EQ. 2.0: Voce
Flow potential exponent.
C1
c1, see equations below.
2-172 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_033_96
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD96
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
C2
C3
C4
AX
ax, see equations below.
AY
ay, see equations below.
AZ0
az0, see equations below.
AZ1
az1, see equations below.
AOPT

are identical to the Nodes used for the definition of a coordinate system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES.
taking the cross product of the vector v with the normal to the plane
of the element.
OFFANG
Offset angle for AOPT = 3.
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
Remarks:
The yield stress D is defined three ways. The first, the Swift equation, is given in terms of the
input constants as:
D = (Q + Q ) 5
LS-DYNA R7.0
Qtj
6
2-173 (MAT)
*MAT_033_96
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD96
The second, the Voce equation, is defined as:
D = x 4
=R c
and the third option is to give a load curve ID that defines the yield stress as a function of effective plastic strain. The yield function is defined as:
= y | 8 | + y8 |8 | + y | | = 2D
where E is a principle component of the deviatoric stress tensor where in vector notation:
and
is given as
= D
8 +
3
= 3
8
3
0
3
+
3
3
0
8
3
3
+ 8
3
0
0$
#
0#
#
0#
#
W "
A coordinate transformation relates the material frame to the principle directions of is used to
obtain the yH coefficients consistent with the rotated principle axes:
8
yH = y e8H + y e8H
+ yf e8H
yf = yf cos8 2z + yf sin8 2z
where eEF are components of the transformation matrix. The angle z defines a measure of the
rotation between the frame of the principal value of and the principal anisotropy axes.
2-174 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_034
*MAT_FABRIC
*MAT_FABRIC
This is Material Type 34. This material is especially developed for airbag materials. The fabric
model is a variation on the layered orthotropic composite model of material 22 and is valid for 3
and 4 node membrane elements only. In addition to being a constitutive model, this model also
invokes a special membrane element formulation which is more suited to the deformation experienced by fabrics under large deformation. For thin fabrics, buckling can result in an inability to
support compressive stresses; thus a flag is included for this option. A linearly elastic liner is
also included which can be used to reduce the tendency for these elements to be crushed when
the no-compression option is invoked. In LS-DYNA versions after 931 the isotropic elastic option is available.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
CSE
EL
PRL
LRATIO
DAMP
Remarks
Card 3
Variable
AOPT
FLC/X2
FAC/X3
ELA
LNRC
FORM
FVOPT
TSRFAC
Type
Remarks
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-175 (MAT)
*MAT_034
Card 4
*MAT_FABRIC
2
Variable
Type
Card 5
Variable
Type
A1
A2
A3
X0
X1
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
ISREFG
Define if and only if FORM=4, 14 or -14.

Card 6
Variable
Type
LCA
LCB
LCAB
LCUA
LCUB
LCUAB
RL
Define if and only if FORM=-14.

Card 7
Variable
Type
LCAA
LCBB
DT
ECOAT
SCOAT
TCOAT
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
Material identification. A unique number or label not exceeding 8 characters

must be specified.
RO
Mass density.
2-176 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_034
*MAT_FABRIC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EA
Youngs modulus - longitudinal direction. For an isotopic elastic fabric material only EA and PRBA are defined and are used as the isotropic Youngs
modulus and Poissons ratio, respectively. The input for the fiber directions
and liner should be input as zero for the isotropic elastic fabric
EB
Youngs modulus - transverse direction, set to zero for isotropic elastic material.
(EC)
Youngs modulus - normal direction, set to zero for isotropic elastic material.
(Not used)
PRBA
ba, Poissons ratio ba direction.
(PRCA)
ca, Poissons ratio ca direction, set to zero for isotropic elastic material. (Not
used)
(PRCB)
cb, Poissons ratio cb direction, set to zero for isotropic elastic material. (Not
used)
GAB
Gab, shear modulus ab direction, set to zero for isotropic elastic material.
(GBC)
Gbc, shear modulus bc direction, set to zero for isotropic elastic material. (Not
used)
(GCA)
Gca, shear modulus ca direction, set to zero for isotropic elastic material. (Not
used)
CSE
Compressive stress elimination option (default 0.0):

EQ.0.0: dont eliminate compressive stresses,
EQ.1.0: eliminate compressive stresses (This option does not apply to the
liner).
EL
PRL
LRATIO
DAMP
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus for elastic liner (optional).

Poissons ratio for elastic liner (optional).
Ratio of liner thickness to total fabric thickness.
Rayleigh damping coefficient. A 0.05 coefficient is recommended corresponding to 5% of critical damping. Sometimes larger values are necessary.
2-177 (MAT)
*MAT_034
VARIABLE
AOPT
FLC/X2
FAC/X3
ELA
2-178 (MAT)
*MAT_FABRIC
DESCRIPTION
Material axes option (see MAT_OPTION TROPIC_ELASTIC for a more

complete description):
EQ.0.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element
nodes 1, 2, and 4, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, and then
rotated about the element normal by an angle BETA.
EQ.2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_VECTOR.
EQ.3.0: locally orthotropic material axes determined by rotating the material axes about the element normal by an angle, BETA, from a line in the
plane of the element defined by the cross product of the vector v with the
element normal.
LT.0.0: the absolute value of AOPT is a coordinate system ID number
(CID on *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, *DEFINE_ COORDINATE_SYSTEM or *DEFINE_COORDINATE_VECTOR). Available in
R3 version of 971 and later.
If 0 0, 0 1: This is X2 coefficient of the porosity equation of Anagonye and Wang [1999]. Else, this is an optional constant, FLC, a fabric porous
leakage flow coefficient.
LT.0.0: There are two possible definitions.
If 0 = 0, |FLC| is the load curve ID of the curve defining FLC versus
time.
If 0 = 1, |FLC| is the load curve ID defining FLC versus the stretching
ratio defined as = h/h . See notes below.
If 0 0, 0 1: This is X3 coefficient of the porosity equation of Anagonye and Wang [1999]. Else, this is an optional constant, FAC, a fabric characteristic parameter.
LT.0.0: There are three possible definitions.
If FVOPT < 7:
If 0 = 0, |FAC| is the load curve ID of the curve defining FAC versus
absolute pressure.
If 0 = 1, |FAC| is the load curve ID defining FAC versus the pressure ratio defined as = ;E /;! . See remark 3 below.
If FVOPT = 7 or 8:
FAC defines leakage volume flux rate versus absolute pressure. The volume flux (per area) rate (per time) has the unit of
+1 3$
8
9 : , equivalent to relative porous gas speed.
Effective leakage area for blocked fabric, ELA.
LT.0.0: |ELA| is the load curve ID of the curve defining ELA versus time.
The default value of zero assumes that no leakage occurs. A value of .10
would assume that 10% of the blocked fabric is leaking gas.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_034
*MAT_FABRIC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LNRC
Flag to turn off compression in liner until the reference geometry is reached,
i.e., the fabric element becomes tensile.
EQ.0.0: off.
EQ.1.0: on.
FORM
Flag to modify membrane formulation for fabric material:

EQ.0.0: default. Least costly and very reliable.
EQ.1.0: invariant local membrane coordinate system
EQ.2.0: Green-Lagrange strain formulation
EQ.3.0: large strain with nonorthogonal material angles. See Remark 5.
EQ.4.0: large strain with nonorthogonal material angles and nonlinear
stress strain behavior. Define optional load curve IDs on optional card.
EQ.12.0: Updated form 2. See Remark 10.
EQ.-14.0: Same as form 14, but invokes reading of card 7. See Remark 12.
FVOPT
Fabric venting option.

EQ.1: Wang-Nefske formulas for venting through an orifice are used.
Blockage is not considered.
EQ.2: Wang-Nefske formulas for venting through an orifice are used.
Blockage of venting area due to contact is considered.
EQ.3: Leakage formulas of Graefe, Krummheuer, and Siejak [1990] are
EQ.4: Leakage formulas of Graefe, Krummheuer, and Siejak [1990] are
EQ.5: Leakage formulas based on flow through a porous media are used.
Blockage is not considered.
EQ.6: Leakage formulas based on flow through a porous media are used.
Blockage of venting area due to contact is considered.
EQ.7: Leakage is based on gas volume outflow versus pressure load curve
[Lian, 2000]. Blockage is not considered. Absolute pressure is used in the
porous-velocity-versus-pressure load curve, given as FAC in the
*MAT_FABRIC card.
EQ.8: Leakage is based on gas volume outflow versus pressure load curve
[Lian 2000]. Blockage of venting or porous area due to contact is considered. Absolute pressure is used in the porous-velocity-versus-pressure load
curve, given as FAC in the *MAT_FABRIC card.
TSRFAC
Tensile stress cutoff reduction factor

LT.0: |TSRFAC| is the curve ID of the curve defining TSRFAC versus
time.
GT.0 and LT.1: TSRFAC applied from time 0.
GE.1: TSRFAC is a curve ID for the new option.
A1 A2 A3
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-179 (MAT)
*MAT_034
VARIABLE
X0,X1
*MAT_FABRIC
DESCRIPTION
Coefficients of Anagonye and Wang [1999] porosity equation for the leakage
area: h#H = h + + 8 +
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA
ISREFG
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 and 3, may be overridden on the element card, see *ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA.
Initial stress by reference geometry for FORM=12
EQ.0.0: default. Not active.
EQ.1.0: active
LCA
Load curve or table ID. Load curve ID defines the stress versus uniaxial strain
along the a-axis fiber. Table ID defines for each strain rate a load curve representing stress versus uniaxial strain along the a-axis fiber. Available for
FORM=4, 14 and 14 only, table allowed only for form=-14. If zero, EA is
used. For FORM=14 and -14 this curve can be defined in both tension and
compression, see remark 6 below.
LCB
Load curve or table ID. Load curve ID defines the stress versus uniaxial strain
along the b-axis fiber. Table ID defines for each strain rate a load curve representing stress versus uniaxial strain along the b-axis fiber. Available for
FORM=4, 14 and 14 only, table allowed only for form=-14. If zero, EB is
used. For FORM=14 and -14 this curve can be defined in both tension and
compression, see remark 6 below.
LCAB
Load curve ID for shear stress versus shear strain in the ab-plane; available for
FORM=4 or 14 only. If zero, GAB is used.
LCUA
Unload/reload curve ID for stress versus strain along the a-axis fiber; available for FORM=4 or 14 only. If zero, LCA is used.
LCUB
Unload/reload curve ID for stress versus strain along the b-axis fiber; available for FORM=4 or 14 only. If zero, LCB is used.
LCUAB
Unload/reload curve ID for shear stress versus shear strain in the ab-plane;
available for FORM=4 or 14 only. If zero, LCAB is used.
RL
Optional reloading parameter for FORM=14. Values between 0.0 (reloading

on unloading curve-default) and 1.0 (reloading on a minimum linear slope between unloading curve and loading curve) are possible.
2-180 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_034
*MAT_FABRIC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCAA
Load curve or table ID. Load curve ID defines the stress along the a-axis fiber
versus biaxial strain. Table ID defines for each directional strain rate a load
curve representing stress along the a-axis fiber versus biaxial strain. Available
for FORM=14 only, if zero, LCA is used.
LCBB
Load curve or table ID. Load curve ID defines the stress along the b-axis fiber
versus biaxial strain. Table ID defines for each directional strain rate a load
curve representing stress along the b-axis fiber versus biaxial strain. Available
for FORM=14 only, if zero, LCB is used.
Normalized hysteresis parameter between 0 and 1.
H
DT
Strain rate averaging option.

EQ.0.0: Strain rate is evaluated using a running average.
LT.0.0: Strain rate is evaluated using average of last 11 time steps.
GT.0.0: Strain rate is averaged over the last DT time units.
ECOAT
Youngs modulus of coat material, see remark 14.
SCOAT
Yield stress of coat material, see remark 14.
TCOAT
Thickness of coat material, see remark 14.
Remarks:
1.
The no compression option allows the simulation of airbag inflation with far less elements
than would be needed for the discretization of the wrinkles which would occur for the case
when compressive stresses are not eliminated.
2.
When using this material for the analysis of membranes as airbags it is well known from
classical theory that only one layer has to be defined. The so-called elastic liner has to be
defined for numerical purposes only when the no compression option is invoked.
3.
The parameters FLC and FAC are optional for the Wang-Nefske inflation models. It is
possible for the airbag to be constructed of multiple fabrics having different values for porosity and permeability. The leakage of gas through the fabric in an airbag then requires an
accurate determination of the areas by part ID available for leakage. The leakage area may
change over time due to stretching of the airbag fabric or blockage when the bag contacts
the structure. LS-DYNA can check the interaction of the bag with the structure and split
the areas into regions that are blocked and unblocked depending on whether the regions are
in or not in contact, respectively. Typically, FLC and FAC must be determined experimentally and their variations in time or with pressure are optional to allow for maximum flexibility.
4.
The elastic backing layer always acts in tension and compression since the tension cutoff
option, CSE, does not apply. This can sometimes cause difficulties if the elements are very
small in relationship to their actual size as defined by the reference geometry (See
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-181 (MAT)
*MAT_034
*MAT_FABRIC
*AIRBAG_REFERENCE_GEOMETRY.). If the flag, LNRC, is set to 1.0 the elastic liner

does not begin to act until the area of defined by the reference geometry is reached.
5.
For FORM=0, 1, and 2, the a-axis and b-axis fiber directions are assumed to be orthogonal
and are completely defined by the material axes option, AOPT=0, 2, or 3. For FORM=3, 4,
13, or 14, the fiber directions are not assumed orthogonal and must be specified using the
ICOMP=1 option on *SECTION_SHELL. Offset angles should be input into the B1 and
B2 fields used normally for integration points 1 and 2. The a-axis and b-axis directions
will then be offset from the a-axis direction as determined by the material axis option,
AOPT=0, 2, or 3.
6.
For FORM=4 or 14 or -14, 2nd Piola-Kirchhoff stress vs. Greens strain curves may be defined for a-axis, b-axis, and shear stresses for loading and also for unloading and reloading.
The shear loading curves should start at the origin and be defined for positive strains only.
For FORM=14 and -14, the uniaxial loading curves LCA and LCB may optionally be defined for negative values of strain, and negative values of strain should then correspond to
negative values of stress, i.e., straightforward extending the curves into the compressive region. This is available in order to model the compressive stresses resulting from tight folding of airbags. The a-axis and b-axis stress follow the curves for the entire defined strain
region and if compressive behavior is desired the user should preferably make sure the
curve covers all strains of interest. For strains below the first point on the curve, the curve
is extrapolated using the stiffness from the constant values, EA or EB. Shear stress/strain
behavior is assumed symmetric. If a load curve is omitted, the stress is calculated from the
appropriate constant modulus, EA, EB, or GAB.
7.
When both loading and unloading curves are defined, the initial yield strain is assumed to
be equal to the strain at the first point in the load curve with stress greater than zero. When
strain exceeds the yield strain, the stress continues to follow the load curve and the yield
strain is updated to the current strain. When unloading occurs, the unload/reload curve is
shifted along the x-axis until it intersects the load curve at the current yield strain. If the
curve shift is to the right, unloading and reloading will follow the shifted unload/reload
curve. If the curve shift is zero or to the left, unloading and reloading will occur along the
load curve. When using unloading curves, compressive stress elimination should be active
to prevent the fibers from developing compressive stress during unloading when the strain
remains tensile. If LCUA, LCUB, or LCUAB are input with negative values, then unloading is handled differently. Instead of shifting the unload curve along the x-axis, the curve
is stretched in the x-direction such that the first point remains at (0,0) and the unload curve
intersects with the load curve at the current yield point. This option guarantees the stress
remains tensile while the strain is tensile so compressive stress elimination is not necessary.
To use this option the unload curve should have an initial slope less steep than the load
curve, and should steepen such that it intersects the load curve at some positive strain value.
8.
The FVOPT flag allows an airbag fabric venting equation to be assigned to an material.
The anticipated use for this option is to allow a vent to be defined using FVOPT=1 or 2 for
one material and fabric leakage to be defined for using FVOPT=3, 4, 5, or 6 for other materials. In order to use FVOPT, a venting option must first be defined for the airbag using the
OPT parameter on *AIRBAG_WANG_NEFSKE or *AIRBAG_HYBRID. If OPT=0, then
FVOPT is ignored. If OPT is defined and FVOPT is omitted, then FVOPT is set equal to
OPT.
9.
The TSRFAC factor is used to assure that airbags that have a reference geometry will open
to the correct geometry. Airbags that use a reference geometry might have an initial geom-
2-182 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_FABRIC
*MAT_034
etry that results in initial strains. To prevent such strains from prematurely opening an airbag, these strains are eliminated by default. A side effect of this behavior is that airbags
that use a reference geometry and that are initially stretched will never achieve the correct
shape. The TSRFAC factor is used to restore the tensile strains over time such that the correct geometry is achieved. It is recommended that a load curve be used to define TSRFAC
as function of time. Initially the load curve ordinate value should be 0.0 which will allow
the bag to remain unstressed. At a time when the bag is partially open, the value of TSRFAC should ramp up to a small number of about 0.0001. Each cycle, the stored initial
strains are scaled by (1.0-TSRFAC) such that they reduce to a very small number. A new
option is invoked by setting TSRFAC1 in which case TSRFAC is a curve ID. The curve
should ramp from 0.0 to 1.0. When the curve ordinate value is 0.0, the stored initial strain
is subtracted from the total strain. For values between 0.0 and 1.0, a fraction of the stored
initial strain is subtracted from the total strain where the fraction is 1.0-TSRFAC. When
the curve value reaches or exceeds 1.0, the total strain is used. This option gives the user
better control of the rate of restoring the strains as it is independent of the solution time
step.
10. Material forms 12, 13, and 14 are updated versions of forms 2, 3, and 4, respectively.
These new forms are intended to be less susceptible to timestep collapse and also guarantee
zero stress in the initial geometry when a reference geometry is used. The behavior should
otherwise be similar with one exception. The LNRC flag eliminates not only initial compressive strain but total initial strain. Therefore, the TSRFAC option is recommended (see
Remark 9) when forms 12, 13, and 14 are used with a reference geometry and LNRC=1.
11. An option to calculate the initial stress by using a reference geometry is available for material FORM 12 only.
12. If tables are used the strain rate measure is the Green-Lagrange strain rate of the GreenLagrange strain in the direction of interest. To suppress noise the strain rate is averaged according to the value of DT. If DT>0, it is recommended to use a large enough value to suppress the noise but small enough to not lose important frequency content. This option
seems to be the most robust averaging choice.
13. The hysteresis parameter H defines the fraction of dissipated energy during a load cycle in
terms of the maximum possible dissipated energy. Referring to the Figure 2-18 below,
i h /(h + h8 )
14. It is possible to model coating of the fabric using a sheet of elastic-idealplastic material
where the Youngs modulus, yield stress and thickness is specified for the coat material.
This will add rotational resistance to the fabric for a more realistic behavior of coated fabrics. To read in these three parameters you need to put FORM=-14 which reads the extra
line including the last three parameters ECOAT, SCOAT and TCOAT, corresponding to
the three coat material properties mentioned above. The thickness applies to both sides of
the fabric. The coat material for a certain fabric element deforms in accordance to the deformation of this and all elements connected to this element, which is how the rotations are
"captured". Note that coating also adds to the membrane stiffness. For this feature to work,
the fabric parts must not have T-intersections and the normals of connected fabric elements
must point in the same direction. A penalty in speed is incurred with this option.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-183 (MAT)
*MAT_034
*MAT_FABRIC
A2
A1
loading
unloading
reloading
E
Figure 2-18.
2-184 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_035
*MAT_PLASTIC_GREEN-NAGHDI_RATE
This is Material Type 35. This model is available only for brick elements and is similar to model
3, but uses the Green-Naghdi Rate formulation rather than the Jaumann rate for the stress update.
For some cases this might be helpful. This model also has a strain rate dependency following the
Cowper-Symonds model.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
A8
SIGY
ETAN
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
SRC
SRP
BETA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Density
E
PR
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
SIGY
Yield stress
ETAN
Plastic hardening modulus
SRC
Strain rate parameter, C
SRP
Strain rate parameter, P
BETA
LS-DYNA R7.0
Hardening parameter, 0 < < 1
2-185 (MAT)
*MAT_036
*MAT_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT
*MAT_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT_{OPTION}
This is Material Type 36. This model was developed by Barlat and Lian [1989] for modeling
sheets with anisotropic materials under plane stress conditions. This material allows the use of
the Lankford parameters for the definition of the anisotropy. This particular development is due
to Barlat and Lian [1989]. A version of this material model which has a flow limit diagram failure option is *MAT_FLD_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT.
<BLANK>
NLP
The option NLP allows for prediction of sheet metal failure using the Formability Index (F.I.),
which accounts for the non-linear strain path effect (see Remarks below). The variable NLP in
card #3 needs to be defined when using the option.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
HR
P1
P2
ITER
A8
Card 2
Variable
R00 / AB
R45 / CB
R90 / HB
LCID
E0
SPI
P3
Type
Variable
Type
Define the following card if and only if M<0

Card opt.
Variable
CRC1
CRA1
CRC2
CRA2
CRC3
CRA3
CRC4
CRA4
Type
2-186 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_036
Card 3
AOPT
Type
Card 4
Variable
VLCID
PB
NLP/HTA
HTB
I/F
A1
A2
A3
HTC
HTD
Variable
Type
Card 5
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
HTFLAG
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
PR
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus, E
GT.0.0: Constant value,
LT.0.0: Load curve ID = (-E) which defines Youngs Modulus as a
function of plastic strain. See Remark 1.
Poissons ratio,
2-187 (MAT)
*MAT_036
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
HR
Hardening rule:
EQ.1.0: linear (default),
EQ.2.0: exponential (Swift)
EQ.3.0: load curve or table with strain rate effects
EQ.4.0: exponential (Voce)
EQ.5.0: exponential (Gosh)
EQ.6.0: exponential (Hocket-Sherby)
EQ.7.0: load curves in three directions
EQ.8.0: table with temperature dependence
EQ.9.0: 3d table with temperature and strain rate dependence
P1
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.1.0: Tangent modulus,
HR.EQ.2.0: k, strength coefficient for Swift exponential hardening
HR.EQ.4.0: a, coefficient for Voce exponential hardening
HR.EQ.5.0: k, strength coefficient for Gosh exponential hardening
HR.EQ.6.0: a, coefficient for Hocket-Sherby exponential hardening
HR.EQ.7.0: load curve ID for hardening in 45 degree direction. See
Remark 2.
P2
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.1.0: Yield stress
HR.EQ.2.0: n, exponent for Swift exponential hardening
HR.EQ.4.0: c, coefficient for Voce exponential hardening
HR.EQ.5.0: n, exponent for Gosh exponential hardening
HR.EQ.6.0: c. coefficient for Hocket-Sherby exponential hardening
HR.EQ.7.0: load curve ID for hardening in 90 degree direction.
See Remark 2.
ITER
Iteration flag for speed:

ITER.EQ.0.0: fully iterative
ITER.EQ.1.0: fixed at three iterations
Generally, ITER=0 is recommended. However, ITER=1 is somewhat
faster and may give acceptable results in most problems.
m, exponent in Barlats yield surface, absolute value is used if negative.
CRCN
Chaboche-Roussiler hardening parameter, see remarks.
CRCA
R00
2-188 (MAT)
R00, Lankford parameter in 0 degree direction

LT.0.0: Load curve or Table ID = (-R00) which defines R value as a
function of plastic strain (Curve) or as a function of temperature and
plastic strain (Table). See Remark 3.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_036
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
R45

plastic strain (Table). See Remarks 2 and 3.
R90

AB
a, Barlat89 parameter, which is read instead of R00 if PB>0.
CB
c, Barlat89 parameter, which is read instead of R45 if PB>0.
HB
h, Barlat89 parameter, which is read instead of R90 if PB>0.
LCID
E0
SPI
P3
LS-DYNA R7.0
Load curve/table ID for hardening in the 0 degree direction. See Remark 1.

Material parameter
HR.EQ.2.0: Q for determining initial yield stress for Swift exponential
hardening. (Default=0.0)
HR.EQ.4.0: b, coefficient for Voce exponential hardening
HR.EQ.5.0: Q for determining initial yield stress for Gosh exponential
HR.EQ.6.0: b, coefficient for Hocket-Sherby exponential hardening
spi, if Q is zero above and HR.EQ.2.0. (Default=0.0)

EQ.0.0: Q = (,/) 91/( 1):
LE.0.02: Q = e
GT.0.02: Q = (e/) 91/:
If HR.EQ.5.0 the strain at plastic yield is determined by an iterative
procedure based on the same principles as for HR.EQ.2.0.
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.5.0: p, parameter for Gosh exponential hardening
HR.EQ.6.0: n, exponent for Hocket-Sherby exponential hardening
2-189 (MAT)
*MAT_036
VARIABLE
AOPT
DESCRIPTION

NODES, and then rotated about the shell element normal by an angle
BETA.
Available with the R3 release of Version 971 and later.
C in Cowper-Symonds strain rate model
p in Cowper-Symonds strain rate model, p=0.0 for no strain rate effects
VLCID
Volume correction curve ID defining the relative volume change

(change in volume relative to the initial volume) as a function of the effective plastic strain. This is only used when nonzero. See Remark 1.
PB
Barlat89 parameter, p. If PB>0, parameters AB, CB, and HB are read

instead of R00, R45, and R90. See Remark 4.
NLP
Load curve ID of the Forming Limit Diagram (FLD) under linear strain
paths (see Remarks below). Define when option _NLP is used.
HTA
Load curve/Table ID for postforming parameter A in heat treatment
HTB
Load curve/Table ID for postforming parameter B in heat treatment
XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
HTC
Load curve/Table ID for postforming parameter C in heat treatment
HTD
Load curve/Table ID for postforming parameter D in heat treatment
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
2-190 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_036
VARIABLE
BETA
HTFLAG
DESCRIPTION
Material angle in degrees for AOPT=0 and 3, may be overridden on the

element card, see *ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA.
Heat treatment flag (see remarks):
HTFLAG.EQ.0: Preforming stage
HTFLAG.EQ.1: Heat treatment stage
HTFLAG.EQ.2: Postforming stage
Remarks:
1.
The effective plastic strain used in this model is defined to be plastic work equivalent. A
consequence of this is that for parameters defined as functions of effective plastic strain,
the rolling (00) direction should be used as reference direction. For instance, the hardening curve for HR=3 is the stress as function of strain for uniaxial tension in the rolling direction, VLCID curve should give the relative volume change as function of strain for
uniaxial tension in the rolling direction and load curve given by -E should give the
Youngs modulus as function of strain for uniaxial tension in the rolling direction. Optionally the curve can be substituted for a table defining hardening as function of plastic
strain rate (HR=3) or temperature (HR=8).
2.
Exceptions from the rule above are curves defined as functions of plastic strain in the 45
and 90 directions, i.e., P1 and P2 for HR=7 and negative R45 or R90. The hardening
curves are here defined as measured stress as function of measured plastic strain for uniaxial tension in the direction of interest, i.e., as determined from experimental testing using a standard procedure. Moreover, the curves defining the R values are as function of
the measured plastic strain for uniaxial tension in the direction of interest. These curves
are transformed internally to be used with the effective stress and strain properties in the
actual model. The effective plastic strain does not coincide with the plastic strain components in other directions than the rolling direction and may be somewhat confusing to the
user. Therefore the von Mises work equivalent plastic strain is output as history variable
#2 if HR=7 or if any of the R-values is defined as function of the plastic strain.
3.
The R-values in curves are defined as the ratio of instantaneous width change to instantaneous thickness change. That is, assume that the width W and thickness T are measured
as function of strain. Then the corresponding R-value is given by:
4.
/
Q
/
//
Q
+ x|
The anisotropic yield criterion for plane stress is defined as:

= x|
8|
8|
+ |2
where Dj is the yield stress and Ki=1,2 are given by:
LS-DYNA R7.0
8|
= 2Dj
2-191 (MAT)
*MAT_036
=
8
D + D
2
D D
8
= k
+ e8
2
8
If PB=0, the anisotropic material constants a, c, h, and p are obtained through R00, R45,
and R90:
x = 2 2
jl
Oj
Ojl
=k
1+
1 + <
<
=2x
The anisotropy parameter p is calculated implicitly. According to Barlat and Lian the R
value, width to thickness strain ratio, for any angle & can be calculated from:
m =
2 Dj
1

+
6D
5
D D m
where Dm is the uniaxial tension in the & direction. This expression can be used to iteratively calculate the value of p. Let &=45 and define a function as
(e) =
2 Dj
1 WX

+
6D
5
D D m
An iterative search is used to find the value of p.
If PB>0, material parameters a (AB), c (CB), h (HB), and p (PB) are used directly.
For face centered cubic (FCC) materials m=8 is recommended and for body centered cubic (BCC) materials m=6 may be used. The yield strength of the material can be expressed in terms of k and n:
D = Q = Q + Q
where Q is the elastic strain to yield and Q is the effective plastic strain (logarithmic).
If SIGY is set to zero, the strain to yield if found by solving for the intersection of the linearly elastic loading equation with the strain hardening equation:
D = ,Q
D = Q
2-192 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_036

Q
, B
=5 6

Q =
B C
The other available hardening models include the Voce equation given by
the Gosh equation given by
Dn (Q ) = x 4
=Rc
Dn (Q ) = (Q + Q ) e,
and finally the Hocket-Sherby equation given by
Dn (Q ) = x 4
5
=Rc
For the Gosh hardening law, the interpretation of the variable SPI is the same, i.e., if set
to zero the strain at yield is determined implicitly from the intersection of the strain hardening equation with the linear elastic equation.
To include strain rate effects in the model we multiply the yield stress by a factor depending on the effective plastic strain rate. We use the Cowper-Symonds model, hence the
yield stress can be written
Dn (Q , Q ) =
Dn (Q ) o1
Q
+5 6
-
where Dn denotes the static yield stress, - and e are material parameters, Q is the effective plastic strain rate.
5.
A kinematic hardening model is implemented following the works of Chaboche and

Roussilier. A back stress is introduced such that the effective stress is computed as
D = D (D 2y
y88 , D88 2y88 y , D 8 y 8 )
The back stress is the sum of up to four terms according to

yEF =
H'
H
yEF
and the evolution of each back stress component is as follows

EF
H
H
JyEF
= -H 5xH
yEF
6 JQ
D
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-193 (MAT)
*MAT_036
6.
where -H and xH are material parameters,EF is the deviatoric stress tensor, D is the effective stress and Q is the effective plastic strain.
When the option _NLP is used, a necking failure criterion is activated to account for the
non-linear strain path effect in sheet metal forming. Based on the traditional Forming
Limit Diagram (FLD) for the linear strain path, the Formability Index (F.I.) is calculated
for every element in the model throughout the simulation duration and the entire history
is stored in history variable #9 in D3PLOT files, accessible from Post/History menu in
LS-PrePost v3.1. The time history of the index can be plotted for each element under the
menu. It is therefore necessary to set NEIPS to 10, in the second field of card 1 in keyword *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY, to output the history variable to the D3PLOT
files. The index can also be plotted as a color contour map on the formed sheet blank, accessible from Post/FriComp/Misc menu. The index has a value ranging from 0.0 to 1.2,
with the onset of necking failure at 1.0. The F.I. is calculated based on critical effect
strain method, as illustrated in the Figure 2-19 in Remarks in *MAT_037. The theoretical background can be found in two papers also referenced in Remarks section in
*MAT_037.
D3PLOT files can be used to plot the history variable #9 (the F.I.) in color contour. The
value in the Max pull-down menu in Post/FriComp needs to be set to Min, meaning
that the necking failure occurs only when all integration points through the thickness
have reached the critical value of 1.0. It is suggested to set the variable MAXINT in
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINDARY to the same value as the variable NIP in
*SECTION_SHELL. In addition, the value in the Avg pull-down menu in
Post/FriRang needs to be set to None. The strain path history (major vs. minor strain)
of each element can be plotted with radial dial button Strain Path in Post/FLD.
An example of a partial input for the material is provided below, where the FLD for the
linear strain path is defined by the variable NLP with load curve ID 211, where abscissa
values represent minor strains and ordinate values represent major strains.
*MAT_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT_NLP
$---+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8
$
MID
RO
E
PR
HR
P1
P2
ITER
1 2.890E-09 6.900E04
0.330
3.000
$
M
R00
R45
R90
LCID
E0
SPI
P3
8.000
0.800
0.600
0.550
99
$
AOPT
C
P
VLCID
NLP
2.000
211
$
A1
A2
A3
0.000
1.000
0.000
$
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
$---+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8
$ Hardening Curve
*DEFINE_CURVE
99
0.000
130.000
0.002
134.400
0.006
143.000
0.010
151.300
0.014
159.300
...
0.900
365.000
1.000
365.000
2-194 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_036
$ FLD Definition
*DEFINE_CURVE
211
-0.2
-0.1054
-0.0513
0.0000
0.0488
0.0953
0.1398
0.1823
0.325
0.2955
0.2585
0.2054
0.2240
0.2396
0.2523
0.2622
...
The following FLD prediction of non-linear strain paths on a single element was done
using this new option, for an Aluminum alloy with r00=0.8, r45=0.6, r90 =0.55, and yield at
130.0 MPa. In each case, the element is further strained in three different paths (uniaxial U.A., plane strain - P.S., and equi-biaxial E.B.) separately, following a pre-straining in
uniaxial, plane strain and equi-biaxial strain state, respectively. The forming limits are
determined at the end of the further straining for each path, when the F.I. has reached the
value of 1.0.
Major True Strain
U.A.
Unstrained
P.S.
U.A.
E.B.
Minor True Strain
Figure 2-19. Nonlinear FLD prediction with pre-straining in uniaxial strain state
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-195 (MAT)
*MAT_036
Major True Strain
U.A.
Unstrained
P.S.
P.S.
E.B.
Minor True Strain
Figure 2-20. Nonlinear FLD prediction with pre-straining in plane strain state.
Unstrained
P.S.
E.B.
Minor True Strain
U.A.
E.B.
Minor True Strain
Figure 2-21. Nonlinear FLD prediction with pre-straining in equi-biaxial mode.
Typically, to assess sheet formability, F.I. contour of the entire part should be plotted.
Based on the contour plot, non-linear strain path and the F.I. time history of a few elements in the area of concern can be plotted for further study. These plots are similar to
those shown in manual pages of *MAT_037.
It is noted that the option _NLP is implemented for Explicit Dynamic analysis and is
available pending a release soon.
7.
Heat treatment for increasing the formability of prestrained aluminum sheets can be
simulated through the use of HTFLAG, where the intention is to run a forming simulation in steps involving preforming, springback, heat treatment and postforming. In each
step the history is transferred to the next via the use of dynain (see
2-196 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_036
*INTERFACE_SPRINGBACK). The first two steps are performed with HTFLAG=0

according to standard procedures, resulting in a plastic strain field Q corresponding to
the prestrain. The heat treatment step is performed using HTFLAG=1 in a coupled
thermomechanical simulation, where the blank is heated. The coupling between thermal and mechanical is only that the maximum temperature / is stored as a history variable in the material model, this corresponding to the heat treatment temperature. Here
it is important to export all history variables to the dynein file for the postforming step.
In the final postforming step, HTFLAG=2, the yield stress is then augmented by the
Hocket-Sherby like term
D = ( x)exp eQ Q g
where a, b, c and d are given as tables as functions of the heat treatment temperature / and prestrain Q . That is, in the table definitions each load curve
corresponds to a given prestrain and the load curve value is with respect to the
heat treatment temperature,
x = x(/ , Q ) = (/ , Q ) = (/ , Q ) = (/ , Q )
The effect of heat treatment is that the material strength decreases but hardening
increases, thus typically
x 0 x > 0 > 0
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-197 (MAT)
*MAT_037
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_{OPTION}
Available option allows the change of Youngs Modulus during the simulation:
<BLANK>
ECHANGE
A new option is available to allow for the calculation of the Formability Index (F.I.) which accounts for sheet metal forming problems with non-linear strain path:
NLP_FAILURE
This is Material Type 37. This model is for simulating sheet forming processes with anisotropic
material. Only transverse anisotropy can be considered. Optionally an arbitrary dependency of
stress and effective plastic strain can be defined via a load curve. This plasticity model is fully
iterative and is available only for shell elements. Also see the notes below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
HLCID
Define the following card if option ECHANGE or NLP_FAILURE is used

Card opt.
Variable
IDSCALE
EA
COE
ICFLD
STRAINL
T
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
2-198 (MAT)
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_037
DESCRIPTION
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
Anisotropic hardening parameter. When it is set to a negative value,

normal stresses (either from contact or applied pressure) are considered
and *LOAD_SURFACE_STRESS must be used to capture the stresses.
It is found in some cases this inclusion can improve forming simulation
accuracy, and it applies to ELFORM of 2 and 16. The result of an example of using this feature is provided in Remark #3 and Figure
HLCID
Load curve ID defining effective yield stress versus effective plastic

strain.
IDSCALE
Load curve ID defining the scale factor for the Youngs modulus change
EA, COE
ICFLD
STRAINLT
with respect to effective strain (if EA and COE are defined), this curve is
not necessary).
Coefficients defining the Youngs modulus with respect to the effective

strain, EA is , m and Coe is q (if IDSCALE is defined, these two parameters are not necessary).
Load curve ID for Forming Limit Diagram (FLD) definition.
Critical strain value at which strain averaging is activated
Remarks:
1.
Consider Cartesian reference axes which are parallel to the three symmetry planes of anisotropic behavior. Then, the yield function suggested by Hill [1948] can be written
(D88 D )8 + (D
D )8 + i(D D88 )8 + 2 D88 + 2 D 8 + 27D 88 1 = 0
where D , D8 , and D , are the tensile yield stresses and D 8 , D8 , and D

stresses. The constants F, G H, L, M, and N are related to the yield stress by
2 =
27 =
LS-DYNA R7.0
are the shear yield
8
D8
D8
D8
2-199 (MAT)
*MAT_037
1
1
1
8 + 8 8
D8 D
D
1
1
1
2 = 8 + 8 8
D
D
D8
1
1
1
2i = 8 + 8 8 .
D
D8 D
2 =
The isotropic case of von Mises plasticity can be recovered by setting

==i=
And
=7=
1
2D8
3
2D8
For the particular case of transverse anisotropy, where properties do not vary in the x1-x2 plane,
the following relations hold:
1
D8
2
1
2i = 8 8
D D
2 1 1
7= 8
D 2 D8
2 = 2 =
where it has been assumed that D = D8 = D .

Letting
where
L1
L1
, the yield criteria can be written
8
(D) eD 8 + D88
+
(D) = D# = D ,
8 8
D (D + D88 ) (2
+2 D8 (D88 + D 8 ) + 2 2
D 88 C
'8
8 )D
D88
The rate of plastic strain is assumed to be normal to the yield surface so QEF is found from
QEF =
.
DEF
Now consider the case of plane stress, where 33 = 0. Also, define the anisotropy input parameter, R, as the ratio of the in-plane plastic strain rate to the out-of-plane plastic strain rate,
2-200 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_037
Q
= 88
.
Q
It then follows that
1.
Using the plane stress assumption and the definition of R, the yield function may now be written
(D) = sD +
8
8
D88
2 + 1 8
2
D D88 + 2
D w
+1 8
+1
'8
Note that there are several differences between this model and other plasticity models for shell
elements such as the model, MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY. First, the yield function for plane stress does not include the transverse shear stress components which are updated
elastically, and, secondly, this model is always fully iterative. Consequently, in comparing results for the isotropic case where R=1.0 with other isotropic model, differences in the results are
expected, even though they are usually insignificant.
The Youngs modulus has been assumed to be constant. Recently, some researchers have found
that Youngs modulus decreases with respect to the increase of effective strain. To accommodate
this new observation, a new option of _ECHANGE is added. There are two methods defining the
change of Youngs modulus change:
The first method is to use a curve to define the scale factor with respect to the effective strain.
The value of this scale factor should decrease from 1 to 0 with the increase of effective strain.
The second method is to use a function as proposed by Yoshida [2003]:
, = , (, , m )(1 exp(qQ)).
2.
When option _NLP_FAULURE is used, a necking failure criterion independent of strain
path changes is activated. In sheet metal forming, as strain path history (plotted on in-plane major and minor strain space) of an element becomes non-linear, the position and shape of a traditional strain-based Forming Limit Diagram (FLD) changes. This option provides a simple formability index (F.I.) which remains invariant regardless of the presence of the non-linear strain
path, and can be used to identify if the element has reached its necking limit.
Formability index (F.I) is calculated, as illustrated in the following Figure 2-22, for every element throughout the simulation duration. The value of F.I. is 0.0 for virgin material and reaches
maximum of 1.0 when the material fails. The theoretical background can be found in two papers:
1) T.B. Stoughton, X. Zhu, Review of Theoretical Models of the Strain-Based FLD and their
Relevance to the Stress-Based FLD, International Journal of Plasticity, V. 20, Issues 8-9, P.
1463-1486, 2003; and 2) Danielle Zeng, Xinhai Zhu, Laurent B. Chappuis, Z. Cedric Xia, A
Path Independent Forming Limited Criterion for Sheet Metal Forming Simulations, 2008 SAE
Proceedings, Detroit MI, April, 2008.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-201 (MAT)
*MAT_037
Load curve input for FLD (ICFLD) follows keyword format in *DEFINE_CURVE, with abscissa values as minor strains and ordinate values as major strains.
Input of FLD can also be done using keyword *DEFINE_CURVE_FLC, where sheet metal
thickness and strain hardening value n are used. Detailed usage information can be found in the
manual pages describing the keyword.
The formability index is output as a history variable #1 in D3PLOT files. It is activated by setting NEIPS to 1, in the second field of card 1 in keyword *DATABASE_EXTENT_ BINARY.
The history variable can be plotted in LS-PrePost, accessible in FCOMP (page 1), under Fringe
Component MISC.
When plotting the formability index, the pull down menu under FCOMP can be used to select
minimum value Min for necking failure determination. In RANGE (page 1), the option None is
to be selected in the pull-down menu next to Avg. The index has a default range between 0.0 and
1.0. The non-linear forming limit is reached when the index reaches 1.0.
In addition, the evolution of the index throughout the simulation can be plotted in LS-PrePost
under HISTORY (page 1) by Element, using the scroll bar to roll down the bottom to select history var#1. Furthermore, the strain path of an element can be plotted in FLD (page 1), using option
Tracer, by selecting corresponding integration point representing the Min index value in the
Position pull down menu.
Strains (and strain ratios) can be averaged to reduce noises, which in turn affect the calculation
of the formability index. This is done through the variable STRAINLT. Under this user input
value, various strains of every element are averaged through the calculation time and these averaged values are used to calculate the index. A reasonable STRAINLT value could be ranged
from 5.0E-3 to 1.0E-2. Averaged strain ratios (minor/major) for every element are output
through history variable #2, accessible through LS-PrePost under HISTORY (page 1) by Element,
also through FCOMP (page 1), under Fringe Component MISC. It is therefore necessary to set
the value of NEIPS to 2 to have the variable written into D3PLOT files.
2-202 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_037
Equivalent Strain
0.4
0.3
0.2
FI = Y/YL
x
0.1
YL
Y
0
-0.5
0.5
1.0
= d
2 / d
1
Figure 2-22. Calculation of F.I. based on critical effective strain method.

It is suggested that variable MAXINT in *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY is set to the same
value of variable NIP in *SECTION_SHELL.
An example of the keyword input (partial) using this non-linear strain path failure criterion is
provided below:
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_NLP_FAILURE
$
MID
RO
E
PR
SIGY
ETAN
R HLCID
1 7.830E-09 2.070E+05
0.28
0.0
0.0
0.864
200
$
IDY
EA
COE
ICFLD
STRAINLT
891
1.0E-02
*DEFINE_CURVE
891
$ minor, major strains for FLD definition
-3.375000e-01
4.965000e-01
-2.750000e-01
4.340000e-01
-2.250000e-01
3.840000e-01
-1.840909e-01
3.430909e-01
-1.500000e-01
3.090000e-01
-1.211539e-01
2.801539e-01
-9.642858e-02
2.554286e-01
-7.500000e-02
2.340000e-01
-5.625001e-02
2.152500e-01
-3.970589e-02
1.987059e-01
-2.500000e-02
1.840000e-01
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$ load curve 200: Mat_037 property, DP600 NUMISHEET'05 Xmbr, Power law fit
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-203 (MAT)
*MAT_037
*DEFINE_CURVE
200
0.000,395.000
0.001,425.200
0.003,440.300
0.004,452.000
0.005,462.400
0.006,472.100
As shown in Figure 2-24, typically, F.I contour can be plotted in FCOMP/Misc, in LS-PrePost.
Strain paths of an individual element, or elements in an area can be plotted using the Tracer
feature in the FLD menu, Figure 2-23. Finally, time history plot of the F.I. for elements selected
can be plotted in History menu, Figure 2-26.
The NLP_FAILURE option is implemented in explicit dynamic and is available in LS-DYNA
R5 Revision 60925 and later releases. This option is also available in implicit static in R6 Revision 73241 and later releases.
Major True Strain
3.
In Figure 2-25 , a comparison of thinning contour is shown on a simple U-channel forming (one-half model) using negative and positive R values. Maximum thinning on the draw wall
is slight higher in the negative R case than that in the positive R case.
Minor True Strain

Figure 2-23 Non Linear Strain Path
2-204 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_037
Figure 2-24 F.I. contour plot (min IP value, non-averaged)
With negative R-value
With positive R-value
Figure 2-25. Thinning contour comparison
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-205 (MAT)
History Variable #1, IP # Min
*MAT_037
Time (sec)
Figure 2-26. F I time history plot
2-206 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_038
*MAT_BLATZ-KO_FOAM
*MAT_BLATZ-KO_FOAM
This is Material Type 38. This model is for the definition of rubber like foams of polyurethane.
It is a simple one-parameter model with a fixed Poissons ratio of .25.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
REF
A8
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
G
REF
Shear modulus.
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
Remarks:
The strain energy functional for the compressible foam model is given by
=
rr
8 rrr
+ 2III 5
Blatz and Ko [1962] suggested this form for a 47 percent volume polyurethane foam rubber with
a Poissons ratio of 0.25. In terms of the strain invariants, I, II, and III, the second PiolaKirchhoff stresses are given as
EF
= sJEF -EF
1
II
+ 5III 6 -EF w
III
III
where Cij is the right Cauchy-Green strain tensor. This stress measure is transformed to the Cauchy stress, ij, according to the relationship
D EF = III
where Fij is the deformation gradient tensor.

LS-DYNA R7.0
'8
EH F H
2-207 (MAT)
*MAT_039
*MAT_FLD_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC
This is Material Type 39. This model is for simulating sheet forming processes with anisotropic
material. Only transverse anisotropy can be considered. Optionally, an arbitrary dependency of
stress and effective plastic strain can be defined via a load curve. A Forming Limit Diagram
(FLD) can be defined using a curve and is used to compute the maximum strain ratio which can
be plotted in LS-PrePost. This plasticity model is fully iterative and is available only for shell
elements. Also see the notes below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
HLCID
A8
LCIDFLD
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
Plastic hardening modulus, see notes for model 37.
R
HLCID
2-208 (MAT)
Anisotropic hardening parameter, see notes for model 37.

Load curve ID defining effective stress versus effective plastic strain.
The yield stress and hardening modulus are ignored with this option.
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
LCIDFLD
*MAT_039
DESCRIPTION

defined as ordinate values. The forming limit diagram is shown in Figure 2-27. In defining the curve list pairs of minor and major strains
starting with the left most point and ending with the right most point, see
*DEFINE_CURVE.
Remarks:
See material model 37 for the theoretical basis. The first history variable is the maximum strain
ratio defined by:
Q F u Mc
corresponding to Qu
LS-DYNA R7.0
Mc
F ^
2-209 (MAT)
*MAT_039
Figure 2-27. Forming limit diagram.
2-210 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_040
*MAT_NONLINEAR_ORTHOTROPIC
This is Material Type 40. This model allows the definition of an orthotropic nonlinear elastic
material based on a finite strain formulation with the initial geometry as the reference. Failure is
optional with two failure criteria available. Optionally, stiffness proportional damping can be defined. In the stress initialization phase, temperatures can be varied to impose the initial stresses.
This model is only available for shell and solid elements. We do not recommend using this
model at this time since it can be unstable especially if the stress-strain curves increase in stiffness with increasing strain.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 2
GAB
GBC
GCA
DT
TRAMP
ALPHA
Default
None
none
none
Card 3
LCIDA
LCIDB
EFAIL
DTFAIL
CDAMP
AOPT
MACF
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-211 (MAT)
*MAT_040
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 5
V1
V2
V3
D1
Variable
Variable
Type
D2
D3
BETA
Optional Card 6 (Applies to Solid elements only)

Card 6
LCIDC
LCIDAB
LCIDBC
LCIDCA
optional
optional
optional
optional
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
2-212 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_040
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
PRCB
GAB
GBC
GCA
DT
Temperature increment for isotropic stress initialization. This option can

be used during dynamic relaxation.
TRAMP
Time to ramp up to the final temperature.
ALPHA
Thermal expansion coefficient.
LCIDA
Optional load curve ID defining the nominal stress versus strain along
a-axis. Strain is defined as a-1 where a is the stretch ratio along the a
axis.
LCIDB
Optional load curve ID defining the nominal stress versus strain along
b-axis. Strain is defined as b-1 where b is the stretch ratio along the b
axis.
EFAIL
Failure strain, -1.
DTFAIL
Time step for automatic element erosion
CDAMP
Damping coefficient.
AOPT
LS-DYNA R7.0

are identical to the nodes used for the definition of a coordinate system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, and then, for shells
only, rotated about the shell element normal by an angle BETA.
2-213 (MAT)
*MAT_040
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
only.
MACF

XP YP ZP
A1,A2,A3
a1 a2 a3, define components of vector a for AOPT = 2.
D1,D2,D3
d1 d2 d3, define components of vector d for AOPT = 2.
V1,V2,V3
v1 v2 v3, define components of vector v for AOPT = 3 and 4.
BETA
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 (shells only) and 3. BETA

may
be
overridden
on
the
element
card,
see
*ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA and *ELEMENT_SOLID_ORTHO..
The following input is optional and applies to SOLID ELEMENTS only

LCIDC
Load curve ID defining the nominal stress versus strain along c-axis.
Strain is defined as c-1 where c is the stretch ratio along the c axis.
LCIDAB
Load curve ID defining the nominal ab shear stress versus ab-strain in

the ab-plane. Strain is defined as the sin(ab) where ab is the shear angle.
LCIDBC

the bc-plane. Strain is defined as the sin(bc) where bc is the shear angle.
LCIDCA

the ca-plane. Strain is defined as the sin(ca) where bc is the shear angle.
2-214 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_041-050
*MAT_USER_DEFINED_MATERIAL_MODELS
These are Material Types 41-50. The user must provide a material subroutine. See also Appendix
A. This keyword input is used to define material properties for the subroutine. Isotopic, anisotropic, thermal, and hyperelastic material models with failure can be handled.
Card 1
MID
RO
MT
LMC
NHV
IORTHO/
ISPOT
IBULK
IG
A8
IVECT
IFAIL
ITHERM
IHYPER
IEOS
LMCA
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
Define the following two cards if and only if IORTHO=1

Card 3
AOPT
MACF
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 4
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
IEVTS
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-215 (MAT)
*MAT_041-050

Card
Variable
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
Type
Define LMCA material parameters using 8 parameters per card.

Card
Variable
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
MT
User material type (41-50 inclusive). A number between 41 and 50 has

to be chosen. If MT<0, subroutine rwumat in dyn21.f is called, where
the material parameter reading can be modified.
LMC
Length of material constant array which is equal to the number of material constants to be input. (see remark 4)
NHV
Number of history variables to be stored, see Appendix A. When the

model is to be used with an equation of state, NHV must be increased by
4 to allocate the storage required by the equation of state.
IORTHO/ISPOT
EQ. 1: if the material is orthotropic.

EQ. 2: if material is used with spot weld thinning.
EQ. 3: if material is orthotropic and used with spot weld thinning
IBULK
Address of bulk modulus in material constants array, see Appendix A.
IG
Address of shear modulus in material constants array, see Appendix A.
IVECT
2-216 (MAT)
Vectorization flag (on=1). A vectorized user subroutine must be supplied.

LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
IFAIL
*MAT_041-050
DESCRIPTION
Failure flag.
EQ.0: No failure,
EQ.1: Allows failure of shell and solid elements,
LT.0: |IFAIL| is the address of NUMINT in the material constants
array. NUMINT is defined as the number of failed integration points
that will trigger element deletion. This option applies only to shell
and solid elements (release 5 of v.971).
ITHERM
Temperature flag (on=1). Compute element temperature.
IHYPER
Deformation gradient flag (on=1 or 1, or 3). Compute deformation gradient, see Appendix A.
IEOS
Equation of state (on=1).
LMCA
Length of additional material constant array.
AOPT
Material axes option (see *MAT_002 for a more complete description):

NODES, and then, for shells only, rotated about the shell element
normal by an angle BETA.
only.
MACF
Material axes change flag for brick elements for quick changes:
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-217 (MAT)
*MAT_041-050
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 (shells only) and 3. BETA

may
be
overridden
on
the
element
card,
see
*ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA and *ELEMENT_SOLID_ORTHO.
IEVTS
Address of E(a) for orthotropic material in thick shell formulation 5 (see

remark 6).
P1
P2
Second material parameter.
P3
Third material parameter.
P4
Fourth material parameter.
.
PLMC
.
Remarks:
1.
The material model for the cohesive element (solid element type 19) uses the first two
material parameters to set flags for the element formulation. P1 controls how the density
is used to calculate the mass. The cohesive element formulation permits the element to
have zero or negative volume. Tractions are calculated on a surface midway between the
surfaces defined by nodes 1-2-3-4 and 5-6-7-8. If P1 is set to 1.0, then the density is per
unit area of the midsurface instead of per unit volume. The second parameter, P2, specifies the number of integration points (one to four) that are required to fail for the element
to fail. If it is zero, the element wont fail regardless of the value of IFAIL. The recommended value of P2 is 1.
2.
The cohesive element currently only uses MID, RO, MT, LMC, NHV, IFAIL and IVECT
in addition to the material parameters.
3.
See Appendix R for the specifics of the umat subroutine requirements for the cohesive
element.
2-218 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_041-050
4.
If IORTHO=0, LMC must be 48. If IORTHO=1, LMC must be 40. If more material
constants are needed, LMCA may be used to create an additional material constant array.
There is no limit on the size of LMCA.
5.
If the user-defined material is used for beam or brick element spot welds that are tied to
shell elements, and SPOTHIN>0 on *CONTROL_CONTACT, then spot weld thinning
will be done for those shells if ISPOT=2. Otherwise, it will not be done.
6.
IEVTS is optional and is used only by thick shell formulation 5. It points to the position
of E(a) in the material constants array. Following E(a), the next 5 material constants
must be E(b), E(c), (ba), (ca), and (cb). This data enables thick shell formulation 5 to
calculate an accurate thickness strain, otherwise the thickness strain will be based on the
elastic constants pointed to by IBULK and IG.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-219 (MAT)
*MAT_051
*MAT_BAMMAN
*MAT_BAMMAN
This is Material Type 51. It allows the modeling of temperature and rate dependent plasticity
with a fairly complex model that has many input parameters [Bamman 1989].
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
HC
A8
C1
C2
C3
C4
Type
Card 3
C9
Type
Card 4
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
C5
C6
C7
C8
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
C18
A1
A2
A4
A5
A6
KAPPA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
2-220 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_051
*MAT_BAMMAN
VARIABLE
E
PR
T
DESCRIPTION
Youngs modulus (psi)

Poissons ratio
Initial temperature (oR)
HC
Heat generation coefficient (oR/psi)
C1
Psi
C2
oR
C3
Psi
C4
oR
C5
1/s
C6
oR
C7
1/psi
C8
oR
C9
Psi
C10
oR
C11
1/psi-s
C12
oR
C13
1/psi
C14
oR
C15
psi
C16
oR
C17
1/psi-s
C18
oR
A1
1, initial value of internal state variable 1
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-221 (MAT)
*MAT_051
*MAT_BAMMAN
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
A2
2, initial value of internal state variable 2. (Note: 3 = -(1+2))
A3
A4
A5
KAPPA
, initial value of internal state variable 6
sec-psi-oR
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
C18
C0=HC
E
sec-MPa-oR
*1145
1
* 145
*145
1
* 145
*145
*145
1
* 145
*145
*145
*1145
sec-MPA-oK
*1145
*59
*1145
*59
*5/9
*145
*59
*1145
*59
*145
*59
*145
*59
*1145
*59
*145
*59
*145*59
*1145
*59
Remarks:
The kinematics associated with the model are discussed in references [Hill 1948, Bammann and
Aifantis 1987, Bammann 1989]. The description below is taken nearly verbatim from Bammann
[1989].
With the assumption of linear elasticity we can write,
2-222 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_051
*MAT_BAMMAN
D = tr(# )1 + 2 #
where the Cauchy stress is convected with the elastic spin
D = D
D+D
as,
This is equivalent to writing the constitutive model with respect to a set of directors whose direction is defined by the plastic deformation [Bammann and Aifantis 1987, Bammann and Johnson
1987]. Decomposing both the skew symmetric and symmetric parts of the velocity gradient into
elastic and plastic parts we write for the elastic stretching # and the elastic spin # ,
# = &8 ,
Within this structure it is now necessary to prescribe an equation for the plastic spin in addition to the normally prescribed flow rule for and the stretching due to the thermal expansion
&8 . As proposed, we assume a flow rule of the form,
|[| w j(?) [
C |[|.
(?)
= S(/)sinh B
where T is the temperature, is the scalar hardening variable, and is the difference between
the deviatoric Cauchy stress and the tensor variable ,
x = D y
and f(T), Y(T), V(T) are scalar functions whose specific dependence upon the temperature is
given below. Assuming isotropic thermal expansion and introducing the expansion coefficient A ,
the thermal stretching can be written,
&8 = h/1
The evolution of the internal variables and are prescribed in a hardening minus recovery
format as,
y = (/) 9 (/)| | + (/):|y|y,
U = i(/) 9 (/)| | + (/):U 8
where h and H are the hardening moduli, rs (T) and Rs (T) are scalar functions describing the diffusion controlled static or thermal recovery, and rd (T) and Rd (T) are the functions describing
dynamic recovery.
If we assume that Wp = 0, we recover the Jaumann stress rate which results in the prediction of
an oscillatory shear stress response in simple shear when coupled with a Prager kinematic hardening assumption [Johnson and Bammann 1984]. Alternatively we can choose,
LS-DYNA R7.0
= ? ` `
2-223 (MAT)
*MAT_051
*MAT_BAMMAN
which recovers the Green-Naghdi rate of Cauchy stress and has been shown to be equivalent to
Mandels isoclinic state [Bammann and Aifantis 1987]. The model employing this rate allows a
reasonable prediction of directional softening for some materials, but in general under-predicts
the softening and does not accurately predict the axial stresses which occur in the torsion of the
thin walled tube.
The final equation necessary to complete our description of high strain rate deformation is one
which allows us to compute the temperature change during the deformation. In the absence of a
coupled thermo-mechanical finite element code we assume adiabatic temperature change and
follow the empirical assumption that 90 -95% of the plastic work is dissipated as heat. Hence,
/ =
.<
bd
(D ),
where is the density of the material and Cv the specific heat.

In terms of the input parameters the functions defined above become:
V(T)
Y(T)
f(T)
rd(T)
=
=
=
=
C1 exp(-C2/T)
C3 exp(C4/T)
C5 exp(-C6/T)
C7 exp(-C8/T)
and the heat generation coefficient is
2-224 (MAT)
h(T)
rs(T)
RD(T)
H(T)
RS(T)
i- =
.<
bd
=
=
=
=
=
C9 exp(C10/T)
C11exp(-C12/T)
C13exp(-C14/T)
C15exp(C16/T)
C17exp(-C18/T)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_052
*MAT_BAMMAN_DAMAGE
*MAT_BAMMAN_DAMAGE
This is Material Type 52. This is an extension of model 51 which includes the modeling of
damage. See Bamman et al. [1990].
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
HC
A8
C1
C2
C3
C4
Type
Card 3
C9
Type
Card 4
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
C5
C6
C7
C8
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
C18
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
2-225 (MAT)
*MAT_052
*MAT_BAMMAN_DAMAGE
Card 5
Variable
D0
FS
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
E
PR
T
Youngs modulus (psi)

Poissons ratio
Initial temperature (oR)
HC
Heat generation coefficient (oR/psi)
C1
Psi
C2
oR
C3
Psi
C4
oR
C5
1/s
C6
oR
C7
1/psi
C8
oR
C9
Psi
C10
oR
C11
1/psi-s
C12
oR
2-226 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_052
*MAT_BAMMAN_DAMAGE
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
C13
1/psi
C14
oR
C15
psi
C16
oR
C17
1/psi-s
C18
oR
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
Exponent in damage evolution
D0
Initial damage (porosity)
FS
Failure strain for erosion.
Remarks:
The evolution of the damage parameter, is defined by Bammann et al. [1990]
in which
& = z B(
m)
(1 &)C
z
z = sinh B (8
8(8
where p is the pressure and D is the effective stress.
LS-DYNA R7.0
)L
{
|c |
2-227 (MAT)
*MAT_053
*MAT_CLOSED_CELL_FOAM
This is Material Type 53. This allows the modeling of low density, closed cell polyurethane
foam. It is for simulating impact limiters in automotive applications. The effect of the confined
air pressure is included with the air being treated as an ideal gas. The general behavior is isotropic with uncoupled components of the stress tensor.
Card 1
MID
RO
P0
PHI
A8
GAMA0
LCID
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus
a, factor for yield stress definition, see notes below.
b, factor for yield stress definition, see notes below.
c, factor for yield stress definition, see notes below.
P0
Initial foam pressure, P0
PHI
Ratio of foam to polymer density,
GAMA0
2-228 (MAT)
Initial volumetric strain, 0. The default is zero.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_053
VARIABLE
LCID
DESCRIPTION
Optional load curve defining the von Mises yield stress versus a. If
the load curve ID is given, the yield stress is taken from the curve and
the constants a, b, and c are not needed. The load curve is defined in the
positive quadrant, i.e., positive values of a are defined as negative values
on the abscissa.
Remarks:
A rigid, low density, closed cell, polyurethane foam model developed at Sandia Laboratories
[Neilsen, Morgan and Krieg 1987] has been recently implemented for modeling impact limiters
in automotive applications. A number of such foams were tested at Sandia and reasonable fits to
the experimental data were obtained.
In some respects this model is similar to the crushable honeycomb model type 26 in that the
components of the stress tensor are uncoupled until full volumetric compaction is achieved.
However, unlike the honeycomb model this material possesses no directionality but includes the
effects of confined air pressure in its overall response characteristics.
DEF = DEFH JEF D E
where DEFH is the skeletal stress and D E is the air pressure computed from the equation:
D E =
OP m
where p0 is the initial foam pressure, usually taken as the atmospheric pressure, and defines the
volumetric strain
a = 1+a
where V is the relative volume, defined as the ratio of the current volume to the initial volume,
and 0 is the initial volumetric strain, which is typically zero. The yield condition is applied to
the principal skeletal stresses, which are updated independently of the air pressure. We first obtain the skeletal stresses:
DEFH = DEF + DEF D E
and compute the trial stress, skt
DEFH& = DEFH + , QEF f
where E is Youngs modulus. Since Poissons ratio is zero, the update of each stress component
is uncoupled and 2G=E where G is the shear modulus. The yield condition is applied to the
principal skeletal stresses such that, if the magnitude of a principal trial stress component, DEH& ,
exceeds the yield stress, y, then
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-229 (MAT)
*MAT_053
DEH = minD , UDEH& U
The yield stress is defined by
L_M(
UL_M( U
D = x + (1 + a)
where a, b, and c are user defined input constants and is the volumetric strain as defined above.
After scaling the principal stresses they are transformed back into the global system and the final
stress state is computed
DEF = DEFH JEF D E .
2-230 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_054-055
*MAT_ENHANCED_COMPOSITE_DAMAGE
These are Material Types 54-55 which are enhanced versions of the composite model material
type 22. Arbitrary orthotropic materials, e.g., unidirectional layers in composite shell structures
can be defined. Optionally, various types of failure can be specified following either the suggestions of [Chang and Chang 1987b] or [Tsai and Wu 1971]. In addition special measures are taken for failure under compression. See [Matzenmiller and Schweizerhof 1991]. By using the user
defined integration rule, see *INTEGRATION_SHELL, the constitutive constants can vary
through the shell thickness. For all shells, except the DKT formulation, laminated shell theory
can be activated to properly model the transverse shear deformation. Lamination theory is applied to correct for the assumption of a uniform constant shear strain through the thickness of the
shell. For sandwich shells where the outer layers are much stiffer than the inner layers, the response will tend to be too stiff unless lamination theory is used. To turn on lamination theory
see *CONTROL_SHELL. A damage model for transverse shear strain is added since version
971 release R4 to model interlaminar shear failure (thin shells only). The definition of minimum
stress limits is available since version 971 R5 (thin shells only).
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
(KF)
AOPT
Type
Card 3
A1
A2
A3
MANGLE
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
8
PRCB
2-231 (MAT)
*MAT_054-055
Card 4
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
DFAILM
DFAILS
Type
Card 5
TFAIL
ALPH
SOFT
FBRT
YCFAC
DFAILT
DFAILC
EFS
Type
Card 6
XC
XT
YC
YT
SC
CRIT
BETA
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
Optional Card 7 (starting with version 971 release R4, thin shells only)
Card 7
Variable
Type
PFL
EPSF
EPSR
TSMD
SOFT2
Optional Card 8 (starting with version 971 release R5, thin shells only)
Card 8
Variable
Type
2-232 (MAT)
SLIMT1
SLIMC1
SLIMT2
SLIMC2
SLIMS
NCYRED
SOFTG
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_054-055
Optional Card 9 (CRIT=54 and thin shells only)
Card 9
Variable
LCXC
LCXT
LCYC
LCYT
LCSC
DT
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
EA
Ea, Youngs modulus - longitudinal direction
EB
Eb, Youngs modulus - transverse direction
EC
Ec, Youngs modulus - normal direction
PRBA
ba, Poissons ratio ba
PRCA
ca, Poissons ratio ca
PRCB
cb, Poissons ratio cb
GAB
Gab, shear modulus ab
GBC
Gbc, shear modulus bc
GCA
Gca, shear modulus ca
(KF)
Bulk modulus of failed material (not used)
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-233 (MAT)
*MAT_054-055
VARIABLE
AOPT
DESCRIPTION

normal by an angle MANGLE.
material axes about the element normal by an angle (MANGLE)
from a line in the plane of the element defined by the cross product
of the vector v with the element normal.
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
Define components of vector v for AOPT = 3.
D1 D2 D3
MANGLE
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 (shells only) and 3. MANGLE

may
be
overridden
on
the
element
card,
see
*ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA and *ELEMENT_SOLID_ORTHO. .
DFAILM
Maximum strain for matrix straining in tension or compression (active

only for MAT_054 and only if DFAILT > 0). The layer in the element
is completely removed after the maximum strain in the matrix direction
is reached. The input value is always positive.
DFAILS
Maximum tensorial shear strain (active only for MAT_054 and only if
DFAILT > 0). The layer in the element is completely removed after the
maximum shear strain is reached. The input value is always positive.
TFAIL
Time step size criteria for element deletion:

0: no element deletion by time step size. The crashfront algorithm
only works if tfail is set to a value above zero.
0 < tfail 0.1: element is deleted when its time step is smaller than
the given value,
>.1: element is deleted when the quotient of the actual time step and
the original time step drops below the given value.
ALPH
Shear stress parameter for the nonlinear term, see Material 22.
2-234 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_054-055
DESCRIPTION
SOFT
Softening reduction factor for material strength in crashfront elements

(default = 1.0). TFAIL must be greater than zero to activate this option.
FBRT
Softening for fiber tensile strength:

EQ.0.0: tensile strength = Xt
GT.0.0: tensile strength = Xt, reduced to & k/ after failure has
occurred in compressive matrix mode.
YCFAC
Reduction factor for compressive fiber strength after matrix compressive

failure (MAT_054 only). The compressive strength in the fiber direction
after
compressive
matrix
failure
is
reduced
to:
= = @-h- @= ( 4Sx23f: @-h- = 2.0)
DFAILT
DFAILC
Maximum strain for fiber tension (MAT_054 only). (Maximum 1 =

100% strain). The layer in the element is completely removed after the
maximum tensile strain in the fiber direction is reached. If a nonzero
value is given for DFAILT, a nonzero, negative value must also be provided for DFAILC.
Maximum strain for fiber compression (MAT_054 only). (Maximum -1
= 100% compression). The layer in the element is completely removed
after the maximum compressive strain in the fiber direction is reached.
The input value should be negative and is required if DFAILT > 0.
EFS
Effective failure strain (MAT_054 only).
XC
Longitudinal compressive strength (absolute value is used).

GE.0.0: Poisson effect (PRBA) after failure is active.
LT.0.0: Poisson effect after failure is not active, i.e. PRBA=0.
XT
Longitudinal tensile strength, see below.
YC
Transverse compressive strength, b-axis (positive value), see below.
YT
Transverse tensile strength, b-axis, see below.
SC
Shear strength, ab plane, see below.
CRIT
Failure criterion (material number):

EQ.54.0: Chang matrix failure criterion (as Material 22) (default),
EQ.55.0: Tsai-Wu criterion for matrix failure.
BETA
Weighting factor for shear term in tensile fiber mode (MAT_054 only).
(0.0 BETA 1.0)
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-235 (MAT)
*MAT_054-055
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
PFL
Percentage of layers which must fail until crashfront is initiated. E.g.

|PFL|=80.0, then 80 % of layers must fail until strengths are reduced in
neighboring elements. Default: all layers must fail. A single layer fails if
1 in-plane IP fails (PFL>0) or if 4 in-plane IPs fail (PFL<0). (MAT_054
only, thin shells only).
EPSF
Damage initiation transverse shear strain. (MAT_054 only, thin shells

only).
EPSR
Final rupture transverse shear strain. (MAT_054 only, thin shells only).
TSMD
Transverse shear maximum damage, default=0.90. (MAT_054 only, thin

shells only).
SOFT2
Optional orthogonal softening reduction factor for material strength in

crashfront elements (default = 1.0). See remarks (thin shells only).
SLIMT1
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (fiber tension). Similar to *MAT_058 (thin shells only).
SLIMC1
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (fiber compression). Similar to *MAT_058 (thin shells only).
SLIMT2
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (matrix tension). Similar to *MAT_058 (thin shells only).
SLIMT2
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (matrix compression). Similar to *MAT_058 (thin shells only).
SLIMS
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum

(shear). Similar to *MAT_058 (thin shells only).
NCYRED
Number of cycles for stress reduction from maximum to minimum (thin

shells only).
SOFTG
Softening reduction factor for transverse shear moduli GBC and GCA in
crashfront elements (default=1.0) (thin shells only).
LCXC
Load curve ID for XC vs. strain rate (XC is ignored with that option)
LCXT
Load curve ID for XT vs. strain rate (XT is ignored with that option)
LCYC
Load curve ID for YC vs. strain rate (YC is ignored with that option)
LCYT
Load curve ID for YT vs. strain rate (YT is ignored with that option)
LCSC
Load curve ID for SC vs. strain rate (SC is ignored with that option)
2-236 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_054-055
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Strain rate averaging option.

EQ.0.0: Strain rate is evaluated using a running average.
LT.0.0: Strain rate is evaluated using average of last 11 time steps.
GT.0.0: Strain rate is averaged over the last DT time units.
DT
Remarks:
The Chang/Chang (mat_54) criteria is given as follows:

for the tensile fiber mode,
D > 0 f4 4$8 =
Lrr 8
+z
0 Sx34
,
1 V
< 0 43xf
Lr%
t
, = ,! = ! = }! = }! = 0,
for the compressive fiber mode,
D < 0 f4 4=8 =
Lrr 8
0 Sx34
,
1 V
< 0 43xf
, = }! = }! = 0.
for the tensile matrix mode,
D!! > 0 f4 4 8 =
L%% 8
j(
Lr% 8
t
1 V
,! = }! = 0. ! = 0,
and for the compressive matrix mode,

D!! < 0 f4 4 8 =
L%% 8
8t
+s
8t
1w
L%%
j
0 Sx34
,
< 0 43xf
Lr% 8
t
= }! = }! = 0. ! = 0
= 2@ for 50% fiber volume.
1 V
0 Sx34
,
< 0 43xf
In the Tsai-Wu (MAT_055) criteria the tensile and compressive fiber modes are treated as in the
Chang-Chang criteria. The failure criterion for the tensile and compressive matrix mode is given as:
48 =
8
D! 8 (@= @& ) D!!
D!!
0 Sx34
+5 6 +
1 V
@= @&
@= @&
< 0 43xf
=
For =1 we get the original criterion of Hashin [1980] in the tensile fiber mode. For =0 we get
the maximum stress criterion which is found to compare better to experiments.
In MAT_054, failure can occur in any of four different ways:
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-237 (MAT)
*MAT_054-055
1.
If DFAILT is zero, failure occurs if the Chang-Chang failure criterion is satisfied in the
tensile fiber mode.
2.
If DFAILT is greater than zero, failure occurs if the tensile fiber strain is greater than
DFAILT or less than DFAILC.
3.
If EFS is greater than zero, failure occurs if the effective strain is greater than EFS.
4.
If TFAIL is greater than zero, failure occurs according to the element timestep as described in the definition of TFAIL above.
When failure has occurred in all the composite layers (through-thickness integration points), the
element is deleted. Elements which share nodes with the deleted element become crashfront
elements and can have their strengths reduced by using the SOFT parameter with TFAIL greater
than zero. An earlier initiation of crashfront elements is possible by using parameter PFL.
An optional direction dependent strength reduction can be invoked by setting 0<SOFT2<1.
Then, SOFT equals a strength reduction factor for fiber parallel failure and SOFT2 equals a
strength reduction factor for fiber orthogonal failure. Linear interpolation is used for angles in
between. See Figure 2-29.
Information about the status in each layer (integration point) and element can be plotted using
additional integration point variables. The number of additional integration point variables for
shells written to the LS-DYNA database is input by the *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY definition as variable NEIPS. For Models 54 and 55 these additional variables are tabulated below
(i = shell integration point):
History
Description
Variable
1. 4S()
2. 4()
3. 4 ()
4. 4 ()
5. 4Sx3
tensile fiber mode

compressive fiber mode
tensile matrix mode
compressive matrix mode
max[ef(ip)]
6. x
damage parameter
Value
1 - elastic
0 - failed
-1 - element intact
10-8 - element in crashfront
+1 element failed
LS-PrePost history variable

1
2
3
4
5
6
Table 2.5.
These variables can be plotted in LS-PrePost element history variables 1 to 6. The following
components, defined by the sum of failure indicators over all through-thickness integration
points, are stored as element component 7 instead of the effective plastic strain.
2-238 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_054-055
transverse shear stiffness
GBC,
GCA
D=0
D=TSMD
EPSF
transverse shear strain
EPSR
Figure 2-28. Linear Damage for transverse shear behavior

Description
E
E
E' 4S()
1
e
1
e
E'
E
E'
Integration point
1
4()
4 ()
In an optional damage model for transverse shear strain, out-of-plane stiffness (GBC and GCA)
can get linearly decreased to model interlaminar shear failure. Damage starts when effective
transverse shear strain
8 + Q8
QXY = Qf
f
#$$
reaches EPSF. Final rupture occurs when effective transverse shear strain reaches EPSR. A maximum damage of TSMD (0.0<TSMD<0.99) cannot be exceeded. See Figure 2-28.
Reduction
by SOFT2
(orthogonal)
Reduction
by 0.5(SOFT+SOFT2)
Element
deleted
Reduction
by SOFT (parallel)
Figure 2-29. Direction dependent softening

LS-DYNA R7.0
2-239 (MAT)
*MAT_057
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_FOAM
This is Material Type 57 for modeling highly compressible low density foams. Its main applications are for seat cushions and padding on the Side Impact Dummies (SID). Optionally, a tension cut-off failure can be defined. A table can be defined if thermal effects are considered in the
nominal stress versus strain behavior. Also, see the notes below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
LCID
TC
HU
BETA
DAMP
A8
1.E+20
1.
Default
Remarks
Card 2
0.05
SHAPE
FAIL
BVFLAG
ED
BETA1
KCON
REF
Default
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Remarks
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
2-240 (MAT)
Youngs modulus used in tension. For implicit problems E is set to the

initial slope of load curve LCID.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_057
VARIABLE
LCID
DESCRIPTION
Load curve or table ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for the nominal stress
versus strain curve definition. If a table is used, a family of curves is
defined each corresponding to a discrete temperature, see
*DEFINE_TABLE.
TC
Cut-off for the nominal tensile stress i
HU
Hysteretic unloading factor between 0 and 1 (default=1, i.e., no energy

dissipation), see also Figure 2-30.
BETA
, decay constant to model creep in unloading
DAMP
Viscous coefficient (.05< recommended value <.50) to model damping

effects.
LT.0.0: |DAMP| is the load curve ID, which defines the damping
constant as a function of the maximum strain in compression defined
as:
Q = max(1 , 1 8 , 1. ).
In tension, the damping constant is set to the value corresponding to
the strain at 0. The abscissa should be defined from 0 to 1.
SHAPE
Shape factor for unloading. Active for nonzero values of the hysteretic
unloading factor. Values less than one reduces the energy dissipation
and greater than one increases dissipation, see also Figure 2-30.
FAIL
BVFLAG
ED
BETA1
KCON
LS-DYNA R7.0
Failure option after cutoff stress is reached:

EQ.0.0: tensile stress remains at cut-off value,
EQ.1.0: tensile stress is reset to zero.
Bulk viscosity activation flag, see remark below:
EQ.0.0: no bulk viscosity (recommended),
EQ.1.0: bulk viscosity active.
Optional Young's relaxation modulus, , , for rate effects. See comments below.
Optional decay constant, z .
Stiffness coefficient for contact interface stiffness. If undefined the

maximum slope in stress vs. strain curve is used. When the maximum
slope is taken for the contact, the time step size for this material is reduced for stability. In some cases t may be significantly smaller, and
defining a reasonable stiffness is recommended.
2-241 (MAT)
*MAT_057
VARIABLE
REF
DESCRIPTION
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
Remarks:
The compressive behavior is illustrated in Figure 2-30 where hysteresis on unloading is shown.
This behavior under uniaxial loading is assumed not to significantly couple in the transverse directions. In tension the material behaves in a linear fashion until tearing occurs. Although our
implementation may be somewhat unusual, it was motivated by Storakers [1986].
The model uses tabulated input data for the loading curve where the nominal stresses are defined
as a function of the elongations, i, which are defined in terms of the principal stretches, i, as:
i = i 1
The stretch ratios are found by solving for the eigenvalues of the left stretch tensor, Vij, which
is obtained via a polar decomposition of the deformation gradient matrix, Fij. Recall that,
Fij = RikUkj = VikRkj
The update of Vij follows the numerically stable approach of Taylor and Flanagan [1989]. After
solving for the principal stretches, we compute the elongations and, if the elongations are compressive, the corresponding values of the nominal stresses, i are interpolated. If the elongations are tensile, the nominal stresses are given by
i = Ei
and the Cauchy stresses in the principal system become

DE =
K M
The stresses can now be transformed back into the global system for the nodal force calculations.
Additional Remarks:
1.
When hysteretic unloading is used the reloading will follow the unloading curve if the
decay constant, , is set to zero. If is nonzero the decay to the original loading curve is
governed by the expression:
1. - e-t
2.
The bulk viscosity, which generates a rate dependent pressure, may cause an unexpected
volumetric response and, consequently, it is optional with this model.
2-242 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_057
Typical unloading for a large shape

factor, e.g., 5.0 8.0, and a small hysteretic unloading factor, e.g., 0.01.
Typical unloading curves determined

by the hysteretic unloading factor
with a shape factor equal to unity.
Figure 2-30. Behavior of the low density urethane foam model

3.
The hysteretic unloading factor results in the unloading curve to lie beneath the loading
curve as shown in Figure 2-30 This unloading provides energy dissipation which is reasonable in certain kinds of foam.
4.
Note that since this material has no effective plastic strain, the internal energy per initial
volume is written into the output databases.
5.
Rate effects are accounted for through linear viscoelasticity by a convolution integral of
the form
&
QH
DEF =
EFH (f )
where
EFH (f
) is the relaxation function. The stress tensor, DEF , augments the stresses
determined from the foam, DEF ; consequently, the final stress, DEF , is taken as the summation of the two contributions:
$
DEF = DEF + DEF .

$
Since we wish to include only simple rate effects, the relaxation function is represented
by one term from the Prony series:
given by,
(f) = y +
'
(f) = , 4
y 4
O &
ON &
This model is effectively a Maxwell fluid which consists of a damper and spring in series.
We characterize this in the input by a Young's modulus, , , and decay constant, z . The
formulation is performed in the local system of principal stretches where only the principal values of stress are computed and triaxial coupling is avoided. Consequently, the
one-dimensional nature of this foam material is unaffected by this addition of rate effects.
The addition of rate effects necessitates twelve additional history variables per integration
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-243 (MAT)
*MAT_057
point. The cost and memory overhead of this model comes primarily from the need to
remember the local system of principal stretches.
6.
The time step size is based on the current density and the maximum of the instantaneous
loading slope, E, and KCON. If KCON is undefined the maximum slope in the loading
curve is used instead.
2-244 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_058
*MAT_LAMINATED_COMPOSITE_FABRIC
This is Material Type 58. Depending on the type of failure surface, this model may be used to
model composite materials with unidirectional layers, complete laminates, and woven fabrics.
This model is implemented for shell and thick shell elements.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
(EC)
PRBA
TAU1
GAMMA1
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
SLIMT1
SLIMC1
SLIMT2
SLIMC2
SLIMS
Type
Card 3
AOPT
TSIZE
ERODS
SOFT
FS
Type
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-245 (MAT)
*MAT_058
Card 5
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
Type
Card 6
E11C
E11T
E22C
E22T
GMS
Type
Card 7
XC
XT
YC
YT
SC
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
EA
EB
(EC)
Ec, Youngs modulus - normal direction (not used)
PRBA
TAU1
1, stress limit of the first slightly nonlinear part of the shear stress versus shear strain curve. The values 1 and 1 are used to define a curve
of shear stress versus shear strain. These values are input if FS, defined
below, is set to a value of -1.
2-246 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
GAMMA1
*MAT_058
DESCRIPTION
1, strain limit of the first slightly nonlinear part of the shear stress versus engineering shear strain curve.
GAB
GBC
GCA
SLIMT1
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (fiber tension).
SLIMC1
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (fiber compression).
SLIMT2
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (matrix tension).
SLIMC2
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (matrix compression).
SLIMS

(shear).
AOPT

BETA.
material axes about the element normal by an angle (BETA) from a
TSIZE
Time step for automatic element deletion.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-247 (MAT)
*MAT_058
VARIABLE
ERODS
SOFT
FS
DESCRIPTION
Maximum effective strain for element layer failure. A value of unity

would equal 100% strain.
GT.0.0: fails when effective strain calculated assuming material is
volume preserving exceeds ERODS (old way).
LT.0.0: fails when effective strain calculated from the full strain
tensor exceeds |ERODS|.
Softening reduction factor for strength in the crashfront.
Failure surface type:
EQ.1.0: smooth failure surface with a quadratic criterion for both the
fiber (a) and transverse (b) directions. This option can be used with
complete laminates and fabrics.
EQ.0.0: smooth failure surface in the transverse (b) direction with a
limiting value in the fiber (a) direction. This model is appropriate
for unidirectional (UD) layered composites only.
EQ.-1.: faceted failure surface. When the strength values are
reached then damage evolves in tension and compression for both
the fiber and transverse direction. Shear behavior is also considered.
This option can be used with complete laminates and fabrics.
XP YP ZP
Define coordinates of point p for AOPT = 1.
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA

E11C
Strain at longitudinal compressive strength, a-axis (positive).
E11T
Strain at longitudinal tensile strength, a-axis.
E22C
Strain at transverse compressive strength, b-axis.
E22T
Strain at transverse tensile strength, b-axis.
GMS
Engineering shear strain at shear strength, ab plane.
XC
Longitudinal compressive strength (positive value).
XT
YC
Transverse compressive strength, b-axis (positive value), see below.
2-248 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_058
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
YT
SC
Shear strength, ab plane, see below.
Remarks:
Parameters to control failure of an element layer are: ERODS, the maximum effective strain, i.e.,
maximum 1 = 100 % straining. The layer in the element is completely removed after the maximum effective strain (compression/tension including shear) is reached.
The stress limits are factors used to limit the stress in the softening part to a given value,
D =
f4 f,
thus, the damage value is slightly modified such that elastoplastic like behavior is achieved with
the threshold stress. As a factor for SLIMxx a number between 0.0 and 1.0 is possible. With a
factor of 1.0, the stress remains at a maximum value identical to the strength, which is similar to
ideal elastoplastic behavior. For tensile failure a small value for SLIMTx is often reasonable;
however, for compression SLIMCx = 1.0 is preferred. This is also valid for the corresponding
shear value. If SLIMxx is smaller than 1.0 then localization can be observed depending on the
total behavior of the lay-up. If the user is intentionally using SLIMxx < 1.0, it is generally recommended to avoid a drop to zero and set the value to something in between 0.05 and 0.10. Then
elastoplastic behavior is achieved in the limit which often leads to less numerical problems. Defaults for SLIMXX = 1.0E-8.
The crashfront-algorithm is started if and only if a value for TSIZE (time step size, with element
elimination after the actual time step becomes smaller than TSIZE) is input.
The damage parameters can be written to the postprocessing database for each integration point
as the first three additional element variables and can be visualized.
Material models with FS=1 or FS=-1 are favorable for complete laminates and fabrics, as all directions are treated in a similar fashion.
For material model FS=1 an interaction between normal stresses and the shear stresses is assumed for the evolution of damage in the a and b-directions. For the shear damage is always the
maximum value of the damage from the criterion in a or b-direction is taken.
For material model FS=-1 it is assumed that the damage evolution is independent of any of the
other stresses. A coupling is only present via the elastic material parameters and the complete
structure.
In tensile and compression directions and in a as well as in b- direction different failure surfaces
can be assumed. The damage values, however, increase only also when the loading direction
changes.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-249 (MAT)
*MAT_058
SC
SLIMS = 1.0
SLIMS = 0.9
TAU1
SLIMS = 0.6
GAMMA1
GMS
Figure 2-31. Stress-strain diagram for shear

Special control of shear behavior of fabrics
For fabric materials a nonlinear stress strain curve for the shear part for failure surface FS=-1 can
be assumed as given below. This is not possible for other values of FS.
The curve, shown in Figure 2-31 is defined by three points:
a)
b)
c)
the origin (0,0) is assumed,

the limit of the first slightly nonlinear part (must be input), stress (TAU1) and
strain (GAMMA1), see below.
the shear strength at failure and shear strain at failure.
In addition a stress limiter can be used to keep the stress constant via the SLIMS parameter. This
value must be less or equal 1.0 but positive, and leads to an elastoplastic behavior for the shear
part. The default is 1.0E-08, assuming almost brittle failure once the strength limit SC is reached.
2-250 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_059
*MAT_COMPOSITE_FAILURE_{OPTION}_MODEL
This is Material Type 59.

SHELL
SOLID
SPH
depending on the element type the material is to be used with, see *PART.
For both options define cards 1 to 4 below
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
KF
AOPT
MACF
Type
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-251 (MAT)
*MAT_059
Card 4
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
Cards 5 and 6 for SHELL option

Card 5
TSIZE
ALP
SOFT
FBRT
SR
SF
Type
Card 6
XC
XT
YC
YT
SC
Variable
Variable
Type
Cards 5 and 6 for SOLID and SPH option

Card 5
SBA
SCA
SCB
XXC
YYC
ZZC
Type
Card 6
XXT
YYT
ZZT
Variable
Variable
Type
2-252 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_059
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Density
EA
EB
EC
Ec, Youngs modulus - normal direction
PRBA
ba Poissons ratio ba
PRCA
ca Poissons ratio ca
PRCB
cb Poissons ratio cb
GAB
Gab Shear Modulus
GBC
Gbc Shear Modulus
GCA
Gca Shear Modulus
KF
AOPT
LS-DYNA R7.0
Bulk modulus of failed material

more complete description) (SPH particles only support AOPT=2.0):
only.
LT.0.0: the absolute value of AOPT is a coordinate system ID number (CID on *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, *DEFINE_ CO2-253 (MAT)
*MAT_059
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION

MACF
Material axes change flag for brick elements.

XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
Define components of vector d for AOPT = 2:
BETA
Material angle in degrees for AOPT=0 (shells only) and AOPT=3, may
be overridden on the element card, see *ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA or
*ELEMENT_ SOLID_ORTHO.
TSIZE
Time step for automatic element deletion
ALP
Nonlinear shear stress parameter
SOFT
Softening reduction factor for strength in crush
FBRT
Softening of fiber tensile strength
SR
sr, reduction factor (default=0.447)
SF
sf, softening factor (default=0.0)
XC
Longitudinal compressive strength, a-axis (positive value).
XT
Longitudinal tensile strength, a-axis
YC
Transverse compressive strength, b-axis (positive value).
YT
Transverse tensile strength, b-axis
SC
Shear strength, ab plane:

GT.0.0 faceted failure surface theory,
LT.0.0 ellipsoidal failure surface theory.
SBA
2-254 (MAT)
In plane shear strength.

LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_059
DESCRIPTION
SCA
Transverse shear strength.
SCB
Transverse shear strength.
XXC
Longitudinal compressive strength a-axis (positive value).
YYC
Transverse compressive strength b-axis (positive value).
ZZC
Normal compressive strength c-axis (positive value).
XXT
Longitudinal tensile strength a-axis.
YYT
Transverse tensile strength b-axis.
ZZT
Normal tensile strength c-axis.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-255 (MAT)
*MAT_060
*MAT_ELASTIC_WITH_VISCOSITY
This is Material Type 60 which was developed to simulate forming of glass products (e.g., car
windshields) at high temperatures. Deformation is by viscous flow but elastic deformations can
also be large. The material model, in which the viscosity may vary with temperature, is suitable
for treating a wide range of viscous flow problems and is implemented for brick and shell elements.
Card 1
MID
RO
V0
LCID
A8
PR1
PR2
PR3
PR4
PR5
PR6
PR7
PR8
Type
Card 3
Variable
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
Type
Card 4
V1
V2
V3
V4
V5
V6
V7
V8
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
2-256 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_060
Card 5
Variable
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
Type
Card 6
ALPHA1
ALPHA2
ALPHA3
ALPHA4
ALPHA5
ALPHA6
ALPHA7
ALPHA8
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
V0
Temperature independent viscosity coefficient, V0. If defined, the temperature dependent viscosity defined below is skipped, see type (i) and
(ii) definitions for viscosity below.
Viscosity coefficient, see type (i) and (ii) definitions for viscosity below.
LCID
Load curve (see *DEFINE_CURVE) defining viscosity versus temperature, see type (iii). (Optional)
T1, T2,...TN
PR1, PR2,...PRN
Temperatures, define up to 8 values

Poissons ratios for the temperatures Ti
V1, V2,...VN
Corresponding viscosity coefficients (define only one if not varying with

temperature)
E1, E2,...EN
Corresponding Youngs moduli coefficients (define only one if not varying with temperature)
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-257 (MAT)
*MAT_060
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Corresponding thermal expansion coefficients
ALPHA....
Remarks:
Volumetric behavior is treated as linear elastic. The deviatoric strain rate is considered to be the
sum of elastic and viscous strain rates:
total = elastic + viscous =
+
2 2}
where G is the elastic shear modulus, v is the viscosity coefficient, and bold indicates a tensor.
The stress increment over one timestep dt is
= 2 total f
The stress before the update is used for . For shell elements the through-thickness strain rate is
calculated as follows.
D
=0=
5Q
+ Q 88 + Q 6 f + 2Q
fD
where the subscript ij = 33 denotes the through-thickness direction and K is the elastic bulk
modulus. This leads to:
Q
= x 5Q
x=
+ Q 88 6 + e
P
&
in which p is the pressure defined as the negative of the hydrostatic stress.

The variation of viscosity with temperature can be defined in any one of the 3 ways.
(i)
Constant, V = V0 Do not define constants, A, B, and C or the piecewise curve.(leave

card 4 blank)
(ii)
V = V0 10** (A/(T-B) + C)
(iii) Piecewise curve: define the variation of viscosity with temperature.

Note: Viscosity is inactive during dynamic relaxation.
2-258 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_060C
*MAT_ELASTIC_WITH_VISCOSITY_CURVE
This is Material Type 60 which was developed to simulate forming of glass products (e.g., car
windshields) at high temperatures. Deformation is by viscous flow but elastic deformations can
also be large. The material model, in which the viscosity may vary with temperature, is suitable
for treating a wide range of viscous flow problems and is implemented for brick and shell elements. Load curves are used to represent the temperature dependence of Poissons ratio, Youngs
modulus, the coefficient of expansion, and the viscosity.
Card 1
MID
RO
V0
LCID
A8
PR_LC
YM_LC
A_LC
V_LC
V_LOG
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
V0
Temperature independent viscosity coefficient, V0. If defined, the temperature dependent viscosity defined below is skipped, see type (i) and
(ii) definitions for viscosity below.
LCID
Load curve (see *DEFINE_CURVE) defining factor on viscosity versus

temperature, see type (iii). (Optional).
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-259 (MAT)
*MAT_060C
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
PR_LC
Load curve (see *DEFINE_CURVE) defining Poissons ratio as a function of temperature.
YM_LC
Load curve (see *DEFINE_CURVE) defining Youngs modulus as a

function of temperature.
A_LC
Load curve (see *DEFINE_CURVE) defining the coefficient of thermal

expansion as a function of temperature.
V_LC
Load curve (see *DEFINE_CURVE) defining the viscosity as a function

of temperature.
V_LOG
Flag for the form of V_LC. If V_LOG=1.0, the value specified in V_LC
is the natural logarithm of the viscosity, ln(V). The value interpolated
from the curve is then exponentiated to obtain the viscosity. If
V_LOG=0.0, the value is the viscosity. The logarithmic form is useful if
the value of the viscosity changes by orders of magnitude over the temperature range of the data.
Remarks:
Volumetric behavior is treated as linear elastic. The deviatoric strain rate is considered to be the
sum of elastic and viscous strain rates:
=
total = elastic + viscous
+
2 2}
where G is the elastic shear modulus, v is the viscosity coefficient, and bold~ indicates a tensor.
The stress increment over one timestep dt is
= 2 total f
The stress before the update is used for . For shell elements the through-thickness strain rate is
calculated as follows.
D
=0=
5Q
+ Q 88 + Q 6 f + 2Q
fD
where the subscript ij = 33 denotes the through-thickness direction and K is the elastic bulk
modulus. This leads to:
Q
2-260 (MAT)
= x 5Q
x=
+ Q 88 6 + e
P
LS-DYNA R7.0
=
*MAT_060C
&
in which p is the pressure defined as the negative of the hydrostatic stress.

The variation of viscosity with temperature can be defined in any one of the 3 ways.
(i)
Constant, V = V0 Do not define constants, A, B, and C or the piecewise curve.(leave

card 4 blank)
(ii)
V = V0 10** (A/(T-B) + C)
(iii) Piecewise curve: define the variation of viscosity with temperature.

Note: Viscosity is inactive during dynamic relaxation.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-261 (MAT)
*MAT_061
*MAT_KELVIN-MAXWELL_VISCOELASTIC
This is Material Type 61. This material is a classical Kelvin-Maxwell model for modeling viscoelastic bodies, e.g., foams. This model is valid for solid elements only. See also notes below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
BULK
G0
GI
DC
FO
SO
A8
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
BULK
Bulk modulus (elastic)
G0
Short-time shear modulus, G0
GI
Long-time (infinite) shear modulus, G
DC
Maxwell decay constant, [FO=0.0] or

Kelvin relaxation constant, [FO=1.0]
FO
Formulation option:
EQ.0.0: Maxwell,
EQ.1.0: Kelvin.
SO
Strain (logarithmic) output option to control what is written as component 7 to the d3plot database. (LS-PrePost always blindly labels this
component as effective plastic strain.) The maximum values are updated
for each element each time step:
EQ.0.0: maximum principal strain that occurs during the calculation,
EQ.1.0: maximum magnitude of the principal strain values that occurs during the calculation,
EQ.2.0: maximum effective strain that occurs during the calculation.
2-262 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_061
Remarks:
The shear relaxation behavior is described for the Maxwell model by:
(f) = + ( )4
O&
DEF = 2 (f ) EF () f
&
where the prime denotes the deviatoric part of the stress rate, DEF , and the strain rate Dij . For the
Kelvin model the stress evolution equation is defined as:
1
EF + EF = 1 + JEF 4 EF + 1 + JEF
4
EF
The strain data as written to the LS-DYNA database may be used to predict damage, see [Bandak 1991].
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-263 (MAT)
*MAT_062
*MAT_VISCOUS_FOAM
*MAT_VISCOUS_FOAM
This is Material Type 62. It was written to represent the Confor Foam on the ribs of EuroSID
side impact dummy. It is only valid for solid elements, mainly under compressive loading.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
E1
N1
V2
E2
N2
PR
A8
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
E1
Initial Youngs modulus (E1)
N1
Exponent in power law for Youngs modulus (n1)
V2
Viscous coefficient (V2)
E2
Elastic modulus for viscosity (E2), see notes below.
N2
Exponent in power law for viscosity (n2)
PR
Poissons ratio,
Remarks:
The model consists of a nonlinear elastic stiffness in parallel with a viscous damper. The elastic
stiffness is intended to limit total crush while the viscosity absorbs energy. The stiffness E2 exists to prevent timestep problems. It is used for time step calculations a long as , & is smaller
than E2. It has to be carefully chosen to take into account the stiffening effects of the viscosity.
Both E1 and V2 are nonlinear with crush as follows:
,& = , (
&
8
2-264 (MAT)
N )
8 x(1
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_062
*MAT_VISCOUS_FOAM
where viscosity generates a shear stress given by

=
8 a
a is the engineering shear strain rate, and V is the relative volume defined by the ratio of the current to initial volume. Typical values are (units of N, mm, s):
E1=0.0036
n1=4.0
V2=0.0015
E2=100.0
n2=0.2
=0.05
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-265 (MAT)
*MAT_063
*MAT_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
*MAT_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
This is Material Type 63 which is dedicated to modeling crushable foam with optional damping
and tension cutoff. Unloading is fully elastic. Tension is treated as elastic-perfectly-plastic at
the tension cut-off value. A modified version of this model, *MAT_MODIFIED_ CRUSHABLE_FOAM includes strain rate effects.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
LCID
TSC
DAMP
A8
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.10
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
E
PR
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
LCID
Load curve ID defining yield stress versus volumetric strain, , see Figure 2-32.
TSC
Tensile stress cutoff. A nonzero, positive value is strongly recommended

for realistic behavior.
DAMP
Rate sensitivity via damping coefficient (.05<recommended value<.50).
2-266 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_063
*MAT_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
Figure 2-32. Behavior of strain rate sensitive crushable foam. Unloading is elastic to
the tension cutoff. Subsequent reloading follows the unloading curve.
Remarks:
The volumetric strain is defined in terms of the relative volume, V, as:

= 1.-V
The relative volume is defined as the ratio of the current to the initial volume. In place of the
effective plastic strain in the D3PLOT database, the integrated volumetric strain is output.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-267 (MAT)
*MAT_064
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POWERLAW_PLASTICITY
This is Material Type 64 which will model strain rate sensitive elasto-plastic material with a
power law hardening. Optionally, the coefficients can be defined as functions of the effective
plastic strain.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
E0
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0001
none
0.0002
Card 2
VP
EPS0
0.0
1.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus of elasticity
PR
Poissons ratio
Material constant, k. If k<0 the absolute value of k is taken as the load

curve number that defines k as a function of effective plastic strain.
Strain hardening coefficient, m. If m<0 the absolute value of m is taken

as the load curve number that defines m as a function of effective plastic
strain.
2-268 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_064
DESCRIPTION
Strain rate sensitivity coefficient, n. If n<0 the absolute value of n is taken as the load curve number that defines n as a function of effective
plastic strain.
E0
Initial strain rate (default = 0.0002)
VP

EQ.0.0: Scale yield stress (default)
EPS0
Quasi-static threshold strain rate. See description under *MAT_015.
Remarks:
This material model follows a constitutive relationship of the form:

D = Q Q
where D is the yield stress, Q is the effective plastic strain, Q is the effective total strain rate
(VP=0), respectively the effective plastic strain rate (VP=1), and the constants k, m, and n can be
expressed as functions of effective plastic strain or can be constant with respect to the plastic
strain. The case of no strain hardening can be obtained by setting the exponent of the plastic
strain equal to a very small positive value, i.e. 0.0001.
This model can be combined with the superplastic forming input to control the magnitude of the
pressure in the pressure boundary conditions in order to limit the effective plastic strain rate so
that it does not exceed a maximum value at any integration point within the model.
A fully viscoplastic formulation is optional. An additional cost is incurred but the improvement
is results can be dramatic.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-269 (MAT)
*MAT_065
*MAT_MODIFIED_ZERILLI_ARMSTRONG
This is Material Type 65 which is a rate and temperature sensitive plasticity model which is
sometimes preferred in ordnance design calculations.
Card 1
MID
RO
E0
TROOM
PC
SPALL
A8
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
EFAIL
VP
Type
Card 3
B1
B2
B3
G1
G2
G3
G4
BULK
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
G
E0
N
TROOM
PC
2-270 (MAT)
Shear modulus
Q , factor to normalize strain rate
n, exponent for bcc metal

Tr, room temperature
pc, Pressure cutoff
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
SPALL
DESCRIPTION
Spall Type:
EQ.1.0: minimum pressure limit,
EQ.2.0: maximum principal stress,
EQ.3.0: minimum pressure cutoff.
C1
C1, coefficients for flow stress, see notes below.
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
EFAIL
*MAT_065
Failure strain for erosion
VP

B1
B1, coefficients for polynomial to represent temperature dependency of

flow stress yield.
B2
B2
B3
B3
G1
G1, coefficients for defining heat capacity and temperature dependency

of heat capacity.
G2
G2
G3
G3
G4
G4
BULK
Bulk modulus defined for shell elements only. Do not input for solid
elements.
Remarks:
The Armstrong-Zerilli Material Model expresses the flow stress as follows.

LS-DYNA R7.0
2-271 (MAT)
*MAT_065
For fcc metals (n=0),
D = - + V-8 (Q )
'8 b Ob| (R )?
e4
g
Q = effective plastic strain
Q =
+ -X
p(?)
p(8< )
effective plastic strain rate where Q = 1, 1e-3, 1e-6 for time units of
seconds, milliseconds, and microseconds, respectively.

For bcc metals (n>0),
D = - + -8 4
b Ob| (R )?
+ 9-X (Q ) + -Y :
p(?)
p(8< )
where
p(?)
p(8< )
= k + k8 / + k / 8 .
The relationship between heat capacity (specific heat) and temperature may be characterized by a
cubic polynomial equation as follows:
- = + 8 / + / 8 + W /
A fully viscoplastic formulation is optional. An additional cost is incurred but the improvement
is results can be dramatic.
2-272 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_066
*MAT_LINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 66. This material model is defined for simulating the effects of a linear
elastic beam by using six springs each acting about one of the six local degrees-of-freedom. The
two nodes defining a beam may be coincident to give a zero length beam, or offset to give a finite length beam. For finite length discrete beams the absolute value of the variable SCOOR in
the SECTION_BEAM input should be set to a value of 2.0, which causes the local r-axis to be
aligned along the two nodes of the beam to give physically correct behavior. The distance between the nodes of a beam should not affect the behavior of this model. A triad is used to orient
the beam for the directional springs. Translational/rotational stiffness and viscous damping effects are considered for a local cartesian system, see notes below. Applications for this element
include the modeling of joint stiffnesses.
Card 1
MID
RO
TKR
TKS
TKT
RKR
RKS
RKT
A8
TDR
TDS
TDT
RDR
RDS
RDT
Type
Card 3
FOR
FOS
FOT
MOR
MOS
MOT
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density, see also volume in the *SECTION_BEAM definition.
TKR
LS-DYNA R7.0
Translational stiffness along local r-axis, see notes below.

2-273 (MAT)
*MAT_066
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TKS
Translational stiffness along local s-axis.
TKT
Translational stiffness along local t-axis.
RKR
Rotational stiffness about the local r-axis.
RKS
Rotational stiffness about the local s-axis.
RKT
Rotational stiffness about the local t-axis.
TDR
Translational viscous damper along local r-axis. (Optional)
TDS
Translational viscous damper along local s-axis. (Optional)
TDT
Translational viscous damper along local t-axis. (Optional)
RDR
Rotational viscous damper about the local r-axis. (Optional)
RDS
Rotational viscous damper about the local s-axis. (Optional)
RDT
Rotational viscous damper about the local t-axis. (Optional)
FOR
Preload force in r-direction. (Optional)
FOS
Preload force in s-direction. (Optional)
FOT
Preload force in t-direction. (Optional)
MOR
Preload moment about r-axis. (Optional)
MOS
Preload moment about s-axis. (Optional)
MOT
Preload moment about t-axis. (Optional)
Remarks:
The formulation of the discrete beam (type 6) assumes that the beam is of zero length and requires no orientation node. A small distance between the nodes joined by the beam is permitted.
The local coordinate system which determines (r,s,t) is given by the coordinate ID, see
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_OPTION, in the cross sectional input, see *SECTION_BEAM,
where the global system is the default. The local coordinate system axes can rotate with either
node of the beam or an average rotation of both nodes (see SCOOR variable in
*SECTION_BEAM).
For null stiffness coefficients, no forces corresponding to these null values will develop. The
viscous damping coefficients are optional.
2-274 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_067
*MAT_NONLINEAR_ELASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 67. This material model is defined for simulating the effects of nonlinear
elastic and nonlinear viscous beams by using six springs each acting about one of the six local
degrees-of-freedom. The two nodes defining a beam may be coincident to give a zero length
beam, or offset to give a finite length beam. For finite length discrete beams the absolute value
of the variable SCOOR in the SECTION_BEAM input should be set to a value of 2.0, which
causes the local r-axis to be aligned along the two nodes of the beam to give physically correct
behavior. The distance between the nodes of a beam should not affect the behavior of this material model. A triad is used to orient the beam for the directional springs. Arbitrary curves to
model transitional/ rotational stiffness and damping effects are allowed. See notes below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
MID
RO
LCIDTR
LCIDTS
LCIDTT
LCIDRR
LCIDRS
LCIDRT
A8
LCIDRDS
LCIDRDT
F
LCIDTDR LCIDTDS LCIDTDT LCIDRDR
Type
Card 3
FOR
FOS
FOT
MOR
MOS
MOT
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-275 (MAT)
*MAT_067
Cards 4 and 5 must be defined to consider failure; otherwise, they are optional.
Card 4
FFAILR
FFAILS
FFAILT
MFAILR
MFAILS
MFAILT
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 5
UFAILR
UFAILS
UFAILT
TFAILR
TFAILS
TFAILT
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density, see also volume in *SECTION_BEAM definition.
LCIDTR
Load curve ID defining translational force resultant along local r-axis

versus relative translational displacement, see Remarks and Figure 2-33.
LCIDTS
Load curve ID defining translational force resultant along local s-axis

versus relative translational displacement.
LCIDTT
Load curve ID defining translational force resultant along local t-axis

LCIDRR
Load curve ID defining rotational moment resultant about local r-axis

versus relative rotational displacement.
LCIDRS
Load curve ID defining rotational moment resultant about local s-axis

LCIDRT
Load curve ID defining rotational moment resultant about local t-axis

2-276 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_067
DESCRIPTION
LCIDTDR
Load curve ID defining translational damping force resultant along local

r-axis versus relative translational velocity.
LCIDTDS

s-axis versus relative translational velocity.
LCIDTDT

t-axis versus relative translational velocity.
LCIDRDR
Load curve ID defining rotational damping moment resultant about local

r-axis versus relative rotational velocity.
LCIDRDS

s-axis versus relative rotational velocity.
LCIDRDT

t-axis versus relative rotational velocity.
FOR
FOS
FOT
MOR
MOS
MOT
FFAILR
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding force, Fr, is not

considered in the failure calculation.
FFAILS
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding force, Fs, is not

FFAILT
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding force, Ft, is not

MFAILR
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding moment, Mr, is

not considered in the failure calculation.
MFAILS
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding moment, Ms, is

MFAILT
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding moment, Mt, is

LS-DYNA R7.0
2-277 (MAT)
*MAT_067
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
UFAILR
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding displacement, ur,

is not considered in the failure calculation.
UFAILS
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding displacement, us,

UFAILT
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding displacement, ut,

TFAILR
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding rotation, r, is not

TFAILS
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding rotation, s, is not

TFAILT
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding rotation, t, is not

Remarks:
For null load curve IDs, no forces are computed.

The local coordinate system which determines (r,s,t) is given by the coordinate ID, see
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_OPTION, in the cross sectional input, see *SECTION_BEAM,
*SECTION_BEAM).
If different behavior in tension and compression is desired in the calculation of the force resultants, the load curve(s) must be defined in the negative quadrant starting with the most negative
displacement then increasing monotonically to the most positive. If the load curve behaves similarly in tension and compression, define only the positive quadrant. Whenever displacement
values fall outside of the defined range, the resultant forces will be extrapolated. Figure 2-33
depicts a typical load curve for a force resultant. Load curves used for determining the damping
forces and moment resultants always act identically in tension and compression, since only the
positive quadrant values are considered, i.e., start the load curve at the origin [0,0].
2-278 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_067
Figure 2-33. The resultant forces and moments are determined by a table lookup. If
the origin of the load curve is at [0,0] as in (b.) and tension and compression responses
are symmetric.
Catastrophic failure based on force resultants occurs if the following inequality is satisfied.
$E
$E
&
&
$E
$E
$E
&
$E
&
1. 0.
After failure the discrete element is deleted. Likewise, catastrophic failure based on displacement resultants occurs if the following inequality is satisfied:
$E
$E
2&
2&
$E
$E
$E
&
&
$E
1. 0.
After failure the discrete element is deleted. If failure is included either one or both of the criteria may be used.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-279 (MAT)
*MAT_068
*MAT_NONLINEAR_PLASTIC_DISCRETE_BEAM
elastoplastic, linear viscous behavior of beams by using six springs each acting about one of the
six local degrees-of-freedom. The two nodes defining a beam may be coincident to give a zero
length beam, or offset to give a finite length beam. For finite length discrete beams the absolute
value of the variable SCOOR in the SECTION_BEAM input should be set to a value of 2.0,
which causes the local r-axis to be aligned along the two nodes of the beam to give physically
correct behavior. The distance between the nodes of a beam should not affect the behavior of this
material model. A triad is used to orient the beam for the directional springs. Translational/rotational stiffness and damping effects can be considered. The plastic behavior is modeled
using force/moment curves versus displacements/ rotation. Optionally, failure can be specified
based on a force/moment criterion and a displacement/ rotation criterion. See also notes below.
Card 1
MID
RO
TKR
TKS
TKT
RKR
RKS
RKT
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 2
TDR
TDS
TDT
RDR
RDS
RDT
none
none
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-280 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_068
Card 3
LCPDR
LCPDS
LCPDT
LCPMR
LCPMS
LCPMT
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 4
FFAILR
FFAILS
FFAILT
MFAILR
MFAILS
MFAILT
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 5
UFAILR
UFAILS
UFAILT
TFAILR
TFAILS
TFAILT
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 6
FOR
FOS
FOT
MOR
MOS
MOT
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-281 (MAT)
*MAT_068
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density, see also volume on *SECTION_BEAM definition.
TKR
Translational stiffness along local r-axis
TKS
Translational stiffness along local s-axis
TKT
Translational stiffness along local t-axis
RKR
Rotational stiffness about the local r-axis
RKS
Rotational stiffness about the local s-axis
RKT
Rotational stiffness about the local t-axis
TDR
Translational viscous damper along local r-axis
TDS
Translational viscous damper along local s-axis
TDT
Translational viscous damper along local t-axis
RDR
Rotational viscous damper about the local r-axis
RDS
Rotational viscous damper about the local s-axis
RDT
Rotational viscous damper about the local t-axis
LCPDR
Load curve ID-yield force versus plastic displacement r-axis. If the

curve ID is zero, and if TKR is nonzero, then elastic behavior is obtained
for this component.
LCPDS
Load curve ID-yield force versus plastic displacement s-axis. If the

curve ID is zero, and if TKS is nonzero, then elastic behavior is obtained
for this component.
LCPDT
Load curve ID-yield force versus plastic displacement t-axis. If the

curve ID is zero, and if TKT is nonzero, then elastic behavior is obtained
for this component.
LCPMR
Load curve ID-yield moment versus plastic rotation r-axis. If the curve
ID is zero, and if RKR is nonzero, then elastic behavior is obtained for
this component.
LCPMS
Load curve ID-yield moment versus plastic rotation s-axis. If the curve
ID is zero, and if RKS is nonzero, then elastic behavior is obtained for
this component.
2-282 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_068
DESCRIPTION
LCPMT
Load curve ID-yield moment versus plastic rotation t-axis. If the curve
ID is zero, and if RKT is nonzero, then elastic behavior is obtained for
this component.
FFAILR
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding force, Fr, is not

FFAILS
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding force, Fs, is not

FFAILT
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding force, Ft, is not

MFAILR
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding moment, Mr, is

MFAILS
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding moment, Ms, is

MFAILT
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding moment, Mt, is

UFAILR
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding displacement, ur,

UFAILS
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding displacement, us,

UFAILT
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding displacement, ut,

TFAILR
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding rotation, r, is not

TFAILS
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding rotation, s, is not

TFAILT
Optional failure parameter. If zero, the corresponding rotation, t, is not

FOR
FOS
FOT
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-283 (MAT)
*MAT_068
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MOR
MOS
MOT
Remarks:
For the translational and rotational degrees of freedom where elastic behavior is desired, set the
load curve ID to zero.
The plastic displacement for the load curves is defined as:
plastic displacement = total displacement - yield force/elastic stiffness
The local coordinate system which determines (r,s,t) is given by the coordinate ID (see
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_OPTION) in the cross sectional input, see *SECTION_BEAM,
*SECTION_BEAM).
Catastrophic failure based on force resultants occurs if the following inequality is satisfied.
$E
$E
&
&
$E
$E
$E
&
$E
&
1. 0.
After failure the discrete element is deleted. Likewise, catastrophic failure based on displacement resultants occurs if the following inequality is satisfied:
$E
$E
2&
2&
$E
$E
$E
&
&
$E
1. 0.
After failure the discrete element is deleted. If failure is included either one or both of the criteria may be used.
2-284 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_068
Figure 2-34. The resultant forces and moments are limited by the yield definition. The
initial yield point corresponds to a plastic displacement of zero.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-285 (MAT)
*MAT_069
*MAT_SID_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 69. The side impact dummy uses a damper that is not adequately treated
by the nonlinear force versus relative velocity curves since the force characteristics are dependent on the displacement of the piston. See also notes below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
ST
A8
C3
STF
RHOF
C1
C2
LCIDF
LCIDD
S0
Read in up to 15 orifice locations with orifice location per card. Input is terminated when
a * card is found. On the first card below the optional input parameters SF and DF
may be specified.
Cards 3...
Variable
ORFLOC
ORFRAD
SF
DC
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density, see also volume on *SECTION_BEAM definition.
ST
St, piston stroke. St must equal or exceed the length of the beam element, see Figure 2-35 below.
d, piston diameter
2-286 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_069
DESCRIPTION
R, default orifice radius
h, orifice controller position
K, damping constant
LT.0.0: |K| is the load curve number ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defining the damping coefficient as a function of the absolute value of the relative velocity.
C, discharge coefficient
C3
Coefficient for fluid inertia term
STF
k, stiffness coefficient if piston bottoms out
RHOF
$E , fluid density
C1
C1, coefficient for linear velocity term
C2
C2, coefficient for quadratic velocity term
LCIDF
Load curve number ID defining force versus piston displacement, s, i.e.,

term S( + ). Compressive behavior is defined in the positive quadrant of the force displacement curve. Displacements falling outside of
the defined force displacement curve are extrapolated. Care must be
taken to ensure that extrapolated values are reasonable.
LCIDD
Load curve number ID defining damping coefficient versus piston displacement, s, i.e., ( + ). Displacements falling outside the defined
curve are extrapolated. Care must be taken to ensure that extrapolated
values are reasonable.
S0
Initial displacement s0, typically set to zero. A positive displacement

corresponds to compressive behavior.
ORFLOC
di, orifice location of ith orifice relative to the fixed end.
ORFRAD
ri, orifice radius of ith orifice, if zero the default radius is used.
SF
Scale factor on calculated force. The default is set to 1.0
DC
c, linear viscous damping coefficient used after damper bottoms out either in tension or compression.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-287 (MAT)
*MAT_069
Remarks:
As the damper moves, the fluid flows through the open orifices to provide the necessary damping
resistance. While moving as shown in Figure 2-35 the piston gradually blocks off and effectively closes the orifices. The number of orifices and the size of their opening control the damper
resistance and performance. The damping force is computed from,
= h
bN
m(
+ -8 U U"$E s
mc
bm(
1w S( + ) +
( + )
where K is a user defined constant or a tabulated function of the absolute value of the relative
velocity, Vp is the piston velocity, C is the discharge coefficient, Ap is the piston area, h& is the
total open areas of orifices at time t, fluid is the fluid density, C1 is the coefficient for the linear
term, and C2 is the coefficient for the quadratic term.
In the implementation, the orifices are assumed to be circular with partial covering by the orifice
controller. As the piston closes, the closure of the orifice is gradual. This gradual closure is
properly taken into account to insure a smooth response. If the piston stroke is exceeded, the
stiffness value, k, limits further movement, i.e., if the damper bottoms out in tension or compression the damper forces are calculated by replacing the damper by a bottoming out spring and
damper, k and c, respectively. The piston stroke must exceed the initial length of the beam element. The time step calculation is based in part on the stiffness value of the bottoming out
spring. A typical force versus displacement curve at constant relative velocity is shown in Figure
2-36.
The factor, SF, which scales the force defaults to 1.0 and is analogous to the adjusting ring on the
damper.
2-288 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_069
Figure 2-35. Mathematical model for the Side Impact Dummy damper.
Figure 2-36.
LS-DYNA
DYNA R7.0
Force versus displacement as orifices are covered at a constant relative velocity.

Only the linear velocity term is active.
2-289
289 (MAT)
*MAT_070
*MAT_HYDRAULIC_GAS_DAMPER_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 70. This special purpose element represents a combined hydraulic and
gas-filled damper which has a variable orifice coefficient. A schematic of the damper is shown
in Figure 2-37. Dampers of this type are sometimes used on buffers at the end of railroad tracks
and as aircraft undercarriage shock absorbers. This material can be used only as a discrete beam
element. See also notes below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
CO
P0
PA
AP
KH
A8
LCID
FR
SCLF
CLEAR
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
CO
Length of gas column, Co
Adiabatic constant
P0
Initial gas pressure, P0
PA
Atmospheric pressure, Pa
AP
Piston cross sectional area, Ap
KH
Hydraulic constant, K
LCID
2-290 (MAT)
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defining the orifice area, a0,
versus element deflection.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_070
Figure 2-37. Schematic of Hydraulic/Gas damper.

VARIABLE
FR
SCLF
CLEAR
DESCRIPTION
Return factor on orifice force. This acts as a factor on the hydraulic

force only and is applied when unloading. It is intended to represent a
valve that opens when the piston unloads to relieve hydraulic pressure.
Set it to 1.0 for no such relief.
Scale factor on force. (Default = 1.0)
Clearance (if nonzero, no tensile force develops for positive displacements and negative forces develop only after the clearance is closed.
Remarks:
As the damper is compressed two actions contribute to the force which develops. First, the gas is
adiabatically compressed into a smaller volume. Secondly, oil is forced through an orifice. A
profiled pin may occupy some of the cross-sectional area of the orifice; thus, the orifice area
available for the oil varies with the stroke. The force is assumed proportional to the square of the
velocity and inversely proportional to the available area.
The equation for this element is:
= - o 8 5 6 + ; 5
6 ; h p
-
x
8
where S is the element deflection and V is the relative velocity across the element.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-291 (MAT)
*MAT_071
*MAT_CABLE_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 71. This model permits elastic cables to be realistically modeled; thus, no
force will develop in compression.
Note: The following options will be available starting in release 3 of version 971: TMAXF0,
TRAMP, IREAD, OUTPUT, TSTART.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
LCID
F0
TMAXF0
TRAMP
IREAD
A8
none
none
none
none
Define Card 2 only if IREAD > 0

Card 2
OUTPUT
TSTART
Type
Default
Variable
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
GT.0.0: Young's modulus

LT.0.0: Stiffness
LCID
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defining the stress versus engineering strain. (Optional).
F0
Initial tensile force. If F0 is defined, an offset is not needed for an initial

tensile force.
2-292 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_071
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TMAXF0
Time for which pre-tension force will be held
TRAMP
Ramp-up time for pre-tension force
IREAD
Set to 1 to read second line of input
OUTPUT
Flag =1 to output axial strain (see note)
TSTART
Time at which the ramp-up of pre-tension begins
Remarks:
The force, F, generated by the cable is nonzero if and only if the cable is tension. The force is
given by:
where L is the change in length
= max( + , 0. )
= 24f34 f (fx334 f 1SS4f)
and the stiffness (E > 0.0 only ) is defined as:
= (EE&E#
l #
&8 $$#&)
Note that a constant force element can be obtained by setting:

> 0 and = 0
although the application of such an element is unknown.
The area and offset are defined on either the cross section or element cards. For a slack cable the
offset should be input as a negative length. For an initial tensile force the offset should be positive.
If a load curve is specified the Youngs modulus will be ignored and the load curve will be used
instead. The points on the load curve are defined as engineering stress versus engineering strain,
i.e., the change in length over the initial length. The unloading behavior follows the loading.
By default, cable pretension is applied only at the start of the analysis. If the cable is attached to
flexible structure, deformation of the structure will result in relaxation of the cables, which will
therefore lose some or all of the intended preload.
This can be overcome by using TMAXF0. In this case, it is expected that the structure will deform under the loading from the cables and that this deformation will take time to occur during
the analysis. The unstressed length of the cable will be continuously adjusted until time
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-293 (MAT)
*MAT_071
TMAXF0 such that the force is maintained at the user-defined pre-tension force this is analogous to operation of the pre-tensioning screws in real cables. After time TMAXF0, the unstressed length is fixed and the force in the cable is determined in the normal way using the stiffness and change of length.
Sudden application of the cable forces at time zero may result in an excessively dynamic response during pre-tensioning. A ramp-up time TRAMP may optionally be defined. The cable
force ramps up from zero at time TSTART to the full pre-tension F0 at time TSTART+TRAMP.
TMAXF0, if set less than TSTART+TRAMP by the user, will be internally reset to
TSTART+TRAMP.
If the model does not use dynamic relaxation, it is recommended that damping be applied during
pre-tensioning so that the structure reaches a steady state by time TMAXF0.
If the model uses dynamic relaxation, TSTART, TRAMP, and TMAXF0 apply only during dynamic relaxation. The cable preload at the end of dynamic relaxation carries over to the start of
the subsequent transient analysis.
The cable mass will be calculated from length x area x density if VOL is set to zero on
*SECTION_BEAM. Otherwise, VOL x density will be used.
If OUTPUT is set in any cable material, extra variables will be written to the d3plot and d3thdt
files for all beam elements. Post-processors should interpret the extra data as per Resultant
beams. Only the first extra data item, axial strain, is computed for MAT_CABLE elements.
If the stress-strain load curve option, LCID, is combined with preload, two types of behavior are
available:
1.
2.
2-294 (MAT)
If the preload is applied using the TMAXF0/TRAMP method, the initial strain is
calculated from the stress-strain curve to achieve the desired preload.
If TMAXF0/TRAMP are not used, the preload force is taken as additional to the
force calculated from the stress/strain curve. Thus, the total stress in the cable
will be higher than indicated by the stress/strain curve.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_072
*MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE
This is Material Type 72. This model has been used to analyze buried steel reinforced concrete
structures subjected to impulsive loadings. A newer version of this model is available as *MAT_
CONCRETE_DAMAGE_REL3
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
A8
Default
none
none
none
Card 2
SIGF
A0
A1
A2
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 3
A0Y
A1Y
A2Y
A1F
A2F
B1
B2
B3
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-295 (MAT)
*MAT_072
Card 4
PER
ER
PRR
SIGY
ETAN
LCP
LCR
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
0.0
none
none
Card 5
Variable
Type
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 6
Variable
10
11
12
13
Type
Default
none
none
none
none
none
Card 7
Variable
Type
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Default
2-296 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_072
Card 8
Variable
10
11
12
13
Type
none
none
none
none
none
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
PR
Poissons ratio.
SIGF
Maximum principal stress for failure.
A0
Cohesion.
A1
A2
A0Y
Cohesion for yield
A1Y
Pressure hardening coefficient for yield limit
A2Y
Pressure hardening coefficient for yield limit
A1F
A2F
B1
Damage scaling factor.
B2
Damage scaling factor for uniaxial tensile path.
B3
Damage scaling factor for triaxial tensile path.
PER
Percent reinforcement.
ER
Elastic modulus for reinforcement.
PRR
Poissons ratio for reinforcement.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-297 (MAT)
*MAT_072
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
SIGY
ETAN
Tangent modulus/plastic hardening modulus.
LCP
Load curve ID giving rate sensitivity for principal material, see

*DEFINE_CURVE.
LCR
Load curve ID giving rate sensitivity for reinforcement, see

*DEFINE_CURVE.
1-13
Tabulated damage function
1-13
Tabulated scale factor.
Remarks:
Cohesion for failed material a0f = 0.0

B3 must be positive or zero.
n < n+1. The first point must be zero.
2-298 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_072R3
*MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE_REL3
This is Material Type 72R3. The Karagozian & Case (K&C) Concrete Model - Release III is a
three-invariant model, uses three shear failure surfaces, includes damage and strain-rate effects,
and has origins based on the Pseudo-TENSOR Model (Material Type 16). The most significant
user improvement provided by Release III is a model parameter generation capability, based
solely on the unconfined compression strength of the concrete. The implementation of Release
III significantly changed the user input, thus previous input files using Material Type 72, i.e. prior to LS-DYNA Version 971, are not compatible with the present input format.
An open source reference, that precedes the parameter generation capability, is provided in Malvar et al. [1997]. A workshop proceedings reference, Malvar et al. [1996], is useful, but may be
difficult to obtain. More recent, but limited distribution reference materials, e.g. Malvar et al.
[2000], may be obtained by contacting Karagozian & Case.
Seven card images are required to define the complete set of model parameters for the K&C
Concrete Model. An Equation-of-State is also required for the pressure-volume strain response.
Brief descriptions of all the input parameters are provided below, however it is expected that this
model will be used primarily with the option to automatically generate the model parameters
based on the unconfined compression strength of the concrete. These generated material parameters, along with the generated parameters for *EOS_TABULATED_COMPACTION, are written
to the messag (or mes0000) file.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
A8
Default
none
none
none
Card 2
FT
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
A0
A1
A2
B1
OMEGA
A1F
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
0.0
2-299 (MAT)
*MAT_072R3
Card 3
Variable
NOUT
EDROP
RSIZE
UCF
LCRATE
LOCWID
NPTS
Type
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 4
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 5
09
10
11
12
13
B3
A0Y
A1Y
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
Card 6
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-300 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_072R3
Card 7
Variable
Type
Default
09
10
11
12
13
B2
A2F
A2Y
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
PR
FT
A0
A1
A2
B1
OMEGA
A1F
S
NOUT
EDROP
RSIZE
UCF
LS-DYNA R7.0
Poissons ratio, } .
Uniaxial tensile strength, S& .
Maximum shear failure surface parameter, x or S= for parameter

generation (recommended).
Maximum shear failure surface parameter, x .
Maximum shear failure surface parameter, x8 .

Compressive damage scaling parameter,
Fractional dilatancy, .
Residual failure surface coefficient, x $ .
stretch factor, s.
Output selector for effective plastic strain (see table).

Post peak dilatancy decay, 7 .
Unit conversion factor for length (inches/user-unit), e.g. 39.37 if user

length unit in meters.
Unit conversion factor for stress (psi/user-unit), e.g. 145 if S= in MPa.

2-301 (MAT)
*MAT_072R3
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCRATE
Define (load) curve number for strain-rate effects; effective strain rate
on abscissa (negative = tension) and strength enhancement on ordinate.
LOCWID
Three times the maximum aggregate diameter (input in user length

units).
NPTS
Number of points in versus ! damage relation; must be 13 points.
01
1st value of damage function, (a.k.a., 1st value of modified effective

plastic strain; see references for details).
02
2nd value of damage function,
03
3rd value of damage function,
04
4th value of damage function,
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
13th value of damage function..
B3
A0Y
A1Y
Damage scaling coefficient for triaxial tension, .
Initial yield surface cohesion, x .
Initial yield surface coefficient, x .
01
1st value of scale factor,
02
2nd value of scale factor,
03
3rd value of scale factor,
2-302 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_072R3
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
04
4th value of scale factor,
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
13th value of scale factor.
B2
A2F
A2Y
Tensile damage scaling exponent, 8 .
Residual failure surface coefficient, x8$ .
Initial yield surface coefficient, x8 .
, sometimes referred to as modified effective plastic strain, is computed internally as a function of effective plastic strain, strain rate enhancement factor, and pressure. is a function of
as specified by the vs. curve. The value, which is always between 0 and 1, is used to interpolate between the yield failure surface and the maximum failure surface, or between the maximum failure surface and the residual failure surface, depending on whether is to the left or
right of the first peak in the the vs. curve. The scaled damage measure ranges from 0 to 1
as the material transitions from the yield failure surface to the maximum failure surface, and
thereafter ranges from 1 to 2 as the material ranges from the maximum failure surface to the residual failure surface. See the references for details.
Output of Selected Variables

The quantity labeled as plastic strain by LS-PrePost is actually the quantity described in Table
2.3, in accordance with the input value of NOUT (see Card 3 above).
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-303 (MAT)
*MAT_072R3
Function
NOUT
1
2
3
4
Description
Current shear failure surface radius
Scaled damage measure
Strain energy (rate)
Plastic strain energy (rate)
J = 2/( + )
DEF QEF
DEF QEF
Table 2.6. Description of quantity labeled plastic strain by LS-PrePost.

An additional six extra history variables as shown in Table 2.4 may be be written by setting
NEIPH=6 on the keyword *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY. The extra history variables are
labeled as "history var#1" through "history var#6" in LS-PrePost.
Label
history var#1
history var#2
history var#3
history var#4
history var#5
history var#6
Description
Internal energy
Pressure from bulk viscosity
Volume in previous time step
Plastic volumetric strain
Slope of damage evolution ( vs. ) curve
Modified effective plastic strain ()
Table 2.7. Extra History Variables for *MAT_072R3

Sample Input for Concrete
As an example of the K&C Concrete Model material parameter generation, the following sample
input for a 45.4 MPa (6,580 psi) unconfined compression strength concrete is provided. The
basic units for the provided parameters are length in millimeters (mm), time in milliseconds
(msec), and mass in grams (g). This base unit set yields units of force in Newtons (N) and pressure in Mega-Pascals (MPa).
Card 1
Variable
Type
2-304 (MAT)
MID
RO
PR
72
2.3E-3
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_072R3
Card 2
Variable
FT
A0
A1
A2
B1
OMEGA
A1F
Type
Card 3
Variable
-45.4
NOUT
EDROP
RSIZE
UCF
LCRATE
LOCWID
NPTS
3.94E-2
145.0
723.0
Type
Card 4
Variable
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
B3
A0Y
A1Y
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Type
Card 5
Variable
Type
Card 6
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-305 (MAT)
*MAT_072R3
Card 7
Variable
09
10
11
12
13
B2
A2F
A2Y
Type
Shear strength enhancement factor versus effective strain rate is given by a curve
(*DEFINE_CURVE) with LCID 723. The sample input values, see Malvar & Ross [1998], are
given in Table 72.3.
Strain-Rate (1/ms)
-3.0E+01
-3.0E-01
-1.0E-01
-3.0E-02
-1.0E-02
-3.0E-03
-1.0E-03
-1.0E-04
-1.0E-05
-1.0E-06
-1.0E-07
-1.0E-08
0.0E+00
3.0E-08
1.0E-07
1.0E-06
1.0E-05
1.0E-04
1.0E-03
3.0E-03
1.0E-02
3.0E-02
1.0E-01
3.0E-01
3.0E+01
Table 2.8.
2-306 (MAT)
Enhancement
9.70
9.70
6.72
4.50
3.12
2.09
1.45
1.36
1.28
1.20
1.13
1.06
1.00
1.00
1.03
1.08
1.14
1.20
1.26
1.29
1.33
1.36
2.04
2.94
2.94
Enhancement versus effective strain rate for 45.4 MPa concrete (sample). When
defining curve LCRATE, input negative (tensile) values of effective strain rate
first. The enhancement should be positive and should be 1.0 at a strain rate of
zero.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_073
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_VISCOUS_FOAM
This is Material Type 73 for Modeling Low Density Urethane Foam with high compressibility
and with rate sensitivity which can be characterized by a relaxation curve. Its main applications
are for seat cushions, padding on the Side Impact Dummies (SID), bumpers, and interior foams.
Optionally, a tension cut-off failure can be defined. Also, see the notes below and the description of material 57: *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_FOAM.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
LCID
TC
HU
BETA
DAMP
A8
1.E+20
1.
Default
Remarks
Card 2
Variable
SHAPE
FAIL
BVFLAG
KCON
LCID2
BSTART
TRAMP
NV
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Type
Default
If LCID2 = 0 then define the following viscoelastic constants. Up to 6 cards may be input.
A keyword card (with a * in column 1) terminates this input if less than 6 cards are
used.
Optional
Cards
Variable
GI
BETAI
REF
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-307 (MAT)
*MAT_073
If LCID2 = -1 then define the following frequency dependent viscoelastic data.

Cards opt.
Variable
Type
LCID3
LCID4
SCALEW
SCALEA
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus used in tension. For implicit problems E is set to the

initial slope of load curve LCID.
LCID
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for nominal stress versus strain.
TC
Tension cut-off stress
HU

dissipation), see also Figure 2-30
BETA
, decay constant to model creep in unloading.

EQ.0.0: No relaxation.
DAMP

effects.
as: Q = max(1 , 1 8 , 1. )
SHAPE
and greater than one increases dissipation, see also Figure 2-30.
FAIL
BVFLAG
2-308 (MAT)

LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_073
DESCRIPTION
KCON
Stiffness coefficient for contact interface stiffness. Maximum slope in

stress vs. strain curve is used. When the maximum slope is taken for the
contact, the time step size for this material is reduced for stability. In
some cases t may be significantly smaller, and defining a reasonable
stiffness is recommended.
LCID2
Load curve ID of relaxation curve. If constants are determined via a

least squares fit. This relaxation curve is shown in Figure 2-39. This
model ignores the constant stress.
BSTART
Fit parameter. In the fit, 1 is set to zero, 2 is set to BSTART, 3 is

10 times 2, 4 is 10 times greater than 3 , and so on. If zero,
BSTART= .01.
TRAMP
Optional ramp time for loading.
NV
Number of terms in fit. If zero, the default is 6. Currently, the maximum number is set to 6. Values of 2 are 3 are recommended, since each
term used adds significantly to the cost. Caution should be exercised
when taking the results from the fit. Preferably, all generated coefficients should be positive. Negative values may lead to unstable results.
Once a satisfactory fit has been achieved it is recommended that the coefficients which are written into the output file be input in future runs.
GI
Optional shear relaxation modulus for the ith term
BETAI
Optional decay constant if ith term
REF
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
LCID3
Load curve ID giving the magnitude of the shear modulus as a function

of the frequency. LCID3 must use the same frequencies as LCID4.
LCID4
Load curve ID giving the phase angle of the shear modulus as a function
of the frequency. LCID4 must use the same frequencies as LCID3.
SCALEW
LS-DYNA R7.0
Flag for the form of the frequency data.

EQ.0.0: Frequency is in cycles per unit time.
EQ.1.0: Circular frequency.
2-309 (MAT)
*MAT_073
VARIABLE
SCALEA
DESCRIPTION
Flag for the units of the phase angle.

EQ.0.0: Degrees.
EQ.1.0: Radians.
Remarks:
This viscoelastic foam model is available to model highly compressible viscous foams. The hyperelastic formulation of this model follows that of Material 57.
Rate effects are accounted for through linear viscoelasticity by a convolution integral of the form
where
EFH (f
DEF =
&
EFH (f
RM
) is the relaxation function. The stress tensor, DEF , augments the stresses de-
termined from the foam, DEF ; consequently, the final stress, DEF , is taken as the summation of the
two contributions:
$
DEF = DEF + DEF .

$
Since we wish to include only simple rate effects, the relaxation function is represented by up to
six terms of the Prony series:
(f) = y + ' y 4
O&
This model is effectively a Maxwell fluid which consists of a dampers and springs in series. The
formulation is performed in the local system of principal stretches where only the principal values of stress are computed and triaxial coupling is avoided. Consequently, the one-dimensional
nature of this foam material is unaffected by this addition of rate effects. The addition of rate
effects necessitates 42 additional history variables per integration point. The cost and memory
overhead of this model comes primarily from the need to remember the local system of principal stretches and the evaluation of the viscous stress components.
Frequency data can be fit to the Prony series. Using Fourier transforms the relationship between
the relaxation function and the frequency dependent data is
() = y +
() =
2-310 (MAT)
'
'
y (/z )8
1 + (/z )8
y /z
1 + /z
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_073
where the storage modulus and loss modulus are defined in terms of the frequency dependent
magnitude G and phase angle & given by load curves LCID3 and LCID4 respectively,
() = ()cos(&()), and () = ()sin(&()).
Additional Remarks:
1.
When hysteretic unloading is used the reloading will follow the unloading curve if the
decay constant, , is set to zero. If is nonzero the decay to the original loading curve is
governed by the expression:
14
O&
2.
volumetric response and, consequently, it is optional with this model.
3.
The hysteretic unloading factor results in the unloading curve to lie beneath the loading
curve as shown in Figure 2-30. This unloading provides energy dissipation which is reasonable in certain kinds of foam.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-311 (MAT)
*MAT_074
*MAT_ELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 74. This model permits elastic springs with damping to be combined and
represented with a discrete beam element type 6. Linear stiffness and damping coefficients can
be defined, and, for nonlinear behavior, a force versus deflection and force versus rate curves can
be used. Displacement based failure and an initial force are optional.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
F0
CDF
TDF
A8
FLCID
HLCID
C1
C2
DLE
GLCID
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Stiffness coefficient.
F0
Optional initial force. This option is inactive if this material is referenced in a part referenced by material type *MAT_ELASTIC_
6DOF_SPRING
Viscous damping coefficient.
CDF
Compressive displacement at failure. Input as a positive number. After

failure, no forces are carried. This option does not apply to zero length
springs.
EQ.0.0: inactive.
TDF
Tensile displacement at failure. After failure, no forces are carried.
FLCID
2-312 (MAT)
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defining force versus deflection

for nonlinear behavior.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_074
VARIABLE
HLCID
DESCRIPTION
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defining force versus relative

velocity for nonlinear behavior (optional). If the origin of the curve is at
(0,0) the force magnitude is identical for a given magnitude of the relative velocity, i.e., only the sign changes.
C1
Damping coefficient for nonlinear behavior (optional).
C2
Damping coefficient for nonlinear behavior (optional).
DLE
GLCID
Factor to scale time units. The default is unity.

Optional load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defining a scale factor
versus deflection for load curve ID, HLCID. If zero, a scale factor of
unity is assumed.
Remarks:
If the linear spring stiffness is used, the force, F, is given by:

= + +
but if the load curve ID is specified, the force is then given by:
= + S( ) 1 + -1 + -2 sgn ln max o1. ,
In these equations, is the change in length

p + + ( )
,
= 24f34 f fx334 f
The cross sectional area is defined on the section card for the discrete beam elements, See
*SECTION_BEAM. The square root of this area is used as the contact thickness offset if these
elements are included in the contact treatment.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-313 (MAT)
*MAT_075
*MAT_BILKHU/DUBOIS_FOAM
This is Material Type 75. This model is for the simulation of isotropic crushable foams. Uniaxial and triaxial test data are used to describe the behavior.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
YM
LCPY
LCUYS
VC
PC
VPC
A8
TSC
VTSC
LCRATE
PR
KCON
ISFLG
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
YM
Youngs modulus (E)
LCPY
Load curve ID giving pressure for plastic yielding versus volumetric

strain, see Figure 2-38.
LCUYS
Load curve ID giving uniaxial yield stress versus volumetric strain, see
Figure 2-38, all abscissa should be positive if only the results of a compression test are included, optionally the results of a tensile test can be
added (corresponding to negative values of the volumetric strain), in the
latter case PC, VPC, TC and VTC will be ignored
VC
Viscous damping coefficient (.05<recommended value<.50).
PC
Pressure cutoff. If zero, the default is set to one-tenth of p0, the yield
pressure corresponding to a volumetric strain of zero.
VPC
Variable pressure cutoff as a fraction of pressure yield value. If non-zero

this will override the pressure cutoff value PC.
2-314 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_075
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TC
Tension cutoff for uniaxial tensile stress. Default is zero. A nonzero

value is recommended for better stability.
VTC
Variable tension cutoff as a fraction of the uniaxial compressive yield

strength, if non-zero this will override the tension cutoff value TC.
LCRATE
Load curve ID giving a scale factor for the previous yield curves, dependent upon the volumetric plastic strain.
PR
Poisson coefficient, which applies to both elastic and plastic deformations, must be smaller then 0.5
KCON
Stiffness coefficient for contact interface stiffness. If undefined onethird of Youngs modulus, YM, is used. KCON is also considered in the
element time step calculation; therefore, large values may reduce the element time step size.
ISFLG
Flag for tensile response (active only if negative abscissa are present in
load curve LCUYS)
EQ.0: load curve abscissa in tensile region correspond to volumetric strain
EQ.1: load curve abscissa in tensile region correspond to effective
strain
Remarks:
The logarithmic volumetric strain is defined in terms of the relative volume, , as:
a = ln( )
If used (ISFLG-1), the effective strain is defined in the usual way:

Q#$$ = :
8
In defining the load curve LCPY the stress and strain pairs should be positive values starting
with a volumetric strain value of zero.
The load curve LCUYS can optionally contain the results of the tensile test (corresponding to
negative values of the volumetric strain), if so, then the load curve information will override PC,
VPC, TC and VTC
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-315 (MAT)
*MAT_075
Figure 2-38. Behavior of crushable foam. Unloading is elastic

The yield surface is defined as an ellipse in the equivalent pressure and von Mises stress plane.
2-316 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_076
*MAT_GENERAL_VISCOELASTIC
This is Material Type 76. This material model provides a general viscoelastic Maxwell model
having up to 18 terms in the prony series expansion and is useful for modeling dense continuum
rubbers and solid explosives. Either the coefficients of the prony series expansion or a relaxation
curve may be specified to define the viscoelastic deviatoric and bulk behavior.
The material model can also be used with laminated shell. Either an elastic or viscoelastic layer
can be defined with the laminated formulation. To activate laminated shell you need the laminated formulation flag on *CONTROL_SHELL. With the laminated option a user defined integration rule is needed.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
BULK
PCF
EF
TREF
A8
Insert a blank card here if constants are defined on cards 3,4,... below.
If an elastic layer is defined in a laminated shell this card must be blank.
Card 2
Variable
LCID
NT
BSTART
TRAMP
LCIDK
NTK
BSTART
K
TRAMPK
Type
Card Format for viscoelastic constants. Up to 18 cards may be input. A keyword card
(with a * in column 1) terminates this input if less than 18 cards are used. These cards
are not needed if relaxation data is defined. The number of terms for the shear behavior
may differ from that for the bulk behavior: simply insert zero if a term is not included.If
an elastic layer is defined you only need to define GI and KI (note in an elastic layer only
one card is needed)
Cards opt.
Variable
GI
BETAI
KI
BETAKI
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-317 (MAT)
*MAT_076
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
BULK
PCF
EF
TREF

Tensile pressure elimination flag for solid elements only. If set to unity
tensile pressures are set to zero.
Elastic flag (if equal 1, the layer is elastic. If 0 the layer is viscoelastic).
Reference temperature for shift function (must be greater than zero).
Coefficient for the Arrhenius and the Williams-Landau-Ferry shift functions.
Coefficient for the Williams-Landau-Ferry shift function.
LCID
Load curve ID for deviatoric behavior if constants, Gi, and i are determined via a least squares fit. This relaxation curve is shown below.
NT
Number of terms in shear fit. If zero the default is 6. Fewer than NT

terms will be used if the fit produces one or more negative shear moduli.
Currently, the maximum number is set to 18.
BSTART
In the fit, 1 is set to zero, 2 is set to BSTART, 3 is 10 times 2, 4

is 10 times 3 , and so on. If zero, BSTART is determined by an iterative trial and error scheme.
TRAMP
LCIDK
Load curve ID for bulk behavior if constants, Ki, and i are determined
via a least squares fit. This relaxation curve is shown below.
NTK
Number of terms desired in bulk fit. If zero the default is 6. Currently,

the maximum number is set to 18.
BSTARTK
In the fit, 1 is set to zero, 2 is set to BSTARTK, 3 is 10 times

2, 4 is 100 times greater than 3 , and so on. If zero, BSTARTK is
determined by an iterative trial and error scheme.
TRAMPK
Optional ramp time for bulk loading.
GI
2-318 (MAT)

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_076
VARIABLE
BETAI
KI
BETAKI
DESCRIPTION
Optional shear decay constant for the ith term

Optional bulk relaxation modulus for the ith term
Optional bulk decay constant for the ith term
Remarks:
Rate effects are taken into accounted through linear viscoelasticity by a convolution integral of
the form:
&
R
DEF = EFH (f ) M
where EFH(& ) is the relaxation functions for the different stress measures. This stress is added
to the stress tensor determined from the strain energy functional.
If we wish to include only simple rate effects, the relaxation function is represented by six terms
from the Prony series:
(f) = ' 4 O &
We characterize this in the input by shear moduli, E , and decay constants, zE . An arbitrary
number of terms, up to 18, may be used when applying the viscoelastic model.
For volumetric relaxation, the relaxation function is also represented by the Prony series in terms
of bulk moduli:
(f) = '
4 OM &
The Arrhenius and Williams-Landau-Ferry (WLF) shift functions account for the effects of the
temperature on the stress relaxation. A scaled time, t,
f = (/) f
&
is used in the relaxation function instead of the physical time. The Arrhenius shift function is
(/) = exp h
(/) = exp h
oO? ?
and the Williams-Landau-Ferry shift function is
? ?
If all three values (TREF, A, and B) are not zero, the WLF function is used; the Arrhenius function is used if B is zero; and no scaling is applied if all three values are zero.
The Relaxation curve (see figure 2-39 below) defines stress versus time where time is defined on
a logarithmic scale. For best results, the points defined in the load curve should be equally
spaced on the logarithmic scale. Note the values for the abscissa are input as time, not log(time).
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-319 (MAT)
*MAT_076
Figure 2-39. Relaxation curve.

Furthermore, the load curve should be smooth and defined in the positive quadrant. If nonphysical values are determined by least squares fit, LS-DYNA will terminate with an error message
after the initialization phase is completed. If the ramp time for loading is included, then the relaxation which occurs during the loading phase is taken into account. This effect may or may not
be important.
2-320 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_077_H
*MAT_HYPERELASTIC_RUBBER
This is Material Type 77. This material model provides a general hyperelastic rubber model
combined optionally with linear viscoelasticity as outlined by Christensen [1980].
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PR
NV
SIGF
REF
A8
Extra card to read table for Mullins effect if PR.LT.0

Card opt.
Variable
TBHYS
Type
Card 2 if N > 0, a least squares fit is computed from uniaxial data

Card 2
Variable
Type
SGL
SW
ST
LCID1
DATA
LCID2
BSTART
TRAMP
Card 2 if N = 0 define the following constants

Card 2
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
C10
C01
C11
C20
C02
C30
2-321 (MAT)
*MAT_077_H
Card Format for Viscoelastic Constants and frictional damping constants. Up to 12 cards
may be input. A keyword card (with a * in column 1) terminates this input if less than
12 cards are used.
Cards opt.
Variable
GI
BETAI
GJ
SIGFJ
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
PR
Poissons ratio (>.49 is recommended, smaller values may not work and
should not be used). If this is set to a negative number, then the absolute
value is used and an extra card is read for Mullins effect.
TBHYS
N
Table ID for hysteresis, see Remarks

Number of constants to solve for:
EQ.1: Solve for C10 and C01
EQ.2: Solve for C10, C01, C11, C20, and C02
EQ.3: Solve for C10, C01, C11, C20, C02, and C30
NV
Number of Prony series terms in fit. If zero, the default is 6. Currently,

the maximum number is set to 12. Values less than 12, possibly 3-5 are
recommended, since each term used adds significantly to the cost. Caution should be exercised when taking the results from the fit. Preferably,
all generated coefficients should be positive. Negative values may lead
to unstable results. Once a satisfactory fit has been achieved it is recommended that the coefficients which are written into the output file be
input in future runs.
stress for the slider mechanism is SIGF defined below. For the best results, the value of G should be 250-1000 times greater than SIGF.
SIGF
2-322 (MAT)
Limit stress for frequency independent frictional damping.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_077_H
VARIABLE
REF
DESCRIPTION
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
If N>0 test information from a uniaxial test are used.

SGL
Specimen gauge length
SW
Specimen width
ST
Specimen thickness
LCID1
Load curve ID giving the force versus actual change in the gauge length
DATA
Type of experimental data.

EQ.0.0: uniaxial data (Only option for this model)
LCID2
Load curve ID of relaxation curve

If constants are determined via a least squares fit. This relaxation
curve is shown in Figure 2-39. This model ignores the constant
stress.
BSTART

TRAMP
If N=0, the following constants have to be defined:

C10
C10
C01
C01
C11
C11
C20
C20
C02
C02
C30
C30
GI
LS-DYNA R7.0

2-323 (MAT)
*MAT_077_H
VARIABLE
BETAI
DESCRIPTION
GJ
Optional shear modulus for frequency independent damping represented

as the jth spring and slider in series in parallel to the rest of the stress
contributions.
SIGFJ
Limit stress for frequency independent, frictional, damping represented

as the jth spring and slider in series in parallel to the rest of the stress
contributions.
Remarks:
Rubber is generally considered to be fully incompressible since the bulk modulus greatly exceeds the shear modulus in magnitude. To model the rubber as an unconstrained material a hydrostatic work term, (0), is included in the strain energy functional which is function of the
relative volume, 0, [Ogden 1984]:
(0 , 08 , 0) =
,b'
-b (0 3) (08 3)b +
0 =
08 = 8
'
(0)
8'
In order to prevent volumetric work from contributing to the hydrostatic work the first and second invariants are modified as shown. This procedure is described in more detail by Sussman
and Bathe [1987].
Rate effects are taken into account through linear viscoelasticity by a convolution integral of the
form:
&
R
DEF = EFH (f ) M
or in terms of the second Piola-Kirchhoff stress,

EF
EF ,
and Green's strain tensor, ,EF ,
= EFH (f )
&
lM
where EFH (f ) and EFH (f ) are the relaxation functions for the different stress measures.
This stress is added to the stress tensor determined from the strain energy functional.
given by,
2-324 (MAT)
(f) = y + ' y 4
(f) = E' E 4
O &
O&
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_077_H
This model is effectively a Maxwell fluid which consists of a dampers and springs in series. We
characterize this in the input by shear moduli, E , and decay constants, zE . The viscoelastic behavior is optional and an arbitrary number of terms may be used.
The Mooney-Rivlin rubber model (model 27) is obtained by specifying n=1. In spite of the differences in formulations with Model 27, we find that the results obtained with this model are
nearly identical with those of Material 27 as long as large values of Poissons ratio are used.
The frequency independent damping is obtained by the having a spring and slider in series as
shown in the following sketch:
Several springs and sliders in series can be defined that are put in parallel to the rest of the stress
contributions of this material model.
If a table for hysteresis is defined, then this is interpreted as follows. Let be the current value of the deviatoric strain energy density as calculated above. Furthermore, let { be the peak
strain energy density reached up to this point in time. It is then assumed that the resulting stress
is reduced by a factor due to damage according to
= (
{ )
i.e., the deviatoric stress is reduced by damage factor that is given as input. The table should thus
consist of curves for different values of { , where each curve gives the stress reduction (a value between 0 an 1) for a given value of . The abscissa values for a curve corresponding to a
peak energy density of { should range from 0 to { , and the ordinate values should preferably increase with increasing and must take the value 1 when = { . This table can
be estimated from a uniaxial quasistatic compression test. Let a test specimen of volume V be
loaded and unloaded one cycle. We assume S( ) to be the loading force as function of the displacement d, and S ( ) be the unloading curve. The specimen is loaded to maximum displacement before unloading. The strain energy density is then given as a function of the loaded displacement as
(
)=
S()
and the peak energy is of course given as { = ( ). From this energy curve we can also
determine the inverse, i.e., the displacement ( ). The curve to be input to LS-DYNA is then
(
LS-DYNA R7.0
{ ) =
S ( (
S( (
))
))
2-325 (MAT)
*MAT_077_H
This procedure is repeated for different values of .
2-326 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_077_O
*MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER
*MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER
This is also Material Type 77. This material model provides the Ogden [1984] rubber model
combined optionally with linear viscoelasticity as outlined by Christensen [1980].
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PR
NV
SIGF
REF
A8
Extra card to read table for Mullins effect if PR.LT.0

Card opt.
Variable
TBHYS
Type

Card 2
Variable
Type
SGL
SW
ST
LCID1
DATA
LCID2
BSTART
TRAMP
Cards 2,3 if N = 0 define the following constants

Card 2
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
MU1
MU2
MU3
MU4
MU5
MU6
MU7
MU8
2-327 (MAT)
*MAT_077_O
Card 3
Variable
*MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER
ALPHA1
ALPHA2
ALPHA3
ALPHA4
ALPHA5
ALPHA6
ALPHA7
ALPHA8
Type
Card Format for Viscoelastic Constants. Up to 12 cards may be input. A keyword card
(with a * in column 1) terminates this input if less than 12 cards are used.
Cards opt.
Variable
GI
BETAI
VFLAG
Type
Default
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
PR
Poissons ratio (.49 is recommended; smaller values may not work and
should not be used). If this is set to a negative number, then the absolute
value is used and an extra card is read for Mullins effect.
Order of fit to the Ogden model, (currently <9, 2 generally works okay).
The constants generated during the fit are printed in the output file and
can be directly input in future runs, thereby, saving the cost of performing the nonlinear fit. The users need to check the correction of the fit results before proceeding to compute.
NV
Number of Prony series terms in fit. If zero, the default is 6. Currently,

the maximum number is set to 12. Values less than 12, possibly 3-5 are
recommended, since each term used adds significantly to the cost. Caution should be exercised when taking the results from the fit. Preferably,
all generated coefficients should be positive. Negative values may lead
to unstable results. Once a satisfactory fit has been achieved it is recommended that the coefficients which are written into the output file be
input in future runs.
2-328 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_077_O
*MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER
VARIABLE
G
DESCRIPTION
Shear modulus for frequency independent damping. Frequency independent damping is based on a spring and slider in series. The critical
SIGF
Limit stress for frequency independent frictional damping.
REF
Use reference geometry to initialize the stress tensor. The reference geometry is defined by the keyword: *INITIAL_FOAM_REFERENCE_
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
TBHYS
Table ID for hysteresis, see Remarks on

MAT_HYPERELASTIC_RUBBER
If N>0 test information from a uniaxial test are used:

SGL
SW
Specimen width
ST
Specimen thickness
LCID1
Load curve ID giving the force versus actual change in the gauge length
DATA
Type of experimental data.

EQ.1.0: uniaxial data (default)
EQ.2.0: biaxial data
EQ.3.0: pure shear data
LCID2
Load curve ID of relaxation curve. If constants are determined via a

least squares fit. This relaxation curve is shown in Figure 2-39. This
model ignores the constant stress.
BSTART
In the fit, 1 is set to zero, 2 is set to BSTART, 3 is 10 times 2 , 4

TRAMP

If N=0, the constants MUi and ALPHAi have to be defined:
MUi
ALPHAi
LS-DYNA R7.0
i, the ith shear modulus, i varies up to 8. See discussion below.

i, the ith exponent, i varies up to 8. See discussion below.
2-329 (MAT)
*MAT_077_O
*MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER
VARIABLE
GI
DESCRIPTION
BETAI
VFLAG
Flag for the viscoelasticity formulation. This appears only on the first
line defining GI, BETAI, and VFLAG. If VFLAG=0, the standard viscoelasticity formulation is used (the default), and if VFLAG=1, the viscoelasticity formulation using the instantaneous elastic stress is used.
Remarks:
Rubber is generally considered to be fully incompressible since the bulk modulus greatly exceeds the shear modulus in magnitude. To model the rubber as an unconstrained material a hydrostatic work term is included in the strain energy functional which is function of the relative
volume, 0, [Ogden 1984]:
=1 3=1
y3
y3
1 + (0 1 ln0)
The asterisk (*) indicates that the volumetric effects have been eliminated from the principal
stretches, 3 .. The number of terms, n, may vary between 1 to 8 inclusive, and K is the bulk
modulus.
form:
&
R
DEF = EFH (f ) M

EF
, and Green's strain tensor,
= EFH (f )
&
lM
j?
(f) = y + ' y 4 O&
given by,
2-330 (MAT)
(f) = E' E 4
O &
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_077_O
*MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER
characterize this in the input by shear moduli, , and decay constants, z . The viscoelastic behavior is optional and an arbitrary number of terms may be used.
For VFLAG=1, the viscoelastic term is
D3 =
(f )
33
D,3
where D,3 is the instantaneous stress evaluated from the internal energy functional. The coefficients in the Prony series therefore correspond to normalized relaxation moduli instead of elastic
moduli.
The Mooney-Rivlin rubber model (model 27) is obtained by specifying n=1. In spite of the differences in formulations with Model 27, we find that the results obtained with this model are
nearly identical with those of Material 27 as long as large values of Poissons ratio are used.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-331 (MAT)
*MAT_078
*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE
*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE
This is Material Type 78. This model permits concrete and soil to be efficiently modeled. See
the explanations below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
LCPV
LCYP
LCFP
LCRP
A8
PC
OUT
FAIL
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Shear modulus
Bulk modulus
LCPV
Load curve ID for pressure versus volumetric strain. The pressure versus volumetric strain curve is defined in compression only. The sign
convention requires that both pressure and compressive strain be defined
as positive values where the compressive strain is taken as the negative
value of the natural logarithm of the relative volume.
LCYP
Load curve ID for yield versus pressure:

GT.0: von Mises stress versus pressure,
LT.0: Second stress invariant, J2, versus pressure. This curve must
be defined.
LCFP
Load curve ID for plastic strain at which fracture begins versus pressure.
This load curve ID must be defined if B>0.0.
2-332 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_078
*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE
VARIABLE
LCRP
PC
OUT
B
FAIL
DESCRIPTION
Load curve ID for plastic strain at which residual strength is reached

versus pressure. This load curve ID must be defined if B>0.0.
Pressure cutoff for tensile fracture
Output option for plastic strain in database:
EQ.0: volumetric plastic strain,
EQ.1: deviatoric plastic strain.
Residual strength factor after cracking, see Figure 2-40.
Flag for failure:
EQ.0: no failure,
EQ.1: When pressure reaches failure pressure element is eroded,
EQ.2: When pressure reaches failure pressure element loses it ability
to carry tension.
Remarks:
Pressure is positive in compression. Volumetric strain is defined as the natural log of the relative
volume and is positive in compression where the relative volume, V, is the ratio of the current
volume to the initial volume. The tabulated data should be given in order of increasing compression. If the pressure drops below the cutoff value specified, it is reset to that value and the deviatoric stress state is eliminated.
If the load curve ID (LCYP) is provided as a positive number, the deviatoric, perfectly plastic,
pressure dependent, yield function , is given as
& = Q3J8 (e) = D (e)
where , F(p) is a tabulated function of yield stress versus pressure, and the second invariant, J2, is
defined in terms of the deviatoric stress tensor as:
08 =
8 EF EF
assuming that if the ID is given as negative then the yield function becomes:
being the deviatoric stress tensor.
& = 08 (e)
If cracking is invoked by setting the residual strength factor, B, on card 2 to a value between 0.0
and 1.0, the yield stress is multiplied by a factor f which reduces with plastic strain according to
a trilinear law as shown in Figure 2-40.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-333 (MAT)
*MAT_078
*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE
Figure 2-40. Strength reduction factor.
residual strength factor
plastic stain at which cracking begins.
plastic stain at which residual strength is reached.
1 and 2 are tabulated functions of pressure that are defined by load curves, see Figure 2-41.
The values on the curves are pressure versus strain and should be entered in order of increasing
pressure. The strain values should always increase monotonically with pressure.
By properly defining the load curves, it is possible to obtain the desired strength and ductility
over a range of pressures, see Figure 2-42.
Figure 2-41. Cracking strain versus pressure.
2-334 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_078
*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE
Figure 2-42.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-335 (MAT)
*MAT_079
*MAT_HYSTERETIC_SOIL
This is Material Type 79. This model is a nested surface model with up to ten superposed layers of elasto-perfectly plastic material, each with its own elastic moduli and yield values. Nested surface models give hysteric behavior, as the different layers yield at different stresses. See
Remarks below.
Note: This Material Type will be available starting in release 3 of version 971.
Card 1
MID
RO
K0
P0
A0
A1
A2
A8
DF
RP
LCID
SFLC
DIL_A
DIL_B
DIL_C
DIL_D
Type
Card 3
GAM1
GAM2
GAM3
GAM4
GAM5
PINIT
Type
Card 4
TAU1
TAU2
TAU3
TAU4
TAU5
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-336 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_079
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
K0
Bulk modulus at the reference pressure
P0
Cut-off/datum pressure (must be 0 i.e. tensile). Below this pressure,

stiffness and strength disappears; this is also the zero pressure for
pressure-varying properties.
= (e e )!
. b, must lie
= (e e )!
in the range 0b<1. Values close to 1 are not recommended because the
pressure becomes indeterminate.
Exponent for pressure-sensitive moduli, b:
A0
Yield function constant a0 (Default = 1.0), see Material Type 5.
A1
A2
DF
Damping factor. Must be in the range 0df1:

EQ.0: no damping,
EQ.1: maximum damping.
RP
Reference pressure for following input data.
LCID
Load curve ID defining shear strain verses shear stress. Up to ten points
may be defined in the load curve. See *DEFINE_CURVE.
SFLD
Scale factor to apply to shear stress in LCID.
DIL_A
Dilation parameter A
DIL_B
Dilation parameter B
DIL_C
Dilation parameter C
DIL_D
Dilation parameter D
GAM1
1, shear strain (ignored if LCID is non zero).
GAM2
GAM3
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-337 (MAT)
*MAT_079
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
GAM4
GAM5
TAU1
1, shear stress at 1 (ignored if LCID is non zero).
TAU2
TAU3
TAU4
TAU5
PINIT
Flag for pressure sensitivity (B and A0, A1, A2 equations):

EQ.0: Use current pressure (will vary during the analysis)
EQ.1: Use pressure from initial stress state
EQ.2: Use initial plane stress pressure (D. + D8 )/2
EQ.3: Use (compressive) initial vertical stress
Remarks:
The elastic moduli G and K are pressure sensitive:

(e) =
(e) =
(e e )!
e
(e e )!
#$
#$
'(
!)
where G0 and K0 are the input values, p is the current pressure, p0 the cut-off or datum pressure
(must be zero or negative). If p attempts to fall below p0 (i.e., more tensile) the shear stresses are
set to zero and the pressure is set to p0. Thus, the material has no stiffness or strength in tension.
The pressure in compression is calculated as follows:
e = 9
ln( ):
where V is the relative volume, i.e., the ratio between the original and current volume.
The constants a0, a1, a2 govern the pressure sensitivity of the yield stress. Only the ratios between these values are important - the absolute stress values are taken from the stress-strain
curve.
2-338 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_079
Figure 2-43.
The stress strain pairs define a shear stress versus shear strain curve. The first point on the curve
is assumed by default to be (0,0) and does not need to be entered. The slope of the curve must
decrease with increasing . This curves applies at the reference pressure; at other pressures the
curve is scaled by
(e, a)
#$ , a
9x + x (e e ) + x8 (e e )8 :
=k
Bx + x e
#$
e + x8 e
#$
e C
The shear stress-strain curve (with points (1,1), (2,2)...(N,N)) is converted into a series of N
elastic perfectly-plastic curves such that , (a) = (a), as shown in the Figure 2-45 below.
Each elastic perfectly-plastic curve represents one layer in the material model. Deviatoric
stresses are stored and calculated separately for each layer. The yield surface for each layer is
defined in terms of stress invariant J2; this is converted internally from the input values of maximum shear stress, assuming a uniaxial stress state:
08E = DE :
DE
4(E )8
<
2
3
where subscript i denotes layer i and maxi is the plastic shear stress of the layer.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-339 (MAT)
*MAT_079
Figure 2-44.
In cases where the deviatoric stress state is closer to pure shear, the maximum shear stress
reached by the material will be up to times higher than the input curve. Users may wish to
W
allow for this by reducing the input curve by this factor. When performing checks on the output,
the following relationships may be useful:
Input shear stress is treated by the material model as 0.5 1 4 f4 = 3DE :
Input shear strain is treated by the material model as 1.5 1 4 fx = 3QE :
R
8
The total deviatoric stress is the sum of the deviatoric stresses in each layer. By this method, hysteretic (energy-absorbing) stress-strain curves are generated in response to any strain cycle of
amplitude greater than the lowest yield strain of any layer. The example below shows response to
small and large strain cycles (blue and pink lines) superposed on the input curve (thick red line).
Pressure Sensitivity
The yield stresses of the layers, and hence the stress at each point on the shear stress-strain input
curve, vary with pressure according to constants A0, A1 and A2. The elastic moduli, and hence
also the slope of each section of shear stress-strain curve, vary with pressure according to constant B. These effects combine to modify the shear stress-strain curve according to pressure:
2-340 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_079
Shear stress-strain response at pressure P2

At different pressures, the same
point on the input stress-strain
curve will be reached at different
Slope
varies strain values.
with pressure
according to B
Stress varies with

pressure according to A0, A1, A2
Shear stress-strain response at pressure P1
Figure 2-45.
Pressure sensitivity can make the solution sensitive to numerical noise. In cases where the expected pressure changes are small compared to the initial stress state, it may be preferable to use
pressure from the initial stress state instead of current pressure as the basis for the pressure sensitivity (option PINIT). This causes the bulk modulus and shear stress-strain curve to be calculated
once for each element at the start of the analysis and to remain fixed thereafter. PINIT affects
both stiffness (calculated using B) and strength (calculated using A0, A1 and A2). If PINIT options 2 (plane stress pressure) or 3 (vertical stress) are used, these quantities substitute for pressure p in the equations above. Input values of pref and p0 should then also be plane stress pressure or vertical stress, respectively.
If PINIT is used, B is allowed to be as high as 1.0 (stiffness proportional to initial pressure); otherwise, values of B higher than about 0.5 are not recommended.
Dilatancy
Parameters DIL_A, DIL_B, DIL_C and DIL_D control the compaction and dilatancy that occur
in sandy soils as a result of shearing motion. The dilatancy is expressed as a volume strain v:
Q = Q + Q
Q = _h()-_o
Q =
_- + _
8
8
= (af
+ af
) '8
=
LS-DYNA R7.0
8
8
( af
+ af
)
af , af = 2Qf , 2Qf
'8
2-341 (MAT)
*MAT_079
r describes the dilation of the soil due to the magnitude of the shear strains; this is caused by the
soil particles having to climb over each other to develop shear strain.
g describes compaction of the soil due to collapse of weak areas and voids, caused by continuous shear straining.
Recommended inputs for sandy soil:

DIL_A
DIL_B
DIL_C
DIL_D
10
1.6
-100
-2.5
DIL_A and DIL_B may cause instabilities in some models. If this facility is used with pore water pressure, liquefaction can be modeled.
2-342 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_080
*MAT_RAMBERG-OSGOOD
*MAT_RAMBERG-OSGOOD
This is Material Type 80. This model is intended as a simple model of shear behavior and can be
used in seismic analysis.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
GAMY
TAUY
ALPHA
BULK
A8
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
GAMY
Reference shear strain (y)
TAUY
Reference shear stress (y)
ALPHA
Stress coefficient ()
R
BULK
Stress exponent (r)

Elastic bulk modulus
Remarks:
The Ramberg-Osgood equation is an empirical constitutive relation to represent the onedimensional elastic-plastic behavior of many materials, including soils. This model allows a
simple rate independent representation of the hysteretic energy dissipation observed in soils subjected to cyclic shear deformation. For monotonic loading, the stress-strain relationship is given
by:
a
= + y Sa 0
a
LS-DYNA R7.0
= y Sa < 0
a
2-343 (MAT)
*MAT_080
*MAT_RAMBERG-OSGOOD
where a is the shear and is the stress. The model approaches perfect plasticity as the stress exponent . These equations must be augmented to correctly model unloading and reloading
material behavior. The first load reversal is detected by aa < 0. After the first reversal, the
stress-strain relationship is modified to
(a a ) ( )
( )
=
+y
Sa 0
2a
2
2
( )
(a a ) ( )
=
y
Sa < 0
2
2
2a
where a and represent the values of strain and stress at the point of load reversal. Subsequent
load reversals are detected by (a a )a < 0.
The Ramberg-Osgood equations are inherently one-dimensional and are assumed to apply to
shear components. To generalize this theory to the multidimensional case, it is assumed that
each component of the deviatoric stress and deviatoric tensorial strain is independently related by
the one-dimensional stress-strain equations. A projection is used to map the result back into deviatoric stress space if required. The volumetric behavior is elastic, and, therefore, the pressure p
is found by
where Q. is the volumetric strain.
2-344 (MAT)
e = Q.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_081-082
*MAT_PLASTICITY_WITH_DAMAGE
*MAT_PLASTICITY_WITH_DAMAGE_{OPTION}
This is Material Types 81 and 82. An elasto-visco-plastic material with an arbitrary stress versus
strain curve and arbitrary strain rate dependency can be defined. Damage is considered before
rupture occurs. Also, failure based on a plastic strain or a minimum time step size can be defined.
<BLANK>
ORTHO
ORTHO_RCDC
STOCHASTIC
Including ORTHO invokes an orthotropic damage model, an extension first added as a means of
treating failure in aluminum panels. Directional damage begins after a defined failure strain is
reached in tension and continues to evolve until a tensile rupture strain is reached in either one of
the two orthogonal directions. After rupture is detected at all integration points, the element is
deleted. The option ORTHO_RCDC invokes the damage model developed by Wilkins [Wilkins,
et al. 1977]. A nonlocal formulation, which requires additional storage, is used if a characteristic
length is defined. The RCDC option, which was added at the request of Toyota, works well in
predicting failure in cast aluminum, see Yamasaki, et al., [2006].
_STOCHASTIC_VARIATION for additional information
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
EPPF
TDEL
A8
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
10.E+20
10.E+20
2-345 (MAT)
*MAT_081-082
Card 2
Variable
LCSS
LCSR
EPPFR
VP
LCDM
NUMINT
Type
Default
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Default
Card 4
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Default
Variable
Variable
2-346 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_081-082
Read the following card if the option ORTHO_RCDC is active.
Card 5
ALPHA
BETA
GAMMA
D0
LAMBDA
DS
Type
Default
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
EPPF
Plastic strain, fs, at which material softening begins (logarithmic).
TDEL
LCSS
Load curve ID or Table ID. Load curve ID defining effective stress versus effective plastic strain. If defined EPS1-EPS8 and ES1-ES8 are ignored. The table ID defines for each strain rate value a load curve ID
giving the stress versus effectiveplastic strain for that rate, See Figure 210 The stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the lowest value of
strain rate is used if the strain rate falls below the minimum value.
Likewise, the stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the highest
value of strain rate is used if the strain rate exceeds the maximum value.
The strain rate parameters: C and P; the curve ID, LCSR; EPS1-EPS8
and ES1-ES8 are ignored if a Table ID is defined.
LCSR
Load curve ID defining strain rate scaling effect on yield stress.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-347 (MAT)
*MAT_081-082
VARIABLE
EPPFR
VP
DESCRIPTION
Plastic strain at which material ruptures (logarithmic).

LCDM
Load curve ID defining nonlinear damage curve.
NUMINT

the element is deleted. (If zero, all points must fail.) The default of all
integration points is not recommended since elements undergoing large
strain are often not deleted due to nodal fiber rotations which limit
strains at active integration points after most points have failed. Better
EPS1-EPS8
Effective plastic strain values (optional if SIGY is defined). At least 2

points should be defined.
ES1-ES8
ALPHA
Parameter y. for the Rc-Dc model
BETA
GAMMA
D0
B
LAMBDA
DS
L
2-348 (MAT)
Parameterz. for the Rc-Dc model
Parameter a. for the Rc-Dc model
Parameter 0 . for the Rc-Dc model

Parameter . for the Rc-Dc model
Optional characteristic element length for this material. We recommend

that the default of 0 always be used, especially in parallel runs. If zero,
nodal values of the damage function are used to compute the damage
gradient. See discussion below.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_081-082
Remarks:
modulus, ETAN. Alternately, a curve similar to that shown in Figure 2-10 is expected to be defined by (EPS1,ES1) - (EPS8,ES8); however, an effective stress versus effective plastic strain curve
(LCSS) may be input instead if eight points are insufficient. The cost is roughly the same for either approach. The most general approach is to use the table definition (LCSS) discussed below.
Three options to account for strain rate effects are possible:
I.
where Q is the strain rate, Q = QQEF QEF .
Q
1+5 6
-
'Y
If the viscoplastic option is active, VP=1.0, and if SIGY is > 0 then the dynamic yield
stress is computed from the sum of the static stress, D Qeff , which is typically given by
a load curve ID, and the initial yield stress, SIGY, multiplied by the Cowper-Symonds
rate term as follows:
D Qeff , Qeff
D Qeff
+ @
Q#$$
'
where the plastic strain rate is used. With this latter approach similar results can be obtained between this model and material model: *MAT_ANISOTROPIC
_VISCOPLASTIC. If SIGY=0, the following equation is used instead where the static
stress, D Qeff , must be defined by a load curve:
D Qeff , Qeff
D Qeff R1
Q#$$
'
This latter equation is always used if the viscoplastic option is off.

II.
III.
using the reference to a table (LCSS) can be used. Then the table input in *DEFINE
_TABLE is expected, see Figure 2-10.
The constitutive properties for the damaged material are obtained from the undamaged material
properties. The amount of damage evolved is represented by the constant, , which varies from
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-349 (MAT)
*MAT_081-082
zero if no damage has occurred to unity for complete rupture. For uniaxial loading, the nominal
stress in the damaged material is given by
D =
;
h
where P is the applied load and A is the surface area. The true stress is given by:
Dtrue =
;
h hloss
where hloss is the void area. The damage variable can then be defined:
=
01
mloss
m
In this model damage is defined in terms of plastic strain after the failure strain is exceeded:
Q Qfailure
= eff
S Qfailure Qeff Qrupture
Qrupture Qfailure
After exceeding the failure strain softening begins and continues until the rupture strain is
reached.
The Rc-Dc model is defined as the following:
The damage D is given by
where Q is the equivalent plastic strain,

is a triaxial stress weighting term and
8 Q
1
=5
6
1 aDm
8 = (2 h )O
is a asymmetric strain weighting term. In the above Dm is the mean stress and
h = min 5 , 6
8
Fracture is initiated when the accumulation of damage is

where = is the a critical damage given by
>1
=
= = 1 + ||
2-350 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_081-082
A fracture fraction,
defines the degradations of the material by the Rc-Dc model.

For the Rc-Dc model the gradient of damage needs to be estimated. The damage is connected to
the integration points, and, thus, the computation of the gradient requires some manipulation of
the LS-DYNA source code. Provided that the damage is connected to nodes, it can be seen as a
standard bilinear field and the gradient is easily obtained. To enable this, the damage at the integration points are transferred to the nodes as follows. Let , be the set of elements sharing node
, , the number of elements in that set, ;# the set of integration points in element 4 and |;# | the
{# in element 4 is computed as
number of points in that set. The average damage
{# = A
|;# |
where is the damage in integration point e. Finally, the damage value in node is estimated
as
=
{
5
|l5 |
This computation is performed in each time step and requires additional storage. Currently we
use three times the total number of nodes in the model for this calculation, but this could be reduced by a considerable factor if necessary. There is an Rc-Dc option for the Gurson dilatational-plastic model. In the implementation of this model, the norm of the gradient is computed differently. Let ,$ be the set of elements from within a distance l of element, f not including the element itself, and let U,$ U be the number of elements in that set. The norm of the gradient of damage is estimated roughly as
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-351 (MAT)
*MAT_081-082
where
#$
$
Zl Z
#l
U U
is the distance between element f and e.
The reason for taking the first approach is that it should be a better approximation of the gradient, it can for one integration point in each element be seen as a weak gradient of an elementwise
constant field. The memory consumption as well as computational work should not be much
higher than for the other approach.
Figure 2-46. Stress strain behavior when damage is included
2-352 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_081-082
Figure 2-47. A nonlinear damage curve is optional. Note that the origin of the curve is
at (0,0). It is permissible to input the failure strain, fs, as zero for this option. The nonlinear damage curve is useful for controlling the softening behavior after the failure
strain is reached
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-353 (MAT)
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM_{OPTION}

An available option includes:
DAMAGE_DECAY
Rate effects can be modeled in low and medium density foams, see Figure 2-48. Hysteretic unloading behavior in this model is a function of the rate sensitivity with the most rate sensitive
foams providing the largest hysteresis and vice versa. The unified constitutive equations for
foam materials by Chang [1995] provide the basis for this model. The mathematical description
given below is excerpted from the reference. Further improvements have been incorporated
based on work by Hirth, Du Bois, and Weimar [1998]. Their improvements permit: load curves
generated by drop tower test to be directly input, a choice of principal or volumetric strain rates,
load curves to be defined in tension, and the volumetric behavior to be specified by a load curve.
The unloading response was generalized by Kolling, Hirth, Erhart and Du Bois [2006] to allow
the Mullins effect to be modeled, i.e., after the first loading and unloading, further reloading occurs on the unloading curve. If it is desired to reload on the loading curves with the new generalized unloading, the DAMAGE decay option is available which allows the reloading to quickly
return to the loading curve as the damage parameter decays back to zero in tension and compression.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
Remarks
2-354 (MAT)
MID
RO
KCON
TC
FAIL
DAMP
TBID
A8
none
none
none
none
1.E+20
none
none
none
5
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
Card 2
BVFLAG
SFLAG
RFLAG
TFLAG
PVID
SRAF
REF
HU
Default
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
Remarks
Variable
Type
Define two additional cards, cards 3 and 4, if and only if the DAMAGE_DECAY option is
inactive.
Card 3
D0
N0
N1
N2
N3
C0
C1
C2
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 4
C3
C4
C5
AIJ
SIJ
MINR
MAXR
SHAPE
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-355 (MAT)
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
Define one additional card, card 3, if and only if the DAMAGE_DECAY option is active.
Card 3
Variable
Type
Default
MINR
MAXR
SHAPE
BETAT
BETAC
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
E
KCON
TC
FAIL
Youngs modulus
Optional Young's modulus used in the computation of sound speed.
This will influence the time step, contact forces, hourglass stabilization
forces, and the numerical damping (DAMP).
EQ.0.0: KCON is set equal to the max(E, current tangent to stresssstrain curve) if TBID.ne.0. If TBID.eq.0, KCON is set equal to the
maximum slope of the stress-strain curve.
DAMP

effects.
TBID
Table ID, see *DEFINE_TABLE, for nominal stress vs. strain data as a
function of strain rate. If the table ID is provided, cards 3 and 4 may be
left blank and the fit will be done internally. The Table ID can be positive or negative (see remark 5 below).
BVFLAG
2-356 (MAT)

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
SFLAG
Strain rate flag (see remark 2 below):

EQ.0.0: true constant strain rate,
EQ.1.0: engineering strain rate.
RFLAG
Strain rate evaluation flag:

EQ.0.0: first principal direction,
EQ.1.0: principal strain rates for each principal direction,
EQ.2.0: volumetric strain rate.
TFLAG
Tensile stress evaluation:

EQ.0.0: linear in tension.
EQ.1.0: input via load curves with the tensile response corresponds
to negative values of stress and strain.
PVID
Optional load curve ID defining pressure versus volumetric strain.
SRAF
Strain rate averaging flag.

EQ.0.0: use weighted running average.
EQ.1.0: average the last twelve values.
REF
Use reference geometry to initialize the stress tensor. The reference geometry is defined by the keyword: *INITIAL_FOAM_REFERENCE
_GEOMETRY (see there for more details).
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
HU

dissipation), see also Figure 2-51
D0
material constant, see equations below.
N0
N1
N2
N3
C0
C1
C2
C3
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-357 (MAT)
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
C4
C5
AIJ,
SIJ
MINR
Ratemin, minimum strain rate of interest.
MAXR
Ratemax, maximum strain rate of interest.
SHAPE
unloading factor HU. Values less than one reduces the energy dissipation and greater than one increases dissipation, see also Figure 2-49.
BETAT
Decay constant for damage in tension. The damage decays after loading
in ceases according to 4 ol?m?&E # .
BETAC
Decay constant for damage in compression. . The damage decays after

loading in ceases according to 4 ol?mb&E # .
Remarks:
The strain is divided into two parts: a linear part and a non-linear part of the strain
,(f) = , (f) + , (f)
and the strain rate become
, (f) = , (f) + , (f)
, is an expression for the past history of , . A postulated constitutive equation may be written
as:
D(f) = ' 9,& (), (f):
where (f) is the state variable and .' is a functional of all values of in / : 0 and
where is the history parameter:
,& () = , (f )
,& ( = ) the virgin material
2-358 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
It is assumed that the material remembers only its immediate past, i.e., a neighborhood about
= 0. Therefore, an expansion of ,& () in a Taylor series about = 0 yields:
,& ()
=,
(0)
,&
(0) f
+
f
Hence, the postulated constitutive equation becomes:
where we have replaced

For a special case,
l(z
&
D(f) = D , (f), , (f), (f)
by , , and D is a function of its arguments.

D(f) = D , (f), (f)
we may write
,& = S (f), (f)
which states that the nonlinear strain rate is the function of stress and a state variable which represents the history of loading. Therefore, the proposed kinetic equation for foam materials is:
,&
D
f(D )
=
exp
D
(D)8
where D0, c0, and n0 are material constants, and

then the nonlinear strain rate vanishes.
= e xEF 8
EF
EF ;
= 1 + W
is the overall state variable. If either = 0 or
+
,
X
; = fD,
=
P
, EF g
fD( ,)
where c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, n1, n2, n3, and aij are material constants and:
D = DEF DEF 8
, = ,EF ,EF 8
, = , EF , EF 8
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-359 (MAT)
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
In the implementation by Fu Chang the model was simplified such that the input constants xEF
and the state variables EF are scalars.
&3
Compressive
&2
&1
&3 > &2 > &1
Optional Tensile Curves

(TFLAG=1)
Default Tensile Behavior
(TFLAG=0)
Figure 2-48. Nominal stress versus engineering strain curves, which are used to model rate effects in Fu Changs foam model.
Additional Remarks:
1.
volumetric response and consequently, it is optional with this model.
2.
Dynamic compression tests at the strain rates of interest in vehicle crash are usually performed with a drop tower. In this test the loading velocity is nearly constant but the true
strain rate, which depends on the instantaneous specimen thickness, is not. Therefore, the
engineering strain rate input is optional so that the stress strain curves obtained at constant velocity loading can be used directly.
3.
To further improve the response under multiaxial loading, the strain rate parameter can
either be based on the principal strain rates or the volumetric strain rate.
4.
Correlation under triaxial loading is achieved by directly inputting the results of hydrostatic testing in addition to the uniaxial data. Without this additional information which
is fully optional, triaxial response tends to be underestimated.
2-360 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
Figure 2-49
5.
Several options are available to control unloading response in MAT_083:

1) HU=0 and TBID>0
This is the old way. In this case the unloading response will follow the curve with the
lowest strain rate and is rate-independent. The curve with lowest strain rate value (typically zero) in TBID should correspond to the unloading path of the material as measured
in a quasistatic test. The quasistatic loading path then corresponds to a realistic (small)
value of the strain rate.
2) HU=0 and TBID<0
In this case the curve with lowest strain rate value (typically zero) in TBID must correspond to the unloading path of the material as measured in a quasistatic test. The quasistatic loading path then corresponds to a realistic (small) value of the strain rate. The
quasistatic loading and unloading path (thus the first two curves of the table) should form
a closed loop. The unloading response is given by a damage formulation for the principal
stresses as follows:
DE = (1 )DE
The damage parameter d is computed internally in such a way that the unloading path
under uniaxial tension and compression is fitted exactly in the simulation. The unloading
response is rate dependent in this case.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-361 (MAT)
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
Figure 2-50.
3) HU>0 and TBID>0
No unloading curve should be provided in the table and the curve with the lowest strain
rate value in TBID should correspond to the loading path of the material as measured in a
quasistatic test. In this case the unloading response is given by a damage formulation for
the principal stresses as follows:
DE = (1 )DE
= (1 i`) 51
tmAl
6,
where W corresponds to the current value of the hyperelastic energy per unit undeformed
volume. The unloading response is rate dependent in this case.
2-362 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_083
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
Figure 2-51.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-363 (MAT)
*MAT_084-085
*MAT_WINFRITH_CONCRETE
This is Material Type 84 and Material Type 85, only the former of which includes rate effects.
The Winfrith concrete model is a smeared crack (sometimes known as pseudo crack), smeared
rebar model, implemented in the 8-node single integration point continuum element. This model
was developed by Broadhouse and Neilson [1987], and Broadhouse [1995] over many years and
has been validated against experiments. The input documentation given here is taken directly
form the report by Broadhouse. The Fortran subroutines and quality assurance test problems
were also provided to LSTC by the Winfrith Technology Center. The rebar is defined in the section: *MAT_WINFRITH_CONCRETE_REINFORCEMENT which follows.
Card 1
MID
RO
TM
PR
UCS
UTS
FE
ASIZE
A8
Card 2
Variable
YS
EH
UELONG
RATE
CONM
CONL
CONT
Type
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Card 4
Variable
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
2-364 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_084-085
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
TM
Initial tangent modulus of concrete.
PR
Poisson's ratio.
UCS
Uniaxial compressive strength.
UTS
Uniaxial tensile strength.
FE
ASIZE
E
Depends on value of RATE below.

RATE.EQ.0: Fracture energy (energy per unit area dissipated in
opening crack).
RATE.EQ.1: Crack width at which crack-normal tensile stress goes
to zero.
Aggregate size (radius).
Young's modulus of rebar.
YS
Yield stress of rebar.
EH
Hardening modulus of rebar
UELONG
Ultimate elongation before rebar fails.
RATE
Rate effects:
EQ.0.0: strain rate effects are included (mat 84 may not conserve
energy).
EQ.1.0: strain rate effects are turned off (mat 85).
CONM
GT.0: Factor to convert model mass units to kg.

EQ.-1.: Mass, length, time units in model are lbf*sec2/in, inch, sec.
EQ -2.: Mass, length, time units in model are g, cm, microsec.
EQ.-3.: Mass, length, time units in model are g, mm, msec.
EQ.-4.: Mass, length, time units in model are metric ton, mm, sec.
EQ.-5.: Mass, length, time units in model are kg, mm, msec.
CONL
If CONM.GT.0, factor to convert model length units to meters; otherwise CONL is ignored.
CONT
If CONM.GT.0, factor to convert model time units to seconds; otherwise

CONT is ignored.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-365 (MAT)
*MAT_084-085
VARIABLE
EPS1, EPS2,
P1, P2,
DESCRIPTION
Volumetric strain values (natural logarithmic values), see Remarks below. A maximum of 8 values are allowed.
Pressures corresponding to volumetric strain values given on Card 3.
Remarks:
Pressure is positive in compression; volumetric strain is given by the natural log of the relative
volume and is negative in compression. The tabulated data are given in order of increasing compression, with no initial zero point.
If the volume compaction curve is omitted, the following scaled curve is automatically used
where e is the pressure at uniaxial compressive failure from:
D=
e =
3
and
is the bulk unloading modulus computed from

=
,
3(1 2+)
where , is the input tangent modulus for concrete and + is Poisson's ratio.
The Winfrith concrete model generates an additional binary output database containing information on crack locations, directions, and widths. In order to generate the crack database, the
LS-DYNA execution line is modified by adding:
q=crf
where crf is the name of the crack database (e.g., q=DYNCRCK).
LS-PrePost can display the cracks on the deformed mesh plots. To do so, read the d3plot database into LS-PrePost and then select File > Open > Crack from the top menu bar. Or, open the
crack database by adding the following to the LS-PrePost execution line:
q=crf
where crf is the name of the crack database (e.g., q=DYNCRCK).
By default, all the cracks in visible elements are shown. You can eliminate narrow cracks from
the display by setting a minimum crack width for displayed cracks. Do this by choosing Setting
> Concrete Crack Width. From the top menu bar of LS-PrePost, choosing Misc > Model Info
will reveal the number of cracked elements and the maximum crack width in a given plot state.
2-366 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_084-085
Volumetric Strain
Pressure
-p1/K
1.00xp1
-0.002
1.50xp1
-0.004
3.00xp1
-0.010
4.80xp1
-0.020
6.00xp1
-0.030
7.50xp1
-0.041
9.45xp1
-0.051
11.55xp1
-0.062
14.25xp1
-0.094
25.05xp1
Table 2.5. Default pressure versus volumetric strain curve for concrete
if the curve is not defined.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-367 (MAT)
*MAT_084
*MAT_WINFRITH_CONCRETE_REINFORCEMENT
This is Material Type 84 rebar reinforcement. Reinforcement may be defined in specific groups
of elements, but it is usually more convenient to define a two-dimensional mat in a specified layer of a specified material. Reinforcement quantity is defined as the ratio of the cross-sectional
area of steel relative to the cross-sectional area of concrete in the element (or layer). These cards
may follow either one of two formats below and may also be defined in any order.
Option 1 (Reinforcement quantities in element groups).
Card 1
Variable
Type
EID1
EID2
INC
XR
YR
ZR
Option 2 (Two dimensional layers by part ID).

Card 1
Variable
Type
blank
VARIABLE
PID
AXIS
COOR
RQA
RQB
DESCRIPTION
EID1
First element ID in group.
EID2
Last element ID in group
INC
Element increment for generation.
XR
X-reinforcement quantity (for bars running parallel to global x-axis).
YR
Y-reinforcement quantity (for bars running parallel to global y-axis).
ZR
Z-reinforcement quantity (for bars running parallel to global z-axis).
PID
Part ID of reinforced elements.
AXIS
2-368 (MAT)
Axis normal to layer.

EQ.1: A and B are parallel to global Y and Z, respectively.
EQ.2: A and B are parallel to global X and Z, respectively.
EQ.3: A and B are parallel to global X and Y, respectively.
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
COOR
*MAT_084
DESCRIPTION
Coordinate location of layer (X-coordinate if AXIS.EQ.1; Y-coordinate

if AXIS.EQ.2; Z-coordinate if AXIS.EQ.3.
RQA
Reinforcement quantity (A).
RQB
Reinforcement quantity (B).
Remarks:
1.
Reinforcement quantity is the ratio of area of reinforcement in an element to the element's

total cross-sectional area in a given direction. This definition is true for both Options 1
and 2. Where the options differ is in the manner in which it is decided which elements
are reinforced. In Option 1, the reinforced element IDs are spelled out. In Option 2, elements of part ID PID which are cut by a plane (layer) defined by AXIS and COOR are
reinforced.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-369 (MAT)
*MAT_086
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_VISCOELASTIC
This is Material Type 86. It allows the definition of an orthotropic material with a viscoelastic
part. This model applies to shell elements.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
VF
A8
G0
GINF
BETA
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
Type
Card 3
GAB
GBC
GCA
AOPT
MANGLE
Type
Card 4
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-370 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_086
Card 5
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
EA
Youngs Modulus Ea
EB
Youngs Modulus Eb
EC
Youngs Modulus Ec
VF
Volume fraction of viscoelastic material
G0
G0, short-time shear modulus
GINF
G, long-time shear modulus
BETA
, decay constant
PRBA
Poissons ratio, ba
PRCA
Poissons ratio, ca
PRCB
Poissons ratio, cb
GAB
Shear modulus, Gab
GBC
Shear modulus, Gbc
GCA
Shear modulus, Gca
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-371 (MAT)
*MAT_086
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
AOPT

MANGLE.
EQ.2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ ECTOR.
material axes about the element normal by an angle, MANGLE,
from a line in the plane of the element defined by the cross product
of the vector v with the element normal.
MANGLE
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 and 3, may be overridden on the

A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
Remarks:
For the orthotropic definition it is referred to Material Type 2 and 21.
2-372 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_087
*MAT_CELLULAR_RUBBER
This is Material Type 87. This material model provides a cellular rubber model with confined
air pressure combined with linear viscoelasticity as outlined by Christensen [1980]. See Figure
2-52.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PR
A8

Card 2
Variable
Type
SGL
SW
ST
LCID
Card 2 if N = 0, define the following constants

Card 2
C10
C01
C11
C20
C02
Type
Card 3
Variable
P0
PHI
IVS
BETA
Type
Variable
VARIABLE
MID
LS-DYNA R7.0
DESCRIPTION
2-373 (MAT)
*MAT_087
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
RO
Mass density
PR
Poissons ratio, typical values are between .0 to .2. Due to the large
compressibility of air, large values of Poissons ratio generates physically meaningless results.
Order of fit (currently < 3). If n>0 then a least square fit is computed
with uniaxial data. The parameters given on card 2 should be specified.
Also see *MAT_MOONEY_RIVLIN_RUBBER (material model 27).
A Poissons ratio of .5 is assumed for the void free rubber during the fit.
The Poissons ratio defined on Card 1 is for the cellular rubber. A void
fraction formulation is used.
Define, if N > 0:
SGL
Specimen gauge length l0
SW
Specimen width
ST
Specimen thickness
LCID
Load curve ID giving the force versus actual change L in the gauge
length.
Define, if N = 0:
C10
Coefficient, C10
C01
Coefficient, C01
C11
Coefficient, C11
C20
Coefficient, C20
C02
Coefficient, C02
P0
Initial air pressure, P0
PHI
Ratio of cellular rubber to rubber density,
IVS
Initial volumetric strain, 0
G
BETA
2-374 (MAT)
Optional shear relaxation modulus, , for rate effects (viscosity)

Optional decay constant, z
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_087
Remarks:
relative volume, 0, [Ogden 1984]:
(0 , 08 , 0) =
,b'
-b (0 3) (08 3)b +
'
0 +
(0)
8'
08 + 8
In order to prevent volumetric work from contributing to the hydrostatic work the first and second invariants are modified as shown. This procedure is described in more detail by Sussman
and Bathe [1987].
The effects of confined air pressure in its overall response characteristics is included by augmenting the stress state within the element by the air pressure.
DEF = DEFH JEF D E
where DEFH is the bulk skeletal stress and D E is the air pressure computed from the equation:
D E =
OP m
where p0 is the initial foam pressure usually taken as the atmospheric pressure and defines the
volumetric strain
a=
1+a
where V is the relative volume of the voids and 0 is the initial volumetric strain which is typically zero. The rubber skeletal material is assumed to be incompressible.
form:
DEF =
&
KM (f

EF
EF ,
= KM (f )
&
QH
RM
where KM (f ) and KM (f )are the relaxation functions for the different stress measures.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-375 (MAT)
*MAT_087
Figure 2-52. Cellular rubber with entrapped air. By setting the initial air pressure to
zero, an open cell, cellular rubber can be simulated.
Since we wish to include only simple rate effects, the relaxation function is represented by one
term from the Prony series:
given by,
(f) = y + ' y 4
(f) = , 4
O&
ON &
This model is effectively a Maxwell fluid which consists of a damper and spring in series. We
characterize this in the input by a shear modulus, , and decay constant, z .
The Mooney-Rivlin rubber model (model 27) is obtained by specifying n=1 without air pressure
and viscosity. In spite of the differences in formulations with Model 27, we find that the results
obtained with this model are nearly identical with those of material type 27 as long as large values of Poissons ratio are used.
2-376 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_088
*MAT_MTS
*MAT_MTS
This is Material Type 88. The MTS model is due to Mauldin, Davidson, and Henninger [1990]
and is available for applications involving large strains, high pressures and strain rates. As described in the foregoing reference, this model is based on dislocation mechanics and provides a
better understanding of the plastic deformation process for ductile materials by using an internal
state variable call the mechanical threshold stress. This kinematic quantity tracks the evolution
of the materials microstructure along some arbitrary strain, strain rate, and temperaturedependent path using a differential form that balances dislocation generation and recovery processes. Given a value for the mechanical threshold stress, the flow stress is determined using
either a thermal-activation-controlled or a drag-controlled kinetics relationship. An equation-ofstate is required for solid elements and a bulk modulus must be defined below for shell elements.
Card 1
MID
RO
SIGA
SIGI
SIGS
SIG0
BULK
A8
HF0
HF1
HF2
SIGS0
EDOTS0
BURG
CAPA
BOLTZ
Type
Card 3
SM0
SM1
SM2
EDOT0
GO
PINV
QINV
EDOTI
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-377 (MAT)
*MAT_088
Card 4
*MAT_MTS
G0I
PINVI
QINVI
EDOTS
G0S
PINVS
QINVS
Type
Card 5
RHOCPR
TEMPRF
ALPHA
EPS0
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
SIGA
SIGI
SIGS
SIG0
HF0
HF1
HF2
SIGS0
BULK
EDOTS0
D , dislocation interactions with long-range barriers (force/area).

DE , dislocation interactions with interstitial atoms (force/area).
D , dislocation interactions with solute atoms (force/area).
D , initial value of D at zero plastic strain (force/area) NOT USED.

x , dislocation generation material constant (force/area).
x , dislocation generation material constant (force/area).
x8 , dislocation generation material constant (force/area).

DR , saturation threshold stress at 0o K (force/area).
Bulk modulus defined for shell elements only. Do not input for solid
elements.
QR , reference strain-rate (time-1).
BURG
Magnitude of Burgers vector (interatomic slip distance), (distance)
CAPA
Material constant, A.
2-378 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_088
*MAT_MTS
VARIABLE
BOLTZ
SM0
SM1
SM2
EDOT0
G0
PINV
QINV
EDOTI
G0I
DESCRIPTION
Boltzmanns constant, k (energy/degree).
, shear modulus at zero degrees Kelvin (force/area).

, shear modulus constant (force/area).
8 , shear modulus constant (degree).
Q , reference strain-rate (time-1).
, normalized activation energy for a dislocation/dislocation interaction.
, material constant.
Q,E , reference strain-rate (time-1).

,E ,
normalized activation energy for a dislocation/interstitial interac-
tion.
PINVI
QINVI
EDOTS
G0S
PINVS
QINVS
RHOCPR
TEMPRF
ALPHA
EPS0
LS-DYNA R7.0
Q, , reference strain-rate (time-1).

,
_
b_
normalized activation energy for a dislocation/solute interaction.
" , product of density and specific heat.
/ #$ , initial element temperature in degrees K.
y , material constant (typical value is between 0 and 2).
Q , factor to normalize strain rate in the calculation of . (time-1).

2-379 (MAT)
*MAT_088
*MAT_MTS
Remarks:
The flow stress D is given by:
D = D +
e D + &8,E DE + &8, D g
&8
The first product in the equation for contains a micro-structure evolution variable, i.e.,D , called
the Mechanical Threshold Stress (MTS), that is multiplied by a constant-structure deformation
variable s&8 : s&8 is a function of absolute temperature T and the plastic strain-rates Q = . The evolution equation for D is a differential hardening law representing dislocation-dislocation interactions:
The term,
R c
D
tanh 5y 6
DR
1
Q
tanh(y)
, represents the hardening due to dislocation generation and the stress ratio, , repL_
resents softening due to dislocation recovery. The threshold stress at zero strain-hardening DR is
called the saturation threshold stress. Relationships for , DR are:
= x + x ln 5
Q
Q
6 + x8 k
Q
Q
which contains the material constants, x , x , and x8 . The constant, DR , is given as:
Q H?/!
DR = DR 5
6
QR
which contains the input constants: DR , QR , , A, and k. The shear modulus G appearing in
these equations is assumed to be a function of temperature and is given by the correlation.
= 4 !P? 1
which contains the constants: , , and 8 . For thermal-activation controlled deformation &8
is evaluated via an Arrhenius rate equation of the form:
&8
2-380 (MAT)
b$
Q
/1
Q #
= 1
#
#
"
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_088
*MAT_MTS
The absolute temperature is given as:

/ = / #$ +
,
"
where E is the internal energy density per unit initial volume.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-381 (MAT)
*MAT_089
*MAT_PLASTICITY_POLYMER
and arbitrary strain rate dependency can be defined. It is intended for applications where the
elastic and plastic sections of the response are not as clearly distinguishable as they are for metals. Rate dependency of failure strain is included. Many polymers show a more brittle response
at high rates of strain.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
Card 2
Variable
LCSS
LCSR
Type
Default
Card 3
EFTX
DAMP
RATEFAC
LCFAIL
Type
Default
Variable
Type
Variable
VARIABLE
MID
2-382 (MAT)
DESCRIPTION
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_089
VARIABLE
RO
E
DESCRIPTION
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
Strain rate parameter, C, (Cowper Symonds).
Strain rate parameter, P, (Cowper Symonds).
LCSS
Load curve ID or Table ID. Load curve ID defining effective stress versus total effective strain. The table ID defines for each strain rate value a
load curve ID giving the stress versus total effective strain for that rate.
LCSR
Load curve ID defining strain rate scaling effect on yield stress. If LCSR
is negative, the load curve is evaluated using a binary search for the correct interval for the strain rate. The binary search is slower than the default incremental search, but in cases where large changes in the strain
rate may occur over a single time step, it is more robust.
EFTX
Failure flag.
EQ.0.0: failure determined by maximum tensile strain (default),
EQ.1.0: failure determined only by tensile strain in local x direction,
EQ.2.0: failure determined only by tensile strain in local y direction.
DAMP
Stiffness-proportional damping ratio. Typical values are 1e-3 or 1e-4. If

set too high instabilities can result.
RATEFAC
Filtering factor for strain rate effects. Must be between 0 (no filtering)
and 1 (infinite filtering). The filter is a simple low pass filter to remove
high frequency oscillation from the strain rates before they are used in
rate effect calculations. The cut off frequency of the filter is [(1 RATEFAC) / timestep] rad/sec.
LCFAIL
Load curve ID giving variation of failure strain with strain rate. The
points on the x-axis should be natural log of strain rate, the y-axis should
be the true strain to failure. Typically this is measured by uniaxial tensile test, and the strain values converted to true strain.
Remarks:
1.
Unlike other LS-DYNA material models, both the input stress-strain curve and the strain to
failure are defined as total true strain, not plastic strain. The input can be defined from uniaxial tensile tests; nominal stress and nominal strain from the tests must be converted to
true stress and true strain. The elastic component of strain must not be subtracted out.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-383 (MAT)
*MAT_089
2.
The stress-strain curve is permitted to have sections steeper (i.e. stiffer) than the elastic
modulus. When these are encountered the elastic modulus is increased to prevent spurious
energy generation.
3.
Sixty-four bit precision is recommended when using this material model, especially if the
strains become high.
4.
Invariant shell numbering is recommended when using this material model.

*CONTROL_ACCURACY.
5.
Damage in the material begins when the failure strain is reached, i.e., when extra history
variable 8 reaches a value of 1.0. The element is then progressively softened via a damage
model until history variable 8 reaches a value of 1.1 at which point the element is deleted.
In other words, the element is deleted at 1.1 times the failure strain.
2-384 (MAT)
See
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_090
*MAT_ACOUSTIC
*MAT_ACOUSTIC
This is Material Type 90. This model is appropriate for tracking low pressure stress waves in an
acoustic media such as air or water and can be used only with the acoustic pressure element formulation. The acoustic pressure element requires only one unknown per node. This element is
very cost effective. Optionally, cavitation can be allowed.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
BETA
CF
ATMOS
GRAV
A8
XP
YP
ZP
XN
YN
ZN
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
Sound speed
BETA
CF
ATMOS
GRAV
Damping factor. Recommend values are between 0.1 and 1.0.

Cavitation flag:
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
Atmospheric pressure (optional)
Gravitational acceleration constant (optional)
XP
x-coordinate of free surface point
YP
y-coordinate of free surface point
ZP
z-coordinate of free surface point
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-385 (MAT)
*MAT_090
VARIABLE
*MAT_ACOUSTIC
DESCRIPTION
XN
x-direction cosine of free surface normal vector
YN
y-direction cosine of free surface normal vector
ZN
z-direction cosine of free surface normal vector
2-386 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_091-092
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE_{OPTION}

<BLANK>
VISCO
This is Material Type 91 (OPTION=<BLANK>) or Material Type 92 (OPTION=VISCO). This

material is a transversely isotropic hyperelastic model for representing biological soft tissues
such as ligaments, tendons, and fascia. The representation provides an isotropic Mooney-Rivlin
matrix reinforced by fibers having a strain energy contribution with the qualitative material behavior of collagen. The model has a viscoelasticity option which activates a six-term Prony series kernel for the relaxation function. In this case, the hyperelastic strain energy represents the
elastic (long-time) response. See Weiss et al. [1996] and Puso and Weiss [1998] for additional
details. The material is available for use with brick and shell elements. When used with shell
elements, the Belytschko-Tsay formulation (#2) must be selected.
Card 1
MID
RO
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
A8
XK
XLAM
FANG
XLAM0
FAILSF
FAILSM
FAILSHR
Type
Card 3
AOPT
AX
AY
AZ
BX
BY
BZ
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-387 (MAT)
*MAT_091-092
Card 4
Variable
Type
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE
LA1
LA2
LA3
MACF
Define the following two cards only for the VISCO option:
Card 5
Variable
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
Type
Card 6
Variable
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
C1 - C5
XK
Hyperelastic coefficients (see equations below)

Bulk Modulus
XLAM
Stretch ratio at which fibers are straightened
FANG
Fiber angle in local shell coordinate system (shells only)
XLAM0
Initial fiber stretch (optional)
FAILSF
Stretch ratio for ligament fibers at failure (applies to shell elements only). If zero, failure is not considered.
2-388 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_091-092
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
FAILSM
Stretch ratio for surrounding matrix material at failure (applies to shell

elements only). If zero, failure is not considered.
FAILSHR
Shear strain at failure at a material point (applies to shell elements only).

If zero, failure is not considered. This failure value is independent of
FAILSF and FAILSM.
AOPT
Material axes option, see Figure 2-3 (bricks only):

are identical to the nodes used for the definition of a coordinate system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES.
EQ.3.0: locally orthotropic material axes determined by a line in the
plane of the element defined by the cross product of the vector v
with the element normal. The plane of a solid element is the midsurface between the inner surface and outer surface defined by the first
four nodes and the last four nodes of the connectivity of the element,
respectively.
only.
AX, AY, AZ
Equal to XP,YP,ZP for AOPT=1,

Equal to A1,A2,A3 for AOPT=2,
Equal to V1,V2,V3 for AOPT=3 or 4.
BX, BY, BZ
Equal to D1,D2,D3 for AOPT=2

Equal to XP,YP,ZP for AOPT=4
LAX, LAY, LAZ

MACF
LS-DYNA R7.0
Local fiber orientation vector (bricks only)

2-389 (MAT)
*MAT_091-092
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE
VARIABLE
T1 - T6
DESCRIPTION
Characteristic times for Prony series relaxation kernel (OPTION=VISCO)
Remarks:
The overall strain energy W is "uncoupled" and includes two isotropic deviatoric matrix terms, a
fiber term F, and a bulk term:
= - 3 + -8 8 3 + () +
1
9ln(0):8
2
Here, and 8 are the deviatoric invariants of the right Cauchy deformation tensor, is the deviatoric part of the stretch along the current fiber direction, and 0 = det is the volume ratio. The
material coefficients - and -8 are the Mooney-Rivlin coefficients, while K is the effective bulk
modulus of the material (input parameter XK).
The derivatives of the fiber term are defined to capture the behavior of crimped collagen. The
fibers are assumed to be unable to resist compressive loading - thus the model is isotropic when
< 1. An exponential function describes the straightening of the fibers, while a linear function
describes the behavior of the fibers once they are straightened past a critical fiber stretch level
(input parameter XLAM):
0
<1
eexp-W ( 1) 1g <
=
1
(-X + -Y )

Coefficients - , -W , and -X must be defined by the user. -Y is determined by LS-DYNA to ensure stress continuity at = . Sample values for the material coefficients - -X and for
ligament tissue can be found in Quapp and Weiss [1998]. The bulk modulus should be at least
3 orders of magnitude larger than - to ensure near-incompressible material behavior.
Viscoelasticity is included via a convolution integral representation for the time-dependent second Piola-Kirchoff stress (, f):
(, f) = # () +
&
2(f )
()
Here, # is the elastic part of the second PK stress as derived from the strain energy, and
(f ) is the reduced relaxation function, represented by a Prony series:
(f) =
2-390 (MAT)
E'
f
exp 5 6
/E
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE
*MAT_091-092
Puso and Weiss [1998] describe a graphical method to fit the Prony series coefficients to relaxation data that approximates the behavior of the continuous relaxation function proposed by Y-C.
Fung, as quasilinear viscoelasticity.
Remarks on Input Parameters:
Cards 1 through 4 must be included for both shell and brick elements, although for shells cards 3
and 4 are ignored and may be blank lines.
For shell elements, the fiber direction lies in the plane of the element. The local axis is defined
by a vector between nodes n1 and n2, and the fiber direction may be offset from this axis by an
angle FANG.
For brick elements, the local coordinate system is defined using the convention described previously for *MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_ELASTIC. The fiber direction is oriented in the local system using input parameters LAX, LAY, and LAZ. By default, (LAX,LAY,LAZ) = (1,0,0) and
the fiber is aligned with the local x-direction.
An optional initial fiber stretch can be specified using XLAM0. The initial stretch is applied
during the first time step. This creates preload in the model as soft tissue contacts and equilibrium is established. For example, a ligament tissue "uncrimping strain" of 3% can be represented
with initial stretch value of 1.03.
If the VISCO option is selected, at least one Prony series term (S1,T1) must be defined.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-391 (MAT)
*MAT_093
*MAT_ELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
elastic and nonlinear viscous beams by using six springs each acting about one of the six local
degrees-of-freedom.
The input consists of part ID's that reference material type,
*MAT_ELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM above (type 74 above). Generally, these referenced parts are used only for the definition of this material model and are not referenced by
any elements. The two nodes defining a beam may be coincident to give a zero length beam, or
offset to give a finite length beam. For finite length discrete beams the absolute value of the variable SCOOR in the SECTION_BEAM input should be set to a value of 2.0, which causes the
local r-axis to be aligned along the two nodes of the beam to give physically correct behavior.
The distance between the nodes of a beam should not affect the behavior of this material model.
A triad is used to orient the beam for the directional springs.
Card 1
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
MID
RO
TPIDR
TPIDS
TPIDT
RPIDR
RPIDS
RPIDT
A8
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
TPIDR
Translational motion in the local r-direction is governed by part ID
TPIDR. If zero, no force is computed in this direction.
TPIDS
Translational motion in the local s-direction is governed by part ID

TPIDS. If zero, no force is computed in this direction.
TPIDT
Translational motion in the local t-direction is governed by part ID

TPIDT. If zero, no force is computed in this direction.
RPIDR
Rotational motion about the local r-axis is governed by part ID RPIDR. If

zero, no moment is computed about this axis.
RPIDS
Rotational motion about the local s-axis is governed by part ID RPIDS. If

RPIDT
Rotational motion about the local t-axis is governed by part ID RPIDT. If

2-392 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_094
*MAT_INELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 94. This model permits elastoplastic springs with damping to be represented with a discrete beam element type 6. A yield force versus deflection curve is used which
can vary in tension and compression.
Card 1
MID
RO
F0
CDF
TDF
A8
FLCID
HLCID
C1
C2
DLE
GLCID
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Elastic loading/unloading stiffness. This is required input.
F0
Optional initial force. This option is inactive if this material is referenced in a part referenced by material type *MAT_INELASTIC_
6DOF_SPRING
Optional viscous damping coefficient.
CDF

springs.
EQ.0.0: inactive.
TDF

EQ.0.0: inactive.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-393 (MAT)
*MAT_094
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
FLCID
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defining the yield force versus
plastic deflection. If the origin of the curve is at (0,0) the force magnitude is identical in tension and compression, i.e., only the sign changes.
If not, the yield stress in the compression is used when the spring force
is negative. The plastic displacement increases monotonically in this
implementation. The load curve is required input.
HLCID

velocity (Optional). If the origin of the curve is at (0,0) the force magnitude is identical for a given magnitude of the relative velocity, i.e., only
the sign changes.
C1
C2
Damping coefficient
DLE
GLCID
Factor to scale time units.

unity is assumed.
Remarks:
The yield force is taken from the load curve:
where
plastic
j =
plastic
is the plastic deflection. A trial force is computed as:

? = + (f)
and is checked against the yield force to determine :
j S ? > j
= ?
S ? j
The final force, which includes rate effects and damping, is given by:
O = 1 + -1 + -2 sgn ln max o1. ,
U U
p + + ( )
,
Unless the origin of the curve starts at (0,0), the negative part of the curve is used when the
spring force is negative where the negative of the plastic displacement is used to interpolate, .
2-394 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_094
The positive part of the curve is used whenever the force is positive. In these equations, is
the change in length
= current length - initial length
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-395 (MAT)
*MAT_095
*MAT_INELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
*MAT_INELASTIC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
inelastic and nonlinear viscous beams by using six springs each acting about one of the six local
degrees-of-freedom. The input consists of part ID's that reference material type, *MAT_ INELASTIC_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM above (type 94). Generally, these referenced parts are
used only for the definition of this material model and are not referenced by any elements. The
two nodes defining a beam may be coincident to give a zero length beam, or offset to give a finite length beam. For finite length discrete beams the absolute value of the variable SCOOR in
the SECTION_BEAM input should be set to a value of 2.0, which causes the local r-axis to be
aligned along the two nodes of the beam to give physically correct behavior. The distance between the nodes of a beam should not affect the behavior of this material model. A triad must be
used to orient the beam for zero length beams.
Card 1
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
MID
RO
TPIDR
TPIDS
TPIDT
RPIDR
RPIDS
RPIDT
A8
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
TPIDR
Translational motion in the local r-direction is governed by part ID
TPIDR. If zero, no force is computed in this direction.
TPIDS
Translational motion in the local s-direction is governed by part ID

TPIDS. If zero, no force is computed in this direction.
TPIDT
Translational motion in the local t-direction is governed by part ID

TPIDT. If zero, no force is computed in this direction.
RPIDR
Rotational motion about the local r-axis is governed by part ID RPIDR. If

RPIDS
Rotational motion about the local s-axis is governed by part ID RPIDS. If

RPIDT
Rotational motion about the local t-axis is governed by part ID RPIDT. If

2-396 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_096
*MAT_BRITTLE_DAMAGE
*MAT_BRITTLE_DAMAGE

Card 1
MID
RO
PR
TLIMIT
SLIMIT
FTOUGH
SRETEN
A8
VISC
FRA_RF
E_RF
YS_RF
EH_RF
FS_RF
SIGY
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Young's modulus.
Poisson's ratio.
TLIMIT
Tensile limit.
SLIMIT
Shear limit.
FTOUGH
Fracture toughness.
SRETEN
Shear retention.
VISC
Viscosity.
FRA_RF
Fraction of reinforcement in section.
E_RF
Young's modulus of reinforcement.
YS_RF
LS-DYNA R7.0
Yield stress of reinforcement.

2-397 (MAT)
*MAT_096
*MAT_BRITTLE_DAMAGE
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EH_RF
Hardening modulus of reinforcement.
FS_RF
Failure strain (true) of reinforcement.
SIGY
Compressive yield stress.

EQ.0: no compressive yield
Remarks:
A full description of the tensile and shear damage parts of this material model is given in Govindjee, Kay and Simo [1994,1995]. It is an anisotropic brittle damage model designed primarily for concrete though it can be applied to a wide variety of brittle materials. It admits progressive degradation of tensile and shear strengths across smeared cracks that are initiated under tensile loadings. Compressive failure is governed by a simplistic J2 flow correction that can be disabled if not desired. Damage is handled by treating the rank 4 elastic stiffness tensor as an evolving internal variable for the material. Softening induced mesh dependencies are handled by a
characteristic length method [Oliver 1989].
Description of properties:
1.
E is the Young's modulus of the undamaged material also known as the virgin modulus.
2.
is the Poisson's ratio of the undamaged material also known as the virgin Poisson's ratio.
3.
S is the initial principal tensile strength (stress) of the material. Once this stress has been
reached at a point in the body a smeared crack is initiated there with a normal that is colinear with the 1st principal direction. Once initiated, the crack is fixed at that location,
though it will convect with the motion of the body. As the loading progresses the allowed tensile traction normal to the crack plane is progressively degraded to a small machine dependent constant.
The degradation is implemented by reducing the material's modulus normal to the

smeared crack plane according to a maximum dissipation law that incorporates exponential softening. The restriction on the normal tractions is given by
&& = ( ): S + (1 Q)S (1 exp9iy:) 0
where is the smeared crack normal, Q is the small constant, i is the softening modulus,
and y is an internal variable. i is set automatically by the program; see = below. y
measures the crack field intensity and is output in the equivalent plastic strain field, Q , in
a normalized fashion.
The evolution of alpha is governed by a maximum dissipation argument. When the normalized value reaches unity it means that the material's strength has been reduced to 2%
2-398 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_096
*MAT_BRITTLE_DAMAGE
of its original value in the normal and parallel directions to the smeared crack. Note that
for plotting purposes it is never output greater than 5.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
S is the initial shear traction that may be transmitted across a smeared crack plane. The
shear traction is limited to be less than or equal to S (1 z)(1 exp9iy:), through
the use of two orthogonal shear damage surfaces. Note that the shear degradation is coupled to the tensile degradation through the internal variable alpha which measures the intensity of the crack field. z is the shear retention factor defined below. The shear degradation is taken care of by reducing the material's shear stiffness parallel to the smeared
crack plane.
= is the fracture toughness of the material. It should be entered as fracture energy per
unit area crack advance. Once entered the softening modulus is automatically calculated
based on element and crack geometries.
z is the shear retention factor. As the damage progresses the shear tractions allowed
across the smeared crack plane asymptote to the product zS .
! represents the viscosity of the material. Viscous behavior is implemented as a simple

Perzyna regularization method. This allows for the inclusion of first order rate effects.
The use of some viscosity is recommend as it serves as regularizing parameter that increases the stability of calculations.
D is a uniaxial compressive yield stress. A check on compressive stresses is made using
the J2 yield function : D 0, where is the stress deviator. If violated, a J2 re8
turn mapping correction is executed. This check is executed when (1) no damage has
taken place at an integration point yet, (2) when damage has taken place at a point but
the crack is currently closed, and (3) during active damage after the damage integration
(i.e. as an operator split). Note that if the crack is open the plasticity correction is done in
the plane-stress subspace of the crack plane.
A variety of experimental data has been replicated using this model from quasi-static to explosive situations. Reasonable properties for a standard grade concrete would be E=3.15x10^6 psi,
S =450 psi, S =2100 psi, } = 0.2, = = 0.8 lbs/in, z =0.03, ! = 0.0 psi-sec, D = 4200 psi. For
stability, values of ! between 104 to 106 psi/sec are recommended. Our limited experience thus
far has shown that many problems require nonzero values of ! to run to avoid error terminations.
Various other internal variables such as crack orientations and degraded stiffness tensors are internally calculated but currently not available for output.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-399 (MAT)
*MAT_097
*MAT_GENERAL_JOINT_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 97. This model is used to define a general joint constraining any combination of degrees of freedom between two nodes. The nodes may belong to rigid or deformable
bodies. In most applications the end nodes of the beam are coincident and the local coordinate
system (r,s,t axes) is defined by CID (see *SECTION_BEAM).
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
TR
TS
TT
RR
RS
RT
A8
Remarks
Card 2
RPST
RPSR
Type
Remarks
Variable
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
TR
Translational constraint code along the r-axis (0 => free, 1 => constrained)
TS
Translational constraint code along the s-axis (0 => free, 1 => constrained)
TT
Translational constraint code along the t-axis (0 => free, 1

=>constrained)
RR
Rotational constraint code about the r-axis (0 => free, 1 => constrained)
2-400 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_097
DESCRIPTION
RS
Rotational constraint code about the s-axis (0 => free, 1 => constrained)
RT
Rotational constraint code about the t-axis (0 => free, 1 => constrained)
RPST
Penalty stiffness scale factor for translational constraints.
RPSR
Penalty stiffness scale factor for rotational constraints.
Remarks:
1.
For explicit calculations, the additional stiffness due to this joint may require addition mass
and inertia for stability. Mass and rotary inertia for this beam element is based on the defined mass density, the volume, and the mass moment of inertia defined in the
*SECTION_BEAM input.
2.
The penalty stiffness applies to explicit calculations. For implicit calculations, constraint
equations are generated and imposed on the system equations; therefore, these constants,
RPST and RPSR, are not used.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-401 (MAT)
*MAT_098
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK

<BLANK>
STOCHASTIC
This is Material Type 98. The Johnson/Cook strain sensitive plasticity is used for problems
where the strain rates vary over a large range. In this simplified model, thermal effects and damage are ignored, and the maximum stress is directly limited since thermal softening which is very
significant in reducing the yield stress under adiabatic loading is not available. An iterative
plane stress update is used for the shell elements, but due to the simplifications related to thermal
softening and damage, this model is 50% faster than the full Johnson/Cook implementation. To
compensate for the lack of thermal softening, limiting stress values are used to keep the stresses
within reasonable limits. A resultant formulation for the Belytschko-Tsay, the C0 Triangle, and
the fully integrated type 16 shell elements is activated by specifying either zero or one through
thickness integration point on the *SHELL_SECTION card. This latter option is less accurate
than through thickness integration but is somewhat faster. Since the stresses are not computed in
the resultant formulation, the stress output to the databases for the resultant elements are zero.
This model is also available for the Hughes-Liu beam, the Belytschko-Schwer beam, and the
truss element. For the resultant beam formulation, the rate effects are approximated by the axial
rate since the thickness of the beam about it bending axes is unknown. The linear bulk modulus
is used to determine the pressure in the elements, since the use of this model is primarily for
structural analysis.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
2-402 (MAT)
MID
RO
PR
VP
A8
none
none
none
none
0.0
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_098
Card 2
Variable
PSFAIL
SIGMAX
SIGSAT
EPSO
Type
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0E+17
SIGSAT
1.0E+28
1.0
Default
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus
PR
Poissons ratio
VP

This option applies only to the 4-node shell and 8-node thick shell if and
only if through thickness integration is used.
PSFAIL
Effective plastic strain at failure. If zero failure is not considered.
SIGMAX
Maximum stress obtainable from work hardening before rate effects are
added (optional). This option is ignored if VP=1.0
SIGSAT
Saturation stress which limits the maximum value of effective stress

which can develop after rate effects are added (optional).
EPS0
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-403 (MAT)
*MAT_098
Remarks:
Johnson and Cook express the flow stress as

c5
D = h + k Q
where
51 + ln Q 6
A, B, C and n are input constants

Q effective plastic strain
Q =
lAt
normalized effective strain rate
The maximum stress is limited by sigmax and sigsat by:

D =
c5
min Bh + kQ ,
x C 51 + lnQ 6 , xf
Failure occurs when the effective plastic strain exceeds psfail.
If the viscoplastic option is active, VP=1.0, the parameters SIGMAX and SIGSAT are ignored
since these parameters make convergence of the viscoplastic strain iteration loop difficult to
achieve. The viscoplastic option replaces the plastic strain in the forgoing equations by the viscoplastic strain and the strain rate by the viscoplastic strain rate. Numerical noise is substantially
reduced by the viscoplastic formulation.
2-404 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK_ORTHOTROPIC_DAMAGE
*MAT_099
This is Material Type 99. This model, which is implemented with multiple through thickness
integration points, is an extension of model 98 to include orthotropic damage as a means of treating failure in aluminum panels. Directional damage begins after a defined failure strain is
reached in tension and continues to evolve until a tensile rupture strain is reached in either one of
the two orthogonal directions. After rupture is detected at NUMINT integration points, the element is deleted.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
VP
EPPFR
LCDM
NUMINT
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
0.0
1.e+16
optional
all intg. pt
Card 2
Variable
PSFAIL
SIGMAX
SIGSAT
EPSO
Type
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0E+17
SIGSAT
1.0E+28
1.0
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus
PR
Poissons ratio
VP

This option applies only to the 4-node shell and 8-node thick shell if and
only if through thickness integration is used.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-405 (MAT)
*MAT_099 *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK_ORTHOTROPIC_DAMAGE
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EPPFR
LCDM
Load curve ID defining nonlinear damage curve. See Figure 2-46.
NUMINT

the element is deleted. (If zero, all points must fail.) The default of all
integration points is not recommended since elements undergoing large
strain are often not deleted due to nodal fiber rotations which limit
0strains at active integration points after most points have failed. Better
PSFAIL
Principal plastic strain at failure. If zero failure is not considered.
SIGMAX
Maximum stress obtainable from work hardening before rate effects are
added (optional). This option is ignored if VP=1.0
SIGSAT
Saturation stress which limits the maximum value of effective stress

which can develop after rate effects are added (optional).
EPS0
Remarks:
See the description for the SIMPLIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK model above.
2-406 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_SPOTWELD
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD_{OPTION}
This is Material Type 100. The material model applies to beam element type 9 and to solid element type 1 with type 6 hourglass controls. The failure models apply to both beam and solid elements
The beam elements, based on the Hughes-Liu beam formulation, may be placed between any two
deformable shell surfaces and tied with constraint contact, *CONTACT_SPOTWELD, which
eliminates the need to have adjacent nodes at spot weld locations. Beam spot welds may be
placed between rigid bodies and rigid/deformable bodies by making the node on one end of the
spot weld a rigid body node which can be an extra node for the rigid body, see
*CONSTRAINED_EXTRA_NODES_OPTION. In the same way rigid bodies may also be tied
together with this spot weld option. This weld option should not be used with rigid body switching. The foregoing advice is valid if solid element spot welds are used; however, since the solid
elements
have
just
three
degrees-of-freedom
at
each
node,
*CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE
must
be
used
instead
of
*CONTACT_SPOTWELD.
In flat topologies the shell elements have an unconstrained drilling degree-of-freedom which
prevents torsional forces from being transmitted. If the torsional forces are deemed to be important, brick elements should be used to model the spot welds.
Beam and solid element force resultants for MAT_SPOTWELD are written to the spot weld
force file, SWFORC, and the file for element stresses and resultants for designated elements,
ELOUT.
It is advisable to include all spot welds, which provide the slave nodes, and spot welded materials, which define the master segments, within a single *CONTACT_SPOTWELD interface for beam element spot welds or a *CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_ SURFACE
interface for solid element spot welds. As a constraint method these interfaces are treated independently which can lead to significant problems if such interfaces share common nodal points.
An added benefit is that memory usage can be substantially less with a single interface.

<BLANK>
DAMAGE-FAILURE
The DAMAGE-FAILURE option causes one additional line to be read with the damage parameter and a flag that determines how failure is computed from the resultants. On this line the parameter, RS, if nonzero, invokes damage mechanics combined with the plasticity model to
achieve a smooth drop off of the resultant forces prior to the removal of the spot weld. The parameter OPT determines the method used in computing resultant based failure, which is unrelated to damage.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-407 (MAT)
*MAT_100
Card 1
Variable
Type
*MAT_SPOTWELD
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ET
DT
TFAIL
A8
Define this card 2 if the DAMAGE-FAILURE option is inactive, and omit card 3.
Card 2
Variable
Type
EFAIL
NRR
NRS
NRT
MRR
MSS
MTT
NF
If DAMAGE-FAILURE option is active, the card 2 format depends on the value of OPT.
OPT=-1.0 and 0.0, Resultant based failure.
Card 2
Variable
Type
EFAIL
NRR
NRS
NRT
MRR
MSS
MTT
NF
OPT=1.0, Stress based failure.

Card 2
Variable
Type
2-408 (MAT)
EFAIL
SIGAX
SIGTAU
NF
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
OPT=1.0, Stress based failure with strain rate effects.
Card 2
Variable
EFAIL
-LCAX
-LCTAU
NF
Type
OPT=2.0, User subroutine for failure

Card 2
Variable
EFAIL
USERV1
USERV2
USERV3
USERV4
USERV5
USERV6
NF
EFAIL
ZD
ZT
ZALP1
ZALP2
ZALP3
ZRRAD
NF
EFAIL
ZD
ZT
ZT2
Type
OPT=3.0, 4.0
Card 2
Variable
Type
OPT=5.0
Card 2
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-409 (MAT)
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
OPT=6.0, 7.0, and 9.0

Card 2
Variable
Type
EFAIL
NF
Card 3 is defined only for the DAMAGE-FAILURE option.

Card 3
Variable
Type
RS
OPT
FVAL
TRUE_T
ASFF
BETA
DMGOPT
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
Material identification. A unique number or label not exceeding 8 characters

must be specified.
RO
Mass density
E
PR
SIGY
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
SIGY.GT.0: Initial yield stress.
SIGY.LT.0: A yield curve or table is assigned by |SIGY|. This option is
available for beams and starting with release 971 R5.
ET
Hardening modulus, Et
DT
Time step size for mass scaling, t
TFAIL
Failure time if nonzero. If zero this option is ignored.
EFAIL
Effective plastic strain in weld material at failure. If the damage option is

inactive, the spot weld element is deleted when the plastic strain at each integration point exceeds EFAIL. If the damage option is active, the plastic
strain must exceed the rupture strain (RS) at each integration point before
deletion occurs.
NRR
2-410 (MAT)
Axial force resultant 7
or maximum axial stress D { at failure depending
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
on the value of OPT (see below). If zero, failure due to this component is
not considered. If negative, |NRR| is the load curve ID defining the maximum axial stress at failure as a function of the effective strain rate.
NRS
NRT
Force resultant 7 or maximum shear stress { at failure depending on the

value of OPT (see below). If zero, failure due to this component is not considered. If negative, |NRS| is the load curve ID defining the maximum shear
stress at failure as a function of the effective strain rate.
Force resultant 7
considered.
&
at failure. If zero, failure due to this component is not
MRR
Torsional moment resultant

ponent is not considered.
MSS
Moment resultant
not considered.
MTT
Moment resultant
not considered.
&&
NF
SIGAX
SIGTAU
at failure. If zero, failure due to this com-
at failure. If zero, failure due to this component is

at failure. If zero, failure due to this component is
Number of force vectors stored for filtering (beam elements only).
Maximum axial stress D { at failure. If zero, failure due to this component is

not considered.
Maximum shear stress { at failure. If zero, failure due to this component is

not considered.
LCAX
Load curve ID defining the maximum axial stress at failure as a function of

the effective strain rate. Input as a negative number.
LCTAU
Load curve ID defining the maximum shear stress at failure as a function of

the effective strain rate. Input as a negative number.
USERVn
Failure constants for user failure subroutine, n=1,2,...6.
ZD
Notch diameter
ZT
Sheet thickness.
ZALP1
Correction factor alpha1
ZALP2
ZALP3
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-411 (MAT)
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
VARIABLE
ZRRAD
DESCRIPTION
Notch root radius (OPT=3.0 only).
ZT2
Second sheet thickness (OPT = 5.0 only)
RS
Rupture strain. Define if and only if damage is active.
OPT
Failure option:
EQ.-9: OPT=9 failure is evaluated and written to the SWFORC file, but
element failure is suppressed.
EQ.-2: same as option 1 but in addition, the peak value of the failure
criteria and the time it occurs is stored and is written into the
SWFORC database. This information may be necessary since
the instantaneous values written at specified time intervals may
miss the peaks. Additional storage is allocated to store this information.
EQ.-1: OPT=0 failure is evaluated and written into the SWFORC file,
but element failure is suppressed
EQ. 0:
EQ. 1:
EQ. 2:
EQ. 3:
EQ. 4:
resultant based failure

stress based failure computed from resultants (Toyota)
user subroutine uweldfail to determine failure
notch stress based failure. (beam and hex assembly welds only).
stress intensity factor at failure. (beam and hex assembly welds
only).
EQ. 5: structural stress at failure (beam and hex assembly welds only).
EQ. 6: stress based failure computed from resultants (Toyota). In this
option a shell strain rate dependent failure model is used (beam
and hex assembly welds only). The static failure stresses are defined by part ID using the keyword *DEFINE_ SPOTWELD_RUPTURE_STRESS.
EQ. 7: stress based failure for solid elements (Toyota) with peak stresses
computed from resultants, and strength values input for pairs of
parts, see *DEFINE_SPOTWELD_FAILURE_RESULTANTS.
Strain rate effects are optional.
EQ. 8: Not used.
EQ. 9: Stress based failure from resultants (Toyota). In this option a
shell strain rate dependent failure model is used (beam welds only). The static failure stresses are defined by part ID using the
keyword *DEFINE_ SPOTWELD_RUPTURE_PARAMETER.
EQ. 12. user subroutine uweldfail12 with 22 material constants to determine damage and failure.
EQ. 22. user subroutine uweldfail22 with 22 material constants to determine failure.
FVAL
2-412 (MAT)
Failure parameter. If OPT:

EQ.-2: Not used.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EQ.-1:
EQ. 0:
EQ. 1:
EQ. 2:
EQ. 3:
EQ. 4:
EQ. 5:
EQ. 6:
Not used.
Not used.
Not used.
Not used.
Notch stress value at failure (KF).
Stress intensity factor value at failure (KeqF).
Structural stress value at failure (sF).
Number of cycles that failure condition must be met to trigger
beam deletion.
EQ. 7: Not used.
EQ. 9: Number of cycles that failure condition must be met to trigger
beam deletion.
TRUE_T
True weld thickness. This optional value is available for solid element failure by OPT=0,1,7, -1 or 2. TRUE_T is used to reduce the moment contribution to the failure calculation from artificially thick weld elements so shear
failure can be modeled more accurately. See comments under the remarks
for *MAT_SPOTWELD_DAIMLER CHRYSLER
ASFF
Weld assembly simultaneous failure flag

EQ. 0: Damaged elements fail individually.
EQ. 1: Damaged elements fail when first reaches failure criterion.
BETA
Damage model decay rate.
DMGOPT
Damage option flag. If DMGOPT:

EQ. 0: Plastic strain based damage.
EQ. 1: Plastic strain based damage with post damage stress limit
EQ. 2: Time based damage with post damage stress limit
EQ. 10: Like DMGOPT=0, but failure option will initiate damage
Remarks:
Spot weld material is modeled with isotropic hardening plasticity coupled to failure models. .
EFAIL specifies a failure strain which fails each integration point in the spot weld independently. The OPT parameter is used to specify a failure criterion that fails the entire weld element
when the criterion is met. Alternatively, EFAIL and OPT option may be used to initiate damage
when the DAMAGE-FAILURE option is active using RS, BETA, and DMGOPT as described
below.
Beam spot weld elements can use any OPT value except 7. Brick spot weld elements can use
any OPT value except 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, and -9. Hex assembly spot welds can use any OPT value except 9 and -9.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-413 (MAT)
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
OPT=0 and OPT=-1 invoke a resultant-based failure criterion that fails the weld if the resultants
are outside of the failure surface defined by:
7
7&
x (7 , 0)
+
+
+
7
7 &
7
8
&&
&&
1=0
where the numerators in the equation are the resultants calculated in the local coordinates of the
cross section, and the denominators are the values specified in the input. If OPT=-1, the failure
surface equation is evaluated, but element failure is suppressed. This allows easy identification
of vulnerable spot welds when post-processing. Failure is likely to occur if FC >1.0
OPT=1 invokes a stress based failure model, which was developed by Toyota Motor Corporation and is based on the peak axial and transverse shear stresses. The weld fails if the stresses are
outside of the failure surface defined by
5
D 8
6 + {
{
1=0
If strain rates are considered then the failure criteria becomes:

5
8
8
D
+
1=0
5
6
6
D { (Qeff )
{ (Qeff )
where D { (Qeff ) and { (Qeff ) are defined by load curves LCAX and LCTAU. The peak stresses
are calculated from the resultants using simple beam theory.
D
Q
7
=
+
h
8
&&
where the area and section modulus are given by:
Q7 8 + 7 8&
=
+
h
2
h=
=
32
and d is the equivalent diameter of the beam element or solid element used as a spot weld.
OPT=2 invokes a user-written subroutine uweldfail, documented in Appendix Q.
OPT=12 and OPT=22 invoke similar user-written subroutines, uweldfail12, or, uweldfail22 respectively. Both allow up to 22 failure parameters to be used rather than the 6 allowed with
OPT=2. OPT=12 also allows user control of weld damage.
OPT=3 invokes a failure based on notch stress, see Zhang [1999]. Failure occurs when the failure criterion:
DH DH{ 0
2-414 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
is satisfied. The notch stress is given by the equation:

DH = y
Here,
2
5
f
f
6
4
4
3 + 19 f
1 +
1 +
1 +
k + y8
k +y
k
8
8
"
f
f
8
32 f "
3 "
= 8 + 8&
=
8
&&
and yE = 1,2,3 are input corrections factors with default values of unity. If spot welds are
between sheets of unequal thickness, the minimum thickness of the spot welded sheets may be
introduced as a crude approximation.
OPT=4 invokes failure based on structural stress intensity, see Zhang [1999]. Failure occurs
when the failure criterion:
#b #b{ 0
is satisfied where
#b
and
--
=y
=y
8
-
8
--
23
52
3
+ y8
+y
3 f
2 f
ff
2
f
Here, F and M are as defined above for the notch stress formulas and again, yE = 1,2,3 are
input corrections factors with default values of unity. If spot welds are between sheets of unequal thickness, the minimum thickness of the spot welded sheets may be used as a crude approximation.
The maximum structural stress at the spot weld was utilized successfully for predicting the fatigue failure of spot welds, see Rupp, et. al. [1994] and Sheppard [1993]. The corresponding results according to Rupp, et. al. are listed below where it is assumed that they may be suitable for
crash conditions.
OPT=5 invokes failure by
max(D. , D.8 , D. ) D{ = 0
where D{ is the critical value of structural stress at failure. It is noted that the forces and moments in the equations below are referred to the beam nodes 1, 2, and to the midpoint, respectively. The three stress values, D. , D.8 , D. , are defined by:
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-415 (MAT)
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
D. (q) =
{ _N
cosq
\ &N
D.8 (q) =
\ &P
where
{ _P
{ (N
sinq
\ &N
cosq +
{ (P
\ &P
. WYON { N
&N &N
sinq
. WYON { P
&P &P
z = 0 if
z = 1 if
z8 = 0 if
z8 = 1 if
. 8
__N
. 8
__P
&N &N
0
>0
&P &P
0
>0
sinq +
. 8
((N
sinq
. 8
((P
&N &N
&P &P
cosq with
cosq with
D. (q) = 0.5D(q) + 0.5D(q)cos(2y) + 0.5(q)sin(2y)

D(q) =
(q) =
WO {
\ P
Y{ _
\
y = tan
8
8 __
sin8 q +
8()
L()
sinq
Y{ (
cos
\ P
8 ((
\
8
cosq
with
z = 0S 0
z = 1S > 0
The stresses are calculated for all directions, 0 q 90, in order to find the maximum.
For all OPT failure criteria, if a zero is input for a failure parameter on card 2, the corresponding
term will be omitted from the equation. For example, if for OPT=0, only 7 is nonzero, the
failure surface is reduced to |7 | = 7 .
Similarly, if the failure strain EFAIL is set to zero, the failure strain model is not used. Both
EFAIL and OPT failure may be active at the same time.
NF specifies the number of terms used to filter the stresses or resultants used in the OPT failure
criterion. NF cannot exceed 30. The default value is set to zero which is generally recommended unless oscillatory resultant forces are observed in the time history databases. Although welds
should not oscillate significantly, this option was added for consistency with the other spot weld
options. NF affects the storage since it is necessary to store the resultant forces as history variables. The NF parameter is available only for beam element welds.
The inertias of the spot welds are scaled during the first time step so that their stable time step
size is t. A strong compressive load on the spot weld at a later time may reduce the length of
the spot weld so that stable time step size drops below t. If the value of t is zero, mass scaling
is not performed, and the spot welds will probably limit the time step size. Under most circumstances, the inertias of the spot welds are small enough that scaling them will have a negligible
effect on the structural response and the use of this option is encouraged.
Spot weld force history data is written into the SWFORC ascii file. In this database the resultant
moments are not available, but they are in the binary time history database and in the ASCII
elout file.
2-416 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
When the DAMAGE-FAILURE option is invoked, the constitutive properties for the damaged
material are obtained from the undamaged material properties. The amount of damage evolved
is represented by the constant, , which varies from zero if no damage has occurred to unity for
complete rupture. For uniaxial loading, the nominal stress in the damaged material is given by
;
h
where P is the applied load and A is the surface area. The true stress is given by:
Dnominal =
Dtrue =
;
h hloss
where hloss is the void area. The damage variable can then be defined:
=
mloss
m
01
In this model, damage is initiated when the effective plastic strain in the weld exceeds the failure
strain, EFAIL. If DMGOPT=10, 11, or 12, damage will initiate when the effective plastic strain
exceeds EFAIL, or when the failure criterion is met, which ever occurs first. The failure criterion is specified by OPT parameter. After damage initiates, the damage variable is evaluated by
one of two ways. For DMGOPT=0, 1, 10, or 11, the damage variable is a function of effective
plastic strain in the weld:
Q Qfailure
S Qfailure Qeff Qrupture

= eff
Qrupture Qfailure
Where Qfailure = EFAIL and Qrupture = RS. For DMGOPT=2 or 12, the damage variable is a function of time:
& &
= failure S ffailure f frupture
&rupture
where ffailure is the time at which damage initiates, and frupture = RS. For this criteria, ffailure is set
to either the time when Qeff exceeds EFAIL, or the time when the failure criterion is met.
For DMGOPT=1, the damage behavior is the same as for DMGOPT=0, but an additional damage variable is calculated to prevent stress growth during softening. Similarly, DMGOPT=11
behaves like DMGOPT=10 except for the additional damage variable. This additional function
is also used with DMGOPT=2 and 12. The affect of this additional damage function is noticed
only in brick and brick assembly welds in tension loading where it prevents growth of the tensile
force in the weld after damage initiates.
If BETA is specified, the stress is multiplied by an exponential using defined in the previous
equations,
D = D exp(z).
For weld elements in an assembly (see RPBHX on *CONTROL_SPOTWELD_BEAM or

*DEFINE_HEX_SPOTWELD_ASSEMBLY), the failure criterion is evaluated using the assembly cross section. If damage is not active, all elements will be deleted when the failure criterion
is met. If damage is active, then damage is calculated independently in each element of the assembly. By default, elements of the assembly are deleted as damage in each element is comLS-DYNA R7.0
2-417 (MAT)
*MAT_100
*MAT_SPOTWELD
plete. If ASFF=1, then failure and deletion of all elements in the assembly will occur simultaneously when damage is complete in any one of the elements.
Figure 2-53. A solid element used as spot weld is shown. When resultant based failure is used orientation is very important. Nodes n1-n4 attach to the lower shell midsurface and nodes n5-n8 attach to the upper shell mid-surface. The resultant forces and
moments are computed based on the assumption that the brick element is properly oriented.
2-418 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_100_DA
*MAT_SPOTWELD_DAIMLERCHRYSLER
This is Material Type 100. The material model applies to solid element type 1 with type 6 hourglass control. Spot weld elements may be placed between any two deformable shell surfaces and
tied with constraint contact, *CONTACT_TIED_SURFACE_TO_SURFACE, which eliminates
the need to have adjacent nodes at spot weld locations. Spot weld failure is modeled using this
card and *DEFINE_CONNECTION_PROPERTIES data. Details of the failure model can be
found in Seeger, Feucht, Frank, Haufe, and Keding [2005].
It is advisable to include all spot welds, which provide the slave nodes, and spot welded materials, which define the master segments, within a single *CONTACT_TIED_ SURFACE_TO_SURFACE interface. This contact type uses constraint equations. If multiple interfaces are treated independently, significant problems can occur if such interfaces share common
nodes. An added benefit is that memory usage can be substantially less with a single interface.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
MID
RO
A8
PR
DT
TFAIL
EFAIL
NF
Type
Card 3
RS
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
MID
LS-DYNA R7.0
ASFF
TRUE_T
CON_ID
DESCRIPTION
2-419 (MAT)
*MAT_100_DA
VARIABLE
RO
E
DESCRIPTION
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
DT
Time step size for mass scaling, t.
TFAIL
Failure time if nonzero. If zero this option is ignored.
EFAIL
Effective plastic strain in weld material at failure. See remark below.
NF
Number of failure function evaluations stored for filtering by time averaging. The default value is set to zero which is generally recommended
unless oscillatory resultant forces are observed in the time history databases. Even though these welds should not oscillate significantly, this
option was added for consistency with the other spot weld options. NF
affects the storage since it is necessary to store the failure terms. When
NF is nonzero, the resultants in the output databases are filtered. NF
cannot exceed 30.
RS
Rupture strain. See Remarks below.
ASFF
Weld assembly simultaneous failure flag

EQ. 0: Damaged elements fail individually.
EQ. 1: Damaged elements fail when first reaches failure criterion.
TRUE_T
True weld thickness for single hexahedron solid weld elements. See
comments below.
CON_ID
Connection ID of *DEFINE_CONNECTION card.
Remarks:
This weld material is modeled with isotropic hardening plasticity. The yield stress and constant
hardening modulus are assumed to be those of the welded shell elements as defined in a
*DEFINE_CONNECTION_PROPERTIES table. A failure function and damage type is also
defined by *DEFINE_CONNECTION_PROPERTIES data. The interpretation of EFAIL and
RS is determined by the choice of damage type. This is discussed in remark 4 on
*DEFINE_CONNECTION_PROPERTIES.
Solid weld elements are tied to the mid-plane of shell materials and so typically have a thickness
that is half the sum of the thicknesses of the welded shell sections. As a result, a weld under
shear loading can be subject to an artificially large moment which will be balanced by normal
forces transferred through the tied contact. These normal forces will cause the normal term in
the failure calculation to be artificially high. Inputting a TRUE_T that is smaller than the mod2-420 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_100_DA
eled thickness, for example, 10%-30% of true thickness will scale down the normal force that
results from the balancing moment and provide more realistic failure calculations. TRUE_T effects only the failure calculation, not the weld element behavior. If TRUE_T=0 or data is omitted, the modeled weld element thickness is used.
For weld elements in an assembly (see RPBHX on *CONTROL_SPOTWELD_BEAM or
*DEFINE_HEX_SPOTWELD_ASSEMBLY), the failure criterion is evaluated using the assembly cross section. If damage is not active, all elements will be deleted when the failure criterion
is met. If damage is active, then damage is calculated independently in each element of the assembly. By default, elements of the assembly are deleted as damage in each element is complete. If ASFF=1, then failure and deletion of all elements in the assembly will occur simultaneously when damage is complete in any one of the elements.
Solid element force resultants for MAT_SPOTWELD are written to the spot weld force file,
SWFORC, and the file for element stresses and resultants for designated elements, ELOUT. Also, spot weld failure data is written to the file, DCFAIL.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-421 (MAT)
*MAT_101
*MAT_GEPLASTIC_SRATE_2000a
This is Material Type 101. The GEPLASTIC_SRATE_2000a material model characterizes General Electric's commercially available engineering thermoplastics subjected to high strain rate
events. This material model features the variation of yield stress as a function of strain rate, cavitation effects of rubber modified materials and automatic element deletion of either ductile or
brittle materials.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PR
RATESF
EDOT0
ALPHA
A8
LCSS
LCFEPS
LCFSIG
LCE
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Young's Modulus.
Poisson's ratio.
RATESF
Constant in plastic strain rate equation.
EDOT0
Reference strain rate
ALPHA
Pressure sensitivity factor
LCSS
2-422 (MAT)
Load curve ID or Table ID that defines the post yield material behavior.
The values of this stress-strain curve are the difference of the yield stress
and strain respectively. This means the first values for both stress and
strain should be zero. All subsequent values will define softening or
hardening.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_101
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCFEPS
Load curve ID that defines the plastic failure strain as a function of

strain rate.
LCFSIG
Load curve ID that defines the Maximum principal failure stress as a

function of strain rate.
LCE
Load curve ID that defines the Unloading moduli as a function of plastic

strain.
Remarks:
The constitutive model for this approach is:
Q = Q exp(h D (Q ) ) exp(eyh)
where Q and A are rate dependent yield stress parameters, Q internal resistance (strain
hardening) and y is a pressure dependence parameter.
In this material the yield stress may vary throughout the finite element model as a function of
strain rate and hydrostatic stress. Post yield stress behavior is captured in material softening
and hardening values. Finally, ductile or brittle failure measured by plastic strain or maximum
principal stress respectively is accounted for by automatic element deletion.
Although this may be applied to a variety of engineering thermoplastics, GE Plastics have constants available for use in a wide range of commercially available grades of their engineering
thermoplastics.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-423 (MAT)
*MAT_102
*MAT_INV_HYPERBOLIC_SIN
This is Material Type 102. It allows the modeling of temperature and rate dependent plasticity,
Sheppard and Wright [1979].
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
HC
VP
A8
ALPHA
EPS0
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
T
Young's Modulus.
Poisson's ratio
Initial Temperature.
HC
Heat generation coefficient.
VP

ALPHA
See Remarks.
See Remarks.
See Remarks.
See Remarks.
2-424 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_102
VARIABLE
G
EPS0
DESCRIPTION
See Remarks.
Minimum strain rate considered in calculating Z.
Remarks:
Resistance to deformation is both temperature and strain rate dependent. The flow stress equation
is:
D=
1
sinh
y

s w
h
where , the Zener-Holloman temperature compensated strain rate, is:

= max(Q, ,; 0)exp 5
The units of the material constitutive constants are as follows: h (1/sec), 7 (dimensionless), y
(1/MPa), the activation energy for flow, (J/mol), and the universal gas constant, (J/mol K).
The value of will only vary with the unit system chosen. Typically it will be either 8.3144
J/mol K, or 40.8825 lb in/mol R.
The final equation necessary to complete our description of high strain rate deformation is one
that allows us to compute the temperature change during the deformation. In the absence of a
couples thermo-mechanical finite element code we assume adiabatic temperature change and follow the empirical assumption that 90-95% of the plastic work is dissipated as heat. Thus the heat
generation coefficient is
i-
0.9
"-.
where " is the density of the material and -. is the specific heat.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-425 (MAT)
*MAT_103
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_VISCOPLASTIC
This is Material Type 103. This anisotropic-viscoplastic material model applies to shell and
brick elements. The material constants may be fit directly or, if desired, stress versus strain data
may be input and a least squares fit will be performed by LS-DYNA to determine the constants.
Kinematic or isotopic or a combination of kinematic and isotropic hardening may be used. A
detailed description of this model can be found in the following references: Berstad, Langseth,
and Hopperstad [1994]; Hopperstad and Remseth [1995]; and Berstad [1996]. Failure is based
on effective plastic strain or by a user defined subroutine.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
FLAG
LCSS
ALPHA
A8
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
QX1
CX1
QX2
CX2
Type
Card 3
VK
VM
R00 or F
R45 or G
R90 or H
Type
Card 4
AOPT
FAIL
NUMINT
MACF
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-426 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_103
Card 5
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 6
V1
V2
V3
D1
Variable
Variable
Type
D2
D3
BETA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
SIGY
Initial yield stress
FLAG
Flag
EQ.0: Give all material parameters
EQ.1: Material parameters are fit in LS-DYNA to Load curve or Table given below. The parameters
, - , 8 , and - 8 for isotropic
hardening are determined by the fit and those for kinematic hardening are found by scaling those for isotropic hardening by .(1 y)
where y is defined below in columns 51-60.
EQ.2: Use load curve directly, i.e., no fitting is required for the parameters
, - , 8 , and - 8 . A table is not allowed.
LCSS
LS-DYNA R7.0
Load curve ID or Table ID. The load curve ID defines effective stress
versus effective plastic strain. Card 2 is ignored with this option. The
table ID, see Figure 2-10, defines for each strain rate value a load curve
ID giving the stress versus effective plastic strain for that rate. If the
load curve only is used, then the coefficients H and
must be given if
viscoplastic behavior is desired. If a Table ID is given these coefficients
are determined internally during initialization.
2-427 (MAT)
*MAT_103
VARIABLE
ALPHA
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
QX1
CX1
QX2
CX2
VK
DESCRIPTION
y distribution of hardening used in the curve-fitting. y = 0 pure kinematic hardening and y = 1 provides pure isotropic hardening
Isotropic hardening parameter
Isotropic hardening parameter Isotropic hardening parameter
Isotropic hardening parameter -
Kinematic hardening parameter
Viscous material parameter
R00
for shell (Default=1.0)
F
G
H
L
M
N
2-428 (MAT)
Kinematic hardening parameter -8
R90
Kinematic hardening parameter -
VM
R45
WX for shell (Default=1.0)

< for shell (Default=1.0)
for brick (Default =1/2)
i for brick (Default =1/2)
7 for brick (Default =3/2)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_103
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
AOPT

only.
FAIL
Failure flag.
LT.0.0: User defined failure subroutine is called to determine failure.
This is subroutine named, MATUSR_103, in DYN21.F.
failure is not of interest since many calculations will be saved.
GT.0.0: Plastic strain to failure. When the plastic strain reaches this
value, the element is deleted from the calculation.
NUMINT
Number of integration points which must fail before element deletion. If

zero, all points must fail. This option applies to shell elements only. For
the case of one point shells, NUMINT should be set to a value that is
less than the number of through thickness integration points. Nonphysical stretching can sometimes appear in the results if all integration points
have failed except for one point away from the midsurface. This is due
to the fact that unconstrained nodal rotations will prevent strains from
developing at the remaining integration point. In fully integrated shells,
similar problems can occur.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-429 (MAT)
*MAT_103
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION

MACF
XP,YP,ZP
xp yp zp, define coordinates of point p for AOPT = 1 and 4.
A1,A2,A3
V1,V2,V3
D1,D2,D3

Material angle in degrees for AOPT=0 (shells only) and AOPT=3. BETA
may
be
overridden
on
the
element
card,
see
BETA
Remarks:
The uniaxial stress-strain curve is given on the following form
D(Qeff , Qeff ) = D +
(1 exp(- Qeff )) + 8 (1 exp(- 8 Qeff ))
+ (1 exp(- Qeff )) + 8 (1 exp(-8 Qeff ))
+ H Qeff
For bricks the following yield criteria is used

(D88 D )8 + (D
D )8 + i(D D88 )8
+2 D88 + 2 D 8 + 27D 88 = D(Qeff , Qeff )
where Qeff is the effective plastic strain and Qeff is the effective plastic strain rate. For shells the
anisotropic behavior is given by , WX and < . The model will work when the three first parameters in card 3 are given values. When H = 0 the material will behave elasto-plastically.
Default values are given by:
==i=
=
=7=
1
2
3
2
= WX = < = 1
Strain rate of accounted for using the Cowper and Symonds model which, e.g., model 3, scales
the yield stress with the factor:
2-430 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_103
1 + 5
R eff
b
'
To convert these constants set the viscoelastic constants,

H
1
= D5 6
=
and
, to the following values:
1
e
This model properly treats rate effects. The viscoplastic rate formulation is an option in other
plasticity models in LS-DYNA, e.g., mat_3 and mat_24, invoked by setting the parameter VP to
1.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-431 (MAT)
*MAT_103_P
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_PLASTIC
This is Material Type 103_P. This anisotropic-plastic material model is a simplified version of
the MAT_ANISOTROPIC_VISCOPLASTIC above. This material model applies only to shell
elements.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
LCSS
A8
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
Type
Card 3
R00
R45
R90
Type
Card 4
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-432 (MAT)
S11
S22
S33
S12
AOPT
F
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_103_P
Card 5
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 6
V1
V2
V3
D1
Variable
Variable
Type
D2
D3
BETA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
SIGY
LCSS
Load curve ID. The load curve ID defines effective stress versus effective plastic strain. Card 2 is ignored with this option.
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
R00
R45
R90
LS-DYNA R7.0
for anisotropic hardening
WX for anisotropic hardening

< for anisotropic hardening
2-433 (MAT)
*MAT_103_P
VARIABLE
S11
S22
S33
S12
AOPT
DESCRIPTION
Yield stress in local x-direction. This input is ignored if

( , WX , < ) > 0.
Yield stress in local y-direction. This input is ignored if
( , WX , < ) > 0.
Yield stress in local z-direction. This input is ignored if
( , WX , < ) > 0.
Yield stress in local xy-direction. This input is ignored if

( , WX , < ) > 0.

BETA.
XP,YP,ZP
A1,A2,A3
D1,D2,D3
V1,V2,V3
BETA

Remarks:
If no load curve is defined for the effective stress versus effective plastic strain, the uniaxial
stress-strain curve is given on the following form
2-434 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_103_P
D(Qeff ) = D +
(1 exp(- Qeff )) +
8 (1
exp(- 8 Qeff ))
where Qeff is the effective plastic strain. For shells the anisotropic behavior is given by , WX
and < , or the yield stress in the different direction. Default values are given by:
= WX = < = 1
if the variables R00, R45, R90, S11, S22, S33 and S12 are set to zero.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-435 (MAT)
*MAT_104
*MAT_DAMAGE_1
*MAT_DAMAGE_1
This is Material Type 104. This is a continuum damage mechanics (CDM) model which includes anisotropy and viscoplasticity. The CDM model applies to shell, thick shell, and brick
elements. A more detailed description of this model can be found in the paper by Berstad, Hopperstad, Lademo, and Malo [1999]. This material model can also model anisotropic damage behavior by setting the FLAG to -1 in Card 2.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
LCSS
LCDS
A8
Q1
C1
Q2
C2
EPSD
S or EPSR
DC
FLAG
Type
Card 3
VK
VM
R00 or F
R45 or G
R90 or H
Type
Card 4
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-436 (MAT)
AOPT
MACF
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_104
*MAT_DAMAGE_1
Card 5
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 6
V1
V2
V3
D1
Variable
Variable
Type
D2
D3
BETA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
Initial yield stress, D .
LCSS
Load curve ID. Load curve ID defining effective stress versus effective
plastic strain. For FLAG = -1.
LCDS
Load curve ID defining nonlinear damage curve. For FLAG = -1.
Q1
C1
Q2
C2
EPSD
LS-DYNA R7.0
Isotropic hardening parameter -8
Damage threshold Damage effective plastic strain when material softening begins. (Default=0.0)
Damage material constant . (Default=
). For FLAG0.
2-437 (MAT)
*MAT_104
*MAT_DAMAGE_1
VARIABLE
EPSR
DC
FLAG
DESCRIPTION
Critical damage value b . When the damage value reaches this value,
the element is deleted from the calculation. (Default=0.5) For FLAG0.
Flag
EQ.-1: Anisotropic damage
EQ.0: No calculation of localization due to damage
EQ.1: The model flags element where strain localization occur
VK
VM
R00
R45
R90
F

F for brick (Default =1/2)
G for brick (Default =1/2)
H for brick (Default =1/2)
L for brick (Default =3/2)
M for brick (Default =3/2)
N for brick (Default =3/2)
AOPT
2-438 (MAT)

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_104
*MAT_DAMAGE_1
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION

only.
MACF

XP,YP,ZP
A1,A2,A3
D1,D2,D3
V1,V2,V3
BETA
aterial angle in degrees for AOPT=0 (shells only) and AOPT=3. BETA
may
be
overridden
on
the
element
card,
see
Remarks:
Anisotropic Damage model (FLAG = -1). At each thickness integration points, an anisotropic
damage law acts on the plane stress tensor in the directions of the principal total shell strains, Q
and Q8 , as follows:
D = (1 (Q ))D
D88 = (1 8 (Q8 ))D88
D 8 = (1 ( + 8 )/2)D
The transverse plate shear stresses in the principal strain directions are assumed to be damaged
as follows:
D = (1 /2)D
D8 = (1 8 /2)D8
In the anisotropic damage formulation, (Q ) and 8 (Q8 ) are anisotropic damage functions for
the loading directions 1 and 2, respectively. Stresses D ,D88 ,D 8 ,D and D8 are stresses in
the principal shell strain directions as calculated from the undamaged elastic-plastic material beLS-DYNA R7.0
2-439 (MAT)
*MAT_104
*MAT_DAMAGE_1
havior. The strains Q and Q8 are the magnitude of the principal strains calculated upon reaching
the damage thresholds. Damage can only develop for tensile stresses, and the damage functions
(Q ) and 8 (Q8 )are identical to zero for negative strains Q and Q8 . The principal strain directions are fixed within an integration point as soon as either principal strain exceeds the initial
threshold strain in tension. A more detailed description of the damage evolution for this material
model is given in the description of Material 81.
The Continuum Damage Mechanics (CDM) model (FLAG0) is based on a CDM model proposed by Lemaitre [1992]. The effective stress D, which is the stress calculated over the section
that effectively resist the forces and reads.
D =
D
1
where is the damage variable. The evolution equation for the damage variable is defined as
0
@
=
(1 )
where is the damage threshold,
for
for
>
and
D >0
is a positive material constant , is the so-called strain energy release rate and D is the maximal
principal stress. The strain energy density release rate is
1
D.8 .
@ = : : =
2
2,(1 )8
where D. is the equivalent von Mises stress. The triaxiality function . is defined as
2
D 8
. = (1 + }) + 3(1 2}) 5
6
3
D.
The uniaxial stress-strain curve is given in the following form

D(, Qeff ) = D +

H Qeff
(1 exp(- )) +
8 (1
exp(-8 ))
where is the damage accumulated plastic strain, which can be calculated by

= Qeff (1 )
For bricks the following yield criteria is used
(D88 D )8 + (D D )8 + i(D D88 )8
+2 D88 + 2 D 8 + 27D 88 = D(, Qeff )
2-440 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_104
*MAT_DAMAGE_1
where is the damage effective viscoplastic strain and Qeff is the effective viscoplastic strain rate.
For shells the anisotropic behavior is given by the R-values: , WX , and < . When H = 0
the material will behave as an elastoplastic material without rate effects. Default values for the
anisotropic constants are given by:
==i=
so that isotropic behavior is obtained.
=7=
1
2
3
2
= WX = < = 1
with the factor:
1+
R
'
To convert these constants, set the viscoelastic constants,

H
1
= D5 6
=
LS-DYNA R7.0
and
, to the following values:
1
e
2-441 (MAT)
*MAT_105
*MAT_DAMAGE_2
*MAT_DAMAGE_2
This is Material Type 105. This is an elastic viscoplastic material model combined with continuum damage mechanics (CDM). This material model applies to shell, thick shell, and brick elements. The elastoplastic behavior is described in the description of material model 24. A more
detailed description of the CDM model is given in the description of material model 104 above.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
FAIL
TDEL
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
10.E+20
Card 2
Variable
LCSS
LCSR
Type
Default
Card 3
EPSD
DC
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-442 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_105
*MAT_DAMAGE_2
Card 4
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
\F
Default
Card 5
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Default
Variable
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
FAIL
Failure flag.
EQ.0.0: Failure due to plastic strain is not considered.
TDEL
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-443 (MAT)
*MAT_105
VARIABLE
*MAT_DAMAGE_2
DESCRIPTION
LCSS
giving the stress versus effective plastic strain for that rate, See Figure 210. The stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the lowest value
of strain rate is used if the strain rate falls below the minimum value.
LCSR
EPSD
S
DC
EPS1-EPS8
ES1-ES8
Damage threshold Damage effective plastic strain when material softening begin. (Default=0.0)
Damage material constant . Default =
Critical damage value b . When the damage value reaches this value,
the element is deleted from the calculation. (Default=0.5)
points should be defined.
Remarks:
The stress-strain behavior may be treated by a bilinear curve by defining the tangent modulus,
ETAN. Alternately, a curve similar to that shown in Figure 2-6 is expected to be defined by
(EPS1,ES1) - (EPS8,ES8); however, an effective stress versus effective plastic strain curve ID
(LCSS) may be input instead if eight points are insufficient. The cost is roughly the same for either approach. The most general approach is to use the table definition with table ID, LCSR, discussed below.
I.
Q
1+
-
2-444 (MAT)
'
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_DAMAGE_2
*MAT_105
where Q is the strain rate, Q = QQEF QEF
II.
III.
using the reference to a table (LCSS) can be used. Then the table input in
*DEFINE_TABLE has to be used, see Figure 2-10.
A fully viscoplastic formulation is used in this model.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-445 (MAT)
*MAT_106
*MAT_ELASTIC_VISCOPLASTIC_THERMAL
This is Material Type 106. This is an elastic viscoplastic material with thermal effects.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ALPHA
LCSS
FAIL
A8
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
QX1
CX1
QX2
CX2
Type
Card 3
Variable
LCE
LCPR
LCSIGY
LCR
LCX
LCALPH
Type
Card 4
LCC
LCP
TREF
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
2-446 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_106
VARIABLE
E
PR
DESCRIPTION
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
SIGY
LCSS
versus effective plastic strain. The table ID defines for each temperature
value a load curve ID giving the stress versus effective plastic strain for
that temperature (DEFINE_TABLE) or it defines for each temperature
value a table ID which defines for each strain rate a load curve ID giving
the stress versus effective plastic strain (DEFINE_TABLE_3D). The
stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the lowest value of temperature or strain rate is used if the temperature or strain rate falls below
the minimum value. Likewise, maximum values cannot be exceeded.
Card 2 is ignored with this option.
FAIL
Effective plastic failure strain for erosion of thin shell elements.
ALPHA
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
QX1
CX1
QX2
CX2
C
P
LCE
LCPR
LS-DYNA R7.0
Coefficient of thermal expansion.


Viscous material parameter -
Viscous material parameter ;
Load curve defining Young's modulus as a function of temperature.

E on card 1 is ignored with this option.
Load curve defining Poisson's ratio as a function of temperature. PR on

card 1 is ignored with this option.
2-447 (MAT)
*MAT_106
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCSIGY
Load curve defining the initial yield stress as a function of temperature.

SIGY on card 1 is ignored with this option.
LCR
Load curve for scaling the isotropic hardening parameters QR1 and QR2
or the stress given by the load curve LCSS as a function of temperature.
LCX
Load curve for scaling the kinematic hardening parameters QX1 and
QX2 as a function of temperature.
LCALPH
Load curve ID defining the instantaneous coefficient of thermal expansion as a function of temperature:
thermal
QEF
= y(/) /JEF
ALPHA on card 1 is ignored with this option. If LCALPH is defined as
the negative of the load curve ID, the curve is assumed to define the coefficient relative to a reference temperature, TREF below, such that the
total thermal strain is give by
thermal
QEF
= y(/)/ / #$ JEF
LCC
Load curve for scaling the viscous material parameter C as a function of

temperature.
LCP
Load curve for scaling the viscous material parameter P as a function of

temperature.
TREF
Reference temperature required if and only if LCALPH is given with a

negative curve ID.
Remarks:
If LCSS is not given any value the uniaxial stress-strain curve has the form
D(Qeff ) = D +
(1 exp(- Qeff )) + 8 (1 exp(- 8 Qeff ))
+ (1 exp(- Qeff )) + 8 (1 exp(-8 Qeff ))
Viscous effects are accounted for using the Cowper and Symonds model, which scales the yield
stress with the factor:
c
R eff
1+
2-448 (MAT)
'
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_107
*MAT_MODIFIED_JOHNSON_COOK

Define the following two cards with general material parameters
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
BETA
XS1
CP
ALPHA
A8
E0DOT
Tr
Tm
T0
FLAG1
FLAG2
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
Card 3 is the modified Johnson-Cook constitutive relation (FLAG1=0)

Define the following two cards if and only if FLAG1=0.
Card 3
Variable
Type
Card 4 is the modified Johnson-Cook constitutive relation with Voce hardening (FLAG=0)
Card 4
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
Q1
C1
Q2
C2
2-449 (MAT)
*MAT_107
Card 3 is the Zerilli-Armstrong constitutive relation (FLAG1=1)

Define the following two cards if and only if FLAG1=1:
Card 3
Variable
Type
SIGA
BETA0
BETA1
Card 4 is the Zerilli-Armstrong constitutive relation (FLAG1=1)

Card 4
Variable
ALPHA0
ALPHA1
Type
Define the following card if and only if FLAG2=0:

Card 5 is the modified Johnson-Cook fracture criterion (FLAG2=0)
Card 5
Variable
Type
DC
PD
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
Define the following card if and only if FLAG2=1

Card 5 is the Cockcroft-Latham fracture criterion (FLAG2=1)
Card 5
Variable
Type
2-450 (MAT)
DC
WC
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_107
Card 6 includes additional element erosion criteria
Card 6
Variable
Type
TC
TAUC
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
E
PR
BETA
XS1
CP
ALPHA
EPS0
Youngs modulus, E.
Poissons ratio, + .
Damage coupling parameter; see Eq. (107.3).

EQ.0.0: No coupling between ductile damage and the constitutive relation.
EQ.1.0: Full coupling between ductile damage and the constitutive
relation.
Taylor-Quinney coefficient , see Eq. (107.20). Gives the portion of

plastic work converted into heat (normally taken to be 0.9)
Specific heat - , see Eq. (107.20)
Thermal expansion coefficient, y.
Quasi-static threshold strain rate (Q = e = ),

see Eq. (107.12). Set description under *MAT_015.
Tr
Room temperature, see Eq. (107.13)
Tm
Melt temperature, see Eq. (107.13)
T0
Initial temperature
FLAG1
Constitutive relation flag; see Eq. (107.11) and (107.14)

EQ.0.0: Modified Johnson-Cook constitutive relation, see Eq.
(107.11).
EQ.1.0: Zerilli-Armstrong constitutive relation, see Eq. (107.14).
FLAG2
Fracture criterion flag; see Eq. (107.15) and (107.19).
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-451 (MAT)
*MAT_107
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EQ.0.0: Modified Johnson-Cook fracture criterion; see Eq. (107.15).

EQ.1.0: Cockcroft-Latham fracture criterion; see Eq. (107.19).
K
Bulk modulus
Shear modulus
Johnson-Cook yield stress A, see Eq. (107.11).
Johnson-Cook hardening parameter B, see Eq. (107.11).
Johnson-Cook hardening parameter n, see Eq. (107.11).
Johnson-Cook strain rate sensitivity parameter C, see Eq. (107.11).
Johnson-Cook thermal softening parameter m, see Eq. (107.11).
Q1
Voce hardening parameter
C1
Q2
C2
SIGA
B
BETA0
BETA1
A
N
ALPHA0
ALPHA1
DC
PD
D1-D5
2-452 (MAT)
(when B = n = 0), see Eq. (107.11).
Voce hardening parameter - (when B = n = 0), see Eq. (107.11).

Voce hardening parameter
(when B = n = 0), see Eq. (107.11).
Voce hardening parameter -8 (when B = n = 0), see Eq. (107.11).

Zerilli-Armstrong parameter y , see Eq. (107.14).
Zerilli-Armstrong parameter k, see Eq. (107.14).
Zerilli-Armstrong parameter z , see Eq. (107.14).
Zerilli-Armstrong parameter z , see Eq. (107.14).

Zerilli-Armstrong parameter h, see Eq. (107.14).
Zerilli-Armstrong parameter , see Eq. (107.14).

Critical damage parameter = , see Eq. (107.15) and (107.21). When the
damage value reaches this value, the element is eroded from the calculation.
Damage threshold, see Eq. (107.15).
Fracture parameters in the Johnson-Cook fracture criterion, see Eq.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_107
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
(107.16).
WC
TC
TAUC
Critical Cockcroft-Latham parameter = , see Eq. (107.19). When the

plastic work per volume reaches this value, the element is eroded from
the simulation.
Critical temperature parameter /= , see Eq. (107.23). When the temperature /, reaches this value, the element is eroded from the simulation.
Critical shear stress parameter = . When the maximum shear stress

reaches this value, the element is eroded from the simulation.
Remarks:
An additive decomposition of the rate-of-deformation tensor is assumed, i.e.

= # + + &
Where # is the elastic part, is the plastic part and & is the thermal part.
The elastic rate-of-deformation # is defined by a linear hypo-elastic relation

Where is the unit tensor,
stress tensor is defined by
/ =
f(# ) + #
8
(107.1)
(107.2)
is the bulk modulus and is the shear modulus. The effective
(107.3)
Where is the Cauchy-stress and is the damage variable, while the Jaumann rate of the effective stress reads
/ =

(107.4)
Where is the spin tensor. The parameter z is equal to unity for coupled damage and equal
to zero for uncoupled damage.
The thermal rate-of-deformation ? is defined by
? = y/
Where y is the linear thermal expansion coefficient and / is the temperature.

LS-DYNA R7.0
(107.5)
2-453 (MAT)
*MAT_107
The plastic rate-of-deformation is defined by the associated flow rule as

=
eq
O L
(107.6)
Where () means the deviatoric part of the tensor, is the damage-equivalent plastic strain, S
is the dynamic yield function, i.e.
:
Dj (, , /) 0, 0, S = 0
S =
(107.7)
Deq =
(107.8)
And Deq is the damage-equivalent stress.
The following plastic work conjugate pairs are identified
= : = Deq = Deq e
(107.9)
Where is the specific plastic work rate, and the equivalent stress Deq and the equivalent
plastic strain e are defined as
:
= (1 z)Deq , e = 8 : =
Deq =
(
8
The material strength Dj is defined by
O)
(107.10)
1. The modified Johnson-Cook constitutive relation

Dj = h + k + 8E'
exp(-E )(1 + )b (1 / )
(107.11)
(107.12)
E 1
Where h, k, -, , , , - , 8 , -8 are material parameters; the normalized damageequivalent plastic strain rate is defined by
R
In which Q is a user-defined reference strain rate; and the homologous temperature

reads
/ =
? ?
? ?
(107.13)
In which / is the room temperature (or initial temperature) and / is the melting temperature.
2. The Zerilli-Armstrong constitutive relation
2-454 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_107
Dj = 9D + kexp((z z ln )/) + h exp((y y ln )/):
Where D , k, z , z , h, , y , y are material parameters.
(107.14)
Damage evolution is defined by:
1. The extended Johnson-Cook damage evolution rule:

0 fore e
= e fore > e
(107.15)
e$ = + 8 exp( D )(1 + e )| (1 + X / )
(107.16)
Where the current equivalent fracture strain e$ = e$ (D , e , / ) is defined as

And , 8 , , W , X , b , e are material parameters; the normalized equivalent plastic
strain rate e is defined by
And the stress triaxiality D reads
D =
Leq
e =
(107.17)
, D = f()
(107.18)
2. The Cockcroft-Latham damage evolution rule:
Where b ,
max(D , 0)e
(107.19)
are material parameters.
Adiabatic heating is calculated as
L
:
=
/ =
c
bc
bc
(107.20)
Where is the Taylor-Quinney parameter, " is the density and - is the specific heat. The initial value of the temperature / may be specified by the user.
Element erosion occurs when one of the following several criteria are fulfilled:
1. The damage is greater than the critical value
b
LS-DYNA R7.0
(107.21)
2-455 (MAT)
*MAT_107
2. The maximum shear stress is greater than a critical value

= max |D D8 |, |D8 D |, |D D | b
8
(107.22)
3. The temperature is greater than a critical value

/ /b
History Variable
1
2
(107.23)
Description
Evaluation of damage D
Evaluation of stress triaxiality D
Evaluation of damaged plastic strain r
Evaluation of temperature T
5
8
9
Evaluation of damaged plastic strain rate
Evaluation of plastic work per volume W
Evaluation of maximum shear stress

Table 2.9.
2-456 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_108
*MAT_ORTHO_ELASTIC_PLASTIC
This is Material Type 108. This model combines orthotropic elastic plastic behavior with an anisotropic yield criterion. This model is implemented only for shell elements.
Card 1
Variable
MID
RO
E11
E22
G12
PR12
PR23
PR31
A8
Card 2
Variable
SIGMA0
LC
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
Type
Card 3
Variable
R11
R22
R33
R12
Type
Card 4
Variable
AOPY
BETA
Type
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-457 (MAT)
*MAT_108
Card 5
Variable
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 6
Variable
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass Density
E11
Youngs Modulus in 11-direction
E22
Youngs Modulus in 22-direction
G12
Shear modulus in 12-direction
PR12
Poissons ratio 12
PR23
Poissons ratio
PR31
Poissons ration
LC
SIGMA0
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
2-458 (MAT)
Load curve ID. The load curve ID defines effective stress versus effective plastic strain. Values on Card 2 are ignored if this value is defined.
Initial yield stress, D
Isotropic hardening parameter,
j8
Isotropic hardening parameter, -j
Isotropic hardening parameter, -j8
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_108
VARIABLE
R11
R22
R33
R12
AOPT
BETA
DESCRIPTION
Yield criteria parameter,
Yield criteria parameter, 88


more complete description)
EQ.0.0: Locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element nodes as shown in Figure 2-3. Nodes 1, 2 and 4 of an element
are identical to the node used for the definition of a coordinate system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, and then rotated
about the shell element normal by an angle BETA.
EQ.2.0: Globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR.
EQ.3.0: Locally orthotropic material axes determined by offsetting
of the element.
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 and 3. BETA may be overridden on the element card, see *ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA.
XP YP ZP
Coordinates of point p for AOPT=1.
A1 A2 A3
Components of vector a for AOPT=2.
V1 V2 V3
Components of vector v for AOPT=3.
D1 D2 D3
Components of vector d for AOPT=2.
Remarks:
The yield function is defined as
LS-DYNA R7.0
S = S( ) 9D + (Q ):
2-459 (MAT)
*MAT_108
where the equivalent stress Deq is defined as an anisotropic yield criterion

Deq = (D88 D )8 + (D
D )8 + i(D D88 )8 + 2 D88 + 2 D 8 + 27D 88
Where F, G, H, L, M and N are constants obtained by test of the material in different orientations. They are defined as
1 1
1
1
= 8 + 8 8
2 88
1
1
1 1
= 8 + 8 8
2
88
1 1
1
1
i = 8 + 8 8
2
88
3
= 8
28
3
= 8
2
3
7 = 8
2
The yield stress ratios are defined as follows
D
D
D88
88 =
D
D
=
D
D 8
8=
D8
8 =
D
=
where DEF is the measured yield stress values, D is the reference yield stress and = D /3.
The strain hardening is either defined by the load curve or the strain hardening R is defined by
the extended Voce law,
(Q
2-460 (MAT)
E'
jE 1
exp(-jE Q )
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_108
where Q is the effective (or accumulated) plastic strain, and

parameters.
LS-DYNA R7.0
jE
and -jE are strain hardening
2-461 (MAT)
*MAT_110
*MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CERAMICS
This is Material Type 110. This Johnson-Holmquist Plasticity Damage Model is useful for modeling ceramics, glass and other brittle materials. A more detailed description can be found in a
paper by Johnson and Holmquist [1993].
Card 1
MID
RO
A8
EPSI
SFMAX
HEL
PHEL
BETA
Type
Card 3
D1
D2
K1
K2
K3
FS
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Density
Shear modulus
Intact normalized strength parameter
Fractured normalized strength parameter
Strength parameter (for strain rate dependence)
2-462 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_110
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Fractured strength parameter (pressure exponent)
Intact strength parameter (pressure exponent).
EPS0
T
SFMAX
Quasi-static threshold strain rate. See *MAT_015.

Maximum tensile pressure strength.
Maximum normalized fractured strength (if Eq.0, defaults to 1e20).
HEL
Hugoniot elastic limit.
PHEL
Pressure component at the Hugoniot elastic limit.
BETA
Fraction of elastic energy loss converted to hydrostatic energy (affects

bulking pressure (history variable 1) that accompanies damage).
D1
Parameter for plastic strain to fracture.
D2
Parameter for plastic strain to fracture (exponent).
K1
First pressure coefficient (equivalent to the bulk modulus).
K2
Second pressure coefficient.
K3
Third pressure coefficient.
FS
Failure criteria.
FS < 0 0 fail if p* + t* < 0 (tensile failure).
FS = 0 no failure (default).
FS > 0 fail if the effective plastic strain > FS.
Remarks:
The equivalent stress for a ceramic-type material is given by

where
D = DE DE D$
DE = x(e + f ) (1 + lnQ )
represents the intact, undamaged behavior,
LS-DYNA R7.0
Q /Q$
2-463 (MAT)
*MAT_110
represents the accumulated damage (history variable 2) based upon the increase in plastic strain
per computational cycle and the plastic strain to fracture
(e + f )
Q$ =
and
D$ = (e ) (1 + lnQ) h
represents the damaged behavior. In each case, the '*' indicates a normalized quantity, the stresses being normalized by the equivalent stress at the Hugoniot elastic limit (see below), the pressures by the pressure at the Hugoniot elastic limit (see below) and the strain rate by the reference
strain rate. The parameter d1 controls the rate at which damage accumulates. If it is made 0, full
damage occurs in one time step i.e. instantaneously. It is also the best parameter to vary if one
attempts to reproduce results generated by another finite element program.
In undamaged material, the hydrostatic pressure is given by
;=
in compression and
+ 8
;=
in tension where = "" 1. When damage starts to occur, there is an increase in pressure. A
fraction, between 0 and 1, of the elastic energy loss, z, is converted into hydrostatic potential
energy (pressure). The details of this pressure increase are given in the reference.
Given hel and g,
hel
can be found iteratively from
hel =
hel
+ 8
8
hel
and, subsequently, for normalization purposes,
and
;hel =
hel
hel
+ 8
+ (43) (
8
hel
hel /(1
hel )
hel
Dhel = 1.5(hel ehel )
These are calculated automatically by LS-DYNA if "$ is zero on input.
2-464 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_111
*MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_CONCRETE
This is Material Type 111. This model can be used for concrete subjected to large strains, high
strain rates and high pressures. The equivalent strength is expressed as a function of the pressure,
strain rate, and damage. The pressure is expressed as a function of the volumetric strain and includes the effect of permanent crushing. The damage is accumulated as a function of the plastic
volumetric strain, equivalent plastic strain and pressure. A more detailed description of this model can be found in the paper by Holmquist, Johnson, and Cook [1993].
Card 1
MID
RO
FC
A8
Card 2
Variable
EPS0
EFMIN
SFMAX
PC
UC
PL
UL
Type
Card 3
D1
D2
K1
K2
K3
FS
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Shear modulus.
Normalized cohesive strength.
Normalized pressure hardening.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-465 (MAT)
*MAT_111
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Strain rate coefficient.
Pressure hardening exponent.
FC
Quasi-static uniaxial compressive strength.
T
EPS0
Maximum tensile hydrostatic pressure.

EFMIN
Amount of plastic strain before fracture.
SFMAX
Normalized maximum strength.
PC
Crushing pressure.
UC
Crushing volumetric strain.
PL
Locking pressure.
UL
Locking volumetric strain.
D1
Damage constant.
D2
Damage constant.
K1
Pressure constant.
K2
Pressure constant.
K3
Pressure constant.
FS
Failure type:
FS < 0 fail if damage strength < 0
FS = 0 fail if ; + / 0 (tensile failure).
FS > 0 fail if the effective plastic strain > FS.
Remarks:
The normalized equivalent stress is defined as

D =
D
S=
where D is the actual equivalent stress, and S is the quasi-static uniaxial compressive strength.
The expression is defined as:
2-466 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_111
D = eh(1 ) + k; g91 + -ln(Q ):
z
where is the damage parameter, ; = ;S= is the normalized pressure and Q = QQ is the
dimensionless strain rate. The model incrementally accumulates damage, D, both from equivalent plastic strain and plastic volumetric strain, and is expressed as
Q +
(; + / )P
where Q and are the equivalent plastic strain and plastic volumetric strain, and 8 are
material constants and / = /S= is the normalized maximum tensile hydrostatic pressure.
The damage strength, DS, is defined in compression when ; > 0 as
7e h, h(1 ) + k; g91 + - ln(Q ):
= S=
Or in tension if ; < 0, as
S=
;
h s0, h(1 ) h 5 6w 91 + - ln(Q ):
/
The pressure for fully dense material is expressed as
where
where
lock
and
;=
8 +
are material constants and the modified volumetric strain is defined as

=
is the locking volumetric strain.
LS-DYNA R7.0
1+
lock
lock
2-467 (MAT)
*MAT_112
*MAT_FINITE_ELASTIC_STRAIN_PLASTICITY
and arbitrary strain rate dependency can be defined. The elastic response of this model uses a
finite strain formulation so that large elastic strains can develop before yielding occurs. This
model is available for solid elements only. See Remarks below.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
Card 2
Variable
LCSS
LCSR
Type
Default
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
Type
Default
Variable
Type
Variable
2-468 (MAT)
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_112
Card 4
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Default
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
LCSS
LCSR
EPS1-EPS8
LS-DYNA R7.0

points should be defined. The first point must be zero corresponding to
the initial yield stress. WARNING: If the first point is nonzero the yield
stress is extrapolated to determine the initial yield. If this option is used
SIGY and ETAN are ignored and may be input as zero.
2-469 (MAT)
*MAT_112
VARIABLE
ES1-ES8
DESCRIPTION
Remarks:
I.
1+
'
II.
III.
2-470 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_113
*MAT_TRIP
*MAT_TRIP
This is Material Type 113. This isotropic elasto-plastic material model applies to shell elements
only. It features a special hardening law aimed at modelling the temperature dependent hardening behavior of austenitic stainless TRIP-steels. TRIP stands for Transformation Induced Plasticity. A detailed description of this material model can be found in Hnsel, Hora, and Reissner
[1998] and Schedin, Prentzas, and Hilding [2004].
Card 1
Variable
MID
RO
PR
CP
T0
TREF
TA0
A8
Card 2
Variable
E0MART
VM0
Type
Card 3
Variable
AHS
BHS
EPS0
HMART
K1
K2
Type
Default
Default
Type
Default
VARIABLE
MID
LS-DYNA R7.0
DESCRIPTION
2-471 (MAT)
*MAT_113
*MAT_TRIP
VARIABLE
RO
E
DESCRIPTION
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
CP
Adiabatic temperature calculation option:

EQ.0.0: Adiabatic temperature calculation is disabled.
GT.0.0: CP is the specific heat Cp. Adiabatic temperature calculation is enabled.
T0
Initial temperature T0 of the material if adiabatic temperature calculation

is enabled.
TREF
Reference temperature for output of the yield stress as history variable 1.
TA0
Reference temperature TA0, the absolute zero for the used temperature
scale, e.g. -273.15 if the Celsius scale is used and 0.0 if the Kelvin scale
is used.
Martensite rate equation parameter A, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter B, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter C, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter D, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter p, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter Q, see equations below.
E0MART
VM0
Martensite rate equation parameter E0(mart) , see equations below.

The initial volume fraction of martensite 0.0<Vm0<1.0 may be initialised
using two different methods:
GT.0.0: Vm0 is set to VM0.
LT.0.0: Can be used only when there are initial plastic strains p present, e.g. when using *INITIAL_STRESS_SHELL. The absolute
value of VM0 is then the load curve ID for a function f that sets
= S(Q ). The function f must be a monotonically nondecreasing
function of Q .
AHS
Hardening law parameter AHS, see equations below.
BHS
Hardening law parameter BHS, see equations below.
2-472 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_113
*MAT_TRIP
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Hardening law parameter m, see equations below.
Hardening law parameter n, see equations below.
EPS0
Hardening law parameter 0, see equations below.

Hardening law parameter H , see equations below.
HMART
K1
Hardening law parameter K1, see equations below.
K2
Remarks:
Here a short description is given of the TRIP-material model. The material model uses the von
Mises yield surface in combination with isotropic hardening. The hardening is temperature dependent and therefore this material model must be run either in a coupled thermo-mechanical
solution, using prescribed temperatures or using the adiabatic temperature calculation option.
Setting the parameter CP to the specific heat Cp of the material activates the adiabatic temperature calculation that calculates the temperature rate from the equation
L
/ =
,
c
bc
where D is the plastically dissipated heat. Using the Kelvin scale is recommended, even
though other scales may be used without problems.
The hardening behavior is described by the following equations. The Martensite rate equation is

R c
where
0, if Q < ,
o
m exp
( &)
? ?n
vN
1 tanh(- + /), if Q ,
( &)
Q = effective plastic strain and

T = temperature.
The martensite fraction is integrated from the above rate equation:

=
R
R c
Q .
It always holds that 0.0<Vm<1.0. The initial martensite content is Vm0 and must be greater than
zero and less than 1.0. Note that Vm0 is not used during a restart or when initializing the Vm history variable using *INITIAL_STRESS_SHELL.
The yield stress y is
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-473 (MAT)
*MAT_113
*MAT_TRIP
D = kt (kt ht )exp( 9Q + Q : ) (
The parameters p and B should fulfill the following condition
8 /)
+ iP
(1+B)/B<p,
if not fulfilled then the martensite rate will approach infinity as
approaches zero. Setting the
parameter Q larger than zero, typical range 0.001-0.02 is recommended. A part from the effective true strain a few additional history variables are output, see below.
History variables that are output for post-processing:
Variable
Description
Yield stress of material at temperature TREF. Useful to evaluate the strength of

the material after e.g., a simulated forming operation.
Volume fraction martensite, Vm
CP EQ.0.0: Not used

CP GT.0.0: Temperature from adiabatic temperature calculation
2-474 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_114
*MAT_LAYERED_LINEAR_PLASTICITY
This is Material Type 114. A layered elastoplastic material with an arbitrary stress versus strain
curve and an arbitrary strain rate dependency can be defined. This material must be used with
the user defined integration rules, see *INTEGRATION-SHELL, for modeling laminated composite and sandwich shells where each layer can be represented by elastoplastic behavior with
constitutive constants that vary from layer to layer. Lamination theory is applied to correct for
the assumption of a uniform constant shear strain through the thickness of the shell. Unless this
correction is applied, the stiffness of the shell can be grossly incorrect leading to poor results.
Generally, without the correction the results are too stiff. This model is available for shell elements only. Also, see Remarks below.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
FAIL
TDEL
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
10.E+20
Card 2
Variable
LCSS
LCSR
Type
Default
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Default
Variable
Type
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-475 (MAT)
*MAT_114
Card 4
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Default
Variable
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
FAIL
Failure flag.
TDEL
2-476 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_114
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCSS
Likewise, the stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the
highest value of strain rate is used if the strain rate exceeds the maximum value. The strain rate parameters: C and P; the curve ID, LCSR;
EPS1-EPS8 and ES1-ES8 are ignored if a Table ID is defined.
LCSR
EPS1-EPS8
ES1-ES8

Remarks:
I.
1+
'
II.
III.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-477 (MAT)
*MAT_115
*MAT_UNIFIED_CREEP
*MAT_UNIFIED_CREEP
This is Material Type 115. This is an elastic creep model for modeling creep behavior when
plastic behavior is not considered.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
A8
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
Stress coefficient.
Stress exponent.
Time exponent.
Remarks:
The effective creep strain, Q= , given as:
Q= = hD f
where A, n, and m are constants and f is the effective time. The effective stress, D, is defined as:
3
D = k DEF DEF
2
The creep strain, therefore, is only a function of the deviatoric stresses. The volumetric behavior
for this material is assumed to be elastic. By varying the time constant m primary creep (m<1),
secondary creep (m=1), and tertiary creep (m>1) can be modeled. This model is described by
Whirley and Henshall [1992].
2-478 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_116
*MAT_COMPOSITE_LAYUP
This is Material Type 116. This material is for modeling the elastic responses of composite
layups that have an arbitrary number of layers through the shell thickness. A pre-integration is
used to compute the extensional, bending, and coupling stiffness for use with the BelytschkoTsay resultant shell formulation. The angles of the local material axes are specified from layer to
layer in the *SECTION_SHELL input. This material model must be used with the user defined
integration rule for shells, see *INTEGRATION_SHELL, which allows the elastic constants to
change from integration point to integration point. Since the stresses are not computed in the
resultant formulation, the stresses output to the binary databases for the resultant elements are
zero. Note that this shell does not use laminated shell theory and that storage is allocated for just
one integration point (as reported in D3HSP) regardless of the layers defined in the integration
rule.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
AOPT
Type
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-479 (MAT)
*MAT_116
Card 4
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
GAB
GBC
GCA
2-480 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_116
VARIABLE
AOPT
DESCRIPTION
Material axes option, see Figure 2-3:

are identical to the nodes used for the definition of a coordinate system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, and then rotated
XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA

Remarks:
This material law is based on standard composite lay-up theory. The implementation, [Jones
1975], allows the calculation of the force, N, and moment, M, stress resultants from:
Nx
h
h 8 h Y Q
k
N
k
h
h
h
y= 8
88
8Y Q + 8
Nxy
kY
h Y h8Y hYY Qf
k
M
k
y= 8
kY
Mxy
k8
k88
k8Y
k Y Q
k8Y Q + 8
kYY Qf
Y
k8
k88
k8Y
8
88
8Y
k Y x
k8Y y
kYY z
Y x
8Y y
YY z
where hEF is the extensional stiffness, EF is the bending stiffness, and kEF is the coupling stiffness
which is a null matrix for symmetric lay-ups. The mid-surface stains and curvatures are denoted
by QEF and UEF respectively. Since these stiffness matrices are symmetric, 18 terms are needed per
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-481 (MAT)
*MAT_116
shell element in addition to the shell resultants which are integrated in time. This is considerably
less storage than would typically be required with through thickness integration which requires a
minimum of eight history variables per integration point, e.g., if 100 layers are used 800 history
variables would be stored. Not only is memory much less for this model, but the CPU time required is also considerably reduced.
2-482 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_117
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MATRIX
This is Material Type 117. This material is used for modeling the elastic responses of composites where a pre-integration is used to compute the extensional, bending, and coupling stiffness
coefficients for use with the Belytschko-Tsay resultant shell formulation. Since the stresses are
not computed in the resultant formulation, the stresses output to the binary databases for the resultant elements are zero.
Card 1
C11
C12
C22
C13
C23
C33
C14
C24
Type
Card 3
C34
C44
C15
C25
C35
C45
C55
C16
Type
Card 4
C26
C36
C46
C56
C66
AOPT
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
MID
RO
A8
2-483 (MAT)
*MAT_117
Card 5
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 6
V1
V2
V3
D1
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
D2
D3
BETA
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
CIJ
-3 coefficients of stiffness matrix.
AOPT

are identical to the nodes used for the definition of a coordinate system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, and then rotated
XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
2-484 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_117
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA
aterial angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 and 3, may be overridden on the

Remarks:
The calculation of the force, 7EF , and moment, EF , stress resultants is given in terms of the
membrane strains, QE , and shell curvaturesC, UE , as:
7
7
-8
=

W
X
Y
-8
-88
-8
-W8
-X8
-Y8
-8
-W
-X
-Y
-W
-8W
-W
-WW
-XW
-YW
-X
-8X
-X
-WX
-XX
-YX
- Y Q

-8Y $ Q
#
- Y# Q
f
-WY #
-XY #
U
-YY " f
where -EF = -FE . In this model this symmetric matrix is transformed into the element local system and the coefficients are stored as element history variables.
In model type
*MAT_COMPOSITE_DIRECT below, the resultants are already assumed to be given in the
element local system which reduces the storage since the 21 coefficients are not stored as history variables as part of the element data.
The shell thickness is built into the coefficient matrix and, consequently, within the part ID,
which references this material ID, the thickness must be uniform.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-485 (MAT)
*MAT_118
*MAT_COMPOSITE_DIRECT
This is Material Type 118. This material is used for modeling the elastic responses of composites where a pre-integration is used to compute the extensional, bending, and coupling stiffness
coefficients for use with the Belytschko-Tsay resultant shell formulation. Since the stresses are
not computed in the resultant formulation, the stresses output to the binary databases for the resultant elements are zero.
Card 1
C11
C12
C22
C13
C23
C33
C14
C24
Type
Card 3
C34
C44
C15
C25
C35
C45
C55
C16
Type
Card 4
C26
C36
C46
C56
C66
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
MID
2-486 (MAT)
MID
RO
A8
DESCRIPTION
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_118
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
RO
Mass density.
CIJ
-3 coefficients of the stiffness matrix.
Remarks:
The calculation of the force, 7EF , and moment,

membrane strains, QE , and shell curvatures, UE , as:
7
7
-8
=
-W

-X

-Y

- 8 -88 -8
- 8 -W8 -W
-X8 -X
-Y8 -Y
EF ,
stress resultants is given in terms of the
- W - X - Y Q
-8W -8X -8Y $ Q
#
- W - X - Y # Qf
-WW -WX -WY # U
-XW -XX -XY #
U
-YW -YX -YY " U
where -EF = -FE . In this model the stiffness coefficients are already assumed to be given in the
element local system which reduces the storage. Great care in the element orientation and choice
of the local element system, see *CONTROL_ACCURACY, must be observed if this model is
used.
The shell thickness is built into the coefficient matrix and, consequently, within the part ID,
which references this material ID, the thickness must be uniform.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-487 (MAT)
*MAT_119
*MAT_GENERAL_NONLINEAR_6DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 119. This is a very general spring and damper model. This beam is based
on the MAT_SPRING_GENERAL_NONLINEAR option. Additional unloading options have
been included. The two nodes defining the beam may be coincident to give a zero length beam,
or offset to give a finite length beam. For finite length discrete beams the absolute value of the
variable SCOOR in the SECTION_BEAM input should be set to a value of 2.0 or 3.0 to give
physically correct behavior. A triad is used to orient the beam for the directional springs.
Card 1
MID
RO
KT
KR
UNLDOPT
OFFSET
DAMPF
IFLAG
A8
LCIDTR
LCIDTS
LCIDTT
LCIDRR
LCIDRS
LCIDRT
Type
Card 3
LCIDRUR
LCIDRUS
LCIDRUT
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
LCIDTUR LCIDTUS LCIDTUT
Type
Card 4
LCIDRDR
LCIDRDS
LCIDRDT
Variable
Type
2-488 (MAT)
LCIDTDR LCIDTDS LCIDTDT

I
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_119
Card 5
LCIDTER
LCIDTES
LCIDTET
LCIDRER
LCIDRES
LCIDRET
Type
Card 6
UTFAILR
UTFAILS
UTFAILT
WTFAILR
WTFAILS
WTFAILT
Type
Card 7
Variable
Variable
Variable
UCFAILR UCFAILS UCFAILT
WCFAILR
Card 8
IUR
IUS
IUT
IWR
IWS
IWT
Type
VARIABLE
WCFAILS WCFAILT
Type
Variable
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
KT
Translational stiffness for unloading option 2.0.
KR
Rotational stiffness for unloading option 2.0.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-489 (MAT)
*MAT_119
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
DAMPF

recommended. This damping factor is properly scaled to eliminate time
step size dependency. Also, it is active if and only if the local stiffness
is defined.
IFLAG
Flag for switching between the displacement (default IFLAG=0) and

linear strain (IFLAG=1) formulations. The displacement formulation is
the one used in all other models. For the linear strain formulation, the
displacements and velocities are divided by the initial length of the
beam.
UNLDOPT
Unloading option (Also see Figure 2-54.):

curve. The unloading curve ID if undefined is taken as the loading
curve.
stiffness, KT or KR, to the unloading curve. The loading and unloading curves may only intersect at the origin of the axes.
permanent offset.
OFFSET
Offset factor between 0 and 1.0 to determine permanent set upon unloading if the UNLDOPT=3.0. The permanent sets in compression and
tension are equal to the product of this offset value and the maximum
compressive and tensile displacements, respectively.
LCIDTR

versus relative translational displacement. If zero, no stiffness related
forces are generated for this degree of freedom. The loading curves
must be defined from the most negative displacement to the most positive displacement. The force does not need to increase monotonically.
The curves in this input are linearly extrapolated when the displacement
range falls outside the curve definition.
LCIDTS

LCIDTT

LCIDRR

LCIDRS

2-490 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_119
DESCRIPTION
LCIDRT

LCIDTUR

versus relative translational displacement during unloading. The force
values defined by this curve must increase monotonically from the most
negative displacement to the most positive displacement. For UNLDOPT=1.0, the slope of this curve must equal or exceed the loading
curve for stability reasons. This is not the case for UNLDOPT=2.0.
For loading and unloading to follow the same path simply set
LCIDTUR=LCIDTR. For options UNLDOPT=0.0 or 3.0 the unloading
curve is not required.
LCIDTUS

versus relative translational displacement during unloading.
LCIDTUT

versus relative translational displacement during unloading.
LCIDRUR

versus relative rotational displacement during unloading.
LCIDRUS

versus relative rotational displacement during unloading.
LCIDRUT

versus relative rotational displacement during unloading. If zero, no
viscous forces are generated for this degree of freedom.
LCIDTDR

r-axis versus relative translational velocity.
LCIDTDS

s-axis versus relative translational velocity.
LCIDTDT

t-axis versus relative translational velocity.
LCIDRDR

r-axis versus relative rotational velocity.
LCIDRDS

s-axis versus relative rotational velocity.
LCIDRDT

t-axis versus relative rotational velocity.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-491 (MAT)
*MAT_119
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCIDTER
Load curve ID defining translational damping force scale factor versus

relative displacement in local r-direction.
LCIDTES

relative displacement in local s-direction.
LCIDTET

relative displacement in local t-direction.
LCIDRER
Load curve ID defining rotational damping moment resultant scale factor versus relative displacement in local r-rotation.
LCIDRES
Load curve ID defining rotational damping moment resultant scale factor versus relative displacement in local s-rotation.
LCIDRET
Load curve ID defining rotational damping moment resultant scale factor versus relative displacement in local t-rotation.
UTFAILR
Optional, translational displacement at failure in tension. If zero, the

corresponding displacement, ur, is not considered in the failure calculation.
UTFAILS

corresponding displacement, us, is not considered in the failure calculation.
UTFAILT

corresponding displacement, ut, is not considered in the failure calculation.
WTFAILR
Optional, rotational displacement at failure in tension. If zero, the corresponding rotation, r, is not considered in the failure calculation.
WTFAILS
Optional, rotational displacement at failure in tension. If zero, the corresponding rotation, s, is not considered in the failure calculation.
WTFAILT
Optional rotational displacement at failure in tension. If zero, the corresponding rotation, t, is not considered in the failure calculation.
UCFAILR
Optional, translational displacement at failure in compression. If zero,

the corresponding displacement, ur, is not considered in the failure calculation. Define as a positive number.
UCFAILS

the corresponding displacement, us, is not considered in the failure calculation. Define as a positive number.
2-492 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_119
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
UCFAILT

the corresponding displacement, ut, is not considered in the failure calculation. Define as a positive number.
WCFAILR
Optional, rotational displacement at failure in compression. If zero, the

corresponding rotation, r, is not considered in the failure calculation.
Define as a positive number.
WCFAILS

corresponding rotation, s, is not considered in the failure calculation.
WCFAILT

corresponding rotation, t, is not considered in the failure calculation.
IUR
Initial translational displacement along local r-axis.
IUS
Initial translational displacement along local s-axis.
IUT
Initial translational displacement along local t-axis.
IWR
Initial rotational displacement about the local r-axis.
IWS
Initial rotational displacement about the local s-axis.
IWT
Initial rotational displacement about the local t-axis.
Remarks:
Catastrophic failure, which is based on displacement resultants, occurs if either of the following inequalities are satisfied:
2tfail
cfail
2tfail
+
+
_
_cfail
2&
2&tfail
(cfail
tfail
cfail
tfail
_
_cfail
+
8
&
&
&$E
(cfail
1. 0
1. 0
After failure the discrete element is deleted. If failure is included either the tension failure or the
compression failure or both may be used.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-493 (MAT)
*MAT_119
Figure 2-54. Load and unloading behavior.

There are two formulations for calculating the force. The first is the standard displacement formulation, where, for example, the force in a linear spring is
=
for a change in length of the beam of . The second formulation is based on the linear strain,
giving a force of
=
for a beam with an initial length of . This option is useful when there are springs of different
lengths but otherwise similar construction since it automatically reduces the stiffness of the
spring as the length increases, allowing an entire family of springs to be modeled with a single
material. Note that all the displacement and velocity components are divided by the initial
length, and therefore the scaling applies to the damping and rotational stiffness.
2-494 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_120
*MAT_GURSON
*MAT_GURSON
This is Material Type 120. This is the Gurson dilatational-plastic model. This model is available
for shell and solid elements. A detailed description of this model can be found in the following
references: Gurson [1975, 1977], Chu and Needleman [1980] and Tvergaard and Needleman
[1984]. The implementation in LS-DYNA is based on the implementation of Feucht [1998] and
Fanacht [1999], which was recoded at LSTC. Strain rate dependency can be defined via a Table definition starting with the second formal release of version 971.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
Q1
Q2
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
none
none
Card 2
FC
F0
EN
SN
FN
ETAN
ATYP
FF0
Type
Default
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Default
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-495 (MAT)
*MAT_120
Card 4
*MAT_GURSON
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Default
Card 5
Variable
L1
L2
L3
L4
FF1
FF2
FF3
FF4
Type
Default
Card 6
LCSS
LCLF
NUMINT
LCF0
LCFC
LCFN
VGTYP
DEXP
Type
Default
1.0
3.0
Variable
Variable
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
2-496 (MAT)
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Yield stress.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_120
*MAT_GURSON
VARIABLE
N
Q1
Q2
FC
F0
EN
SN
FN
DESCRIPTION
Exponent for Power law. This value is only used if ATYP=1 and
LCSS=0.
Gurson flow function parameter 1 .
Critical void volume fraction S= where voids begin to aggregate. This

value is only used if LCFC=0.
Initial void volume fraction S . This value is only used if LCF0=0.
Mean nucleation strain Q .
Standard deviation of the normal distribution of Q .
Void volume fraction of nucleating particles S . This value is only used

if LCFN=0.
ETAN
Hardening modulus. This value is only used if ATYP=2 and LCSS=0.
ATYP
Type of hardening.
EQ.1.0: Power law.
EQ.2.0: Linear hardening.
EQ.3.0: 8 points curve.
FF0
EPS1-EPS8
ES1-ES8
L1-L4
FF1-FF4
LS-DYNA R7.0
Failure void volume fraction S{ . This value is only used if no curve is

given by L1,FF1 L4,FF4 and LCFF=0.
Effective plastic strain values. The first point must be zero corresponding to the initial yield stress. At least 2 points should be defined. These
values are used if ATYP=3 and LCSS=0.
Corresponding yield stress values to EPS1 EPS8. These values are
used if ATYP=3 and LCSS=0.
Element length values. These values are only used if LCFF=0
Corresponding failure void volume fraction. These values are only used
if LCFF=0.
2-497 (MAT)
*MAT_120
VARIABLE
LCSS
LCFF
NUMINT
LCF0
LCFC
LCFN
VGTYP
2-498 (MAT)
*MAT_GURSON
DESCRIPTION
Load curve ID or Table ID. ATYP is ignored with this option. Load
curve ID defining effective stress versus effective plastic strain. Table
ID defines for each strain rate value a load curve ID giving the effective
stress versus effective plastic strain for that rate (see MAT_024). The
stress-strain curve for the lowest value of strain rate is used if the strain
rate falls below the minimum value. Likewise, the stress-strain curve for
the highest value of strain rate is used if the strain rate exceeds themaximum value. NOTE: The strain rate values defined in the table may be
given as the natural logarithm of the strain rate. If the first stress-strain
curve in the table corresponds to a negative strain rate, LS-DYNA assumes that the natural logarithm of the strain rate value is used. Since
the tables are internally discretized to equally space the points, natural
logarithms are necessary, for example, if the curves correspond to rates
from 10.e-04 to 10.e+04. The table option is available starting with the
second formal release of version 971.
Load curve ID defining failure void volume fraction S{ versus element
length.
Number of integration points which must fail before the element is deleted. This option is available for shells and solids.
LT.0.0: |NUMINT| is percentage of integration points/layers which
must fail before shell element fails. For fully integrated shells, a
methodology is used where a layer fails if one integration
point fails and then the given percentage of layers must fail
before the element fails. Only available for shells.
Load curve ID defining initial void volume fraction S versus element

length. This option is available starting with the second formal release
of version 971.
Load curve ID defining critical void volume fraction S= versus element
length. This option is available starting with the second formal release
of version 971.
Load curve ID defining void volume fraction of nucleating particles S
versus element length. This option is available starting with the second
formal release of version 971.
Type of void growth behavior.
EQ.0.0: Void growth in case of tension and void contraction in case
of compression, but never below S (default).
EQ.1.0: Void growth only in case of tension.
of compression, even below S .
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_120
*MAT_GURSON
VARIABLE
DEXP
DESCRIPTION
Exponent value for damage history variable 16.
Remarks:
The Gurson flow function is defined as:

=
D8
38 D
( S )8 = 0
8 + 2 S cosh 5 2D 6 1
Dj
j
where D is the equivalent von Mises stress, Dj is the yield stress, D is the mean hydrostatic
stress. The effective void volume fraction is defined as
S
(S)
S S S=
1/ S=
=
(S S= ) S > S=
S= +
S{ S=
The growth of void volume fraction is defined as

where the growth of existing voids is defined as
and nucleation of new voids is defined as

with function A
Voids are nucleated only in tension.
LS-DYNA R7.0
h=
S = S + S
S = (1 S)QHH
S = hQ
1 Q Q 8
exp 5
6
2
2
S
2-499 (MAT)
*MAT_120
*MAT_GURSON
History variables
Shell / Solid
1/1
4/2
5/3
6/4
7/5
11 / 11
Description
Void volume fraction
Effective strain rate
Growth of voids
Nucleation of voids
(S S )/(S= S ) if S S=
Dimensionless material damage value =
1 + (S S= )/(S{ S= ) if S > S=
13 / 13
Deviatoric part of microscopic plastic strain
14 / 14
Volumetric part of macroscopic plastic strain
16 / 16
2-500 (MAT)
$ $
$ $
/lA
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_120_JC
*MAT_GURSON_JC
*MAT_GURSON_JC
This is an enhancement of Material Type 120. This is the Gurson model with additional JohnsonCook failure criterion (parameters Card 5). This model is available for shell and solid elements.
Strain rate dependency can be defined via Table. This model is available starting with the second formal release of version 971. An extension for void growth under shear-dominated states
and for Johnson-Cook damage evolution is available starting with the fourth formal release of
version 971 (optional Card 7).
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
Q1
Q2
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
None
0.0
none
none
Card 2
FC
F0
EN
SN
FN
ETAN
ATYP
FF0
Type
Default
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Default
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-501 (MAT)
*MAT_120_JC
Card 4
*MAT_GURSON_JC
SIG1
SIG2
SIG3
SIG4
SIG5
SIG6
SIG7
SIG8
Type
Default
Card 5
LCDAM
L1
L2
D1
D2
D3
D4
LCJC
Type
Default
Card 6
LCSS
LCFF
NUMINT
LCF0
LCFC
LCFN
VGTYP
DEXP
Type
Default
3.0
Variable
Variable
Variable
Optional Card (starting with version 971 release R4)

Card 7
KW
BETA
Type
Default
1.0
Variable
2-502 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_120_JC
*MAT_GURSON_JC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
N
Q1
Q2
FC
F0
EN
SN
FN
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Yield stress.
LCSS=0.
Gurson flow function parameter .
Critical void volume fraction S= where voids begin to aggregate.
Initial void volume fraction S . This value is only used if LCF0=0.

Mean nucleation strain Q .
Standard deviation of the normal distribution of Q .
Void volume fraction of nucleating particlesS . This value is only used

if LCFN=0.
ETAN
ATYP
Type of hardening.
EQ.1.0: Power law.
FF0
EPS1-EPS8
ES1-ES8
LS-DYNA R7.0
Failure void volume fraction S{ . This value is only used if LCFF=0.
Effective plastic strain values. The first point must be zero corresponding to the initial yield stress. At least 2 points should be defined. These
values are used if ATYP=3 and LCSS=0.
Corresponding yield stress values to EPS1 EPS8. These values are
2-503 (MAT)
*MAT_120_JC
VARIABLE
LCDAM
*MAT_GURSON_JC
DESCRIPTION
Load curve defining scaling factor versus element length. Scales the
Johnson-Cook failure strain (see remarks). If LCDAM=0, no scaling is
performed.
L1
Lower triaxiality factor defining failure evolution (Johnson-Cook).
L2
Upper triaxiality factor defining failure evolution (Johnson-Cook).
D1-D4
Johnson-Cook damage parameters.
LCJC
Load curve defining scaling factor for Johnson-Cook failure versus triaxiality (see remarks). If LCJC > 0, parameters D1, D2 and D3 are ignored.
LCSS
Load curve ID or Table ID. ATYP is ignored with this option. Load
curve ID defining effective stress versus effective plastic strain. Table
ID defines for each strain rate value a load curve ID giving the effective
stress versus effective plastic strain for that rate (see MAT_024). The
stress-strain curve for the lowest value of strain rate is used if the strain
rate falls below the minimum value. Likewise, the stress-strain curve for
the highest value of strain rate is used if the strain rate exceeds the maximum value. NOTE: The strain rate values defined in the table may be
given as the natural logarithm of the strain rate. If the first stress-strain
curve in the table corresponds to a negative strain rate, LS-DYNA assumes that the natural logarithm of the strain rate value is used. Since
from 10.e-04 to 10.e+04.
LCFF
NUMINT
LCF0
LCFC
2-504 (MAT)
Load curve ID defining failure void volume fraction S{ versus element

length.

the element is deleted. This option is available for shells and solids.
point fails and then the given percentage of layers must fail before
the element fails. Only available for shells.
Load curve ID defining initial void volume fraction S versus element
length.
Load curve ID defining critical void volume fraction S= versus element
length.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_120_JC
*MAT_GURSON_JC
VARIABLE
LCFN
VGTYP
DEXP
KW
BETA
M
DESCRIPTION
Load curve ID defining void volume fraction of nucleating particles S

versus element length.
Type of void growth behavior.
of compression, but never below S (default).
EQ.1.0: Void growth only in case of tension.
of compression, even below S .
Exponent value for damage history variable 16.
Parameter k for void growth in shear-dominated states. See remarks.

Parameter in Lode cosine function. See remarks.
Parameter for generalization of Johnson-Cook damage evolution. See
remarks.
Remarks:
38 D
D8
= 8 + 2 S cosh 5
6 1 ( S )8 = 0
2Dj
Dj
where D is the equivalent von Mises stress, Dj is the yield stress, D is the mean hydrostatic
S
(S)
S S S=
1/ S=
=
(S S= ) S > S=
S= +
S{ S=
The growth of void volume fraction is defined as
where the growth of existing voids is defined as
S = S + S
S = (1 S)QHH + i ()S(1 S)Q
Dj
D
The second term is an optional extension for shear failure proposed by Nahshon and Hutchinson
[2008] with new parameter i (=0 by default), effective plastic strain rate in the matrix Q , and
Lode cosin function ():
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-505 (MAT)
*MAT_120_JC
*MAT_GURSON_JC
() = 1 x 8 z x(1 x), x = cos(3) =
with parameter z, Lode angle and third deviatoric stress invariant 0 .
Nucleation of new voids is defined as
S = hQ
with function A
1 Q
exp
h=
2
2
S
Voids are nucleated only in tension.
27 0
2 D
The Johnson-Cook failure criterion is added in this material model. Based on the triaxiality ratio
D /D failure is calculated as:
a) D /D >
b)
D /D
c) D /D <
: Gurson model
: Gurson model and Johnson-Cook failure criteria

: Gurson model
Johnson-Cook failure strain is defined as

Q$ = s + 8 exp 5
D
6w (1 + W ln Q)
D
where , 8 , and W are the Johnson-Cook failure parameters and is a function for including mesh-size dependency. An alternative expression can be used, where the first term of the
above equation (including D1, D2 and D3) is replaced by a general function LCJC which depends on triaxiality
Q$ = -0- 5
D
6 (1 + W lnQ)
D
The Johnson-Cook damage parameter Df is calculated with the following evolution

$ =
Q
$ =
Q$
Q < 1 no failure
V
1 failure
Q$
where IQ is the increment in effective plastic strain. A more general (non-linear) damage evolution is possible if M >1 is chosen:
2-506 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_120_JC
*MAT_GURSON_JC
$ =
History variables
Shell / Solid
Description
1/1
Void volume fraction
Q$
5/3
6/4
Growth of voids
7/5
Nucleation of voids
4/2
8/6
9/7
Q ,
1.0
Johnson-Cook failure strain Q$
Johnson-Cook damage parameter $
10 / 8
Domain variable:
11 / 11
13 / 13
(S S )/(S= S ) if S S=
1 + (S S= )/(S{ S= ) if S > S=
14 / 14
Volumetric part of macroscopic plastic strain
16 / 16
LS-DYNA R7.0
= 0 elastic stress update

= 1 region a) Gurson
= 2 region b) Gurson + Johnson-Cook
= 3 region c) Gurson
Deviatoric part of microscopic plastic strain
$ $
$ $
/lA
2-507 (MAT)
*MAT_120_RCDC
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC
This is an enhancement of material Type 120. This is the Gurson model with the Wilkins Rc-Dc
[Wilkins, et al., 1977] fracture model added. This model is available for shell and solid elements. A detailed description of this model can be found in the following references: Gurson
[1975, 1977]; Chu and Needleman [1980]; and Tvergaard and Needleman [1984].
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
Q1
Q2
A8
Default
None
none
none
none
none
0.0
none
none
Card 2
FC
F0
EN
SN
FN
ETAN
ATYP
FF0
Type
Default
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Default
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
2-508 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_120_RCDC
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC
Card 4
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Default
Card 5
Variable
L1
L2
L3
L4
FF1
FF2
FF3
FF4
Type
Default
Card 6
LCSS
LCLF
NUMINT
Type
Default
Card 7
ALPHA
BETA
GAMMA
D0
LAMBDA
DS
Type
Default
Variable
Variable
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-509 (MAT)
*MAT_120_RCDC
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
N
Q1
Q1
FC
F0
EN
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Yield stress.
LCSS=0.
Parameter 1 .
Parameter 8 .
Critical void volume fraction S=

Initial void volume fraction S .
Mean nucleation strainQ .
of the normal distribution of Q .
SN
Standard deviation
FN
Void volume fraction of nucleating particles.
ETAN
ATYP
Type of hardening.
EQ.1.0: Power law.
FF0
EPS1-EPS8
ES1-ES8
L1-L4
2-510 (MAT)
Failure void volume fraction. This value is used if no curve is given by

the points L1,FF1 - L4,FF4 and LCLF=0.
Effective plastic strain values. The first point must be zero corresponding to the initial yield stress. This option is only used if ATYP equal to
3. At least 2 points should be defined. These values are used if ATYP=3
and LCSS=0.
Corresponding yield stress values to EPS1 - EPS8. These values are
Element length values. These values are only used if LCLF=0.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_120_RCDC
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
FF1-FF4
Corresponding failure void volume fraction. These values are only used
if LCLF=0.
LCSS
Load curve ID defining effective stress versus effective plastic strain.

ATYP is ignored with this option.
LCLF
Load curve ID defining failure void volume fraction versus element

length. The values L1-L4 and FF1-FF4 are ignored with this option.
NUMINT

the element is deleted.
ALPHA
BETA
GAMMA
D0
B
LAMBDA
DS
L
Parameter y. for the Rc-Dc model

Parameterz. for the Rc-Dc model
Parameter a. for the Rc-Dc model
Parameter 0 . for the Rc-Dc model

Characteristic element length for this material
Remarks:
38 D
D8
= 8 + 2 S cosh 5
6 1 ( S )8 = 0
2Dj
Dj
where D is the equivalent von Mises stress, Dj is the Yield stress, D is the mean hydrostatic
S
(S)
S S S=
1/ S=
=
(S S= ) S > S=
S= +
S{ S=
The growth of the void volume fraction is defined as
LS-DYNA R7.0
S = S + S
2-511 (MAT)
*MAT_120_RCDC
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC
where the growth of existing voids is given as:
and nucleation of new voids as:
S = (1 S)QHH ,
in which A is defined as
h=
The Rc-Dc model is defined as the following:
S = hQ
1 Q Q 8
exp 5
6
2
2
S
The damage D is given by
where Q is the equivalent plastic strain,
is a triaxial stress weighting term and
is a asymmetric strain weighting term.
In the above D is the mean stress and
8 Q
=5
1
6
1 aD
8 = (2 h )O
h = max 5
Fracture is initiated when the accumulation of damage is
where = is the a critical damage given by

A fracture fraction
>1
=
= = 1 + ||
=
defines the degradations of the material by the Rc-Dc model.

2-512 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC
*MAT_120_RCDC
The characteristic element length is used in the calculation of . Calculation of this factor is only done for element with smaller element length than this value.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-513 (MAT)
*MAT_121
This is Material Type 121. This is a very general spring and damper model. This beam is based
on the MAT_SPRING_GENERAL_NONLINEAR option and is a one-dimensional version of
the 6DOF_DISCRETE_BEAM above. The forces generated by this model act along a line between the two connected nodal points. Additional unloading options have been included.
Card 1
MID
RO
UNLDOPT
OFFSET
DAMPF
A8
LCIDT
LCIDTU
LCIDTD
LCIDTE
Type
Card 3
UTFAIL
UCFAIL
IU
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
2-514 (MAT)
Translational stiffness for unloading option 2.0.
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_121
DESCRIPTION
UNLDOPT
Unloading option (Also see Figure 2-54):

EQ.1.0: Loading follows loading curve, unloading follows unloading curve. The unloading curve ID if undefined is taken as the
loading curve.
stiffness, K, to the unloading curve. The loading and unloading
curves may only intersect at the origin of the axes.
permanent offset.
OFFSET
Offset to determine permanent set upon unloading if the UNLDOPT=3.0. The permanent sets in compression and tension are equal
to the product of this offset value and the maximum compressive and
tensile displacements, respectively.
DAMPF

recommended. This damping factor is properly scaled to eliminate time
step size dependency. Also, it is active if and only if the local stiffness
is defined.
LCIDT
Load curve ID defining translational force resultant along the axis versus
relative translational displacement. If zero, no stiffness related forces
are generated for this degree of freedom. The loading curves must be
defined from the most negative displacement to the most positive displacement. The force does not need to increase monotonically for the
loading curve. The curves are extrapolated when the displacement range
falls outside the curve definition.
LCIDTU
Load curve ID defining translational force resultant along the axis versus
relative translational displacement during unloading. The force values
defined by this curve must increase monotonically from the most negative displacement to the most positive displacement. For UNLDOPT=1.0, the slope of this curve must equal or exceed the loading
curve for stability reasons. This is not the case for UNLDOPT=2.0.
For loading and unloading to follow the same path simply set
LCIDTU=LCIDT.
LCIDTD
Load curve ID defining translational damping force resultant along the

axis versus relative translational velocity.
LCIDTE

relative displacement along the axis.
UTFAIL
Optional, translational displacement at failure in tension. If zero, failure

in tension is not considered.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-515 (MAT)
*MAT_121
VARIABLE
UCFAIL
IU
2-516 (MAT)
DESCRIPTION

failure in compression is not considered.
Initial translational displacement along axis.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_122
*MAT_HILL_3R
*MAT_HILL_3R
This is Material Type 122. This is Hills 1948 planar anisotropic material model with 3 R values.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
HR
P1
P2
A8
R00
R45
R90
LCID
E0
Type
Card 3
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
AOPT
Type
Card 4
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-517 (MAT)
*MAT_122
Card 5
Variable
Type
*MAT_HILL_3R
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus, E
PR
Poissons ratio,
HR
Hardening rule:
EQ.2.0: exponential.
EQ.3.0: load curve
P1
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.2.0: k, strength coefficient for exponential hardening
P2
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.2.0: n, exponent
R00
R00, Lankford parameter determined from experiments
R45
R90
LCID
E0
2-518 (MAT)
load curve ID for the load curve hardening rule

Q0 for determining initial yield stress for exponential hardening. (De-
fault=0.0)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_122
*MAT_HILL_3R
VARIABLE
AOPT
DESCRIPTION

BETA.
XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA
LS-DYNA R7.0
aterial angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 and 3, may be overridden on the

2-519 (MAT)
*MAT_123
*MAT_MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY
*MAT_MODIFIED_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY_{OPTION}
and arbitrary strain rate dependency can be defined. This model is available for shell and solid
elements. Another model, MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY, is similar but lacks the
enhanced failure criteria. Failure is based on effective plastic strain, plastic thinning, the major
principal in plane strain component, or a minimum time step size. See the discussion under the
model description for MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY if more information is desired.
<BLANK>
RATE
RTCL
The RATE option is used to account for rate dependence of plastic thinning failure. The
RTCL option is used to activate RTCL damage. One additional card is needed with either option.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
FAIL
TDEL
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
10.E+20
Card 2
Variable
LCSS
LCSR
VP
EPSTHIN
EPSMAJ
NUMINT
Type
Default
Variable
Type
2-520 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_123
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Default
Card 4
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Default
Variable
Variable
Card 5 is required if and only if either the RATE or RTCL option is active.
Card 5
LCTSRF
EPS0
TRIAX
Type
Default
Variable
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Yield stress.
2-521 (MAT)
*MAT_123
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
ETAN
FAIL
Failure flag.
TDEL
LCSS
The strain rate parameters: C and P, the curve ID, LCSR, EPS1-EPS8,
and ES1-ES8 are ignored if a Table ID is defined. NOTE: The strain
rate values defined in the table may be given as the natural logarithm of
the strain rate. If the first stress-strain curve in the table corresponds to a
negative strain rate, LS-DYNA assumes that the natural logarithm of the
strain rate value is used. Since the tables are internally discretized to
equally space the points, natural logarithms are necessary, for example,
if the curves correspond to rates from 10.e-04 to 10.e+04. Computing
the natural logarithm of the strain rate does slow the stress update down
significantly on some computers.
LCSR
VP
EPSTHIN
2-522 (MAT)

EQ.1.0: Viscoplastic formulation (recommended).
Thinning strain at failure. This number should be given as a positive
number.
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_123
DESCRIPTION
EPSMAJ
Major in plane strain at failure.

LT.0: EPSMAJ=|EPSMAJ| and filtering is activated. The last twelve
values of the major strain is stored at each integration point and the
average value is used to determine failure.
NUMINT
Number of integration points which must fail before the element is deleted. (If zero, all points must fail.) For fully integrated shell formulations, each of the 4*NIP integration points are counted individually in
determining a total for failed integration points. NIP is the number of
through-thickness integration points. As NUMINT approaches the total
number of integration points (NIP for under integrated shells, 4*NIP for
fully integrated shells), the chance of instability increases.
methodology is used where a layer fails if one integration point
fails and then the given percentage of layers must fail before the element fails. Only available for shells.
EPS1-EPS8

ES1-ES8
LCTSRF
Load curve that defines the thinning strain at failure as a function of the
plastic strain rate.
EPS0
TRIAX
EPS0 parameter for RTCL damage.

EQ.0.0: (default) RTCL damage is inactive.
GT.0.0: RTCL damage is active
RTCL damage triaxiality limit.
EQ.0.0: (default) No limit.
GT.0.0: Damage does not accumulate when triaxiality exceeds
TRIAX.
Remarks:
Optional RTCL damage is used to fail elements when the damage function exceeds 1.0. During
each solution cycle, if the plastic strain increment is greater than zero, an increment of RTCL
damage is calculated by
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-523 (MAT)
*MAT_123
ISdamage =
where
D
D
RTCL
1
D
S
D
Q
1 + D 12 27
D
= 2
D
3 D + 12 27
3D
1
exp
5
6
1.65
2D
RTCL
D
D
D
D
0 = uniaxial fracture strain / critical damage value

H = hydrostatic stress
D = effective stress
Q =effective plastic strain increment
8
8
Q
for
D
1
D
3
for
for
1 D 1
<
<
D
3
3
D 1
3
D
The increments are summed through time and the element is deleted when Sdamage 1.0. For
0.0 < Sdamage < 1.0, the element strength will not be degraded.
The value of Sdamage is stored as the 9th extra history variable and can be fringe plotted from
d3plot files if the number of extra history variables requested is 9 on
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY. If however NUMINT<0, then the value of Sdamage is stored
as the 10th extra history variable.
The optional TRIAX parameter can be used to prevent excessive RTCL damage growth and element erosion for badly shaped elements that might show unrealistic high values for the triaxiality.
2-524 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_124
*MAT_PLASTICITY_COMPRESSION_TENSION
This is Material Type 124. An isotropic elastic-plastic material where unique yield stress versus
plastic strain curves can be defined for compression and tension. Also, failure can occur based
on a plastic strain or a minimum time step size. Rate effects on the yield stress are modeled either by using the Cowper-Symonds strain rate model or by using two load curves that scale the
yield stress values in compression and tension, respectively. Material rate effects, which are independent of the plasticity model, are based on a 6-term Prony series Maxwell mode that generates an additional stress tensor. The viscous stress tensor is superimposed on the stress tensor
generated by the plasticity.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
FAIL
TDEL
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
10.E+20
Card 2
LCIDC
LCIDT
LCSRC
LCSRT
SRFLAG
LCFAIL
EC
RPCT
Type
Default
none
Card 3
PC
PT
PCUTC
PCUTT
PCUTF
Type
Default
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-525 (MAT)
*MAT_124
Card 4
Variable
Type
2
Cards opt.
Variable
GI
BETAI
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
FAIL
Failure flag.
TDEL
LCIDC
Load curve ID defining yield stress versus effective plastic strain in

compression.
2-526 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_124
DESCRIPTION
LCIDT
Load curve ID defining yield stress versus effective plastic strain in tension.
LCSRC
Optional load curve ID defining strain rate scaling effect on yield stress
when the material is in compression.
LCSRT
when the material is in tension.
SRFLAG

EQ.0.0: Total strain rate,
EQ.1.0: Deviatoric strain rate.
EQ.2.0: Plastic strain rate (viscoplastic).
LCFAIL
Load curve ID defining failure strain versus strain rate.
EC
Optional Youngs modulus for compression, >0.
RPCT
Ratio of PC and PT, used to define mean stress at which Youngs modulus is E or EC. Youngs modulus is E when mean stress >RPCT*PT,
and EC when mean stress <-RPCT*PC. If the mean stress falls between
-RPCT*PC and RPCT*PT, a linearly interpolated value is used.
PC
Compressive mean stress (pressure) at which the yield stress follows

load curve ID, LCIDC. If the pressure falls between PC and PT a
weighted average of the two load curves is used.
PT
Tensile mean stress at which the yield stress follows load curve ID,
LCIDT.
PCUTC
Pressure cut-off in compression (PCUTC must be greater than or equal

to zero). This option applies only to solid elements. When the pressure
cut-off is reached the deviatoric stress tensor is set to zero and the pressure remains at its compressive value. Like the yield stress, PCUTC is
scaled to account for rate effects.
PCUTT
Pressure cut-off in tension (PCUTT must be less than or equal to zero).

This option applies only to solid elements. When the pressure cut-off is
reached the deviatoric stress tensor and tensile pressure is set to zero.
Like the yield stress, PCUTT is scaled to account for rate effects.
PCUTF
Pressure cut-off flag activation.

EQ.0.0: Inactive,
EQ.1.0: Active.
K
LS-DYNA R7.0
Optional bulk modulus for the viscoelastic material. If nonzero a Kelvin

type behavior will be obtained. Generally, K is set to zero.
2-527 (MAT)
*MAT_124
VARIABLE
GI
BETAI
DESCRIPTION

Remarks:
The stress strain behavior follows a different curve in compression than it does in tension. Tension is determined by the sign of the mean stress where a positive mean stress (i.e., a negative
pressure) is indicative of tension. Two curves must be defined giving the yield stress versus effective plastic strain for both the tension and compression regimes.
Mean stress is an invariant which can be expressed as (x + y + z)/3. PC and PT define a
range of mean stress values within which interpolation is done between the tensile yield surface
and compressive yield surface. PC and PT are not true material properties but are just a numerical convenience so that the transition from one yield surface to the other is not abrupt as the sign
of the mean stress changes. Both PC and PT are input as positive values as it is implied that PC
is a compressive mean stress value and PT is tensile mean stress value.
Strain rate may be accounted for using the Cowper and Symonds model which scales the yield
Q '
1+5 6
where Q is the strain rate. Q = QQEF QEF .
2-528 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC*MAT_125
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC
This is Material Type 125. This material model combines Yoshidas non-linear kinematic hardening rule with material type 37. Yoshidas theory uses two surfaces to describe the hardening
rule: the yield surface and the bounding surface. In the forming process, the yield surface does
not change in size, but its center translates with deformation; the bounding surface changes both
in size and location. This model allows the change of Youngs modulus as a function of effective plastic strain as proposed by Yoshida [2003]. This material type is available for shells, thick
shells and solid elements.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
HLCID
OPT
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 2
CB
SC1
RSAT
SB
SC2
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 3
EA
COE
IOPT
C1
C2
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-529 (MAT)
*MAT_125*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs Modulus
PR
Poissons ratio
Anisotropic hardening parameter
HLCID
Load curve ID in keyword *DEFINE_CURVE, where true strain and

true stress relationship is characterized. This curve is used in conjunction
with variable OPT, and not to be referenced or used in other keywords.
OPT
Error calculation flag. When OPT=2, LS-DYNA will perform error calculation on the true stress-strain curve from uniaxial tension, specified
by HLCID. This variable must be set to a value of 2 if HLCID is specified and stress-strain curve is used.
CB
The uppercase B defined in the following equations.
Y
SC1
Hardening parameter as defined in the following equations.

The lowercase c defined in the following equations, and c1 in Remarks
#4.
RSAT
SB
The lowercase b as defined in the following equations.
Anisotropic parameter associated with work-hardening stagnation.
SC2
EA
COE
IOPT
2-530 (MAT)
The lowercase c defined in the following equations, and c2 in Remarks

#4. If SC2=0.0 or left blank, then it turns into the basic model.
Variable controlling the change of Youngs modulus, , m in the following equations.

Variable controlling the change of Youngs modulus, q in the following
equations.
Modified kinematic hardening rule flag:
EQ.0: Original Yoshida formulation,
EQ.1: Modified formulation. Define C1, C2 below.
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
C1, C2
DESCRIPTION
Constants used to modify R:

= h/9(- + Q )=P -
=P
Remarks:
Figure 2-55. Schematic illustration of the two-surface model is the original center of
the yield surface, y is the current center for the yield surface; y is the center of the
bounding surface. z represents the relative position of the centers of the two surfaces.
Y is the size of the yield surface and is constant throughout the deformation process.
B+R represents the size of the bounding surface, with R being associated with isotropic
hardening.
y = y z
x
x
y = 9( )(D y) k y :Q
y
@
x =k+@
The change of size and location for the bounding surface is defined as
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-531 (MAT)
= (sat )Q ,
z = ( zQ )
8
Dbound = k + + z
In Yoshidas model, this is work-hardening stagnation in the unloading process, and it is

described as:
L (D, , )
3
= (D ): (D ) 8
2
= (z )
3(z ): z
= , =
2
Youngs modulus is defined as a function of effective strain:
Figure 2-56.
2.
, = , (, ,m )(1 exp(qQ ))
Further improvements in the original Yoshidas model, as described in a paper Determination of Nonlinear Isotropic/Kinematic Hardening Constitutive Parameter for AHSS using Tension and Compression Tests, by Ming F. Shi, Xinhai Zhu, Cedric Xia, Thomas
Stoughton, in NUMISHEET 2008 proceedings, 137-142, 2008, included modifications to
allow working hardening in large strain deformation region, avoiding the problem of earlier saturation, especially for Advanced High Strength Steel (AHSS). These types of
steels exhibit continuous strain hardening behavior and a non-saturated isotropic hardening function. As described in the paper, the evolution equation for R (a part of the current
2-532 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
radius of the bounding surface in deviatoric stress space), as is with the saturation type of
isotropic hardening rule proposed in the original Yoshida model,
=
(sat )e
= h/9(- + Q )=P -
is modified as,
=P
For saturation type of isotropic hardening rule, set IOPT=0, applicable to most of Aluminum sheet materials. In addition, the paper provides detailed variables used for this material model for DDQ, HSLA, DP600, DP780 and DP980 materials. Since the symbols
used in the paper are different from what are used here, the following table provides a
reference between symbols used in the paper and variables here in this keyword:
B
e0
CB
SC
Rsat
SB
C1
C2
Using the modified formulation and the material properties provided by the paper, the
predicted and tested results compare very well both in a full cycle tension and compression test and in a pre-strained tension and compression test, according to the paper.
Application of the modified Yoshidas hardening rule in the metal forming industry has
shown significant improvement in springback prediction accuracy, especially for AHSS
type of sheet materials. In the Figure 2-55 shown below, predicted springback shape of
an automotive shotgun (also called: upper load path) using *MAT_125 is compared with
experimental measurements of a DP780 material. Prediction accuracy achieved over 92%
with *MAT_125 while about 61% correlation is found with *MAT_037.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-533 (MAT)
Figure 2-57.
2
Comparison of springback prediction of *MAT_125 (left) and *MAT_037
(right) on A/S P load beam
(Courtesy
Courtesy of Chrysler LLC and United States Steel Corporation)
3.
NUMISHEET 2011 BM4 is used below to demonstrate the application of the Youngs
modulus variations as a function of effective strain in prediction of springback
springback. The sheet
blank is a DP780 material with an initial thickness of 1.4mm. The simulation process is
shown as pre-straining(to
pre straining(to 8%), springback, trimming,
trimming, draw and springback. Youngs
modulus variations with effective strains are accounted for by curve fitting the provided
experimental data to obtain the variables EA and COE. Final springba
springback
ck shapes of the
sectional view are compared with measurement
measurement provided, along with benchmark results
from participants X and Y. In addition, springback with no pre
pre--straining
straining is also conduc
conducted and correlated. Furthermore, hysteretic plasticity result on one element with a full ccyycle tension and compression test is examin
xamined with experimental test
test.
22-534 (MAT)
LS
LS-DYNA
DYNA R7.0
Blanking
Pre-strain
Springback
Trim
Draw
Draw Complete
Springback
Figure 2-59. NUMISHEET2011 Benchmark 4 Simulation process
Figure 2-59 Curve fitting with coefficients: EA=1.668E+05; COE=95.0
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-535 (MAT)
Test
Test
LS-DYNA
LS-DYNA
Figure 2-60 Comparison with participant X with 8% prestrain(left) and 0% prestrain(right)
Test
Test
LS-DYNA
LS-DYNA
Figure 2-61. Comparison with participant Y with 8% prestrain(left) and 0% prestrain(right)
U.A. tension
U.A. tension
True stress (MPa)
Unstrained
Cyclic Test
M125 result
U.A. compression
True strain
Figure 2-62. Cyclic tension compression

modeling on one shell element
2-536 (MAT)
Figure 2-63. Cyclic plasticity verification
LS-DYNA R7.0
4.
To improve convergence, it is recommended that *CONTROL_IMPLICIT_FORMING

type 1 be used when conducting a springback simulation.
5.
F. Yoshida and T. Uemori introduced variables SC1 and SC2 in their publication of the
paper titled A model of large-strain cyclic plasticity describing the Bauschinger effect
and work hardening stagnation in 2002 International Journal of Plasticity 18, 661-686.
According to the paper, variables SC1 and SC2 are used to describe the forward and reverse deformations of the cyclic plasticity curve, respectively. It allows for a more rapid
change of work hardening rate in the vicinity of the initial yielding (~0.5% equivalent
plastic strain), in the form of the following equations:
SC = SC1 when Max(y ) < B Y,
SC = SC2, (C1>C2), otherwise.
where Max(y ) is the maximum value of y , and,
(1a)
(1b)
3
y = k y : y
2
The Figure 2-64 below shows the effect of a curve fitting for a high strength steel (SPFC)
using both SC1 and SC2, in comparison with a fitting using only SC1, from Yoshida &
Uemoris original paper:
Experiment
--- Basic model (SC1=200)
__ Modified model (SC1=2000, SC2=200 in Eq. (1)
Figure 2-64. Effect of SC1 and SC2

(copy from original Yoshida & Uemori paper)
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-537 (MAT)
The following Figures 2-65 show a much better fitting with SC1/SC2 than with SC1 only for a DP980 material.
SC1 only
SC1+SC2
Figure 2-65. Material curve fitting comparison

(Courtesy of CYBERNET SYSTEMS CO., LTD.)
6.
The HLCID, OPT, IOPT, C1, and C2 variables are available in LS-DYNA R4 Revision
46217 or later releases. The variables SC1 and SC2 are available in LS-DYNA R6 Revision 74884 and later releases.
2-538 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_126
*MAT_MODIFIED_HONEYCOMB
This is Material Type 126. The major use of this material model is for aluminum honeycomb
crushable foam materials with anisotropic behavior. Three yield surfaces are available. In the
first, nonlinear elastoplastic material behavior can be defined separately for all normal and shear
stresses, which are considered to be fully uncoupled. In the second, a yield surface is defined
that considers the effects of off-axis loading. The second yield surface is transversely isotropic.
A drawback of this second yield surface is that the material can collapse in a shear mode due to
low shear resistance. There was no obvious way of increasing the shear resistance without
changing the behavior in purely uniaxial compression. Therefore, in the third option, the model
has been modified so that the user can prescribe the shear and hydrostatic resistance in the material without affecting the uniaxial behavior. The choice of the second yield surface is flagged by
the sign of the first load curve ID, LCA. The third yield surface is flagged by the sign of ECCU,
which becomes the initial stress yield limit in simple shear. A description is given below.
The development of the second and third yield surfaces are based on experimental test results of
aluminum honeycomb specimens at Toyota Motor Corporation.
The default element for this material is solid type 0, a nonlinear spring type brick element. The
recommended hourglass control is the type 2 viscous formulation for one point integrated solid
elements. The stiffness form of the hourglass control when used with this constitutive model can
lead to nonphysical results since strain localization in the shear modes can be inhibited.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
VF
MU
BULK
A8
Default
none
None
None
none
none
none
.05
0.0
Card 2
LCA
LCB
LCC
LCS
LCAB
LCBC
LCCA
LCSR
none
LCA
LCA
LCA
LCS
LCS
LCS
optional
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-539 (MAT)
*MAT_126
Card 3
EAAU
EBBU
ECCU
GABU
GBCU
GCAU
AOPT
MACF
Type
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 5
D1
D2
D3
TSEF
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
SSEF
VREF
TREF
SHDFLG
Define if and only if LCSR=-1.0

Card 6
Variable
Type
LCSRA
LCSRB
LCSRC
LCSRAB
LCSRBC
LCSCA
Define if and only if AOPT=3 or AOPT=4

Card 6
Variable
Type
2-540 (MAT)
V1
V2
V3
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_126
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
Youngs modulus for compacted honeycomb material.

Poissons ratio for compacted honeycomb material.
Yield stress for fully compacted honeycomb.
VF
Relative volume at which the honeycomb is fully compacted. This parameter is ignored for corotational solid elements, types 0 and 9.
MU
, material viscosity coefficient. (default=.05) Recommended.
BULK
Bulk viscosity flag:

EQ.0.0: bulk viscosity is not used. This is recommended.
EQ.1.0: bulk viscosity is active and =0
This will give results identical to previous versions of LS-DYNA.
LCA
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE:

LCA.LT.0: Yield stress as a function of the angle off the material axis in degrees.
LCA.GT.0: sigma-aa versus normal strain component aa. For the
corotational solid elements, types 0 and 9, engineering strain is expected, but for all other solid element formulations a logarithmic
strain is expected. See Remarks.
LCB

LCA.LT.0: strong axis hardening stress as a function of the volumetric strain.
LCA.GT.0: sigma-bb versus normal strain component bb. For the
strain is expected. Default LCB=LCA. See Remarks.
LCC

LCA.LT.0: weak axis hardening stress as a function of the volumetric strain.
LCA.GT.0: sigma-cc versus normal strain component cc. For the
strain is expected. Default LCC=LCA. See Remarks.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-541 (MAT)
*MAT_126
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCS

LCA.LT.0: damage curve giving shear stress multiplier as a function
of the shear strain component. This curve definition is optional and
may be used if damage is desired. IF SHDFLG=0 (the default), the
damage value multiplies the stress every time step and the stress is
updated incrementally. The damage curve should be set to unity until failure begins. After failure the value should drop to 0.999 or
0.99 or any number between zero and one depending on how many
steps are needed to zero the stress. Alternatively, if SHDFLG=1, the
damage value is treated as a factor that scales the shear stress compared to the undamaged value.
LCA.GT.0: shear stress versus shear strain. For the corotational solid elements, types 0 and 9, engineering strain is expected, but for all
other solid element formulations a shear strain based on the deformed configuration is used. Default LCS=LCA. Each component
of shear stress may have its own load curve. See Remarks.
LCAB
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE. Default LCAB=LCS:

LCA.LT.0: damage curve giving shear ab-stress multiplier as a function of the ab-shear strain component. This curve definition is optional and may be used if damage is desired. See LCS above.
LCA.GT.0: sigma-ab versus shear strain-ab. For the corotational
solid elements, types 0 and 9, engineering strain is expected, but for
all other solid element formulations a shear strain based on the deformed configuration is used. See Remarks.
LCBC
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE. Default LCBC=LCS:

LCA.LT.0: damage curve giving bc-shear stress multiplier as a function of the ab-shear strain component. This curve definition is optional and may be used if damage is desired. See LCS above.
LCA.GT.0: sigma-bc versus shear strain-bc. For the corotational
solid elements, types 0 and 9, engineering strain is expected, but for
all other solid element formulations a shear strain based on the deformed configuration is used. See Remarks.
LCCA
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE. Default LCCA=LCS:

LCA.LT.0: damage curve giving ca-shear stress multiplier as a function of the ca-shear strain component. This curve definition is optional and may be used if damage is desired. See LCS above.
LCA.GT.0: sigma-ca versus shear strain-ca. For the corotational solid elements, types 0 and 9, engineering strain is expected, but for all
other solid element formulations a shear strain based on the deformed configuration is used. See Remarks.
2-542 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_126
VARIABLE
LCSR
DESCRIPTION
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for strain-rate effects defining

8
the scale factor versus effective strain rate Q = (QEF QEF ). This is op-
tional. The curves defined above are scaled using this curve.
EAAU
Elastic modulus Eaau in uncompressed configuration.
EBBU
Elastic modulus Ebbu in uncompressed configuration.
ECCU
Elastic modulus Eccu in uncompressed configuration.

LT.0.0: D j , |ECCU| initial stress limit (yield) in simple shear. Also,
LCA<0 to activate the transversely isotropic yield surface.
GABU
Shear modulus Gabu in uncompressed configuration.
GBCU
Shear modulus Gbcu in uncompressed configuration.
GCAU
Shear modulus Gcau in uncompressed configuration.

ECCU.LT.0.0: Dj , GCAU initial stress limit (yield) in hydrostatic
compression. Also, LCA<0 to activate the transversely isotropic
yield surface.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-543 (MAT)
*MAT_126
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
AOPT

NODES.
only.
Available starting with the R3 release of Version 971.
MACF

XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
D1 D2 D3
V1 V2 V3
TSEF
Tensile strain at element failure (element will erode).
SSEF
Shear strain at element failure (element will erode).
2-544 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_126
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
VREF
This is an optional input parameter for solid elements types 1, 2, 3, 4,

and 10. Relative volume at which the reference geometry is stored. At
this time the element behaves like a nonlinear spring. The TREF, below,
is reached first then VREF will have no effect.
TREF
This is an optional input parameter for solid elements types 1, 2, 3, 4,

and 10. Element time step size at which the reference geometry is
stored. When this time step size is reached the element behaves like a
nonlinear spring. If VREF, above, is reached first then TREF will have
no effect.
SHDFLG
Flag defining treatment of damage from curves LCS, LCAB, LCBC and
LCCA (relevant only when LCA < 0):
EQ.0.0: Damage reduces shear stress every time step,
EQ.1.0: Damage = (shear stress)/(undamaged shear stress)
LCSRA
Optional load curve ID if LCSR=-1, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for strain

rate effects defining the scale factor for the yield stress in the a-direction
versus the natural logarithm of the absolute value of deviatoric strain
rate in the a-direction. This curve is optional. The scale factor for the
lowest value of strain rate defined by the curve is used if the strain rate is
zero. The scale factor for the highest value of strain rate defined by the
curve also defines the upper limit of the scale factor.
LCSRB
Optional load curve ID if LCSR=-1, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for strain

rate effects defining the scale factor for the yield stress in the b-direction
versus the natural logarithm of the absolute value of deviatoric strain
LCSRC
Similar definition as for LCSA and LCSB above.
LCSRAB
LCSRBC
LCSRCA
Remarks:
For efficiency it is strongly recommended that the load curve IDs: LCA, LCB, LCC, LCS,
LCAB, LCBC, and LCCA, contain exactly the same number of points with corresponding strain
values on the abscissa. If this recommendation is followed the cost of the table lookup is insignificant. Conversely, the cost increases significantly if the abscissa strain values are not consistent between load curves.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-545 (MAT)
*MAT_126
For solid element formulations 1 and 2, the behavior before compaction is orthotropic where the
components of the stress tensor are uncoupled, i.e., an a component of strain will generate resistance in the local a-direction with no coupling to the local b and c directions. The elastic
moduli vary from their initial values to the fully compacted values linearly with the relative volume:
, = , + z(, , )
! = ,! + z( ! )
,== = ,== + z(, ,== )
= = = + z( = )
!= = != + z( != )
,!! = ,!! + z(, ,!! )
where
z = max smin 5
, 16 , 0w
and G is the elastic shear modulus for the fully compacted honeycomb material
=
8( O.)
The relative volume, V, is defined as the ratio of the current volume over the initial volume, and
typically, V=1 at the beginning of a calculation.
For corotational solid elements, types 0 and 9, the components of the stress tensor remain uncoupled and the uncompressed elastic moduli are used, that is, the fully compacted elastic moduli
are ignored.
The load curves define the magnitude of the stress as the material undergoes deformation. The
first value in the curve should be less than or equal to zero corresponding to tension and increase
to full compaction. Care should be taken when defining the curves so the extrapolated values do not lead to negative yield stresses.
At the beginning of the stress update we transform each elements stresses and strain rates into
the local element coordinate system. For the uncompacted material, the trial stress components
are updated using the elastic interpolated moduli according to:
O
D
trial
O
D==
trial
O
D!!
trial
= D
+ , Q
O
D!
trial
= D==
+ ,== Q==
O
D=
trial
= D!!
+ ,!! Q!!
O
D!=
trial
= D!
+ 2! Q!
= D!=
+ 2!= Q!=
= D=
+ 2= Q=
If LCA>0, each component of the updated stress tensor is checked to ensure that it does not exceed the permissible value determined from the load curves, e.g., if
then
2-546 (MAT)
ZDEFO
trial
Z > DEF QEF
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_126
DEFO
= DEF QEF
5vN
LK
5vN
ZLK
trial
trial
On Card 3 DEF QEF is defined in the load curve specified in columns 31-40 for the aa stress component, 41-50 for the bb component, 51-60 for the cc component, and 61-70 for the ab, bc, cb
shear stress components. The parameter is either unity or a value taken from the load curve
number, LCSR, that defines as a function of strain-rate. Strain-rate is defined here as the Euclidean norm of the deviatoric strain-rate tensor.
If LCA<0, a transversely isotropic yield surface is obtained where the uniaxial limit stress,
D 2, Q vol , can be defined as a function of angle 2 with the strong axis and volumetric strain,
Q vol . In order to facilitate the input of data to such a limit stress surface, the limit stress is written as:
D 2, Q vol = D ! (2) + (cos2)8 D Q vol + (sin2)8 D Q vol
where the functions D ! , D , and D are represented by load curves LCA, LCB, LCC, respectively. The latter two curves can be used to include the stiffening effects that are observed as the
foam material crushes to the point where it begins to lock up. To ensure that the limit stress decreases with respect to the off-angle the curves should be defined such that following equations
hold:
and
D ! (2)
0
2
D Q vol D Q vol 0.
A drawback of this implementation was that the material often collapsed in shear mode due to
low shear resistance. There was no way of increasing the shear resistance without changing the
behavior in pure uniaxial compression. We have therefore modified the model so that the user
can optionally prescribe the shear and hydrostatic resistance in the material without affecting the
uniaxial behavior. We introduce the parameters Dj (Q ) and D j (Q ) as the hydrostatic and
shear limit stresses, respectively. These are functions of the volumetric strain and are assumed
given by
Dj (Q vol ) = Dj + D (Q vol )
,
D j (Q vol ) = D j + D (Q vol )
where we have reused the densification function D . The new parameters are the initial hydrostatic and shear limit stress values, Dj and D j , and are provided by the user as GCAU and
|ECCU|, respectively. The negative sign of ECCU flags the third yield surface option whenever
LCA<0. The effect of the third formulation is that (i) for a uniaxial stress the stress limit is given
by D j (&, Q vol ), (ii) for a pressure the stress limit is given by Dj (Q ) and (iii) for a simple shear
the stress limit is given by D j (Q ). Experiments have shown that the model may give noisy
responses and inhomogeneous deformation modes if parameters are not chosen with care. We
therefore recommend to (i) avoid large slopes in the function D A , (ii) let the functions D and D
be slightly increasing and (iii) avoid large differences between the stress limit values
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-547 (MAT)
*MAT_126
D (2, Q ), Dj (Q ) and D j (Q ). These guidelines are likely to contradict how one would interpret test data and it is up to the user to find a reasonable trade-off between matching experimental results and avoiding the mentioned numerical side effects.
For fully compacted material (element formulations 1 and 2), we assume that the material behavior is elastic-perfectly plastic and updated the stress components according to:
trial
EF
= EF
+ 2QEF#.
5vN'P
where the deviatoric strain increment is defined as
QEF#. = QEF QHH JEF
We now check to see if the yield stress for the fully compacted material is exceeded by comparing
trial
eff
=
trial trial
EF
EF
'8
the effective trial stress to the yield stress, y (Card 3, field 21-30). If the effective trial stress
exceeds the yield stress we simply scale back the stress components to the yield surface
O
EF
=
L1 trial
trial EF
eff
We can now update the pressure using the elastic bulk modulus, K
O '8
eO = e QHH
=
,
3(1 2+)
and obtain the final value for the Cauchy stress
O
DEFO = EF
eO JEF
After completing the stress update we transform the stresses back to the global configuration.
2-548 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_126
Figure 2-66. Stress quantity versus strain. Note that the yield stress at a strain of
zero is nonzero. In the load curve definition the time value is the directional strain
and the function value is the yield stress. Note that for element types 0 and 9 engineering strains are used, but for all other element types the rates are integrated in time.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-549 (MAT)
*MAT_127
*MAT_ARRUDA_BOYCE_RUBBER
This is Material Type 127. This material model provides a hyperelastic rubber model, see [Arruda and Boyce 1993] combined optionally with linear viscoelasticity as outlined by [Christensen 1980].
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
A8
LCID
TRAMP
NT
Cards opt.
Variable
GI
BETAI
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
Bulk modulus
Shear modulus
Number of statistical links
2-550 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_127
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Optional load curve ID of relaxation curve

stress.
LCID
TRAMP
NT
Number of Prony series terms in optional fit. If zero, the default is 6.

Currently, the maximum number is 6. Values less than 6, possibly 3-5
are recommended, since each term used adds significantly to the cost.
Caution should be exercised when taking the results from the fit. Always check the results of the fit in the output file. Preferably, all generated coefficients should be positive. Negative values may lead to unstable results. Once a satisfactory fit has been achieved it is recommended
that the coefficients which are written into the output file be input in future runs.
GI

BETAI
Remarks:
relative volume, J, [Ogden 1984]:
1
11
1
(08 9) +
(0 27)w
(0 , 08 , 0) = s (0 3) +
207
10507 8
2
19
519
(0W 81) +
(0X 243)w + (0)
+ s
70007
6737507 W
where the hydrostatic work term is in terms of the bulk modulus, K, and the third invariant, J, as:
(0)
(0 1)8
form:
DEF =
&
EFH (f

LS-DYNA R7.0
EF ,
RM

2-551 (MAT)
*MAT_127
EF
= EFH (f )
&
lM
given by,
(f) = y + ' y 4
(f) = E' E 4
O&
O &
2-552 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_128
*MAT_HEART_TISSUE
*MAT_HEART_TISSUE
This is Material Type 128. This material model provides a heart tissue model described in the
paper by Walker et al [2005] as interpreted by Kay Sun. It is backward compatible with an earlier heart tissue model described in the paper by Guccione, McCulloch, and Waldman [1991].
Both models are transversely isotropic.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
B1
B2
B3
A8
Card 2: Omit this card for the earlier model.

Card 2
Variable
L0
CA0MAX
LR
BB
CA0
TMAX
TACT
Type
Card 3
AOPT
MACF
Type
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-553 (MAT)
*MAT_128
Card 5
Variable
Type
*MAT_HEART_TISSUE
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
C
B1
B2
B3
Diastolic material coefficient.
, diastolic material coefficient.
8 , diastolic material coefficient.

, diastolic material coefficient.
Pressure in the muscle tissue
Systolic material coefficient. Omit for the earlier model.
L0
CA0MAX
LR
M
BB
CA0
TMAX
TACT
2-554 (MAT)
3 , sacromere length at which no active tension develops. Omit for the

earlier model.
(-x ) , maximum peak intracellular calcium concentrate. Omit for
the earlier model.
3j , Stress-free sacromere length. Omit for the earlier model.

-x , peak intracellular calcium concentration. Omit for the earlier model.

/ , maximum isometric tension achieved at the longest sacromere
length. Omit for the earlier model.
fact , time at which active contraction initiates. Omit for the earlier model
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_128
*MAT_HEART_TISSUE
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
AOPT

NODES.
which define the centerline axis.
MACF

XP,YP,ZP
A1,A2,A3
D1,D2,D3
V1,V2,V3
BETA
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 3, may be overridden on the element card, see *ELEMENT_SOLID_ORTHO.
Remarks:
1) The tissue model is described in terms of the energy functional that is transversely isotropic
with respect to the local fiber direction,
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-555 (MAT)
*MAT_128
*MAT_HEART_TISSUE
= (4 1)
b
8
= $ , 8 + & (,88
+ , 8 + ,88 + , 88 ) + $ (, 88 + ,88 + , 8 + , 8 )
with - , $ , & , and $ material parameters and E the Lagrange-Green strains.
The systolic contraction was modeled as the sum of the passive stress derived from the strain energy function and an active fiber directional component, / , which is a function of time, t,
e0,
1
D = ?
0
=
+ / f, -x , 3
with the second Piola-Kirchoff stress tensor, - the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor, J
the Jacobian of the deformation gradient tensor , and D the Cauchy stress tensor.
The active fiber directional stress component is defined by a time-varying elastance model,
which at end-systole, is reduced to
/ = /
-x8
-x8 + ,-xX8 &
with / the maximum isometric tension achieved at the longest sacromere length and maximum peak intracellular calcium concentration. The length-dependent calcium sensitivity and internal variable is given by,
,-xX =
(-x )
Qexp9k(3 3 : 1
-& = 1/2(1 cos )
3 = 3j Q2, + 1
0.25 + f
=
f
f = 3 +
A cross-fiber, in-plane stress equivalent to 40% of that along the myocardial fiber direction is
added.
2) The earlier tissue model is described in terms of the energy functional in terms of the Green
strain components, ,EF ,
(,) = (4 1) + ;( 1)
= ,
2-556 (MAT)
8
8
8
8 (,88
+ , 8 + ,88 + , 88 ) + (, 88 + ,88 + , 8 + , 8 )
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_HEART_TISSUE
*MAT_128
The Green components are modified to eliminate any effects of volumetric work following the
procedures of Ogden. See the paper by Guccione et al [1991] for more detail.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-557 (MAT)
*MAT_129
*MAT_LUNG_TISSUE
*MAT_LUNG_TISSUE
This is Material Type 129. This material model provides a hyperelastic model for heart tissue,
see [Vawter 1980] combined optionally with linear viscoelasticity as outlined by [Christensen
1980].
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
DELTA
ALPHA
BETA
A8
C1
C2
LCID
TRAMP
NT
Cards opt.
Variable
GI
BETAI
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
Bulk modulus
Material coefficient.
DELTA
2-558 (MAT)
, material coefficient.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_129
*MAT_LUNG_TISSUE
VARIABLE
ALPHA
BETA
y , material coefficient.
z, material coefficient.
C1
C2
LCID
TRAMP
DESCRIPTION
Optional load curve ID of relaxation curve

stress.
NT
Number of Prony series terms in optional fit. If zero, the default is 6.

Currently, the maximum number is 6. Values less than 6, possibly 3-5
are recommended, since each term used adds significantly to the cost.
Caution should be exercised when taking the results from the fit. Always check the results of the fit in the output file. Preferably, all generated coefficients should be positive. Negative values may lead to unstable results. Once a satisfactory fit has been achieved it is recommended
that the coefficients which are written into the output file be input in future runs.
GI
BETAI
Remarks:
The material is described by a strain energy functional expressed in terms of the invariants of the
Green Strain:
12- (-P OO- )
( , 8 ) =
4 N P +
eh( ObP ) 1g
(1 + -8 )
2
4
h8 = ( + 8 ) 1
3
where the hydrostatic work term is in terms of the bulk modulus, K, and the third invariant, J, as:
(0)
(0 1)8
form:
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-559 (MAT)
*MAT_129
*MAT_LUNG_TISSUE
(f )
RM
= EFH (f )
lM
DEF =
&
EFH

EF
&
EF ,
given by,
(f) = y + ' y 4
(f) = E' E 4
O &
O &
2-560 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_130
*MAT_SPECIAL_ORTHOTROPIC
This is Material Type 130. This model is available the Belytschko-Tsay and the C0 triangular
shell elements and is based on a resultant stress formulation. In-plane behavior is treated separately from bending in order to model perforated materials such as television shadow masks. If
other shell formulations are specified, the formulation will be automatically switched to Belytschko-Tsay. As implemented, this material model cannot be used with user defined integration rules.
Card 1
MID
RO
YS
EP
A8
E11P
E22P
V12P
V21P
G12P
G23P
G31P
Type
Card 3
E11B
E22B
V12B
V21B
G12B
AOPT
Type
Card 4
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-561 (MAT)
*MAT_130
Card 5
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
YS
Yield stress. This parameter is optional and is approximates the yield

condition. Set to zero if the behavior is elastic.
EP
E11P
E11p, for in plane behavior.
E22P
V12P
12p, for in plane behavior.
V11P
G12P
G12p, for in plane behavior.
G23P
G31P
E11B
E11b, for bending behavior.
E22B
V12B
12b, for bending behavior.
V21B
G12B
G12b, for bending behavior.
2-562 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_130
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION

NODES, and then rotated about the shell element normal by an
angle BETA.
AOPT
A1,A2,A3
D1,D2,D3
V1,V2,V3
v1 v2 v3, define components of vector v for AOPT = 3.

BETA
Remarks:
The in-plane elastic matrix for in-plane, plane stress behavior is given by:
-in plane
The terms
EF
are defined as:
$
#
#
0
0
0 0
=

WW
0 0 0 XX 0 ##
0 0 0 0 YY "
8 88 0 0 0
88
8
LS-DYNA R7.0
8 0 0 0
,
1 } 8 }8
,88
=
1 } 8 }8
} 8 ,
=
1 } 8 }8
WW = 8
2-563 (MAT)
*MAT_130
XX
YY
= 8
=
The elastic matrix for bending behavior is given by:

-!#
The terms
2-564 (MAT)
EF
are similarly defined.
8! 0

8!
88! 0
0 0 WW!
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_131
*MAT_ISOTROPIC_SMEARED_CRACK
This is Material Type 131. This model was developed by Lemmen and Meijer [2001] as a
smeared crack model for isotropic materials. This model is available of solid elements only and
is restricted to cracks in the x-y plane. Users should choose other models unless they have the
report by Lemmen and Meijer [2001].
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PR
ISPL
SIGF
GK
SR
A8
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
E
PR
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
ISPL
Failure option:
EQ.0: Maximum principal stress criterion
EQ.5: Smeared crack model
EQ.6: Damage model based on modified von Mises strain
SIGF
Peak stress.
GK
Critical energy release rate.
SR
Strength ratio.
Remarks:
The following documentation is taken nearly verbatim from the documentation of Lemmen and
Meijer [2001].
Three methods are offered to model progressive failure. The maximum principal stress criterion
detects failure if the maximum (most tensile) principal stress exceeds D . Upon failure, the
material can no longer carry stress.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-565 (MAT)
*MAT_131
The second failure model is the smeared crack model with linear softening stress-strain using
equivalent uniaxial strains. Failure is assumed to be perpendicular to the principal strain directions. A rotational crack concept is employed in which the crack directions are related to the current directions of principal strain. Therefore crack directions may rotate in time. Principal
stresses are expressed as
{
D
E
D8 = R0
D
0
0
{8
E
0
{ Q
E
0
Q
{8 Q8
0 S Q8 = E
Q
{ Q
{
E
E
(131.1)
{ secant stiffness in the terms that depend on internal variables.

{8 and E
{ ,E
with E
In the model developed for DYCOSS it has been assumed that there is no interaction between the
three directions in which case stresses simply follow from
EQF
S
RK RK,ini
6 S
DF (QF ) = D 51 R
K,ini
K,ult R
S
0
0 QF QF,ini
QF,ini < QF QF,ult

QF > QF,ult
(131.2)
with D the ultimate stress, QF,ini the damage threshold, and QF,ult the ultimate strain in j-direction.
The damage threshold is defined as
QF,ini =
{
L
(131.3)
The ultimate strain is obtained by relating the crack growth energy and the dissipated energy
D QF,ult
= h
(131.4)
with G the energy release rate, V the element volume and A the area perpendicular to the principal strain direction. The one point elements LS-DYNA have a single integration point and the
integral over the volume may be replaced by the volume. For linear softening it follows
QF,ult =
8m
{
L
(131.5)
The above formulation may be regarded as a damage equivalent to the maximum principle stress
criterion.
The third model is a damage model represented by Brekelmans et. al [1991]. Here the Cauchy
stress tensor D is expressed as
D = (1 )EQ
(131.6)
where D represents the current damage and the factor (1-D) is the reduction factor caused by
damage. The scalar damage variable is expressed as function of a so-called damage equivalent
strain Q
2-566 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_131
= (Q ) = 1
Rini (Rult R^ )
R^ (Rult Rini )
(131.7)
and
Q =
8H(
8.)
01 +
8H
8.
01
YH
( O.)P
02
(131.8)
where the constant k represents the ratio of the strength in tension over the strength in compression
=
Lult ,tension
Lult, compression
(131.9)
J1 resp. J2 are the first and second invariant of the strain tensor representing the volumetric and
the deviatoric straining respectively
01 = f(Q)
02 = f(Q Q) f 8 (Q)
(131.10)
If the compression and tension strength are equal the dependency on the volumetric strain vanishes in (8) and failure is shear dominated. If the compressive strength is much larger than the
strength in tension, k becomes small and the J1 terms in (131.8) dominate the behavior.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-567 (MAT)
*MAT_132
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_SMEARED_CRACK
This is Material Type 132. This material is a smeared crack model for orthotropic materials.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
UINS
UISS
CERRMI
CERRMII
IND
ISD
Type
Card 3
GAB
GBC
GCA
AOPT
Type
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
MACF
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-568 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_132
Card 5
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
REF
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
EA
EB
EC
Ec, Youngs modulus in c-direction
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
UINS
Ultimate interlaminar normal stress.
UISS
Ultimate interlaminar shear stress.
CERRMI
Critical energy release rate mode I
CERRMII
Critical energy release rate mode II
IND
Interlaminar normal direction :

EQ.1.0: Along local a axis
EQ.2.0: Along local b axis
EQ.3.0: Along local c axis
ISD
Interlaminar shear direction :

EQ.4.0: Along local ab axis
EQ.5.0: Along local bc axis
EQ.6.0: Along local ca axis
GAB
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-569 (MAT)
*MAT_132
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
GBC
GCA
AOPT
Material axes option, see Figure 2-67.

EQ.0.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element nodes as shown in Figure 2-67. Nodes 1, 2, and 4 of an element are identical to the nodes used for the definition of a coordinate
system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES.
only.
XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
MACF

V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
Define components of vector d for AOPT = 2:
BETA
2-570 (MAT)
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 3, may be overridden on the element card, see *ELEMENT_ SOLID_ORTHO.
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
REF
*MAT_132
DESCRIPTION
Use reference geometry to initialize the stress tensor. The reference geometry is defined by the keyword: *INITIAL_FOAM_ REFERENCE_GEOMETRY (see there for more details).
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
Remarks:
This is an orthotropic material with optional delamination failure for brittle composites. The
elastic formulation is identical to the DYNA3D model that uses total strain formulation. The
constitutive matrix C that relates to global components of stress to the global components of
strain is defined as:
C = T ? C T
where T is the transformation matrix between the local material coordinate system and the global
system and C is the constitutive matrix defined in terms of the material constants of the local orthogonal material axes a, b, and c (see DYNA3D use manual).
Failure is described using linear softening stress strain curves for interlaminar normal and interlaminar shear direction. The current implementation for failure is essentially 2-D. Damage can
occur in interlaminar normal direction and a single interlaminar shear direction. The orientation
of these directions w.r.t. the principal material directions have to be specified by the user.
Based on specified values for the ultimate stress and the critical energy release rate bounding
surfaces are defined
S = D D (Q )
S = D D (Q )
where the subscripts n and s refer to the normal and shear component. If stresses exceed the
bounding surfaces inelastic straining occurs. The ultimate strain is obtained by relating the crack
growth energy and the dissipated energy. For solid elements with a single integration point it
can be derived
QE,ult =
2E h
DE,ult
with the critical energy release rate, the element volume, A the area perpendicular to the active normal direction and DE, ult the ultimate stress. For the normal component failure can only
occur under tensile loading. For shear component the behavior is symmetric around zero. The
resulting stress bounds are depicted in Figure 2-67. Unloading is modeled with a Secant stiffness.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-571 (MAT)
*MAT_132
Figure 2-67. Shows stress bounds for the active normal component (left) and the archive shear component (right).
2-572 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_133
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
This is Material Type 133. This model was developed by Barlat et al. [2003] to overcome some
shortcomings of the six parameter Barlat model implemented as material 33 (MAT_ BARLAT_YLD96) in LS-DYNA. This model is available for shell elements only.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
FIT
BETA
ITER
ISCALE
A8
Card 2
Variable
E0
HARD
Type
Variable
Type
Define the following card if and only if A<0

Card 3
Variable
CRC1
CRA1
CRC2
CRA2
CRC3
CRA3
CRC4
CRA4
Type
Define the following card if and only if FIT=0

Card 3
Variable
ALPHA1
ALPHA2
ALPHA3
ALPHA4
ALPHA5
ALPHA6
ALPHA7
ALPHA8
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-573 (MAT)
*MAT_133
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
Define the following two cards if and only if FIT=1

Card 3
SIG00
SIG45
SIG90
R00
R45
R90
Type
Card 4
SIGXX
SIGYY
SIGXY
DXX
DYY
DXY
Variable
Variable
Type
Define the following three cards if and only if HARD=3

Card 4/5
Variable
CP
T0
TREF
TA0
Type
Card 5/6
Variable
Type
Card 6/7
Variable
Type
2-574 (MAT)
E0MART
VM0
AHS
BHS
EPS0
HMART
K1
K2
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_133
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
Card 4/5
Variable
AOPT
OFFANG
P4
HTFLAG
HTA
HTB
HTC
HTD
Type
Card 5/6
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 6/7
Variable
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus
LE.0: -E is load curve ID for Youngs modulus vs. plastic strain
PR
Poissons ratio
FIT
Material parameter fit flag:

EQ.0.0: Material parameters are used directly on card 3.
EQ.1.0: Material parameters are determined from test data on cards 3
and 4
BETA
LS-DYNA R7.0
Hardening parameter. Any value ranging from 0 (isotropic hardening)

to 1 (kinematic hardening) may be input.
2-575 (MAT)
*MAT_133
VARIABLE
ITER
ISCALE
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
DESCRIPTION
Plastic iteration flag:

EQ.0.0: Plane stress algorithm for stress return
EQ.1.0: Secant iteration algorithm for stress return
ITER provides an option of using three secant iterations for determining the thickness strain increment as experiments have shown
that this leads to a more accurate prediction of shell thickness changes for rapid processes. A significant increase in computation time is
incurred with this option so it should be used only for applications
associated with high rates of loading and/or for implicit analysis.
Yield locus scaling flag:
EQ.0.0: Scaling on - reference direction=rolling direction (default)
EQ.1.0: Scaling off - reference direction arbitrary
Material parameter:
HARD.EQ.1.0: k, strength coefficient for exponential hardening
HARD.EQ.2.0: a in Voce hardening law
HARD.EQ.4.0: k, strength coefficient for Gosh hardening
HARD.EQ.5.0: a in Hocket-Sherby hardening law
E0
Material parameter:
HARD.EQ.1.0: 0, strain at yield for exponential hardening
HARD.EQ.2.0: b in Voce hardening law
HARD.EQ.4.0: 0, strain at yield for Gosh hardening
HARD.EQ.5.0: b in Hocket-Sherby hardening law
Material parameter:
HARD.EQ.1.0: n, exponent for exponential hardening
HARD.EQ.2.0: c in Voce hardening law
HARD.EQ.4.0: n, exponent for Gosh hardening
HARD.EQ.5.0: c in Hocket-Sherby hardening law
Cowper-Symonds strain rate parameter, C, see formula below.
Cowper-Symonds strain rate parameter, p.

D. (Q , Q ) = D (Q ) 51 + V c
R
2-576 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_133
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
VARIABLE
HARD
DESCRIPTION
Hardening law:
EQ.1.0: Exponential hardening:D = Q + Q

EQ.2.0: Voce hardening: D = x 4 = Rc
EQ.3.0: Hansel hardening
EQ.4.0: Gosh hardening: D = Q + Q e
EQ.5.0: Hocket-Sherby hardening: D = x 4 = Rc

LT.0.0: Absolute value defines load curve ID or table ID with yield
stress as functions of plastic strain and in the latter case also plastic
strain rate.
Flow potential exponent
CRCN
Chaboche-Roussilier kinematic hardening parameter, see remarks.
CRCA
Chaboche-Roussilier kinematic hardening parameter, see remarks.
ALPHA1
1, see equations below
ALPHA2
ALPHA3
ALPHA4
ALPHA5
ALPHA6
ALPHA7
ALPHA8
SIG00
Yield stress in 00 direction
SIG45
SIG90
R00
R-value in 00 direction
R45
R90
SIGXX
LS-DYNA R7.0
xx-component of stress on yield surface (See Remark 2).

2-577 (MAT)
*MAT_133
VARIABLE
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
DESCRIPTION
SIGYY
yy-component of stress on yield surface (See Remark 2).
SIGXY
xy-component of stress on yield surface (See Remark 2).
DXX
xx-component of tangent to yield surface (See Remark 2).
DYY
yy-component of tangent to yield surface (See Remark 2).
DXY
xy-component of tangent to yield surface (See Remark 2).
CP
Adiabatic temperature calculation option:

EQ.0.0: Adiabatic temperature calculation is disabled.
GT.0.0: CP is the specific heat Cp. Adiabatic temperature calculation
is enabled.
T0
Initial temperature T0 of the material if adiabatic temperature calculation

is enabled.
TREF
TA0
Reference temperature for output of the yield stress as history variable.

Reference temperature TA0, the absolute zero for the used temperature
scale, e.g. -273.15 if the Celsius scale is used and 0.0 if the Kelvin scale
is used.
Martensite rate equation parameter A, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter B, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter C, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter D, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter p, see equations below.
Martensite rate equation parameter Q, see equations below.
E0MART
VM0
2-578 (MAT)
Martensite rate equation parameter E0(mart) , see equations below.

The initial volume fraction of martensite 0.0<Vm0<1.0 may be initialised
using two different methods:
GT.0.0: Vm0 is set to VM0.
LT.0.0: Can be used only when there are initial plastic strains p present, e.g. when using *INITIAL_STRESS_SHELL. The absolute
value of VM0 is then the load curve ID for a function f that sets
= S(Q ). The function f must be a monotonically nondecreasing
function of Q .
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_133
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
AHS
Hardening law parameter AHS, see equations below.
BHS
Hardening law parameter BHS, see equations below.
Hardening law parameter m, see equations below.
Hardening law parameter n, see equations below.
EPS0
Hardening law parameter 0, see equations below.
HMART
Hardening law parameter H , see equations below.
K1
K2
Hardening law parameter K2, see equations below
AOPT
OFFANG
P4
HTFLAG

are identical to the nodes used for the definition of a coordinate system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES
EQ.2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR
of the element.
Offset angle for AOPT=3
Material parameter:
HARD.EQ.4.0: p in Gosh hardening law
HARD.EQ:5.0: q in Hocket-Sherby hardening law
Heat treatment flag (see remarks):
HTFLAG.EQ.0: Preforming stage
HTFLAG.EQ.1: Heat treatment stage
HTFLAG.EQ.2: Postforming stage
HTA
Load curve/Table ID for postforming parameter A
HTB
Load curve/Table ID for postforming parameter B
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-579 (MAT)
*MAT_133
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
HTC
Load curve/Table ID for postforming parameter C
HTD
Load curve/Table ID for postforming parameter D
A1 A2 A3
Components of vector a for AOPT=2
V1 V2 V3
Components of vector v for AOPT=3
D1 D2 D3
Components of vector d for AOPT=2
Remarks:
1.
Strain rate is accounted for using the Cowper and Symonds model which scales the yield
stress with the factor
Q '
1 + 5 6
where Q is the strain rate. A fully viscoplastic formulation is optional which incorporates
the Cowper and Symonds formulation within the yield surface. An additional cost is incurred but the improvement allows for dramatic results. To ignore strain rate effects set
both SRC and SRP to zero.
2.
The yield condition for this material can be written
where
S(
,
, Q ) = D (D 2y y , D 2y y , D y )
Dj& (Q , Q , z) 0
D ( , , ) =
(2 + 2)
.
2 = | 8 |
2 = |2 + 8 | + | + 28 |
The E and E are eigenvalues of EF and EF and are given by
and
2-580 (MAT)
1
=
2
1
8 =
2
1
=
2
1
8 =
2
+ 88 + (
88 )8 + 488
+ 88 + (
88 )8 + 488
+ 88 (
+ 88 (
88 )8 + 488
88 )8 + 488
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_133
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
respectively. The EF and EF are given by
88 = 8
0
8
8
1
=
8
0
0
88
0
0
0
1
2
0
where
8
88
0
0
0
0 y
0 y8
y
0
3
88 = 8
0
8
8
1
=
8
< 4
2
88
0
2
4
4
8
0
8
88
0
8
4
4
2
0
0
0
2
4
1
2
0
y
0
0 yW
0 yX
yY
0
9 y
The parameters y to y are the parameters that determines the shape of the yield surface.
The material parameters can be determined from three uniaxial tests and a more general
test. From the uniaxial tests the yield stress and R-values are used and from the general test
an arbitrary point on the yield surface is used given by the stress components in the material system as
D
= D
D
together with a tangent of the yield surface in that particular point. For the latter the tangential direction should be determined so that
+2
=0
The biaxial data can be set to zero in the input deck for LS-DYNA to just fit the uniaxial
data.
3. A kinematic hardening model is implemented following the works of Chaboche and
D = D (D 2y
y88 , D88 2y88 y , D 8 y 8 )

yEF =
H'
H
yEF

H
JyEF
= -H 5xH
LS-DYNA R7.0
EF
H
yEF
6 JQ
D
2-581 (MAT)
*MAT_133
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
where -H and xH are material parameters, EF is the deviatoric stress tensor, D is the effective stress and Q is the effective plastic strain. The yield condition is for this case modified
according to
S(
,
, Q ) = D (D 2y y , D 2y y , D y )
Dj& (Q , Q , 0)
H'
xH 1 exp(-H Q ) 0
in order to get the expected stress strain response for uniaxial stress.
4.
The Hansel hardening law is the same as in material 113 but is repeated here for the sake of
convenience.
The hardening is temperature dependent and therefore this material model must be run either in a coupled thermo-mechanical solution, using prescribed temperatures or using the
adiabatic temperature calculation option. Setting the parameter CP to the specific heat Cp of
the material activates the adiabatic temperature calculation that calculates the temperature
rate from the equation
Lc
/ =
,
bc
where D is the plastically dissipated heat. Using the Kelvin scale is recommended,
even though other scales may be used without problems.
The hardening behaviour is described by the following equations. The Martensite rate
equation is
0, if Q < ,
(mart)
=
1
Q k
h exp(/ / ) 5
m
(oO )/o
where
1
(1 tanh(- + /)), if Q ,
2
(mart)
Q = effective plastic strain and
T = temperature.
The martensite fraction is integrated from the above rate equation:

=
R
R c
Q .
It always holds that 0.0<Vm<1.0. The initial martensite content is Vm0 and must be greater
than zero and less than 1.0. Note that Vm0 is not used during a restart or when initializing
the Vm history variable using *INITIAL_STRESS_SHELL.
The yield stress y is
D = kt (kt ht )exp( 9Q + Q : ) (
2-582 (MAT)
8 /)
+ iP
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_133
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
The parameters p and B should fulfill the following condition

(1+B)/B<p,
if not fulfilled then the martensite rate will approach infinity as
approaches zero. Setting
the parameter Q larger than zero, typical range 0.001-0.02 is recommended. A part from
the effective true strain a few additional history variables are output, see below.
History variables that are output for post-processing:
Variable Description
5.
19
Yield stress of material at temperature TREF. Useful to evaluate the strength of

the material after e.g., a simulated forming operation.
20
Volume fraction martensite, Vm
21
CP EQ.0.0: Not used

CP GT.0.0: Temperature from adiabatic temperature calculation.
Heat treatment for increasing the formability of prestrained aluminum sheets can be simulated through the use of HTFLAG, where the intention is to run a forming simulation in
steps involving preforming, springback, heat treatment and postforming. In each step the
history is transferred to the next via the use of dynain (see
*INTERFACE_SPRINGBACK). The first two steps are performed with HTFLAG=0 according to standard procedures, resulting in a plastic strain field Q corresponding to the
prestrain. The heat treatment step is performed using HTFLAG=1 in a coupled thermomechanical simulation, where the blank is heated. The coupling between thermal and
mechanical is only that the maximum temperature / is stored as a history variable in the
material model, this corresponding to the heat treatment temperature. Here it is important
to export all history variables to the dynein file for the postforming step. In the final
postforming step, HTFLAG=2, the yield stress is then augmented by the Hocket-Sherby
like term
D = ( x)exp eQ Q g
where a, b, c and d are given as tables as functions of the heat treatment temperature /
and prestrain Q . That is, in the table definitions each load curve corresponds to a given
prestrain and the load curve value is with respect to the heat treatment temperature,
x = x(/ , Q ) = (/ , Q ) = (/ , Q ) = (/ , Q )
The effect of heat treatment is that the material strength decreases but hardening increases, thus typically
x 0 x > 0 > 0
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-583 (MAT)
*MAT_134
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_FABRIC
This is Material Type 134. The viscoelastic fabric model is a variation on the general viscoelastic model of material 76. This model is valid for 3 and 4 node membrane elements only and is
strongly recommended for modeling isotropic viscoelastic fabrics where wrinkling may be a
problem. For thin fabrics, buckling can result in an inability to support compressive stresses;
thus, a flag is included for this option. If bending stresses are important use a shell formulation
with model 76.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
BULK
(omit)
(omit)
(omit)
CSE
If fitting is done from a relaxation curve, specify fitting parameters on card 2.
Card 2
Variable
Type
LCID
NT
BSTART
TRAMP
LCIDK
NTK
BSTARTK
TRAMPK
may differ from that for the bulk behavior: simply insert zero if a term is not included.
Optional
Cards 3, . .
Variable
GI
BETAI
KI
BETAKI
Type
VARIABLE
MID
2-584 (MAT)
DESCRIPTION
Material identification. A unique number must be specified.

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_134
VARIABLE
RO
BULK
DESCRIPTION
Mass density.
Elastic constant bulk modulus. If the bulk behavior is viscoelastic, then
this modulus is used in determining the contact interface stiffness only.
CSE
Compressive stress flag (default = 0.0).

EQ.0.0: dont eliminate compressive stresses
EQ.1.0: eliminate compressive stresses
LCID
Load curve ID if constants, Gi, and i are determined via a least squares
fit. This relaxation curve is shown below.
NT
Number of terms in shear fit. If zero the default is 6. Currently, the

maximum number is set to 6.
BSTART

is 10 times 3 , and so on. If zero, BSTART=0.01.
TRAMP
LCIDK
NTK

BSTARTK

2, 4 is 10 times 3 , and so on. If zero, BSTARTK=0.01.
TRAMPK
GI
BETAI
KI
BETAKI

Remarks:
the form:
DEF =
&
LS-DYNA R7.0
EFH
(f )
RM
2-585 (MAT)
*MAT_134
Figure 2-68. Stress Relaxation curve.

where
EFH (f
) is the relaxation function.
If we wish to include only simple rate effects for the deviatoric stresses, the relaxation function is
represented by six terms from the Prony series:
(f) = ' 4
O &
We characterize this in the input by shear modulii, E , and decay constants, zE . An arbitrary
of bulk modulii:
(f) = '
OM &
For an example of a stress relaxation curve see Figure 2-68. This curve defines stress versus time
where time is defined on a logarithmic scale. For best results, the points defined in the load
curve should be equally spaced on the logarithmic scale. Furthermore, the load curve should be
smooth and defined in the positive quadrant. If nonphysical values are determined by least
squares fit, LS-DYNA will terminate with an error message after the initialization phase is completed. If the ramp time for loading is included, then the relaxation which occurs during the
loading phase is taken into account. This effect may or may not be important.
2-586 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_135
*MAT_WTM_STM
*MAT_WTM_STM
This is material type 135. This anisotropic-viscoplastic material model adopts two yield criteria
for metals with orthotropic anisotropy proposed by Barlat and Lian [1989] (Weak Texture Model) and Aretz [2004] (Strong Texture Model).
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
NUMFI
EPSC
WC
TAUC
A8
SIGMA0
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
LC
FLG
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
Describe the following card for FLG = 0

Card 3
Variable
Type
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8

Card 3
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
S00
S45
S90
SBB
R00
R45
R90
RBB
2-587 (MAT)
*MAT_135
*MAT_WTM_STM

Card 3
Variable
Type
Card 4
QX1
CX1
QX2
CX2
EDOT
EMIN
S100
Type
Card 5
AOPT
BETA
Type
Card 6
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 7
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-588 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_135
*MAT_WTM_STM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
E
PR
NUMFI
EPSC
WC
TAUC
SIGMA0
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
K
LC
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
Number of through thickness integration points that must fail before the
element is deleted (remember to change this number if switching between full and reduced integration type of elements).
Critical value Q&b of the plastic thickness strain (used in the CTS fracture
criterion).
Critical value
for the Cockcroft-Latham fracture criterion
Critical value = for the Bressan-Williams shear fracture criterion

Initial mean value of yield stress D
j8
Isotropic hardening parameter -j
Isotropic hardening parameter -j8
equals half YLD2003 exponent

terials is = 8, i.e. = 4.
. Recommended value for FCC ma-
First load curve number for process effects, i.e. the load curve describing
the relation between the pre-strain and the yield stress D . Similar
curves for j , -j , j8 , -j8 , and = must follow consecutively from
this number.
Yld2003 parameter x
Yld2003 parameter x8
Yld2003 parameter x
Yld2003 parameter xW
Yld2003 parameter xX
2-589 (MAT)
*MAT_135
VARIABLE
A6
A7
A8
S00
S45
S90
SBB
R00
R45
R90
RBB
*MAT_WTM_STM
Yld2003 parameter xY
Yld2003 parameter x
Yld2003 parameter x

Balanced biaxial flow stress
R-ratio in 0 direction
Balance biaxial flow ratio
YLD89 parameter a
YLD89 parameter c
YLD89 parameter h
YLD89 parameter p
QX1
CX1
QX2
CX2
EDOT
M
2-590 (MAT)
DESCRIPTION
Strain rate parameter Q
Strain rate parameter
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_135
*MAT_WTM_STM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
j
EMIN
Lower limit of the isotropic hardening rate . This feature is included

R
to model a non-zero and linear/exponential isotropic work hardening rate
at large values of effective plastic strain. If the isotropic work hardening
rate predicted by the utilized Voce-type work hardening rule falls below
the specified value it is substituted by the prescribed value or switched
to a power-law hardening if S100.NE.0. This option should be considered for problems involving extensive plastic deformations. If process
dependent material characteristics are prescribed, i.e. if LC .GT. 0 the
same minimum tangent modulus is assumed for all the prescribed work
hardening curves. If instead EMIN.LT.0 then EMIN defines the plastic
strain value at which the linear or power-law hardening approximation
commences.
S100
Yield stress at 100% strain for using a power-law approximation beyond

the strain defined by EMIN.
AOPT

BETA.
Available in R3 version of 971 and later..
BETA
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 or 3, may be overwritten on the

XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
Components of vector v for AOPT = 3
D1 D2 D3
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-591 (MAT)
*MAT_135
*MAT_WTM_STM
Remarks:
If FLG=1, i.e. if the yield surface parameters x x are identified on the basis of prescribed material data internally in the material routine, files with point data for plotting of the identified
yield surface, along with the predicted directional variation of the yield stress and plastic flow
are generated in the directory where the LS-DYNA analysis is run. Four different files are generated for each specified material.
These files are named according to the scheme:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Contour_1#
Contour_2#
Contour_3#
R_and_S#
Where # is a value starting at 1.

The three first files contain contour data for plotting of the yield surface as shown in Figure 2-69.
To generate these plots a suitable plotting program should be adopted and for each file/plot, column A should be plotted vs. columns B. For a more detailed description of these plots it is referred to References. Figure 2-70 further shows a plot generated from the final file named
R_and_S# showing the directional dependency of the normalized yield stress (column A vs. B)
and plastic strain ratio (column B vs. C).
The yield condition for this material can be written
f(
,
, Q , Q ) = Deff (
,
) Dj (Q , Q )
where
Dj = D + (Q
where the isotropic hardening reads

(Q ) =
Q b
51 + 6
Q
1 exp(-j Q ) +
j8 1
For the Weak Texture Model the yield function is defined as

Deff = s
where
1
x( + 8 ) + x( 8 ) + -(28 )
2
=
8 =
2-592 (MAT)
exp(-j8 Q ).
D + D
2
L O8 L1 8
8
+ D .
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_135
*MAT_WTM_STM
For the Strong Texture Model the yield function is defined as

Deff = s
where
1
(D ) + (D8 ) + (D D8 )
2
x8 D x D
x D + x D
D
=
k
D8
2
2
D LOL1

D8 8
Kinematic hardening can be included by
} L ~ L1 8
8
+ xW8 D
+ x8 D .
j'
where each of the kinematic hardening variables yj is independent and obeys a nonlinear evolutionary equation in the form
j = -E
j Q
D
where the effective stress D is defined as D = Deff ()
= .
where
Critical thickness strain failure in a layer is assumed to occur when

Q& Q&=
where Q&= is a material parameter. It should be noted that Q&= is a negative number (i.e. failure
is assumed to occur only in the case of thinning).
Cockcraft and Latham fracture is assumed to occur when
=
max(D , 0) Q
where D is the maximum principal stress and
LS-DYNA R7.0
is a material parameter.
2-593 (MAT)
*MAT_135
History
Variable
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
*MAT_WTM_STM
Description
Isotropic hardening value

Isotropic hardening value 8
Increment in effective plastic strain Q
Not defined, for internal use in the material model
Failure in integration point
EQ.0: No failure
EQ.1: Failure due to EPSC, i.e. Q& Q&= .
EQ.2: Failure due to WC, i.e.
=.
EQ.3: Failure due to TAUC, i.e. =
Sum of incremental strain in local element x-direction: Q = Q
Sum of incremental strain in local element y-direction: Q = Q
= D e
Value of theh Cockcroft-Latham failure parameter
Plastic strain component in thickness direction Q&
Mean value of increments in plastic strain through the thickness (For
use with the non-local instability criterion. Note that constant lamella
thickness is assumed and the instability criterion can give unrealistic
results if used with a user-defined integration rule with varying lamella thickness.)
Nonlocal value " =
@R
@R
Table 2.10
2-594 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_135
*MAT_WTM_STM
1.5
1.5
1
0.75
0.5
y
0
xy
0
-0.5
-0.75
-1
-1.5
-1.5
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0.5
x
0
-1.5
1.5
-0.75
0.75
1.5
2(x+y)
20
a)
b)
1.5
0.75
xy
0
-0.75
-1.5
-1.5
-0.75
0.75
1.5
2(x-y)
20
c)
Figure 2-69. Contour plots of the yield surface generated from the files a) Contour _1<#>, b)
Contour_2<#>, and c) Contour_3<#>.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-595 (MAT)
*MAT_135
*MAT_WTM_STM
1.1
1.6
1.05
1.2
1
0.8
0.95
0.4
0.9
0
0
30
[deg]
60
90
Figure 2-70. Predicted directional variation of the yield stress and plastic flow generated from the file R_and_S<#>.
2-596 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_135_PLC
*MAT_WTM_STM_PLC
*MAT_WTM_STM_PLC
This is Material Type 135. This anisotropic material adopts the yield criteria proposed by Aretz
[2004]. The material strength is defined by McCormicks constitutive relation for materials exhibiting negative steady-state Strain Rate Sensitivity (SRS). McCormick [1998] and Zhang,
McCormick and Estrin [2001].
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
NUMFI
EPSC
WC
TAUC
A8
SIGMA0
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
Type
Card 3
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
Type
Card 4
Variable
OMEGA
TD
ALPHA
EPS0
Type
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-597 (MAT)
*MAT_135_PLC
Card 5
AOPT
BETA
Type
Card 6
*MAT_WTM_STM_PLC
3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 7
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
E
PR
NUMFI
EPSC
WC
TAUC
2-598 (MAT)
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
Number of through thickness integration points that must fail before the
element is deleted (remember to change this number if switching between full and reduced integration type of elements).
Critical value Q&b of the plastic thickness strain.
Critical value
for the Cockcroft-Latham fracture criterion.
Critical value = for the shear fracture criterion.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_135_PLC
*MAT_WTM_STM_PLC
VARIABLE
SIGMA0
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
K
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
Initial yield stress D
DESCRIPTION
j8
Isotropic hardening parameter, -j
Isotropic hardening parameter, -j8
k equals half the exponent m for the yield criterion
Yld2003 parameter, x
Yld2003 parameter, x8
Yld2003 parameter, xW
Yld2003 parameter, xX
Yld2003 parameter, xY
Dynamic strain aging parameter, S.
Dynamic strain aging parameter, H.
OMEGA
TD
ALPHA
EPS0
LS-DYNA R7.0
Dynamic strain aging parameter, .
Dynamic strain aging parameter, f .
Dynamic strain aging parameter, y.
Dynamic strain aging parameter, Q .
2-599 (MAT)
*MAT_135_PLC
*MAT_WTM_STM_PLC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
AOPT
Material axes option (see Mat_OPTION TROPIC_ELASTIC for a more

complete description)
EQ.0.0: Locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element nodes as shown in Figure 2-3, and then rotated about the shell
element normal by the angle BETA. Nodes 1, 2 and 4 of an element
EQ.2.0: Globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR.
EQ.3.0: Locally orthotropic material axes determined by offsetting
the material axes by an angle, BETA, from a line determined by taking the cross product of the vector v with the normal to the plane of
the element.
BETA
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 and 3, may be overwritten on

the element card, see *ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA.
XP YP ZP
Coordinates of point p for AOPT=1.
A1 A2 A3
Components of vector a for AOPT=2.
V1 V2 V3
Components of vector v for AOPT=3.
D1 D2 D3
Components of vector d for AOPT=2.
Remarks:
The yield function is defined as
S = S( ) eDj (f ) + Q + D. (Q )g
where the equivalent stress Deq is defined as by an anisotropic yield criterion
where
2-600 (MAT)
1
Deq = s (|D | + |D8 | + |D D8 |)w
2
x8 D x D
x D + x D
D
k
=
D8
2
2
8
+ xW8 D
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_135_PLC
*MAT_WTM_STM_PLC
and
xX D xY D
D + D
D
k
=
D8
2
2
8
+ x8 D
The strain hardening function R is defined by the extended Voce law

(Q
E'
jE 1
exp(-jE Q )
Where Q is the effective (or accumulated) plastic strain, and

parameters.
Viscous stress D. is given by
D. = (Q ) = ln 51 +
jE and
-jE are strain hardening
Q
6
Q
Where S represents the instantaneous strain rate sensitivity (SRS) and Q is a reference strain
rate. In this model the yield strength, including the contribution from dynamic strain aging
(DSA) is defined as
f
Dj (f ) = D + i s1 exp 5 6 w
f
Where D is the yield strength for vanishing average waiting time, f , i.e. at high strain rates, and
H, y and f are material constants linked to dynamic strain aging. It is noteworthy that Dj is an
increasing function of f . The average waiting time is defined by the evolution equation
f = 1
f,
where the quasi-steady waiting time f, is given as

f, =
where is the strain produced by all mobile dislocations moving to the next obstacle on their
path.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-601 (MAT)
*MAT_136
*MAT_CORUS_VEGTER
*MAT_CORUS_VEGTER
This is Material Type 136, a plane stress orthotropic material model for metal forming. Yield
surface construction is based on the interpolation by second-order Bezier curves, and model parameters are determined directly from a set of mechanical tests conducted for a number of directions. For each direction, four mechanical tests are carried out: a uniaxial, an equi-biaxial, a
plane strain tensile test and a shear test. These test results are used to determine the coefficients
of the Fourier directional dependency field. For a more detailed description please see Vegter
and Boogaard [2006].
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
FBI
RBI0
LCID
A8
SYS
SIP
SHS
SHL
ESH
E0
ALPHA
LCID2
Type
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
AOPT
Type
Card 4
Variable
Type
2-602 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_136
*MAT_CORUS_VEGTER
Card 5
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
Cards 6 up to N+6 are to define the experimental data obtained from four mechanical
tests for a group of equidistantly placed directions = (i = 0, 1, 2, N)
Card 6
Variable
FUN-I
RUN-I
FPS1-I
FPS2-I
FSH-I
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Material density
Elastic Youngs modulus
PR
Poissons ratio
Order of Fourier series (i.e., number of test groups minus one). The
minimum number for N is 2, and the maximum is 12.
FBI
Normalized yield stress for equibiaxial test.
RBI0
Initial strain ratio for equibiaxial test.
LCID
Stress-strain curve ID. If defined, SYS, SIP, SHS, and SHL are ignored.
SYS
SIP
SHS
SHL
LS-DYNA R7.0
Static yield stress, D .
Stress increment parameter, D
Strain hardening parameter for small strain, z.
Strain hardening parameter for larger strain, .

2-603 (MAT)
*MAT_136
*MAT_CORUS_VEGTER
VARIABLE
ESH
E0
ALPHA
LCID2
AOPT
DESCRIPTION
Exponent for strain hardening, n.

Initial plastic strain
y distribution of hardening used in the curve-fitting. y = 0 pure kinematic hardening and y = 1 provides pure isotropic hardening.
Curve ID. The curve defines Youngs modulus change with respect to
the plastic strain. By default it is assumed that Youngs modulus remains constant. Effective value is between 0-1.

NODES, and then rotated about the shell element normal by the angle BETA.
XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
Components of vector v for AOPT = 3
D1 D2 D3
BETA

FUN-I
Normalized yield stress for uniaxial test for the ith direction.
RUN-I
Strain ratio for uniaxial test for the ith direction.
FPS1-I
First normalized yield stress for plain strain test for the ith direction.
FPS2-I
Second normalized yield stress for plain strain test for the ith direction.
2-604 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_136
*MAT_CORUS_VEGTER
VARIABLE
FSH-I
DESCRIPTION
First normalized yield stress for pure shear test for the ith direction.
Remarks:
The yield criterion is chosen as:
D = D + D ezQeq + 1 4
LS-DYNA R7.0
Req
2-605 (MAT)
*MAT_138
*MAT_COHESIVE_MIXED_MODE
This is Material Type 138. This model is a simplification of *MAT_COHESIVE_GENERAL

restricted to linear softening. It includes a bilinear traction-separation law with quadratic mixed
mode delamination criterion and a damage formulation. It can be used with solid element types
19 and 20, and is not available for other solid element formulations. See the remarks after
*SECTION_SOLID for a description of element types 19 and 20.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
ROFLG
INTFAIL
EN
ET
GIC
GIIC
A8
XMU
UND
UTD
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
ROFLG
Flag for whether density is specified per unit area or volume. ROFLG=0
specified density per unit volume (default), and ROFLG=1 specifies the
density is per unit area for controlling the mass of cohesive elements
with an initial volume of zero.
INTFAIL
The number of integration points required for the cohesive element to be

deleted. If it is zero, the element wont be deleted even if it satisfies the
failure criterion. The value of INTFAIL may range from 1 to 4, with 1
the recommended value.
EN
The stiffness (units of stress/length) normal to the plane of the cohesive

element.
ET
The stiffness (units of stress/length)) in the plane of the cohesive element.
2-606 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_138
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
GIC
Energy release rate for mode I (units of stress*length)
GIIC
Energy release rate for mode II (units of stress*length)
XMU
Exponent of the mixed mode criteria (see remarks below)
Peak traction (stress units) in normal direction

LT.0.0: Load curve ID = (-T) which defines peak traction in normal
direction as a function of element size. See remarks.
Peak traction (stress units) in tangential direction

LT.0.0: Load curve ID = (-S) which defines peak traction in tangential direction as a function of element size. See remarks.
UND
Ultimate displacement in the normal direction
UTD
Ultimate displacement in the tangential direction
Remarks:
The ultimate displacements in the normal and tangential directions are the displacements at the
time when the material has failed completely, i.e., the tractions are zero. The linear stiffness for
loading followed by the linear softening during the damage provides an especially simple relationship between the energy release rates, the peak tractions, and the ultimate displacements:
- = / `7/2
- = `//2
If the peak tractions arent specified, they are computed from the ultimate displacements. See
Fiolka and Matzenmiller [2005] and Gerlach, Fiolka and Matzenmiller [2005].
In this cohesive material model, the total mixed-mode relative displacement J is defined as
J = QJ-8 + J--8 , where J- = J is the separation in normal direction (mode I) and
J-- = QJ 8 + J88 is the separation in tangential direction (mode II). The mixed-mode damage initiation displacement J (onset of softening) is given by
1 + z8
J = J- J-- k
(J-- )8 + (zJ- )8
where J- = //,7 and J-- = /,/ are the single mode damage inititation separations and
z = J-- /J- is the mode mixity (see Figure 2-71). The ultimate mixed-mode displacement J {
(total failure) for the power law (XMU>0) is:
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-607 (MAT)
*MAT_138
2(1 + z)8 ,7
J =
5
6
J
{
,/ z8
+
and alternatively for the Benzeggagh-Kenane law [1996] (XMU<0):

J =
{
z8
1
,7
+
,/6
J 5
1 + z8
1 + z8
z8 ,/
- + (- -)
,7 + z8 ,/
| c|
In this model, damage of the interface is considered, i.e. irreversible conditions are enforced with
loading/unloading paths coming from/pointing to the origin.
traction
S
II0
I0
IF
F
II
II
Figure 2-71. Mixed-mode traction-separation law
Peak tractions T and/or S can be defined as functions of characteristic element length (square
root of midsurface area) via load curve. This option is useful to get nearly the same global responses (e.g. load-displacement curve) with coarse meshes when compared to a fine mesh solution. In general, lower peak traction values are needed for coarser meshes
Two error checks have been implemented for this material model in order to ensure proper material data. Since the traction versus displacement curve is fairly simple (triangular shaped), equations can be developed to ensure that the displacement (L) at the peak load (QMAX), is smaller
than the ultimate distance for failure (u). See Figure 2-72 for the used notation.
One has that
- = 2
8
2-608 (MAT)
h and
m
l
.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_138
Figure 2-72. Bilinear traction-separation
To ensure that the peak is not past the failure point, must be larger than 1.
2=
where GC is the energy release rate. This gives
8b
l
8b
l
8b
n P
> 1.
The error checks are then done for tension and pure shear, respectively,
LS-DYNA R7.0
(8-b)
P
z
(8--b)
l?
> 1,
> 1.
2-609 (MAT)
*MAT_139
*MAT_MODIFIED_FORCE_LIMITED
This is Material Type 139. This material for the Belytschko-Schwer resultant beam is an extension of material 29. In addition to the original plastic hinge and collapse mechanisms of material
29, yield moments may be defined as a function of axial force. After a hinge forms, the moment
transmitted by the hinge is limited by a moment-plastic rotation relationship.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
DF
AOPT
YTFLAG
ASOFT
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 2
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
Default
none
Card 3
LC1
LC2
LC3
LC4
LC5
LC6
LC7
LC8
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-610 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_139
Card 4
LPS1
SFS1
LPS2
SFS2
YMS1
YMS2
Type
Default
1.0
LPS1
1.0
1.0E+20
YMS1
Card 5
LPT1
SFT1
LPT2
SFT2
YMT1
YMT2
Type
Default
1.0
LPT1
1.0
1.0E+20
YMT1
Card 6
LPR
SFR
YMR
Type
Default
1.0
1.0E+20
Card 7
LYS1
SYS1
LYS2
Type
Default
1.0
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
SYS2
LYT1
SYT1
LYT2
SYT2
1.0
1.0
1.0
2-611 (MAT)
*MAT_139
Card 8
LYR
SYR
Type
Default
1.0
Card 9
HMS1_1
HMS1_2
HMS1_3
HMS1_4
HMS1_5
HMS1_6
HMS1_7
HMS1_8
Type
Default
Card 10
Variable
LPMS1_1
LPMS1_2
LPMS1_3
LPMS1_4
LPMS1_5
LPMS1_6
LPMS1_7
LPMS1_8
Type
Default
Card 11
Variable
HMS2_1
HMS2_2
HMS2_3
HMS2_4
HMS2_5
HMS2_6
HMS2_7
HMS2_8
Type
Default
Variable
Variable
2-612 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_139
Card 12
Variable
LPMS2_1
LPMS2_2
LPMS2_3
LPMS2_4
LPMS2_5
LPMS2_6
LPMS2_7
LPMS2_8
Type
Default
Card 13
Variable
HMT1_1
HMT1_2
HMT1_3
HMT1_4
HMT1_5
HMT1_6
HMT1_7
HMT1_8
Type
Default
Card 14
Variable
LPMT1_1
LPMT1_2
LPMT1_3
LPMT1_4
LPMT1_5
LPMT1_6
LPMT1_7
LPMT1_8
Type
Default
Card 15
Variable
HMT2_1
HMT2_2
HMT2_3
HMT2_4
HMT2_5
HMT2_6
HMT2_7
HMT2_8
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-613 (MAT)
*MAT_139
Card 16
Variable
LPMT2_1
LPMT2_2
LPMT2_3
LPMT2_4
LPMT2_5
LPMT2_6
LPMT2_7
LPMT2_8
Type
Default
Card 17
Variable
HMR_1
HMR_2
HMR_3
HMR_4
HMR_5
HMR_6
HMR_7
HMR_8
Type
Default
Card 18
Variable
LPMR_1
LPMR_2
LPMR_3
LPMR_4
LPMR_5
LPMR_6
LPMR_7
LPMR_8
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus
PR
Poissons ratio
DF
Damping factor, see definition in notes below. A proper control for the
timestep has to be maintained by the user!
2-614 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_139
VARIABLE
AOPT
YTFLAG
DESCRIPTION
Axial load curve option:

EQ.0.0: axial load curves are force versus strain,
EQ.1.0: axial load curves are force versus change in length.
Flag to allow beam to yield in tension:
EQ.0.0: beam does not yield in tension,
EQ.1.0: beam can yield in tension.
ASOFT
Axial elastic softening factor applied once hinge has formed. When a
hinge has formed the stiffness is reduced by this factor. If zero, this factor is ignored.
M1, M2,...,M8
Applied end moment for force versus (strain/change in length) curve. At

least one must be defined. A maximum of 8 moments can be defined.
The values should be in ascending order.
LC1, LC2,...,LC8
Load curve ID (see *DEFINE_CURVE) defining axial force versus

strain/change in length (see AOPT) for the corresponding applied end
moment. Define the same number as end moments. Each curve must
contain the same number of points.
LPS1
SFS1
LPS2
Default: is same as at node 1.
SFS2
node 2. Default: is same as at node 1.
YMS1

set to 1.0E+20 to prevent interaction).
YMS2

set to YMS1).
LPT1
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-615 (MAT)
*MAT_139
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
SFT1
LPT2
Default: is the same as at node 1.
SFT2
node 2. Default: is the same as at node 1.
YMT1

set to 1.0E+20 to prevent interactions)
YMT2

set to YMT1)
LPR
Load curve ID for plastic torsional moment versus rotation. If zero, this
load curve is ignored.
SFR
Scale factor for plastic torsional moment versus rotation (default = 1.0).
YMR
Torsional yield moment for interaction calculations (default set to

1.0E+20 to prevent interaction)
LYS1
ID of curve defining yield moment as a function of axial force for the

s-axis at node 1.
SYS1
Scale factor applied to load curve LYS1.
LYS2

s-axis at node 2.
SYS2
Scale factor applied to load curve LYS2.
LYT1

t-axis at node 1.
SYT1
Scale factor applied to load curve LYT1.
LYT2

t-axis at node 2.
SYT2
Scale factor applied to load curve LYT2.
LYR

torsional axis.
SYR
Scale factor applied to load curve LYR.
2-616 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_139
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
HMS1_n
Hinge moment for s-axis at node 1.
LPMS1_n
ID of curve defining plastic moment as a function of plastic rotation for

the s-axis at node 1 for hinge moment HMS1_n
HMS2_n
Hinge moment for s-axis at node 2.
LPMS2_n

the s-axis at node 2 for hinge moment HMS2_n
HMT1_n
Hinge moment for t-axis at node 1.
LPMT1_n

the t-axis at node 1 for hinge moment HMT1_n
HMT2_n
Hinge moment for t-axis at node 2.
LPMT2_n

the t-axis at node 2 for hinge moment HMT2_n
HMR_n
Hinge moment for the torsional axis.
LPMR_n

the torsional axis for hinge moment HMR_n
Remarks:
This material model is available for the Belytschko resultant beam element only. Plastic hinges
form at the ends of the beam when the moment reaches the plastic moment. The plastic moment
versus rotation relationship is specified by the user in the form of a load curve and scale factor.
The points of the load curve are (plastic rotation in radians, plastic moment). Both quantities
should be positive for all points, with the first point being (zero, initial plastic moment). Within
this constraint any form of characteristic may be used, including flat or falling curves. Different
load curves and scale factors may be specified at each node and about each of the local s and t
axes.
Axial collapse occurs when the compressive axial load reaches the collapse load. Collapse load
versus collapse deflection is specified in the form of a load curve. The points of the load curve
are either (true strain, collapse force) or (change in length, collapse force). Both quantities
should be entered as positive for all points, and will be interpreted as compressive. The first
point should be (zero, initial collapse load).
The collapse load may vary with end moment as well as with deflections. In this case several
load-deflection curves are defined, each corresponding to a different end moment. Each load
curve should have the same number of points and the same deflection values. The end moment
is defined as the average of the absolute moments at each end of the beam and is always positive.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-617 (MAT)
*MAT_139
Stiffness-proportional damping may be added using the damping factor . This is defined as follows:
8[
=
i
where is the damping factor at the reference frequency (in radians per second). For example
if 1% damping at 2Hz is required
=
8 .
8\8
= 0.001592
If damping is used, a small time step may be required. LS-DYNA does not check this so to
avoid instability it may be necessary to control the time step via a load curve. As a guide, the
time step required for any given element is multiplied by 0.3Lc when damping is present (L =
element length, c = sound speed).
Moment Interaction:
Plastic hinges can form due to the combined action of moments about the three axes. This facility is activated only when yield moments are defined in the material input. A hinge forms when
the following condition is first satisfied.
5
ryield
6 +5
syield
6 +5
tyield
6 1
where,
Mr, Ms, Mt = current moment
Mryield, Msyield, Mtyield = yield moment
Note that scale factors for hinge behavior defined in the input will also be applied to the yield
moments: for example, Msyield in the above formula is given by the input yield moment about
the local axis times the input scale factor for the local s axis. For strain-softening characteristics,
the yield moment should generally be set equal to the initial peak of the moment-rotation load
curve.
On forming a hinge, upper limit moments are set. These are given by
upper
h 5
yield
and similar for Ms and Mt.

Thereafter the plastic moments will be given by
Mrp, = min (Mrupper, Mrcurve) and similar for s and t
where
2-618 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_139
Mrp = current plastic moment

Mrcurve = moment taken from load curve at the current rotation scaled according to the
scale factor.
The effect of this is to provide an upper limit to the moment that can be generated; it represents
the softening effect of local buckling at a hinge site. Thus if a member is bent about is local saxis it will then be weaker in torsion and about its local t-axis. For moments-softening curves,
the effect is to trim off the initial peak (although if the curves subsequently harden, the final
hardening will also be trimmed off).
It is not possible to make the plastic moment vary with the current axial load, but it is possible to
make hinge formation a function of axial load and subsequent plastic moment a function of the
moment at the time the hinge formed. This is discussed in the next section.
Independent plastic hinge formation:
In addition to the moment interaction equation, Cards 7 through 18 allow plastic hinges to form
independently for the s-axis and t-axis at each end of the beam and also for the torsional axis. A
plastic hinge is assumed to form if any component of the current moment exceeds the yield moment as defined by the yield moment vs. axial force curves input on cards 7 and 8. If any of the
5 curves is omitted, a hinge will not form for that component. The curves can be defined for
both compressive and tensile axial forces. If the axial force falls outside the range of the curve,
the first or last point in the curve will be used. A hinge forming for one component of moment
does not effect the other components.
Upon forming a hinge, the magnitude of that component of moment will not be permitted to exceed the current plastic moment.. The current plastic moment is obtained by interpolating between the plastic moment vs. plastic rotation curves input on cards 10, 12, 14, 16, or 18. Curves
may be input for up to 8 hinge moments, where the hinge moment is defined as the yield moment
at the time that the hinge formed. Curves must be input in order of increasing hinge moment and
each curve should have the same plastic rotation values. The first or last curve will be used if the
hinge moment falls outside the range of the curves. If no curves are defined, the plastic moment
is obtain from the curves on cards 4 through 6. The plastic moment is scaled by the scale factors
on lines 4 to 6.
A hinge will form if either the independent yield moment is exceeded or if the moment interaction equation is satisfied. If both are true, the plastic moment will be set to the minimum of the
interpolated value and Mrp.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-619 (MAT)
*MAT_139
M8
M7
M6
M
M4
M3
axial
force
M2
M1
strains or change in length (see AOPT)
Figure 2-73. The force magnitude is limited by the applied end moment. For an intermediate
value of the end moment LS-DYNA interpolates between the curves to determine the allowable force value.
2-620 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_140
*MAT_VACUUM
*MAT_VACUUM
This is Material Type 140. This model is a dummy material representing a vacuum in a multimaterial Euler/ALE model. Instead of using ELFORM=12 (under *SECTION_SOLID), it is
better to use ELFORM=11 with the void material defined as vacuum material instead.
Card 1
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
MID
RHO
A8
DESCRIPTION
MID
RHO
Estimated material density. This is used only as stability check.
Remarks:
1.
The vacuum density is estimated. It should be small relative to air in the model (possibly
at least 10 to 10Y lighter than air).
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-621 (MAT)
*MAT_141
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_POLYMER
This is Material Type 141. This model, called the modified Ramaswamy-Stouffer model, is for
the simulation of an isotropic ductile polymer with strain rate effects. See references; Stouffer
and Dame [1996] and Goldberg and Stouffer [1999]. Uniaxial test data is used to fit the material
parameters.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PR
Do
Zo
A8
Omega
F
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Elastic modulus.
PR
Poisson's ratio
Do
Reference strain rate (=1000*max strain rate used in the test).
Exponent (see inelastic strain rate equation below)
Zo
Initial hardness of material
q
Omega
2-622 (MAT)
(see equations below).

Maximum internal stress.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_141
Remarks:
The inelastic strain rate is defined as:
where the
Q -K = exp 0.5
term is given as:

8
8
EF EF

3 8
Q 8
= 0.5(
EF
EF )(
EF
EF )
and represents the second invariant of the overstress tensor. The elastic components of the strain
are added to the inelastic strain to obtain the total strain. The following relationship defines the
back stress variable rate:
2
EF Q#EF = QEF
3
where is a material constant, is a material constant that represents the maximum value of
the internal stress, and Q#- is the effective inelastic strain rate.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-623 (MAT)
*MAT_142
*MAT_TRANSVERSELY_ISOTROPIC_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
This is Material Type 142. This model is for an extruded foam material that is transversely isotropic, crushable, and of low density with no significant Poisson effect. This material is used in
energy-absorbing structures to enhance automotive safety in low velocity (bumper impact) and
medium high velocity (interior head impact and pedestrian safety) applications. The formulation
of this foam is due to Hirth, Du Bois, and Weimar and is documented by Du Bois [2001]. This
model behaves in a more physical way for off axis loading the material, *MAT_HONEYCOMB,
which can exhibit nonphysical stiffening for loading conditions that are off axis. The load curves
are used to define a yield surface that bounds the deviatoric stress tensor.
Card 1
MID
RO
E11
E22
E12
E23
A8
I11
I22
I12
I23
IAA
NY
ANG
MU
Type
Card 3
AOPT
ISCL
MACF
Type
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-624 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_142
Card 5
Variable
Type
D1
D2
D3
V1
V2
V3
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
E11
Elastic modulus in axial direction.
E22
Elastic modulus in transverse direction (E22=E33).
E12
Elastic shear modulus (E12=E31).
E23
Elastic shear modulus in transverse plane.
Shear modulus.
Bulk modulus for contact stiffness.
I11
Load curve for nominal axial stress versus volumetric strain.
I22
Load curve ID for nominal transverse stresses versus volumetric strain

(I22=I33).
I12
Load curve ID for shear stress component 12 and 31 versus volumetric

strain (I12=I31).
I23
Load curve ID for shear stress component 23 versus volumetric strain.
IAA
Load curve ID (optional) for nominal stress versus volumetric strain for
load at angle, ANG, relative to the material axis.
NY
Set to unity for a symmetric yield surface.
ANG
LS-DYNA R7.0
Angle corresponding to load curve ID, IAA.
2-625 (MAT)
*MAT_142
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MU
Damping coefficient for tensor viscosity which acts in both tension and
compression. Recommended values vary between 0.05 to 0.10. If zero,
tensor viscosity is not used, but bulk viscosity is used instead. Bulk viscosity creates a pressure as the element compresses that is added to the
normal stresses, which can have the effect of creating transverse deformations when none are expected.
AOPT

only.
ISCL
Load curve ID for the strain rate scale factor versus the volumetric strain
rate. The yield stress is scaled by the value specified by the load curve.
MACF

XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
2-626 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_142
DESCRIPTION
D1 D2 D3
V1 V2 V3
Remarks:
Tensor viscosity, which is activated by a nonzero value for MU, is generally more stable than
bulk viscosity. A damping coefficient less than 0.01 has little effect, and a value greater than
0.10 may cause numerical instabilities.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-627 (MAT)
*MAT_143
*MAT_WOOD
*MAT_WOOD_{OPTION}
This is Material Type 143. This is a transversely isotropic material and is available for solid elements. The user has the option of inputting his or her own material properties (<BLANK>), or
requesting default material properties for Southern yellow pine (PINE) or Douglas fir (FIR).
This model was developed by Murray [2002] under a contract from the FHWA.
<BLANK>
PINE
FIR
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
NPLOT
ITERS
IRATE
GHARD
IFAIL
IVOL
A8
Define the following card for the PINE and FIR options.
Card 2
Variable
Type
MOIS
TEMP
QUAL_T
QUAL_C
UNITS
IQUAL
Define the following cards, 2-6, for the <BLANK> option.

Card 2
Variable
Type
2-628 (MAT)
EL
ET
GLT
GTR
PR
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_143
*MAT_WOOD
Card 3
XT
XC
YT
YC
SXY
SYZ
Type
Card 4
GF1||
GF2||
BFIT
DMAX||
GF1
GF2
DFIT
DMAX
Type
Card 5
FLPAR
FLPARC
POWPAR
FLPER
FLPERC
POWPER
Type
Card 6
NPAR
CPAR
NPER
CPER
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
Define the following three cards for all options.

Card 3/7
Variable
AOPT
MACF
BETA
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-629 (MAT)
*MAT_143
*MAT_WOOD
Card 4/8
Variable
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 5/9
Variable
D1
D2
D3
V1
V2
V3
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
NPLOT
Controls what is written as component 7 to the d3plot database. LSPrePost always blindly labels this component as effective plastic strain.:
EQ.1: Parallel damage (default).
EQ.2: Perpendicular damage.
ITERS
Number of plasticity algorithm iterations. The default is one iteration.
IRATE
Rate effects option:

EQ.0: Rate effects model turned off (default).
EQ.1: Rate effects model turned on.
GHARD
IFAIL
2-630 (MAT)
Perfect plasticity override. Values greater than or equal to zero are allowed. Positive values model late time hardening in compression (an
increase in strength with increasing strain). A zero value models perfect
plasticity (no increase in strength with increasing strain). The default is
zero.
Erosion perpendicular to the grain.
EQ.0: No (default).
EQ.1: Yes (not recommended except for debugging).
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_143
*MAT_WOOD
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
IVOL
Flag to invoke erosion based on negative volume or strain increments

greater than 0.01.
EQ.0: No, do not apply erosion criteria.
EQ.1: Yes, apply erosion criteria.
MOIS
Percent moisture content. If left blank, moisture content defaults to saturated at 30%.
TEMP
Temperature in C. If left blank, temperature defaults to room temperature at 20 C
QUAL_T
Quality factor options. These quality factors reduce the clear wood tension, shear, and compression strengths as a function of grade.
EQ.0: Grade 1, 1D, 2, 2D.
Predefined strength reduction factors are:
Pine: Qual_T=0.47 in tension/shear.
Qual_C=0.63 in compression.
Fir: Qual_T=0.40 in tension/shear
EQ.-1: DS-65 or SEl STR (pine and fir).
Predefined strength reduction factors are:
Qual_T=0.80 in tension/shear.
EQ.-2: Clear wood.
No strength reduction factors are applied:
Qual_T=1.0.
Qual_C=1.0.
GT.0: User defined quality factor in tension. Values between 0 and
1 are expected. Values greater than one are allowed, but may not be
realistic.
QUAL_C
User defined quality factor in compression. This input value is used if

Qual_T>0. Values between 0 and 1 are expected. Values greater than
one are allowed, but may not be realistic. If left blank, a default value of
Qual_C=Qual_T is used.
UNITS
Units options:
EQ.0: GPa, mm, msec, Kg/mm3, kN.
EQ.1: MPa, mm, msec, g/mm3, Nt.
EQ.2: MPa, mm, sec, Mg/mm3, Nt.
EQ.3: Psi, inch, sec, lb-s2/inch4, lb
IQUAL
Apply quality factors perpendicular to the grain:

EQ.0: Yes (default).
EQ 1: No.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-631 (MAT)
*MAT_143
*MAT_WOOD
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EL
Parallel normal modulus
ET
Perpendicular normal modulus.
GLT
Parallel shear modulus (GLT=GLR).
GTR
Perpendicular shear modulus.
PR
Parallel major Poisson's ratio.
XT
Parallel tensile strength.
XC
Parallel compressive strength.
YT
Perpendicular tensile strength.
YC
Perpendicular compressive strength.
SXY
Parallel shear strength.
SYZ
Perpendicular shear strength.
GF1||
Parallel fracture energy in tension.
GF2||
Parallel fracture energy in shear.
BFIT
Parallel softening parameter.
DMAX||
Parallel maximum damage.
GF1
Perpendicular fracture energy in tension.
GF2
Perpendicular fracture energy in shear.
DFIT
Perpendicular softening parameter.
DMAX
FLPAR
Perpendicular maximum damage.

Parallel fluidity parameter for tension and shear.
FLPARC
Parallel fluidity parameter for compression.
POWPAR
Parallel power.
FLPER
FLPERC
2-632 (MAT)
Perpendicular fluidity parameter for tension and shear.

Perpendicular fluidity parameter for compression.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_143
*MAT_WOOD
VARIABLE
POWPER
DESCRIPTION
Perpendicular power.
NPAR
Parallel hardening initiation.
CPAR
Parallel hardening rate
NPER
Perpendicular hardening initiation.
CPER
Perpendicular hardening rate.
AOPT

only.
MACF

BETA
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-633 (MAT)
*MAT_143
VARIABLE
*MAT_WOOD
DESCRIPTION
XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
D1 D2 D3
V1 V2 V3
Remarks:
Material property data is for clear wood (small samples without defects like knots), whereas real
structures are composed of graded wood. Clear wood is stronger than graded wood. Quality factors (strength reduction factors) are applied to the clear wood strengths to account for reductions
in strength as a function of grade. One quality factor (Qual_T) is applied to the tensile and shear
strengths. A second quality factor (Qual_C) is applied to the compressive strengths. As a option,
predefined quality factors are provided based on correlations between LS-DYNA calculations
and test data for pine and fir posts impacted by bogie vehicles. By default, quality factors are
applied to both the parallel and perpendicular to the grain strengths. An option is available
(IQUAL) to eliminate application perpendicular to the grain.
2-634 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_144
*MAT_PITZER_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
This is Material Type 144. This model is for the simulation of isotropic crushable forms with
strain rate effects. Uniaxial and triaxial test data have to be used. For the elastic response, the
Poisson ratio is set to zero.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
TY
SRTV
A8
LCPY
LCUYS
LCSR
VC
DFLG
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
Bulk modulus.
Shear modulus
PR
Poisson's ratio
TY
Tension yield.
SRTV
Youngs modulus (E)
LCPY
Load curve ID giving pressure versus volumetric strain, see Figure 2-38.
LCUYS
Load curve ID giving uniaxial stress versus volumetric strain, see Figure
2-38.
LCSR
Load curve ID giving strain rate scale factor versus volumetric strain
rate.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-635 (MAT)
*MAT_144
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
VC
Viscous damping coefficient (.05 <recommended value < .50).
DFLG
Density flag:
EQ.0.0: use initial density
EQ.1.0: use current density (larger step size with less mass scaling).
Remarks:
The logarithmic volumetric strain is defined in terms of the relative volume, , as:
a = ln( )
In defining the curves the stress and strain pairs should be positive values starting with a volumetric strain value of zero.
2-636 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_145
*MAT_SCHWER_MURRAY_CAP_MODEL
This is Material Type 145. The Schwer & Murray Cap Model, known as the Continuous Surface
Cap Model, is a three invariant extension of the Geological Cap Model (Material Type 25) that
also includes viscoplasticity for rate effects and damage mechanics to model strain softening.
The primary references are Schwer and Murray [1994], Schwer [1994], and Murray and Lewis
[1994]. The model is appropriate for geomaterials including soils, concrete, and rocks.
Warning: no default input parameter values are assumed, but recommendations for the more obscure parameters are provided in the descriptions that follow.
Card 1
MID
RO
SHEAR
BULK
GRUN
SHOCK
PORE
A8
ALPHA
THETA
GAMMA
BETA
EFIT
FFIT
ALPHAN
CALPHA
Type
Card 3
RO
XO
IROCK
SECP
AFIT
BFIT
RDAMO
Type
Card 4
Variable
D1
D2
NPLOT
EPSMAX
CFIT
DFIT
TFAIL
Type
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-637 (MAT)
*MAT_145
Card 5
FAILFL
DBETA
DDELTA
VPTAU
Type
Card 6
ALPHA1
THETA1
Variable
Variable
Type
GAMMA1
BETA1
ALPHA2
THETA2
GAMMA2
BETA2
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
SHEAR
Shear modulus, G
BULK
Bulk modulus, K
GRUN
SHOCK
PORE
ALPHA
THETA
GAMMA
BETA
EFIT
2-638 (MAT)
Gruneisen ratio (typically = 0),
Shock velocity parameter (typically 0), Sl
Flag for pore collapse

EQ.0.0: for Pore collapse
EQ.1.0: for Constant bulk modulus (typical)
Shear failure parameter, y

Shear failure parameter,
Shear failure parameter, a
Shear failure parameter, z
Q08 = # (0 ) = y aexp(z0 ) + 0
Dilitation damage mechanics parameter (no damage = 1)

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_145
VARIABLE
FFIT
ALPHAN
CALPHAN
R0
X0
IROCK
DESCRIPTION
Dilitation damage mechanics parameter (no damage = 0)

Kinematic strain hardening parameter, 7
Kinematic strain hardening parameter,

Initial cap surface ellipticity, R
Initial cap surface 0 (mean stress) axis intercept, (U )

EQ.0: soils (cap can contract)
EQ.1: rock/concrete
SECP
Shear enhanced compaction
AFIT
Ductile damage mechanics parameter (=1 no damage)
BFIT
Ductile damage mechanics parameter (=0 no damage)
RDAM0
Ductile damage mechanics parameter
Plastic Volume Strain parameter, W
D1
Plastic Volume Strain parameter, D1
D2
Plastic Volume Strain parameter, D2
NPLOT
EPSMAX
QA =
(1 exp9 ((U) (U )) 8 ((U) (U ))8 :)
History variable post-processed as effective plastic strain

(See Table 2.8 for history variables available for plotting)
Maximum permitted strain increment (default = 0)

j
Q = 0.05(y 7 a)min ,
(calculated default)
<
CFIT
Brittle damage mechanics parameter (=1 no damage)
DFIT
Brittle damage mechanics parameter (=0 no damage)
TFAIL
LS-DYNA R7.0
Tensile failure stress
2-639 (MAT)
*MAT_145
VARIABLE
FAILFL
DBETA
DDELTA
VPTAU
ALPHA1
THETA1
GAMMA1
BETA1
ALPHA2
THETA2
GAMMA2
BETA2
DESCRIPTION
Flag controlling element deletion and effect of damage on stress

(see Remarks 1 and 2):
EQ.1: DEF reduces with increasing damage; element is deleted
when fully damaged (default)
EQ.-1: DEF reduces with increasing damage; element is not deleted
EQ.2: EF reduces with increasing damage; element is deleted when
fully damaged
EQ.-2: EF reduces with increasing damage; element is not deleted
Rounded vertices parameter, z
Rounded vertices parameter, J
Viscoplasticity relaxation time parameter,
Torsion scaling parameter, y

y < 0 |y | = Friction Angle (degrees)
Torsion scaling parameter,
Torsion scaling parameter, a
Torsion scaling parameter, z
= y a exp(z 0 ) + 0 8
Tri-axial extension scaling parameter, y8

Tri-axial extension scaling parameter,8
Tri-axial extension scaling parameter, a8
Tri-axial extension scaling parameter, z8

8
= y8 a8 exp(z8 0 ) + 8 0
Remarks:
1.
2.
FAILFL controls whether the damage accumulation applies to either the total stress tensorD3 or the deviatoric stress tensor 3 . When FAILFL = 2, damage does not diminish the
ability of the material to support hydrostatic stress.
FAILFL also serves as a flag to control element deletion. Fully damaged elements are
deleted only if FAILFL is a positive value. When MAT_145 is used with the ALE or
EFG solvers, failed elements should not be eroded and so a negative value of FAILFL
should be used.
2-640 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_145
Output History Variables
All the output parameters listed in Table 2.7 is available for post-processing using LS-PrePost
and its displayed list of History Variables. The LS-DYNA input parameter NEIPH should be set
to 26; see for example the keyword input for *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY.
PLOT
Function
(U)
(U)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
08
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Description
0 intercept of cap surface
0 value at cap-shear surface intercept
Cap surface ellipticity
Rubin function
Plastic volume strain

Yield Flag ( = 0 elastic)
Number of strain sub-increments
Kinematic hardening back stress
Ductile damage
Ductile damage threshold
Strain energy
Brittle damage
Brittle damage threshold
Brittle energy norm
0 (w/o visco-damage/plastic)
Lode Angle
Maximum damage parameter
future variable
future variable
future variable
future variable
Table 2.11. Output variables for post-processing using NPLOT parameter.

Sample Input for Concrete
Gran and Senseny [1996] report the axial stress versus strain response for twelve unconfined
compression tests of concrete, used in scale-model reinforced-concrete wall tests. The Schwer &
Murray Cap Model parameters provided below were used, see Schwer [2001], to model the unconfined compression test stress-strain response for the nominal 40 MPa strength concrete reLS-DYNA R7.0
2-641 (MAT)
*MAT_145
ported by Gran and Senseny. The basic units for the provided parameters are length in millimeters (mm), time in milliseconds (msec), and mass in grams (g). This base unit set yields units of
force in Newtons (N) and pressure in Mega-Pascals (MPa).
Keyword:
Card 1
MID
RO
SHEAR
BULK
GRUN
SHOCK
PORE
A8
2.3E-3
1.048E4
1.168E4
0.0
0.0
1.
ALPHA
THETA
GAMMA
BETA
EFIT
FFIT
ALPHAN
CALPHA
190.0
0.0
184.2
2.5E-3
0.999
0.7
2.5
2.5E3
Variable
R0
X0
IROCK
SECP
AFIT
BFIT
RDAM0
Type
5.0
100.0
1.0
0.0
0.999
0.3
0.94
Card 4
Variable
D1
D2
NPLOT
EPSMAX
CFIT
DFIT
TFAIL
5.0E-2
2.5E-4
3.5E-7
23.0
0.0
1.0
300.0
7.0
FAILFG
DBETA
DDELTA
VPTAU
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
Card 3
Type
Card 5
Variable
Type
2-642 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_145
Card 6
Variable
Type
ALPHA1
THETA1
GAMMA1
BETA1
ALPHA2
THETA2
GAMMA2
BETA2
0.747
3.3E-4
0.17
5.0E-2
0.66
4.0E-4
0.16
5.0E-2
User Input Parameters and System of Units
Consider the following basic units:

Length - (e.g. millimeters - mm )
Mass - (e.g. grams - g )
Time - /(e.g. milliseconds - ms )
The following consistent unit systems can then be derived using Newton's Law, i.e. =
and
and
Force - =
// 8 [ g-mm/ms 8 = Kg-m/s 8 = Newton - N ]
Density - " =
Stress - D = /
User Inputs and Units:

Card 1
x.
[ N/mm 8 = 10 Y N/m 8 = 10 Y Pascals = MPa ]

[ g/mm = 10 Y Kg/m ]
MID
RO
SHEAR
BULK
GRUN
SHOCK
PORE
Units
Density
M/L
Stress F/L 8
Stress F/L 8
Card 2
ALPHA
THETA
GAMMA
BETA
EFIT
FFIT
ALPHAN
CALPHA
Stress F/L2
Stress
F/L2
Variable
Variable
Units
Stress F/L2
LS-DYNA R7.0
Stress F/L2
Stress
5
6
/ 8
Stress
5
6
/ 8
/8
2-643 (MAT)
*MAT_145
Card 3
Variable
R0
X0
IROCK
SECP
AFIT
BFIT
RDAM0
Stress
5
6
/ 8
Stress F/L2
Units
/8
Stress
5
6
/ 8
/8
Card 4
Variable
D1
D2
NPLOT
MAXEPS
CFIT
DFIT
TFAIL
Stress
5
6
/ 8
Units
Card 5
Variable
Stress
5
6
/ 8
FAILFG
DBETA
DDELTA
VPTAU
Units
Angle
degrees
Card 6
Stress
5
6
/ 8
/8
Time T
Variable
ALPHA1
THETA1
GAMMA1
BETA1
ALPHA2
THETA2
GAMMA2
Units
Stress F/L2
Card 6
Stress F/L 8
Stress F/L2
2
Stress Stress F/L
5
6
/ 8
Stress F/L2
BETA2
Stress
5
6
/ 8
Variable
ALPHA1
THETA1
GAMMA1
BETA1
ALPHA2
THETA2
GAMMA2
BETA2
Units
Stress F/L2
2-644 (MAT)
Stress F/L2
Stress
5
6
/ 8
Stress F/L2
Stress F/L2
Stress
5
6
/ 8
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_146
*MAT_1DOF_GENERALIZED_SPRING
This is Material Type 146. This is a linear spring or damper that allows different degrees-offreedom at two nodes to be coupled.
Card 1
MID
RO
SCLN1
SCLN2
DOFN1
DOFN2
A8
CID1
CID2
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Spring stiffness.
Damping constant.
SCLN1
Scale factor on force at node 1. Default=1.0.
SCLN2
Scale factor on force at node 2. Default=1.0.
DOFN1
Active degree-of-freedom at node 1, a number between 1 to 6 where 1 is

x-translation and 4 is x-rotation. If this parameter is defined in the
SECTION_BEAM definition or on the ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALAR
card, then the value here, if defined, is ignored.
DOFN2
Active degree-of-freedom at node 2, a number between 1 to 6. If this

parameter is defined in the SECTION_BEAM definition or on the ELEMENT_BEAM_SCALAR card, then the value here, if defined, is ignored.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-645 (MAT)
*MAT_146
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
CID1
Local coordinate system at node 1. This coordinate system can be

overwritten by a local system specified on the *ELEMENT_BEAM
_SCALAR or *SECTION_BEAM keyword input. If no coordinate system is specified, the global system is used.
CID2
Local coordinate system at node 2. If CID2=0, CID2=CID1.
2-646 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_147
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL
This is Material Type 147. This is an isotropic material with damage and is available for solid
elements. The model has a modified Mohr-Coulomb surface to determine the pressure dependent peak shear strength. It was developed for applications involving roadbase soils by Lewis
[1999] for the FHWA, who extended the work of Abbo and Sloan [1995] to include excess pore
water effects.
Card 1
MID
RO
NPLOT
SPGRAV
RHOWAT
VN
A8
Default
none
none
none
1.0
0.0
0.0
Card 2
Variable
PHIMAX
AHYP
COH
ECCEN
AN
ET
Type
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 3
MCONT
PWD1
PWKSK
PWD2
PHIRES
DINT
VDFM
DAMLEV
none
none
none
none
0.0
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
GAMMAR INTRMX
2-647 (MAT)
*MAT_147
Card 4
Variable
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL
2
EPSMAX
Type
Default
none
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
NPLOT
SPGRAV
RHOWATt
Controls what is written as component 7 to the d3plot database. LSPrePost always blindly labels this component as effective plastic strain.
EQ.1: Effective Strain
EQ.2: Damage Criterion Threshold
EQ.3: Damage (diso)
EQ.4: Current Damage Criterion
EQ.5: Pore Water Pressure
EQ.6: Current Friction Angle (phi)
Specific Gravity of Soil used to get porosity.
Density of water in model units - used to determine air void strain (saturation)
VN
Viscoplasticity parameter (strain-rate enhanced strength)
GAMMAr
Viscoplasticity parameter (strain-rate enhanced strength)
ITERMAXx
Maximum number of plasticity iterations (default 1)
Bulk Modulus (non-zero)
Shear modulus (non-zero)
PHIMAX
Peak Shear Strength Angle (friction angle) (radians)
AHYP
Coefficient A for modified Drucker-Prager Surface
COH
2-648 (MAT)
Cohesion Shear Strength at zero confinement (overburden)

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_147
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL
VARIABLE
ECCEN
DESCRIPTION
Eccentricity parameter for third invariant effects
AN
Strain hardening percent of phi max where non-linear effects start
ET
Strain Hardening Amount of non-linear effects
MCONT
PWD1
Moisture Content of Soil (Determines amount of air voids) (0-1.00)

Parameter for pore water effects on bulk modulus
PWKSK
Skeleton bulk modulus- Pore water parameter set to zero to eliminate

effects
PWD2
Parameter for pore water effects on the effective pressure (confinement)
PHIRES
The minimum internal friction angle, radians (residual shear strength)
DINT
Volumetric Strain at Initial damage threshold, EMBED Equation.3
VDFM
Void formation energy (like fracture energy)
DAMLEV
Level of damage that will cause element deletion (0.0-1.0)
EPSMAX
Maximum principle failure strain
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-649 (MAT)
*MAT_147_N
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL_NEBRASKA
This is an option to use the default properties determined for soils used at the University of Nebraska (Lincoln). The default units used for this material are millimeter, millisecond, and kilograms. If different units are desired, the conversion factors must be input.
This is Material Type 147. This is an isotropic material with damage and is available for solid
elements. The model has a modified Mohr-Coulomb surface to determine the pressure dependent peak shear strength. It was developed for applications involving road base soils.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
VARIABLE
MID
FCTIM
MID
FCTIM
FCTMAS
FCTLEN
A8
none
none
none
1.0
0.0
0.0
DESCRIPTION
Factor to multiply milliseconds by to get desired time units
FCTMAS
Factor to multiply kilograms by to get desired mass units
FCTLEN
Factor to multiply millimeters by to get desired length units
2-650 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_148
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
This is Material Type 148. This model is for the simulation of thermally equilibrated ideal gas
mixtures. This only works with the multi-material ALE formulation (ELFORM=11 in
*SECTION_SOLID). This keyword needs to be used together with *INITIAL_GAS_MIXTURE
for the initialization of gas densities and temperatures. When applied in the context of ALE airbag modeling, the injection of inflator gas is done with a *SECTION_POINT_SOURCE_ MIXTURE command which controls the injection process. This material model type also has its
name start with *MAT_ALE_. For example, an identical material model to this is
*MAT_ALE_GAS_MIXTURE (or also, *MAT_ALE_02).
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
IADIAB
RUNIV
A8
none
0.0
Remark
Card 2: Method (A) RUNIV=BLANK or 0.0

Card 2
Variable
Per-mass unit is used
CVmass1
CVmass2
CVmass3
CVmass4
CVmass5
CVmass6
CVmass7
CVmass8
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Type
Default
Remark
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-651 (MAT)
*MAT_148
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
Card 3: Method (A) RUNIV=BLANK or 0.0

Card 3
Variable
Type
Default
Per-mass unit is used
CPmass1
CPmass 2
CPmass 3
CPmass 4
CPmass 5
CPmass6
CPmass 7
CPmass 8
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Remark
Card 2: Method (B) RUNIV is nonzero

Card 2
Variable
Type
MOLWT1 MOLWT2 MOLWT3 MOLWT4 MOLWT5 MOLWT6 MOLWT7 MOLWT8

F
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Remark

Card 3
Per-mole unit is used
CPmole1
CPmole2
CPmole3
CPmole4
CPmole5
CPmole6
CPmole7
CPmole8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Remark
Variable
Type
2-652 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_148
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
Card 4
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Remark
Variable
Type

Card 5
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Remark
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
IADIAB
This flag (default=0) is used to turn ON/OFF adiabatic compression

logics for an ideal gas (remark 5).
EQ.0: OFF (default)
EQ.1: ON
RUNIV
Universal gas constant in per-mole unit (8.31447 J/(mole*K)).
CVmass1CVmass8
If RUNIV is BLANK or zero (method A): Heat capacity at constant volume for up to eight different gases in per-mass unit.
CPmass1CPmass8
If RUNIV is BLANK or zero (method A): Heat capacity at constant

pressure for up to eight different gases in per-mass unit.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-653 (MAT)
*MAT_148
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MOLWT1MOLWT8
If RUNIV is nonzero (method B): Molecular weight of each ideal gas in

the mixture (mass-unit/mole).
CPmole1CPmole8
If RUNIV is nonzero (method B): Heat capacity at constant pressure for

up to eight different gases in per-mole unit. These are nominal heat capacity values typically at STP. These are denoted by the variable A in
the equation in remark 2.
B1-B8
If RUNIV is nonzero (method B): First order coefficient for a temperature dependent heat capacity at constant pressure for up to eight different
gases. These are denoted by the variable B in the equation in remark
2.
C1-C8
If RUNIV is nonzero (method B): Second order coefficient for a temperature dependent heat capacity at constant pressure for up to eight different gases. These are denoted by the variable C in the equation in remark 2.
Remarks:
1.
There are 2 methods of defining the gas properties for the mixture. If RUNIV is BLANK
or ZERO
Method (A) is used to define constant heat capacities where per-mass unit
values of Cv and Cp are input. Only cards 2 and 3 are required for this method. Method
(B) is used to define constant or temperature dependent heat capacities where per-mole
unit values of Cp are input. Cards 2-5 are required for this method.
2.
The per-mass-unit, temperature-dependent, constant-pressure heat capacity is

- (/) =
9mOo?Ob? P :
h = -A ~ 0(mole )
k~ 0(mole
-~ 0(mole
)
)
The units shown are only for demonstration of the equation.
3.
The initial temperature and the density of the gas species present in a mesh or part at time
zero is specified by the keyword *INITIAL_GAS_MIXTURE.
4.
The ideal gas mixture is assumed to be thermal equilibrium, that is, all species are at the
same temperature (T). The gases in the mixture are also assumed to follow Daltons Parngas
;E =
tial Pressure Law, ; = E ;E . The partial pressure of each gas is then
juniv
"E gas / where gas =
. The individual gas species temperature equals the mixture
E
E
temperature. The temperature is computed from the internal energy where the mixture internal energy per unit volume is used,
2-654 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_148
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
4 = E
ngas
"E - /E = E
/ = /E = ngas
ngas
"E - /
In general, the advection step conserves momentum and internal energy, but not kinetic
energy. This can result in energy lost in the system and lead to a pressure drop. In
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE the dissipated kinetic energy is automatically converted into
heat (internal energy). Thus in effect the total energy is conserved instead of conserving
just the internal energy. This numerical scheme has been shown to improve accuracy in
some cases. However, the user should always be vigilant and check the physics of the
problem closely.
5.
As an example consider an airbag surrounded by ambient air. As the inflator gas flows
into the bag, the ALE elements cut by the airbag fabric shell elements will contain some
inflator gas inside and some ambient air outside. The multi-material element treatment is
not perfect. Consequently the temperature of the outside air may be made artificially
high after the multi-material element treatment. To prevent the outside ambient air from
getting artificially high T, set IDIAB=1 for the ambient air outside. Simple adiabatic
compression equation is then assumed for the outside air. The use of this flag may be
needed, but only when that air is modeled by the *MAT_GAS_MIXTURE card.
Example:
Consider a tank test model where the Lagrangian tank (Part S1) is surrounded by an ALE air
mesh (Part H4=AMMGID 1). There are 2 ALE parts which are defined but initially have no corresponding mesh: part 5 (H5=AMMGID 2) is the resident gas inside the tank at t = 0, and part 6
(H6=AMMGID 2) is the inflator gas(es) which is injected into the tank when t > 0. AMMGID
stands for ALE Multi-Material Group ID. Please see Figure 2-74 and input below. The
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE (MGM) card defines the gas properties of ALE parts H5 & H6. The
MGM card input for both method (A) and (B) are shown.
The *INITIAL_GAS_MIXTURE card is also shown. It basically specifies that AMMGID 2
may be present in part or mesh H4 at t=0, and the initial density of this gas is defined in the rho1
position which corresponds to the 1st material in the mixture (or H5, the resident gas).
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-655 (MAT)
*MAT_148
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
Cut-off view
S1= tank
H4=AMMG1=background outside air (initially defined ALE
mesh)
H5=AMMG2=initial gas inside the

tank (this has no initial mesh)
H6=AMMG2=inflator gas(es) injected in (this has no initial mesh)
Figure 2-74.
Example configuration:
Sample input:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------*PART
H5 = initial gas inside the tank
$
PID
SECID
MID
EOSID
HGID
GRAV
ADPOPT
TMID
5
5
5
0
5
0
0
*SECTION_SOLID
5
11
0
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$ Example 1: Constant heat capacities using per-mass unit.
$*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
$
MID
IADIAB
R_univ
$
5
0
0
$ Cv1_mas
Cv2_mas
Cv3_mas
Cv4_mas
Cv5_mas
Cv6_mas
Cv7_mas
Cv8_mas
$718.7828911237.56228
$ Cp1_mas
Cp2_mas
Cp3_mas
Cp4_mas
Cp5_mas
Cp6_mas
Cp7_mas
Cp8_mas
$1007.00058 1606.1117
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$ Example 2: Variable heat capacities using per-mole unit.
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
$
MID
IADIAB
R_univ
5
0 8.314470
$
MW1
MW2
MW3
MW4
MW5
MW6
MW7
MW8
0.0288479
0.02256
$ Cp1_mol
Cp2_mol
Cp3_mol
Cp4_mol
Cp5_mol
Cp6_mol
Cp7_mol
Cp8_mol
29.049852 36.23388
$
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
7.056E-3 0.132E-1
$
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
-1.225E-6 -0.190E-5
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2-656 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
*MAT_148
$ One card is defined for each AMMG that will occupy some elements of a mesh set
*INITIAL_GAS_MIXTURE
$
SID
STYPE
MMGID
T0
4
1
1
298.15
$
RHO1
RHO2
RHO3
RHO4
RHO5
RHO6
RHO7
RHO8
1.17913E-9
$
SID
STYPE
MMGID
T0
4
1
2
298.15
$
RHO1
RHO2
RHO3
RHO4
RHO5
RHO6
RHO7
RHO8
1.17913E-9
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-657 (MAT)
*MAT_151
*MAT_EMMI
*MAT_EMMI
This is Material Type 151. The Evolving Microstructural Model of Inelasticity (EMMI) is a
temperature and rate-dependent state variable model developed to represent the large deformation of metals under diverse loading conditions [Marin 2005]. This model is available for 3D
solid elements, 2D solid elements and thick shell forms 3 and 5 .
Card 1
MID
RHO
PR
A8
RGAS
BVECT
D0
QD
CV
ADRAG
Type
Card 3
DMPHI
DNTHETA
DNPHI
THETA0
THETAM
BETA0
BTHETA
DMR
Type
Card 4
DNUC1
DNUC2
DNUC3
DNUC4
DM1
DM2
DM3
DM4
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-658 (MAT)
BDRAG DMTHETA
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_151
*MAT_EMMI
Card 5
DM5
Q1ND
Q2ND
Q3ND
Q4ND
CALPHA
CKAPPA
C1
Type
Card 6
C2ND
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7ND
C8ND
C9ND
Type
Card 7
C10
A1
A2
A3
A4
A_XX
A_YY
A_ZZ
Type
Card 8
A_XY
A_YZ
A_XZ
ALPHXX
ALPHYY
ALPHZZ
ALPHXY
ALPHYZ
Type
Card 9
ALPHXZ
DKAPPA
PHI0
PHICR
DLBDAG
FACTOR
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
RSWTCH DMGOPT
F
2-659 (MAT)
*MAT_151
*MAT_EMMI
Card 10
Variable
DELASO
DIMPLO
ATOL
RTOL
DINTER
Type
Card 11
Leave blank
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RHO
Material density.
Youngs modulus
PR
Poissons ratio
RGAS
universal gas constant.
BVECT
Burgers vector
D0
pre-exponential diffusivity coefficient
QD
activation energy
CV
specific heat at constant volume
ADRAG
drag intercept
BDRAG
drag coefficient
DMTHETA
DMPHI
DNTHETA
2-660 (MAT)
shear modulus temperature coefficient

shear modulus damage coefficient
bulk modulus temperature coefficient
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_151
*MAT_EMMI
VARIABLE
DNPHI
DESCRIPTION
bulk modulus damage coefficient
THETA0
reference temperature
THETAM
melt temperature
BETA0
BTHETA
DMR
coefficient of thermal expansion at reference temperature

thermal expansion temperature coefficient
damage rate sensitivity parameter
DNUC1
nucleation coefficient 1
DNUC2
DNUC3
DNUC4
DM1
coefficient of yield temperature dependence
DM2
DM3
DM4
DM5
Q1ND
dimensionless activation energy for f
Q2ND
dimensionless activation energy for rd
Q3ND
dimensionless activation energy for Rd
Q4ND
dimensionless activation energy Rs
CALPHA
coefficient for backstress alpha
CKAPPA
coefficient for internal stress kappa
C1
parameter for flow rule exponent n
C2ND
C3
LS-DYNA R7.0
parameter for transition rate f

parameter for alpha dynamic recovery rd
2-661 (MAT)
*MAT_151
*MAT_EMMI
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
C4
parameter for alpha hardening h
C5
parameter for kappa dynamic recovery Rd
C6
parameter for kappa hardening H
C7ND
parameter kappa static recovery Rs
C8ND
parameter for yield
C9ND
parameter for temperature dependence of flow rule exponent n
C10
parameter for static recovery (set=1)
A1
plastic anisotropy parameter
A2
A3
A4
A_XX
initial structure tensor component
A_YY
A_ZZ
A_XY
A_YZ
A_XZ
ALPHXX
initial backstress component
ALPHYY
ALPHZZ
ALPHXY
ALPHYZ
ALPHXZ
DKAPPA
initial isotropic internal stress
2-662 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_151
*MAT_EMMI
VARIABLE
PHI0
PHICR
DESCRIPTION
initial isotropic porosity

critical cutoff porosity
DLBDAG
slip system geometry parameter
FACTOR
fraction of plastic work converted to heat, adiabatic
RSWTCH
rate sensitivity switch
DMGOPT
Damage model option parameter

EQ.1.0: pressure independent Cocks/Ashby 1980
EQ.2.0: pressure dependent Cocks/Ashby 1980
EQ.3.0: pressure dependent Cocks 1989
DELASO
Temperature option
EQ.0.0: driven externally
EQ.1.0: adiabatic
DIMPLO
Implementation option flag

EQ.1.0: combined viscous drag and thermally activated dislocation
motion
EQ.2.0: separate viscous drag and thermally activated dislocation
motion
ATOL
absolute error tolerance for local Newton iteration
RTOL
relative error tolerance for local Newton iteration
DNITER
Remarks:
maximum number of iterations for local Newton iteration
= Q y
U = (i U)Q Usinh(
U)
3
D
= = k Q , Q = Ssinh s
1w
2
U+@
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-663 (MAT)
*MAT_151
Q equation
S = 8 exp 5
=
<
@ = @()
*MAT_EMMI
equation
= exp 5
U equation
8
6
= X exp 5
= W ()
i = Y ()
= exp 5
W
6
= exp 5
X
6
Table 2.12. Plasticity Material Functions of EMMI Model.

Void growth:
D#b , e , 2 =
2-664 (MAT)
2 =
(1 2) D#b , e , 2Q
1
3 (1 2)
3
+1
1w sinh
2(2 1) e
2 + 1 D#b
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_153
*MAT_DAMAGE_3
*MAT_DAMAGE_3
This is Material Type 153. This model has two back stress terms for kinematic hardening combined with isotropic hardening and a damage model for modeling low cycle fatigue and failure.
Huang [2006] programmed this model and provided it as a user subroutine with the documentation that follows. It is available for beam, shell and solid elements. This material model is available starting with the R3 release of Version 971.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
HARDI
BETA
LCSS
A8
SRC
SRP
HARDK1
GAMMA1 HARDK2 GAMMA2
Type
Card 3
IDAMAGE
IDS
IDEP
EPSD
DC
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
MID
RO
E
PR
SIGY
LS-DYNA R7.0
DESCRIPTION
Mass density, "
Youngs modulus, E
Poissons ratio, +
Initial yield stress, D (ignored if LCSS.GT.0)

2-665 (MAT)
*MAT_153
VARIABLE
HARDI
BETA
LCSS
HARDK1
GAMMA1
HARDK2
GAMMA2
*MAT_DAMAGE_3
DESCRIPTION
Isotropic hardening modulus, H (ignored if LCSS.GT.0)
Isotropic hardening parameter, z. Set z = 0 for linear isotropic hardening. (Ignored if LCSS.GT.0 or if HARDI.EQ.0.)
Load curve ID defining effective stress vs. effective plastic strain for
isotropic hardening. The first abscissa value must be
zero corresponding to the initial yield stress. The first ordinate
value is the initial yield stress.
Kinematic hardening modulus -
Kinematic hardening parameter a . Set a = 0 for linear

kinematic hardening. Ignored if (HARDK1.EQ.0) is defined.
Kinematic hardening modulus -8
Kinematic hardening parameter a8 . Set a8 = 0 for linear
kinematic hardening. Ignored if (HARDK2.EQ.0) is defined.

SRC
Strain rate parameter, C, for Cowper Symonds strain rate model, see below. If zero, rate effects are not considered.
SRP
Strain rate parameter, P, for Cowper Symonds strain rate model, see below. If zero, rate effects are not considered.
IDAMAGE
Isotropic damage flag

EQ. 0: damage is inactivated. IDS, IDEP, EPSD, S, T, DC are ignored.
EQ. 1: damage is activated
IDS
IDEP
EPSD
S
T
2-666 (MAT)
Output stress flag

EQ. 0: undamaged stress is D output
EQ. 1: damaged stress is D(1 ) output
Damaged plastic strain

EQ. 0: plastic strain is accumulated = Q
EQ. 1: damaged plastic strain is accumulated = (1 )Q
Damage threshold . Damage accumulation begins when >

Damage material constant S. Default = D 200
Damage material constant t. Default = 1
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_153
*MAT_DAMAGE_3
VARIABLE
DC
DESCRIPTION
Critical damage value = . When damage value reaches critical, the element is deleted from calculation. Default = 0.5
Remarks:
This model is based on the work of Lemaitre [1992], and Dufailly and Lemaitre [1995]. It is a
pressure-independent plasticity model with the yield surface defined by the function
where D. is uniaxial yield stress
= D D = 0
D = D +
i
91 exp(z):
z
By setting z = 0, a linear isotropic hardening is obtained

D = D + i
where D. s the initial yield stress. And D is the equivalent von Mises stress, with respect to the
deviatoric effective stress
s = 4+9
: = s
where s is deviatoric stress and is the back stress, which is decomposed into several components
=
and is effective stress (undamaged stress), based on Continuum Damage Mechanics model
[Lemaitre 1992]
where D is the isotropic damage scalar, which is bounded by 0 and 1

01
D = 0 represents a damage-free material RVE (representative Volume Element), while D = 1

represents a fully broken material RVE in two parts. In fact, fracture occurs when = = < 1,
modeled as element removal. The evolution of the isotropic damage value related to ductile
damage and fracture (the case where the plastic strain or dissipation is much larger than the elastic one, [Lemaitre 1992]) is defined as
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-667 (MAT)
*MAT_153
*MAT_DAMAGE_3
@
where
D
1
pl
= 5 6 Q > & Deq > 3
0 otherwise
&
is the stress triaxiality, is damage threshold, S is a material constant, and Y is strain
energy density release rate.
1
@ = el : el : el
2
Where el represents the fourth-order elasticity tensor, el is elastic strain. And t is a material
constant, introduced by Dufailly and Lemaitre [1995], to provide additional degree of freedom
for modeling low-cycle fatigue (f = 1 in Lemaitre [1992]). Dufailly and Lemaitre [1995] also
proposed a simplified method to fit experimental results and get S and t.
The equivalent Mises stress is defined as
3
3
D(ss# ) = k s# : s# = k ss#
2
2
The model assumes associated plastic flow

pl =
3 s#
=
2 D
Where is the plastic consistency parameter. The evolution of the kinematic component of the
model is defined as [Armstrong and Frederick 1966]:
2
F = -F pl aF F Q pl IDEP = 0
3
.
2
F = (1 ) 5 -F pl aF F Qpl 6 IDEP = 1
3
The damaged plastic strain is accumulated as

=
.
=
Qpl IDEP = 0
(1 )Q pl IDEP = 1
where Qpl is the equivalent plastic strain rate
2
Qpl = k pl : pl
3
2-668 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_153
*MAT_DAMAGE_3
where pl represents the rate of plastic flow.
with the factor
Q
1 + 5 6
-
where Q is the strain rate.
'
Table 2.9 shows the difference between MAT 153 and MAT 104/105. MAT 153 is less computationally expensive than MAT 104/105. Kinematic hardening, which already exists in MAT
103, is included in MAT 153, but not in MAT 104/105.
MAT 153
MAT 104
MAT 105
Computational cost
1.0
3.0
3.0
Isotropic hardening
One component
Two components
One component
Kinematic hardening
Two components
N/A
N/A
Output stress
D
D(1 )
IDS=0
IDS=1
D(1 )
= Q pl
IDEP=0
pl
(1
= )Q IDEP=1
Isotropic plasticity
Yes
Yes
Anisotropic plasticity
No
Yes
No
Isotropic damage
Yes
Yes
Yes
Anisotropic damage
No
Yes
No
Damaged plastic strain

Accumulation when
D
1
>
D#b
3
(1 )Q pl
D >0
Yes
D(1 )
(1 )Q pl
D >0
Table 2.13. Difference between MAT 153 and MAT 104/105
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-669 (MAT)
*MAT_154
*MAT_DESHPANDE_FLECK_FOAM
This is material type 154 for solid elements. This material is for modeling aluminum foam used
as a filler material in aluminum extrusions to enhance the energy absorbing capability of the extrusion. Such energy absorbers are used in vehicles to dissipate energy during impact. This
model was developed by Reyes, Hopperstad, Berstad, and Langseth [2002] and is based on the
foam model by Deshpande and Fleck [2000].
Card 1
MID
RHO
PR
ALPHA
GAMMA
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 2
EPSD
ALPHA2
BETA
SIGP
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
DERFI
CFAIL
PFAIL
NUM
none
none
none
none
none
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RHO
Mass density.
E
PR
ALPHA
GAMMA
EPSD
2-670 (MAT)
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Controls shape of yield surface.
See remarks.
Densification strain.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_154
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
ALPHA2
See remarks.
BETA
See remarks.
SIGP
See remarks.
DERFI
Type of derivation used in material subroutine

EQ.0: Numerical derivation
EQ.1: Analytical derivation
CFAIL
Failure volumetric strain.
PFAIL
Failure principal stress. Must be sustained NUM (>0) timesteps to fail

element.
NUM
Number of timesteps at or above PFAIL to trigger element failure.
Remarks:
The yield stress function is defined by:

The equivalent stress D is given by:
where, D
= D D
D 8 =
D 8 + y8D 8
y 8
1+
3
, is the von Mises effective stress:
In this equation D and D
#.
2
= k dev : dev
3
are the mean and deviatoric stress:
The yield stress D can be expressed as:
dev = D I
D = D + a
LS-DYNA R7.0
1
Q
+ y8 ln
Q
Q
1
Q
2-671 (MAT)
*MAT_154
Here, D , y8 , a and z are material parameters. The densification strain Q is defined as:
Q = ln
"$
"$
where "$ is the foam density and "$ is the density of the virgin material.
2-672 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_155
*MAT_PLASTICITY_COMPRESSION_TENSION_EOS
This is Material Type 155. An isotropic elastic-plastic material where unique yield stress versus
plastic strain curves can be defined for compression and tension. Also, failure can occur based
on a plastic strain or a minimum time step size. Rate effects on the yield stress are modeled either by using the Cowper-Symonds strain rate model or by using two load curves that scale the
yield stress values in compression and tension, respectively. Material rate effects, which are independent of the plasticity model, are based on a 6-term Prony series Maxwell mode that generates an additional stress tensor. The viscous stress tensor is superimposed on the stress tensor
generated by the plasticity. Pressure is defined by an equation of state, which is required to utilize this model. This model is applicable to solid elements and SPH.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
FAIL
TDEL
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
10.E+20
Card 2
LCIDC
LCIDT
LCSRC
LCSRT
SRFLAG
Type
Default
Card 3
PC
PT
PCUTC
PCUTT
PCUTF
Type
Default
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-673 (MAT)
*MAT_155
Card 4
Variable
Type
2
Optional
Cards
Variable
GI
BETAI
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
FAIL
Failure flag.
TDEL
LCIDC
Load curve ID defining yield stress versus effective plastic strain in

compression.
2-674 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_155
DESCRIPTION
LCIDT
Load curve ID defining yield stress versus effective plastic strain in tension.
LCSRC
when the material is in compression.
LCSRT
when the material is in tension.
SRFLAG

EQ.0.0: Total strain rate,
EQ.1.0: Deviatoric strain rate.
PC
Compressive mean stress (pressure) at which the yield stress follows

load curve ID, LCIDC. If the pressure falls between PC and PT a
weighted average of the two load curves is used.
PT
Tensile mean stress at which the yield stress follows load curve ID,
LCIDT.
PCUTC
Pressure cut-off in compression. When the pressure cut-off is reached

the deviatoric stress tensor is set to zero and the pressure remains at its
compressive value. Like the yield stress, PCUTC is scaled to account
for rate effects.
PCUTT
Pressure cut-off in tension. When the pressure cut-off is reached the deviatoric stress tensor and tensile pressure is set to zero. Like the yield
stress, PCUTT is scaled to account for rate effects.
PCUTF
Pressure cut-off flag.

EQ.0.0: Inactive,
EQ.1.0: Active.

GI
BETAI
Remarks:
The stress strain behavior follows a different curve in compression than it does in tension. Tension is determined by the sign of the mean stress where a positive mean stress (i.e., a negative
pressure) is indicative of tension. Two curves must be defined giving the yield stress versus effective plastic strain for both the tension and compression regimes.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-675 (MAT)
*MAT_155
Mean stress is an invariant which can be expressed as (x + y + z)/3. PC and PT define a

range of mean stress values within which interpolation is done between the tensile yield surface
and compressive yield surface. PC and PT are not true material properties but are just a numerical convenience so that the transition from one yield surface to the other is not abrupt as the sign
of the mean stress changes. Both PC and PT are input as positive values as it is implied that PC
is a compressive mean stress value and PT is tensile mean stress value.
Strain rate may be accounted for using the Cowper and Symonds model which scales the yield
Q '
1+5 6
2-676 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_156
*MAT_MUSCLE
*MAT_MUSCLE
This is material type 156 for truss elements. This material is a Hill-type muscle model with activation and a parallel damper. Also, see *MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE where a description of the
theory is available.
Card 1
MID
RO
SNO
SRM
PIS
SSM
CER
DMP
A8
ALM
SFR
SVS
SVR
SSP
0.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Default
Card 2
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Material density in the initial undeformed configuration.
SNO
Initial stretch ratio,
, i.e., the length as defined by the nodal points at
t=0 divided by the original initial length. The density for the nodal mass
calculation is RO/SNO, or
SRM
PIS
LS-DYNA R7.0
Maximum strain rate.

Peak isometric stress corresponding to the dimensionless value of unity
in the dimensionless stress versus strain function, see SSP below.
2-677 (MAT)
*MAT_156
*MAT_MUSCLE
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
SSM
Strain when the dimensionless stress versus strain function, SSP below,
reaches its maximum stress value.
CER
Constant, governing the exponential rise of SSP. Required if SSP=0.
DMP
Damping constant.
ALM
Activation level vs. time.

LT.0: absolute value gives load curve ID
GE.0: constant value of ALM is used
SFR
Scale factor for strain rate maximum vs. the stretch ratio,
GE.0: constant value of 1.0 is used
SVS
Active dimensionless tensile stress vs. the stretch ratio,

SVR
SSP
Active dimensionless tensile stress vs. the normalized strain rate, Q.

Isometric dimensionless stress vs. the stretch ratio,
for the parallel
elastic element.
LT.0: absolute value gives load curve ID or table ID (see below)
EQ.0: exponential function is used (see below)
GT.0: constant value of 0.0 is used
Remarks:
The material behavior of the muscle model is adapted from *MAT_S15, the spring muscle model and treated here as a standard material. The initial length of muscle is calculated automatically. The force, relative length and shortening velocity are replaced by stress, strain and strain rate.
A new parallel damping element is added.
The strain Q and normalized strain rate Q are defined respectively as
Q=
3 E
3
Q
Q =
3 Q
2-678 (MAT)
3
1
3
3
Q
= SNO
3 SFR SRM
1 = SNO
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_156
*MAT_MUSCLE
where Q = 3/f (current length change divided by current time step), l = current muscle length,
and 3 E = original muscle length.
From the relation above, it is known:
3
1+Q
where Q = SNO 1 and 3 = muscle length at time 0.

Stress of Contractile Element is:
D = D x(f) S(3/3
where D = PIS, x(f) = ALM, S(3/3
Stress of Passive Element is:
) (Q)
) = SVS, and (Q) = SVR.
D8 = D (3/3
D8 = D (Q, 3/3
(curve)
(table)
where = SSP. For SSP<0, the absolute value gives a load curve ID or table ID. The load curve
defines isometric dimensionless stress versus stretch ratio 3/3 E . The table defines for each
normalized strain rate Q a load curve giving the isometric dimensionless stress versus stretch
ratio 3/3 E for that rate.
For exponential relationship (SSP=0):
(l/3
)=
CER
1
s exp 5
Q6 1w
SSM
exp(CER) 1
Q SSM
Stress of Damping Element is:
= DMP
Total Stress is:
LS-DYNA R7.0
l/3
l/3
l/3
<1
1 CER 0
1 CER = 0
D = D + D8 + D
2-679 (MAT)
*MAT_157
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC_PLASTIC
This is Material Type 157. This material model is a combination of the anisotropic elastic material model (MAT_002) and the anisotropic plastic material model (MAT_103_P).
Card 1
MID
RO
SIGY
LCSS
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
A8
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C22
C23
Type
Card 3
C24
C25
C26
C33
C34
C35
C36
C44
Type
Card 4
C45
C46
C55
C56
C66
R00
R45
R90
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-680 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_157
Card 5
S11
S22
S33
S12
AOPT
Type
Card 6
Not used
Not used
Not used
Variable
Variable
Type
Card 7
Variable
Type
A1
A2
A3
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
SIGY
LCSS
Load curve ID. The load curve ID defines effective stress versus effective plastic strain. QR1, CR1, QR2, and CR2 are ignored with this option.
QR1
Isotropic hardening parameter Qr1
CR1
Isotropic hardening parameter Cr1
QR2
Isotropic hardening parameter Qr2
CR2
Isotropic hardening parameter Cr2
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-681 (MAT)
*MAT_157
VARIABLE
CIJ
R00
R45
R90
S11
DESCRIPTION
The I, J term in the 66 anisotropic constitutive matrix. Note that 1 corresponds to the a material direction, 2 to the b material direction, and 3
to the c material direction.

Yield stress in local-x direction.

This input is ignored if (R00, R45, R90) > 0.
S22
Yield stress in local-y direction.

S33
Yield stress in local-z direction.

S12
Yield stress in local-xy direction.

AOPT

more complete description.
EQ.0.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element nodes as shown in Figure 2-3, and then rotated about the shell
element normal by the angle BETA. Nodes 1, 2, and 4 of an element
A1, A2, A3
a1, a2, a3 define components of vector a for AOPT=2.
D1, D2, D3
d1, d2, d3 define components of vector d for AOPT=2.
V1, V2, V3
v1, v2, v3 define components of vector v for AOPT=3 and 4.
2-682 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
BETA
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_157
DESCRIPTION

2-683 (MAT)
*MAT_158
*MAT_RATE_SENSITIVE_COMPOSITE_FABRIC
This is Material Type 158. Depending on the type of failure surface, this model may be used to
model rate sensitive composite materials with unidirectional layers, complete laminates, and woven fabrics. A viscous stress tensor, based on an isotropic Maxwell model with up to six terms
in the Prony series expansion, is superimposed on the rate independent stress tensor of the composite fabric. The viscous stress tensor approach should work reasonably well if the stress increases due to rate affects are up to 15% of the total stress. This model is implemented for both
shell and thick shell elements. The viscous stress tensor is effective at eliminating spurious
stress oscillations.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
(EC)
PRBA
TAU1
GAMMA1
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
SLIMT1
SLIMC1
SLIMT2
SLIMC2
SLIMS
Type
Card 3
AOPT
TSIZE
ERODS
SOFT
FS
Type
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-684 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_158
Card 5
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
Type
Card 6
E11C
E11T
E22C
E22T
GMS
Type
Card 7
XC
XT
YC
YT
SC
Type
Card 8
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
Variable
Cards opt.
Variable
GI
BETAI
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-685 (MAT)
*MAT_158
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
EA
EB
(EC)
Ec, Youngs modulus - normal direction (not used)
PRBA
TAU1
1, stress limit of the first slightly nonlinear part of the shear stress versus shear strain curve. The values 1 and 1 are used to define a curve
of shear stress versus shear strain. These values are input if FS, defined
below, is set to a value of -1.
GAMMA1
1, strain limit of the first slightly nonlinear part of the shear stress versus shear strain curve.
GAB
GBC
GCA
SLIMT1
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (fiber tension).
SLIMC1
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (fiber compression).
SLIMT2
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (matrix tension).
SLIMC2
Factor to determine the minimum stress limit after stress maximum (matrix compression).
SLIMS

(shear).
2-686 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_158
DESCRIPTION
AOPT

material axes about the element normal by an angle (BETA) from a
TSIZE
Time step for automatic element deletion.
ERODS
Maximum effective strain for element layer failure. A value of unity

would equal 100% strain.
SOFT
FS
Softening reduction factor for strength in the crashfront.

Failure surface type:
EQ.1.0: smooth failure surface with a quadratic criterion for both the
fiber (a) and transverse (b) directions. This option can be used with
complete laminates and fabrics.
EQ.0.0: smooth failure surface in the transverse (b) direction with a
limiting value in the fiber (a) direction. This model is appropriate
for unidirectional (UD) layered composites only.
EQ.-1: faceted failure surface. When the strength values are reached
then damage evolves in tension and compression for both the fiber
and transverse direction. Shear behavior is also considered. This
option can be used with complete laminates and fabrics.
XP YP ZP
Define coordinates of point p for AOPT = 1.
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA
LS-DYNA R7.0

2-687 (MAT)
*MAT_158
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
E11C
Strain at longitudinal compressive strength, a-axis.
E11T
Strain at longitudinal tensile strength, a-axis.
E22C
Strain at transverse compressive strength, b-axis.
E22T
Strain at transverse tensile strength, b-axis.
GMS
Strain at shear strength, ab plane.
XC
Longitudinal compressive strength
XT
YC
Transverse compressive strength, b-axis, see below.
YT
SC
Shear strength, ab plane.

GI
BETAI
Remarks:
See the remark for material type 58, *MAT_LAMINATED_COMPOSITE_FABRIC, for the
treatment of the composite material.
Rate effects are taken into account through a Maxwell model using linear viscoelasticity by a
convolution integral of the form:
DEF =
&
EFH (f
RM
to the stress tensor determined from the strain energy functional. Since we wish to include only
simple rate effects, the relaxation function is represented by six terms from the Prony series:
(f) = ' 4
O &
We characterize this in the input by the shear moduli, E , and decay constants, zE . An arbitrary
number of terms, not exceeding 6, may be used when applying the viscoelastic model. The
composite failure is not directly affected by the presence of the viscous stress tensor.
2-688 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_159
*MAT_CSCM
*MAT_CSCM _{OPTION}
This is material type 159. This is a smooth or continuous surface cap model and is available for
solid elements in LS-DYNA. The user has the option of inputting his own material properties
(<BLANK> option), or requesting default material properties for normal strength concrete
(CONCRETE).
<BLANK>
CONCRETE
such that the keyword cards appear as:

*MAT_CSCM
*MAT_CSCM _CONCRETE
Define the next two cards for all options:
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
MID
RO
NPLOT
INCRE
IRATE
ERODE
RECOV
ITRETRC
A8
PRED
Type
Define the following card for the CONCRETE option. Do not define for the <BLANK> option.
Card 3
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
FPC
DAGG
UNITS
2-689 (MAT)
*MAT_159
*MAT_CSCM
Define the following cards for the <BLANK> option. Do not define for CONCRETE.
Card 3
Variable
ALPHA
THETA
LAMDA
BETA
NH
CH
Type
Card 4
ALPHA1
THETA1
LAMDA1
BETA1
ALPHA2
THETA2
LAMDA2
BETA2
Type
Card 5
Variable
X0
D1
D2
Type
Card 6
Variable
GFC
GFT
GFS
PWRC
PWRT
PMOD
Type
Card 7
ETA0C
NC
ETA0T
NT
OVERC
OVERT
SRATE
REPOW
Variable
Variable
Type
2-690 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_159
*MAT_CSCM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
NPLOT
INCRE
Controls what is written as component 7 to the d3plot database. LSPrepost always blindly labels this component as effective plastic strain:
EQ.1: Maximum of brittle and ductile damage (default).
EQ.2: Maximum of brittle and ductile damage, with recovery of brittle damage.
EQ.3: Brittle damage.
EQ.4: Ductile damage.
EQ.5: (intersection of cap with shear surface).
EQ.6: X0 (intersection of cap with pressure axis).
=
EQ.7: Q (plastic volume strain).
Maximum strain increment for subincrementation. If left blank, a default value is set during initialization based upon the shear strength and
stiffness.
IRATE
Rate effects options:

EQ.0: Rate effects model turned off (default).
EQ.1: Rate effects model turned on.
ERODE
Elements erode when damage exceeds 0.99 and the maximum principal
strain exceeds ERODE-1.0. For erosion that is independent of strain,
set ERODE equal to 1.0. Erosion does not occur if ERODE is less than
1.0.
RECOV
The modulus is recovered in compression when RECOV is equal to 0

(default). The modulus remains at the brittle damage level when RECOV is equal to 1. Partial recovery is modeled for values of RECOV
between 0 and 1. Two options are available:
EQ.1: Input a value between 0 and 1. Recovery is based upon the
sign of the pressure invariant only.
EQ.2: Input a value between 10 and 11. Recovery is based upon the
sign of both the pressure and volumetric strain. In this case, RECOV=RECOV-10, and a flag is set to request the volumetric strain
check.
IRETRC
Cap retraction option:

EQ.0: Cap does not retract (default).
EQ.1: Cap retracts.
PRED
LS-DYNA R7.0
Pre-existing damage (0 PreD < 1). If left blank, the default is zero (no
pre-existing damage).
2-691 (MAT)
*MAT_159
*MAT_CSCM
Define for the CONCRETE option. Note that the default concrete input parameters are for
normal strength concrete with unconfined compression strengths between about 28 and 58
MPa.
VARIABLE
FPC
DESCRIPTION
Unconfined compression strength, f 'C. If left blank, default is 30 MPa.
DAGG
Maximum aggregate size, Dagg. If left blank, default is 19 mm (3/4

inch).
UNITS
Units options:
EQ.0: GPa, mm, msec, Kg/mm3, kN
EQ.1: MPa, mm, msec, g/mm3, N
EQ.2: MPa, mm, sec, Mg/mm3, N
EQ.3: Psi, inch, sec, lbf-s2/inch4, lbf
EQ.4: Pa, m, sec, kg/m3, N
Define for <BLANK> option only.

VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Shear modulus.
Bulk modulus.
ALPHA
Tri-axial compression surface constant term, .
THETA
Tri-axial compression surface linear term, .
LAMDA
Tri-axial compression surface nonlinear term, .
BETA
Tri-axial compression surface exponent, .
ALPHA1
Torsion surface constant term, 1.
THETA1
Torsion surface linear term, 1.
LAMDA1
Torsion surface nonlinear term, 1.
BETA1
Torsion surface exponent, 1.
ALPHA2
Tri-axial extension surface constant term, 2.
THETA2
Tri-axial extension surface linear term, 2.
LAMDA2
Tri-axial extension surface nonlinear term, 2.
BETA2
2-692 (MAT)
Tri-axial extension surface exponent, 2.

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_159
*MAT_CSCM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
NH
Hardening initiation, NH.
CH
Hardening rate, CH.
Cap aspect ratio, R.
X0
Cap initial location, X0.
Maximum plastic volume compaction, W.
D1
Linear shape parameter, D1.
D2
Quadratic shape parameter, D2.
Ductile shape softening parameter, B.
GFC
Fracture energy in uniaxial stress Gfc.
Brittle shape softening parameter, D.
GFT
Fracture energy in uniaxial tension, Gft.
GFS
Fracture energy in pure shear stress, Gfs.
PWRC
Shear-to-compression transition parameter.
PWRT
Shear-to-tension transition parameter.
PMOD
Modify moderate pressure softening parameter.
ETA0C
Rate effects parameter for uniaxial compressive stress, 0c.
NC
ETA0T
NT
Rate effects power for uniaxial compressive stress, NC.

Rate effects parameter for uniaxial tensile stress, 0t.
Rate effects power for uniaxial tensile stress, Nt.
OVERC
Maximum overstress allowed in compression.
OVERT
Maximum overstress allowed in tension.
SRATE
Ratio of effective shear stress to tensile stress fluidity parameters.
REPOW
Power which increases fracture energy with rate effects.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-693 (MAT)
*MAT_159
*MAT_CSCM
Figure 2-75. General shape of the concrete model yield surface in two-dimensions
Remarks:
Model Formulation and Input Parameters
This is a cap model with a smooth intersection between the shear yield surface and hardening
cap, as shown in Figure 2-75. The initial damage surface coincides with the yield surface. Rate
effects are modeled with viscoplasticity. For a complete theoretical description, with references
and example problems see [Murray 2007] and [Murray, Abu-Odeh and Bligh 2007].
Stress Invariants. The yield surface is formulated in terms of three stress invariants: J1 is the
first invariant of the stress tensor, J8 is the second invariant of the deviatoric stress tensor, and
J is the third invariant of the deviatoric stress tensor. The invariants are defined in terms of the
deviatoric stress tensor, Sij and pressure, P, as follows:
J = 3P
1
J8 = S S
2
1
J = S S S
3
Plasticity Surface. The three invariant yield function is based on these three invariants, and the
cap hardening parameter, , as follows:
f(J , J8 , J , U) = J8 8 F 8 F
Here Ff is the shear failure surface, Fc is the hardening cap, and is the Rubin three-invariant
reduction factor. The cap hardening parameter is the value of the pressure invariant at the intersection of the cap and shear surfaces.
Trial elastic stress invariants are temporarily updated via the trial elastic stress tensor, T. These
are denoted J1T, J2T, and J3T. Elastic stress states are modeled when f (J1T,J2T,J3T, ) 0.
2-694 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_159
*MAT_CSCM
Elastic-plastic stress states are modeled when f (J1T,J2T,J3T, ) > 0. In this case, the plasticity
algorithm returns the stress state to the yield surface such that f (J1P,J2P,J3P,P ) = 0. This is accomplished by enforcing the plastic consistency condition with associated flow.
Shear Failure Surface. The strength of concrete is modeled by the shear surface in the tensile
and low confining pressure regimes:
F (J ) = y exp
O N
+ J
Here the values of y, z, , and are selected by fitting the model surface to strength measurements from triaxial compression (TXC) tests conducted on plain concrete cylinders.
Rubin Scaling Function. Concrete fails at lower values of Q3J8 (principal stress difference) for
triaxial extension (TXE) and torsion (TOR) tests than it does for TXC tests conducted at the same
pressure. The Rubin scaling function determines the strength of concrete for any state of
stress relative to the strength for TXC, via Ff. Strength in torsion is modeled as Q1Ff . Strength
in TXE is modeled as Q2Ff, where:
=
=
+
+
Cap Hardening Surface. The strength of concrete is modeled by a combination of the cap and
shear surfaces in the low to high confining pressure regimes. The cap is used to model plastic
volume change related to pore collapse (although the pores are not explicitly modeled). The isotropic hardening cap is a two-part function that is either unity or an ellipse:
F ( J , U ) = 1
where L() is defined as:
9J L (U): 9 |J L(U) | + J L(U) :

2 9X(U) L (U) : 8
L(U) =
U
U
if U > U
otherwise
The equation for Fc is equal to unity for J1 L(). It describes the ellipse for J1 > L(). The intersection of the shear surface and the cap is at J1 = . 0 is the value of J1 at the initial intersection of the cap and shear surfaces before hardening is engaged (before the cap moves). The
equation for L() restrains the cap from retracting past its initial location at 0.
The intersection of the cap with the J1 axis is at J1 = X(). This intersection depends upon the
cap ellipticity ratio R, where R is the ratio of its major to minor axes:
( ) = ( ) + ( ( ))
The cap moves to simulate plastic volume change. The cap expands (X() and increase) to
simulate plastic volume compaction. The cap contracts (X() and decrease) to simulate plastic
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-695 (MAT)
*MAT_159
*MAT_CSCM
volume expansion, called dilation. The motion (expansion and contraction) of the cap is based
upon the hardening rule:
=
Here Q the plastic volume strain, W is the maximum plastic volume strain, and D1 and D2 are
model input parameters. X0 is the initial location of the cap when =0.
The five input parameters (X0, W, D1, D2, and R) are obtained from fits to the pressurevolumetric strain curves in isotropic compression and uniaxial strain. X0 determines the pressure
at which compaction initiates in isotropic compression. R, combined with X0, determines the
pressure at which compaction initiates in uniaxial strain. D1, and D2 determine the shape of the
pressure-volumetric strain curves. W determines the maximum plastic volume compaction.
Shear Hardening Surface. In unconfined compression, the stress-strain behavior of concrete exhibits nonlinearity and dilation prior to the peak. Such behavior is be modeled with an initial
shear yield surface, NHFf , which hardens until it coincides with the ultimate shear yield surface,
Ff. Two input parameters are required. One parameter, NH, initiates hardening by setting the location of the initial yield surface. A second parameter, CH, determines the rate of hardening
(amount of nonlinearity).
Damage. Concrete exhibits softening in the tensile and low to moderate compressive regimes.
=
D = (1 d)D
A scalar damage parameter, d, transforms the viscoplastic stress tensor without damage, denoted
vp, into the stress tensor with damage, denoted d. Damage accumulation is based upon two distinct formulations, which we call brittle damage and ductile damage. The initial damage threshold is coincident with the shear plasticity surface, so the threshold does not have to be specified
by the user.
Ductile Damage. Ductile damage accumulates when the pressure (P) is compressive and an energy-type term, c, exceeds the damage threshold, 0c. Ductile damage accumulation depends upon the total strain components, ij, as follows:
= k
The stress components ij are the elasto-plastic stresses (with kinematic hardening) calculated
before application of damage and rate effects.
Brittle Damage. Brittle damage accumulates when the pressure is tensile and an energy-type
term, t, exceeds the damage threshold, 0t.
Brittle damage accumulation depends upon the
maximum principal strain, max, as follows:
= Q
Softening Function. As damage accumulates, the damage parameter d increases from an initial
value of zero, towards a maximum value of one, via the following formulations:
2-696 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_159
*MAT_CSCM
(& ) =
Brittle Damage
(= ) =
Ductile Damage
.<<<
max
O #>( ( > ( )
Oo
Oo#>n( > )
1C
1C
The damage parameter that is applied to the six stresses is equal to the current maximum of the
brittle or ductile damage parameter. The parameters A and B or C and D set the shape of the softening curve plotted as stress-displacement or stress-strain. The parameter dmax is the maximum damage level that can be attained. It is calculated internally calculated and is less than one
at moderate confining pressures. The compressive softening parameter, A, may also be reduced
with confinement, using the input parameter pmod, as follows:
= ( + .
Regulating Mesh Size Sensitivity. The concrete model maintains constant fracture energy, regardless of element size. The fracture energy is defined here as the area under the stressdisplacement curve from peak strength to zero strength. This is done by internally formulating
the softening parameters A and C in terms of the element length, l (cube root of the element volume), the fracture energy, Gf, the initial damage threshold, 0t or 0c, and the softening shape parameters, D or B.
The fracture energy is calculated from up to five user-specified input parameters (Gfc, Gft, Gfs,
pwrc, pwrc). The user specifies three distinct fracture energy values. These are the fracture energy in uniaxial tensile stress, Gft, pure shear stress, Gfs, and uniaxial compressive stress, Gfc.
The model internally selects the fracture energy from equations which interpolate between the
three fracture energy values as a function of the stress state (expressed via two stress invariants).
The interpolation equations depend upon the user-specified input powers pwrc and pwrt, as follows.
if the pressure is tensile

= + ( ) =
Q
if the pressure is compressive

The internal parameter trans is limited to range between 0 and 1.
Element Erosion. An element losses all strength and stiffness as d1. To prevent computational difficulties with very low stiffness, element erosion is available as a user option. An element
erodes when d > 0.99 and the maximum principal strain is greater than a user supplied input value, ERODE-1.0.
Viscoplastic Rate Effects. At each time step, the viscoplastic algorithm interpolates between the
=
elastic trial stress, DE , and the inviscid stress (without rate effects), DE , to set the viscoplastic
=
stress (with rate effects), DE :
= (1 a) + a
=
with
a=
@/
O@/
This interpolation depends upon the effective fluidity coefficient, , and the time step, t. The
effective fluidity coefficient is internally calculated from five user-supplied input parameters and
interpolation equations:
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-697 (MAT)
*MAT_159

*MAT_CSCM
! =
"
(
=
"
= rate
The input parameters are 0t and Nt for fitting uniaxial tensile stress data, 0c and Nc for
fitting the uniaxial compressive stress data, and Srate for fitting shear stress data. The effective strain rate is .
This viscoplastic model may predict substantial rate effects at high strain rates (Q >100). To limit rate effects at high strain rates, the user may input overstress limits in tension (overt) and compression (overc). These input parameters limit calculation of the fluidity parameter, as follows:
if E Q! > over
then =
#R
where over = overt when the pressure is tensile, and over = overc when the pressure is compressive.
The user has the option of increasing the fracture energy as a function of effective strain rate via
the repow input parameter, as follows:
G
E =%
= G 51 +
6
f
Here G is the fracture energy enhanced by rate effects, and f is the yield strength before application of rate effects (which is calculated internally by the model). The term in brackets is
greater than, or equal to one, and is the approximate ratio of the dynamic to static strength.
2-698 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_160
This is Material Type 160. This card allows to solve incompressible flows with the ALE solver.
It should be used with the element formulation 6 and 12 in *SECTION_SOLID (elform=6 or
12). A projection method enforces the incompressibility condition.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PC
MU
none
none
0.0
0.0
TOL
DTOUT
NCG
METH
1e-8
1e10
50
-7
Remarks
Card 2
Variable
Type
Default
Remarks
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
Material ID. A unique number or label not exceeding 8 charaters must

be specified. Material ID is referenced in the *PART card and must be
unique
RO
Material density
PC
Pressure cutoff (< or = 0.0)
MU
Dynamic viscosity coefficient
TOL
Tolerance for the convergence of the conjugate gradient
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-699 (MAT)
*MAT_160
VARIABLE
DTOUT
NCG
METH
2-700 (MAT)
DESCRIPTION
Time interval between screen outputs

Maximum number of loops in the conjugate gradient
Conjugate gradient methods:
EQ.-6: solves the poisson equation for the pressure

EQ.-7: solves the poisson equation for the pressure increment
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_161, MAT_162
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC_{OPTION}

<BLANK>
DMG
These are Material Types 161 and 162. These models may be used to model the progressive
failure analysis for composite materials consisting of unidirectional and woven fabric layers.
The progressive layer failure criteria have been established by adopting the methodology developed by Hashin [1980] with a generalization to include the effect of highly constrained pressure
on composite failure. These failure models can be used to effectively simulate fiber failure, matrix damage, and delamination behavior under all conditions - opening, closure, and sliding of
failure surfaces. The model with DMG option (material 162) is a generalization of the basic layer failure model of Material 161 by adopting the damage mechanics approach for characterizing
the softening behavior after damage initiation. These models require an additional license from
Materials Sciences Corporation, which developed and supports these models.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
AOPT
MACF
Type
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
PRCA
PRCB
A1
A2
A3
PRBA
2-701 (MAT)
*MAT_161, MAT_162
Card 4
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
Type
Card 5
SAT
SAC
SBT
SBC
SCT
SFC
SFS
SAB
Type
Card 6
SBC
SCA
SFFC
AMODEL
PHIC
E_LIMT
S_DELM
Type
Card 7
OMGMX
ECRSH
EEXPN
CERATE1
AM1
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
Define the following cards if and only if the option DMG is specified
Card 8
Variable
Type
2-702 (MAT)
AM2
AM3
AM4
CERATE2
CERATE3
CERATE4
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
VARIABLE
*MAT_161, MAT_162
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
EA
EB
EC
Ec, Youngs modulus - through thickness direction
PRBA
PRCA
ca, Poissons ratio ca
PRCB
cb, Poissons ratio cb
GAB
GBC
GCA
AOPT

are identical to the Nodes used for the definition of a coordinate system by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES.
in space and the global location of the element center, to define the
a-direction.
only.
LT.0.0: the absolute value of AOPT is a coordinate system ID number (CID on *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, *DEFINE_ CO-
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-703 (MAT)
*MAT_161, MAT_162
VARIABLE
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
DESCRIPTION

MACF

XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA
Layer in-plane rotational angle in degrees.
SAT
Longitudinal tensile strength
SAC
Longitudinal compressive strength
SBT
Transverse tensile strength
SBC
Transverse compressive strength
SCT
Through thickness tensile strength
SFC
Crush strength
SFS
Fiber mode shear strength
SAB
Matrix mode shear strength, ab plane, see below.
SBC
Matrix mode shear strength, bc plane, see below.
SCA
Matrix mode shear strength, ca plane, see below.
SFFC
Scale factor for residual compressive strength
AMODEL
PHIC
E_LIMT
2-704 (MAT)
Material models:
EQ.1: Unidirectional layer model
EQ.2: Fabric layer model
Coulomb friction angle for matrix and delamination failure, <90
Element eroding axial strain
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_161, MAT_162
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
S_DELM
Scale factor for delamination criterion
OMGMX
Limit damage parameter for elastic modulus reduction
ECRSH
Limit compressive volume strain for element eroding
EEXPN
Limit tensile volume strain for element eroding
CERATE1
Coefficient for strain rate dependent strength properties
AM1
Coefficient for strain rate softening property for fiber damage in a direction.
AM2
Coefficient for strain rate softening property for fiber damage in b direction.
AM3
Coefficient for strain rate softening property for fiber crush and punch
shear damage.
AM4
Coefficient for strain rate softening property for matrix and delamination
damage.
CERATE2
Coefficient for strain rate dependent axial moduli.
CERATE3
Coefficient for strain rate dependent shear moduli.
CERATE4
Coefficient for strain rate dependent transverse moduli.
Material Models:
The unidirectional and fabric layer failure criteria and the associated property degradation models for material 161 are described as follows. All the failure criteria are expressed in terms of
stress components based on ply level stresses ( a , b , c , ab , bc , ca ) and the associated elastic
moduli are ( Ea , Eb , Ec , Gab , Gbc , Gca ) . Note that for the unidirectional model, a, b and c denote
the fiber, in-plane transverse and out-of-plane directions, respectively, while for the fabric model, a, b and c denote the in-plane fill, in-plane warp and out-of-plane directions, respectively.
Unidirectional lamina model
Three criteria are used for fiber failure, one in tension/shear, one in compression and another one
in crush under pressure. They are chosen in terms of quadratic stress forms as follows:
Tensile/shear fiber mode:

2
2
a ab
+ ca2
f1 =
+
1 = 0
2
SaT S FS
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-705 (MAT)
*MAT_161, MAT_162
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
Compression fiber mode:

2
'
f 2 = a 1 = 0,
SaC
a' = a +
b +c
2
Crush mode:
2
p
a + b +c
f3 =
1 = 0, p =
3
S FC
where
are Macaulay brackets, SaT and SaC are the tensile and compressive strengths in the
fiber direction, and SFS and SFC are the layer strengths associated with the fiber shear and crush
failure, respectively.
Matrix mode failures must occur without fiber failure, and hence they will be on planes parallel
to fibers. For simplicity, only two failure planes are considered: one is perpendicular to the
planes of layering and the other one is parallel to them. The matrix failure criteria for the failure
plane perpendicular and parallel to the layering planes, respectively, have the forms:
Perpendicular matrix mode:
2

f 4 = b + bc' + ab 1 = 0
Sab
SbT Sbc
Parallel matrix mode (Delamination):

2
2
c bc
f 5 = S
+ " +
SbT Sbc
2
ca
Sca
1 = 0
where SbT is the transverse tensile strength. Based on the Coulomb-Mohr theory, the shear
strengths for the transverse shear failure and the two axial shear failure modes are assumed to be
the forms,
(0)
Sab = Sab
+ tan( ) b
Sbc' = Sbc(0) + tan( ) b

Sca = Sca(0) + tan( ) c
Sbc" = Sbc(0) + tan( ) c
where is a material constant as tan( ) is similar to the coefficient of friction, and Sab , Sca and
Sbc(0) are the shear strength values of the corresponding tensile modes.
(0)
2-706 (MAT)
(0)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
*MAT_161, MAT_162
Failure predicted by the criterion of f4 can be referred to as transverse matrix failure, while the
matrix failure predicted by f5, which is parallel to the layer, can be referred as the delamination
mode when it occurs within the elements that are adjacent to the ply interface. Note that a scale
factor S is introduced to provide better correlation of delamination area with experiments. The
scale factor S can be determined by fitting the analytical prediction to experimental data for the
delamination area.
When fiber failure in tension/shear mode is predicted in a layer by f1, the load carrying capacity
of that layer is completely eliminated. All the stress components are reduced to zero instantaneously (100 time steps to avoid numerical instability). For compressive fiber failure, the layer is
assumed to carry a residual axial load, while the transverse load carrying capacity is reduced to
zero. When the fiber compressive failure mode is reached due to f2, the axial layer compressive
strength stress is assumed to reduce to a residual value S RC (= SFFC * S AC ). The axial stress is
then assumed to remain constant, i.e., a = S RC , for continuous compressive loading, while the
subsequent unloading curve follows a reduced axial modulus to zero axial stress and strain state.
When the fiber crush failure occurs, the material is assumed to behave elastically for compressive pressure, p > 0, and to carry no load for tensile pressure, p < 0.
(0)
When a matrix failure (delamination) in the a-b plane is predicted, the strength values for Sca and
Sbc(0) are set to zero. This results in reducing the stress components c , bc and ca to the fractured material strength surface. For tensile mode, c > 0 , these stress components are reduced to
zero. For compressive mode, c < 0 , the normal stress c is assumed to deform elastically for
the closed matrix crack. Loading on the failure envelop, the shear stresses are assumed to slide
on the fractured strength surface (frictional shear stresses) like in an ideal plastic material, while
the subsequent unloading shear stress-strain path follows reduced shear moduli to the zero shear
stress and strain state for both bc and ca components.
The post failure behavior for the matrix crack in the a-c plane due to f4 is modeled in the same
(0)
(0)
fashion as that in the a-b plane as described above. In this case, when failure occurs, Sab and Sbc
are reduced to zero instantaneously. The post fracture response is then governed by failure crite(0)
0
rion of f5 with Sab = 0 and Sbc( ) = 0. For tensile mode, b > 0 , b , ab and bc are zero. For
compressive mode, b < 0 , b is assumed to be elastic, while ab and bc slide on the fracture
strength surface as in an ideal plastic material, and the unloading path follows reduced shear
moduli to the zero shear stress and strain state. It should be noted that bc is governed by both
the failure functions and should lie within or on each of these two strength surfaces.
Fabric lamina model
The fiber failure criteria of Hashin for a unidirectional layer are generalized to characterize the
fiber damage in terms of strain components for a plain weave layer. The fill and warp fiber tensile/shear failure are given by the quadratic interaction between the associated axial and shear
stresses, i.e.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-707 (MAT)
*MAT_161, MAT_162
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
2
2
( ab + ca )
1= 0
f6 = a +
2
S
S
aFS
aT
2
2
2
( ab + bc )
f7 = b +
1= 0
2
S
S
bT
bFS
where SaT and SbT are the axial tensile strengths in the fill and warp directions, respectively, and
SaFS and SbFS are the layer shear strengths due to fiber shear failure in the fill and warp directions. These failure criteria are applicable when the associated a or b is positive. It is assumed SaFS = SFS, and
SbFS = SFS * SbT / SaT .
When a or b is compressive, it is assumed that the in-plane compressive failure in both the fill
and warp directions are given by the maximum stress criterion, i.e.
a'
f8 =
SaC
1 = 0, a' = a + c
b'
f9 =
1 = 0, b' = b + c
SbC
where SaC and SbC are the axial compressive strengths in the fill and warp directions, respectively. The crush failure under compressive pressure is
2
p
f10 =
1 = 0,
S FC
p=
a +b +c
3
A plain weave layer can fail under in-plane shear stress without the occurrence of fiber breakage.
This in-plane matrix failure mode is given by
2

f11 = ab 1 = 0
Sab
where Sab is the layer shear strength due to matrix shear failure.
Another failure mode, which is due to the quadratic interaction between the thickness stresses, is
expected to be mainly a matrix failure. This through the thickness matrix failure criterion is
2
2
bc
c
f12 = S
+
+
Sbc
ScT
2
2-708 (MAT)
ca
Sca
1= 0
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
*MAT_161, MAT_162
where ScT is the through the thickness tensile strength, and Sbc , and Sca are the shear strengths
assumed to depend on the compressive normal stress c , i.e.,
(0)
Sca Sca
= (0) + tan( ) c
Sbc Sbc
When failure predicted by this criterion occurs within elements that are adjacent to the ply interface, the failure plane is expected to be parallel to the layering planes, and, thus, can be referred
to as the delamination mode. Note that a scale factor S is introduced to provide better correlation
of delamination area with experiments. The scale factor S can be determined by fitting the analytical prediction to experimental data for the delamination area.
Similar to the unidirectional model, when fiber tensile/shear failure is predicted in a layer by f6
or f7, the load carrying capacity of that layer in the associated direction is completely eliminated.
For compressive fiber failure due to by f8 or f9, the layer is assumed to carry a residual axial
load in the failed direction, while the load carrying capacity transverse to the failed direction is
assumed unchanged. When the compressive axial stress in a layer reaches the compressive axial
strength SaC or SbC , the axial layer stress is assumed to be reduced to the residual strength SaRC
or SbRC where SaRC = SFFC * SaC and SbRC = SFFC * SbC . The axial stress is assumed to remain
constant, i.e., a = SaCR or b = SbCR , for continuous compressive loading, while the subsequent unloading curve follows a reduced axial modulus. When the fiber crush failure is occurred,
the material is assumed to behave elastically for compressive pressure, p > 0, and to carry no
load for tensile pressure, p < 0.
When the in-plane matrix shear failure is predicted by f11 the axial load carrying capacity within
a failed element is assumed unchanged, while the in-plane shear stress is assumed to be reduced
to zero.
For through the thickness matrix (delamination) failure given by equations f12, the in-plane load
carrying capacity within the element is assumed to be elastic, while the strength values for the
(0)
(0)
tensile mode, Sca and Sbc , are set to zero. For tensile mode, c > 0 , the through the thickness
stress components are reduced to zero. For compressive mode, c < 0 , c is assumed to be
elastic, while bc and ca slide on the fracture strength surface as in an ideal plastic material,
and the unloading path follows reduced shear moduli to the zero shear stress and strain state.
The effect of strain-rate on the layer strength values of the fiber failure modes is modeled by the
strain-rate dependent functions for the strength values {S RT } as
{& }
{S RT } = {S0 } 1 + Crate1 ln
&0
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-709 (MAT)
*MAT_161, MAT_162
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
&a
SaT
S
&a
aC
&
S
b
{S RT } = bT and {& } =
&
b
SbC
&c
S FC
1/
2
2
S FS
( &ca + &bc )
where Crate is the strain-rate constants, and {S0}are the strength values of {SRT } at the reference
strain-rate &0 .
Damage model
The damage model is a generalization of the layer failure model of Material 161 by adopting the
MLT damage mechanics approach, Matzenmiller et al. [1995], for characterizing the softening
behavior after damage initiation. Complete model description is given in Yen [2002]. The damage functions, which are expressed in terms of ply level engineering strains, are converted from
the above failure criteria of fiber and matrix failure modes by neglecting the Poissons effect.
Elastic moduli reduction is expressed in terms of the associated damage parameters i :
Ei' = (1 i ) Ei
i = 1 exp ( ri m / mi )
i
ri 0 i = 1,...,6
'
where Ei are the initial elastic moduli, Ei are the reduced elastic moduli, ri are the damage
thresholds computed from the associated damage functions for fiber damage, matrix damage and
delamination, and mi are material damage parameters, which are currently assumed to be independent of strain-rate. The damage function is formulated to account for the overall nonlinear
elastic response of a lamina including the initial hardening and the subsequent softening beyond the ultimate strengths.
In the damage model (material 162), the effect of strain-rate on the nonlinear stress-strain response of a composite layer is modeled by the strain-rate dependent functions for the elastic
moduli {E RT } as
{& }
{E RT } = {E0 } 1 + {Crate }ln
&0
&a
Ea
Crate 2
&
E
C
b
b
rate 2
&c
Ec
Crate 4
{ERT } = , {& } =
and {Crate } =
Gab
Crate 3
&ab
Gbc
Crate 3
&bc

&ca
Gca
Crate 3
2-710 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_161, MAT_162
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
where {Crate } are the strain-rate constants. {E0 } are the modulus values of {E RT } at the reference
strain-rate &0 .
Element Erosion:
A failed element is eroded in any of three different ways:

1.
If fiber tensile failure in a unidirectional layer is predicted in the element and the axial
tensile strain is greater than E_LIMT. For a fabric layer, both in-plane directions are
failed and exceed E_LIMT.
2.
If compressive relative volume in a failed element is smaller than ECRSH.
3.
If tensile relative volume in a failed element is greater than EEXPN.
Damage History Parameters:
Information about the damage history variables for the associated failure modes can be plotted in
LS-PrePost. These additional history variables are tabulated below:
History Variable
1. efa(I)
2. efb(I)
3. efp(I)
4. em(I)
5. ed(I)
6. delm(I)
Description
Fiber mode in a
Fiber mode in b
Fiber crush mode
Perpendicular
matrix mode
Parallel matrix/ delamination mode
delamination mode
Value
0-elastic
1-failed
LS-PrePost
History Variable
7
8
9
10
11
12
Table 2.14.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-711 (MAT)
*MAT_163
*MAT_MODIFIED_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
This is Material Type 163 which is dedicated to modeling crushable foam with optional damping, tension cutoff, and strain rate effects. Unloading is fully elastic. Tension is treated as elastic-perfectly-plastic at the tension cut-off value.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
TID
TSC
DAMP
NCYCLE
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.10
12.
Card 2
SRCLMT
SFLAG
1.E+20
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Youngs modulus
PR
Poissons ratio
TID
Table ID defining yield stress versus volumetric strain, , at different

strain rates.
TSC
Tensile stress cutoff. A nonzero, positive value is strongly recommended

for realistic behavior.
DAMP
Rate sensitivity via damping coefficient (.05<recommended value<.50).
2-712 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_163
DESCRIPTION
NCYCLE
Number of cycles to determine the average volumetric strain rate.
SRCLMT
Strain rate change limit.
SFLAG
The strain rate in the table may be the true strain rate (SFLAG=0) or the
engineering strain rate (SFLAG=1).
Remarks:
The volumetric strain is defined in terms of the relative volume, V, as:

= 1.-V
The relative volume is defined as the ratio of the current to the initial volume. In place of the
effective plastic strain in the D3PLOT database, the integrated volumetric strain is output.
This material is an extension of material 63, *MAT_CRUSHABLE_FOAM. It allows the yield
stress to be a function of both volumetric strain rate and volumetric strain. Rate effects are accounted for by defining a table of curves using *DEFINE_TABLE. Each curve defines the yield
stress versus volumetric strain for a different strain rate. The yield stress is obtained by interpolating between the two curves that bound the strain rate.
To prevent high frequency oscillations in the strain rate from causing similar high frequency oscillations in the yield stress, a modified volumetric strain rate is used when interpolating to obtain the yield stress. The modified strain rate is obtained as follows. If NYCLE is >1, then the
modified strain rate is obtained by a time average of the actual strain rate over NCYCLE solution
cycles. For SRCLMT>0, the modified strain rate is capped so that during each cycle, the modified strain rate is not permitted to change more than SRCLMT multiplied by the solution time
step.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-713 (MAT)
*MAT_163
Figure 2-76. Rate effects are defined by a family of curves giving yield stress versus
volumetric strain where V is the relative volume.
2-714 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_164
*MAT_BRAIN_LINEAR_VISCOELASTIC
This is Material Type 164. This material is a Kelvin-Maxwell model for modeling brain tissue,
which is valid for solid elements only. See Remarks below.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
BULK
G0
GI
DC
FO
SO
A8
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
BULK
Bulk modulus (elastic)
G0
Short-time shear modulus, G0
GI
Long-time (infinite) shear modulus, G
DC
Maxwell decay constant, [FO=0.0] or

Kelvin relaxation constant, [FO=1.0]
FO
Formulation option:
EQ.0.0: Maxwell,
EQ.1.0: Kelvin.
SO
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-715 (MAT)
*MAT_164
Remarks:
The shear relaxation behavior is described for the Maxwell model by:
(f) = + ( )4
&
DEF
=2
&
O&
(f )EF () f
where the prime denotes the deviatoric part of the stress rate, DEF , and the strain rate Dij . For the
Kelvin model the stress evolution equation is defined as:
1
4
EF + EF = 1 + JEF 4 EF + 1 + JEF
EF
The strain data as written to the d3plot database may be used to predict damage, see [Bandak
1991].
2-716 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_165
*MAT_PLASTIC_NONLINEAR_KINEMATIC
This is Material Type 165. This relatively simple model, based on a material model by Lemaitre
and Chaboche [1990], is suited to model nonlinear kinematic hardening plasticity. The model
accounts for the nonlinear Bauschinger effect, cyclic hardening, and ratcheting. Huang [2006]
programmed this model and provided it as a user subroutine. It is a very cost effective model and
is available shell and solid elements. This material model is available starting with the R3 release of Version 971.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
GAMMA
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 2
Variable
Type
Variable
FS
Type
Default
1.E+16
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
H
C
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Isotropic plastic hardening modulus

Kinematic hardening modulus
2-717 (MAT)
*MAT_165
VARIABLE
GAMMA
FS
DESCRIPTION
Kinematic hardening parameter, a.
Failure strain for eroding elements.
Remarks:
If the isotropic hardening modulus, H, is nonzero, the size of the surface increases as function
of the equivalent plastic strain,Q :
D = D + iQ
The rate of evolution of the kinematic component is a function of the plastic strain rate:
y = 9- ay:Q
where, n, is the flow direction. The term,ayQ , introduces the nonlinearity into the evolution
law, which becomes linear if the parameter, a, is set to zero.
2-718 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_166
*MAT_MOMENT_CURVATURE_BEAM
This is Material Type 166. This material is for performing nonlinear elastic or multi-linear plastic analysis of Belytschko-Schwer beams with user-defined axial force-strain, moment curvature
and torque-twist rate curves. If strain, curvature or twist rate is located outside the curves, use
extrapolation to determine the corresponding rigidity. For multi-linear plastic analysis, the userdefined curves are used as yield surfaces.
Card 1
MID
RO
ELAF
EPFLG
CTA
CTB
CTT
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 2
N1
N2
N3
N4
N5
N6
N7
N8
Default
none
none
0.0/none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 3
LCMS1
LCMS2
LCMS3
LCMS4
LCMS5
LCMS6
LCMS7
LCMS8
none
none
0.0/none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-719 (MAT)
*MAT_166
Card 4
LCMT1
LCMT2
LCMT3
LCMT4
LCMT5
LCMT6
LCMT7
LCMT8
Default
none
none
0.0/none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 5
LCT1
LCT2
LCT3
LCT4
LCT5
LCT6
LCT7
LCT8
none
none
0.0/none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
Card 6 is for multi-linear plastic analysis only.

Card 6
Variable
Type
Default
CFA
CFB
CFT
HRULE
REPS
RBETA
RCAPAY
RCAPAZ
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
1.0E+20
1.0E+20
1.0E+20
1.0E+20
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
ELAF
2-720 (MAT)
Youngs modulus. This variable controls the time step size and must be
chosen carefully. Increasing the value of E will decrease the time step
size.
Load curve ID for the axial force-strain curve
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_166
VARIABLE
EPFLG
CTA, CTB, CTT
DESCRIPTION
Function flag
EQ.0.0: nonlinear elastic analysis
EQ.1.0: multi-linear plastic analysis
Type of axial force-strain, moment-curvature, and torque-twist rate
curves
EQ.0.0: curve is symmetric
EQ.1.0: curve is asymmetric
For symmetric curves, all data point must be in the first quadrant and
at least three data points need to be given, starting from the origin, ensued by the yield point.
For asymmetric curves, at least five data points are needed and exactly
one point must be at the origin. The two points on both sides of the
origin record the positive and negative yield points.
The last data point(s) has no physical meaning: it serves only as a control point for inter or extrapolation.
The curves are input by the user and treated in LS-DYNA as a linearly
piecewise function. The curves must be monotonically increasing,
while the slopes must be monotonically decreasing
N1-N8
Axial forces at which moment-curvature curves are given. The axial

forces must be ordered monotonically increasing. At least two axial
forces must be defined if the curves are symmetric. At least three axial
forces must be defined if the curves are asymmetric.
LCMS1-LCMS8
Load curve IDs for the moment-curvature curves about axis S under corresponding axial forces.
LCMT1-LCMT8
Load curve IDs for the moment-curvature curves about axis T under corresponding axial forces.
LCT1-LCT8
Load curve IDs for the torque-twist rate curves under corresponding axial forces.
CFA, CFB, CFT
For multi-linear plastic analysis only. Ratio of axial, bending and torsional elastic rigidities to their initial values, no less than 1.0 in value.
HRULE
REPS
RBETA
LS-DYNA R7.0
Hardening rule, for multi-linear plastic analysis only.

EQ.0.0: isotropic hardening
EQ.1.0: kinematic hardening
In between: mixed hardening
Rupture effective plastic axial strain
Rupture effective plastic twist rate
2-721 (MAT)
*MAT_166
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
RCAPAY
Rupture effective plastic curvature about axis S
RCAPAZ
Rupture effective plastic curvature about axis T
2-722 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_167
*MAT_MCCORMICK
*MAT_MCCORMICK
This is Material Type 167. This is a constitute model for finite plastic deformities in which the
materials strength is defined by McCormicks constitutive relation for materials exhibiting
negative steady-state Strain Rate Sensitivity (SRS). McCormick [1988] and Zhang, McCormick
and Estrin [2001].
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
A8
Q1
C1
Q2
C2
Type
Card 3
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
OMEGA
TD
ALPHA
EPS0
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
Q1
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
2-723 (MAT)
*MAT_167
VARIABLE
C1
Q2
C2
*MAT_MCCORMICK
DESCRIPTION
Isotropic hardening parameter, -
Isotropic hardening parameter, -8
Dynamic strain aging parameter,
S
H
OMEGA
TD
ALPHA
EPS0
Dynamic strain aging parameter, i

Dynamic strain aging parameter,
Dynamic strain aging parameter, f
Dynamic strain aging parameter, y

Reference strain rate, Q
Remarks:
The uniaxial stress-strain curve is given in the following form:
D(Q , Q ) = Dj (f ) + (Q ) + D. (Q )
Viscous stress D. is given by
where
D.
(Q )
Q
= ln 51 + 6
Q
represents the instantaneous strain rate sensitivity and Q is a reference strain rate.
In the McCormick model the yield strength including the contribution from dynamic strain
again (DSA) is defined as
f
Dj (f ) = D + i s1 exp 5 6 w
f
where D is the yield strength for vanishing average waiting time f , and i, y, and f are material constants linked to dynamic strain aging.
The average waiting time is defined by the evolution equation
f = 1
f,
where the quasi-steady state waiting time f, is given as

2-724 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_167
*MAT_MCCORMICK
f, =
R c
The strain hardening function is defined by the extended Voce Law

(Q ) =
LS-DYNA R7.0
91 exp(- Q ): +
8 91
exp(-8 Q ):.
2-725 (MAT)
*MAT_168
*MAT_POLYMER
*MAT_POLYMER
This is material type 168. This model is implemented for brick elements.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
PR
GAMMA0
DG
SC
ST
A8
TEMP
CR
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass Density.
E
PR
GAMMA0
DG
Youngs modulus, , .
Poissons ratio, } .
Pre-exponential factor, a m .
Energy barrier to flow, .
SC
Shear resistance in compression,
ST
Shear resistance in tension,
TEMP
K
CR
N
2-726 (MAT)
Absolute temperature, .
&.
=.
Boltzmann constant, .
Product, - = .
Number of rigid links between entanglements, 7.

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_168
*MAT_POLYMER
VARIABLE
C
Relaxation factor, - .
DESCRIPTION
Remarks:
The polymer is assumed to have two basic resistances to deformation:

1. An inter-molecular barrier to deformation related to relative movement between molecules.
2. An evolving anisotropic resistance related to straightening of the molecule chains.
The model which is implemented and presented in this paper is mainly based on the framework suggested by Boyce et al. [2000]. Going back to the original work by Haward and
Thackray [1968], they considered the uniaxial case only. The extension to a full 3D formulation was proposed by Boyce et al. [1988]. Moreover, Boyce and co-workers have during a period of 20 years changed or further developed the parts of the original model. Haward and
Thackray [1968] used an Eyring model to represent the dashpot in Fig. 2-77, while Boyce et al.
[2000] employed the double-kink model of Argon [1973] instead. Part B of the model, describing the resistance associated with straightening of the molecules, contained originally a
one-dimensional Langevin spring [Haward and Thackray, 1968], which was generalized to 3D
with the eight-chain model by Arruda and Boyce [1993].
The main structure of the model presented by Boyce et al. [2000] is kept for this model. Recognizing the large elastic deformations occurring for polymers, a formulation based on a NeoHookean material is here selected for describing the spring in resistance A in Figure 2-77.
Referring to Figure 2-77, it is assumed that the deformation gradient tensor is the same for the
two resistances (Part A and B)
= m = o
while the Cauchy stress tensor for the system is assumed to be the sum of the Cauchy stress tensors for the two parts
Part A: Inter-molecular resistance
= m + o
The deformation is decomposed into elastic and plastic parts, m = m# m , where it is assumed
{m defined by m is invariant to rigid body rotations of the
that the intermediate configuration
current configuration. The velocity gradient in the current configuration is defined by
m
= m m =
#
m
Owing to the decomposition, m = m# m , the elastic and plastic rate-of-deformation and spin
tensors are defined by
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-727 (MAT)
*MAT_168
#
m
*MAT_POLYMER
= m# + m# = m # (m# )
= m + m = m# m (m )
(m# )
= m# m (m# )
where m = m (m ) . The Neo-Hookean material represents an extension of Hooke's law to

large elastic deformations and may be chosen for the elastic part of the deformation when the
elastic behavior is assumed to be isotropic.
m = ln0m# +
('m# )
where m = 0m m is the Kirchhoff stress tensor of Part A and 0m# = Qdet'm# = 0m is the Jacobian
?
determinant. The elastic left Cauchy-Green deformation tensor is given by 'm# = m# m# .
The flow rule is defined by
Where
"m =
8 n
= am "m
mdev , m = trmdev
8
and m #. is the stress deviator. The rate of flow is taken to be a thermally activated process
am = a m exp B
@(
n /)
where a m is a pre-exponential factor, is the energy barrier to flow, is the shear resistance,
is the Boltzmann constant and is the absolute temperature. The shear resistance is assumed to
depend on the stress triaxiality D ,
tr
m
= (D ), D =
33m
The exact dependence is given by a user-defined load curve, which is linear between the shear
resistances in compression and tension. These resistances are denoted sc and st, respectively.
Part B: Network resistance
The network resistance is assumed to be nonlinear elastic with deformation gradient o = o ,
i.e. any viscoplastic deformation of the network is neglected. The stress-stretch relation is defined by
7
{ o 8 )
o =
('
3
7
where o = 0o o is the Kirchhoff stress for Part B, is the chain density and 7 the number of
rigid links between entanglements. In accordance with Boyce et. al [2000], the product, is
denoted -j herein. Moreover, is the inverse Langevin function, (z) = cothz 1z, and
further
2-728 (MAT)
{ o = o o ? , o = 0o
'
8
1
{ o w
o , 0o = deto , = s tr '
3
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_168
*MAT_POLYMER
F
Elastic stiffness
(Hookes law)
Network
stiffness
(ArrudaBoyce model)
A B
True stress
Total
A (Inter-molecular)
Plastic flow
(Argons model)
B (Network)
True strain
Figure 2-77. Stress decomposition in inter-molecular and network contributions.

The flow rule defining the rate of molecular relaxation reads
{
o
Where
"o =
= a o{ "o
1 dev dev
dev
o , o = k o : o
2
2 o
1
The rate of relaxation is taken equal to
a o{ = -
Where
1
o
{ 1
8
1
{ = s tr(o{ o{ ? )w
3
The model has been implemented into LS-DYNA using a semi-implicit stress-update scheme
[Moran et. al 1990], and is available for the explicit solver only.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-729 (MAT)
*MAT_169
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
This is Material Type 169. This material model was written for adhesive bonding in aluminum
structures. The plasticity model is not volume-conserving, and hence avoids the spuriously high
tensile stresses that can develop if adhesive is modeled using traditional elasto-plastic material
models. It is available only for solid elements of formulations 1, 2 and 15. The smallest dimension of the element is assumed to be the through-thickness dimension of the bond, unless
THKDIR=1.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
TENMAX
GCTEN
SHRMAX
GCSHR
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
1.e20
1.e20
1.e20
1.e20
Card 2
PWRT
PWRS
SHRP
SHT_SL
EDOT0
EDOT2
THKDIR
EXTRA
2.0
2.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
Define Card 3 and 4 only if EXTRA=1 or 3, otherwise omit both cards

Card 3
Variable
Type
Default
2-730 (MAT)
TMAXE
GCTE
SMAXE
GCSE
PWRTE
PWRSE
1.e20
1.e20
1.e20
1.e20
2.0
2.0
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_169
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
Card 4
Variable
FACET
FACCT
FACES
FACCS
SOFTT
SOFTS
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Type
Default
Define the following card for rate effects only if EDOT2 is non-zero
Card 5
Variable
SDFAC
SGFAC
SDEFAC
SGEFAC
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Type
Default
Define the following card for bond thickness only if EXTRA = 2 or 3.

Card 6
Variable
BTHK
OUTFAIL
0.0
0.0
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
2-731 (MAT)
*MAT_169
VARIABLE
TENMAX
GCTEN
SHRMAX
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
DESCRIPTION
Maximum through-thickness tensile stress

Energy per unit area to fail the bond in tension
Maximum through-thickness shear stress
GCSHR
Energy per unit area to fail the bond in shear
PWRT
Power law term for tension
PWRS
Power law term for shear
SHRP
Shear plateau ratio (Optional)
SHT_SL
Slope (non-dimensional) of yield surface at zero tension (See Remarks)
EDOT0
Strain rate at which the static properties apply
EDOT2
Strain rate at which the dynamic properties apply (Card 5)
THKDIR
Through-thickness direction flag (See remarks)

EQ.0.0: smallest element dimension (default)
EQ.1.0: direction from nodes 1-2-3-4 to nodes 5-6-7-8
EXTRA
Flag to input further data:

EQ.1.0 interfacial failure properties (cards 3 and 4)
EQ.2.0 bond thickness and more (card 6)
EQ.3.0 both of the above
TMAXE
Maximum tensile force per unit length on edges of joint
GCTE
SMAXE
GCSE
Energy per unit length to fail the edge of the bond in tension
Maximum shear force per unit length on edges of joint
Energy per unit length to fail the edge of the bond in shear
PWRTE
Power law term for tension
PWRSE
Power law term for shear
FACET
Stiffness scaling factor for edge elements tension
FACCT
Stiffness scaling factor for interior elements tension
FACES
Stiffness scaling factor for edge elements shear
FACCS
Stiffness scaling factor for interior elements shear
2-732 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_169
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
SOFTT
Factor by which the tensile strength is reduced when a neighbor fails
SOFTS
Factor by which the shear strength is reduced when a neighbor fails
Data for rate effects (Card 5):

SDFAC
Factor on TENMAX and SHRMAX at strain rate EDOT2
SGFAC
Factor on GCTEN and GCSHR at strain rate EDOT2
SDEFAC
Factor on TMAXE and SMAXE at strain rate EDOT2
SDGFAC
Factor on GCTE and GCSE at strain rate EDOT2
Data for bond thickness and more (Card 6):

BTHK
OUTFAIL
Bond thickness (overrides thickness from element dimensions)

LT.0.0: |BTHK| is bond thickness, but critical time step remains unaffected. Helps to avoid very small time steps, but it can affect stability.
Flag for additional output to messag file: Information about damage
initiation time, failure function terms and forces.
EQ.0.0: off
EQ.1.0: on
Remarks:
The through-thickness direction is identified from the smallest dimension of each element by default (THKDIR=0.0). It is expected that this dimension will be smaller than in-plane dimensions
(typically 1-2mm compared with 5-10mm). If this is not the case, one can set the throughthickness direction via element numbering (THKDIR=1.0). Then the thickness direction is expected to point from lower face (nodes 1-2-3-4) to upper face (nodes 5-6-7-8). For wedge elements these faces are the two triangular faces (nodes 1-2-5) and (nodes 3-4-6).
The bond thickness is assumed to be the element size in the thickness direction. This may be
overridden using BTHK. In this case the behavior becomes independent of the element thickness. The elastic stiffness is affected by BTHK, so it is necessary to set the characteristic element
length to a smaller value: 34

= k/i 3old
4
4 . This again affects the critical time step of the element, i.e. a small BTHK can decrease the element time step significantly.
In-plane stresses are set to zero: it is assumed that the stiffness and strength of the substrate is
large compared with that of the adhesive, given the relative thicknesses.
If the substrate is modeled with shell elements, it is expected that these will lie at the mid-surface
of the substrate geometry. Therefore the solid elements representing the adhesive will be thicker
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-733 (MAT)
*MAT_169
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
than the actual bond. If the elastic compliance of the bond is significant, this can be corrected by
increasing the elastic stiffness property E.
The yield and failure surfaces are treated as a power-law combination of direct tension and shear
across the bond:
5
Aj?
+5
i/_
At yield SHT_SL is the slope of the yield surface at D = 0.
Ajt
= 1.0
Shear
stress
SHT_SL > 0
SHT_SL = 0
SHRMAX
TENMAX
Direct
stress
Figure 2-78
The stress-displacement curves for tension and shear are shown in the diagrams below. In both
cases, Gc is the area under the curve.
Stress
Stress
dp
SHRMAX
TENMAX
dp = SHRP.dfs
Area = Gcshr
Area = Gcten
Failure
Tension
dft
Failure
Displacement
dfs Displacement
Shear
Figure 2-79
2-734 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_169
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
Because of the algorithm used, yielding in tension across the bond does not require strains in the
plane of the bond unlike the plasticity models, plastic flow is not treated as volume-conserving.
The Plastic Strain output variable has a special meaning:
0 < ps < 1: ps is the maximum value of the yield function experienced since time zero
1 < ps < 2: the element has yielded and the strength is reducing towards failure yields
at ps=1, fails at ps=2.
The damage cause by cohesive deformation (0 at first yield to 1 at failure) and by interfacial deformation are stored in the first two extra history variables. These can be plotted if NEIPH on
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY is 2 or more. By this means, the reasons for failure may be
assessed.
When the plastic strain rate rises above EDOT0, rate effects are assumed to scale with log(plastic
strain rate), as in the example below for cohesive tensile strength with dynamic factor SDFAC.
The same form of relationship is applied for the other dynamic factors. If EDOT0 is zero or
blank, no rate effects are applied.
MAX/TENMAX
SDFAC
1.0
Log(plastic
strain rate)
Log(EDOT0)
Log(EDOT2)
Figure 2-80
Rate effects are applied using the viscoplastic method.

Interfacial failure is assumed to arise from stress concentrations at the edges of the bond typically the strength of the bond becomes almost independent of bond length. This type of failure is
usually more brittle than cohesive failure. To simulate this, LS-DYNA identifies the free edges
of the bond (made up of element faces that are not shared by other elements of material type
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE, excluding the faces that bond to the substrate). Only these elements can
fail initially. The neighbors of failed elements can then develop free edges and fail in turn. In real
adhesive bonds, the stresses at the edges can be concentrated over very small areas; in typical
finite element models the elements are much too large to capture this. Therefore the concentration of loads onto the edges of the bond is accomplished artificially, by stiffening elements containing free edges (e.g. FACET, FACES >1) and reducing the stiffness of interior elements (e.g.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-735 (MAT)
*MAT_169
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
FACCT, FACCS <1). Interior elements are allowed to

TMAXE*FACET/FACCT and SMAXE*FACES/FACCS) this
yield at reduced loads (equivalent to

is to prevent excessive stresses developing before the edge elements have failed - but cannot be damaged until they become edge elements after the failure of their neighbors.
2-736 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_170
*MAT_RESULTANT_ANISOTROPIC
This is Material Type 170. This model is available the Belytschko-Tsay and the C0 triangular
shell elements and is based on a resultant stress formulation. In-plane behavior is treated separately from bending in order to model perforated materials such as television shadow masks. The
plastic behavior of each resultant is specified with a load curve and is completely uncoupled
from the other resultants. If other shell formulations are specified, the formulation will be automatically switched to Belytschko-Tsay. As implemented, this material model cannot be used
with user defined integration rules.
Card 1
E11P
E22P
V12P
V21P
G12P
G23P
G31P
Type
Card 3
E11B
E22B
V12B
V21B
G12B
AOPT
Type
Card 4
LN11
LN22
LN12
LQ1
LQ2
LM11
LM22
LM12
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
MID
RO
A8
2-737 (MAT)
*MAT_170
Card 5
2
Variable
Type
Card 6
Variable
Type
A1
A2
A3
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E11P
E22P
V12P
V11P
G12P
G23P
G31P
E11B
E22B
V12B
V21B
2-738 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_170
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
G12B
G12b, for bending behavior.
AOPT

LN11
Yield curve ID for N11.
LN22
LN12
LQ1
Yield curve ID for Q1.
LQ2
Yield curve ID for Q2.
LM11
Yield curve ID for M11.
LM22
LM12
A1,A2,A3
V1,V2,V3
v1 v2 v3, define components of vector v for AOPT = 3.
D1,D2,D3
BETA
LS-DYNA R7.0

2-739 (MAT)
*MAT_170
Remarks:
The in-plane elastic matrix for in-plane, plane stress behavior is given by:
-in plane
The terms
EF
are defined as:
8 0 0 0
$
#
= 0 0 WW 0 0 #
0 0 0 XX 0 ##
0 0 0 0 YY "
8 88 0 0 0
88
8
WW
XX
YY
,
1 } 8 }8
,88
=
1 } 8 }8
} 8 ,
=
1 } 8 }8
= 8
= 8
=
The elastic matrix for bending behavior is given by:

-bending
The terms
2-740 (MAT)
EF
are similarly defined.
8! 0

= 8!
88! 0
0 0 WW!
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_171
*MAT_STEEL_CONCENTRIC_BRACE
This is Material Type 171. It represents the cyclic buckling and tensile yielding behavior of steel
braces and is intended primarily for seismic analysis. Use only for beam elements with
ELFORM=2 (Belytschko-Schwer beam).
Note: This Material Type will be available starting in release 3 of version 971.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
Card 2
Variable
MID
RO
YM
PR
SIGY
LAMDA
FBUCK
FBUCK2
A8
none
none
none
none
none
See
See
0.0
Remarks
Remarks
CCBRF
BCUR
Type
Default
See
Remarks
Card 3
TS1
TS2
TS3
TS4
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
Type
Default
=TS1
=TS2
=TS3
=TS4
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-741 (MAT)
*MAT_171
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
YM
Youngs Modulus
PR
Poissons Ratio
SIGY
Yield stress
LAMDA
Slenderness ratio (optional see note)
FBUCK
Initial buckling load (optional see note. If used, should be positive)
FBUCK2
Optional extra term in initial buckling load see note
CCBRF
Reduction factor on initial buckling load for cyclic behavior
BCUR
Optional load curve giving compressive buckling load (y-axis) versus

compressive strain (x-axis - both positive)
TS1-TS4
Tensile axial strain thresholds 1 to 4
CS1-CS4
Compressive axial strain thresholds 1 to 4
Remarks:
The brace element is intended to represent the buckling, yielding and cyclic behavior of steel elements such as tubes or I-sections that carry only axial loads. Empirical relationships are used to
determine the buckling and cyclic load-deflection behavior. A single beam element should be
used to represent each structural element.
The cyclic behavior is shown in the graph (compression shown as negative force and displacement).
2-742 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_171
5 9 16
17
4
8
15
12
1
19
14
11,13
7
6
10
18
3
2
Figure 2-81.
The initial buckling load (point 2) is:

! initial = k`- + k`- 2/ 8 ( ) = ! EE&E /hJ + k
where FBUCK, FBUCK2 are input parameters and L is the length of the beam element. If neither FBUCK nor FBUCK2 are defined, the default is that the initial buckling load is
@ h(h = 1 4f1x3 x4x).
The buckling curve (shown dashed) has the form:
( ) = ! EE&E /hJ + k
where J is abs(strain/yield strain), and A and B are internally-calculated functions of slenderness

ratio () and loading history.
The member slenderness ratio is defined as
, where k depends on end conditions, L is the el-
ement length, and r is the radius of gyration such that h 8 = (and = min , ff ); will by
default be calculated from the section properties and element length using k=1. Optionally, this
may be overridden by input parameter LAMDA to allow for different end conditions.
Optionally, the user may provide a buckling curve (BCUR). The points of the curve give compressive displacement (x-axis) versus force (y-axis); the first point should have zero displacement and the initial buckling force. Displacement and force should both be positive. The initial
buckling force must not be greater than the yield force.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-743 (MAT)
*MAT_171
Solid line: =25 (stocky)

Dashed line: =120 (slender)
Figure 2-82.
The tensile yield force (point 5 and section 16-17) is defined by
= @ h,
where yield stress SIGY is an input parameter and A is the cross-sectional area.
Following initial buckling and subsequent yield in tension, the member is assumed to be damaged. The initial buckling curve is then scaled by input parameter CCBRF, leading to reduced
strength curves such as segments 6-7, 10-14 and 18-19. This reduction factor is typically in the
range 0.6 to 1.0 (smaller values for more slender members). By default, CCBRF is calculated
using SEAOC 1990:
--k =
.}
and -= =
.XL1
When tensile loading is applied after buckling, the member must first be straightened before the
full tensile yield force can be developed. This is represented by a reduced unloading stiffness
(e.g. segment 14-15) and the tensile reloading curve (segments 8-9 and 15-16). Further details
can be found in Bruneau, Uang, and Whittaker [1998] and Structural Engineers Association of
California [1974, 1990, 1996].
The response of stocky (low ) and slender (high ) braces are compared in the graph. These differences are achieved by altering the input value LAMDA (or the section properties of the beam)
and FBUCK.
Output
Axial Strain and Internal Energy may be plotted from the INTEGRATED beam results menus in
Oasys Ltd. Post processors: D3PLOT and T/HIS.
2-744 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_171
FEMA thresholds are the total axial strains (defined by change of length/initial length) at which
the element is deemed to have passed from one category to the next, e.g. Elastic, Immediate
Occupancy, Life Safe, etc. During the analysis, the maximum tensile and compressive strains
(high tide strains) are recorded. These are checked against the user-defined limits TS1 to TS4
and CS1 to CS4. The output flag is then set to 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 according to which limits have
been passed. The value in the output files is the highest such flag from tensile or compressive
strains. To plot this data, select INTEGRATED beam results, Integration point 4, Axial Strain.
Maximum plastic strains in tension and compression are also output. These are defined as maximum total strain to date minus the yield or first buckling strain for tensile and compressive plastic strains respectively. To plot these, select INTEGRATED beam results, Integration point 4,
shear stress XY and shear stress XZ for tensile and compressive plastic strains, respectively.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-745 (MAT)
*MAT_172
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
This is Material Type 172, for shell and Hughes-Liu beam elements only. The material model
can represent plain concrete only, reinforcing steel only, or a smeared combination of concrete
and reinforcement. The model includes concrete cracking in tension and crushing in compression, and reinforcement yield, hardening and failure. Properties are thermally sensitive; the material model can be used for fire analysis. Material data and equations governing the behavior (including thermal properties) are taken from Eurocode 2 Part 1.2 (General rules Structural fire
design), hereafter referred to as EC2. Although the material model offers many options, a reasonable response may be obtained by entering only RO, FC and FT for plain concrete; if reinforcement is present, YMREINF, SUREINF, FRACRX, FRACRY must be defined.
Card 1
MID
RO
FC
FT
TYPEC
UNITC
ECUTEN
FCC6
A8
Default
none
none
none
0.0
1.0
1.0
0.0025
FC
Card 2
ESOFT
LCHAR
MU
TAUMXF
AGGSZ
UNITL
Default
See notes
0.0
0.4
1.E20
1.161*FT
.001
0.0
1.0
Card 3
YMREINF
PRREINF
SUREINF
TYPER
FRACRX
FRACY
LCRSU
LCALPS
none
0.0
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-746 (MAT)
TAUMXC ECRAGG
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_172
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
Card 4
Variable
AOPT
ET36
PRT36
ECUT36
LCALPC
DEGRAD
ISHCHK
UNLFAC
0.0
0.0
0.25
1.E20
none
0.0
0.5
Type
Default
Define Cards 5 and 6 if AOPT is greater than 0.

Card 5
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 6
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-747 (MAT)
*MAT_172
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
Omit Card 7 if ISHCHK = 0

Card 7
Variable
TYPSEC
P_OR_F
EFFD
GAMSC
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Type
Default
Define Card 8 only if TYPEC = 6

REQ N
Variable
ECI_6
ECSP_6
see notes
see notes
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
FC
Compressive strength of concrete (stress units)
FT
Tensile stress to cause cracking
TYPEC
Concrete aggregate type for stress-strain-temperature relationships

EQ.1.0: Siliceous (default), relationships from Draft EC2 ANNEX
EQ.2.0: Calcareous, relationships from Draft EC2 ANNEX
EQ.3.0: Non-thermally-sensitive using ET3, ECU3
EQ.4.0: Lightweight
EQ.5.0: Fibre-reinforced
EQ.6.0: Non-thermally-sensitive, Mander algorithm
EC.7.0: Siliceous, relationships from EC2 2004
EC 8.0 Calcareous, relationships from EC2 2004
UNITC
Factor to convert stress units to MPa (used in shear capacity checks) e.g.
if model units are Newtons and metres, UNITC=1E-6
2-748 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_172
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
VARIABLE
ECUTEN
DESCRIPTION
Strain to fully open a crack.
FCC6
Compressive strength of confined concrete (type 6). If blank, unconfined

properties are assumed.
ESOFT
Tension stiffening (Slope of stress-strain curve post-cracking in tension)
MU
Friction on crack planes (max shear = mu*compressive stress)
TAUMXF
Maximum friction shear stress on crack planes (ignored if AGGSZ>0 see notes).
TAUMXC
Maximum through-thickness shear stress after cracking (see notes).
ECRAGG
Strain parameter for aggregate interlock (ignored if AGGSZ>0 - see

notes).
AGGSZ
Aggregate size (length units - used in NS3473 aggregate interlock formula - see notes).
UNITL
Factor to convert length units to millimetres (used only if AGGSZ>0 see notes) e.g. if model unit is metres, UNITL=1000.
LCHAR
Characteristic length at which ESOFT applies, also used as crack spacing in aggregate-interlock calculation
YMREINF
Youngs Modulus of reinforcement
PRREINF
Poissons Ratio of reinforcement
SUREINF
Ultimate stress of reinforcement
TYPER
Type of reinforcement for stress-strain-temperature relationships

EQ.1.0: Hot rolled reinforcing steel, from Draft EC2 Annex
EQ.2.0: Cold worked reinforcing steel (default), from Draft EC2
EQ.3.0: Quenched and tempered prestressing steel
EQ.4.0: Cold worked prestressing steel
EQ.5.0: Non-thermally sensitive using loadcurve LCRSU.
EQ.7.0: Hot rolled reinforcing steel, from EC2 2004
EQ 8.0: Cold worked reinforcing steel, from EC2 2004
FRACRX
Fraction of reinforcement (x-axis) (e.g. for 1% reinforcement

FRACR=0.01).
FRACRY
Fraction of reinforcement (y-axis) (e.g. for 1% reinforcement

FRACR=0.01).
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-749 (MAT)
*MAT_172
VARIABLE
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
DESCRIPTION
LCRSU
Loadcurve for TYPER=5, giving non-dimensional factor on SUREINF

versus plastic strain (overrides stress-strain relationships from EC2).
LCALPS
Optional loadcurve giving thermal expansion coefficient of reinforcement vs temperature overrides relationship from EC2.
AOPT
Option for local orthotropic axes see Material Type 2

are identical to the nodes used for the definition of a coordinate system as by *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES. When this option is
used in two-dimensional planar and axisymmetric analysis, it is critical that the nodes in the element definition be numbered counterclockwise for this option to work correctly.
LT.0.0: This option has not yet been implemented for this material
model.
ET36
Youngs Modulus of concrete (TYPEC=3 and 6).
PRT36
Poissons Ratio of concrete (TYPEC=3 and 6).
ECUT36
Strain to failure of concrete in compression cu (TYPEC=3 and 6).
LCALPC
Optional loadcurve giving thermal expansion coefficient of concrete vs

temperature overrides relationship from EC2.
DEGRAD
If non-zero, the compressive strength of concrete parallel to an open

crack will be reduced (see notes).
ISHCHK
Flag = 1 to input data for shear capacity check.
UNLFAC
Stiffness degradation factor after crushing (0.0 to 1.0 see notes).
XP, YP, ZP
2-750 (MAT)
Coordinates of point p for AOPT = 1 and 4 (see Mat type 2).

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_172
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
A1, A2, A3
Components of vector a for AOPT = 2 (see Mat type 2).
V1, V2, V3
Components of vector v for AOPT = 3 and 4 (see Mat type 2).
D1, D2, D3
Components of vector d for AOPT = 2 (see Mat type 2).
TYPESC
Type of shear capacity check

EQ.1.0: BS 8110
EQ.2.0:ACI
P_OR_F
If BS8110 shear check, percent reinforcement e.g. if 0.5%, input 0.5.

If ACI shear check, ratio (cylinder strength/FC) - defaults to 1.
EFFD
Effective section depth (length units), used in shear capacity check. This
is usually the section depth excluding the cover concrete.
GAMSC
EC1_6
ECSP_6
Load factor used in BS8110 shear capacity check.

Strain at maximum compressive stress for Type 6 concrete.
Spalling strain in compression for Type 6 concrete.
Remarks:
Reinforcement is treated as separate sets of bars in the local element x and y axes. The reinforcement is assumed not to carry through-thickness or in-plane shear.
The material model is thermally-sensitive. If no temperatures are defined in the model, it behaves
as if at 20degC. Pre-programmed relationships between temperature and concrete properties
(compressive strength, strain at maximum compressive stress ec1, ultimate strain ecu) are by default taken from the Annex to the draft EC2 document (ENV 1992-1-2:1995), but when the
standard was released in 2004 (EN 1992-1-2:2004 (E)) some of the recommended data had
changed. The 2004 data is available by setting concrete type 7 or 8.
Creating Reinforced Concrete Sections
This material model can be used to represent unreinforced concrete (FRACR=0), steel
(FRACR=1), or reinforced concrete with evenly distributed reinforcement (0<FRACR<1).
Alternatively, use *INTEGRATION_SHELL or *PART_COMPOSITE to define the section.

Create one material Part for concrete and another for steel, both of type
MAT_CONCRETE_EC2, one with FRACR=0 (representing the concrete), the other with
FRACR=1 (reinforcement bars). Each integration point may then be defined as either concrete or
steel as appropriate.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-751 (MAT)
*MAT_172
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
Material Behavior
S
Stress-strain
strain curves for concrete and steel (and their variation with temperature) are as specified
in EC2, scaled to the user-supplied
user supplied FC, FT and SUREINF. Thermal expansion coefficients as
functions of temperature are by default taken from EC2. These can optionally be overwritten uussing LCALPC, LCALPS.
The concrete is assumed to crack in tension when the maximum in
in-plane
plane principal stress (ben
(bendding+membrane stress at an integration point) reaches FT. Cracks can open and close repeatedly
under hysteretic loading. When a crack is closed it can carry compression according to the no
norrmal compressive stress-strain
stress strain relationships. The direction of the crack relative to the element ccooordinate system is stored when
when the crack first forms. The material can carry compression parallel
to the crack even when the crack is open. A second crack may form perpendicular to the initial
crack.
After initial cracking, the tensile stress reduces with increasing tensile strain. A finite amount of
energy must be absorbed to create a fully open crack - in practice the reinforcement holds the
concrete together, allowing it to continue to take some tension (this effect is known as tension
tensionstiffening). The options available for the stress-strain
st
strain relationship are shown below. The bilinear
relationship is used by default. The simple linear relationship applies oonly
nly if ESOFT>0 and
ECUTEN=0.
LCHAR can optionally be used to maintain constant energy per unit area of crack irrespective of
mesh size, i.e. the crack opening displacement is fixed rather than the crack opening strain.
LCHAR*ECUTEN is then the displacement to fully open a ccrack.
rack. For the actual elements, crack
opening displacement is estimated by strain*SQRT(area). Note that if LCHAR is defined, it is
also used as the crack spacing in the NS 3473 aggregate interlock calculation.
Figure 2-83
83. Tensile Behaviour of
of Concrete
The relationship of FT with temperature is taken
taken from EC2 there is no input option to change
this. FT is assumed to remain at its input value at temperatures up to 100 deg C, then to reduce
linearly with temperature to zero at 600 deg C. Up to 500deg C, the crack opening strain
22-752 (MAT)
LS
LS-DYNA
DYNA R7.0
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
*MAT_172
ECUTEN increases with temperature such that the fracture energy to open the crack remains
constant. Above 500 deg C the crack opening strain does not increase further.
Compressive behaviour of the concrete initially follows a curve defined in EC2 as:
Stress = FCmax * [(/
[( c1)*(3/{2 + (/
( c1)3})]
where c1 is the strain at which the ultimate compressive strength FCmax is reached, and is the
current equivalent
equivalent uniaxial compressive strain.
The initial elastic modulus is given by E=3FCmax/2
E=3FCmax/2c1. On reaching FCmax, the stress decreases
Figure 2-84. Concrete stress strain behavior

linearly with increasing strain, reaching zero at a strain cu. Strains c1 and cu are by default ta
taken from EC2 and are functions of temperature. At 20oC they take values 0.0025 and 0.02 respe
respectively. FCmax is also a function of temperature, given by the input parameter FC (which applies at
20oC) times a temperature-dependent
temperature dependent softening
softening factor taken from EC2.
Forr TYPEC=3, the user over-rides
over rides the default values of elastic stiffness and cu. In this case, the
strain c1 is calculated from the elastic stiffness, and there is no thermal sensitivity. The stress
stressstrain behaviour follows the same form as described above.
For TYPEC=6, the above compressive crushing behaviour is replaced with the equations pr
proposed by Mander. This
This algorithm can model unconfined or confined concrete; for unconfined,
leave FCC6 blank. For confined concrete, input the confined compressive strength as FCC6.
Default values for type 6 are calculated as follows:
c1 = 0.002[1 + 5(FCC6/FC 1)] for unconfined concrete, FCC6=FC so c1 defaults to 0.002.
cu = 1.1*
1.1* c
csp = cu + FCC/E
LS-DYNA
DYNA R7.0
2-753
753 (MAT)
*MAT_172
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
Figure 2-85. Type 6 concrete
Figure 2--86. Concrete unloading behavior

Unload/reload stiffness (all concrete types)
During compressive loading, the elastic modulus will be reduced according to the parameter
UNLFAC (default = 0.5). UNLFAC=0.0 means no reduction, i.e. the initial elastic modulus will
apply during unloading and reloading. UNLFAC=1.0 means that unloading results in no perm
permaanent strain
strain.. Intermediate values imply a permanent strain linearly interpolated between these eexxtremes.
Tensile strength is reduced by the same factor as the elastic modulus as described in the par
paraagraph above.
22-754 (MAT)
LS
LS-DYNA
DYNA R7.0
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
*MAT_172
Optional compressive strength degradation due to cracking
By default, the compressive strength of cracked and uncracked elements is the same. If
DEGRAD is non-zero, the formula from BS8110 is used to reduce compressive strength parallel
to the crack while the crack is open:
Reduction factor = Min(1.0, 1.0/(0.8 + 100t)) where t is the tensile strain normal to the
crack.
Through-thickness shear strength
Before cracking, the through-thickness shear stress in the concrete is unlimited. For cracked elements, shear stress on the crack plane (magnitude of shear stress including element-plane and
through-thickness terms) is treated in one of two ways:
If AGGSZ > 0, the relationship from Norwegian standard NS3473 is used to model the
aggregate-interlock that allows cracked concrete to carry shear loading. In this case,
UNITL must be defined. This is the factor that converts model length units to millimetres, i.e. the aggregate size in millimetres = AGGSZ*UNITL. The formula in NS3473 also requires the crack width in millimetres: this is estimated from UNITL*cro*Le, where
cro is the crack opening strain and Le is the crack spacing, taken as LCHAR if non-zero,
or equal to element size if LCHAR is zero. Optionally, TAUMXC may be used to set the
maximum shear stress when the crack is closed and the normal stress is zero by default
this is equal to 1.161FT from the formulae in NS3473. If TAUMXC is defined, the shear
stress from the NS3473 formula is scaled by TAUMXC/1.161FT.
If AGGSZ=0, the aggregate interlock is modelled by this formula:
max = TAUMXC/(1.0 + cro/ECRAGG) + min(MU*comp, TAUMXF)
Where max is the maximum shear stress carried across a crack; comp is the compressive
stress across the crack (this is zero if the crack is open); ECRAGG is the crack opening
strain at which the input shear strength TAUMXC is halved. Again, TAUMXC defaults
to 1.161FT.
Note that if a shear capacity check is specified, the above applies only to in-plane shear, while
the through-thickness shear is unlimited.
The reinforcement is treated as separate bars in the local X and Y directions it does not carry
shear in the local XY direction. At 20oC the behaviour is elastic-perfectly-plastic, up to the onset
of failure, after which the stress reduces linearly with increasing strain until final failure. The
strain at which failure occurs depend on the reinforcement type (TYPER) and the temperature.
For example, for hot-rolled reinforcing steel at 20oC failure begins at 15% strain and is complete
at 20% strain.
The default stress-strain curve for reinforcement may be overridden using TYPER=5 and
LCRSU. In this case, the reinforcement properties are not temperature-sensitive and the yield
stress is given by SUREINF*f(p), where f(p) is the loadcurve value at the current plastic strain.
To include failure of the reinforcement, the curve should reduce to zero at the desired failure
strain and remain zero for higher strains. Note that LS-DYNA re-interpolates the input curve to
have 100 equally-spaced points; if the last point on the curve is at very high strain, then the initial part of the curve may become poorly defined.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-755 (MAT)
*MAT_172
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
Local directions
AOPT and associated data are used to define the directions of the reinforcement bars. If the reinforcement directions are not consistent across neighbouring elements, the response may be less
stiff than intended this is equivalent to the bars being bent at the element boundaries. See material type 2 for description of the different AOPT settings.
Shear capacity check
Shear reinforcement is not included explicitly in this material model. However, a shear capacity
check can be made, to show regions that require shear reinforcement. The assumption is that the
structure will not yield or fail in through-thickness shear, because sufficient shear reinforcement
will be added. Set ISHCHK and TYPESC to 1. Give the percentage reinforcement (P_OR_F),
effective depth of section EFFD (this typically excludes the cover concrete), and load factor
GAMSC. These are used in Table 3.8 of BS 8110-1:1997 to determine the design shear stress.
The shear capacity is this design shear stress times the total section thickness (i.e. force per
unit width), modified according to Equation 6b of BS 8110 to allow for axial load. The shear
demand (actual shear force per unit width) is then compared to the shear capacity. This process
is performed for the two local directions of the reinforcement in each element; when defining
sections using integration rules and multiple sets of material properties, it is important that each
set of material properties referenced within the same section has the same AOPT and orientation
data. Note that the shear demand and axial load (used in calculation of the shear capacity) are
summed across the integration points within the section; the same values of capacity, demand,
and difference between capacity and demand are then written to all the integration points.
Thermal expansion
By default, thermal expansion properties from EC2 are used. If no temperatures are defined in
the model, properties for 20deg C are used. For the user-defined types (TYPEC=3 or 6,
TYPER=5) there is no thermal expansion by default, and the properties do not vary with temperature. The user may override the default thermal expansion behaviour by defining curves of
thermal expansion coefficient versus temperature (LCALPC, LCALPR). These apply no matter
what types TYPEC and TYPER have been selected.
Output
Plastic Strain is the maximum of the plastic strains in the reinforcement in the two local directions.
Extra history variables may be requested for shell elements
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY), which have the following meaning:
Extra Variable 1:
Extra Variable 2:
Extra Variable 3:
Extra Variable 4:
Extra Variable 5:
Extra Variable 6:
Extra Variable 7:
2-756 (MAT)
(NEIPS
on
Current crack opening strain (if two cracks are present, max of the two)
Equivalent uniaxial strain for concrete compressive behaviour
Number of cracks (0, 1 or 2)
Temperature
Thermal strain
Current crack opening strain first crack to form
Current crack opening strain crack at 90 degrees to first crack
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
Extra Variable 8:
Extra Variable 9:
Extra Variable 10:
Extra Variable 11:
Extra Variable 12:
Extra Variable 13:
Extra Variable 14:
Extra Variable 15:
Extra Variable 16:
Extra Variable 17:
Extra Variable 18:
Extra Variable 19:
Extra Variable 20:
Extra Variable 21:
Extra Variable 22:
Extra Variable 23:
Extra Variable 24:
Extra Variable 25:
Extra Variable 26:
Extra Variable 27:
Extra Variable 28:
Extra Variable 29:
Extra Variable 30:
Extra Variable 31:
Extra Variable 32
Extra Variable 33
Extra Variable 34
Extra Variable 35
Extra Variable 36
*MAT_172
Max crack opening strain first crack to form

Max crack opening strain crack at 90 degrees to first crack
Maximum difference (shear demand minus capacity) that has occurred so
far, in either of the two reinforcement directions
far, in reinforcement x-direction
far, in reinforcement y-direction
Current shear demand minus capacity, in reinforcement x-direction
Current shear demand minus capacity, in reinforcement y-direction
Current shear capacity Vcx, in reinforcement x-direction
Current shear capacity Vcy, in reinforcement y-direction
Current shear demand Vx, in reinforcement x-direction
Current shear demand Vy, in reinforcement y-direction
Maximum shear demand that has occurred so far, in reinforcement
x-direction
Maximum shear demand) that has occurred so far, in reinforcement
y-direction
Current strain in reinforcement (x-direction)
Current strain in reinforcement (y-direction)
Shear strain (slip) across first crack
Shear strain (slip) across second crack
X-Stress in concrete (element local axes)
Y-Stress in concrete (element local axes)
XY-Stress in concrete (element local axes)
YZ-Stress in concrete (element local axes)
XZ-Stress in concrete (element local axes)
Reinforcement stress (A-direction)
Reinforcement stress (B-direction)
Current shear demand Vmax
Maximum Vmax that has occurred so far
Current shear capacity Vctheta
Excess shear = Vmax - Vctheta
Maximum excess shear that has occurred so far
Vmax = Sqrt(Vx2 + Vy2) where Vx, Vy = shear demand in reinforcement x and y directions
Vctheta = Vmax/Sqrt[(Vx/Vcx)2 + (Vy/Vcy)2] where Vcx, Vcy = shear capacity in x and y
Note that the concrete stress history variables are stored in element local axes irrespective of
AOPT, i.e. local X is always the direction from node 1 to node 2. The reinforcement stresses are
in the reinforcement directions; these do take account of AOPT.
MAXINT (shells) and/or BEAMIP (beams) on *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY may be set
to the maximum number of integration points, so that results for all integration points can be
plotted separately.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-757 (MAT)
*MAT_173
*MAT_MOHR_COULOMB
*MAT_MOHR_COULOMB
This is Material Type 173 for solid elements only, is intended to represent sandy soils and other
granular materials. Joints (planes of weakness) may be added if required; the material then represents rock. The joint treatment is identical to that of *MAT_JOINTED_ROCK.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
GMOD
RNU
(blank)
PHI
CVAL
PSI
A8
Default
Card 2
0.0
NOVOID
NPLANES
(blank)
LCCPDR
LCCPT
LCCJDR
LCCJT
LCSFAC
Type
Default
Card 3
LCPHIEP
LCPSIEP
LCGMST
CVALGR
ANISO
Variable
Variable
Type
Default
2-758 (MAT)
GMODDP GMODGR LCGMEP

F
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_173
*MAT_MOHR_COULOMB
Card 4 Repeat for each plane (maximum 6 planes)
Card 4
Variable
Type
Default
DIP
DIPANG
CPLANE
FRPLANE
TPLANE
SHRMAX
LOCAL
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.e20
0.0
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
GMOD
Elastic shear modulus
RNU
Poissons ratio
PHI
Angle of friction (radians)
CVAL
PSI
Cohesion value (shear strength at zero normal stress)

Dilation angle (radians)
NOVOID
Flag = 1 to switch off voiding behavior (see notes)
NPLANES
Number of joint planes (maximum 6)
LCCPDR
Load curve for extra cohesion for parent material (dynamic relaxation)
LCCPT
Load curve for extra cohesion for parent material (transient)
LCCJDR
Load curve for extra cohesion for joints (dynamic relaxation)
LCCJT
Load curve for extra cohesion for joints (transient)
LCSFAC
Load curve giving factor on strength vs. time
GMODDP
Z-coordinate at which GMOD and CVAL are correct
GMODGR
Gradient of GMOD versus z-coordinate (usually negative)
LCGMEP
Load curve of GMOD versus plastic strain (overrides GMODGR)
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-759 (MAT)
*MAT_173
*MAT_MOHR_COULOMB
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCPHIEP
Load curve of PHI versus plastic strain
LCPSIEP
Load curve of PSI versus plastic strain
LCGMST
(Leave blank)
CVALGR
Gradient of CVAL versus z-coordinate (usually negative)
ANISO
DIP
Factor applied to elastic shear stiffness in global XZ and YZ planes

Angle of the plane in degrees below the horizontal
DIPANG
Plan view angle (degrees) of downhill vector drawn on the plane
CPLANE
Cohesion for shear behavior on plane
PHPLANE
Friction angle for shear behavior on plane (degrees)
TPLANE
Tensile strength across plane (generally zero or very small)
SHRMAX
Max shear stress on plane (upper limit, independent of compression)
LOCAL
EQ.0: DIP and DIPANG are with respect to the global axes
EQ.1: DIP and DIPANG are with respect to the local element axes
Remarks:
1.
The material has a Mohr Coulomb yield surface, given by max = C + ntan(phi), where
max =maximum shear stress on any plane, n=normal stress on that plane (positive in
compression), C=cohesion, phi=friction angle. The plastic potential function is of the
form k - I + constant, where k = maximum principal stress, i = minimum principal
stress, and z =
2.
O)(At-)
)(At-)
The tensile strength of the material is given by D =
(A-)
where C is the cohesion.
After the material reaches its tensile strength, further tensile straining leads to volumetric
voiding; the voiding is reversible if the strain is reversed.
3.
If depth-dependent properties are used, the model must be oriented with the z-axis in the
upward direction.
4.
Plastic strain is defined as SQRT(2/3.pij.pij), i.e. the same way as for other elasto-plastic
material models.
2-760 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_MOHR_COULOMB
*MAT_173
5.
Friction and dilation angles PHI and PSI may vary with plastic strain, to model heavily
consolidated materials under large shear strains as the strain increases, the dilation angle typically reduces to zero and the friction angle to a lower, pre-consolidation value.
6.
For similar reasons, the shear modulus may reduce with plastic strain, but this option may
sometimes give unstable results.
7.
The loadcurves LCCPDR, LCCPT, LCCJDR, LCCJT allow extra cohesion to be specified as a function of time. The cohesion is additional to that specified in the material parameters. This is intended for use during the initial stages of an analysis to allow application of gravity or other loads without cracking or yielding, and for the cracking or yielding then to be introduced in a controlled manner. This is done by specifying extra cohesion that exceeds the expected stresses initially, then declining to zero. If no curves are
specified, no extra cohesion is applied.
8.
The loadcurve for factor on strength applies simultaneously to the cohesion and
tan(friction angle) of parent material and all joints. This feature is intended for reducing
the strength of the material gradually, to explore factors of safety. If no curve is present, a
constant factor of 1 is assumed. Values much greater than 1.0 may cause problems with
stability.
9.
The anisotropic factor ANISO applies the elastic shear stiffness in the global XZ and YZ
planes. It can be used only in pure Mohr-Coulomb mode (NPLANES=0).
10.
For friction angle greater than zero, the Mohr Coulomb yield surface implies a tensile
pressure limit equal to CVAL/tan(phi). The default behaviour is that voids develop in the
material when this pressure limit is reached, and the pressure will never become more
tensile than the pressure limit. If NOVOID=1, the tensile pressure limit is not applied.
Stress states in which the pressure is more tensile than CVAL/tan(phi) are permitted, but
will be purely hydrostatic with no shear stress. NOVOID is recommended in MultiMaterial ALE simulations, in which the development of voids or air space is already accounted for by the Multi-Material ALE.
11.
To model soil, set NJOINT=0. The joints are to allow modeling of rock, and are treated
identically to those of *MAT_JOINTED_ROCK.
12.
The joint plane orientations are defined by the angle of a downhill vector drawn on the
plane, i.e. the vector is oriented within the plane to obtain the maximum possible downhill angle. DIP is the angle of this line below the horizontal. DIPANG is the plan-view
angle of the line (pointing down hill) measured clockwise from the global Y-axis about
the global Z-axis.
13.
Joint planes would generally be defined in the global axis system if they are taken from
survey data. However, the material model can also be used to represent masonry, in
which case the weak planes represent the cement and lie parallel to the local element axes.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-761 (MAT)
*MAT_173
*MAT_MOHR_COULOMB
14.
The joint planes rotate with the rigid body motion of the elements, irrespective of whether their initial definitions are in the global or local axis system.
15.
Extra variables for plotting. By setting NEIPH on *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY to

27, the following variables can be plotted in Oasys Ltd. Post Processors D3PLOT, T/HIS
and LS-PrePost:
Extra Variable 1: Mobilized strength fraction for base material
Extra Variable 2: Volumetric void strain
Extra Variable 3: Maximum stress overshoot during plastic calculation
Extra Variables 4 9: crack opening strain for planes 1 - 6
Extra Variables 10 - 15: crack accumulated shear strain for planes 1 - 6
Extra Variables 16 - 20: current shear utilization for planes 1 - 6
Extra Variables 21 - 27: maximum shear utilization to date for planes 1 6
Extra Variable 33: elastic shear modulus (for checking depth-dependent input)
Extra Variable 34: cohesion (for checking depth-dependent input)
2-762 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_174
*MAT_RC_BEAM
*MAT_RC_BEAM
This is Material Type 174, for Hughes-Liu beam elements only. The material model can represent plain concrete only, reinforcing steel only, or a smeared combination of concrete and reinforcement. The main emphasis of this material model is the cyclic behavior it is intended primarily for seismic analysis.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
EUNL
PR
FC
EC1
EC50
RESID
A8
none
none
See
0.0
none
0.0022
See
0.2
Remarks
Card 2
Variable
Type
Default
Remarks
FT
UNITC
(blank)
(blank)
(blank)
ESOFT
LCHAR
OUTPUT
See
1.0
none
none
none
See
none
Remarks
Card 3
Variable
1
FRACR
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
Remarks
YMREINF PRREINF SYREINF
SUREINF
ESHR
EUR
RREINF
0.0
none
0.0
0.0
SYREINF
0.03
0.2
4.0
2-763 (MAT)
*MAT_174
*MAT_RC_BEAM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
EUNL
Initial unloading elastic modulus (See Remarks).
PR
Poissons ratio.
FC
Cylinder strength (stress units)
EC1
Strain at which stress FC is reached.
EC50
Strain at which the stress has dropped to 50% FC
RESID
Residual strength factor
FT
Maximum tensile stress
UNITC
Factor to convert stress units to MPa (See Remarks)
ESOFT
Slope of stress-strain curve post-cracking in tension
LCHAR
Characteristic length for strain-softening behavior
OUTPUT
Output flag controlling what is written as plastic strain

EQ.0.0: Curvature
EQ.1.0: High-tide plastic strain in reinforcement
FRACR
Fraction of reinforcement (e.g. for 1% reinforcement FRACR=0.01)
YMREINF
Youngs Modulus of reinforcement
PRREINF
Poissons Ratio of reinforcement
SYREINF
Yield stress of reinforcement
SUREINF
Ultimate stress of reinforcement
ESHR
Strain at which reinforcement begins to harden
EUR
Strain at which reinforcement reaches ultimate stress
R_REINF
2-764 (MAT)
Dimensionless Ramberg-Osgood parameter r. If zero, a default value

r=4.0 will be used. If set to -1, parameters will be calculated from Kent
& Park formulae. (See Remarks)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_RC_BEAM
*MAT_174
Remarks:
Creating sections for reinforced concrete beams
This material model can be used to represent unreinforced concrete (FRACR=0), steel
(FRACR=1), or reinforced concrete with evenly distributed reinforcement (0<FRACR<1).
Alternatively, use *INTEGRATION_BEAM to define the section. A new option in allows the
user to define a Part ID for each integration point, similar to the facility already available with
*INTEGRATION_SHELL. All parts referred to by one integration rule must have the same material type, but can have different material properties. Create one Part for concrete, and another
for steel. These Parts should reference Materials, both of type *MAT_RC_BEAM, one with
FRACR=0, the other with FRACR=1. Then, by assigning one or other of these Part Ids to each
integration point the reinforcement can be applied to the correct locations within the section of
the beam.
Concrete
In monotonic compression, the approach of Park and Kent, as described in Park & Paulay [1975]
is used. The material follows a parabolic stress-strain curve up to a maximum stress equal to the
cylinder strength FC; therafter the strength decays linearly with strain until the residual strength
is reached. Default values for some material parameters will be calculated automatically as follows:
,-50 =
( O .8<{b)
WX{b
(FC in MPa units Park and Kent, from test data)
EUNL = initial tangent slope = 2FC/EC1 (User-defined values lower than this are not permitted,
but higher values may be defined if desired)
/ = 1.4
{b
(FC in MPa units from CEB Code 1993)
ESOFT = EUNL
(User-defined values higher than EUNL are not permitted)
UNITC is used only to calculate default values for the above parameters from FC.
Strain-softening behavior tends to lead to deformations being concentrated in one element, and
hence the overall force-deflection behavior of the structure can be mesh-size-dependent if the
softening is characterized by strain. To avoid this, a characteristic length (LCHAR) may be defined. This is the length of specimen (or element) that would exhibit the defined monotonic
stress-strain relationship. LS-DYNA adjusts the stress-strain relationship after ultimate load for
each element, such that all elements irrespective of their length will show the same deflection
during strain softening (i.e. between ultimate load and residual load). Therefore, although deformation will still be concentrated in one element, the load-deflection behavior should be the same
irrespective of element size. For tensile behavior, ESOFT is similarly scaled.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-765 (MAT)
*MAT_174
*MAT_RC_BEAM
MAT_RC_BEAM - concrete
6
16
20
5,12
17
7,9
8
10
11
18
15,19
13
3,14
Figure 2-87.
Cyclic behavior is broadly suggested by Blakeley and Park [1973] as described in Park & Paulay
[1975]; the stress-strain response lies within the Park-Kent envelope, and is characterized by stiff
initial unloading response at slope EUNL followed by a less stiff response if it unloads to less
than half the current strength. Reloading stiffness degrades with increasing strain.
In tension, the stress rises linearly with strain until a tensile limit FT is reached. Thereafter the
stiffness and strength decays with increasing strain at a rate ESOFT. The stiffness also decays
such that unloading always returns to strain at which the stress most recently changed to tensile.
ult
y
sh
ult
Figure 2-88.
2-766 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_174
*MAT_RC_BEAM
Monotonic loading of the reinforcement results in the stress-strain curve shown, which is parabolic between sh and ult. The same curve acts as an envelope on the hysteretic behavior, when
the x-axis is cumulative plastic strain.
Unloading from the yielded condition is elastic until the load reverses. Thereafter, the
Bauschinger Effect (reduction in stiffness at stresses less than yield during cyclic deformation) is
represented by following a Ramberg-Osgood relationship until the yield stress is reached:
D
D
o1 + 5
6
,
Db
Q Q =
where Q and D are strain and stress, Q is the strain at zero stress, E is Youngs Modulus, and r
and Db are as defined below
MAT_RC_BEAM reinforcement RREINF=4.0

2
3,5
6,8
9,11 12,14 15
1
4
10
13
Figure 2-89.
Two options are given for calculation r and Db , which is performed at each stress reversal:
1.
2.
If RREINF is input as -1, r and CH are calculated internally from formulae given in Kent
and Park. Parameter r depends on the number of stress reversals. Parameter Db depends
on the plastic strain that occurred between the previous two stress reversals. The formulae were statistically derived from experiments, but may not fit all circumstances. In particular, large differences in behavior may be caused by the presence or absence of small
stress reversals such as could be caused by high frequency oscillations. Therefore, results
might sometimes be unduly sensitive to small changes in the input data.
If RREINF is entered by the user or left blank, r is held constant while Db is calculated
on each reversal such that the Ramberg-Osgood curve meets the monotonic stress-strain
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-767 (MAT)
*MAT_174
*MAT_RC_BEAM
curve at the point from which it last unloaded, e.g. points 6 and 8 are coincident in the
graph below. The default setting RREINF=4.0 gives similar hysteresis behavior to that
described by Kent & Park but is unlikely to be so sensitive to small changes of input data.
Output
It is recommended to use BEAMIP on *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY to request stress and
strain output at the individual integration points. If this is done, for MAT_RC_BEAM only, element curvature is written to the output files in place of plastic strain. In the post-processor, select
plastic strain to display curvature (whichever of the curvatures about local y and z axes has
greatest absolute value will be plotted). Alternatively, select axial strain to display the total axial strain (elastic + plastic) at that integration point; this can be combined with axial stress to create hysteresis plots such as those shown above.
2-768 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_175
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_THERMAL
rubbers and solid explosives. Either the coefficients of the prony series expansion or a relaxation
curve may be specified to define the viscoelastic deviatoric and bulk behavior.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
BULK
PCF
EF
TREF
A8
Card 2
Variable
LCID
NT
BSTART
TRAMP
LCIDK
NTK
BSTART
K
TRAMPK
Type
If an elastic layer is defined you only need to define GI and KI (note in an elastic layer only one card is needed)
Optional
Cards
Variable
GI
BETAI
KI
BETAKI
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-769 (MAT)
*MAT_175
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
BULK
PCF
EF
TREF

Coefficient for the Arrhenius and the Williams-Landau-Ferry shift functions.
Coefficient for the Williams-Landau-Ferry shift function.
LCID
NT

BSTART

TRAMP
LCIDK
NTK

BSTARTK

2, 4 is 10 times 3 , and so on. If zero, BSTARTK is determined
by an iterative trial and error scheme.
TRAMPK
GI
2-770 (MAT)

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_175
VARIABLE
BETAI
KI
BETAKI
DESCRIPTION

Remarks:
the form:
DEF =
&
EFH (f
RM
to the stress tensor determined from the strain energy functional.
(f) = ' 4
O &
We characterize this in the input by shear moduli, E , and decay constants, zE . An arbitrary
of bulk moduli:
(f) = '
OM &
The Arrhenius and Williams-Landau-Ferry (WLF) shift functions account for the effects of the
temperature on the stress relaxation. A scaled time, t,
f = (/) f
&
is used in the relaxation function instead of the physical time. The Arrhenius shift function is
(/) = exp(h
and the Williams-Landau-Ferry shift function is
(/) = exp(h
? ?
oO? ?
If all three values (TREF, A, and B) are not zero, the WLF function is used; the Arrhenius function is used if B is zero; and no scaling is applied if all three values are zero.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-771 (MAT)
*MAT_175
Figure 2-90. Relaxation curve. This curve defines stress versus time where time is
defined on a logarithmic scale. For best results, the points defined in the load curve
should be equally spaced on the logarithmic scale. Furthermore, the load curve should
be smooth and defined in the positive quadrant. If nonphysical values are determined
by least squares fit, LS-DYNA will terminate with an error message after the initialization phase is completed. If the ramp time for loading is included, then the relaxation
which occurs during the loading phase is taken into account. This effect may or may
not be important
2-772 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_176
*MAT_QUASILINEAR_VISCOELASTIC
Purpose: This is Material Type 176. This is a quasi-linear, isotropic, viscoelastic material based
on a one-dimensional model by Fung [1993], which represents biological soft tissues such as
brain, skin, kidney, spleen, etc. This model is implemented for solid and shell elements. The
formulation has recently been changed to allow larger strains, and, in general, will not give the
same results as the previous implementation which remains the default.
Card 1
MID
RO
LC1
LC2
GSTART
A8
Default
none
none
none
1/TMAX
Card 2
SO
E_MIN
E_MAX
GAMA1
GAMA2
EH
FORM
0.0
-0.9
5.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
Define the following 3 cards if and only if LC1 is 0.

Card 3
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
G1
BETA1
G2
BETA2
G3
BETA3
G4
BETA4
2-773 (MAT)
*MAT_176
Card 4
G5
BETA5
G6
BETA6
G7
BETA7
G8
BETA8
Type
Card 5
G9
BETA9
G10
BETA10
G11
BETA11
G12
BETA12
Variable
Variable
Type
Define the following card if and only if LC2 is 0.

Card 3 or 6
Variable
Type
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Bulk modulus.
LC1
Load curve ID that defines the relaxation function in shear. This curve
is used to fit the coefficients Gi and BETAi. If zero, define the coefficients directly. The latter is recommended.
LC2
Load curve ID that defines the instantaneous elastic response in compression and tension. If zero, define the coefficients directly. Symmetry
is not assumed if only the tension side is define; therefore, defining the
response in tension only, may lead to nonphysical behavior in compression. Also, this curve should give a softening response for increasing
strain without any negative or zero slopes. A stiffening curve or one
with negative slopes is generally unstable.
2-774 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_176
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Number of terms used in the Prony series, a number less than or equal to
6. This number should be equal to the number of decades of time covered by the experimental data. Define this number if LC1 is nonzero.
Carefully check the fit in the D3HSP file to ensure that it is valid, since
the least square fit is not always reliable.
GSTART
Starting value for least square fit. If zero, a default value is set equal to
the inverse of the largest time in the experiment. Define this number if
LC1 is nonzero.
Number of terms used to determine the instantaneous elastic response.

This variable is ignored with the new formulation but is kept for compatibility with the previous input.
SO
E_MIN
Minimum strain used to generate the load curve from Ci. The default
range is -0.9 to 5.1. The computed solution will be more accurate if the
user specifies the range used to fit the Ci. Linear extrapolation is used
outside the specified range.
E_MAX
Maximum strain used to generate the load curve from Ci.
Material failure parameter that controls the volume enclosed by the failure surface, see *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER.
LE.0.0: ignore failure criterion;
GT.0.0: use actual K value for failure criterions.
GAMA1
Material failure parameter, see *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER and

Figure 2-93.
GAMA2
Material failure parameter, see *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER.
EH
LS-DYNA R7.0
Damage parameter, see *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER.
2-775 (MAT)
*MAT_176
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
FORM
Formulation of model. FORM=0 gives the original model developed by

Fung, which always relaxes to a zero stress state as time approaches infinity, and FORM=1 gives the alternative model, which relaxes to the
quasi-static elastic response. In general, the two formulations wont give
the same responses. Formulation, FORM=-1, is an improvement on
FORM=0 where the instantaneous elastic response is used in the viscoelastic stress update, not just in the relaxation, as in FORM=0. Consequently, the constants for the elastic response do not need to be scaled.
Gi
Coefficients of the relaxation function. The number of coefficients is

currently limited to 6 although 12 may be read in to maintain compatibility with the previous formulations input. Define these coefficients if
LC1 is set to zero. At least 2 coefficients must be nonzero.
BETAi
Decay constants of the relaxation function. Define these coefficients if

LC1 is set to zero. The number of coefficients is currently limited to 6
although 12 may be read in to maintain compatibility with the previous
formulations input.
Ci
Coefficients of the instantaneous elastic response in compression and

tension. Define these coefficients only if LC2 is set to zero.
Remarks:
The equations for the original model (FORM=0) are given as:
D (f) =
(f) =
DR (Q) =
&
E'
H
E'
(f )
E 4
O&
DR 9Q(): Q
-E Q E
where G is the shear modulus. Effective strain (which can be written to the d3plot database) is
calculated as follows:
2
Q effectuve = k QEF QEF
3
The polynomial for instantaneous elastic response should contain only odd terms if symmetric
tension-compression response is desired.
2-776 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_176
The new model (FORM=1) is based on the hyperelastic model used

*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER assuming incompressibility. The one-dimensional expression
for DR generates the uniaxial stress-strain curve and an additional visco-elastic term is added on,
D(Q, f) = Dtj (Q) + D (f)
D (f) =
&
(f )
where the first term to the right of the equals sign is the hyperelastic stress and the second is the
viscoelastic stress. Unlike the previous formulation, where the stress always relaxed to zero, the
current formulation relaxes to the hyperelastic stress.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-777 (MAT)
*MAT_177
*MAT_HILL_FOAM
*MAT_HILL_FOAM
Purpose: This is Material Type 177. This is a highly compressible foam based on the strainenergy function proposed by Hill [1979]; also see Storakers [1986]. Poissons ratio effects are
taken into account.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
MU
LCID
FITTYPE
LCSR
A8
none
none
none
Define the following 2 cards if and only if LCID is 0.

Card 2
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
Type
Card 3
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
Type
Card 4
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
2-778 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_177
*MAT_HILL_FOAM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Bulk modulus. This modulus is used for determining the contact interface stiffness.
Material constant. Define if LCID=0 below; otherwise, N is fit from the

load curve data. See equations below.
MU
LCID
FITTYPE
Load curve ID that defines the force per unit area versus the stretch ratio. This curve can be given for either uniaxial or biaxial data depending
on FITTYPE.
Type of fit:
EQ.1: uniaxial data,
EQ.2: biaxial data,
EQ.3: pure shear data.
LCSR
Load curve ID that defines the uniaxial or biaxial stretch ratio (see FITTYPE) versus the transverse stretch ratio.
Ci
Material constants. See equations below. Define up to 8 coefficients if

LCID=0.
Bi

LCID=0.
Mullins effect model r coefficient
Mullins effect model m coefficient
Remarks:
If load curve data is defined, the fit generated by LS-DYNA must be closely checked in the
D3HSP output file. It may occur that the nonlinear least squares procedure in LS-DYNA, which
is used to fit the data, is inadequate.
The Hill strain energy density function for this highly compressible foam is given by:
=
LS-DYNA R7.0
F'
-F !K
1
!
!
s + 8K + K 3 + 0
F
!K
1w
2-779 (MAT)
*MAT_177
*MAT_HILL_FOAM
where -F , F , and n are material constants and 0 = 8 represents the ratio of the deformed to
the undeformed state. The constant m is internally set to 4. In case number of points in the curve
is less than 8, then m is set to the number of points divided by 2. The principal Cauchy stresses
are
fE =
F'
-F !K
B 0
0 E
!K
C = 1,2,3
From the above equations the shear modulus is:

=
and the bulk modulus is:
1
2
F'
-F F
1
= 2 5 + 6
3
The value for K defined in the input is used in the calculation of contact forces and for the material time step. Generally, this value should be equal to or greater that the K given in the above
equation.
2-780 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_178
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_HILL_FOAM
Purpose: This is Material Type 178. This is a highly compressible foam based on the strainenergy function proposed by Hill [1979]; also see Storakers [1986]. The extension to include
large strain viscoelasticity is due to Feng and Hallquist [2002].
Card 1
MID
RO
MU
LCID
FITTYPE
LCSR
A8
Default
none
none
none
Card 2
LCVE
NT
GSTART
Type
Default
1/TMAX
Variable
Type
Variable
Define the following 2 cards if and only if LCID is 0.

Card 3
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
Type
Card 4
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-781 (MAT)
*MAT_178
Cards opt.
Variable
GI
BETAI
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Bulk modulus. This modulus is used for determining the contact interface stiffness.
Material constant. Define if LCID=0 below; otherwise, N is fit from the

load curve data. See equations below.
MU
LCID
FITTYPE
Load curve ID that defines the force per unit area versus the stretch ratio. This curve can be given for either uniaxial or biaxial data depending
on FITTYPE. Load curve LCSR below must also be defined.
Type of fit:
EQ.1: uniaxial data,
EQ.2: biaxial data.
LCSR
Load curve ID that defines the uniaxial or biaxial stress ratio (see FITTYPE) versus the transverse stretch ratio.
LCVE
Optional load curve ID that defines the relaxation function in shear.

This curve is used to fit the coefficients Gi and BETAi. If zero, define
the coefficients directly. The latter is recommended.
NT
Number of terms used to fit the Prony series, which is a number less
than or equal to 12. This number should be equal to the number of decades of time covered by the experimental data. Define this number if
LCVE is nonzero. Carefully check the fit in the D3HSP file to ensure
that it is valid, since the least square fit is not always reliable.
2-782 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_178
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
GSTART
Starting value for least square fit. If zero, a default value is set equal to
the inverse of the largest time in the experiment. Define this number if
LC1 is nonzero, Ci, Material constants. See equations below. Define up
to 8 coefficients.
Ci

LCID=0.
Bi

LCID=0.
GI
BETAI
Remarks:
If load curve data is defined, the fit generated by LS-DYNA must be closely checked in the
D3HSP output file. It may occur that the nonlinear least squares procedure in LS-DYNA, which
is used to fit the data, is inadequate.
The Hill strain energy density function for this highly compressible foam is given by:
eO = e 4
O*&
+ QHH
14
z
O*&
44 z = |k,/h|
where -F , F , and n are material constants and 0 = 8 represents the ratio of the deformed to
the undeformed state. The principal Cauchy stresses are
fE =
F'
-F !K
B 0
0 E
!K
C = 1,2,3
From the above equations the shear modulus is:

=
and the bulk modulus is:
LS-DYNA R7.0
1
2
F'
-F F
1
= 2 5 + 6
3
2-783 (MAT)
*MAT_178
The value for K defined in the input is used in the calculation of contact forces and for the material time step. Generally, this value should be equal to or greater that the K given in the above
equation.
form:
(f )
RM
= EFH (f )
lM
DEF =
&
EFH

EF
&
EF ,
given by,
(f) = y + ' y 4
(f) = E' E 4
O &
O &
2-784 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_179
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM_{OPTION}
This is Material Type 179 (and 180 if the ORTHO option below is active) for modeling rate independent low density foams, which have the property that the hysteresis in the loadingunloading curve is considerably reduced after the first loading cycle. In this material we assume
that the loading-unloading curve is identical after the first cycle of loading is completed and that
the damage is isotropic, i.e., the behavior after the first cycle of loading in the orthogonal directions also follows the second curve. The main application at this time is to model the observed
behavior in the compressible synthetic foams that are used in some bumper designs. Tables may
be used in place of load curves to account for strain rate effects.
<BLANK>
ORTHO
WITH_FAILURE
ORTHO_WITH_FAILURE
If the foam develops orthotropic behavior, i.e., after the first loading and unloading cycle the material in the orthogonal directions are unaffected then the ORTHO option should be used. If the
ORTHO option is active the directionality of the loading is stored. This option is requires additional storage to store the history variables related to the orthogonality and is slightly more expensive.
An optional failure criterion is included. A description of the failure model is provided below
for material type 181, *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER/FOAM.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
MID
RO
LCID1
LCID2
HU
BETA
DAMP
A8
1.
0.05
2-785 (MAT)
*MAT_179
Card 2
Variable
SHAPE
FAIL
BVFLAG
ED
BETA1
KCON
REF
TC
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.E+20
Type
Default
Define the following optional card if and only if LCID1 is negative

Card 3
Variable
RFLAG
DTRT
0.0
0.0
Type
Default
Define card 3 if and only if the option, WITH_FAILURE, is active.

Card 3
Variable
GAMA1
GAMA2
EH
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
2-786 (MAT)
Youngs modulus. This modulus is used if the elongations are tensile as

described for the *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_FOAM.
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_179
DESCRIPTION
LCID1
Load curve or table ID:

GT.0: Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, for nominal stress
versus strain for the undamaged material.
LT.0: -LCID1 is Table ID, see *DEFINE_TABLE, for nominal
stress versus strain for the undamaged material as a function of strain
rate
LCID2
Load curve or table ID. The load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defines the nominal stress versus strain for the damaged material. The table ID, see *DEFINE_TABLE, defines the nominal stress versus strain
for the damaged material as a function of strain rate
HU

dissipation), see also Figure 2-91.
BETA
, decay constant to model creep in unloading
DAMP

effects.
as:
Q = max(1 , 1 8 , 1. ).
SHAPE
and greater than one increases dissipation, see also Figure 2-91
FAIL
BVFLAG
ED
BETA1
LS-DYNA R7.0

Optional Young's relaxation modulus, , , for rate effects. See comments below.
Optional decay constant, z .
2-787 (MAT)
*MAT_179
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
KCON
Stiffness coefficient for contact interface stiffness. If undefined the maximum slope in stress vs. strain curve is used. When the maximum slope
is taken for the contact, the time step size for this material is reduced for
stability. In some cases t may be significantly smaller, and defining a
reasonable stiffness is recommended.
REF
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
TC
RFLAG
DTRT
Rate type for input:

EQ.0.0: LCID1 and LCID2 should be input as functions of true
strain rate
EQ.1.0: LCID1 and LCID2 should be input as functions of engineering strain rate.
Strain rate averaging flag:
EQ.0.0: use weighted running average
LT.0.0: average the last 11 values
GT.0.0: average over the last DTRT time units.
Material failure parameter that controls the volume enclosed by the failure surface.
GAMA1
Material failure parameter, see equations below and Figure 2-93.
GAMA2
Material failure parameter, see equations below.
EH
Damage parameter.
Remarks:
This model is based on *MAT_LOW_DENSITY_FOAM. The uniaxial response is shown below with a large shape factor and small hysteretic factor. If the shape factor is not used, the unloading will occur on the loading curve for the second and subsequent cycles.
The damage is defined as the ratio of the current volume strain to the maximum volume strain,
and it is used to interpolate between the responses defined by LCID1 and LCID2.
2-788 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_179
Figure 2-91. Loading and reloading curves.

HU defines a hysteretic scale factor that is applied to the stress interpolated from LCID1 and
LCID2,
D = (i` + (1 i`) min 1,
4 t
) D9 -1, -2:
4
where eint is the internal energy and S is the shape factor. Setting HU to 1 results in a scale factor
of 1. Setting HU close to zero scales the stress by the ratio of the internal energy to the maximum
internal energy raised to the power S, resulting in the stress being reduced when the strain is low.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-789 (MAT)
*MAT_181
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER/FOAM
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER/FOAM_{OPTION}
This is Material Type 181. This material model provides a rubber and foam model defined by a
single uniaxial load curve or by a family of uniaxial curves at discrete strain rates. The definition
of hysteretic unloading is optional and can be realized via a single uniaxial unloading curve or a
two-parameter formulation (starting with 971 release R5). The foam formulation is triggered by
defining a Poissons ratio. This material may be used with both shell and solid elements.
<BLANK>
WITH_FAILURE
When active, a strain based failure surface is defined suitable for incompressible polymers that
models failure in both tension and compression.
This material law has been developed at DaimlerChrysler, Sindelfingen, in collaboration with
Paul Du Bois, LSTC, and Prof. Dave J. Benson, UCSD.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
KM
MU
SIGF
REF
PRTEN
A8
SGL
SW
ST
LC/TBID
TENSION
RTYPE
AVGOPT
PR/BETA
Define card 3 if and only if the option, WITH_FAILURE, is active.

Card 3
Variable
GAMA1
GAMA2
EH
Type
2-790 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_181
Optional card 3 (<BLANK> option) or 4 (WITH_FAILURE option)
Card 3/4
Variable
LCUNLD
HU
SHAPE
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
KM
Linear bulk modulus.
MU
SIGF
REF
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
PRTEN
The tensile Poissons ratio for shells (optional). If PRTEN is zero,

PR/BETA will serve as the Poissons ratio for both tension and compression in shells. If PRTEN is nonzero, PR/BETA will serve only as the
compressive Poissons ratio for shells.
SGL
SW
Specimen width
ST
Specimen thickness
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-791 (MAT)
*MAT_181
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LC/TBID
Load curve or table ID, see *DEFINE_TABLE, defining the force versus
actual change in the gauge length. If the table definition is used a family
of curves are defined for discrete strain rates. The load curves should
cover the complete range of expected loading, i.e., the smallest stretch
ratio to the largest.
TENSION
Parameter that controls how the rate effects are treated. Applicable to
the table definition.
EQ.-1.0: rate effects are considered during tension and compression
loading, but not during unloading,
EQ. 0.0: rate effects are considered for compressive loading only,
EQ.1.0: rate effects are treated identically in tension and compression.
RTYPE
Strain rate type if a table is defined:

EQ.0.0: true strain rate,
EQ.1.0: engineering strain rate
AVGOPT
Averaging option determine strain rate to reduce numerical noise.

EQ.0.0: simple average of twelve time steps,
EQ.1.0: running average of last 12 averages.
PR/BETA
If the value is specified between 0 and 0.5 exclusive, i.e.,

0 < ; < 0.50
the number defined here is taken as Poissons ratio. If zero, an incompressible rubber like behavior is assumed and a default value of 0.495 is
used internally. If a Poissons ratio of 0.0 is desired, input a small value
for PR such as 0.001. When fully integrated solid elements are used and
when a nonzero Poissons ratio is specified, a foam material is assumed
and selective-reduced integration is not used due to the compressibility.
This is true even if PR approaches 0.500. If any other value excluding
zero is define, then BETA is taken as the absolute value of the given
number and a nearly incompressible rubber like behavior is assumed.
An incrementally updated mean viscous stress develops according to the
equation:
eO = e 4
O*&
+ QHH
# >+,(
O
44 z = |k,/h|
The BETA parameter does not apply to highly compressible foam materials.
K
GAMA1
2-792 (MAT)
Material failure parameter that controls the volume enclosed by the failure surface.
Material failure parameter, see equations below and Figure 2-93.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_181
VARIABLE
GAMA2
EH
DESCRIPTION
Material failure parameter, see equations below.

Damage parameter.
LCUNLD
Load curve, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defining the force versus actual

length during unloading. The unload curve should cover exactly the
same range as LC or the load curves of TBID and its end points should
have identical values, i.e., the combination of LC and LCUNLD or the
first curve of TBID and LCUNLD describes a complete cycle of loading and unloading. See also material *MAT_083.
HU
Hysteretic unloading factor between 0 and 1 (default=1., i.e. no energy

dissipation), see also material *MAT_083 and Figure 2-30. This option
is ignored if LCUNLD is used.
SHAPE
unloading factor HU. Values less than one reduces the energy dissipation and greater than one increases dissipation, see also material
*MAT_083 and Figure 2-30.
Remarks:
Figure 2-92.
The general failure criterion for polymers is proposed by Feng and Hallquist as
S( , 8 , ) = ( 3) + ( 3)8 + 8 (8 3) =
where is a material parameter which controls the size enclosed by the failure surface, and , 8
and are the three invariants of right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor ()
= CEE = 8 + 88 + 8
1
8 = (CEE CFF CEF CEF ) = 8 88 + 8 8 + 88 8
2
= det() = 8 88 8
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-793 (MAT)
*MAT_181
with E are the stretch ratios in three principal directions.
To avoid sudden failure and numerical difficulty, material failure, which is usually a time point,
is modeled as a process of damage growth. In this case, the two threshold values are chosen as (1
- h)K and K, where h (also called EH) is a small number chosen based on experimental results
reflecting the range between damage initiation and material failure.
The damage is defined as function of S:
0
if S (1 )
1
(S )
= . s 1 + cos
w if (1 ) < S <
2
1
if S
This definition indicates that damage is first-order continuous. Under this definition, the tangent
stiffness matrix will be continuous. The reduced stress considering damage effect is
Figure 2-93. Failure surface for polymer.

DEF = (1 ) DEF
where DEF is the undamaged stress. It is assumed that prior to final failure, material damage is
recoverable. Once material failure occurs, damage will become permanent.
.
2-794 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_183
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER_WITH_DAMAGE
This is Material Type 183. This material model provides an incompressible rubber model defined
by a single uniaxial load curve for loading (or a table if rate effects are considered) and a single
uniaxial load curve for unloading. This model is similar to *MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER/FOAM This material may be used with both shell and solid elements.
Paul Du Bois, LSTC, and Prof. Dave J. Benson, UCSD.
Card 1
MID
RO
MU
SIGF
A8
SGL
SW
ST
LC/TBID
Type
Card 3
LCUNLD
REF
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
TENSION
RTYPE
AVGOPT
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Linear bulk modulus.
MU
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-795 (MAT)
*MAT_183
VARIABLE
G
DESCRIPTION
SIGF
SGL
SW
Specimen width
ST
Specimen thickness
LC/TBID
Load curve or table ID, see *DEFINE_TABLE, defining the force versus actual change in the gauge length. If the table definition is used a
family of curves are defined for discrete strain rates. The load curves
should cover the complete range of expected loading, i.e., the smallest
stretch ratio to the largest.
TENSION
Parameter that controls how the rate effects are treated. Applicable to
the table definition.
EQ.-1.0: rate effects are considered during tension and compression
loading, but not during unloading,
EQ. 0.0: rate effects are considered for compressive loading only,
EQ.1.0: rate effects are treated identically in tension and compression.
RTYPE
Strain rate type if a table is defined:

EQ.0.0: true strain rate,
EQ.1.0: engineering strain rate
AVGOPT
Averaging option determine strain rate to reduce numerical noise.

EQ.0.0: simple average of twelve time steps,
EQ.1.0: running 12 point average.
LCUNLD
Load curve, see *DEFINE_CURVE, defining the force versus actual

change in the gauge length during unloading. The unload curve should
cover exactly the same range as LC (or as the first curve of table TBID)
and its end points should have identical values, i.e., the combination of
LC (or as the first curve of table TBID) and LCUNLD describes a complete cycle of loading and unloading.
2-796 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
REF
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_183
DESCRIPTION
EQ.0.0: off,
EQ.1.0: on.
2-797 (MAT)
*MAT_184
*MAT_COHESIVE_ELASTIC
This is Material Type 184. It is a simple cohesive elastic model for use with solid element types
19 and 20, and is not available for other solid element formulation. See the remarks after
*SECTION_SOLID for a description of element types 19 and 20.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
ROFLG
INTFAIL
ET
EN
FN_FAIL
A8
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
ROFLG
INTFAIL

ET
The stiffness in the plane of the cohesive element.
EN
The stiffness normal to the plane of the cohesive element.
FN_FAIL
The traction in the normal direction for tensile failure.
Remarks:
This material cohesive model outputs three tractions having units of force per unit area into the
D3PLOT database rather than the usual six stress components. The in plane shear traction along
the 1-2 edge replaces the x-stress, the orthogonal in plane shear traction replaces the y-stress, and
the traction in the normal direction replaces the z-stress.
2-798 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_185
*MAT_COHESIVE_TH
*MAT_COHESIVE_TH
This is Material Type 185. It is a cohesive model by Tvergaard and Hutchinson [1992] for use
with solid element types 19 and 20, and is not available for any other solid element formulation.
See the remarks after *SECTION_SOLID for a description of element types 19 and 20. The implementation is based on the description of the implementation in the Sandia National Laboratory code, Tahoe [2003].
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
MID
RO
ROFLG
INTFAIL
SIGMAX
NLS
TLS
A8
LAMDA1
Type
LAMDA2 LAMDAF
F
STFSF
F
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
ROFLG
INTFAIL

SIGMAX
Peak traction.
NLS
Length scale (maximum separation) in the normal direction.
TLS
Length scale (maximum separation) in the tangential direction.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-799 (MAT)
*MAT_185
*MAT_COHESIVE_TH
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LAMDA1
Scaled distance to peak traction (1).
LAMDA2
Scaled distance to beginning of softening (2).
LAMDAF
Scaled distance for failure (fail).

Penetration stiffness multiplier. The penetration stiffness, PS, in terms
of input parameters becomes:
STFSF
; =
t?{t{t- m
-nnN
t -nn
Remarks:
In this cohesive material model, a dimensionless separation measure is used, which grasps for
the interaction between relative displacements in normal (3 - mode I) and tangential (1, 2 mode II) directions (see Figure 2-94 left):
J
J 8
J8 8
= k5
6 +5
6 +
/
/
7
where the Mc-Cauley bracket is used to distinguish between tension (30) and compression
(3<0). NLS and TLS are critical values, representing the maximum separations in the interface in
normal and tangential direction. For stress calculation, a trilinear traction-separation law is used,
which is given by (see Figure 2-94 right):
Dmax
< / fail
/$E
f() = Dmax / fail < < 8 /fail
1
Dmax
8 /fail < < 1
1 8 /$E
With these definitions, the traction drops to zero when =1. Then, a potential & is defined as:
&(J , J8 , J ) = 7
Finally, tangential components (t1, t2) and normal component (t3) of the traction acting on the
interface in the fracture process zone are given by:
f
,8
f() J
&
=
/
J ,8
which in matrix notation is

2-800 (MAT)
,8
7
/
, f =
& f() J
=
J
7
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_185
*MAT_COHESIVE_TH
0
?t P
f
&()
f8 = 0
f
0
?t P
0 $
J
#
0 # J8
# J
t"
In case of compression (3<0), penetration is avoided by:

f =
/ D
J
7 /fail
Loading and unloading follows the same path, i.e. this model is completely reversible.
.
t ()
max
3
reversible
loading/unloading
2
1
/ fail
1/ fail
2 / fail
Figure 2-94. Relative displacement and trilinear traction-separation law

This cohesive material model outputs three tractions having units of force per unit area into the
D3PLOT database rather than the usual six stress components. The in plane shear traction t1
along the 1-2 edge replaces the x-stress, the orthogonal in plane shear traction t2 replaces the ystress, and the traction in the normal direction t3 replaces the z-stress.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-801 (MAT)
*MAT_186
*MAT_COHESIVE_GENERAL
This is Material Type 186. This model includes three general irreversible mixed-mode interaction cohesive formulations with arbitrary normalized traction-separation law given by a load
curve (TSLC). These three formulations are differentiated via the type of effective separation
parameter (TES). The interaction between fracture modes I and II is considered, and irreversible
conditions are enforced via a damage formulation (unloading/reloading path pointing to/from the
origin). See remarks for details.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
ROFLG
INTFAIL
TES
TSLC
GIC
GIIC
A8
XMU
STFSF
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
ROFLG
specifies density per unit volume (default), and ROFLG=1 specifies the
INTFAIL
Number of integration points required for a cohesive element to be deleted. If it is zero, the element wont be deleted even if it satisfies failure
criterion. The value of INTFAIL may range from 1 to 4, with 1 the recommended value.
2-802 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_186
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TES
Type of effective separation parameter (ESP).

EQ. 0.0 or 1.0: a dimensional separation measure is used. For the
interaction between mode I and II, a mixed-mode propagation
criterion is used. For TES=0.0 this is a power-law, and for TES=1.0
this is the Benzeggagh-Kenane law [1996]. See remarks below.
EQ. 2.0: a dimensionless separation measure is used, which grasps
for
the interaction between mode I displacements and mode II
displacements (similar to MAT_185, but with damage and general
traction-separation law). See remarks below.
TSLC
Normalized traction-separation load curve ID. The curve must be normalized in both coordinates and must contain at least three points: (0.0,
0.0), (0, 1.0), and (1.0, 0.0), which represents the origin, the peak and
the complete failure, respectively (see Figure 2-95). A platform can exist
in the curve like the tri-linear TSLC (see MAT_185).
GIC
GIIC
XMU
Fracture toughness / energy release rate -= for mode I
Fracture toughness / energy release rate --= for mode II
Exponent that appears in the power failure criterion (TES=1.0) or the

Benzeggagh-Kenane failure criterion (TES=2.0). Recommended values
for XMU are between 1.0 and 2.0.
Peak traction in normal direction (mode I)
Peak traction in tangential direction (mode II)
STFSF
Penetration stiffness multiplier for compression. Factor = (1.0+STFSF)

is used to scale the compressive stiffness, i.e. no scaling is done with
STFSF=0.0 (recommended).
Remarks:
All three formulations have in common, that the traction-separation behavior of this model is
mainly given by -= and T for normal mode I, --= and S for tangential mode II and an arbitrary
normalized traction-separation load curve for both modes (see Figure 2-95). The maximum (or
failure) separations are then given by:
J-{ =
-=
h ?tb /
, J--{ =
--=
h ?tb
where h ?tb is the area under the normalized traction-separation curve.

LS-DYNA R7.0
2-803 (MAT)
*MAT_186
t = t / tmax
possible
TSLC
1.0
shape
ATSLC
= F
mode I
mode II
tmax
GIc
ATSLCT
GIIc
ATSLC S
GIc
GIIc
of
Gc
1.0
Figure 2-95. Normalized traction-separation law
For mixed-mode behavior, three different formulations are possible (where default TES=0.0 with
XMU=1.0 is recommended as first guess):
First and second formulation (TES=0.0 and TES=1.0)
Here, the total mixed-mode relative displacement J is defined as J = QJ-8 + J--8 , where
J- = J is the separation in normal direction (mode I) and J-- = QJ 8 + J88 is the separation in
tangential direction (mode II) (see Figure 2-96). The ultimate mixed-mode displacement J { (total failure) for the power law (TES=0.0) is:
1 + z8 /
{
J =

h ?tb -=
z8
+ =
--
and alternatively for the Benzeggagh-Kenane law [1996] (TES=1.0):
1 + z8
z8
=
=
=)
(
J =
+ -- -
h ?tb (/ + z8 ) / + z8
{
where z = J-- /J- is the mode mixity. The larger the exponent XMU is chosen, the larger the
fracture toughness in mixed-mode situations will be. In this model, damage of the interface is
considered, i.e. irreversible conditions are enforced with loading/unloading paths coming
from/pointing to the origin. This formulation is similar to MAT_COHESIVE_MIXED_MODE
(MAT_138), but with the arbitrary traction-separation law TSLC.
2-804 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_186
traction
T
IF
F
II
II
Figure 2-96. Mixed-mode traction-separation law

Third formulation (TES=2.0)
Here, a dimensionless effective separation parameter is used, which grasps for the interaction
between relative displacements in normal (J - mode I) and tangential (J ,J8 - mode II) directions:
8
J8
J
J
= / { + { + 0 { 1
J-JJ-8
where the Mc-Cauley bracket is used to distinguish between tension (J 0) and compression
(J < 0). J-{ and J--{ are critical values, representing the maximum separations in the interface in
normal and tangential direction . For stress calculation, the normalized traction-separation load
curve TSLC is used: f = f f(). This formulation is similar to MAT_COHESIVE_TH
(MAT_185), but with the arbitrary traction-separation law and a damage formulation (i.e. irreversible conditions are enforced with loading/unloading paths coming from/pointing to the
origin).
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-805 (MAT)
*MAT_187
*MAT_SAMP-1
*MAT_SAMP-1
Purpose: This is Material Type 187 (Semi-Analytical Model for Polymers). This material model
uses an isotropic C-1 smooth yield surface for the description of non-reinforced plastics. Details
of the implementation are given in [Kolling, Haufe, Feucht and Du Bois 2005].
Paul Du Bois and Dynamore, Stuttgart.
Card 1
MID
RO
BULK
GMOD
EMOD
NUE
RBCFAC
NUMINT
A8
LCID-T
LCID-C
LCID-S
LCID-B
NUEP
LCID-P
Type
Card 3
LCID-D
EPFAIL
DEPRPT
Type
Card 4
MITER
MIPS
INCFAIL
ICONV
ASAF
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-806 (MAT)
8
INCDAM
LCID_TRI LCID_LC
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_187
*MAT_SAMP-1
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
BULK
Bulk modulus, used by LS-DYNA in the time step calculation
GMOD
Shear modulus, used by LS-DYNA in the time step calculation
EMOD
Youngs modulus
NUE
Poisson ratio
RBCFAC
Ratio of yield in biaxial compression vs. yield in uniaxial compression.

If nonzero this will activate the use of a multi-linear yield surface. Default is 0.
NUMINT
Number of integration points which must fail before the element is deleted. This option is available for shells and solids.
before the element fails. Only available for shells.
LCID-T
Load curve or table ID giving the yield stress as a function of plastic

strain, these curves should be obtained from quasi-static and (optionally)
dynamic uniaxial tensile tests, this input is mandatory and the material
model will not work unless at least one tensile stress-strain curve is given.
LCID-C
Load curve ID giving the yield stress as a function of plastic strain, this
curve should be obtained from a quasi-static uniaxial compression test,
this input is optional.
LCID-S
curve should be obtained from a quasi-static shear test, this input is optional.
LCID-B
curve should be obtained from a quasi-static biaxial tensile test, this input is optional.
NUEP
Plastic Poissons ratio: an estimated ratio of transversal to longitudinal

plastic rate of deformation under uniaxial loading should be given.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-807 (MAT)
*MAT_187
VARIABLE
*MAT_SAMP-1
DESCRIPTION
LCID-P
Load curve ID giving the plastic Poisson ratio as a function of equivalent plastic deformation during uniaxial tensile and compressive testing.
Abcissa should be negative for plastic strains in compression and positive for plastic strains in tension, it is important to cover both tension
and compression. If the load curve is given, the constant value in the
previous field will be ignored. This input is optional.
INCDAM
Flag to control the damage evolution as a function of triaxiality. If

INCDAM=0 damage evolution is independent of the triaxialty. If
INCDAM=1 an incremental formulation is used to compute the damage.
LCID-D
Load curve ID giving the damage parameter as a function of equivalent

plastic strain during uniaxial tensile testing. By default this option assumes that effective (i.e. undamaged) yield values are used in the load
curves LCID-T, LCID-C, LCID-S and LCID-B. If LCID-D is given a
negative value, true (i.e. damaged) yield stress values can be used. In
this case an automatic stress-strain recalibration (ASSR) algorithm is
activated. The damage value must be defined in the range 0<=d<1. This
curve is used only through effective plastic strain = EPFAIL if EPFAIL
and DEPRPT are given.
EPFAIL
This parameter is the equivalent plastic strain at failure. If EPFAIL is

given as a negative integer, a load curve is expected that defines EPFAIL as a function of the plastic strain rate. Default value is 1.0e+5
DEPRPT
Increment of equivalent plastic strain between failure point and rupture

point. Stresses will fade out to zero between EPFAIL and EPFAIL+DEPRPT. If DEPRPT is given a negative value a curve definition
is expected where DEPRPT is defined as function of the triaxiality.
LCID_TRI
Load curve that specifies a factor that works multiplicatively on the value of EPFAIL depending on the triaxiality (i.e. pressure/sigma_vm). For
a triaxiality of -1/3 a value of 1.0 should be specified.
LCID_LC
Load curve that specifies a factor that works multiplicatively on the value of EPFAIL depending on a characteristic element length.
MITER
Maximum number of iterations in the cutting plane algorithm, default is

set to 400
MIPS
Maximum number of iterations in the secant iteration performed to enforce plane stress (shell elements only), default set to 10
2-808 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_187
*MAT_SAMP-1
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
INCFAIL
Flag to control the failure evolution as a function of triaxiality. If

INCFAIL=0 failure evolution is independent of the triaxiality. If
INCFAIL=1 an incremental formulation is used to compute the failure
value. If INCFAIL=-1 the failure model is deactivated.
ICONV
Formulation flag:
ICONV=0: default
ICONV=1: yield surface is internally modified by increasing the
shear yield until a convex yield surface is achieved.
ASAF
Safety factor, used only if ICONV=1, values between 1 and 2 can improve convergence, however the shear yield will be artificially increased
if this option is used, default is set to 1.
Remarks:
1. Material SAMP-1 uses three yield curves internally, hence the yield surface has a quadratic
shape in general. If less than three curves are defined the remaining curves are generated internally as follows:
LCID _ C
LCID _ S
LCID _ B
= 0 c = t

= 0
s = t
= 0
3
vM
p
LCID _ C
LCID _ S
LCID _ B
LCID _ C
LCID _ S
LCID _ B
LCID _ C
LCID _ S
LCID _ B
= 0
3 t s
0 c =
2 t 3 s
= 0
= 0 s =
= 0
von Mises cylinder
2 t c
3 ( t + c )
t b
= 0 c =
( 3 b 2 t )

= 0
t b
0 s =
3 ( 2 b t )
vM
p
Drucker-Prager cone
A linear yield surface in the invariant space spanned by the pressure and the von Mises stress is
generated using the available data points.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-809 (MAT)
*MAT_187
*MAT_SAMP-1
If more then 2 load curves are available the following cases can be distinguished:
-_ 0 h ; 1
-_k = 0
-_- 0
3D!8 D= D&
1
k
-_ = 0 D
(2D! + D= )(2D! D& )
3
-_k 0
vM
-_- = 0
6(162D!8 D8 + D! D8 D& )
-_ 0 D= =
6D! D8 + 323D!8 D& + 3D8 D&
-_k 0
SAMP-1 yield surface defined through load curves
-_- 0
-_ 0 34xf 2x4
-_k 0
2. If the LCID_D is given, then a damage curve as a function of equivalent plastic strains acting
on the stresses is defined as depicted in the following picture. EPFAIL and DEPRPT defined the
failure and fading behaviour of a single element:
1.0
=
Qfail
Qerode
Qrpt
Figure 2-97
Since the damaging curve acts on the yield values, the inelastic results are effected by the damage curve. As a means to circumvent this, the load curve LCID-D may be given a negative ID.
This will lead to an internal conversion of from nominal to effective stresses (ASSR).
2-810 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_187
*MAT_SAMP-1
3. Since the generality of arbitrary curve inputs allows to generate unsolvable yield surfaces,
SAMP may modify curves internally. This will always lead to warning messages at the beginning of the simulation run. One modification that is not allowed are negative tangents of the last
two data points of any of the yield curves.
4. If RBCFAC is nonzero the yield surface in I1-vm-stress space is constructed such, that a multi-linear yield surface is gained. RBCFAC allows to modify then behavior in biaxial compression.
5. Extra history variables are as follows: 2 = plastic strain in tension/compression, 3 = plastic
strain in shear, 4 = biaxial plastic strain, 5 = damage, 16 = plastic strain rate in tension/compression, 17 = plastic strain rate in shear, and 18 = biaxial plastic strain rate.
q
qc
qt
linear
extrapolation
rbcfac>1
qbc
rbcfac=1
qs
qbt
rbcfac<1
rbcfac=0.5
(lower bound)
p
q
p
LS-DYNA R7.0
von Mises stress

pressure
required input data
optional input data
extrapolated data
bt
biaxial tension
t
tension
s
shear
c
compression
bc
biaxial compression
Figure 2-98.
rbcfac
qbc
qc
2-811 (MAT)
*MAT_188
*MAT_THERMO_ELASTO_VISCOPLASTIC_CREEP
This is Material Type 188. In this model, creep is described separately from plasticity using
Garafalos steady-state hyperbolic sine creep law or Nortons power law. Viscous effects of plastic strain rate are considered using the Cowper-Symonds model. Youngs modulus, Poissons
ratio, thermal expansion coefficient, yield stress, material parameters of Cowper-Symonds model
as well as the isotropic and kinematic hardening parameters are all assumed to be temperature
dependent. Application scope includes: simulation of solder joints in electronic packaging, modeling of tube brazing process, creep age forming, etc.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ALPHA
LCSS
REFTEM
A8
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
QX1
CX1
QX2
CX2
Type
Card 3
Variable
LCE
LCPR
LCSIGY
LCQR
LCQX
LCALPH
Type
Card 4
LCC
LCP
LCCR
LCCX
CRPA
CRPB
CRPQ
CRPM
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
2-812 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_188
Optional card 5
Card 5
Variable
CRPLAW
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
SIGY
ALPHA
LCSS
REFTEM
QR1
CR1
QR2
CR2
QX1
CX1
QX2
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
Thermal expansion coefficient
versus effective plastic strain. The table ID defines for each temperature
value a load curve ID giving the stress versus effective plastic strain for
that rate. The stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the lowest
value of temperature is used if the temperature falls below the minimum
value. Likewise, the stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the
highest value of temperature is used if the temperature exceeds the maximum value. Card 2 is ignored with this option.
Reference temperature that defines thermal expansion coefficient
2-813 (MAT)
*MAT_188
VARIABLE
CX2
C
P
LCE
LCPR
LCSIGY
DESCRIPTION

Viscous material parameter -
Viscous material parameter ;
Load curve for scaling Young's modulus as a function of temperature
Load curve for scaling Poisson's ratio as a function of temperature

Load curve for scaling initial yield stress as a function of temperature
LCQR
Load curve for scaling the isotropic hardening parameters QR1 and QR2
or the stress given by the load curve LCSS as a function of temperature
LCQX
Load curve for scaling the kinematic hardening parameters QX1 and
QX2 as a function of temperature
LCALPH
Load curve for scaling the thermal expansion coefficient as a function of

temperature
LCC
Load curve for scaling the viscous material parameter C as a function of

temperature
LCP
Load curve for scaling the viscous material parameter P as a function of

temperature
LCCR
Load curve for scaling the isotropic hardening parameters CR1 and CR2
as a function of temperature
LCCX
Load curve for scaling the isotropic hardening parameters CX1 and CX2
as a function of temperature
CRPA
Creep law parameter A

GT.0.0: Constant value
LT.0.0: Load curve ID = (-CRPA) which defines A as a function of
temperature.
CRPB
Creep law parameter B

LT.0.0: Load curve ID = (-CRPB) which defines B as a function of
temperature.
CRPQ
Creep law parameter Q

LT.0.0: Load curve ID = (-CRPQ) which defines Q as a function of
temperature.
2-814 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_188
DESCRIPTION
Creep law parameter m

LT.0.0: Load curve ID = (-CRPM) which defines m as a function of
temperature.
CRPM
Creep law definition (see Remarks):

EQ.0.0: Garofalos hyperbolic sine law (default).
EQ.1.0: Nortons power law.
CRPLAW
Remarks:
If LCSS is not given any value the uniaxial stress-strain curve has the form
D(Qeff ) = D +
(1 exp(- Qeff )) + 8 (1 exp(- 8 Qeff ))
+ (1 exp(- Qeff )) + 8 (1 exp(-8 Qeff ))
Viscous effects are accounted for using the Cowper-Symonds model, which scales the yield
Q
1 + eff
'
For CRPLAW=0, the steady-state creep strain rate of Garafalos hyperbolic sine equation is given by
Q = = h 9sinh(k # ): exp 5 6
/
For CRPLAW=1, the steady-state creep strain rate is given by Nortons power law equation:
Q = = h( # )o f
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-815 (MAT)
*MAT_189
*MAT_ANISOTROPIC_THERMOELASTIC
This is Material Type 189. This model characterizes elastic materials whose elastic properties
are temperature-dependent.
Card 1
MID
RO
TA1
TA2
TA3
TA4
TA5
TA6
A8
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C22
C23
Type
Card 3
C24
C25
C26
C33
C34
C35
C36
C44
Type
Card 4
C45
C46
C55
C56
C66
TGE
TREF
AOPT
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-816 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_189
Card 5
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
MACF
Type
Card 6
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
REF
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
TAi
Curve IDs defining the coefficients of thermal expansion for the six
components of strain tensor as function of temperature.
CIJ
Curve IDs defining the 66 symmetric constitutive matrix in material

coordinate system as function of temperature. Note that 1 corresponds to
the a material direction, 2 to the b material direction, and 3 to the c material direction.
TGE
Curve ID defining the structural damping coefficient as function of temperature.
TREF
Reference temperature for the calculation of thermal loads or the definition of thermal expansion coefficients.
AOPT
Material axes option, (see MAT_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC/MAT_002

for a complete description.)
NODES.
EQ.2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vec-
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-817 (MAT)
*MAT_189
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
tors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR.

which define the centerline axis.
XP, YP, ZP
XP, YP, ZP define coordinates of point p for AOPT=1 and 4.
A1, A2, A3
a1, a2, a3 define components of vector a for AOPT=2.
MACF
Material axis change flag for brick elements (see MAT_002 for a complete description.)
D1, D2, D3
d1, d2, d3 define components of vector d for AOPT=2.
V1, V2, V3
v1, v2, v3 define components of vector v for AOPT=3 and 4.
BETA
REF
2-818 (MAT)
Material angle in degrees for AOPT=3, may be overwritten on the element card, see *ELEMENT_ SOLID_ORTHO.
Use initial geometry to initialize the stress tensor (see MAT_002 for a
complete description.)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_190
*MAT_FLD_3-PARAMETER_BARLAT
This is Material Type 190. This model was developed by Barlat and Lian [1989] for modeling
sheets with anisotropic materials under plane stress conditions. This material allows the use of
the Lankford parameters for the definition of the anisotropy. This particular development is due
to Barlat and Lian [1989]. It has been modified to include a failure criterion based on the Forming Limit Diagram. The curve can be input as a load curve, or calculated based on the n-value
and sheet thickness.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
HR
P1
P2
ITER
A8
Card 2
Variable
R00
R45
R90
LCID
E0
SPI
P3
Type
Card 3
AOPT
FLDCID
RN
RT
FLDSAFE
FLDNIPF
Type
Card 4
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-819 (MAT)
*MAT_190
Card 5
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus, E
PR
Poissons ratio,
HR
Hardening rule:
EQ.3.0: load curve
P1
Material parameter:
P2
Material parameter:
ITER
2-820 (MAT)

LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_190
VARIABLE
M
DESCRIPTION
m, exponent in Barlats yield surface
R00
R45
R90
LCID
E0
SPI
P3
AOPT
LS-DYNA R7.0
load curve ID for the load curve hardening rule

Material parameter
If Q is zero above and HR.EQ.2.0. (Default=0.0)
EQ.0.0: Q = (,/) 91/( 1):
LE.0.2: Q = e
GT.0.2: Q = (e/) 91/:
Material parameter:
2-821 (MAT)
*MAT_190
VARIABLE
P
DESCRIPTION
FLDCID

defined as ordinate values. The forming limit diagram is shown in Figure 2-27. In defining the curve list pairs of minor and major strains
starting with the left most point and ending with the right most point, see
*DEFINE_CURVE.
RN
Hardening exponent equivalent to the n-value in a power law hardening

law. If the parameter FLDCID is not defined, this value in combination
with the value RT can be used to calculate a forming limit curve to allow
for failure.
RT
Sheet thickness used for calculating a forming limit curve. This value
does not override the sheet thickness in any way. It is only used in conjunction with the parameter RN to calculate a forming limit curve if the
parameter FLDCID is not defined.
FLDSAFE
A safety offset of the forming limit curve. This value should be input as
a percentage (ex. 10 not 0.10). This safety margin will be applied to the
forming limit curve defined by FLDCID or the curve calculated by RN
and RT.
FLDNIPF
Numerical integration points failure treatment.

.GT.0: The number of element integration points that must fail before
the element is deleted. By default, if one integration point has strains
above the forming limit curve, the element is flagged for deletion.
.LT.0.0: The element is deleted when all integration points within a relative distance of FLDNIPF from the mid surface have failed (value between -1.0 and 0.0).
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA

Remarks:
See material 36 for the theoretical basis.
2-822 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_190
The forming limit curve can be input directly as a curve by specifying a load curve id with the
parameter FLDCID. When defining such a curve, the major and minor strains must be input as
percentages.
Alternatively, the parameters RN and RT can be used to calculate a forming limit curve. The use
of RN and RT is not recommended for non-ferrous materials. RN and RT are ignored if a nonzero FLDCID is defined.
The first history variable is the maximum strain ratio defined by:
Q
F workpiece
F fld
corresponding to Qworkpiece . A value between 0 and 1 indicates that the strains lie below the
forming limit curve. Values above 1 indicate that the strains are above the forming limit curve.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-823 (MAT)
*MAT_191
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
Purpose: This is Material Type 191. This material enables lumped plasticity to be developed at
the node 2 end of Belytschko-Schwer beams (resultant formulation). The plastic yield surface
allows interaction between the two moments and the axial force.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
ASFLAG
FTYPE
DEGRAD
IFEMA
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
0.0
Card 2
LCPMS
SFS
LCPMT
SFT
LCAT
SFAT
LCAC
SFAC
none
1.0
LCMPS
1.0
none
1.0
LCAT
1.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
Define the following card for interaction formulation, FTYPE, type 1 (Default)
Card 3
Variable
Type
Default
2-824 (MAT)
ALPHA
BETA
GAMMA
DELTA
FOFFS
see note
see note
see note
see note
see note
see note
0.0
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_191
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
Define the following card for interaction formulation, FTYPE, type 2
Card 3
Variable
SIGY
TF
TW
none
none
none
none
none
Type
Default
Define the following card for interaction formulation FTYPE, type 4

Card 3
Variable
PHI_T
PHI_C
PHI_B
0.8
0.85
0.9
Type
Default
Define the following card for interaction formulation FTYPE, type 5

Card 3
Variable
ALPHA
BETA
GAMMA
DELTA
PHI_T
PHI_C
PHI_B
none
none
1.4
none
1.0
1.0
1.0
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-825 (MAT)
*MAT_191
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
Define the following card for FEMA limits only if IFEMA > 0
Card 4
PR1
PR2
PR3
PR4
Type
Default
Variable
Define the following card for FEMA limits only if IFEMA = 2

Card 5
TS1
TS2
TS3
TS4
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
Type
Default
TS1
TS2
TS3
TS4
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
ASFLAG
2-826 (MAT)
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Axial strain definition for force-strain curves, degradation and FEMA
output:
EQ. 0.0 true (log) total strain
EQ. 1.0 change in length
EQ. 2.0 nominal total strain
EQ. 3.0 FEMA plastic strain ( = nominal total strain minus elastic
strain)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_191
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
VARIABLE
FTYPE
DEGRADE
DESCRIPTION
Formulation type for interaction

EQ.1: Parabolic coefficients, axial load and biaxial bending (default).
EQ.2: Japanese code, axial force and major axis bending.
EQ.4 AISC utilization calculation but no yielding
EQ.5 AS4100 utilization calculation but no yielding
Flag for degrading moment behavior (see Remarks)
EQ.0: Behavior as in previous versions
EQ.1: Fatigue-type degrading moment-rotation behavior
EQ.2: FEMA-type degrading moment-rotation behavior
IFEMA
Flag for input of FEMA thresholds

EQ.0: No input
EQ.1: Input of rotation thresholds only
EQ.2: Input of rotation and axial strain thresholds
LCPMS
Load curve ID giving plastic moment vs. Plastic rotation at node 2 about
local s-axis. See *DEFINE_CURVE.
SFS
LCPMT
SFT
Scale factor on s-moment at node 2.

Load curve ID giving plastic moment vs. Plastic rotation at node 2 about
local t-axis. See *DEFINE_CURVE.
Scale factor on t-moment at node 2.
LCAT
Load curve ID giving axial tensile yield force vs. total tensile (elastic +
plastic) strain or vs. elongation. See AOPT above. All values are positive. See *DEFINE_CURVE.
SFAT
Scale factor on axial tensile force.
LCAC
Load curve ID giving compressive yield force vs. total compressive

(elastic + plastic) strain or vs. elongation. See AOPT above. All values
are positive. See *DEFINE_CURVE.
SFAC
Scale factor on axial tensile force.
ALPHA
Parameter to define yield surface.
BETA
GAMMA
DELTA
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-827 (MAT)
*MAT_191
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
FOFFS
SIGY
Force offset for yield surface (see Remarks).

Yield stress of material.
Depth of section used to calculate interaction curve.
Width of section used to calculate interaction curve.
TF
Flange thickness of section used to calculate interaction curve.
TW
Web thickness used to calculate interaction curve.
PHI_T
Factor on tensile capacity, t
PHI_C
Factor on compression capacity, c
PHI_B
Factor on bending capacity, b
PR1-PR4
Plastic rotation thresholds 1 to 4
TS1-TS4
Tensile axial strain thresholds 1 to 4
CS1-CS4
Compressive axial strain thresholds 1 to 4
Remarks:
Yield surface for formulation type 1 is of the form:
where:
+
+h +k 1
3=
&
&
Ms, Mt, F are the current moments about local s and t axes and axial
force respectively
Mys, Myt, Fy are the current yield moments and forces; Fy is taken from
LCAC or LCAT as appropriate.
, , , , A, B are input parameters. , , , must be greater than or

equal to 1.1; non-integer values are now allowed.
2-828 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_191
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
If , , , , A and B are all set to zero then the following default values are used:
ALPHA
BETA
GAMMA
DELTA
A
B
=
=
=
=
=
=
2.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
2.0
-1.0
FOFFS offsets the yield surface parallel to the axial force axis. It is the compressive axial force
at which the maximum bending moment capacity about the local s-axis (determined by LCPMS
and SFS), and that about the local t-axis (determined by LCPMT and SFT), occur. For steel
beams and columns, the value of FOFFS is usually zero. For reinforce concrete beams, columns
and shear walls, the maximum bending moment capacity occurs corresponding to a certain compressive axial force, FOFFS. The value of FOFFS can be input as either positive or negative. Internally, LS-DYNA converts FOFFS to, and regards compressive axial force as, negative.
Interaction surface FTYPE 4 calculates a utilisation parameter using the yield force and moment
data given on card 2, but the elements remain elastic even when the forces or moments exceed
yield values. This is done for consistency with the design code OBE AISC LRFD (2000). The
utilisation calculation is as follows:
Utilisation = K1F/(aFy) + (K2/b)(Ms/Mys + Mt/Myt)
where:
Ms, Mt, F are the current moments about local s and t axes and absolute
value of axial force respectively
Mys, Myt, Fy are the current yield moments and forces (curve value x
scale factor); Fy = Fyt or Fyc (the tensile or compressive yield force) according to whether the member is in tension or compression.
a= t or c for a member in tension or compression;

K1 = 0.5 if F/(aFy) < 0.2, or 1.0 otherwise
K2 = 1.0 if F/(aFy) < 0.2, or 8/9 otherwise
Interaction surface FTYPE 5 is similar to type 4 (calculates a utilisation parameter using the
yield data, but the elements do not yield). The equations are taken from Australian code AS4100.
The user must select appropriate values of , , and using the various clauses of Section 8 of
AS4100. It is assumed that the local s-axis is the major axis for bending.
Utilisation = max (U1,U2,U3,U4,U5)
U1 = F/cFyc
U2 = F/tFyt
U3 = [Ms/(K2bMys)] + [Mt/(K1bMyt)]
U4 = [Ms/(K4bMys)] + [Mt/(K3bMyt)]
U5 = F/cFyc + Ms/bMys + Mt/bMyt
LS-DYNA R7.0
Equation 1, used for members in compression

Equation 2, used for members in tension
Equation 3, used for members in compression
Equation 4, used for members in tension
Equation 5, used for all members
2-829 (MAT)
*MAT_191
Where:
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
Ms, Mt, F, Mys, Myt, Fyt, Fyc are as defined above

K1 = 1.0 - F/(cFyc)
K2 = Min [K1, {1.0 - F/(cFyc)}]
K3 = 1.0 - F/(tFyt)
K4 = Min [K3, {1.0 + F/(tFyt)}]
(K1, K2, K3, K4 all subject to minimum value of 10-6)
,,, , t, c, b are input parameters
The option for degrading moment behavior changes the meaning of the plastic moment-rotation
curve as follows:
If DEGRAD=0 (not recommended), the x-axis points on the curve represent current plastic rotation (i.e. total rotation minus the elastic component of rotation). This quantity can be positive or
negative depending on the direction of rotation; during hysteresis the behavior will repeatedly
follow backwards and forwards along the same curve. The curve should include negative and
positive rotation and moment values. This option is retained so that results from existing models
will be unchanged.
If DEGRAD=1, the x-axis points represent cumulative absolute plastic rotation. This quantity is
always positive, and increases whenever there is plastic rotation in either direction. Thus, during
hysteresis, the yield moments are taken from points in the input curve with increasingly positive
rotation. If the curve shows a degrading behavior (reducing moment with rotation), then, once
degraded by plastic rotation, the yield moment can never recover to its initial value. This option
can be thought of as having fatigue-type hysteretic damage behavior, where all plastic cycles
contribute to the total damage.
If DEGRAD=2, the x-axis points represent the high-tide value (always positive) of the plastic
rotation. This quantity increases only when the absolute value of plastic rotation exceeds the previously recorded maximum. If smaller cycles follow a larger cycle, the plastic moment during
the small cycles will be constant, since the high-tide plastic rotation is not altered by the small
cycles. Degrading moment-rotation behavior is possible. This option can be thought of as showing rotation-controlled damage, and follows the FEMA approach for treating fracturing joints.
DEGRAD applies also to the axial behavior. The same options are available as for rotation:
DEGRAD=0 gives unchanged behavior from previous versions; DEGRAD=1 gives a fatiguetype behavior using cumulative plastic strain; and DEGRAD=2 gives FEMA-type behavior,
where the axial load capacity depends on the high-tide tensile and compressive strains. The definition of strain for this purpose is according to AOPT on Card 1 it is expected that AOPT=2
will be used with DEGRAD=2. The axial strain variable plotted by post-processors is the variable defined by AOPT.
The output variables plotted as plastic rotation have special meanings for this material model
as follows note that hinges form only at Node 2:
Plastic rotation at End 1 is really a high-tide mark of absolute plastic rotation at Node 2, defined as follows:
1. Current plastic rotation is the total rotation minus the elastic component of rotation.
2-830 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_191
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
2. Take the absolute value of the current plastic rotation, and record the maximum
achieved up to the current time. This is the high-tide mark of plastic rotation.
If DEGRAD=0, Plastic rotation at End 2 is the current plastic rotation at Node 2.
If DEGRAD=1 or 2, Plastic rotation at End 2 is the current total rotation at Node 2.
The total rotation is a more intuitively understood parameter, e.g. for plotting hysteresis loops.
However, with DEGRAD=0, the previous meaning of that output variable has been retained such
that results from existing models are unchanged.
FEMA thresholds are the plastic rotations at which the element is deemed to have passed from
one category to the next, e.g. Elastic, Immediate Occupancy, Life Safe, etc. The high-tide
plastic rotation (maximum of Y and Z) is checked against the user-defined limits FEMA1, FEMA2, etc. The output flag is then set to 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4: 0 means that the rotation is less than FEMA1; 1 means that the rotation is between FEMA1 and FEMA2, and so on. By contouring this
flag, it is possible to see quickly which joints have passed critical thresholds.
For this material model, special output parameters are written to the d3plot and d3thdt files. The
number of output parameters for beam elements is automatically increased to 20 (in addition to
the six standard resultants) when parts of this material type are present. Some post-processors
may interpret this data as if the elements were integrated beams with 4 integration points. Depending on the post-processor used, the data may be accessed as follows:
Extra variable 16 (or Integration point 4 Axial Stress):
Extra variable 17 (or Integration point 4 XY Shear Stress):
Extra variable 18 (or Integration point 4 ZX Shear Stress):
Extra variable 20 (or Integration point 4 Axial Strain):
FEMA rotation flag

Current utilization
Maximum utilization to date
FEMA axial flag
Utilization is the yield parameter, where 1.0 is on the yield surface.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-831 (MAT)
*MAT_192
*MAT_SOIL_BRICK
*MAT_SOIL_BRICK
Purpose: This is Material Type 192. It is intended for modeling over-consolidated clay.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
RLAMDA
RKAPPA
RIOTA
RBETA1
RBETA2
RMU
A8
Default
1.0
Card 2
Variable
Type
RNU
RLCID
TOL
PGCL
SUB-INC
BLK
GRAV
THEORY
9.807
Default
0.0005
Define Card 3 only if THEORY>0

Card 3
RVHHH
XSICRIT
ALPHA
RVH
RNU21
ANISO_4
Type
Default
Variable
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
RLAMDA
2-832 (MAT)
Material coefficient
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_192
*MAT_SOIL_BRICK
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
RKAPPA
RIOTA
RBETA1
RBETA2
RMU
Shape factor coefficient. This parameter will modify the shape of the
yield surface used. 1.0 implies a von Mises type surface, but 1.1 to 1.25
is more indicative of soils. The default value is 1.0.
RNU
Poissons ratio
RLCID
Load curve identification number referring to a curve defining up to 10

pairs of string-length vs G/Gmax points.
TOL
User defined tolerance for convergence checking. Default value is set to

0.02.
PGCL
Pre-consolidation ground level. This parameter defines the maximum

surface level (relative to z = 0.0 in the model) of the soil throughout geological history. This is used calculate the maximum over burden pressure
on the soil elements.
SUB-INC
User defined strain increment size. This is the maximum strain increment that the material model can normally cope with. If the value is exceeded a warning is echoed to the d3hsp file.
BLK
The elastic bulk stiffness of the soil. This is used for the contact stiffness
only.
GRAV
The gravitational acceleration. This is used to calculate the element

stresses due the overlying soil. Default is set to 9.807 m/s2.
THEORY
Version of material subroutines used (See Remarks).

EQ. 0: 1995 version, vectorized (Default)
EQ. 4: 2003 version, unvectorized
RVHHH
Anisotropy ratio Gvh / Ghh (default = Isotropic behavior)
XSICRIT
Anisotropy parameter
ALPHA
RVH
LS-DYNA R7.0
Anisotropy ratio Ev / Eh
2-833 (MAT)
*MAT_192
VARIABLE
RNU21
ANISO_4
*MAT_SOIL_BRICK
Anisotropy ratio }2/}1
DESCRIPTION
Remarks:
1.
This material type requires that the model is oriented such that the z-axis is defined in the
upward direction. Compressive initial stress must be defined, e.g. using
*INITIAL_STRESS_SOLID or *INITIAL_STRESS_DEPTH.
The recommended unit system is kN, meters, seconds, tonnes. There are some built-in
defaults that assume stress units of KN/m2.
Over-consolidated clays have suffered previous loading to higher stress levels than are
present at the start of the analysis. This could have occurred due to ice sheets during previous ice ages, or the presence of soil or rock that has subsequently been eroded. The
maximum vertical stress during that time is assumed to be:
VMAX = RO*GRAV*(PGCL Zel)

where
RO, GRAV, PGCL = input parameters

Zel = z-coordinate of center of element
Since that time, the material has been unloaded until the vertical stress equals the userdefined initial vertical stress. The previous load/unload history has a significant effect on
subsequent behavior, e.g. the horizontal stress in an over-consolidated clay may be greater than the vertical stress.
This material model creates a load/unload cycle for a sample element of each material of
this type, stores in a scratch file the horizontal stress and history variables as a function of
the vertical stress, and interpolates these quantities from the defined initial vertical stress
for each element. Therefore the initial horizontal stress seen in the output files will be different from the input initial horizontal stress.
This material model is developed for a Geotechnical FE program (Oasys Ltd.s SAFE)
written by Arup. The default THEORY=0 gives a vectorized version ported from SAFE
in the 1990s. Since then the material model has been developed further in SAFE; the
most recent porting is accessed using THEORY=4 (recommended); however, this version
is not vectorized and will run more slowly on most computer platforms.
2.
The shape factor for a typical soil would be 1.25. Do not use values higher than 1.35.
2-834 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_193
*MAT_DRUCKER_PRAGER
*MAT_DRUCKER_PRAGER
Purpose: This is Material Type 193. This material enables soil to be modeled effectively. The
parameters used to define the yield surface are familiar geotechnical parameters (i.e. angle of
friction). The modified Drucker-Prager yield surface is used in this material model enabling the
shape of the surface to be distorted into a more realistic definition for soils.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
GMOD
RNU
RKF
PHI
CVAL
PSI
A8
Default
1.0
Card 2
Variable
0.0
STR_LIM
Type
Default
0.005
Card 3
GMODDP
PHIDP
CVALDP
PSIDP
GMODGR
PHIGR
CVALGR
PSIGR
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-835 (MAT)
*MAT_193
*MAT_DRUCKER_PRAGER
VARIABLE
GMOD
DESCRIPTION
RNU
Poissons ratio
RKF
Failure surface shape parameter
PHI
CVAL
PSI
Cohesion value
STR_LIM
Minimum shear strength of material is given by STR_LIM*CVAL
GMODDP
Depth at which shear modulus (GMOD) is correct
PHIDP
CVALDP
PSIDP
GMODGR
PHIGR
CVALGR
PSIGR
Depth at which angle of friction (PHI) is correct

Depth at which cohesion value (CVAL) is correct
Depth at which dilation angle (PSI) is correct
Gradient at which shear modulus (GMOD) increases with depth
Gradient at which friction angle (PHI) increases with depth
Gradient at which cohesion value (CVAL) increases with depth
Gradient at which dilation angle (PSI) increases with depth
Remarks:
1.
upward direction. The key parameters are defined such that may vary with depth (i.e. the
z-axis).
2.
The shape factor for a typical soil would be 0.8, but should not be pushed further than
0.75.
3.
If STR_LIM is set to less than 0.005, the value is reset to 0.005.
2-836 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_194
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL
Purpose: This is Material Type 194. It is for shell elements only. It uses empirically-derived algorithms to model the effect of cyclic shear loading on reinforced concrete walls. It is primarily
intended for modeling squat shear walls, but can also be used for slabs. Because the combined
effect of concrete and reinforcement is included in the empirical data, crude meshes can be used.
The model has been designed such that the minimum amount of input is needed: generally, only
the variables on the first card need to be defined.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
TMAX
A8
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
8
I
Define the following data if Uniform Building Code formula for maximum shear
strength or tensile cracking are required otherwise leave blank.
Card 2
FC
PREF
FYIELD
SIG0
UNCONV
ALPHA
FT
ERIENF
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 3
Variable
Type
0.05
0.55
0.125
0.66
0.25
1.0
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-837 (MAT)
*MAT_194
Card 4
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 5
Variable
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
Type
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 6
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
AOPT
F
Default
0.0
Card 7
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Default
2-838 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_194
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL
Card 8
Variable
Type
Default
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
E
PR
Youngs Modulus
Poissons Ratio
TMAX
Ultimate in-plane shear stress. If set to zero, LS-DYNA will calculate

TMAX based on the formulae in the Universal Building Code, using the
data on card 2. See Remarks.
FC
Unconfined Compressive Strength of concrete (used in the calculation of

ultimate shear stress; crushing behavior is not modeled)
PREF
FYIELD
Percent reinforcement, e.g. if 1.2% reinforcement, enter 1.2

Yield stress of reinforcement
SIG0
Overburden stress (in-plane compressive stress) - used in the calculation

of ultimate shear stress. Usually sig0 is left as zero.
UCONV
Unit conversion factor. UCONV = (1.0 psi in the model stress units).
This is needed because the ultimate tensile stress of concrete is expressed as (FC) where FC is in psi. Therefore a unit conversion factor
of (psi/stress unit) is required. Examples:
UCONV = 0.083 if stress unit is MN/m2 or N/mm2
UCONV = 83.3 if stress unit is N/m2
ALPHA
Shear span factor - see below.
FT
LS-DYNA R7.0
Cracking stress in direct tension - see notes below. Default is 8% of the

cylinder strength.
2-839 (MAT)
*MAT_194
VARIABLE
ERIENF
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL
DESCRIPTION
Youngs Modulus of reinforcement. Used in calculation of post-cracked

stiffness - see notes below.
Hysteresis constants determining the shape of the hysteresis loops.
Strength degradation factor. After the ultimate shear stress has been
achieved, F multiplies the maximum shear stress from the curve for subsequent reloading. F=1.0 implies no strength degradation (default).
F=0.5 implies that the strength is halved for subsequent reloading.
Y1,Y2...Y5
Shear strain points on stress-strain curve. By default these are calculated

from the values on card 1. See below for more guidance.
T1,T2...T5
Shear stress points on stress-strain curve. By default these are calculated

from the values on card 1. See below for more guidance.
AOPT

EQ. 0.0: locally orthotropic with material axes determined by element nodes as shown in Figure 2-3, and then rotated about the shell
element normal by the angle BETA. Nodes 1, 2, and 4 of an element
EQ. 3.0: applicable to shell elements only. This option determines
locally orthotropic material axes by offsetting the material axes by
an angle to be specified from a line in the plane of the shell determined by taking the cross product of the vector v defined below with
the shell normal vector.
XP,YP,ZP
A1,A2,A3
V1,V2,V3
2-840 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_194
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
D1,D2,D3

BETA
Remarks:
The element is linear elastic except for in-plane shear and tensile cracking effects. Crushing
due to direct compressive stresses are modeled only insofar as there is an in-plane shear stress
component. It is not recommended that this model be used where nonlinear response to direct
compressive or loads is important.
Note that the in-plane shear stress is defined as the shear stress in the elements local x-y plane
(txy). This is not necessarily equal to the maximum shear stress in the plane: for example, if
the principal stresses are at 45 degrees to the local axes, txy is zero. Therefore it is important to
ensure that the local axes are appropriate - for a shear wall the local axes should be vertical or
horizontal. By default, local X points from node 1 to node 2 of the element. It is possible to
change the local axes by using AOPT>0.
If TMAX is set to zero, the ultimate shear stress is calculated using a formula in the Uniform
Building Code 1997, section 1921.6.5:
TMAXUBC = UCONV*ALPHA*(FC) + Ro*FY
where,
uconv
Alpha
FC
Ro
FY
= unit conversion factor, 0.083 for SI units (MN)

= aspect ratio, = 2.0 unless ratio h/l < 2.0 in which case alpha varies linearly
from 2.0 at h/l=2.0 to 3.0 at h/l=1.5.
= unconfined compressive strength of concrete
= fraction of reinforcement = percent reinforcement/100
= yield stress of reinforcement
To this we add shear stress due to the overburden to obtain the ultimate shear stress:
TMAXUBC = TMAXUBC + SIG0
where
SIG0 = in-plane compressive stress under static equilibrium conditions

The UBC formula for ultimate shear stress is generally conservative (predicts that the wall is
weaker than shown in test), sometimes by 50% or more. A less conservative formula is that of
Fukuzawa:
TMAX = a1*2.7*(1.9-M/LV)*UCONV*(FC) + Ro*FY*0.5 + SIG0
where
a1
Ac
LS-DYNA R7.0
= max((0.4 + Ac/Aw),1.0)
= Cross-sectional area of stiffening features such as columns or flanges
2-841 (MAT)
*MAT_194
Aw
M/LV
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL
= Cross-sectional area of wall

= Aspect ratio of wall (height/length)
Other terms are as above. This formula is not included in the material model: TMAX should be
calculated by hand and entered on Card 1 if the Fukuzawa formula is required.
It should be noted that none of the available formulae, including Fukuzawa, predict the ultimate
shear stress accurately for all situations. Variance from the experimental results can be as great
as 50%.
The shear stress vs shear strain curve is then constructed automatically as follows, using the algorithm of Fukuzawa extended by Arup:
Assume ultimate shear strain, u = 0.0048
First point on curve (concrete cracking) at (0.3TMAX/G, 0.3TMAX) where G is the elastic shear modulus given by E/2(1+v)
Second point (reinforcement yield) at (0.5u, 0.8TMAX)
Third point (ultimate strength) at (u, TMAX)
Fourth point (onset of strength reduction) at (2u, TMAX)
Fifth point (failure) at (3u, 0.6TMAX).
After failure, the shear stress drops to zero. The curve points can be entered by the user if desired, in which case they over-ride the automatically calculated curve. However, it is anticipated
that in most cases the default curve will be preferred due to ease of input.
Hysteresis follows the algorithm of Shiga as for the squat shear wall spring (see
*MAT_SPRING_SQUAT_SHEARWALL). The hysteresis constants A,B,C,D,E can be entered
by the user if desired but it is generally recommended that the default values be used.
Cracking in tension is checked for the local x and y directions only this is calculated separately
from the in-plane shear. A trilinear response is assumed, with turning points at concrete cracking
and reinforcement yielding. The three regimes are:
1.
Pre-cracking, linear elastic response is assumed using the overall Youngs Modulus on
Card 1.
2.
Cracking occurs in the local x or y directions when the tensile stress in that direction
exceeds the concrete tensile strength FT (if not input on Card 2, this defaults to 8% of
the compressive strength FC). Post-cracking, a linear stress-strain response is assumed up
to reinforcement yield at a strain defined by reinforcement yield stress divided by reinforcement Youngs Modulus.
3.
Post-yield, a constant stress is assumed (no work hardening).

Unloading returns to the origin of the stress-strain curve.
2-842 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL
*MAT_194
For compressive strains the response is always linear elastic using the overall Youngs
Modulus on Card 1.
If insufficient data is entered, no cracking occurs in the model. As a minimum, FC and
FY are needed.
Extra variables are available for post-processing as follows:
Extra variable 1: Current shear strain
Extra variable 2: Shear status: 0,1,2,3,4 or 5 see below
Extra variable 3: Maximum direct strain so far in local X direction (for tensile cracking)
Extra variable 4: Maximum direct strain so far in local Y direction (for tensile cracking)
Extra variable 5: Tensile status: 0,1 or 2 = elastic, cracked, or yielded respectively.
The shear status shows how far along the shear stress-strain curve each element has progressed, e.g. status 2 means that the element has passed the second point on the curve.
These status levels correspond to performance criteria in building design codes such as
FEMA.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-843 (MAT)
*MAT_195
*MAT_CONCRETE_BEAM
*MAT_CONCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 195 for beam elements. An elasto-plastic material with an arbitrary stress
versus strain curve and arbitrary strain rate dependency can be defined. See also Remark below.
Also, failure based on a plastic strain or a minimum time step size can be defined.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
ETAN
FAIL
TDEL
A8
Default
none
None
none
none
none
0.0
10.E+20
10.E+20
Card 2
Variable
LCSS
LCSR
Type
Default
Card 3
NOTEN
TENCUT
SDR
Type
Default
E15.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
2-844 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_195
*MAT_CONCRETE_BEAM
VARIABLE
E
PR
DESCRIPTION
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
SIGY
Yield stress.
ETAN
FAIL
Failure flag.
LT.0.0: user defined failure subroutine is called to determine failure
EQ.0.0: failure is not considered. This option is recommended if
GT.0.0: plastic strain to failure. When the plastic strain reaches this
TDEL
LCSS
giving the stress versus effective plastic strain for that rate, See Figure 27 stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the lowest value of strain
rate is used if the strain rate falls below the minimum value. Likewise,
the stress versus effective plastic strain curve for the highest value of
strain rate is used if the strain rate exceeds the maximum value. The
strain rate parameters: C and P;
LCSR
NOTEN
No-tension flag,
EQ.0: beam takes tension,
EQ.1: beam takes no tension,
EQ.2: beam takes tension up to value given by TENCUT.
TENCUT
Tension cutoff value.
SDR
Stiffness degradation factor.
Remarks:
modulus, ETAN. An effective stress versus effective plastic strain curve (LCSS) may be input inLS-DYNA R7.0
2-845 (MAT)
*MAT_195
*MAT_CONCRETE_BEAM
stead of defining ETAN. The cost is roughly the same for either approach. The most general
approach is to use the table definition (LCSS) discussed below.
I.
1 +
R
'
II.
III.
using the reference to a table (LCSS) can be used.
2-846 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_196
*MAT_GENERAL_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
This is Material Type 196. This model permits elastic and elastoplastic springs with damping to
be represented with a discrete beam element type6 by using six springs each acting about one of
the six local degrees-of-freedom. For elastic behavior, a load curve defines force or moment
versus displacement or rotation. For inelastic behavior, a load curve yield force or moment versus plastic deflection or rotation, which can vary in tension and compression. The two nodes defining a beam may be coincident to give a zero length beam, or offset to give a finite length
beam. For finite length discrete beams the absolute value of the variable SCOOR in the SECTION_BEAM input should be set to a value of 2.0, which causes the local r-axis to be aligned
along the two nodes of the beam to give physically correct behavior. The distance between the
nodes of a beam should not affect the behavior of this material model. A triad is used to orient
the beam for the directional springs.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
A8
Define the following cards, 2 and 3, for each active degree of freedom. This data is terminated by the next "*" card or when all six degrees-of-freedom are defined.
Card 2
DOF
TYPE
CDF
TDF
Type
Card 3
FLCID
HLCID
C1
C2
DLE
GLCID
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
MID
LS-DYNA R7.0
DESCRIPTION
2-847 (MAT)
*MAT_196
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
RO
DOF
Active degree-of-freedom, a number between 1 and 6 inclusive. Each

value of DOF can only be used once. The active degree-of-freedom is
measured in the local coordinate system for the discrete beam element.
TYPE
The default behavior is elastic. For inelastic behavior input 1.
Elastic loading/unloading stiffness. This is required input for inelastic

behavior.
Optional viscous damping coefficient.
CDF

springs.
EQ.0.0: inactive.
TDF

EQ.0.0: inactive.
FLCID
Load curve ID, see *DEFINE_CURVE. For option TYPE=0, this curve
defines force or moment versus deflection for nonlinear elastic behavior.
For option TYPE=1, this curve defines the yield force versus plastic deflection. If the origin of the curve is at (0,0) the force magnitude is identical in tension and compression, i.e., only the sign changes. If not, the
yield stress in the compression is used when the spring force is negative.
The plastic displacement increases monotonically in this implementation. The load curve is required input.
HLCID

velocity (Optional). If the origin of the curve is at (0,0) the force magnitude is identical for a given magnitude of the relative velocity, i.e., only
the sign changes.
C1
C2
Damping coefficient
DLE
GLCID
2-848 (MAT)
Factor to scale time units.

unity is assumed.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_196
Remarks:
If TYPE=0, elastic behavior is obtained. In this case, if the linear spring stiffness is used, the
force, F, is given by:
= + +
but if the load curve ID is specified, the force is then given by:
= + S( ) 1 + -1 + -2 sgn ln max o1. ,
In these equations, is the change in length
U U
p + + ( )
,
= currentlength initiallength
If TYPE=1, inelastic behavior is obtained. In this case, the yield force is taken from the load
curve:
where
plastic
j =
plastic
is the plastic deflection. A trial force is computed as:

? = + (f)
and is checked against the yield force to determine :
j S ? > j
= ?
S ? j
The final force, which includes rate effects and damping, is given by:
O = 1 + -1 + -2 sgn ln max o1. ,
U U
p + + ( )
,
Unless the origin of the curve starts at (0,0), the negative part of the curve is used when the
spring force is negative where the negative of the plastic displacement is used to interpolate, .
The positive part of the curve is used whenever the force is positive.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-849 (MAT)
*MAT_197
*MAT_SEISMIC_ISOLATOR
This is Material Type 197 for discrete beam elements. Sliding (pendulum) and elastomeric seismic isolation bearings can be modeled, applying bi-directional coupled plasticity theory. The
hysteretic behavior was proposed by Wen [1976] and Park, Wen, and Ang [1986]. The sliding
bearing behavior is recommended by Zayas, Low and Mahin [1990]. The algorithm used for
implementation was presented by Nagarajaiah, Reinhorn, and Constantinou [1991]. Further options for tension-carrying friction bearings are as recommended by Roussis and Constantinou
[2006].
Element formulation type 6 must be used. Local axes are defined on
*SECTION_BEAM; the default is the global axis system. It is expected that the local z-axis will
be vertical.
(Note: Option ITYPE=2 is available starting with the R3 release of Version 971.)
Card 1
MID
RO
GAMMA
BETA
DISPY
STIFFV
ITYPE
A8
Default
none
None
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 2
PRELOAD
DAMP
MX1
MX2
MY1
MY2
Type
Default
1.0
Variable
Type
Variable
2-850 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_197
Card 3 for sliding isolator, ITYPE = 0 or 2 - leave blank for elastomeric isolator:
Card 3
FMAX
DELF
AFRIC
RADX
RADY
RADB
STIFFL
STIFFTS
Type
Default
1.0e20
1.0e20
1.0e20
STIFFV
Variable
Card 4 for ITYPE = 1 or 2 - leave blank for sliding isolator ITYPE = 0:

Card 4
FORCEY
ALPHA
STIFFT
DFAIL
Type
Default
0.5STIFFV
1.0e20
FMAX
FMAX
FMAX
0.0
Variable
FMAXYC FMAXXT FMAXYT
YLOCK
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Nondimensional variable - see below
GAMMA
BETA
DISPY
Yield displacement (length units - must be > 0.0)
STIFFV
Vertical stiffness (force/length units)
ITYPE
Type:
0=sliding (spherical or cylindrical)
1=elastomeric
2=sliding (two perpendicular curved beams)
PRELOAD
LS-DYNA R7.0
Vertical preload not explicitly modeled (force units)

2-851 (MAT)
*MAT_197
VARIABLE
DAMP
DESCRIPTION
Damping ratio (nondimensional)
MX1, MX2
Moment factor at ends 1 and 2 in local X-direction
MY1, MY2
Moment factor at ends 1 and 2 in local Y-direction
FMAX (*)
Maximum friction coefficient (dynamic)
DELF (*)
Difference between maximum friction and static friction coefficient
AFRIC (*)
Velocity multiplier in sliding friction equation (time/length units)
RADX (*)
Radius for sliding in local X direction
RADY (*)
Radius for sliding in local Y direction
RADB (*)
Radius of retaining ring
STIFFL (*)
Stiffness for lateral contact against the retaining ring
STIFFTS (*)
Stiffness for tensile vertical response (sliding isolator - default = 0)
FORCEY (+)
Yield force
ALPHA (+)
Ratio of postyielding stiffness to preyielding stiffness
STIFFT (+)
Stiffness for tensile vertical response (elastomeric isolator)
DFAIL (+)
Lateral displacement at which the isolator fails
FMAXYC (**)
Max friction coefficient (dynamic) for local Y-axis (compression)
FMAXXT (**)
Max friction coefficient (dynamic) for local X-axis (tension)
FMAXYT (**)
Max friction coefficient (dynamic) for local Y-axis (tension)
YLOCK (**)
Stiffness locking the local Y-displacement (optional -single-axis sliding)
(*) - Used for sliding type. Leave blank for elastomeric type
(+) - Used for elastomeric type. Leave blank for sliding type
(**) - Used for ITYPE=2. Leave blank for ITYPE=0 or 1
2-852 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_197
Remarks:
The horizontal behavior of both types is governed by plastic history variables Zx, Zy that evolve
according to equations given in the reference; A, gamma and beta and the yield displacement are
the input parameters for this. The intention is to provide smooth build-up, rotation and reversal
of forces in response to bidirectional displacement histories in the horizontal plane. The theoretical model has been correlated to experiments on seismic isolators.
The RADX, RADY inputs for the sliding isolator are optional. If left blank, the sliding surface is
assumed to be flat. A cylindrical surface is obtained by defining either RADX or RADY; a
spherical surface can be defined by setting RADX=RADY. The effect of the curved surface is to
add a restoring force proportional to the horizontal displacement from the center. As seen in elevation, the top of the isolator will follow a curved trajectory, lifting as it displaces away from the
center.
The vertical behavior for all types is linear elastic, but with different stiffnesses for tension and
compression. By default, the tensile stiffness is zero for the sliding types.
The vertical behavior for the elastomeric type is linear elastic; in the case of uplift, the tensile
stiffness will be different to the compressive stiffness. For the sliding type, compression is treated as linear elastic but no tension can be carried.
Vertical preload can be modeled either explicitly (for example, by defining gravity), or by using
the PRELOAD input. PRELOAD does not lead to any application of vertical force to the model.
It is added to the compression in the element before calculating the friction force and tensile/compressive vertical behavior.
ITYPE=0 is used to model a single (spherical) pendulum bearing. Triple pendulum bearings can
be modelled using three of these elements in series, following the method described by Fenz and
Constantinou 2008. The input properties for the three elements (given byReff1,1,d1, a1, etc)
are calculated from the properties of the actual triple bearing (given by Reff1, 1, d1, a1, etc) as
follows:
ITYPE=2 is intended to model uplift-prevention sliding isolators that consist of two perpendicular curved beams joined by a connector that can slide in slots on both beams. The beams are
aligned in the local X and Y axes respectively. The vertical displacement is the sum of the displacements induced by the respective curvatures and slider displacements along the two beams.
Single-axis sliding is obtained by using YLOCK to lock the local-Y displacement. To resist uplift, STIFFTS must be defined (recommended value: same as STIFFV). This isolator type allows
different friction coefficients on each beam, and different values in tension and compression. The
total friction, taking into account sliding velocity and the friction history functions, is first calculated using FMAX and then scaled by FMAXXT/FMAX etc as appropriate. For this reason,
FMAX should not be zero.
DAMP is the fraction of critical damping for free vertical vibration of the isolator, based on the
mass of the isolator (including any attached lumped masses) and its vertical stiffness. The viscosity is reduced automatically if it would otherwise infringe numerical stability. Damping is generally recommended: oscillations in the vertical force would have a direct effect on friction forces
in sliding isolators; for isolators with curved surfaces, vertical oscillations can be excited as the
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-853 (MAT)
*MAT_197
isolator slides up and down the curved surface. It may occasionally be necessary to increase
DAMP if these oscillations become significant.
This element has no rotational stiffness - a pin joint is assumed. However, if required, moments
can be generated according to the vertical load times the lateral displacement of the isolator. The
moment about the local X-axis (i.e. the moment that is dependent on lateral displacement in the
local Y-direction) is reacted on nodes 1 and 2 of the element in the proportions MX1 and MX2
respectively. Similarly, moments about the local Y-axis are reacted in the proportions MY1,
MY2. These inputs effectively determine the location of the pin joint: for example, a pin at the
base of the column could be modeled by setting MX1=MY1=1.0, MX2=MY2=0.0 and ensuring
that node 1 is on the foundation, node 2 at the base of the column - then all the moment is transferred to the foundation. For the same model, MX1=MY1=0.0, MX2=MY2=1.0 would imply a
pin at the top of the foundation - all the moment is transferred to the column. Some isolator designs have the pin at the bottom for moments about one horizontal axis, and at the top for the
other axis - these can be modeled by setting MX1=MY2=1.0, MX2=MY1=0.0. It is expected
that all MX1,2, etc lie between 0 and 1, and that MX1+MX2=1.0 (or both can be zero) - e.g.
MX1=MX2=0.5 is permitted - but no error checks are performed to ensure this; similarly for
MY1+MY2.
Density should be set to a reasonable value, say 2000 to 8000 kg//m3. The element mass will be
calculated as density x volume (volume is entered on *SECTION_BEAM).
Note on values for *SECTION_BEAM:
Set ELFORM to 6 (discrete beam)
VOL (the element volume) might typically be set to 0.1m3
INER needs to be non-zero (say 1.0) but the value has no effect on the solution since the element has no rotational stiffness.
CID can be left blank if the isolator is aligned in the global coordinate system, otherwise a
coordinate system should be referenced.
By default, the isolator will be assumed to rotate with the average rotation of its two nodes. If
the base of the column rotates slightly the isolator will no longer be perfectly horizontal: this
can cause unexpected vertical displacements coupled with the horizontal motion. To avoid
this, rotation of the local axes of the isolator can be eliminated by setting RRCON, SRCON
and TRCON to 1.0. This does not introduce any rotational restraint to the model, it only prevents the orientation of the isolator from changing as the model deforms.
All other parameters on *SECTION_BEAM can be left blank.
Post-processing note: as with other discrete beam material models, the force described in postprocessors as Axial is really the force in the local X-direction; Y-Shear is really the force in
the local Y-direction; and Z-Shear is really the force in the local Z-direction.
2-854 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_198
*MAT_JOINTED_ROCK
*MAT_JOINTED_ROCK
This is Material Type 198. Joints (planes of weakness) are assumed to exist throughout the material at a spacing small enough to be considered ubiquitous. The planes are assumed to lie at constant orientations defined on this material card. Up to three planes can be defined for each material. See *MAT_MOHR_COULOMB (*MAT_173) for a preferred alternative to this material
model.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
GMOD
RNU
RKF
PHI
CVAL
PSI
A8
Default
1.0
Card 2
Variable
STR_LIM NPLANES ELASTIC
Type
0.0
LCCPDR
LCCPT
LCCJDR
LCCJT
LCSFAC
Default
0.005
Card 3
GMODDP
PHIDP
CVALDP
PSIDP
GMODGR
PHIGR
CVALGR
PSIGR
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-855 (MAT)
*MAT_198
*MAT_JOINTED_ROCK
Repeat Card 4 for each plane (maximum 3 planes):

Card 4
Variable
Type
Default
DIP
STRIKE
CPLANE
FRPLANE
TPLANE
SHRMAX
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.e20
0.0
LOCAL
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
GMOD
RNU
Poissons ratio
RKF
Failure surface shape parameter
PHI
CVAL
PSI
Cohesion value
STR_LIM
Minimum shear strength of material is given by STR_LIM*CVAL
NPLANES
Number of joint planes (maximum 3)
ELASTIC
Flag = 1 for elastic behavior only
LCCPDR
Load curve for extra cohesion for parent material (dynamic relaxation)
LCCPT
Load curve for extra cohesion for parent material (transient)
LCCJDR
Load curve for extra cohesion for joints (dynamic relaxation)
LCCJT
Load curve for extra cohesion for joints (transient)
LCSFAC
Load curve giving factor on strength vs time
GMODDP
Depth at which shear modulus (GMOD) is correct
2-856 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_198
*MAT_JOINTED_ROCK
VARIABLE
PHIDP
CVALDP
PSIDP
GMODGR
PHIGR
CVALGR
PSIGR
DIP
DESCRIPTION
Depth at which angle of friction (PHI) is correct

Depth at which cohesion value (CVAL) is correct
Depth at which dilation angle (PSI) is correct
Gradient at which shear modulus (GMOD) increases with depth
Gradient at which friction angle (PHI) increases with depth
Gradient at which cohesion value (CVAL) increases with depth
Gradient at which dilation angle (PSI) increases with depth
Angle of the plane in degrees below the horizontal
DIPANG
Plan view angle (degrees) of downhill vector drawn on the plane
CPLANE
Cohesion for shear behavior on plane
PHPLANE
Friction angle for shear behavior on plane (degrees)
TPLANE
Tensile strength across plane (generally zero or very small)
SHRMAX
Max shear stress on plane (upper limit, independent of compression)
LOCAL
EQ.0: DIP and DIPANG are with respect to the global axes
Remarks:
1.
The joint plane orientations are defined by the angle of a downhill vector drawn on the
plane, i.e. the vector is oriented within the plane to obtain the maximum possible downhill
angle. DIP is the angle of this line below the horizontal. DIPANG is the plan-view angle of
the line (pointing down hill) measured clockwise from the global Y-axis about the global
Z-axis.
2.
The joint planes rotate with the rigid body motion of the elements, irrespective of whether
their initial definitions are in the global or local axis system.
3.
The full facilities of the modified Drucker Prager model for the matrix material can be used
see description of Material type 193. Alternatively, to speed up the calculation, the
ELASTIC flag can be set to 1, in which case the yield surface will not be considered and
only RO, GMOD, RNU, GMODDP, GMODGR and the joint planes will be used.
4.
upward direction. The key parameters are defined such that may vary with depth (i.e. the zaxis)
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-857 (MAT)
*MAT_198
*MAT_JOINTED_ROCK
5.
The shape factor for a typical soil would be 0.8, but should not be pushed further than 0.75.
6.
If STR_LIM is set to less than 0.005, the value is reset to 0.005.
7.
A correction has been introduced into the Drucker Prager model, such that the yield surface never infringes the Mohr-Coulomb criterion. This means that the model does not
give the same results as a pure Drucker Prager model.
8.
The load curves LCCPDR, LCCPT, LCCJDR, LCCJT allow additional cohesion to be
specified as a function of time. The cohesion is additional to that specified in the material
parameters. This is intended for use during the initial stages of an analysis to allow application of gravity or other loads without cracking or yielding, and for the cracking or
yielding then to be introduced in a controlled manner. This is done by specifying extra
cohesion that exceeds the expected stresses initially, then declining to zero. If no curves
are specified, no extra cohesion is applied.
9.
The load curve for factor on strength applies simultaneously to the cohesion and tan (friction angle) of parent material and all joints. This feature is intended for reducing the
strength of the material gradually, to explore factors of safety. If no curve is present, a
constant factor of 1 is assumed. Values much greater than 1.0 may cause problems with
stability.
10.
Extra variables for plotting. By setting NEIPH on *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY to

15, the following variables can be plotted in D3PLOT and T/HIS:
Extra Variable 1: Mobilized strength fraction for base material
Extra Variable 2: rk0 for base material
Extra Variable 3: rlamda for base material
Extra Variable 4: crack opening strain for plane 1
Extra Variable 7: crack accumulated shear strain for plane 1
Extra Variable 10: current shear utilization for plane 1
Extra Variable 13: maximum shear utilization to date for plane 1
14.
Joint planes would generally be defined in the global axis system if they are taken from
survey data. However, the material model can also be used to represent masonry, in
which case the weak planes represent the cement and lie parallel to the local element axes.
2-858 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_202
*MAT_STEEL_EC3
*MAT_STEEL_EC3
This is Material Type 202. Tables and formulae from Eurocode 3 are used to derive the mechanical properties and their variation with temperature, although these can be overridden by userdefined curves. It is currently available only for Hughes-Liu beam elements. Warning, this material is still under development and should be used with caution.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
SIGY
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
Card 2
LC_E
LC_PR
LC_AL
TBL_SS
LC_FS
none
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
Card 3 must be define but is left blank

Card 3
Variable
(blank)
Type
Default
VARIABLE
MID
LS-DYNA R7.0
DESCRIPTION
2-859 (MAT)
*MAT_202
*MAT_STEEL_EC3
VARIABLE
RO
E
PR
SIGY
DESCRIPTION
Mass density.
Youngs modulus a reasonable value must be provided even if LC_E
is also input. See notes.
Poissons ratio.
LC_E
Optional Loadcurve ID: Youngs Modulus vs Temperature (overrides E

and factors from EC3).
LC_PR
Optional Loadcurve ID: Poissons Ratio vs Temperature (overrides PR).
LC_AL
Optional Loadcurve ID: alpha vs temperature (over-rides thermal expansion data from EC3).
TBL_SS
Optional Table ID containing stress-strain curves at different temperatures (overrides curves from EC3).
LC_FS
Optional Loadcurve ID: failure strain vs temperature.
Remarks:
1. This material model is intended for modelling structural steel in fires.

2. By default, only E, PR and SIGY have to be defined. Eurocode 3 (EC3) Section 3.2 specifies
the stress-strain behaviour of carbon steels at temperatures between 20C and 1200C. The
stress-strain curves given in EC3 are scaled within the material model such that the maximum stress at low temperatures is SIGY, see graph below.
3. By default, the Youngs Modulus E will be scaled by a factor which is a function of temperature as specified in EC3. The factor is 1.0 at low temperature.
4. By default, the thermal expansion coefficient as a function of temperature will be as specified
in EC3 Section 3.4.1.1.
5. LC_E, LC_PR and LC_AL are optional; they should have temperature on the x-axis and the
material property on the y-axis, with the points in order of increasing temperature. If present
(i.e. non-zero) they over-ride E, PR, and the relationships from EC3. However, a reasonable
value for E should always be included, since these values will be used for purposes such as
contact stiffness calculation.
6. TBL_SS is optional. If present, TBL_SS must be the ID of a *DEFINE_TABLE. TBL_SS
overrides SIGY and the stress-strain relationships from EC3. The field VALUE on the
*DEFINE_TABLE should contain the temperature at which each stress-strain curve is applicable; the temperatures should be in ascending order. The curves that follow the temperature
values have (true) plastic strain on the x-axis, (true) yield stress on the y-axis as per other LSDYNA elasto-plastic material models. As with all instances of *DEFINE TABLE, the curves
containing the stress-strain data must immediately follow the *DEFINE_TABLE input data
and must be in the correct order (i.e. the same order as the temperatures).
2-860 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_202
*MAT_STEEL_EC3
7. Temperature can be
be defined by any of the *LOAD_THERMAL methods. The temperature
does not have to start at zero: the initial temperature will be taken as a reference temperature
for each element, so nonnon-zero
zero initial temperatures will not cause thermal shock effects.
Figure 2-99
99.
LS-DYNA
DYNA R7.0
2-861
861 (MAT)
*MAT_208
*MAT_BOLT_BEAM
*MAT_BOLT_BEAM
This is Material Type 208 for use with beam elements using ELFORM=6 (Discrete Beam). The
beam elements must have nonzero initial length so that the directions in which tension and compression act can be distinguished. See notes below.
Card 1
MID
RO
KAX
KSHR
blank
blank
FPRE
TRAMP
A8
Default
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 2
LCAX
LCSHR
FRIC
CLEAR
DAFAIL
DRFAIL
DAMAG
T0PRE
Type
Default
0.0
0.0
1.E20
1.E20
0.1
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Card 3 is blank but must be present

Card 3
Variable
blank
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
2-862 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_208
*MAT_BOLT_BEAM
VARIABLE
G
DESCRIPTION
Shear modulus.
KAX
Axial elastic stiffness (Force/Length units).
KSHR
Shear elastic stiffness (Force/Length units).
FPRE
Preload force.
TRAMP
Time duration during which preload is ramped up.
LCAX
Load curve giving axial load versus displacement (x-axis = displacement

(length units), y-axis = force).
LCSHR
Load curve ID or table ID giving lateral load versus displacement (xaxis - displacement (length units), y-axis - force). In the table case, each
curve in the table represents lateral load versus displacement at a given
(current) axial load, i.e. the values in the table are axial forces.
FRIC
Friction coefficient resisting sliding of bolt head/nut (non-dimensional).
CLEAR
Radial clearance (gap between bolt shank and the inner diameter of the
hole) (length units).
DAFAIL
Axial tensile displacement to failure (length units).
DRFAIL
Radial displacement to failure (excludes clearance).
DAMAG
Fraction of above displacements between initiation & completion of

failure.
T0PRE
Time at which preload application begins.
Remarks:
The element represents a bolted joint. The axial response is tensile-only. Instead of generating a
compressive axial load, it is assumed that a gap would develop between the bolt head (or nut)
and the surface of the plate. Contact between the bolted surfaces must be modelled separately,
e.g. using *CONTACT or *MAT_DISCRETE_BEAM_SURFACE_CONTACT.
Curves LCAX, LCSHR give yield force versus plastic displacement for the axial and shear directions. The force increments are calculated from the elastic stiffnesses, subject to the yield force
limits given by the curves.
CLEAR allows the bolt to slide in shear, resisted by friction between bolt head/nut and the surfaces of the plates, from the initial position at the centre of the hole. CLEAR is the total sliding
shear displacement before contact occurs between the bolt shank and the inside surface of the
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-863 (MAT)
*MAT_208
*MAT_BOLT_BEAM
hole. Sliding shear displacement is not included in the displacement used for LCSHR; LCSHR is
intended to represent the behaviour after the bolt shank contacts the edge of the hole.
Output: beam axial or X force is the axial force in the beam. shear-Y and shear-Z are the
shear forces.
Other output is written to the d3plot and d3thdt files in the places where post-processors expect
to find the stress and strain at the first two integration points for integrated beams.
Post-Processing data component
Actual meaning
Int. Pt 1, Axial Stress
Change of length
Int Pt 1, XY Shear stress
Sliding shear displacement in local Y
Int Pt 1, ZX Shear stress
Sliding shear displacement in local Z
Int Pt 1, Plastic strain
Resultant shear sliding displacement
Int Pt 1, Axial strain
Axial plastic displacement
Int. Pt 2, Axial Stress
Shear plastic displacement excluding sliding
Int Pt 2, XY Shear stress
Int Pt 2, ZX Shear stress
Int Pt 2, Plastic strain
Int Pt 2, Axial strain
2-864 (MAT)
Table 2.15.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_219
*MAT_CODAM2
*MAT_CODAM2
This is material type 219. This material model is the second generation of the UBC Composite
Damage Model (CODAM2) for brick, shell, and thick shell elements developed at The University of British Columbia. The model is a sub-laminate-based continuum damage mechanics model
for fiber reinforced composite laminates made up of transversely isotropic layers. The material
model includes an optional non-local averaging and element erosion.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
PRBA
PRCB
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 2
GAB
NLAYER
R1
R2
NFREQ
Default
none
0.0
0.0
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
AOPT
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-865 (MAT)
*MAT_219
Card 4
*MAT_CODAM2
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
MACF
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
ANGLE1
ANGLE2
ANGLE3
ANGLE4
ANGLE5
ANGLE6
ANGLE7
ANGLE8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 6
IMATT
IFIBT
ILOCT
IDELT
SMATT
SFIBT
SLOCT
SDELT
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 7
IMATC
IFIBC
ILOCC
IDELC
SMATC
SFIBC
SLOCC
SDELC
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Default
Input NLAYER angles.

Card 5
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-866 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_219
*MAT_CODAM2
Card 8
ERODE
ERPAR
1
ERPAR
2
RESIDS
Type
Default
none
none
Variable
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
EA
Ea, Youngs modulus in a-direction = Modulus along the direction of

fibers.
EB
Eb, Youngs modulus in b-direction = Modulus transverse to fibers.
PRBA
ba, Poissons ratio, ba (minor in-plane Poissons ratio).
PRCB
cb, Poissons ratio, cb (Poissons ratio in the plane of isotropy).
GAB
Gab, Shear modulus, ab (in-plane shear modulus).
NLAYER
Number of layers in the sub-laminate excluding symmetry. As an example, in a [0/45/-45/90]3s, NLAYER=4.
R1
Non-local averaging radius.
R2
Currently not used.
NFREQ
Number of time steps between update of neighbor list for nonlocal

smoothing.
EQ.0:
Do only one search at the start of the calculation
XP,YP,ZP
A1,A2,A3
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-867 (MAT)
*MAT_219
VARIABLE
AOPT
*MAT_CODAM2
DESCRIPTION

NODES.
only.
V1,V2,V3
D1,D2,D3
BETA
MACF

ANGLEi
Rotation angle in degrees of layers with respect to the material axes.

Input one for each layer.
IMATT
Initiation strain for damage in matrix (transverse) under tensile condition.
IFIBT
Initiation strain for damage in the fiber (longitudinal) under tensile condition.
2-868 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_219
*MAT_CODAM2
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
ILOCT
Initiation strain for the anti-locking mechanism. This parameter should

be equal to the saturation strain for the fiber damage mechanism under
tensile condition.
IDELT
Not working in the current version. Can be used for visualization purpose only.
SMATT
Saturation strain for damage in matrix (transverse) under tensile condition.
SFIBT
Saturation strain for damage in the fiber (longitudinal) under tensile

condition.
SLOCT
Saturation strain for the anti-locking mechanism under tensile condition.

The recommended value for this parameter is (ILOCT+0.02).
SDELT
Not working in the current version. Can be used for visualization purpose only.
IMATC
Initiation strain for damage in matrix (transverse) under compressive

condition.
IFIBC
Initiation strain for damage in the fiber (longitudinal) under compressive

condition.
ILOCC
Initiation strain for the anti-locking mechanism. This parameter should

be equal to the saturation strain for the fiber damage mechanism under
compressive condition.
IDELC
Initiation strain for delamination. Not working in the current version.

Can be used for visualization purpose only.
SMATC
Saturation strain for damage in matrix (transverse) under compressive

condition.
SFIBC
Saturation strain for damage in the fiber (longitudinal) under compressive condition.
SLOCC
Saturation strain for the anti-locking mechanism under compressive

condition. The recommended value for this parameter is (ILOCC+0.02).
SDELC
Delamination strain. Not working in the current version. Can be used

for visualization purpose only.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-869 (MAT)
*MAT_219
VARIABLE
*MAT_CODAM2
DESCRIPTION
ERODE
Erosion Flag (see remarks)

EQ. 0: Erosion is turned off.
EQ. 1: Non-local strain based erosion criterion.
EQ. 2: Local strain based erosion criterion.
EQ.3: Use both ERODE=1 and ERODE=2 criteria.
ERPAR1
The erosion parameter #1 used in ERODE types 1 and 3. ERPAR1>=1.0

and the recommended value is ERPAR1=1.2.
ERPAR2
The erosion parameter #2 used in ERODE types 2 and 3. The recommended value is five times SLOC defined in cards 7 and 8.
RESIDS
Residual strength for layer damage
Remarks:
Model Description
CODAM2 is developed for modeling the nonlinear, progressive damage behavior of laminated
fiber-reinforced plastic materials. The model is based on the work by (Forghani, 2011; Forghani
et al. 2011a; Forghani et al. 2011b) and is an extension of the original model, CODAM (Williams et al. 2003).
Briefly, the model uses a continuum damage mechanics approach and the following assumptions
have been made in its development:
1. The material is an orthotropic medium consisting of a number of repeating units
through the thickness of the laminate, called sub-laminates. e.g. . [0/45/90] in a
[0/45/90]8S laminate.
2. The nonlinear behavior of the composite sub-laminate is only caused by damage evolution. Nonlinear elastic or plastic deformations are not considered.
Formulation
The in-plane secant stiffness of the damaged laminate is represented as the summation of the effective contributions of the layers in the laminate as shown.
= H? H H fH
where H is the transformation matrix for the strain vector, and H is the in-plane secant stiffness
of kth layer in the principal orthotropic plane, and tk is the thickness of the kth layer of an nlayered laminate.
2-870 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_219
*MAT_CODAM2
A physically-based and yet simple approach has been employed here to derive the damaged
stiffness matrix. Two reduction coefficients, $ and , that represent the reduction of stiffness
in the longitudinal (fiber) and transverse (matrix) directions have been employed. The shear
modulus has also been reduced by the matrix reduction parameter. The major and minor Poissons ratios have been reduced by $ and respectively. A sub-laminate-level reduction, RL, is
incorporated to avoid spurious stress locking in the damaged zone. This would lead to an effective reduced stiffness matrix H . The reduction coefficients are equal to 1 in the undamaged
condition and gradually decrease to 0 for a saturated damage condition.
j lN
j j NP PN
H =
j j NP lP
j j NP PN
j lP
j j NP PN
$
#
0
#
#
8 "H
where E1, E2, 12, 21, and G12 are the elastic constants of the lamina.
Damage Evolution
In CODAM2, the evolution of damage mechanisms are expressed in terms of equivalent strain
parameters. The equivalent strain function that governs the fiber stiffness reduction parameter is
written in terms of the longitudinal normal strains by
Q$,H = Q
eq
,H ;
= 1. . .
The equivalent strain function that governs the matrix stiffness reduction parameter is written in
an interactive form in terms of the transverse and shear components of the local strain.
eq
Q ,H
8
P
= sign(Q88,H )kQ88,H + 5 NP,M6 ; = 1. . .
8
The sign of the transverse normal strain plays a very important role in the initiation and growth
of damage since it indicates the compressive or tensile nature of the transverse stress. Therefore,
the equivalent strain for the matrix damage carries the sign of the transverse normal strain.
Evolution of the overall damage mechanism (anti-locking) is written in terms of the maximum
principal strains.
Q = maxe()
eq
Within the framework of non-local strain-softening formulations adopted here, all damage
modes, be it intra-laminar (i.e. fiber and matrix damage) or overall sub-laminate modes are considered to be a function of the non-local (averaged) equivalent strain defined as:
Q = Q () .
eq
LS-DYNA R7.0
eq
).
2-871 (MAT)
*MAT_219
*MAT_CODAM2
where the subscript denotes the mode of damage: fiber (y = S) and matrix (y = ) damage in
each layer, k, within the sub-laminate or associated with the overall sub-laminate, namely, lockeq
eq
ing (y = ). Thus, for a given sub-laminate with n layers,Q and Q are vectors of size 2n +1.
X represents the position vector of the original point of interest and x denotes the position vector
of all other points (Gauss points) in the averaging zone denoted by . In classical isotropic nonlocal averaging approach, this zone is taken to be spherical (or circular in 2D) with a radius of r
(named R1 in the material input card). The parameter, r, which affects the size of the averaging
zone, introduces a length scale into the model that is linked directly to the predicted size of the
damage zone. Averaging is done with a bell-shaped weight function, w, evaluated by
= s1
8 8
where d is the distance from the integration point of interest to another integration point with the
averaging zone.
The damage parameters, , are calculated as a function of the corresponding averaged equivalent
strains. In CODAM2 the damage parameters are assumed to grow as a hyperbolic function of
the damage potential (non-local equivalent strains) such that when used in conjunction with
stiffness reduction factors that vary linearly with the damage parameters they result in a linear
strain-softening response (or a bilinear stress-strain curve) for each mode of damage
=
R_
UR7 U R7
eq
7
; forUQ U
_ R UR
7 U
R7
7
eq
QE > 0
where superscripts i and s denote, respectively, the damage initiation and saturation values of the
strain quantities to which they are assigned. The initiation and saturation parameters are defined
in material cards #6 and #7. Damage is considered to be a monotonically increasing function of
time, t, such that
= max9 | f , & :
where & is the value of for the current time (load state), and represents the state of damage at previous times f.
Damage is applied by scaling the layer stress by reduction parameters = 1 where =f

and =m. The layer stresses are summed and then then scaled by reduction parameter
= 1 . Figures (2-100) and (2-101) show the relationship between the damage and reduction parameters
2-872 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_219
*MAT_CODAM2
Figure 2-100 Damage parameter
Figure 2-101 Reduction parameter
If the parameter RESIDS>0, damage in the layers is limited such that

$ = max, , 1 $
Element Erosion
= max(, , 1 )
When ERODE>0, an erosion criterion is checked at each integration point. Shell elements and
thick shell elements will be deleted when the erosion criterion has been met at all integration
points. Brick elements will be deleted when the erosion criterion is met at any of the integration
points. For ERODE=1, the erosion criterion is met when maximum principal strain exceeds either SLOCT*ERPAR1 for elements in tension, or SLOCC*ERPAR1 for elements in compression. Elements are in tension when the magnitude of the first principal strain is greater than the
magnitude of the third principal strain and in compression when the third principal strain is larger. When R>0, the ERODE=1 criterion is checked using the non-local (averaged) principal
strain. For ERODE=2, the erosion criterion is met when the local (non-averaged) maximum
principal strain exceeds ERPAR2. For ERODE=3, both of these erosion criteria are checked.
For visualization purposes, the ratio of the maximum principal strain over the limit is stored in
the location of plastic strain which is written by default to the ELOUT and D3PLOT files.
History Variables
History variables for CODAM2 are listed in Table 2-100. To include them in the D3PLOT database, use NEIPH (bricks) or NEIPS (shells) on *DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY. For brick
elements, add 4 to the variable numbers in the table because the first 6 history variables are reserved.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-873 (MAT)
*MAT_219
*MAT_CODAM2
Variable Number
Description
Group
1,2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Reserved
Overall (anti-locking) Damage
Delamination Damage (for visualization only)
Fiber damage in the first layer
Matrix damage in the first layer
Fiber damage in the second layer
Matrix damage in the second layer
Damage Parameters
3+2*NLAYER
4+2*NLAYER
5+2*NLAYER
6+2*NLAYER
7+2*NLAYER
8+2*NLAYER
9+2*NLAYER
Fiber damage in the last layer

Matrix damage in the last layer
eq
Qj
eq
Q$,
eq
Q ,
eq
Q$,8
eq
Q ,8
4+4*NLAYER
5+4*NLAYER
6+4*NLAYER
7+4*NLAYER
8+4*NLAYER
9+4*NLAYER
10+4*NLAYER
11+4*NLAYER
Q$,
eq
Q ,
x
y
z
xy
yz
zx
eq
Equivalent Strains
used to evaluate
damage
(averaged if R1>0)
Total Strain
Table 2.16. History variables
2-874 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_220
*MAT_RIGID_DISCRETE
*MAT_RIGID_DISCRETE
This is Material Type 220. This is a rigid material which is discretized into multiple disjoint
pieces. Each rigid piece can contain an arbitrary number of shell elements or solid elements that
are arranged in an arbitrary shape. Shells and solids cannot be combined in a single rigid body.
Rigid body mechanics is used to update each disjoint piece of any part ID which references this
material type. The inertia properties for the disjoint pieces are determined directly from the finite element discretization. This material option can be used to model granular material where
the grains interact through an automatic single surface contact definition. Another possible use
includes modeling bolts as rigid bodies where the bolts belong to the same part ID. This model
eliminates the need to represent each rigid piece with a unique part ID.
Card
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
A8
none
none
none
none
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
2-875 (MAT)
*MAT_221
*MAT_ORTHOTROPIC_SIMPLIFIED_DAMAGE
This is Material Type 221. An orthotropic material with optional simplified damage and optional failure for composites can be defined. This model is valid only for 3D solid elements, with reduced or full integration. The elastic behavior is the same as MAT_022. Nine damage variables
are defined, applicable to Ea, Eb, Ec, (damage is different in tension and compression), and Gab,
Gbc and Gca. In addition, nine failure criteria on strains are available. When failure occurs, elements are deleted (erosion). Failure depends on the number of integration points failed through
the element. See the material description below.
Card 1
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
Default
none
None
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 2
GAB
GBC
GCA
AOPT
MACF
Default
none
None
none
0.0
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-876 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_221
Card 4
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 5
NERODE
NDAM
EPS1TF
EPS2TF
EPS3TF
EPS1CF
EPS2CF
EPS3CF
Type
Default
1.E20
1.E20
1.E20
-1.E20
-1.E20
-1.E20
Card 6
EPS12F
EPS23F
EPS13F
EPSD1T
DPSC1T
CDAM1T
EPS2DT
EPSC2T
Default
1.E20
1.E20
1.E20
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Card 7
CDAM2T
EPSD3T
EPSC3T
CDAM3T
EPSD1C
EPSC1C
CDAM1C
EPSD2C
Type
Default
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
Type
Variable
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-877 (MAT)
*MAT_221
Card 8
EPSC2C
CDAM2C
EPSD3C
EPSC3C
CDAM3C
EPSD12
EPSC12
CDAM12
Type
Default
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Card 9
EPSD23
EPSC23
CDAM23
EPSD31
EPSC31
CDAM31
Type
Default
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Variable
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
ba, Poisson ratio, ba.
PRCA
ca, Poisson ratio, ca.
PRCB
cb, Poisson ratio, cb.
GAB
GBC
GCA
2-878 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_221
DESCRIPTION
AOPT

NODES.
only.
MACF

XP,YP,ZP
A1,A2,A3
V1,V2,V3
D1,D2,D3
BETA
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-879 (MAT)
*MAT_221
VARIABLE
NERODE
DESCRIPTION
Failure and erosion flag:

EQ. 0: No failure (default)
EQ. 1: Failure as soon as one failure criterion is reached in all integration points
EQ. 2: Failure as soon as one failure criterion is reached in at least
one integration point
EQ. 3: Failure as soon as a tension or compression failure criterion
in the a-direction is reached for one integration point
in the b-direction is reached for one integration point
in the c-direction is reached for one integration point
EQ. 6: Failure as soon as tension or compression failure criteria in
both the a- and b-directions are reached at a single integration
point or at 2 different integration points
both the b- and c-directions are reached at a single integration
both the a- and c-directions are reached at a single integration
the 3 directions are reached at a single integration point or at different integration points
NDAM
Damage flag:
EQ. 0: No damage (default)
EQ. 1: Damage in tension only (null for compression)
EQ. 2: Damage in tension and compression
EPS1TF
Failure strain in tension along the a-direction
EPS2TF
Failure strain in tension along the b-direction
EPS3TF
Failure strain in tension along the c-direction
EPS1CF
Failure strain in compression along the a-direction
EPS2CF
Failure strain in compression along the b-direction
EPS3CF
Failure strain in compression along the c-direction
EPS12F
Failure shear strain in the ab-plane
EPS23F
Failure shear strain in the bc-plane
2-880 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
VARIABLE
*MAT_221
DESCRIPTION
EPS13F
Failure shear strain in the ac-plane
EPSD1T
Damage threshold in tension along the a-direction, 1ts
EPSC1T
Critical damage threshold in tension along the a-direction, 1tc
CDAM1T
Critical damage in tension along the a-direction, D1tc
EPS2DT
Damage threshold in tension along the b-direction, 2ts
EPSC2T
Critical damage threshold in tension along the b-direction, 2tc
CDAM2T
Critical damage in tension along the b-direction, D2tc
EPSD3T
Damage threshold in tension along the c-direction, 3ts
EPSC3T
Critical damage threshold in tension along the c-direction, 3tc
CDAM3T
Critical damage in tension along the c-direction, D3tc
EPSD1C
Damage threshold in compression along the a-direction, 1cs
EPSC1C
Critical damage threshold in compression along the a-direction, 1cc
CDAM1C
Critical damage in compression along the a-direction, D1cc
EPSD2C
Damage threshold in compression along the b-direction, 2cs
EPSC2C
Critical damage threshold in compression along the b-direction, 2cc
CDAM2C
Critical damage in compression along the b-direction, D2cc
EPSD3C
Damage threshold in compression along the c-direction, 3cs
EPSC3C
Critical damage threshold in compression along the c-direction, 3cc
CDAM3C
Critical damage in compression along the c-direction, D3cc
EPSD12
Damage threshold for shear in the ab-plane, 12s
EPSC12
Critical damage threshold for shear in the ab-plane, 12c
CDAM12
Critical damage for shear in the ab-plane, D12c
EPSD23
Damage threshold for shear in the bc-plane, 23s
EPSC23
Critical damage threshold for shear in the bc-plane, 23c
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-881 (MAT)
*MAT_221
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
CDAM23
Critical damage for shear in the bc-plane, D23c
EPSD31
Damage threshold for shear in the ac-plane, 31s
EPSC31
Critical damage threshold for shear in the ac-plane, 31c
CDAM31
Critical damage for shear in the ac-plane, D31c
Remarks:
If kc< ks, no damage is considered. Failure occurs only when failure strain is reached.
Failure can occur along the 3 orthotropic directions, in tension, in compression and for shear behavior. Nine failure strains drive the failure. When failure occurs, elements are deleted (erosion).
Under the control of the NERODE flag, failure may occur either when only one integration point
has failed, when several integration points have failed or when all integrations points have failed.
Damage applies to the 3 Youngs moduli and the 3 shear moduli. Damage is different for tension
and compression. Nine damage variables are used: d1t, d2t, d3t, d1c, d2c, d3c, d12, d23, d13. The damaged flexibility matrix is:
dam
1
, (1
!
,!
,
= =
!
,!
&/= )
=
,=
1
=!
,=
,! (1 8&/= )
=!
1
,=
,= (1
0
&/= )
1
! (1
8)
= max
with k = 1t, 2t, 3t, 1c, 2c, 3c, 12, 23, 31.
O is the positive part: O = V

0
1
!= (1
0
The nine damage variables are calculated as follows:
1
= (1
Q QH
= H
;
1
0
H
H
QH= QH
O
if x > 0
.
if x < 0
Damage in compression may be deactivated with the NDAM flag. In this case, damage in compression is null, and only damage in tension and for shear behavior are taken into account.
2-882 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_221
The nine damage variables may be post-processed through additional variables. The number of
additional variables for solids written to the d3plot and d3thdt databases is input by the optional
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY card as variable NEIPH. These additional variables are tabulated below:
History
Description
Variable
d1t
damage in traction along a
d2t
damage in traction along b
d3t
damage in traction along c
d1c
damage in compression along a
d2c
damage in compression along b
d3c
damage in compression along c
d12
shear damage in ab-plane
d23
shear damage in bc-plane
d13
shear damage in ac-plane
Value
0 no damage
0 < dk Dkc damage
LS-PrePost
history variable
plastic strain
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Table 2.17.
The first damage variable is stored as in the place of effective plastic strain. The eight other
damage variables may be plotted in LS-PrePost as element history varaiables.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-883 (MAT)
*MAT_224
*MAT_TABULATED_JOHNSON_COOK
This is Material Type 224. An elasto-viscoplastic material with arbitrary stress versus strain
curve(s) and arbitrary strain rate dependency can be defined. Plastic heating causes adiabatic
temperature increase and material softening. Optional plastic failure strain can be defined as a
function of triaxiality, strain rate, temperature and/or element size. This material model resembles the original Johnson-Cook material (see *MAT_015) but with the possibility of general tabulated input parameters. The model is available for shell and solid elements.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
CP
TR
BETA
NUMINT
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
1.0
1.0
Card 2
LCK1
LCKT
LCF
LCG
LCH
LCI
Type
Default
FAILOPT
NUMAV
NCYFAIL
Variable
Type
Variable
Optional card 3
Card 3
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
MID
2-884 (MAT)
DESCRIPTION
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_224
VARIABLE
RO
E
DESCRIPTION
Mass density.
Youngs modulus:
GT.0.0: constant value is used
LT.0.0: temperature dependent Youngs modulus given by
load curve ID = -E (starting with release 971 R6)
PR
Poissons ratio.
CP
Specific heat.
TR
Room temperature.
BETA
Amount of plastic work converted into heat.
NUMINT
Number of integration points which must fail before the element is deleted. Available for shells and solids.
before the element fails. Only available for shells except as noted below
EQ.-200: Turns off erosion for shells and solids. Not recommended
unless
used
in
conjunction
with
*CONSTRAINED_TIED_NODES_FAILURE.
LCK1
Load curve ID or Table ID. The load curve ID defines effective stress as
a function of effective plastic strain. The table ID defines for each plastic
strain rate value a load curve ID giving the (isothermal) effective stress
versus effective plastic strain for that rate.
LCKT
Table ID defining for each temperature value a load curve ID giving the
(quasi-static) effective stress versus effective plastic strain for that temperature.
LCF
Load curve ID or Table ID. The load curve ID defines plastic failure
strain as a function of triaxiality. The table ID defines for each Lode parameter a load curve ID giving the plastic failure strain versus triaxiality
for that Lode parameter. (Table option only for solids and not yet generally supported).
LCG
Load curve ID defining plastic failure strain as a function of strain rate.
LCH
Load curve ID defining plastic failure strain as a function of temperature
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-885 (MAT)
*MAT_224
VARIABLE
LCI
FAILOPT
DESCRIPTION
Load curve ID or Table ID. The load curve ID defines plastic failure
strain as a function of element size. The table ID defines for each triaxiality a load curve ID giving the plastic failure strain versus element size
for that triaxiality.
Flag for additional failure criterion 8 , see Remarks.
EQ.0.0: off (default)
EQ.1.0: on
NUMAV
Running average for plastic failure strain in the additional failure criterion.
NCYFAIL
Number of cycles that the additional failure criterion must be met before
element deletion.
Remarks:
The flow stress D is expressed as a function of plastic strain Q , plastic strain rate Q and temperature / via the following formula (using load curves/tables LCK1 and LCKT):
= (Q , Q )
& (Q , /)
& (Q , /j )
Note that TR is a material parameter and should correspond to the temperature used when performing the room temperature tensile tests. If simulations are to be performed with an initial
temperature TI deviating from TR then this temperature should be set using
*INITIAL_STRESS_SOLID/SHELL by setting the following history variables:
History variable #11 (solids) or #7 (shells)
(/- /j )- "
z
History variable #14 (solids) or #10 (shells)
TI
Optional plastic failure strain is defined as a function of triaxiality e/D. , Lode parameter, plastic strain rate Q , temperature / and element size 3 (square root of element area for shells and
volume over maximum area for solids) by
Q$ = S
2-886 (MAT)
270
e
,
(Q )(/)(3= )
D. Q2D.
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_224
using load curves/tables LCF, LCG, LCH and LCI. A typical failure curve LCF for metal sheet,
modeled with shell elements is shown in Figure 2-102. Triaxiality should be monotonically increasing in this curve. A reasonable range for triaxiality is -2/3 to 2/3 if shell elements are used
(plane stress). For 3-dimensional stress states (solid elements), the possible range of triaxiality
goes from - to +, but to get a good resolution in the internal load curve discretization (depending on parameter LCINT of *CONTROL_SOLUTION) one should define lower limits, e.g.
-1 to 1 if LCINT=100 (default).
The default failure criterion of this material model depends on plastic strain evolution Q and on
plastic failure strain Q$ and is obtained by accumulation over time:
=
Q

Q$
where element erosion takes place when 1. This accumulation provides load-path dependent
treatment of failure.
An additional, load-path independent, failure criterion can be invoked by setting FAILOPT=1,
where the current state of plastic strain is used:
Q
8 =
Q$
Two additional parameters can be used as countermeasures against stress oscillations for this
failure criterion. With NUMAV, plastic failure strain is averaged over a defined number of cycles for the 8 criterion. It cannot exceed a maximum of 30. NCYFAIL defines the number of
cycles that 8 1 must be met before element deletion takes place.
Temperature increase is caused by plastic work
/ = /j +
z
- "
D Q
with room temperature /j , dissipation factor z, specific heat - , and density ".
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-887 (MAT)
*MAT_224
Figure 2-102. Typical failure curve for metal sheet, modeled with shell elements.
History variables may be post-processed

post processed through additional variables
variables.. The number of additional
variables for shells/solids
olids written to the d3plot and d3thd
d3thdt databases is input by the optional
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY card as variable NEIPS/
NEIPS/NEIPH.
H. The relevant additional
variables of this material model are tabulated below:
below
Shell elements
LS-PrePost
ost
history varriable #
Solid elements
plastic strain rate
plastic strain rate
plastic work
plastic failure strain
ratio of plastic strain to

triaxiality
element size
10
Lode parameter
10
temperature
11
plastic work
11
12
ratio of plastic strain to

plasstic
tic failure strain
12
triaxiality
13
element size
14
temperature
LS-PreP
PrePost
history varva
iable
able #
Table 2.18.
22-888 (MAT)
LS
LS-DYNA
DYNA R7.0
*MAT_225
*MAT_VISCOPLASTIC_MIXED_HARDENING
This is Material Type 225. An elasto-viscoplastic material with an arbitrary stress versus strain
curve and arbitrary strain rate dependency can be defined. Kinematic, isotropic, or a combination of
kinematic and isotropic hardening can be specified. Also, failure based on plastic strain can be defined.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
LCSS
BETA
A8
Default
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
Card 2
Variable
Type
Variable
FAIL
Type
Default
1.0E+20
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
LCSS
LS-DYNA R7.0
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Load curve ID or Table ID. Load curve ID defining effective stress versus effective plastic strain The table ID defines for each strain rate value
a load curve ID giving the stress versus effective plastic strain for that
rate, See Figure 2-10. The stress versus effective plastic strain curve for
the lowest value of strain rate is used if the strain rate falls below the
minimum value. Likewise, the stress versus effective plastic strain curve
for the highest value of strain rate is used if the strain rate exceeds the
2-889 (MAT)
*MAT_225
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
maximum value. NOTE: The strain rate values defined in the table may
be given as the natural logarithm of the strain rate. If the first stressstrain curve in the table corresponds to a negative strain rate, LS-DYNA
assumes that the natural logarithm of the strain rate value is used. Since
from 10.e-04 to 10.e+04.
BETA
Hardening parameter, 0<BETA<1.

EQ.0.0: Pure kinematic hardening
EQ.1.0: Pure isotropic hardening
0.0<BETA<1.0: Mixed hardening
FAIL
Failure flag.
LT.0.0: User defined failure subroutine is called to determine
failure
GT.0.0: Plastic strain to failure. When the plastic strain reachesthis value, the element is deleted from the calculation..
2-890 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_226
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_BARLAT89
This is Material Type 226. This model combines Yoshida non-linear kinematic hardening rule
(*MAT_125) with the 3-parameter material model of Barlat and Lian [1989] (*MAT_36) to
model metal sheets under cyclic plasticity loading and with anisotropy in plane stress condition.
Lankford parameters are used for the definition of the anisotropy. Yoshidas theory describes the
hardening rule with two surfaces method: the yield surface and the bounding surface. In the
forming process, the yield surface does not change in size, but its center moves with deformation; the bounding surface changes both in size and location.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
R00
R45
R90
Default
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
Card 2
CB
SC
RSAT
SB
HLCID
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
Card 3
AOPT
IOPT
C1
C2
none
none
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-891 (MAT)
*MAT_226
Card 4
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
Card 5
V1
V2
V3
D1
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
VARIABLE
D2
D3
BETA
none
none
none
none
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus, E.
PR
Poissons ratio, .
m, exponent in Barlats yield criterion.
R00
R00, Lankford parameter in 0 degree direction.
R45
R90
CB
The uppercase B defined in the Yoshidas equations.
Hardening parameter as defined in the Yoshidas equations.
SC
The lowercase c defined in the Yoshidas equations.
2-892 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_226
VARIABLE
RSAT
DESCRIPTION
SB
The lowercase b as defined in the Yoshidas equations.
Anisotropic parameter associated with work-hardening stagnation, defined in the Yoshidas equations.
HLCID
Load curve ID in keyword *DEFINE_CURVE, where true strain and

true stress relationship is characterized. The load curve is optional, and
is used for error calculation only.
IOPT
C1, C2
AOPT
Kinematic hardening rule flag:

EQ.1: Modified formulation. Define C1, C2 as below.
= h/9(- + Q )=P -
A1, A2, A3
V1, V2, V3
D1, D2, D3
LS-DYNA R7.0

NODES, and then rotated about the shell element normal by the
angle BETA..
XP, YP, ZP
BETA
=P

2-893 (MAT)
*MAT_226
Remarks:
1.
The R-values are defined as the ratio of instantaneous width change to instantaneous
thickness change. That is, assume that the width W and thickness T are measured as function of strain. Then the corresponding R-value is given by:
/
Q
/
//
Q
Input R00, R45 and R90 to define sheet anisotropy in the rolling, 45 degree and 90 degree direction.
=
2.
Barlat and Lians [1989] anisotropic yield criterion for plane stress is defined as:
= x|
8|
+ x|
8|
+ |2
8|
= 2Dj
For face centered cubic (FCC) materials exponent m=8 is recommended and for body
centered cubic (BCC) materials m=6 may be used. Detailed description on the criterion
can be found in *MAT_036 manual pages.
3.
The Yoshidas model accounts for cyclic plasticity including Bauschinger effect and cyclic hardening behavior. For detailed Yoshidas theory of nonlinear kinematic hardening
rule and definitions of material constants CB, Y, SC, K, RSAT, SB, and H, refer to Remarks in *MAT_125 manual pages and in the original paper, A model of large-strain
cyclic plasticity describing the Baushinger effect and workhardening stagnation, by Yoshida, F. and Uemori, T., Int. J. Plasticity, vol. 18, 661-689, 2002.
Further improvements in the original Yoshidas model, as described in a paper Determination of Nonlinear Isotropic/Kinematic Hardening Constitutive Parameter for AHSS using Tension and Compression Tests, by Shi, M.F., Zhu, X.H., Xia, C., and Stoughton,
T., in NUMISHEET 2008 proceedings, 137-142, 2008, included modifications to allow
work hardening in large strain deformation region, avoiding the problem of earlier saturation, especially for Advanced High Strength Steel (AHSS). These types of steels exhibit
continuous strain hardening behavior and a non-saturated isotropic hardening function.
As described in the paper, the evolution equation for R (a part of the current radius of the
bounding surface in deviatoric stress space), as is with the saturation type of isotropic
hardening rule proposed in the original Yoshida model,
is modified as,
(sat )e
= h/9(- + Q )=P -
=P
For saturation type of isotropic hardening rule, set IOPT=0, applicable to most of Aluminum sheet materials. In addition, the paper provides detailed variables used for this material model for DDQ, HSLA, DP600, DP780 and DP980 materials. Since the symbols
2-894 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_226
used in the paper are different from what are used here, the following table provides a
reference between symbols used in the paper and variables here in this keyword:
B
e0
CB
SC
Rsat
SB
C1
C2
Using the modified formulation and the material properties provided by the paper, the
predicted and tested results compare very well both in a full cycle tension and compression test and in a pre-strained tension and compression test, according to the paper. A set
of experiments are required to fit (optimize) the Yoshida material constants, and these
experiments include a uniaxial tension test (used for HLCID), a full cycle tension and
compression test and a multiple cycle tension and compression test.
Application of the modified Yoshidas hardening rule in the metal forming industry has
shown significant improvement in springback prediction accuracy, which is a prerequisite for a successful stamping tool compensation, especially for AHSS type of sheet
materials.
4.
The variable AOPT is used to define the rolling direction of the sheet metals. For shells,
AOPT of 2 or 3 are relevant. When AOPT=2, define vector components of a in the direction of the rolling (R00); when AOPT=3, define vector components of v perpendicular to
the rolling direction, as shown in the following Figure2-104
Figure 2-103.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-895 (MAT)
*MAT_226
b
c
b: R90
For shells, define

vector v, so
vxn
c=n
a=vxn
b=nxa
For shells, define

vector a, so
c=n
b=cxa
a=bxc
n
a: rolling direction R00
AOPT=2
AOPT=3
Figure 2-104.
5.

type 1 be used when conducting springback simulation.
6.
In an example below, springback simulation results on the section Y=-370 mm from the
NUMISHEET 2005 cross member using *MAT_226 show better springback correlation
with measurements than *MAT_125 and *MAT_37.
7.
This material model is available in LS-DYNA R5 Revision 57717 or later releases.
2-896 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_226
Experiments
M226 m=8
M125
-200
-150
M37
AL5182 Exp./M226/M125/M37 Comparison Y=-370.0

0
-100
-50
50
100
150
200
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
Figure 2-105. Springback prediction with *MAT_226 (Material properties courtesy of

Ford Motor Company)
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-897 (MAT)
*MAT_230
*MAT_PML_ELASTIC
*MAT_PML_ELASTIC
This is Material Type 230. This is a perfectly-matched layer (PML) material an absorbing
layer material used to simulate wave propagation in an unbounded isotropic elastic medium
and is available only for solid 8-node bricks (element type 2). This material implements the 3D
version of the Basu-Chopra PML [Basu and Chopra (2003,2004), Basu (2009)].
Card
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
A8
none
none
none
none
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
Remarks:
1.
A layer of this material may be placed at a boundary of a bounded domain to simulate

unboundedness of the domain at that boundary: the layer absorbs and attenuates waves
propagating outward from the domain, without any significant reflection of the waves
back into the bounded domain. The layer cannot support any static displacement.
2.
It is assumed the material in the bounded domain near the layer is, or behaves like, an
isotropic linear elastic material. The material properties of the layer should be set to the
corresponding properties of this material.
3.
The layer should form a cuboid box around the bounded domain, with the axes of the box
aligned with the coordinate axes. Various faces of this box may be open, as required by
the geometry of the problem, e.g., for a half-space problem, the top of the box should
be open.
2-898 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_PML_ELASTIC
*MAT_230
4.
Internally, LS-DYNA will partition the entire PML into regions which form the faces,
edges and corners of the above cuboid box, and generate a new material for each region. This partitioning will be visible in the d3plot file. The user may safely ignore this
partitioning.
5.
The layer should have 5-10 elements through its depth. Typically, 5-6 elements are sufficient if the excitation source is reasonably distant from the layer, and 8-10 elements if it
is close. The size of the elements should be similar to that of elements in the bounded
domain near the layer, and should be small enough to sufficiently discretize all significant
wavelengths in the problem.
6.
The nodes on the outer boundary of the layer should be fully constrained.
7.
The stress and strain values reported by this material do not have any physical significance.
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-899 (MAT)
*MAT_230_FLUID
*MAT_PML_ELASTIC_FLUID
This is Material Type 230_FLUID. This is a perfectly-matched layer (PML) material with a
pressure fluid constitutive law, to be used in a wave-absorbing layer adjacent to a fluid material
(*MAT_ELASTIC_FLUID) in order to simulate wave propagation in an unbounded fluid medium. See the Remarks sections of *MAT_PML_ELASTIC (*MAT_230) and
*MAT_ELASTIC_FLUID (*MAT_001_FLUID) for further details.
Card
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
VC
A8
none
none
none
none
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Bulk modulus
VC
2-900 (MAT)
Tensor viscosity coefficient
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_231
*MAT_PML_ACOUSTIC
*MAT_PML_ACOUSTIC
This is Material Type 231. This is a perfectly-matched layer (PML) material an absorbing
layer material used to simulate wave propagation in an unbounded acoustic medium and can
be used only with the acoustic pressure element formulation (element type 14). This material
implements the 3D version of the Basu-Chopra PML for anti-plane motion [Basu and Chopra
(2003,2004), Basu (2009)].
Card
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
A8
none
none
none
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Sound speed
Remarks:
1.

back into the bounded domain. The layer cannot support any hydrostatic pressure.
2.
It is assumed the material in the bounded domain near the layer is an acoustic material.
The material properties of the layer should be set to the corresponding properties of this
material.
3.
be open.
4.
edges and corners of the above cuboid box, and generate a new material for each re-
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-901 (MAT)
*MAT_231
*MAT_PML_ACOUSTIC
gion. This partitioning will be visible in the d3plot file. The user may safely ignore this
partitioning.
5.
6.
7.
The pressure values reported by this material do not have any physical significance.
2-902 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_232
*MAT_BIOT_HYSTERETIC
This is Material Type 232. This is a Biot linear hysteretic material, to be used for modeling the
nearly-frequency-independent viscoelastic behaviour of soils subjected to cyclic loading, e.g. in
soil-structure interaction analysis [Spanos and Tsavachidis (2001), Makris and Zhang (2000),
Muscolini, Palmeri and Ricciardelli (2005)]. The hysteretic damping coefficient for the model is
computed from a prescribed damping ratio by calibrating with an equivalent viscous damping
model for a single-degree-of-freedom system. The damping increases the stiffness of the model
and thus reduces the computed time-step size.
Card
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
ZT
FD
A8
none
none
none
none
0.0
3.25
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
ZT
Damping ratio
FD
Dominant excitation frequency in Hz
Remarks:
1.
The stress is computed as a function of the strain rate as

D(f) =
&
-j (f )Q()
where
-j (f) = - s1 +
LS-DYNA R7.0
2!
, (zf)w
2-903 (MAT)
*MAT_232
with - being the elastic isotropic constitutive tensor, ! the hysteretic damping factor, and
z = 2S /10, where S is the dominant excitation frequency in Hz. The function , is
given by
, () =
e [
x
x
For efficient implementation, this function is approximated by a 5-term Prony series as
2.
, ()
such that H > 0.
X
H'
H eM
The hysteretic damping factor ! is obtained from the prescribed damping ratio 8 as
! = 8/atan(10) = 2.148
by assuming that, for a single degree-of-freedom system, the energy dissipated per cycle
by the hysteretic material is the same as that by a viscous damper, if the excitation frequency matches the natural frequency of the system.
3.
The consistent Youngs modulus for this model is given by

,= = , s1 +
where
=
X
H'
2!
w
1
9exp(xH zf ) 1:
xH zf
Because > 0, the computed element time-step size is smaller than that for the corresponding elastic element. Furthermore, the time-step size computed at any time depends
on the previous time-step size. It can be demonstrated that the new computed time-step
size stays within a narrow range of the previous time-step size, and for a uniform mesh,
converges to a constant value. For S = 3.25Hz and 8 = 0.05, the percentage decrease in
time-step size can be expected to be about 12-15% for initial time-step sizes of less than
0.02 secs, and about 7-10% for initial time-step sizes larger than 0.02 secs.
4.
The default value of the dominant frequency is chosen to be valid for earthquake excitation.
2-904 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_233
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
This is Material Type 233. This material model is for Hexagonal Closed Packet (HCP) metals
and is based on the work by Cazacu et al. (2006). This model is capable of describing the yielding asymmetry between tension and compression for such materials. Moreover, a parameter fit
is optional and can be used to find the material parameters that describe the experimental yield
stresses. The experimental data that the user should supply consists of yield stresses for tension
and compression in the 00 direction, tension in the 45 and the 90 directions, and a biaxial tension
test.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
HR
P1
P2
ITER
A8
Card 2
Variable
C11
C22
C33
LCID
E0
P3
Type
Card 3
AOPT
C12
C13
C23
C44
Type
Card 4
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-905 (MAT)
*MAT_233
Card 5
Variable
Type
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
FIT
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
Material Identification number.
RO
Constant Mass density.
Youngs modulus
E.GT.0.0: constant value
E.LT.0.0: load curve ID (E) which defines the Youngs modulus
as a function of plastic strain.
PR
Poissons ratio
HR
Hardening rules:
HR.EQ.1.0: linear hardening (default)
HR.EQ.2.0: exponential hardening (Swift)
HR.EQ.3.0: load curve
HR.EQ.4.0: exponential hardening (Voce)
HR.EQ.5.0: exponential hardening (Gosh)
HR.EQ.6.0: exponential hardening (Hocken-Sherby)
P1
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.1.0: tangent modulus
HR.EQ.2.0: q, coefficient for exponential hardening law (Swift)
HR.EQ.4.0: a, coefficient for exponential hardening law (Voce)
HR.EQ.5.0: q, coefficient for exponential hardening law (Gosh)
HR.EQ.6.0: a, coefficient for exponential hardening law (HocketSherby)
P2
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.1.0: yield stress for the linear hardening law
HR.EQ.2.0: n, coefficient for (Swift) exponential hardening
HR.EQ.4.0: c, coefficient for exponential hardening law (Voce)
HR.EQ.5.0: n, coefficient for exponential hardening law (Gosh)
HR.EQ.6.0: c, coefficient for exponential hardening law (HocketSherby)
2-906 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_233
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
VARIABLE
ITER
DESCRIPTION

ITER.EQ.1.0: fixed at three iterations. Generally, ITER=0.0 is recommended. However, ITER=1.0 is faster and may give acceptable
results in most problems.
Exponent in Cazacu-Barlats orthotropic yield surface (A>1)
C11
Material parameter (see card 5 pos. 8):

FIT.EQ.1.0 or EQ.2.0: yield stress for tension in the 00 direction
FIT.EQ.0.0: material parameter c11
C22
Material parameter (see card 5 pos.8):

C33

LCID
Load curve ID for the hardening law (HR.EQ.3.0)
E0
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.2.0: initial yield stress for exponential hardening law (Swift)
(default =0.0)
HR.EQ.4.0: b, coefficient for exponential hardening (Voce)
HR.EQ.5.0: initial yield stress for exponential hardening (Gosh), Default=0.0
HR.EQ.6.0: b, coefficient for exponential hardening law (HocketSherby)

FIT.EQ.1.0 or EQ.2.0: yield stress for compression in the 00 direction
FIT.EQ.0.0: material parameter (-1<k<1)
P3
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.5.0: p, coefficient for exponential hardening (Gosh)
HR.EQ.6.0: n, exponent for exponential hardening law (HocketSherby
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-907 (MAT)
*MAT_233
VARIABLE
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
DESCRIPTION
AOPT
Material axes option (see MAT_OPTION TROPIC_ELASTIC for more

complete description).
AOPT.EQ.0.0 locally orthotropic with material axes determined
by element nodes 1, 2 and 4, as with *DEFINE_ COORDINATE_NODES, and then rotated about the shell element normal
by the angle BETA.
AOPT.EQ.2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined
by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINED_ COORDINATE_VECTOR.
AOPT.EQ.3.0: locally orthotropic material axes determined by rotating the material axes abut the element normal by an angle BETA, from a line in the plane of the element defined by the cross
product of the vector V with the element normal.
AOPT.LT.0.0: the absolute value of AOPT is coordinate system
ID (CID on *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, *DEFINE_
COORDINATE_SYSTEM,
or
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_
VECTOR). Available with the R3 release of 971 and later.
C12
Material parameter. If parameter identification (FIT=1.0) is turned on

C12 is not used.
C13

C13=0.0
C23

C23=0.0
C44
Material parameter (see card 5 pos.8)

FIT.EQ.1.0 or EQ.2.0: yield stress for the balanced biaxial tension
test.
A1-A3
Components of vector a for AOPT=2.0
V1-V3
Components of vector v for AOPT=3.0
D1-D3
Components of vector d for AOPT=2.0
BETA
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 0 and 3. NOTE, may be overridden on the element card, see *ELEMENT_SHELL_BETA
2-908 (MAT)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_233
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
VARIABLE
FIT
DESCRIPTION
Flag for parameter identification algorithm:

FIT.EQ.0.0: No parameter identification routine is used. The variables K, C11, C22, C33, C44, C12, C13 and C23 are interpreted as
material parameters.
FIT.EQ.1.0: Parameter fit is used. The variables C11, C22, C33, C44
and K are interpreted as yield stresses in the 00, 45, 90 degree directions, the balanced biaxial tension and the 00 degree compression,
respectively. NOTE: it is recommended to always check the d3hsp
file to see the fitted parameters before complex jobs are submitted.
FIT.EQ.2.0: Same as EQ.1.0 but also produce contour plots of the
yield surface. For each material three LS-PrePost ready xy-data files
are created; Contour1_x, Contour2_x and Contour3_x where x equal
the material numbers.
Remarks:
The material model #233 (MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT) is aimed for modeling materials with
strength differential and orthotropic behavior under plane stress. The yield condition includes a
parameter that describes the asymmetry between yield in tension and compression. Moreover,
to include the anisotropic behavior the stress deviator undergoes a linear transformation. The
principal values of the Cauchy stress deviator are substituted with the principal values of the
transformed tensor:, which is represented as a vector field, defined as:
: =
where is the field comprised of the four stresses deviator components
(233.1)
= ( , 88 , , 8 ),
= tr(
)
,
where tr(
) is the trace of the Cauchy stress tensor and is the Kronecker delta. For the 2D
plane stress condition, the orthotropic condition gives 7 independent coefficients. The tensor is
represented by the 4 4 matrix
.
--/ = 8 88 8
8
WW
The principal values of : are denoted , 8 , and are given as the eigenvalues to the matrix
composed by the components , , ff , through
1
8
8 ,
= + + + 4
2
1
8
8 ,
8 = + + 4
2
= ff
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-909 (MAT)
*MAT_233
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
3 = (2 8 )D + ( + 2 8 )D ,
3 = (2 8 88 8 )D + ( 8 + 288 8 )D ,
3ff = (2 8 )D + ( + 28 )D ,
= WW D 8
Note that the symmetry of follows from the symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor.
where
The yield condition is written on the following form:

S(, , Qep ) = Deff ( , 8 , , ) D Qep 0
(233.2)
where D Qep is a function representing the current yield stress dependent on current effective
plastic strain and is the asymmetric parameter for yield in compression and tension. The effective stress Deff is given by
Deff = ((| | ) + (|8 | 8 ) + (| | ) ) '

(233.3)
where 91,1:, x 1. Now, let D ? and D b represent the yield stress along the rolling (00
?
degree) direction in tension and compression, respectively. Furthermore let DWX
and D<? represent
the yield stresses in the 45 and the 90 degree directions, and last let Do? be the balanced biaxial
yield stress in tension. Following Cazacu et al. (2006) the yield stresses can easily be derived.
To simplify the equations it is preferable to make the following definitions:
= (2
8 = (2
88 8 )
= (2 8 )
The yield stresses can now be written as
8 = (
= (
+ 2
D b = (|>
N|
+ 28 )
H>N )r O(|>P | H>P )r O(|> | H> )r
N |OH>N )
r O(|> |OH> )r O(|>

P
P
|OH> )r
In the 45 degree direction:

?
DWX
2-910 (MAT)
= (|?
N|
+ 288 8 )
D ? = (|>
and
= (
H?N )r O(|?P | H?P )r O(|? | H? )r
'
'
'
,
.
(233.4)
(233.5)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_233
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
where
1
8
= + 8 + + 8 + ( + 8 8 )8 + 4WW
,
4
1
8
8 = + 8 + + 8 ( + 8 8 )8 + 4WW
,
4
1
= 9 + :.
2
D<? = (|@
N|
Leff
H@N )r O(|@P | H@P )r O(|@ | H@ )r
'
(233.6)
In the balanced biaxial yield occurs when both D and D are equal to:
Do? = (|
N|
Leff
HN )r O(|P | HP )r O(| | H )r
'
(233.7)
where
1
= (
3
Hardening laws
1
2 ), 8 = (
3
1
+ 88 28 ), = (
3
+ 8 2 )
The implemented hardening laws are the following:

The Swift hardening law
The Voce hardening law
The Gosh hardening law
The Hocket-Sherby hardening law
A loading curve, where the yield stress is given as a function of the effective plastic strain
The Swifts hardening law can be written
D Qep = Q + Qep
where and are material parameters.
The Voces equation says that the yield stress can be written in the following form
D Qep = x 4 =Rep
where x,and are material parameters. The Goshs equation is similar to Swifts equation.
They only differ by a constant
D Qep = Q + Qep e
LS-DYNA R7.0
2-911 (MAT)
*MAT_233
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
where , Q , and e are material constants. The Hocket-Sherby equation resemblance the
Voces equation, but with an additional parameter added
D Qep = x 4
where x, , and are material parameters.
5
=Rep
Constitutive relation and material stiffness
The classical elastic constitutive equation for linear deformations is the well-known Hookes
law. This relation written in a rate formulation is given by
(233.8)
= #
where # is the elastic strain and is the constitutive matrix. An over imposed dot implies differentiation respect to time. Introducing the total strain and the plastic strain , Eq. (233.8) is
classically rewritten as
= ( )
where
1
+
l
=
P
+
1
(233.9)
Q
Q88 Q 88
and = 2 Q 8 Q
.
2 Q Q
8
2 Q8 Q 8
The parameters , and + are the Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio, respectively.
The material stiffness that is needed for e.g., implicit analysis can be calculated from (233.9)
as
=
The associative flow rule for the plastic strain is usually written
and the consistency condition reads
ep ep
(233.10)
= 0.
(233.11)
Note that the centralized dot means scalar product between two vectors. Using standard calculus one easily derives from (1.9), (1.10) and (1.11) an expression for the stress rate
2-912 (MAT)
^
^

^
^
^
^
^c
(233.12)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_233
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
That means that the material stiffness used for implicit analysis is given by
^
^
^
^ ep
^
^

^
To be able to do a stress update we need to calculate the tangent stiffness and the derivative with
respect to the corresponding hardening law.
When a suitable hardening law has been chosen the corresponding derivative is simple and will
be left out from this document. However, the stress gradient of the yield surface is more complicated and will be outlined here.
$
LNN
8 AP
$
LPP
=
$
8 AP
8 AN
s51 +
A A11
s51 +
A A11
s51
$
8 AN
QA
A A11
s51
QA
A A11
6 + 51
A A11
QA
6 + 51 +
A A11
6 + 51 +
A A11
QA
A A11
QA
6 + 51
QA
LNP
where
and
= S, , Q#
N
r
= WW
8A1
QA
QA
AN
6 8 w +
QA
and the derivative with respect to the shear stress component is

$
6 8 w
8
? = + 4
8
6 8 w
6 8 w +
AP
(233.13)
(233.14)
(233.15)
(233.16)
(|E | E ) (sgn(E ) ) for = 1,2,3. (233.17)
Implementation
Assume that the stress and strain is known at time f . A trial stress
O at time f O is calculated by assuming a pure elastic deformation, i.e.,
(233.18)
O = + (O ).
Now, if S(, , Q# ) 0 the deformation is pure elastic and the new stress and plastic strain are
determined as
O = O
O
Qep
= Qep
and the thickness strain increment is given by
Q
LS-DYNA R7.0
= Q O Q =
(233.19)
(Q
+ Q88 )
(233.20)
2-913 (MAT)
*MAT_233
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
If the deformation is not pure elastic the stress is not inside the yield surface and a plastic iterative procedure must take place.
O
1. Set = 0, O
O , Qep(
( ) =
) = Qep and Q
2. Determine the plastic multiplier as
= ^
3. Perform a plastic corrector step: O

( O
in plastic strain according to
O
Qep(
O ) =
(O )
(O )
Q88
4. If US
O
( O ) , Qep U < f13 or
otherwise set
O
Qep(
= Q
=
= Q88
( )
5vN
$ 5vN
() ,Rep()
^
^
^ ep
5vN
5vN
() ^
()
( )
()
Q88
;
LNN
$
LPP
Q = Q
+ 1and return to 2.
( O )
2-914 (MAT)
(Q
O
( ) and find the increments
D(O)
(233.22)
D(O)
, Q88
O ),
( O )
Q88
,
The thickness strain increment is for plastic yield calculated as

Q
(233.21)
stop and set
O
O
O = O
( O ) , Qep = Qep(
5vN
Rep()
= O
( )
)+
()
=0
+ Q88 ) 1
(233.23)
+ Q88
(233.24)
LS-DYNA R7.0
*MAT_234
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC_LOOSE_FABRIC
This is Material Type 234 developed by Ivanov and Tabiei [2004]. The model is a mechanism
incorporating the crimping of the fibers as well as the trellising with reorientation of the yarns
and the locking phenomenon observed in loose fabric. The equilibrium of the mechanism allows
the straightening of the fibers depending on the fiber tension. The contact force at the fiber cross
over point determines the rotational friction dissipating a part of the impact energy. The stressstrain relationship is viscoelastic based on a three-element model. The failure of the fibers is
strain rate dependent. *DAMPING_MASS is recommended to be used in conjunction with this
material model. This material is valid for modeling the elastic and viscoelastic response of loose
fabric used in body armor, blade containments, and airbags.
Card 1
MID
RO
E1
E2
G12
EU
THL
THI
A8
TA
EKA
EUA
Type
Card 3
VMB
G23
EKB
AOPT
Type
Card 4
Not used
Not used
Not used
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-915 (MAT_234)
*MAT_234
Card 5
Variable
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E1
E1, Youngs modulus in the yarn axial-direction.
E2
E2, Youngs modulus in the yarn transverse-direction.
G12
G12, Shear modulus of the yarns.
EU
Ultimate strain at failure.
THL
Yarn locking angle.
THI
Initial brade angle.
TA
Transition angle to locking.
Fiber width.
Span between the fibers.
Real fiber thickness.
Effective fiber thickness.
Fiber cross-sectional area.
EKA
Elastic constant of element "a".
EUA
Ultimate strain of element "a".
VMB
Damping coefficient of element "b".
C
G23
2-916 (MAT_234)
Coefficient of friction between the fibers.

transverse shear modulus.
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_234
VARIABLE
Ekb
AOPT
DESCRIPTION
Elastic constant of element "b"

by element nodes 1, 2 and 4, as with *DEFINE_ COORDINATE_NODES.
AOPT.EQ.3.0: locally orthotropic material axes defined by the
cross product of the vector V with the element normal.
AOPT.LT.0.0: the absolute value of AOPT is coordinate system ID
(CID on *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, *DEFINE_ COORDINATE_SYSTEM, or *DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR).
Available with the R3 release of 971 and later.
Remarks:
The parameters of the Representative Volume Cell (RVC) are: the yarn span, s, the fabric thickness, t, the yarn width, w, and the yarn cross-sectional area, A. The initially orthogonal yarns (see
Figure 2-108) are free to rotate (see Figure 2-108) up to some angle and after that the lateral contact between the yarns causes the locking of the trellis mechanism and the packing of the yarns
(see Figure 2-108).The minimum braid angle, min, can be calculated from the geometry and the
architecture of the fabric material having the yarn width, w, and the span between the yarns, s:
sin(2 ) =
The other constrain angles as the locking range angle, lock, and the maximum braid angle, max,
(see Figure 2-109) are easy to be determined then:
=H = 45 , = 45 + =H
The material behavior of the yarn can be simply described by a combination of one Maxwell element without the dashpot and one Kelvin-Voigt element. The 1-D model of viscoelasticity is
shown in the following figure. The differential equation of viscoelasticity of the yarns can be derived from the model equilibrium as in the following equation:
(
! )D
! D
!Q
! Q
The input parameters for the viscoelasticity model of the material are only the static Youngs
modulus E1, the Hookian spring coefficient (EKA) Ka, the viscosity coefficient (VMB) b, the
static ultimate strain (EU) max, and the Hookian spring ultimate strain (EUA) amax. The other
parameters can be obtained as follows:
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-917 (MAT_234)
*MAT_234
!
Q! =
r lN
lN
Applying the Eq. (18) for the fill and the warp yarns, we obtain the stress increments in the
yarns, f and w,. The stress in the yarns is updated for the next time step:
D$
= D$
(O )
()
+ D$ , D
()
(O )
= D + D
()
()
(38)
We can imagine that the RVC is smeared to the parallelepiped in order to transform the stress
acting on the yarn cross-section to the stress acting on the element wall. The thickness of the
membrane shell element used should be equal to the effective thickness, te , that can be found by
dividing the areal density of the fabric by its mass density. The in-plane stress components acting
on the RVC walls in the material direction of the yarns are calculated as follows for the fill and
warp directions:
D$
(O )
D$88
(O )
D$
(O )
8
(5vN)
8L
&
, D
(O )
= D$88 + y ,8 Q$88 , D88

()
= D$
()
8
()
(O )
+ y 8 Q$ 8 , D
()
(O )
8
(5vN)
8Lu
&
= D88 + y ,8 Q88
()
= D
()
8
()
+ y 8 Q
()
8
where E2 is the transverse Youngs modulus of the yarns, G12 is the longitudinal shear modulus,
and is the lateral contact factor. The lateral contact factor is zero when the trellis mechanism is
open and unity if the mechanism is locked with full lateral contact between the yarns. There is a
transition range, (TA), of the average braid angle in which the lateral contact factor, , is a
linear function of the average braid angle. The graph of the function () is shown in Figure 2109.
b
,
Ka
b, b
a, a
Kb
Figure 2-106. Three-element visvoelasticity model
2-918 (MAT_234)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_234
s
fill yarn
S
t
warp yarn
Figure 2-107. Representative Volume Cell (RVC) of the model
45o
45o
a)
b)
s
min
min
w
c)
Figure 2-108. Plain woven fabric as trellis mechanism: a) initial state; b) slightly stretched in
bias direction; c) stretched to locking.
1
lock
lock
45
min
max
Figure 2-109. The lateral contact factor as a function of average braid angle .
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-919 (MAT_234)
*MAT_235
*MAT_MICROMECHANICS_DRY_FABRIC
This is Material Type 235 developed by Tabiei and Ivanov [2001]. The material model derivation utilizes the micro-mechanical approach and the homogenization technique usually used in
composite material models. The model accounts for reorientation of the yarns and the fabric architecture. The behavior of the flexible fabric material is achieved by discounting the shear moduli of the material in free state, which allows the simulation of the trellis mechanism before packing the yarns. This material is valid for modeling the elastic response of loose fabric used in inflatable structures, parachutes, body armor, blade containments, and airbags.
Card 1
MID
RO
E1
E2
G12
G23
V12
V23
A8
XT
THI
THL
BFI
BWI
DSCF
CNST
ATLR
Type
Card 3
VMB
VME
TRS
FFLG
AOPT
Type
Card 4
Not used
Not used
Not used
A1
A2
A3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
2-920 (MAT_235)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_235
Card 5
Variable
Type
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E1
E1, Youngs modulus of the yarn in axial-direction.
E2
E2, Youngs modulus of the yarn in transverse-direction.
G12
G12, shear modulus of the yarns.
G23
G23, transverse shear modulus of the yarns.
V12
Poissons ratio.
V23
Transverse Poissons ratio.
XT
Stress or strain to failure (see FFLG).
THI
Initial brade angle.
THL
Yarn locking angle.
BFI
Initial undulation angle in fill direction.
BWI
Initial undulation angle in warp direction.
DSCF
Discount factor
CNST
Reorientation damping constant
ATLR
Angle tolerance for locking
VME
Viscous modulus for normal strain rate
VMS
Viscous modulus for shear strain rate
TRS
Transverse shear modulus of the fabric layer
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-921 (MAT_235)
*MAT_235
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
FFLG
Flag for stress-based or strain-based failure

EQ.0: XT is a stress to failure
NE.0: XT is a strain to failure
AOPT

by element nodes 1, 2 and 4, as with *DEFINE_ COORDINATE_NODES.
AOPT.EQ.3.0: locally orthotropic material axes defined by the
cross product of the vector V with the element normal.
AOPT.LT.0.0: the absolute value of AOPT is coordinate system
ID (CID on *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES, *DEFINE_
COORDINATE_SYSTEM,
or
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_
VECTOR). Available with the R3 release of 971 and later.
A1-A3
Components of vector a for AOPT=2.0
V1-V3
Components of vector v for AOPT=3.0
D1-D3
Components of vector d for AOPT=2.0
Remarks:
The Representative Volume Cell (RVC) approach is utilized in the micro-mechanical model development. The direction of the yarn in each sub-cell is determined by two angles the braid angle, (the initial braid angle is 45 degrees), and the undulation angle of the yarn, which is different for the fill and warp-yarns, f and w (the initial undulations are normal few degrees), respectively. The starting point for the homogenization of the material properties is the determination of the yarn stiffness matrices.
9-: = 9 :
2-922 (MAT_235)
lN
lN
NP
lN
NP
NP
lN
lP
lP
lN
lP
NP
P
lP
0
pNP
0
0
0
0
pP
0 $
0 #
#
0 #
#
0 #
#
0 #
#
pNP "
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_235
where , , ,8 , } 8 , }8 , 8 and 8 are Youngs moduli, Poissons ratios, and the shear moduli of the yarn material, respectively. is a discount factor, which is function of the braid angle,
, and has value between 0 and 1 as shown in the next figure. Initially, in free stress state, the
discount factor is a small value (DSCF=0 << 1) and the material has very small resistance to
shear deformation if any. When the locking occurs, the fabric yarns are packed and they behave
like elastic media. The discount factor is unity as showen in the next figure. The micromechanical model is developed to account for the reorientation of the yarns up to the locking angle. The locking angle, lock , can be obtained from the yarn width and the spacing parameter of
the fabric using simple geometrical relationship. The transition range, (angle tolerance for
locking), can be chosen to be as small as possible, but big enough to prevent high frequency oscillations in transition to compacted state and depends on the range to the locking angle and the
dynamics of the simulated problem. Reorientation damping constant is defined to damp some of
the high frequency oscillations. A simple rate effect is added by defining the viscous modulus for
normal or shear strain rate (VMB*Q . 88 for normal components and VMS*Q . 8 for the shear
components).
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-923 (MAT_235)
*MAT_235
45o
45
a) Free state
Representative
Volume Cell
b) Stretched
min
min
c) Compacted
Figure. 2-110. Plain-woven fabric interlacing pattern.
z
3
Figure. 2-111. Yarn orientation.
2-924 (MAT_235)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_235
qf
y
fill yarn
warp yarn
RVC
qw
dn
45o
locking area
lock
lock
up
Figure 2-112. Locking angles
lock
lock
0
dn
45
up
Figure. 2-113. Discount factor as a function of braid angle, .
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-925 (MAT_235)
*MAT_236
*MAT_SCC_ON_RCC
*MAT_SCC_ON_RCC
This is Material Type 236 developed by Carney, Lee, Goldberg, and Santhanam [2007]. This
model simulates silicon carbide coating on Reinforced Carbon-Carbon (RCC), a ceramic matrix
and is based upon a quasi-orthotropic, linear-elastic, plane-stress model. Additional constitutive
model attributes include a simple (i.e. non-damage model based) option that can model the tension crack requirement: a stress-cutoff in tension. This option satisfies the tension crack requirements by limiting the stress in tension but not compression, and having the tensile yielding (i.e. the stress-cutoff) be fully recoverable not plasticity or damage based.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
E0
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
A8
PR
G_SCL
TSL
EPS_TAN
Card 2
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E0
E0, See Remarks below.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E5, Youngs modulus of the yarn in transverse-direction.
PR
Poissons ratio.
2-926 (MAT_236)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_236
*MAT_SCC_ON_RCC
VARIABLE
G
G_SCL
TSL
EPS_TAN
DESCRIPTION
Shear modulus
Shear modulus multiplier (default=1.0).
Tensile limit stress
Strain at which E=tangent to the polynomial curve.
Remarks:
This model for the silicon carbide coating on RCC is based upon a quasi-orthotropic, linearelastic, plane-stress model, given by:
,
D
1 }8
D
8 = },
8
1 }8
0
},
1 }8
,
1 }8
0
0 $ Q
# Q
8
0 # a
# 8
8"
Additional constitutive model requirements include a simple (i.e. non-damage model based) option that can model the tension crack requirement: a stress-cutoff in tension. This option satisfies the tension crack requirements by limiting the stress in tension but not compression, and
having the tensile yielding (i.e. the stress-cutoff) be fully recoverable not plasticity or damage based.
The tension stress-cutoff separately resets the stress to a limit value when it is exceeded in each
of the two principal directions. There is also a strain-based memory criterion that ensures unloading follows the same path as loading: the memory criterion is the tension stress assuming
that no stress cutoffs were in effect. In this way, when the memory criterion exceeds the userspecified cutoff stress, the actual stress will be set to that value. When the element unloads and
the memory criterion falls back below the stress cutoff, normal behavior resumes. Using this
criterion is a simple way to ensure that unloading does not result in any hysteresis. The cutoff
criterion cannot be based on an effective stress value because effective stress does not discriminate between tension and compression, and also includes shear. This means that the in plane, 1and 2- directions must be modeled as independent to use the stress cutoff. Because the Poissons
ratio is not zero, this assumption is not true for cracks that may arbitrarily lie along any direction.
However, careful examination of damaged RCC shows that generally, the surface cracks do tend
to lie in the fabric directions as seen in Figure 2-108, meaning that cracks tend to open in the 1or the 2- direction independently. So the assumption of directional independence for tension
cracks may be appropriate for the coating because of this observed orthotropy.
The quasi-orthotropic, linear-elastic, plane-stress model with tension stress cutoff (to simulate
tension cracks) can model the as-fabricated coating properties, which do not show nonlinearities,
but not the non-linear response of the flight-degraded material. Explicit finite element analysis
(FEA) lends itself to nonlinear-elastic stress-strain relation instead of linear-elastic. Thus, inLS-DYNA Version 971
2-927 (MAT_236)
*MAT_236
*MAT_SCC_ON_RCC
stead of D = Q , the modulus will be defined as a function of some effective strain quantity, or
D = (Qeff ) Q , even though it is uncertain, from the available data, whether or not the coating
response is completely nonlinear-elastic, and does not include some damage mechanism.
This nonlinear-elastic model cannot be implemented into a closed form solution or into an implicit solver; however, for explicit FEA such as is used for LS-DYNA impact analysis, the
modulus can be adjusted at each time step to a higher or lower value as desired. In order to
model the desired S-shape response curve of flight-degraded RCC coating, a function of strain
that replicates the desired response must be found. It is assumed that the nonlinearities in the
material are recoverable (elastic) and that the modulus is communicative between the 1- and 2directions (going against the tension-crack assumption that the two directions do not interact).
Sometimes stability can be a problem for this type of nonlinearity modeling, however, stability
was not found to be a problem with the material constants used for the coating.
The von Mises strain is selected for the effective strain definition as it couples the 3-dimensional
loading but reduces to uniaxial data, so that the desired uniaxial compressive response can be
reproduced. So,
Qeff =
1
(Q Q8 )8 + (Q8 Q )8 + (Q Q )8 + 3a 88
2 1 + }
where for a 2-D, isotropic shell element case, the z-direction strain is given by:
Q =
}
(Q + Q8 )
1}
The function for modulus is implemented as an arbitrary 5th order polynomial:

X
,(Qeff ) = h Qeff + h Qeff + + hX Qeff
In the case of as-fabricated material the first coefficient (A0) is simply the modulus E, and the
other coefficients (An>0) are zero, reducing to a 0th order polynomial, or linear. To match the degraded stress-strain compression curve, a higher order polynomial is needed. Six conditions on
stress were used (stress and its derivative at beginning, middle, and end of the curve) to obtain a
5th order polynomial, and then the derivative of that equation was taken to obtain modulus as a
function of strain, yielding a 4th order polynomial that represents the degraded coating modulus
vs. strain curve.
For values of strain which exceed the failure strain observed in the laminate compression tests,
the higher order polynomial will no longer match the test data. Therefore, after a specified effective-strain, representing failure, the modulus is defined to be the tangent of the polynomial curve.
As a result, the stress/strain response has a continuous derivative, which aids in avoiding numerical instabilities. The test data does not clearly define the failure strain of the coating, but in the
impact test it appears that the coating has a higher compressive failure strain in bending than the
laminate failure strain.
The two dominant modes of loading which cause coating loss on the impact side of the RCC (the
front-side) are in-plane compression and transverse shear. The in-plane compression is measured by the peak out of plane tensile strain, 3. As there is no direct loading of a shell element in
2-928 (MAT_236)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_236
*MAT_SCC_ON_RCC
(Q + Q8 ) . When 3 is tensile,
this direction, 3 is computed through Poissons relation Q =
.
it implies that the average of 1 and 2 is compressive. This failure mode will likely dominate
when the RCC undergoes large bending, putting the front-side coating in high compressive
strains. It is expected that a transverse shear failure mode will dominate when the debris source
is very hard or very fast. By definition, the shell element cannot give a precise account of the
transverse shear throughout the RCCs thickness. However, the Belytschko-Tsay shell element
formulation in LS-DYNA has a first-order approximation of transverse shear that is based on the
out-of-plane nodal displacements and rotations that should suffice to give a qualitative evaluation
of the transverse shear. By this formulation, the transverse shear is constant through the entire
shell thickness and thus violates surface-traction conditions. The constitutive model implementation records the peak value of the tensile out-of-plane strain (3) and peak root-mean-sum
transverse-shear: QQ 8 + Q88 .
.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-929 (MAT_236)
*MAT_237
*MAT_PML_HYSTERETIC
*MAT_PML_HYSTERETIC
This is Material Type 237. This is a perfectly-matched layer (PML) material with a Biot linear
hysteretic constitutive law, to be used in a wave-absorbing layer adjacent to a Biot hysteretic material (*MAT_BIOT_HYSTERETIC) in order to simulate wave propagation in an unbounded
medium with material damping. This material is the visco-elastic counterpart of the elastic PML
material (*MAT_PML_ELASTIC). See the Remarks sections of *MAT_PML_ELASTIC
(*MAT_230) and *MAT_BIOT_HYSTERETIC (*MAT_232) for further details.
Card
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
PR
ZT
FD
A8
none
none
none
none
0.0
3.25
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus.
PR
Poissons ratio.
ZT
Damping ratio
FD
Dominant excitation frequency in Hz
2-930 (MAT_237)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_238
*MAT_PERT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY
This is Material Type 238. It is a duplicate of Material Type 24 (*MAT_PIECEWISE_ LINEAR_PLASTICITY) modified for use with *PERTURBATION_MATERIAL and solid elements
in an explicit analysis. It should give exactly the same values as the original material, if used exactly the same. It exists as a separate material type because of the speed penalty (an approximately 10% increase in the overall execution time) associated with the use of a material perturbation.
See Material Type 24 (*MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY) for a description of the
material parameters. All of the documentation for Material Type 24 applies. Recommend practice is to first create the input deck using Material Type 24. Additionally, the CMP variable in
the *PERTURBATION_MATERIAL must be set to affect a specific variables in the MAT_238
definition as defined in the following table; for example, CMP=5 will perturb the yield stress.
*PERTURBATION_MATERIAL
Material variable
CMP value
3
SIGY
ETAN
FAIL
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-931 (MAT_238)
*MAT_240
*MAT_COHESIVE_MIXED_MODE_ELASTOPLASTIC_RATE
This is Material Type 240. This model is a rate-dependent, elastic-ideally plastic cohesive zone
model. It includes a tri-linear traction-separation law with a quadratic yield and damage initiation
criterion in mixed-mode loading, while the damage evolution is governed by a power-law formulation. It can be used with solid element types 19 and 20, and is not available for other solid element formulations. See the remarks after *SECTION_SOLID for a description of element types
19 and 20.
Card 1
MID
RO
ROFLG
INTFAIL
EMOD
GMOD
THICK
OUTPUT
A8
G1C_0
G1C_INF
EDOT_G1
T0
T1
EDOT_T
FG1
Type
Card 3
G2C_0
G2C_INF
EDOT_G2
S0
S1
EDOT_S
FG2
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
ROFLG
2-932 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
VARIABLE
INTFAIL
*MAT_240
DESCRIPTION

EMOD
The Youngs modulus of the material
GMOD
The shear modulus of the material
THICK
GT.0.0: Cohesive thickness

LE.0.0: Initial thickness is calculated from nodal coordinates
OUTPUT
G1C_0
Time interval at which output is written into FORT.11-File

GT 0.0: Energy release rate GIC in Mode I
LE. 0.0: Lower bound value of rate-dependent GIC
G1C_INF
Upper bound value of rate-dependent GIC (only considered if G1C_0<0)
EDOT_G1
Equivalent strain rate at yield initiation to describe the rate dependency

of GIC (only considered if G1C_0<0)
T0
GT.0.0: Yield stress in Mode I

LT.0.0: Rate-dependency is considered, Parameter T0
T1
Parameter T1, only considered if T0 < 0:

GT.0.0: Quadratic logarithmic model
LT.0.0: Linear logarithmic model
EDOT_T

of the yield stress in Mode I (only considered if T0<0)
FG1
Parameter fG1 to describe the tri-linear shape of the traction-separation

law in Mode I
G2C_0
GT.0.0: Energy release rate GIIC in Mode II

LE.0.0: Lower bound value of rate-dependent GIIC
G2C_INF
Upper bound value of GIIC (only considered if G2C_0<0)
EDOT_G2

of GIIC (only considered if G2C_0<0)
S0
LS-DYNA Version 971
GT.0.0: Yield stress in Mode II

LT.0.0: Rate-dependency is considered, Parameter S0
2-933 (MAT_238)
*MAT_240
VARIABLE
S1
DESCRIPTION
Parameter S1, only considered if S0<0:

GT.0.0: Quadratic logarithmic model is applied
LT.0.0: Linear logarithmic model is applied
EDOT_S

of the yield stress in Mode II (only considered if S0<0)
FG2
Parameter fG2 to describe the tri-linear shape of the traction-separation

law in Mode II
Remarks:
The model is a tri-linear elastic-ideally plastic Cohesive Zone Model, which was developed by
Marzi et al. [2009]. It looks similar to *MAT_185, but considers effects of plasticity and ratedependency. Since the entire separation at failure is plastic, no brittle fracture behavior can be
modeled with this material type.
The separations in normal (peel) and & in tangential (shear) direction are calculated from the
elements separations in the integration points,
= 2 and & = Q2&
if > 0
+ 2&8 8 , = V
.
0 else
2 , 2& and 2&8 are the separations in normal and in the both tangential directions of the element
coordinate system. The total (mixed-mode) separation is determined by
= 8 + & 8 .
The initial stiffnesses in both modes are calculated from the elastic Youngs and shear modulus,
, = , H` / /i- and ,& = H` / /i- ,
where /i- , the elements thickness, is a user defined value if /i- > 0, otherwise it is calculated as distance between the initial positions of the elements corner nodes (Nodes 1-5,
2-6, 3-7 and 4-8, respectively).
While the total energy under the traction-separation law is given by b , one further parameter is
needed to describe the exact shape of the tri-linear material model. If the area (energy) under the
constant stress (plateau) region is denoted A (see 2-114), a parameter S defines the shape of the
traction-separation law,
0 S =
C,D
C
<1
0 S8 =
CC,D
CC
?P
8C l5
<1
< 1 for mode I loading and

tP
8CC l(
< 1 for mode II.
While S and S8 are always constant values, /, , -b and --b may be chosen as functions of
an equivalent strain rate Q#b , which is evaluated by
2-934 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_240
Stress
Unloading Path
T,S
GP
GC
En,Et
n1, t1
n2, t2
nf, tf
n,t
Figure 2-114. Trilinear traction seperation law

Q#b =
5 P O (N P O (P P
?-b
where 2 , 2 & and 2 &8 are the velocities corresponding to the separations 2 , 2& and 2&8 .
For the yield stresses, two rate dependent formulations are implemented:
1. A quadratic logarithmic function:
/(Q#b ) = |/0| + |/1| ln
(Q#b ) = | 0| + | 1| ln
lE?_?
R
lE?_t
2. A linear logarithmic function:

/(Q#b ) = |/0| + |/1| ln
(Q#b ) = | 0| + | 1| ln
in Mode I, if T0 < 0 and T1 >0, and

8
in Mode II, if S0 < 0 and S1 >0.
lE?_?
R
lE?_t
in Mode I, if T0 < 0 and T1 <0, and
in Mode II, if S0 < 0 and S1 <0.
Alternatively, T and S can be chosen as constant values:
/(Q#b ) = /0 in Mode I, if T0 > 0, and (Q#b ) = 0 in Mode II, if S0 > 0.
The rate-dependency of the fracture energies are given by
-b (Q#b ) = |1-_0| + (1-_7 |1-_0|)exp 5
lE?_
--b (Q#b ) = |2-_0| + (2-_7 |2-_0|)exp 5
6, if G1C_0 < 0, and

6, if G2C_0 < 0.
lE?_8
R
If positive values are chosen for G1C_0 or G2C_0, no rate-dependency is considered for this parameter and its value remains constant as specified by the user.
It should be noticed, that the equivalent strain rate Q#b is updated until > J , then the model
behavior depends on the equivalent strain rate at yield initiation.
Having defined the parameters describing the single modes, the mixed-mode behavior is formulated by quadratic initiation criteria for both yield stress and damage initiation, while the damage
evolution follows a Power-Law.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-935 (MAT_238)
*MAT_240
Traction
dt1
dt2
dtf
Dt
dm1 dn1 dn2

b
1 dm2
dmf
dnf
Dn
Dm
Figure 2-115. Trilinear mixed mode traction-seperation law
Due to reasons of readability, the following simplifications are made,
/ = /Qeq , = Qeq , -b = -b Qeq and --b = --b (Qeq ).
The mixed-mode yield initiation displacement J

where J =
l5
and J& =
l(
= J J&
is defined as
OOP
4(N O(O45N )P
P
are the single-mode yield initiation displacements and z =
4(N
45N
the mixed-mode ratio. Analog to the yield initiation, the damage initiation displacement J
defined:
J
= J8 J&8
With a = arccos
J
5
@
(J
OOP
4(P O(O45P )P
P
, with J8 = J +
$FN C
?
, the ultimate (failure) displacement J

J
8 ), --b cos
and J&8 = J& +
is
can be written,
a + -b (2--b + J (J
(, --b cos 8 a + ,& -b sin8 a)
8
$FP CC
is
8
8 ),& sin a)
This formulation describes a power-law damage evolution with an exponent ! = 1.0 (see
*MAT_138).
After the shape of the mixed-mode traction-separation law has been determined by J , J 8 and
J $ , the plastic separation in each element direction, 2,A , 2& ,A and 2&8,A can be calculated. The
plastic separation in peel direction is given by
2,A = max(2,A,@& , 2 J
In shear direction, a shear yield separation J&, ,
2-936 (MAT_238)
sina, 0).
LS-DYNA Version 971
is defined. If J&, > J

updated,
2&
,A
= 2&
,A,@&
J&, = Q(2& 2&
,A,@&
*MAT_240
)8 + (2&8 2&8,A,@& )8 ,
sina, the plastic shear separations in the element coordinate system are
+ 2& 2&
,@&
, and 2&8,A = 2&8,A,@&
+ 2&8 2&8,@& .
In the formulas above, f 1 indicates the individual value from the last time increment. In case
> J 8 , the damage initiation criterion is satisfied and a damage variable D increases monotonically,
= max
J
J $J
, @& , 0.
When > J $ , complete damage ( = 1) is reached and the element fails in the corresponding integration point.
Finally, the peel and the shear stresses in element directions are calculated,
D& = ,& (1 )2& 2&
,A ,
and D&8 = ,& (1 )(2&8 2&8A ).
In peel direction, no damage under pressure loads is considered,
D = , (1 )2 2,A , if 2 2,A > 0 and D = , 2 2,A else.
Reference:
S. Marzi, O. Hesebeck, M. Brede and F. Kleiner (2009), A Rate-Dependent, Elasto-Plastic Cohesive Zone Mixed-Mode Model for Crash Analysis of Adhesively Bonded Joints, In Proceeding:
7th European LS-DYNA Conference, Salzburg
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-937 (MAT_238)
*MAT_241
*MAT_JOHNSON_HOLMQUIST_JH1
This is Material Type 241. This Johnson-Holmquist Plasticity Damage Model is useful for modeling ceramics, glass and other brittle materials. This version corresponds to the original version
of the model, JH1, and Material Type 110 corresponds to JH2, the updated model.
Card 1
MID
RO
P1
S1
P2
S2
A8
EPSI
ALPHA
SFMAX
BETA
DP1
Type
Card 3
EPFMIN
EPFMAX
K1
K2
K3
FS
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Density.
Shear modulus.
P1
Pressure point 1 for intact material.
S1
Effective stress at P1.
P2
Pressure point 2 for intact material.
2-938 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_241
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
S2
Effective stress at P2.
Strain rate sensitivity factor.
EPSI
T

Maximum tensile pressure strength. This value is positive in tension.
ALPHA
Initial slope of the fractured material strength curve. See Figure 2-116.
SFMAX
Maximum strength of the fractured material.
BETA
Fraction of elastic energy loss converted to hydrostatic energy (affects

bulking pressure (history variable 1) that accompanies damage).
DP1
Maximum compressive pressure strength. This value is positive in compression.
EPFMIN
Plastic strain for fracture at tensile pressure T. See Figure 2-117.
EPFMAX
Plastic strain for fracture at compressive pressure DP1. See Figure 2116.
K1
First pressure coefficient (equivalent to the bulk modulus).
K2
Second pressure coefficient.
K3
Third pressure coefficient.
FS
Element deletion criteria.

FS < 0 delete if P < FS (tensile failure).
FS = 0 no element deletion (default).
FS > 0 delete element if the Q > FS.
Remarks:
The equivalent stress for both intact and fractured ceramic-type materials is given by
D = (1 + ln Q )D(;)
where D(;) is evaluated according Figure 2-116.

=
Q /Q$ (;)
Represents the accumulated damage (history variable 2) based upon the increase in plastic strain
per computational cycle and the plastic strain to fracture is evaluated according to Figure 2-116.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-939 (MAT_238)
*MAT_241
In undamaged material, the hydrostatic pressure is given by
in compression and
;=
+ 8
;=
+ I;
+ I;
in tension where = "" 1. A fraction, between 0 and 1, of the elastic energy loss, z, is
converted into hydrostatic potential energy (pressure). The pressure increment, I;, associated
$
with the increment in the hydrostatic potential energy is calculated at fracture, where D and D
are the intact and failed yield stresses respectively. This pressure increment is applied both in
compression and tension, which is not true for JH2 where the increment is added only in compression.
I; =
2-940 (MAT_238)
D D
I` =
6
+ 2z I`
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_241
Figure 2-116. Equivalent stress versus pressure.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-941 (MAT_238)
*MAT_241
Figure 2-117. Fracture strain versus pressure.
2-942 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_242
This is Material Type 242. This model combines Yoshida non-linear kinematic hardening rule
(*MAT_125) with the 8-parameter material model of Barlat and Lian (2003) (*MAT_133) to
model metal sheets under cyclic plasticity loading and with anisotropy in plane stress condition.
Also see manual pages in *MAT_226.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
Default
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
Card 2
ALPHA1
ALPHA2
ALPHA3
ALPHA4
ALPHA5
ALPHA6
ALPHA7
ALPHA8
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
Card 3
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-943 (MAT_238)
*MAT_242
Card 4
Variable
CB
RSAT
SB
Type
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Variable
Type
Default
Card 5
Card 6
Variable
AOPT
IOPT
C1
C2
Type
Default
none
none
0.0
0.0
Card 7
Variable
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
2-944 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_242
Card 8
Variable
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
Type
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density,
Youngs modulus, E,
PR
Poissons ratio, ,
Flow potential exponent,
ALPHA1
1, material constant in Barlats yield equation,
ALPHA2
ALPHA3
ALPHA4
ALPHA5
ALPHA6
ALPHA7
ALPHA8
CB
The uppercase B defined in the Yoshidas equations,
Anisotropic parameter associated with work-hardening stagnation, defined in the Yoshidas equations,
SC
The lowercase c defined in the Yoshidas equations,
Hardening parameter as defined in the Yoshidas equations,
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-945 (MAT_238)
*MAT_242
VARIABLE
RSAT
DESCRIPTION
Hardening parameter as defined in the Yoshidas equations,
SB
The lowercase b as defined in the Yoshidas equations,
Anisotropic parameter associated with work-hardening stagnation, defined in the following Yoshidas equations,
AOPT

nodes 1, 2, and 4, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES.
IOPT
Kinematic hardening rule flag:

EQ.1: Modified formulation. Define C1, C2 below,
C1, C2
= h/9(- + Q )=P -
XP, YP, ZP
Coordinates of point p for AOPT = 1,
A1, A2, A3
Components of vector a for AOPT = 2,
V1, V2, V3
Components of vector v for AOPT = 3,
D1, D2, D3
=P
Remarks:
1.
A total of eight parameters (1 to 8) are needed to describe the yield surface. The parameters can be determined with tensile tests in three directions and an equal biaxial tension test. For detailed theoretical background and material parameters of some typical
FCC materials, please see remarks in *MAT_133 and Barlats 2003 paper.
2-946 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_242
2.
NUMISHEET 2005 provided a complete set of the parameters of AL5182-O for Benchmark #2, the cross member, as below (flow potential exponent M=8):
1
0.94
2
1.08
3
0.97
4
1.0
5
1.0
6
1.02
7
1.03
8
1.11
3.
For a more detailed description on the Yoshida model and parameters, please see Remarks in *MAT_226 and *MAT_125.
4.
For information on variable AOPT please see remarks in *MAT_226.
5.

type 1 be used when conducting springback simulation.
6.
This material model is available in LS-DYNA R5 Revision 58432 or later releases.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-947 (MAT_238)
*MAT_243
*MAT_HILL_90
*MAT_HILL_90
This is Material Type 243. This model was developed by Hill [1990] for modeling sheets with
anisotropic materials under plane stress conditions. This material allows the use of the Lankford
parameters for the definition of the anisotropy. All features of this model are the same as in
*MAT_036, only the yield condition and associated flow rules are replaced by the Hill90 equations.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
HR
P1
P2
ITER
A8
Card 2
Variable
R00 / AH
R45 / BH
R90 / CH
LCID
E0
SPI
P3
Type
Variable
Type
Define the following card if and only if M<0

Card opt.
Variable
CRC1
CRA1
CRC2
CRA2
CRC3
CRA3
CRC4
CRA4
Type
Card 3
AOPT
VLCID
FLAG
Variable
Type
2-948 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_243
*MAT_HILL_90
Card 4
Variable
Type
Card 5
Variable
Type
A1
A2
A3
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Youngs modulus, E
LT.0.0: Load curve ID = (-E) which defines Youngs Modulus as a
function of plastic strain. See Remark 1.
PR
Poissons ratio,
HR
Hardening rule:
EQ.3.0: load curve or table with strain rate effects
EQ.7.0: load curves in three directions
EQ.8.0: table with temperature dependence
EQ.9.0: 3d table with temperature and strain rate dependence
P1
Material parameter:
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-949 (MAT_238)
*MAT_243
VARIABLE
*MAT_HILL_90
DESCRIPTION

HR.EQ.7.0: load curve ID for hardening in 45 degree direction. See
Remark 2.
P2
Material parameter:
HR.EQ.7.0: load curve ID for hardening in 90 degree direction.
See Remark 2.
ITER

m, exponent in Hills yield surface, absolute value is used if negative.

Typically, m ranges between 1 and 2 for low-r materials, such as aluminum (AA6111: m1.5), and is greater than 2 for high r-values, as in steel
(DP600: m4).
CRCN
CRCA
R00

plastic strain (Table). See Remark 3.
R45

R90

2-950 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_243
*MAT_HILL_90
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION

AH
a, Hill90 parameter, which is read instead of R00 if FLAG=1.
BH
b, Hill90 parameter, which is read instead of R45 if FLAG=1.
CH
c, Hill90 parameter, which is read instead of R90 if FLAG=1.
LCID
E0
SPI
P3
AOPT
LS-DYNA Version 971
Load curve/table ID for hardening in the 0 degree direction. See Remark 1.

Material parameter
spi, if Q is zero above and HR.EQ.2.0. (Default=0.0)

EQ.0.0: Q = (,/) 91/( 1):
LE.0.02: Q = e
GT.0.02: Q = (e/) 91/:
If HR.EQ.5.0 the strain at plastic yield is determined by an iterative
procedure based on the same principles as for HR.EQ.2.0.
Material parameter:

2-951 (MAT_238)
*MAT_243
VARIABLE
*MAT_HILL_90
DESCRIPTION

C
VLCID
Volume correction curve ID defining the relative volume change

(change in volume relative to the initial volume) as a function of the effective plastic strain. This is only used when nonzero. See Remark 1.
FLAG
Flag for interpretation of parameters. If FLAG=1, parameters AH, BH,

and CH are read instead of R00, R45, and R90. See Remark 4.
XP YP ZP
A1 A2 A3
V1 V2 V3
D1 D2 D3
BETA

Remarks:
4.
The effective plastic strain used in this model is defined to be plastic work equivalent. A
consequence of this is that for parameters defined as functions of effective plastic strain,
the rolling (00) direction should be used as reference direction. For instance, the hardening curve for HR=3 is the stress as function of strain for uniaxial tension in the rolling direction, VLCID curve should give the relative volume change as function of strain for
uniaxial tension in the rolling direction and load curve given by -E should give the
Youngs modulus as function of strain for uniaxial tension in the rolling direction. Optionally the curve can be substituted for a table defining hardening as function of plastic
strain rate (HR=3) or temperature (HR=8).
5.
Exceptions from the rule above are curves defined as functions of plastic strain in the 45
and 90 directions, i.e., P1 and P2 for HR=7 and negative R45 or R90. The hardening
curves are here defined as measured stress as function of measured plastic strain for uniaxial tension in the direction of interest, i.e., as determined from experimental testing using a standard procedure. Moreover, the curves defining the R values are as function of
the measured plastic strain for uniaxial tension in the direction of interest. These curves
are transformed internally to be used with the effective stress and strain properties in the
actual model. The effective plastic strain does not coincide with the plastic strain components in other directions than the rolling direction and may be somewhat confusing to the
2-952 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_243
*MAT_HILL_90
user. Therefore the von Mises work equivalent plastic strain is output as history variable
#2 if HR=7 or if any of the R-values is defined as function of the plastic strain.
6.
The R-values in curves are defined as the ratio of instantaneous width change to instantaneous thickness change. That is, assume that the width W and thickness T are measured
as function of strain. Then the corresponding R-value is given by:
/
Q
/
//
Q
4.
The anisotropic yield criterion for plane stress is defined as:

=
( /8)
8
/8
where Dj is the yield stress and Ki=1,4 are given by:

8
W
= (1 + 2x + )Dj
= UD + D U
8
= UD8 + D8 + 2D
U
= 2xD8 D8 + D D
8
= ZD D + 4D
Z
8
If FLAG=0, the anisotropic material constants a, b, and c are obtained through R00, R45,
and R90 using these 3 equations:
x + ( + 2)/2
1 x + ( 2)/2
1 + 2WX =
+ x + ( + 2)/2
1 + 2< =
1 + x + ( 2)/2
1 + 2
If FLAG=1, material parameters a (AH), b (BH), and c (CH) are used directly.
For material parameters a, b, c, and m, the following condition has to be fulfilled, otherwise an error termination occurs:
1 + 2x + > 0
Two even more strict conditions should ensure convexity of the yield surface according
to Hill (1990). A warning message will be dumped if at least one of them is violated:
> 2( /8)
> x8
The yield strength of the material can be expressed in terms of k and n:

LS-DYNA Version 971
2-953 (MAT_238)
*MAT_243
*MAT_HILL_90
Dj = Q = Q + Q
where Q is the elastic strain to yield and Q is the effective plastic strain (logarithmic).
If SIGY is set to zero, the strain to yield if found by solving for the intersection of the linearly elastic loading equation with the strain hardening equation:
D = ,Q
D = Q
, B
Q = 5 6

Q =
Dj
B C
The other available hardening models include the Voce equation given by
the Gosh equation given by
Dn (Q ) = x 4
=Rc
Dn (Q ) = (Q + Q ) e,
and finally the Hocket-Sherby equation given by

Dn (Q ) = x 4
5
=Rc
For the Gosh hardening law, the interpretation of the variable SPI is the same, i.e., if set
to zero the strain at yield is determined implicitly from the intersection of the strain hardening equation with the linear elastic equation.
To include strain rate effects in the model we multiply the yield stress by a factor depending on the effective plastic strain rate. We use the Cowper-Symonds model, hence the
yield stress can be written
Dn (Q , Q ) =
Dn (Q ) o1
Q
+5 6
-
where Dn denotes the static yield stress, - and e are material parameters, Q is the effective plastic strain rate.
5.
A kinematic hardening model is implemented following the works of Chaboche and

2-954 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_243
*MAT_HILL_90
D = D (D 2y
y88 , D88 2y88 y , D 8 y 8 )

yEF =
H'
H
yEF

EF
H
H
yEF
JyEF
= -H 5xH
6 JQ
D
where -H and xH are material parameters,EF is the deviatoric stress tensor, D is the effective stress and Q is the effective plastic strain.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-955 (MAT_238)
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
This material model is developed for both shell and solid models. It is mainly suited for hot
stamping processes where phase transformations are crucial. It has five phases and it is assumed
that the blank is fully austenitized before cooling. The basic constitutive model is based on the
work done by P. Akerstrom [2, 7].
Automatic switching between cooling and heating of the blank is under development. To activate
the heating algorithm you need to set HEAT = 1 or 2 and add the appropriate input Cards. See
the description of the HEAT parameter below. HEAT = 0 as is the default activates only the
cooling algorithm and no extra cards need to be read in. Also note that for HEAT = 0 you must
check that the initial temperature of this material is above the start temperature for the ferrite
transformation. The transformation temperatures are echoed in the messag and in the d3hsp file.
If HEAT > 0 the temperature that instantaneous transform all ferrite back to austenite is also
echoed in the messag file. If you want to heat up to 100% austenite you must let the specimens
temperature exceed that temperature.
If you are new to this material model please read the Remarks section where some of the parameters are explained in more detail.
New advanced features:
1. Youngs modulus and Poisson ratio can now be given as temperature dependent load curves or
by a table definition with a load curve for each phase (Remark 7).
2. Latent heat can now be given for each phase (Remark 8).
3. Thermal expansion can now be given for each phase (Remark 9).
4. Advanced reaction kinetic modifications includes the ability to tailor the start temperatures
and the activation energies. The Martensite start temperature can be dependent on the plastic
strain and triaxiality, and the activation energies can be scaled with the plastic strain as well.
5. Hardness calculation improved when tempering is active. Improvements are achieved in the
bainite and martensite phases (experimental) (Remark 10).
NOTE: weight% = ppm * 10-4
Card 1
Variable
MID
RO
PR
TUNIT
CRSH
PHASE
HEAT
none
none
none
none
3600
Type
Defaults
2-956 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
Card 2
Variable
LCY1
LCY2
LCY3
LCY4
LCY5
KFER
KPER
Defaults
none
none
none
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 3
Variable
Co
Mo
Cr
Ni
Mn
Si
Type
Defaults
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 4
Variable
Cu
Al
As
Ti
Type
Defaults
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 5
Variable
THEXP1
THEXP5
LCTH1
LCTH5
TREF
LAT1
LAT5
TABTH
0.0
0.0
none
none
273.15
0.0
0.0
none
Type
Type
Defaults
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-957 (MAT_238)
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
Card 6
Variable
QR2
QR3
QR4
ALPHA
GRAIN
TOFFE
TOFPE
TOFBA
Defaults
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 7
Variable
PLMEM2
PLMEM3
PLMEM4
PLMEM5
STRC
STRP
REACT
TEMPER
Defaults
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 8*
Variable
AUST
FERR
PEAR
BAIN
MART
GRK
GRQR
TAU1
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2.08E+8
Card 9*
Variable
GRA
GRB
EXPA
EXPB
GRCC
GRCM
HEATN
TAU2
3.11
7520.
1.0
1.0
None
None
1.0
4.806
Type
Type
Type
Type
Default
2-958 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
Card 10**
Variable
FS
PS
BS
MS
MSIG
LCEPS23
LCEPS4
LCEPS5
Type
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
none
none
none
LCH4
LCH5
DTCRIT
TSAMP
Type
Default
0.0
0.0
Default
Card 11***
Variable
* Define input Card 8 and 9 only if HEAT activated.

** Define input card 10 if REACT = 1 AND HEAT = 1.
If REACT = 1 AND HEAT = 0 the input for card 10 is moved and should be given as input
card 8.
*** Define input card 11 if TEMPER = 1, HEAT = 1 and REACT = 1.
If HEAT = 0 and REACT = 1 and TEMPER = 1 input card 11 should be moved up to input
card 9.
If HEAT =0 and REACT = 0 and TEMPER = 1 input card 11 should be moved up to input
card 8.
If HEAT = 1 and REACT = 0 and TEMPER = 1 input card 11 should be moved up to input
card 10.
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
Material ID, a unique number has to be chosen.
RO
Material density
Youngs modulus:
GT.0.0: constant value is used
LT.0.0: LCID or TABID. Temperature dependent Youngs modulus given by load
curve ID = -E or a Table ID = -E. When using a table to describe the Youngs modulus
LS-DYNA Version 971
BASELINE VALUE
7830 Kg/m3
100.e+09 Pa [1]
2-959 (MAT_238)
*MAT_244
VARIABLE
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
DESCRIPTION
BASELINE VALUE
see Remark 7 for more information.

PR
Poissons ratio:
GT.0.0: constant value
LT.0.0: LCID or TABID. Temperature dependent Poisson ratio given by load curve or
table ID = -PR. The table input is described
in Remark 7.
0.30 [1]
TUNIT
Number of time units per hour. Default is

seconds, that is 3600 time units per hour. It is
used only for hardness calculations.
3600.
CRSH
Switch to use a simple and fast material

model but with the actual phases active.
EQ.0: The original model were phase transitions are active and trip is used.
EQ.1: A simpler and faster version. This option is mainly when transferring the
quenched blank into a crash analysis where
all properties from the cooling are maintained. This option must be used with a
*INTERFACE_SPRINGBACK keyword and
should be used after a quenching analysis.
PHASE
Switch to exclude middle phases from the

simulation.
EQ.0: All phases ACTIVE default)
EQ.1: pearlite and bainite ACTIVE
EQ.2: bainite ACTIVE
EQ.3: ferrite and pearlite ACTIVE
EQ.4: ferrite and bainite ACTIVE
EQ.5: NO ACTIVE middle phases
(only austenite -> martensite)
HEAT
Switch to activate the heating algorithms

EQ.0: Heating is not activated. That means
that no transformation to Austenite is possible.
EQ.1: Heating is activated. That means that
only transformation to Austenite is possible.
EQ.2: Automatic switching between cooling
and heating. LS-DYNA checks the temperature gradient and calls the appropriate algorithms. For example, this can be used to simulate the heat affected zone during welding.
2-960 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
BASELINE VALUE
LT.0: Switch between cooling and heating is

defined by a time dependent load curve with
id ABS(HEAT). The ordinate should be 1.0
when heating is applied and 0.0 if cooling is
preferable.
LCY1
Load curve or Table ID for austenite hardening.

IF LCID: input yield stress versus effective
plastic strain.
IF TABID.GT.0: 2D table. Input temperatures as table values and hardening curves as
targets for those temperatures (see
*DEFINE_TABLE)
IF TABID.LT.0: 3D table. Input temperatures as main table values and strain rates as
values for the sub tables, and hardening
curves as targets for those strain rates.
LCY2
Load curve ID for ferrite hardening (stress

versus eff. pl. str.)
LCY3
Load curve or Table ID for pearlite. See

LCY1 for description.
LCY4
Load curve or Table ID for bainite. See

LCY5
Load curve or Table ID for martensite. See

KFERR
Correction factor for boron in the ferrite reaction.
1.9e+05 [2]
KPEAR
Correction factor for boron in the pearlite reaction.
3.1e+03 [2]
[5]
Boron [weight %]
0.003 [2, 4]
Carbon [weight %]
0.23
[2, 4]
Co
Cobolt [weight %]
0.0
[2, 4]
Mo
Molybdenum [weight %]
0.0
[2, 4]
Cr
Chromium [weight %]
0.21
[2, 4]
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-961 (MAT_238)
*MAT_244
VARIABLE
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
DESCRIPTION
BASELINE VALUE
Ni
Nickel [weight %]
0.0
[2, 4]
Mn
Manganese [weight %]
1.25 [2, 4]
Si
Silicon [weight %]
0.29 [2, 4]
Vanadium [weight %]
0.0
Tungsten [weight %]
0.0
Cu
copper [weight %]
0.0
[2, 4]
Phosphorous [weight %]
0.013
Al
Aluminium [weight %]
0.0
As
Arsenic [weight %]
0.0
Ti
Titanium [weight %]
0.0
THEXP1
Coefficient of thermal expansion in austenite
25.1e-06 1/K [7]
THEXP5
Coefficient of thermal expansion in martensite
11.1e-06 1/K [7]
LCTH1
Load curve for the thermal expansion coefficient for austenite:

LT.0.0: curve ID = -LA and TREF is used as
GT.0.0: curve ID = LA
LCTH5
Load curve for the thermal expansion coefficient for martensite:

LT.0.0: curve ID = -LA and TREF is used as
GT.0.0: curve ID = LA
TREF
Reference temperature for thermal expansion.

Used if and only if LA.LT.0.0 or/and
LM.LT.0.0
293.15
LAT1
Latent heat for the decomposition of austenite into ferrite, pearlite and bainite.
LT.0.0: Curve ID or Table ID. See remark 8
for more information.
590.e+06 J/m3 [2]
2-962 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LAT5
Latent heat for the decomposition of austenite into martensite.

LT.0.0: Curve ID. Note that LAT 5 is ignored
if a Table ID is used in LAT1.
TABTH
Table definition for thermal expansion. With

this option active THEXP1, THEXP2,
LCTH1 and LCTH5 are ignored. See remarks
for more information how to input this table.
GT.0: A table for instantaneous thermal expansion (TREF is ignored).
LT.0: A table with thermal expansion with
reference to TREF.
BASELINE VALUE
640.e+06 J/m3 [2]
QR2
11575. K [3]
Activation energy divided by the universal
gas constant for the diffusion reaction of the = (23000 cal/mole)*(4.184
austenite-ferrite reaction: Q2/R. R = J/cal) / (8.314 J/mole*K)
8.314472 [J/mol K].
QR3

gas constant for the diffusion reaction for the
austenite-pearlite
reaction:
Q3/R.
R=8.314472 [J/mol K].
13840. K [3]
QR4

gas constant for the diffusion reaction for the
austenite-bainite reaction: Q4/R. R=8.314472
[J/mol K].
13588. K [3]
ALPHA
Material constant for the martensite phase. A

value of 0.011 means that 90% of the available austenite is transformed into martensite at
210 degrees below the martensite start temperature (see messag file for information),
whereas a value of 0.033 means a 99.9%
transformation.
0.011
GRAIN
ASTM grain size number for austenite, usually a number between 7 and 11.
TOFFE
Number of degrees that the ferrite is bleeding

over into the pearlite reaction.
0.0
TOFPE
Number of degrees that the pearlite is bleeding over into the bainite reaction
0.0
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-963 (MAT_238)
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
BASELINE VALUE
TOFBA
Number of degrees that the bainite is bleeding over into the martenasite reaction.
0.0
PLMEM2
Memory coefficient for the plastic strain that

is carried over from the austenite. A value of
1 means that all plastic strains from austenite
is transferred to the ferrite phase and a value
of 0 means that nothing is transferred.
0.0
PLMEM3
Same as PLMEM2 but between austenite and

pearlite.
0.0
PLMEM4

bainite.
0.0
PLMEM5

martensite.
0.0
STRC
Effective strain rate parameter C.

STRC.LT.0.0: load curve id = -STRC
STRC.GT.0.0: constant value
STRC.EQ.0.0: strain rate NOT active
0.0
STRP
Effective strain rate parameter P.

STRP.LT.0.0: load curve id = -STRP
STRP.GT.0.0: constant value
STRP.EQ.0.0: strain rate NOT active
0.0
REACT
Flag for advanced reaction kinitics input. One

additional input card is read.
EQ.1.0: Active
EQ.0.0: Inactive
0.0
TEMPER
Flag for tempering input. One additional input card is read.

EQ.1.0: Active
EQ.0.0: Inactive
0.0
AUST
If a heating process is initiated at t = 0 this

parameters sets the initial amount of austenite
in the blank. If heating is activated at t > 0
during a simulation this value is ignored.
Note that AUST+FERR+PEAR+BAIN+MART
0.0
See AUST for description
0.0
= 1.0
FERR
2-964 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
BASELINE VALUE
PEAR
0.0
BAIN
0.0
MART
0.0
Growth parameter k
[9]
Grain growth activation energy divided by

the universal gas constant. Q/R where
R=8.314472 (J/mol K)
[9]
GRK
GRQR
TAU1
Empirical grain growth parameter describing the function (T)
GRA
Grain growth parameter A
3.11[9]
GRB
Grain growth parameter B
7520.0[9]
EXPA
Grain growth parameter a
1.0[9]
EXPB
Grain growth parameter b
1.0[9]
GRCC
Grain growth parameter with the concentration of non metals in the blank
C+P[9]
GRCM
Grain growth parameter with the concentration of metals in the blank
B+Co+Mo+Cr+Ni+
Mn+Si+V+W+Cu+
Al+As+Ti[9]
HEATN
Grain growth parameter n for the austenite

formation
1.0[9]
TAU2
Empirical grain growth parameter 8 describing the function (T)
FS
Manual start temperature Ferrite
PS
Manual start temperature Pearlite
BS
Manual start temperature Bainite
MS
Manual start temperature Martensite
MSIG
2.08E+8[9]
4.806[9]
Describes the increase of martensite start

temperature due to applied stress.
LT.0: Load Curve ID describes MSIG as a
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-965 (MAT_238)
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
VARIABLE
LCEPS23
LCEPS4
LCEPS5
DESCRIPTION
BASELINE VALUE
function of triaxiality (pressure/effective

stress). MS*=MS+MSIG*Deff
Load Curve ID dependent on plastic strain

that scales the activation energy QR2 and
QR3. QRx=Qx*LCEPS23(Qpl )/R
Load Curve ID dependent on plastic strain
that scales the activation energy QR4.
QR4=Q4*LCEPS4(Qpl )/R
Load Curve ID which describe the increase
of the martensite start temperature as a function of plastic strain.
MS*=MS+MSIG*Deff +LCEPS5(Qpl )
LCH4
Load curve ID of Vicker hardness vs. temperature for Bainite hardness calculation.
LCH5
Load curve ID of Vicker hardness vs. temperature for Martensite hardness calculation.
DTCRIT
Critical cooling rate to detect holding phase.
TSAMP
Sampling interval for temperature

monitoring to detect the holding phase
rate
The phase distribution during cooling is calculated by solving the following rate equation for
each phase transition
=
, -, / ,
( ),
= 2,3,4
where gk is a function, taken from Li et al., dependent on the grain number G, the chemical
composition C, the temperature T and the activation energy Q. Moreover, the function f is dependent on the actual phase Xk=xk/xeq
S ( ) =
0.4( 1)
(1 )0.4 ,
= 2,3,4
The true amount of martensite, i.e., k=5, is modelled by using the true amount of the austenite
left after the bainite phase:
5
2-966 (MAT_238)
y(
1 (1 4
/) ),
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
where
is the true amount of austenite left for the reaction, y is a material dependent constant
and MS is the start temperature of the martensite reaction.
The start temperatures are automatically calculated based on the composition:
Ferrite, ( ) = 1185 203- 15.27 + 44.7 + 104 + 31.5 1 + 13.1 30
11- 20-2 + 700; + 400h3 + 120h + 400/
Pearlite, ; ( ) = 996 10.7 16.97 + 29 + 16.9- + 290h + 6.4
Bainite, k ( ) = 910 58- 35 157 34- 41 1
( ) = 812 423- 30.4 17.77 12.1- 7.5 1 + 10-1 7.5
Martensite,
The automatic start temperatures are printed to the messag file and if they are not accurate
enough you can manually set them in the input deck (must be set in absolute temperature, Kelvin). If HEAT > 0, the temperature FSnc (ferrite without C) is also echoed. If the specimen exceeds that temperature all ferreite that is left is instantaneous transformed to austenite.
Remarks:
1. History variables 1-8 include the different phases, the Vickers hardness, the yield stress and
the ASTM grain size number. Set NEIPS = 8 (shells) or NEIPH = 8 (solids) on
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY.
History variable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Amount austenite
Amount ferrite
Amount pearlite
Amount bainite
Amount martensite
Vickers hardness
Yield stress
ASTM grain size
number (a low value means large
grains and vice
versa)
Table 2.19.
2. To exclude a phase from the simulation, set the PHASE parameter accordingly.
3. Note that both strain rate parameters must be set to include the effect. It is possible to use a
temperature dependent load curve for both parameters simultaneously or for one parameter keeping the other constant.
4. TUNIT is time units per hour and is only used for calculating the Vicker Hardness, as default
it is assumed that the time unit is seconds. If other time unit is used, for example milli seconds,
then TUNIT must be changed to TUNIT = 3.6106
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-967 (MAT_238)
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
5. With the CRSH = 1 option it is now possible to transfer the material properties from a hot
stamping simulation (CRSH = 0) into another simulation. The CRSH = 1 option reads a dynain
file from a simulation with CRSH = 0 and keeps all the history variables (austenite, ferrite, pearlite, bainite, martensite, etc) constant. This will allow steels with inhomogeneous strength to be
analysed in, for example, a crash simulation. The speed with the CRSH=1 option is comparable
with *MAT_024. Note that for keeping the speed the temperature used in the CRSH simulation
should be constant and the thermal solver should be inactive.
6. When HEAT is activated the re-austenitization and grain growth algorithms are also activated.
The grain growth is activated when the temperature exceeds a threshold value that is given by
o
/=
r
%
m jb
jbb
and the rate equation for the grain growth is =
. The rate equation for the phase re-
austenitization is given in Oddy (1996) and is here mirrored

= ln
5>N
5
r
(?)
where n is the parameter HEATN. The temperature dependent
function (T) is given from Oddy as (/) = (/ / )=P . The empirical parameters and 8
are calibrated in Oddy to 2.06E+8 and 4.806 respectively. Note that above given in seconds.
7. When using a Table ID for describing the Youngs modulus as dependent on the temperature.
Use *DEFINE_TABLE_2D and set the abscissa value equal to 1 for the austenite YM-curve,
equal to 2 for the ferrite YM-curve, equal to 3 for the pearlite YM curve, equal to 4 for the
bainite YM-curve and finally equal to 5 for the martensite YM-curve. If you use the PHASE
option you only need to define the curves for the included phases, but you can define all five.
LS-DYNA uses the number 1-5 to get the right curve for the right phase. The total YM is calculated by a linear mixture law: YM=YM1*PHASE1+...+YM5*PHASE5. For example:
*DEFINE_TABLE_2D
$ The number before curve id:s define which phase the curve
$ will be applied to. 1 = Austenite, 2 = Ferrite, 3 = Pearlite,
$ 4 = Bainite and 5 = Martensite.
1000
0.0
0.0
1.0
100
2.0
200
3.0
300
4.0
400
5.0
500
$
$ Define curves 100 - 500
*DEFINE_CURVE
$ Austenite Temp (K) - YM-Curve (MPa)
100
0
1.0
1.0
1300.0
50.E+3
223.0
210.E+3
8. When using a Table ID for the Latent heat (LAT1) you can describe all phase transition individually. Use *DEFINE_TABLE_2D and set the abscissa values to the corresponding phase
transition number. That is, 2 for the Austenite Ferrite, 3 for the Austenite Pearlite,4 for
the Austenite Bainite and 5 for the Austenite Martensite. See Remark 7 for an example of a
2-968 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
correct table definition. If a curve is missing, the corresponding latent heat for that transition will
be set to zero. Also, when a table is used the LAT2 is ignored. If HEAT.GT.0 you also have the
option to include latent heat for the transition back to Austenite. This latent heat curve is marked
as 1 in the table definition of LAT1.
9. When using a Table ID for the Thermal expansion you can tailor the expansion for each phase.
That is, you can have a curve for each of the 5 phases (austenite, ferrite, pearlite, bainite and
martensite). The input is identical to the above table definitions. The Table must have the abscissa values between 1 and 5 where the number correspond to phase 1 to 5. To exclude one
phase from influencing the thermal expansion you simply input a curve that is zero for that phase
or even easier, exclude that phase number in the table definition. For example to exclude the
bainite phase you only define the table with curves for the indices 1, 2, 3 and 5.
10. When TEMPERING is activated with TEMPER = 1 the original hardness calculation for
Bainite and Martensite are changed to an incremental update formula. The total hardness is given
by = XE' i E E . When holding phases are detected the hardness for Bainite and Martensite is
updated according to
W
W
i WO = O i W + O W (/),
W = WO W
i
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
X
X (/),
O
X
We detect the holding phase for Bainite and Martensite when the temperature is in the appropriate range and if average temperature rate is below DTCRIT. The average temperature rate is cal/
+1
culated as f tresh where the /+1

tresh = /tresh + U/Uf and ftresh = ftresh + f. The average temperatresh
ture and time are updated until ftresh fsamp .

References
1. Numisheet 2008 Proceedings, The Numisheet 2008 Benchmark Study, Chapter 3,

Benchmark 3, Continuous Press Hardening, Interlaken, Switzerland, Sept. 2008.
2. P. Akerstrom and M. Oldenburg, Austenite Decomposition During Press hardening of a
Boron Steel Computer Simulation and Test, Journal of Material processing technology, 174 (2006), pp399-406.
3. M.V Li, D.V Niebuhr, L.L Meekisho and D.G Atteridge, A Computatinal model for te
prediction of steel hardenability, Metallurgical and materials transactions B, 29B, 661672, 1998.
4. D.F. Watt, An Algorithm for Modelling Microstructural Development in Weld heatAffected Zones (Part A) Reaction Kinetics, Acta metal. Vol. 36., No. 11, pp. 3029-3035,
1988.
5. ThyssenKrupp Steel, Hot Press hardening Manganese-boron Steels MBW, product information Manganese-boron Steels, Sept. 2008.
6. Malek Naderi, Hot Stamping of Ultra High Strength Steels, Doctor of Engineering Dissertation, Technical University Aachen, Germany, 2007.
7. P. Akerstrom, Numerical Implementation of a Constitutive model for Simulation of Hot
Stamping, Division of Solid Mechanics, Lulea University of technology, Sweden.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-969 (MAT_238)
*MAT_244
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
8. Malek Naderi, A numerical and Experimental Investigation into Hot Stamping of Boron
Alloyed Heat treated Steels, Steel research Int. 79 (2008) No. 2.
9. A.S. Oddy, J.M.J. McDill and L. Karlsson, Microstructural predictions including arbitrary thermal histories, reaustenitization and carbon segregation effects (1996).
Boron steel composition from the literature.
B
C
Co
Mo
Cr
Ni
Mn
Si
V
W
Cu
P
Al
As
Ti
S
HAZ code
Akerstrom (2)
Naderi (8)
0.168
0.003
0.23
0.003
0.230
ThyssenKrupp(4)
(max amount)
0.005
0.250
0.211
0.160
0.250
0.250
1.25
0.29
1.18
0.220
1.40
0.400
0.013
0.015
0.025
0.003
0.040
0.001
0.05
0.010
0.036
0.255
0.015
1.497
0.473
0.026
0.025
0.012
0.020
Table 2.20.
2-970 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_245
*MAT_PML_{OPTION}TROPIC_ELASTIC
This is Material Type 245. This is a perfectly-matched layer (PML) material for orthotropic or
anisotropic media, to be used in a wave-absorbing layer adjacent to an orthotropic/anisotropic
material (*MAT_{OPTION}TROPIC_ELASTIC) in order to simulate wave propagation in an
unbounded ortho/anisotropic medium.
This material is a variant of MAT_PML_ELASTIC (MAT_230) and is available only for solid 8node
bricks
(element
type
2).
The
input
cards
exactly
follow
*MAT__{OPTION}TROPIC_ELASTIC as shown below. See the variable descriptions and Remarks section of *MAT__{OPTION}TROPIC_ELASTIC (*MAT_002) for further details.
ORTHO
ANISO

*MAT_PML_ORTHOTROPIC_ELASTIC or MAT_245
(4 cards follow)
*MAT_PML_ANISOTROPIC_ELASTIC or MAT_245_ANISO
(5 cards follow)
Cards 1 and 2 for the ORTHO option.

Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
MID
RO
EA
EB
EC
PRBA
PRCA
PRCB
A8
GAB
GBC
GCA
AOPT
SIGF
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-971 (MAT_238)
*MAT_245
Cards 1, 2, and 3 for the ANISO option.

Card 1
MID
RO
C11
C12
C22
C13
C23
C33
A8
C14
C24
C34
C44
C15
C25
C35
C45
Type
Card 3
C55
C16
C26
C36
C46
C56
C66
AOPT
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
Cards 3/4 and 4/5 for the ORTHO/ANISO options.

Card 3/4
Variable
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
MACF
Type
Card 4/5
Variable
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
BETA
REF
Type
2-972 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_245
Remarks:
8.

9.
It is assumed the material in the bounded domain near the layer is, or behaves like, a linear ortho/anisotropic material. The material properties of the layer should be set to the
corresponding properties of this material.
10.
be open.
11.
partitioning.
12.
13.
14.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-973 (MAT_238)
*MAT_246
*MAT_PML_NULL
*MAT_PML_NULL
This is Material Type 246. This is a perfectly-matched layer (PML) material with a pressure fluid constitutive law computed using an equation of state, to be used in a wave-absorbing layer adjacent to a fluid material (*MAT_NULL with an EOS) in order to simulate wave propagation in
an unbounded fluid medium. Only *EOS_LINEAR_POLYNOMIAL and *EOS_GRUNEISEN
are allowed with this material. See the Remarks section of *MAT_NULL (*MAT_009) for further details. Accurate results are to be expected only for the case where the EOS presents a linear
relationship between the pressure and volumetric strain.
This material is a variant of MAT_PML_ELASTIC (MAT_230) and is available only for solid 8node bricks (element type 2).
Card
Variable
Type
Default
MID
RO
MU
A8
none
none
0.0
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
MU
Dynamic viscosity coefficient
Remarks:
1.

2.
It is assumed the material in the bounded domain near the layer is, or behaves like, an
linear fluid material. The material properties of the layer should be set to the corresponding properties of this material.
3.
2-974 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_PML_NULL
*MAT_246
be open.
4.
partitioning.
5.
6.
7.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-975 (MAT_238)
*MAT_251
*MAT_TAILORED_PROPERTIES
This is Material Type 251. It is similar to MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTICITY or

MAT_024 (see full description there), except for the 3-D table option that uses a history variable
(e.g. hardness, temperature, ) from a previous calculation to evaluate the plastic behavior as a
function of 1) history variable, 2) strain rate, and 3) plastic strain. Only available for shell elements.
Card 1
MID
RO
A8
Default
none
Card 2
Variable
Type
PR
FAIL
TDEL
none
none
none
10.E+20
LCSS
VP
HISVN
PHASE
Type
Default
Variable
Card 3
EPS1
EPS2
EPS3
EPS4
EPS5
EPS6
EPS7
EPS8
Type
Default
Variable
2-976 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_251
Card 4
ES1
ES2
ES3
ES4
ES5
ES6
ES7
ES8
Type
Default
Variable
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
Youngs modulus.
Poissons ratio.
FAIL
Failure flag.
GT.0.0: Effective plastic strain to failure. When the plastic strain
reaches this value, the element is deleted from the calculation.
TDEL
LCSS
Load curve ID or Table ID (see full description of MAT_024). Load

curve for stress vs. plastic strain. 2-D table for stress vs. plastic strain as
a function of strain rates. 3-D table for stress vs. plastic strain as a function of strain rates as a function of history variable values (see HISVN).
VP

HISVN
Location of history variable in the history array of

*INITIAL_STRESS_SHELL that is used to evaluate the 3-D table
LCSS.
PHASE
Constant value to evaluate the 3-D table LCSS. Only used if HISVN=0.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-977 (MAT_238)
*MAT_251
VARIABLE
EPS1-EPS8
ES1-ES8
DESCRIPTION
Effective plastic strain values (optional). At least 2 points should be defined. The first point must be zero corresponding to the initial yield
stress.
Remarks:
If the 3-D table is used for LCSS, interpolation is used to find the corresponding stress value for
the current plastic strain, strain rate, and history variable. In addition, extrapolation is used for
the history variable evaluation, which means that some upper and lower limit curves have to be
used, if extrapolation is not desired.
If material history is written to dynain file using *INTERFACE_SPRINGBACK_LSDYNA, the
history variable of material 251 (e.g. hardness, temperature, ) is written to position HISV6 of
*INITIAL_STRESS_SHELL.
2-978 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_255
*MAT_PIECEWISE_LINEAR_PLASTIC_THERMAL
This is material type 255, an isotropic elastoplastic material with thermal properties. It can be
used for both explicit and implicit analyses. Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio can depend on
the temperature by defining two load curves. Moreover, the yield stress in tension and compression are given as load curves for different temperatures by using two tables. The thermal coefficient of expansion can be given as a constant ALPHA or as a load curve, see LALPHA at position 3 on card 2. A positive curve ID for LALPHA models the instantaneous thermal coefficient,
whereas a negatives curve ID models the thermal coefficient relative to a reference temperature,
TREF. The strain rate effects are modelled with the Cowper-Symonds rate model with the parameters C and P on card 1. Failure can be based on effective plastic strain or using the
*MAT_ADD_EROSION keyword.
Card 1
MID
RO
PR
FAIL
TDEL
A8
TABIDC
TABIDT
LALPHA
Type
Card 3
ALPHA
TREF
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-979 (MAT_238)
*MAT_255
VARIABLE
E
DESCRIPTION
Youngs modulus:
LT.0.0: |E| is the LCID for E versus temperature,
GT.0.0: E is constant.
PR
Poissons ratio.
LT.0.0: |PR| is the LCID for Poissons ratio versus temperature.
GT.0.0: PR is constant
Strain rate parameter. See remark 1.
Strain rate parameter. See remark 1.
FAIL
Effective plastic strain when the material fails. User defined failure subroutine, matusr_24 in dyn21.F, is called to determine failure when
FAIL<0. Note that for solids the *MAT_ADD_EROSION can be used
for additional failure criteria.
TDEL
A time step less then TDEL is not allowed. A step size less than TDEL
trigger automatic element deletion. This option is ignored for implicit
analyses.
TABIDC
Table ID for yield stress in compression, see remark 2.
TABIDT
Table ID for yield stress in tension, see remark 2.
LALPHA
Load curve ID for thermal expansion coefficient as a function of temperature.

GT.0.0: the instantaneous thermal expansion coefficient based on the
following formula:
thermal
QEF
= y(/) /JEF
LT.0.0: the thermal coefficient is defined relative a reference temperature TREF, such that the total thermal strain is given by:
thermal
QEF
= y(/)/ / #$ JEF
With this option active, ALPHA is ignored.
ALPHA
TREF
Coefficient of thermal expansion

Reference temperature, which is required if and only if LALPHA is given with a negative load curve ID.
Remarks:
1. The strain rate effect is modelled by using the Cowper and Symonds model which scales
the yield stress according to the factor
2-980 (MAT_238)
1+
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_255
where Q = QQEF QEF is the Euclidean norm of the total strain rate tensor.
2. The yield stresses versus effective plastic strains are given in two tables. One table for
yield stresses in compression and another table for yield stresses in tension. The table indices consist of temperatures and at each temperature an unique yield stress curve must
be defined. Both TABIDC and TABIDT could be 3D tables, in which temperatures are
input as main table values and strain rates are defined as values for the sub tables, and
hardening curves as targets for those strain rates. If the same yield stress should be used
in both tension and compression, only one table needs to be defined and the same TABID
is put in position 1 and 2 on card 2.
3. Two history variables are added to the d3plot file, the Youngs modulus and the Poissons
ratio,
respectively.
They
can
be
requested
through
the
*DATABASE_EXTENT_BINARY keyword.
4. Nodal temperatures must be defined by using a coupled analysis or some other way to
define
the
temperatures,
such
as
*LOAD_THERMAL_VARIABLE
or
*LOAD_THERMAL_LOAD_CURVE.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-981 (MAT_238)
*MAT_256
*MAT_AMORPHOUS_SOLIDS_FINITE_STRAIN
This is material type 256, an isotropic elastic-viscoplastic material model intended to describe
the behaviour of amorphous solids such as polymeric glasses. The model accurately captures the
hardening-softening-hardening sequence and the Bauschinger effect experimentally observed at
tensile loading and unloading respectively. The formulation is based on hyperelasticity and uses
the multiplicative split of the deformation gradient F which makes it naturally suitable for both
large rotations and large strains. Stress computations are performed in an intermediate configuration and are therefore preceded by a pull-back and followed by a push-forward. The model was
originally developed by Anand and Gurtin [2003] and implemented for solid elements by Bonnaud and Faleskog [2008]
Card 1
MID
RO
MR
LL
NU0
A8
ALPHA
H0
SCV
ECV
G0
S0
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density
Bulk modulus
Shear modulus
MR
Kinematic hardening parameter: R (see Eq.1)
LL
Kinematic hardening parameter: L (see Eq.1)
NU0
Creep parameter: 0 (see Eq.2)
Creep parameter: m (see Eq.2)
2-982 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
VARIABLE
ALPHA
DESCRIPTION
Creep parameter: (see Eq.2)
H0
Isotropic hardening parameter: h0 (see Eq.3-5)
SCV
Isotropic hardening parameter: scv (see Eq.3-5)
Isotropic hardening parameter: b (see Eq.3-5)
ECV
Isotropic hardening parameter: cv (see Eq.3-5)
G0
Isotropic hardening parameter: g0 (see Eq.3-5)
S0
Isotropic hardening parameter: s0 (see Eq.3-5)
Remarks:
*MAT_256
1) Kinematic hardening gives rise to the second hardening occurrence in the hardeningsoftening-hardening sequence. The constants R and L enter the back stress B (where B is the
left Cauchy-Green deformation tensor) through the function according to:
L 1 p
= R ( p ) L ( ) Eq.1
3
L
1
tr( B p ) , Bp is the plastic part of the left Cauchy-Green deformation tensor and
3
where L is the Langevin function defined by L(X)= coth(X) X-1
where p =
2) This material model assumes plastic incompressibility. Nevertheless in order to account for
the different behaviours in tension and compression a Drucker-Prager law is included in the
creep law according to:
p = 0 (
)1/ m Eq.2
s +
where p is the equivalent plastic shear strain rate, the equivalent shear stress, s the internal
variable defined below and - the hydrostatic stress.
3) Isotropic hardening gives rise to the first hardening occurrence in the hardening-softeninghardening sequence. Two coupled internal variables are defined: s the resistance to plastic flow
and the local free volume. Their evolution equations read:
s& = h0 (1
& = g 0 (
LS-DYNA Version 971
s
) p Eq.3
s% ( )
s
1) p Eq.4
scv
2-983 (MAT_238)
*MAT_256
s% ( ) = scv [1 + b(cv )] Eq.5

4) Typical material parameters values are given in Ref.1 for Polycarbonate:
G (GPa)
K (GPa)
MR (MPa)
LL (-)
NU0 (s-1)
M (-)
0.857
2.24
11.0
1.45
0.0017
0.011
ALPHA (-)
H0 (GPa)
SCV (MPa)
B (-)
ECV (-)
G0 (-)
S0 (MPa)
0.08
2.75
24.0
825
0.001
0.006
20.0
[1] Anand, L., Gurtin, M.E., 2003, A theory of amorphous solids undergoing large deformations, with application to polymeric glasses, International Journal of Solids and Structures,
40, pp. 1465-1487.
2-984 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_266
*MAT_TISSUE_DISPERSED
This is Material Type 266. This material is an invariant formulation for dispersed orthotropy in
soft tissues, e.g., heart valves, arterial walls or other tissues where one or two collagen fibers are
used. The passive contribution is composed of an isotropic and two anisotropic parts. The isotropic part is a simple neo-Hookean model. The first anisotropic part is passive, with two collagen fibers to choose from: (1) a simple exponential model and (2) a more advanced crimped fiber
model from Freed et al. [2005]. The second anisotropic part is active described in Guccione et al.
[1993] and is used for active contraction.
Card 1
MID
RO
SIGMA
MU
KAPPA
ACT
INIT
Type
Card 2
FID
ORTH
C1
C2
C3
THETA
Type
Card 3
ACT1
ACT2
ACT3
ACT4
ACT5
ACT6
ACT7
ACT8
Type
Card 4
ACT9
ACT10
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-985 (MAT_238)
*MAT_266
Card 5
AOPT
BETA
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 6
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
Variable
Variable
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
Fiber dispersion parameter governs the extent to which the fiber dispersion extends to the third dimension. F = 0 and F = 1 apply to 2D splay
with the normal to the membrane being in the z and the a-directions,
respectively (see Figure 2-118). F = 0.5 applies to 3D splay with transverse isotropy. Splay will be orthotropic wheneverF 0.5. This parameter is ignored if INIT = 1.
SIGMA
The parameter SIGMA governs the extent of dispersion, such that as

SIGMA goes to zero, the material symmetry reduces to pure transverse
isotropy. Conversely, as SIGMA becomes large, the material symmetry
becomes isotropic in the plane. This parameter is ignored if INIT = 1.
MU
MU is the isotropic shear modulus that models elastin. MU should be

chosen such that the
tient0.5 (3KAPPA 2MU)(3KAPPA + MU) < 0.5. Instability can occur for implicit simulations if this quotient is close to 0.5. A modest approach is a quotient between 0.495 and 0.497.
KAPPA
ACT
2-986 (MAT_238)
Bulk modulus for the hydrostatic pressure.

ACT = 1 indicates that an active model will be used that acts in the mean
fiber-direction. The active model, like the passive model, will be dispersed by SIGMA and F, or if INIT = 1, with the
*INITIAL_FIELD_SOLID keyword.
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_266
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
INIT
INIT = 1 indicates that the anisotropy eigenvalues will be given by

*INITIAL_FIELD_SOLID variables in the global coordinate system
(see Remark 1).
FID
The passive fiber model number. There are two passive models available: FID = 1 or FID = 2. They are described in Remark 2.
ORTH
ORTH specifies the number (1 or 2) of fibers used. When ORTH = 2

two fiber families are used and arranges symmetrically THETA degrees
from the mean fiber direction and lying in the tissue plane.
C1-C3
Passive fiber model parameters.
THETA
The angle between the mean fiber direction and the fiber families. The
parameter is active only if ORTH = 2 and is particularly important in
vascular tissues (e.g. arteries)
ACT1-ACT10
Active fiber model parameters. Note that ACT10 is an input for a time
dependent load curve that overrides some of the ACTx values. See section 2 below.
AOPT

nodes
1,
2,
and
4,
as
with
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES.
EQ.2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors defined below, as with *DEFINE_COORDINATE_VECTOR.
LT.0.0: the absolute value of AOPT is a coordinate system ID number
(CID
on
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_NODES,
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
or
*DEFINE_COORDINATE_ VECTOR). Available with the R3 release of Version 971 and later.
BETA
Material angle in degrees for AOPT = 3, may be overridden on the element card *ELEMANT_SOLID_ORTHO.
P1-P3
P1, P2 and P3 define the coordinates of point P for AOPT=1 and

AOPT = 4.
A1-A3
A1, A2 and A3 define the components of vector A for AOPT = 2.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-987 (MAT_238)
*MAT_266
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
D1-D3
D1, D2 and D3 define components of vector D for AOPT = 2.
V1-V3
V1, V2 and V3 define components of vector V for AOPT = 3 and

AOPT = 4.
2
y
1
3
z
a
&
z
y
Figure 2-118. The plot on the left relates the global coordinates (1, 2, 3) to the local coordinates
(y, z, a), selected so the mean fiber direction in the reference configuration is
align with the yaxis. The plots on the right show how the unit vector for a specific fiber within the fiber distribution of a 3D tissue is oriented with respect to
the mean fiber direction via angles and &.
Details of the passive model can be found in Freed et al. (2005) and Einstein et al. (2005). The
stress in the reference configuration consists of a deviatoric matrix term, a hydrostatic pressure
term, and either one (ORTHO = 1) or two (ORTH = 2) fiber terms:
= U0(0 1)
+ 0
1
H s ( 8 )w + 0
4
E'
9DE (E ) + QE (E ):H9I E :
where S is the second Piola-Kirchhoff stress tensor, J is the Jacobian of the deformation gradient,
U is the bulk modulus, DE is the passive fiber stress model used, and QE is the corresponding active
fiber model used. The operator DEV is the deviatoric projection:
1
H9: = () tr9():
3
2-988 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_266
where C is the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor. The dispersed fourth invariant
= Qtr9I:, where is the isochoric part of the Cauchy-Green deformation. Note that is not a
stretch in the classical way, since K embeds the concept of dispersion. K is called the dispersion
tensor or anisotropy tensor and is given in global coordinates. The passive and active fiber models are defined in the fiber coordinate system. In effect the dispersion tensor rotates and weights
these one dimensional models, such that they are both three-dimensional and in the Cartesian
framework.
In the case where, the splay parameters SIGMA and F are specified, K is given by:
1+4
1
0
I E = E J
2
0
8KrLMNP
0
F1 4
8KrLMNP
0
0
(1 F)1 4
8KrLMNP
O ?E
where Q is the transformation tensor that rotates from the local to the global Cartesian system. In
the case when INIT = 1, the dispersion tensor is given by
E
I E = E 0
0
0
E8
0
0
0 ?E
E
where the :s are given on the *INITIAL_FIELD_SOLID card. For the values to be physically
meaningful E + E8 + E = 1. It is the responsibility of the user to assure that this condition is
met, no internal checking for this is done. These values typically come from diffusion tensor data
taken from the myocardium.
Remarks:
1. Passive fiber models. Currently there are two models available.

(a) If FID = 1 a crimped fiber model is used. It is solely developed for collagen fibers.
Given i and compute:
and
= Q(2)8 + (i )8 , =
, =
-P
O8 P (
P
~PP
O O
Now if the fiber stretches < the fiber stress is given by:
D = x, ( 1)
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-989 (MAT_238)
*MAT_266
Figure 2-119.
where
x=
6 8 (8 + (4 8 1)8 )
3i 8 (8 8 )(38 + (8 8 3)8 ) + 8 8 (108 + (3 8 10)8 )
and if > the fiber stress equals:
D = , ( 1) + ,$ ( ).
In Figure 2-118 the fiber stress is rendered with i0 = 27.5, 0 = 2 and the transition
point becomes = 1.1.
(b) The second fiber model available (FID = 2) is a simpler but more useful model for
the general fiber reinforced rubber. The fiber stress is simply given by:
D=-
4 P
1 .
The difference between the two fiber models is given in Figure 2-119.
2. Figure 2-119. Both the Crimped and the Exponential fiber models visualized. Here
= 1.1 is the transition point in the crimped model.The active model for myofibers
(ACT=1) is defined in Guccione et al. (1993) and is given by:
2-990 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_266
-x8
D = /max 8
-(f)
-x + ,-xX8
where
,-xX8 =
4 o
-x
Q8(
)O
and k is a constant, (-x ) is the maximum peak intracellular calcium concentration,

3 is the sarcomere length at which no active tension develops and 3 is the stress free sarcomere length. The function -(f) is defined in one of two ways. First it can be given as:
-(f) = 1 cos(f)
8
where
&
&
= &
0f<f
f f <f +f
& O&
&
f +f f
and f = 3j + . Secondly, it can also be given as a load curve. If a load curve should
be used its index must be given in ACT10. Note that all variables that correspond to are
neglected if a load curve is used. The active parameters on Card 3 and 4 are interpreted
as:
ACT1 ACT2
/max
-x
ACT3
(-x0 )max
ACT4 ACT5 ACT6 ACT7 ACT8 ACT9 ACT10

k
30
f0
LCID
References:
Freed AD., Einstein DR. and Vesely I., Invariant formulation for dispersed transverse
isotropy in aortic heart valves An efficient means for modeling fiber splay, Biomechan
model Mechanobiol, 4, 100-117, 2005.
Guccione JM., Waldman LK., McCulloch AD., Mechanics of Active Contraction in Cardiac Muscle: Part II Cylindrical Models of the Systolic Left Ventricle, J. Bio Mech,
115, 82-90, 1993.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-991 (MAT_238)
*MAT_267
*MAT_EIGHT_CHAIN_RUBBER
This is Material Type 267. This is an advanced rubber-like model that is tailored for glassy polymers and similar materials. It is based on Arrudas eight chain model but enhanced with non
elastic properties.
Card 1
MID
RO
MU
MULL
VISPL
VISEL
Default
None
None
0.0
0.0
Card 2
YLD0
FP
GP
HP
LP
MP
NP
PMU
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 3
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
TIME
VCON
See
MULL
See
MULL
See
MULL
See
MULL
See
MULL
0.0
9.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
2-992 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_267
Card 4
Q1
B1
Q2
B2
Q3
B3
Q4
B4
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 5
K1
S1
K2
S2
K3
S3
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card 6
AOPT
MACF
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Default
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
.0.0
Card 7
V1
V2
V3
D1
D2
D3
THETA
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Variable
Type
Default
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-993 (MAT_238)
*MAT_267
Card 8-14
Variable
TAUi
BETAi
0.0
0.0
Type
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
Material identification. A unique number must be specified
RO
Mass density.
Bulk modulus. To get almost incompressible behavior set this to one or

two orders of magnitude higher than MU. Note that the poisons ratio
8 c
should be kept at a realistic value. =
.
8(
O c)
MU
Shear modulus. MU is the product of the number of molecular chains

per unit volume (n), Boltzmanns constant (k) and the absolute temperature (T). Thus MU=nkT.
MULL
Parameter describing which softening algorithm that shall be used.

EQ.1: Strain based Mullins effect from Qi and Boyce, see theory section
below for details
M1 = A (Qi recommends 3.5)
M2 = B (Qi recommends 18.0)
M3 = Z (Qi recommends 0.7)
M4 = vs (between 0 and 1 and less than vss)
M5 = vss (between 0 and 1 and greater than vs)
EQ.2: Energy based Mullins, a modified version of Roxburgh and Ogden model. M1 > 0, M2 > 0 and M3 > 0 must be set. See Theory section
for details.
VISPL
Parameter describing which viscoplastic formulation that should be

used, see the theory section for details.
EQ.0: No viscoplasticity.
EQ.1: 2 parameters standard model, K1 and S1 must be set.
EQ.2: 6 parameters GSells model, K1,K2,K3,S1,S2 and S3 must be set.
EQ.3: 4 parameters Strain hardening model, K1,K2,S1,S2 must be set.
VISEL
Option for viscoelastic behavior, see the theory section for details.
EQ.0: No viscoelasticity.
2-994 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_267
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EQ.1: Free energy formulation based on Holzapfel and Ogden.

EQ.2: Formulation based on stiffness ratios from Simo et al.
YLD0

EQ.0.0: No plasticity
GT.0.0: Initial yield stress. Hardening is defined seperataly.
LT.0.0: -YLD0 is taken as the load curve ID for the yield stress versus
effective plastic strain.
FP-NP
Parameters for Hills general yield surface. For von mises yield criteria
set FP=GP=HP=0.5 and LP=MP=NP=1.5.
PMU
Kinematic hardening parameter. It is usually equal to MU.
M1-M5
Mullins parameters
MULL.EQ.1: M1-M5 are used
MULL.EQ.2: M1-M3 are used.
TIME
A time filter that is used to smoothen out the time derivate of the strain
invariant over a TIME interval. Default is no smoothening but a value
100*TIMESTEP is recommended.
VCON
A material constant for the volumetric part of the strain energy. Default
9.0 but any value can be used to tailor the volumetric response. For example -2.
Q1-B4
Voce hardening parameters
K1-S3
Viscoplastic parameters.
VISPL.EQ.1: K1 and S1 are used.
VISPL.EQ.2: K1, S1, K2, S2, K3 and S3 are used.
VISPL.EQ.3: K1, S1 and K2 are used.
AOPT
Material axes option (see *MAT_OPTIONTROPIC_ELASTIC,

*MAT_002) for a more complete description.
EQ.0.0: Locally orthotropic with material axes defined by element nodes
1, 2 and 4.
EQ.1.0: Locally orthotropic with material axes determined by a point in
space and the global location of the element center; this is the adirection.
EQ.2.0: Globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors
defined below.
EQ.3.0: Locally orthotropic material axes determined by rotating the
material axes about the element normal by and angle THETA. The angle
is defined from the line in the plane that is defined by the cross product
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-995 (MAT_238)
*MAT_267
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
of the vector v with the element normal. The plane of a solid is defined
as the midsurface between the inner surface and the outer surface defined by the first 4 nodes and last 4 nodes.
EQ.4.0: Locally orthotropic in cylindrical coordinate system with the
material axes determined by a vector v and an originating point P.
MACF
Material axes change flag

EQ.1.0: No change (default)
EQ.2.0: Switch axes a and b
EQ.3.0: Switch axes a and c
EQ.4.0: Switch axes b and c
XP,YP,ZP
Define coordinates for point P for AOPT = 1 and 4
A1,A2,A3
D1,D2,D3
Define components of vector d for AOPT = 2
V1,V2,V3
Define components of vector v for AOPT = 3 and 4
TAUi
BETAi/
GAMMAi
Relaxation time. A maximum of 6 values can be used.

VISEL.EQ.1: Dissipating energy factors.(see Holzapfel)
VISEL.EQ.2: Gamma factors (see Simo)
Basic theory
This model is based on the work done by Arruda and Boyce [1993], in particular Arrudas thesis
[1992]. The eight chain rubber model is based on hyper elasticity and it is formulated by using
strain invariants. The strain softening is taken from work done by Qi and Boyce [2004], where
the strain energy used is defined as
= + B7 = z + 7ln
)QO
C + 8 = + 8 ,
where the amplified chain stretch is given by = = 8 1 + 1and

z=
where 8 = 3, is the initial modulus of the soft domain, N is the number of rigid links between crosslinks of the soft domain region. = 1 + h(1 + ) + k(1 + )8 , is a general polynomial describing the interaction between the soft and the hard phases (Qi and Boyce [2004] and
Tobin and Mullins [1957]). The compressible behavior is described by the strain energy.
2-996 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_267
8 =
}con
5}con ln0 +
con
16
Where J is the determinant of the elastic deformation gradient Fe. The Cauchy stress is then
computed as:
2 ? 1
+ 7
= #
# = # ( + )# ? =
0 #
0
30 =
1
1
=
2
51 . 6
5 6 5'# 6
6+
3
0 con
0+con
7
where and are second Piola-Kirchhoff stresses based on and 8 respectively.

Mullins effect
Two models for the Mullins effect are implemented.

MULL.EQ.1: The strain softening is developed by the evolution law taken from Boyce 2004:
+ = (+ + )

= ,
where Z is a parameter that characterizes the evolution in + with increasing

= . The parame
ter + is the saturation value of + . Note that = is the maximum of = from the past:
0

=
=
=
= <
=
.
= > =
The structure now evolves with the deformation. The dissipation inequality requires that the evolution of the structure is irreversible+ 0. See Qi and Boyce [2004].
MULL.EQ.2: The energy driven model based on Ogden and Roxburgh. When activated the
strain eergy is automatically transformed to a standard eight chain model. That is, the variables
Z, vs and X is automatically set to 0, 1 and 1 respectively. The stress is multiplicative split of the
true stress and the softening factor .
D = !D, ! = 1
erf
@
@N
N
8@
N
Viscoelasticity
VISEL=1: The viscoelasticity is based on work dine by Holzapfel (2004)

+
= 2z
= z
f #
where y is the number of viscoelastic terms (0, 1,, 6).
VISEL=2 With this option the evolution is based on work done by Simo and Hughes (2000).
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-997 (MAT_238)
*MAT_267
+
a
a
=2
=
f #
The the number of Prony terms is restricted to maximum 6 and > 0, > 0.
The Cauchy stress is obtained by a push forward operation on the total second Piola-Kirchhoff
stress.
= # # ? .
/
Viscoplasticity
The plasticity is based on the general Hills yield surface

8
Deff
= (D88 D )8 + (D
D )8 + i(D D88 )8 + 2 D 88 + 2 D88 + 27D 8
and the hardening is either based on a load curve ID (-YLD0) or an extended Voce hardening
Dyld = Dyld0 +
(1 4 oN R ) +
The yield criterion is written
8 (1
4 oP R ) +
(1 4 o R ) +
W (1
4 o| R ).
S = Deff Dyld 0.
Adding the viscoplastic phenomena, we simply add one evolution equation for the effective plastic strain rate. Three different formulations is available.
VISPL=1:
=
Qvp
tN
where K1 and S1 are viscoplastic material parameters.
VISPL=2:
Qvp =
# >N vp vRP # P dc
Where K1, K2, K3, S1, S2 and S3 are viscoplastic parameters
VISPL=3:
Qvp =
tN
Qvp +
tP
Where K1, K2, S1 and S2 are viscoplastic parameters.
2-998 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_267
Kinematic hardening
The back stress is calculated similar to the Cauchy stress above but without the softening factors:
=
is
7
30 =
=
1
5 6 5 6
3
7
a hardening material parameter (PMU). The total Piola-Kirchhoff stress is now given by
= and the total stress is given by a standard push forward operation with the elastic deformation gradient.
Remarks:
The parameter PMU is usually taken the same as MU.

For the case of a dilute solution the Mullins parameter A should be equal to 3.5. See Qi
and Boyce [2004].
For a system with well dispersed particles B should somewhere around 18. See Qi and
Boyce [2004].
References:
Qi HJ., Boyce MC., Constitutive model for stretch-induced softening of stress-stretch behavior
of elastomeric materials, Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids, 52, 2187-2205, 2004.
Arrude EM., Characterization of the strain hardening response of amorphous polymers, PhD
Thesis, MIT, 1992.
Mullins L., Tobin NR., Theoretical model for the elastic behavior of filler reinforced vulcanized
rubber, Rubber Chem. Technol., 30, 555-571, 1957.
Ogden RW. Roxburgh DG., A pseudo-elastic model for the Mullins effect in Filled rubber., Proc.
R. Soc. Lond. A., 455, 2861-2877, 1999.
Simo JC., Hughes TJR., Computational Inelasticity, Springer, New York, 2000.
Holzapfel GA., Nonlinear Solid Mechanics, Wiley, New-York, 2000.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-999 (MAT_238)
*MAT_269
*MAT_BERGSTROM_BOYCE_RUBBER
This is material type 269. This is a rubber model based on the Arruda and Boyce (1993) chain
model accompanied with a viscoelastic contribution according to Bergstrm and Boyce (1998).
The viscoelastic treatment is based on the physical response of a single entangled chain in an
embedded polymer gel matrix and the implementation is based on Dal and Kaliske (2009). This
model is only available for solid elements.
Card 1
Variable
MID
RO
GV
NV
Type
A8
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Card 2
Variable
GAMMA0
TAUH
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
GV
N
NV
2-1000 (MAT_238)
Viscoelastic shear modulus

Elastic segment number
Viscoelastic segment number
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_269
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Inelastic strain exponent, should be less than zero
Inelastic stress exponent
TAUH
Reference Kirchhoff stress
Remarks:
The deviatoric Kirchhoff stress for this model is the sum of an elastic and viscoelastic part according to
= # + .
The elastic part is governed by the Arruda-Boyce strain energy potential resulting in the following expression (after a Pade approximation of the Langevin function)
3 8
/(S )

# =
S
3 1 8
3
Here G is the elastic shear modulus,
S = 0 8/ ?
0 = det
is the unimodular left Cauchy-Green tensor, and

8 =
is the relative network stretch.
/(S )

37
The viscoelastic stress is based on a multiplicative split of the unimodular deformation gradient
into unimodular elastic and inelastic parts, respectively,
and we define
= # E
S# = # #?
to be the elastic left Cauchy-Green tensor. The viscoelastic stress is given as

. 3 8.
/(S# )
. =
6
5S#
8
3 1 .
3
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1001 (MAT_238)
*MAT_269
where
8. =
/(S# )
37.
is the relative network stretch for the viscoelastic part. The evolution of the elastic left CauchyGreen tensor can be written
S # = S# + S# ? 2E S#
where the inelastic rate-of-deformation tensor is given as

E = a (E 0.999)=
and
.
2
.
.
/( )
is the deviatoric velocity gradient. The stretch of a single chain relaxing in a polymer is linked to
the inelastic right Cauchy-Green tensor as
8E =
/(E? E )
1,
3
and this stretch is available as the plastic strain variable in the post processing of this material.
The volumetric part is elastic and governed by the bulk modulus, the pressure for this model is
given as
e=
2-1002 (MAT_238)
(0
1).
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_270
*MAT_CWM
*MAT_CWM
This is material type 270. This is a thermo-elastic-plastic model with kinematic hardening that
allows for material creation as well as annealing triggered by temperature. The acronym CWM
stands for Computational Welding Mechanics and the model is intended to be used for simulating multistage weld processes. This model is only available for solid elements.
Card 1
Variable
MID
RO
LCEM
LCPR
LCSY
LCHR
LCAT
BETA
Type
A8
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Card 2
Variable
TASTART
TAEND
TLSTART
TLEND
EGHOST
PGHOST
AGHOST
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Material density
LCEM
Load curve for Youngs modulus as function of temperature
LCPR
Load curve for Poissons ratio as function of temperature
LCSY
Load curve for yield stress as function of temperature
LCHR
Load curve for hardening modulus as function of temperature
LCAT
Load curve for thermal expansion coefficient as function of temperature
BETA
Fraction isotropic hardening between 0 and 1
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1003 (MAT_238)
*MAT_270
*MAT_CWM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
EQ.0.: Kinematic hardening

EQ.1.: Isotropic hardening
TASTART
Annealing temperature start
TAEND
Annealing temperature end
TLSTART
Birth temperature start
TLEND
Birth temperature end
EGHOST
Youngs modulus for ghost (quiet) material
PGHOST
Poissons ratio for ghost (quiet) material
AGHOST
Thermal expansion coefficient for ghost (quiet) material
Remarks:
This material is initially in a quiet state, sometimes referred to as a ghost material. In this state
the material has the thermo-elastic properties defined by the quiet Youngs modulus, quiet Poissons ratio and quiet thermal expansion coefficient. These should represent void, i.e., the
Youngs modulus should be small enough to not influence the surroundings but large enough to
avoid numerical problems. A quiet material stress should never reach the yield point. When the
temperature reaches the birth temperature, a history variable representing the indicator of the
welding material is incremented. This variable follows
a(f) = min 1, max& a(),
/ /start
/end /start
This parameter is available as history variable 9 in the output database. The effective thermoelastic material properties are interpolated as
, = ,(/)a + ,bE#& (1 a)
} = }(/)a + }bE#& (1 a)
y = y(/)a + ybE#& (1 a)
where E, and are the Youngs modulus, Poissons ratio and thermal expansion coefficient,
respectively. The stress update then follows a classical isotropic associative thermo-elasticplastic approach with kinematic hardening that is summarized in the following. The explicit temperature dependence is sometimes dropped for the sake of clarity.
The stress evolution is given as
2-1004 (MAT_238)
= ?
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_270
*MAT_CWM
where C is the effective elastic constitutive tensor and
? = y/
3
= Q
2 D
are the thermal and plastic strain rates, respectively. The latter expression includes the deviatoric
stress
1
= /(),
3
the back stress and the effective stress
3
D = k ( ): ( )
2
that are involved in the plastic equations. To this end, the effective yield stress is given as
Dj = Dj (/) + zi(/)Q
and plastic strains evolve when the effective stress exceeds this value. The back stress evolves as
= (1 z)i(/)Q
where Q is the rate of effective plastic strain that follows from consistency equations.
When the temperature reaches the start annealing temperature, the material starts assuming its
virgin properties. Beyond the start annealing temperature it behaves as an ideal elastic-plastic
material but with no evolution of plastic strains. The resetting of effective plastic properties in
the annealing temperature interval is done by modifying the effective plastic strain and back
stress before the stress update as
QO = Q max 0, min 1,
O = max 0, min 1,
LS-DYNA Version 971
/ /end
/start /end
/ /end
/start /end
2-1005 (MAT_238)
*MAT_271
*MAT_POWDER
*MAT_POWDER
This is material type 271. This model is used to analyze the compaction and sintering of cemented carbides and the model is based on the works of Brandt (1998). This material is only available
for solid elements.
Card 1
Variable
MID
RO
P11
P22
P33
P12
P23
P13
Type
A8
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Card 2
Variable
E0
LCK
PR
LCX
LCY
LCC
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Card 3
Variable
CA
CD
CV
LCH
LCFI
SINT
TZRO
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
0.0
NONE
2-1006 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_271
*MAT_POWDER
If SINT.EQ.1. then define the following two cards
Card 4
Variable
LCFK
LCFS2
DV1
DV2
DS1
DS2
OMEGA
RGAS
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Card 5
Variable
LCPR
LCFS3
LCTAU
ALPHA
LCFS1
GAMMA
L0
LCFKS
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
PIJ
Initial compactness tensor Pij
E0
Initial anisotropy variable e (value between 1 and 2)
LCK
PR
Load curve for bulk modulus K as function of relative density d

Poissons ratio
LCX
Load curve for hydrostatic compressive yield X as function of relative

density d
LCY
Load curve for uniaxial compressive yield Y as function of relative density d
LCC
Load curve for shear yield C0 as function of relative density d
L
LS-DYNA Version 971
Yield surface parameter L relating hydrostatic compressive yield to point

2-1007 (MAT_238)
*MAT_271
*MAT_POWDER
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
on hydrostatic axis with maximum strength

R
Yield surface parameter R governing the shape of the yield surface
CA
Hardening parameter ca
CD
Hardening parameter cd
CV
Hardening parameter cv
Hardening exponent p
LCH
Load curve giving back stress parameter H as function of hardening parameter e.
LCFI
Load curve giving plastic strain evolution angle as function of relative

volumetric stress.
SINT
Activate sintering
EQ.0.0: Sintering off
EQ.1.0: Sintering on
TZRO
Absolute zero temperature T0
LCFK
Load curve fK for viscous compliance as function of relative density d
LCFS2
Load curve fS2 for viscous compliance as function of temperature T
DV1
Volume diffusion coefficient dV1
DV2
Volume diffusion coefficient dV2
DS1
Surface diffusion coefficient dS1
DS2
Surface diffusion coefficient dS2
OMEGA
Blending parameter
RGAS
Universal gas constant Rgas
LCPR
Load curve for viscous Poissons ratio v as function of relative density d
LCFS3
Load curve fS3 for evolution of mobility factor as function of temperature

T
LCTAU
Load curve for relaxation time as function of temperature T
ALPHA
Thermal expansion coefficient
2-1008 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_271
*MAT_POWDER
VARIABLE
LCFS1
GAMMA
L0
LCFKS
DESCRIPTION
Load curve fS1 for sintering stress scaling as function of relative density
d
Surface energy density affecting sintering stress
Grain size l0 affecting sintering stress
Load curve fKS scaling bulk modulus as function of temperature T
Remarks:
This model is intended to be used in two stages. During the first step the compaction of a powder
specimen is simulated after which the results are dumped to file, and in a subsequent step the
model is restarted for simulating sintering of the compacted specimen. In the following, an overview of the two different models is given, for a detailed description we refer to Brandt (1998).
The progressive stiffening in the material during compaction makes it more or less necessary to
run double precision and with constraint contacts to avoid instabilities, unfortunately this currently limitates the use of this material to the smp version of LS-DYNA.
The powder compaction model makes use of a multiplicative split of the deformation gradient
into a plastic and elastic part according to
= #
where the plastic deformation gradient maps the initial reference configuration to an intermediate
relaxed configuration
J = J
and subsequently the elastic part maps this onto the current loaded configuration
J = # J
The compactness tensor is introduced that maps the intermediate configuration onto a virtual fully compacted configuration
and we define the relative density as
J = TJ
= detT =
"
"
where " and " denotes the current and fully compacted density, respectively. The elastic properties depend highly on the relative density through the bulk modulus ( ) but the Poissons ratio
is assumed constant.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1009 (MAT_238)
*MAT_271
*MAT_POWDER
Y(d)
n
(J1/X(d))
C0(d)
max=(L-1)X(d)/R
Y(d)
-J1
-J1=VM
-X(d)L
-X(d)
The yield surface is represented by two functions in the Rendulic plane according to
- ( ) - ( )0 -8 ( )08
Dj ( ) = Q(( 1)( ))8 (0 ( ))8
0 ( )
0 < ( )
and is in this way capped in both compression and tension, here

0 = 3D
= /().
The polynomial coefficients in the expression above are chosen to give continuity at 0 = ( )
and to give the uniaxial compressive strength Y(d). Yielding is assumed to occur when the equivalent stress (note the definition) equals the yield stress
Deq =
where
1
= k : Dj ( )
2
3
= UVWVX
D
^
in which the last term is the back stress to be dealt with below. The yield surface does not depend
on the third stress invariant. The plastic flow is non-assosiated and its direction is given by
where
2-1010 (MAT_238)
R = 5
cos2
sin2
sin2
6
cos2
Dj ( ) Dj
=
D 0
1
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_271
*MAT_POWDER
is the normal to the yield surface as depicted in the Rendulic plane above (note the sign of J1).
The angle is a function of and defined only for positive values of the relative volumetric stress
J1/X(d)>0, for negative values is determined internally to achieve smoothness in the plastic
flow direction and such that avoid numerical problems at the tensile cap point. The above equations are for illustrative purposes, from now on the plastic flow direction is generalized to a second order tensor. The plastic flow rule is then
= R
= Q
Q = /( )
The evolution of the compactness tensor is directly related to the evolution of plastic strain as
1
T = T + T
2
and thus the relative density is given by
= 3Q .
The back stress is assumed coaxial with the deviatoric part of the compactness tensor and given
by
= 0 i(4) 5T
/(T)
6
6
3
where e is a measure of intensity of anisotropy. This takes a value between 1 and 2 and evolves
with plastic strain and plastic work according to
where
1
4 = k : . 0 Q
2
( , 0 ) + : ( , 0 )
0
( ,0 ) = 5
6
( )
(x)
x
3x
and d0 is the density in the initial uncompressed configuration. The stress update is completed by
the rate equation of stress
= ( ):
where C(d) is the elastic constitutive matrix.
The sintering model is a thermo- and viscoelastic model where the evolution of the mean and
deviatoric stress can be written as
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1011 (MAT_238)
*MAT_271
*MAT_POWDER
D
=3
Q Q? Q
= 2
The thermal strain rate is given by the thermal expansion coefficient as

Q? = y/
and the bulk and shear modulus are the same as for the compaction model with the exception that
they are scaled by a temperature curve
= S t (/) ( )
3(1 2})
=
2(1 + })
The inelastic strain rates are different from the compaction model and is here given by
=
D D
3 .
2 .
which results in a viscoelastic behavior depending on the viscous compliance and sintering
stress. The viscous bulk compliance can be written
1
= 3S ( ) o
exp
+
(/ / )
8
exp
p (1 + St8 (/)x)
(/ / )
t8
from which the viscous shear compliance is modified with aid of the viscous Poissons ratio
2(1 + } . ( )) 1
1
=
.
. 3(1 2} . ( )) .
The mobility factor evolves with temperature according to

x =
and the sintering stress is given as
St (/)/ x
(/)
a
D = St ( ) .
3
All this is accompanied with, again, the evolution of relative density given as
= 3Q
2-1012 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_272
*MAT_RHT
*MAT_RHT
This is material type 272. This model is used to analyze concrete structures subjected to impulsive loadings, see Riedel et.al. (1999) and Riedel (2004).
Card 1
Varriable
MID
RO
SHEAR
ONEMPA
EPSF
B0
B1
T1
Type
A8
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
1.0
2.0
NONE
NONE
NONE
Card 2
Variable
FC
FS*
FT*
Q0
T2
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Card 3
Varriable
E0C
E0T
EC
ET
BETAC
BETAT
PTF
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
See remarks
See remarks
0.001
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1013 (MAT_238)
*MAT_272
*MAT_RHT
Card 4
Variable
GC*
GT*
XI
D1
D2
EPM
AF
NF
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
Card 5
Variable
GAMMA
A1
A2
A3
PEL
PCO
NP
ALPHA0
Type
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
SHEAR
ONEMPA
EPSF

Unit conversion factor defining 1 Mpa in the pressure units used. It can
also be used for automatic generation of material parameters for a given
compressive strength. (See remarks)
EQ.0: Defaults to 1.0
EQ.-1: Parameters generated in m, s and kg (Pa)
EQ.-2: Parameters generated in mm, s and tonne (MPa)
EQ.-3: Parameters generated in mm, ms and kg (GPa)
EQ.-4: Parameters generated in in, s and dozens of slugs (psi)
EQ.-5: Parameters generated in mm, ms and g (MPa)
Eroding plastic strain
B0
Parameter for polynomial EOS
B1
2-1014 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_272
*MAT_RHT
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
T1
Failure surface parameter A
Failure surface parameter N
FC
Compressive strength.
FS*
Relative shear strength
FT*
Relative tensile strength
Q0
Lode angle dependence factor
Lode angle dependence factor
T2
E0C
Reference compressive strain rate
E0T
Reference tensile strain rate
EC
Break compressive strain rate
ET
Break tensile strain rate
BETAC
Compressive strain rate dependence exponent (optional)
BETAT
Tensile strain rate dependence exponent (optional)
PTF
Pressure influence on plastic flow in tension
GC*
Compressive yield surface parameter
GT*
Tensile yield surface parameter
XI
Shear modulus reduction factor
D1
Damage parameter
D2
Damage parameter
EPM
Minimum damaged residual strain
AF
Residual surface parameter
NF
Residual surface parameter
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1015 (MAT_238)
*MAT_272
*MAT_RHT
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
Gruneisen gamma
GAMMA
A1
A2
A3
PEL
Crush pressure
PCO
Compaction pressure
Porosity exponent
NP
Initial porosity
ALPHA
Remarks:
In the RHT model, the shear and pressure part is coupled in which the pressure is described by
the Mie-Gruneisen form with a polynomial Hugoniot curve and a p- compaction relation. For
the compaction model, we define a history variable representing the porosity y that is initialized
to y > 1. This variable represents the current fraction of density between the matrix material
and the porous concrete and will decrease with increasing pressure. The evolution of this variable is given as
ecomp e()
y(f) = max J1, min y , min& 1 + (y 1)
O
ecomp eel
where e(f) indicates the pressure at time t. This expression also involves the initial pore crush
pressure eel , compaction pressure ecomp and porosity exponent 7. For later use, we define the
cap pressure, or current pore crush pressure, as
y1
e= = ecomp (ecomp eel ) s
w
y 1
The remainder of the pressure (EOS) model is given in terms of the density and specific internal
energy. Depending on user inputs, it is either governed by (k > 0)
or (k = 0)
2-1016 (MAT_238)
e(", 4) =
1 (k + k !)y"4 + h ! + h8 ! 8 + h !
y k y"4 + / ! + /8 ! 8
!>0
!<0
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_272
*MAT_RHT
e(", 4) = "4 +
1
1
e (!) s1 !w
y
2
e (!) = h ! + h8 ! 8 + h !
together with
!(") =
For the shear strength description we use
y"
1.
y "
e =
e
.
S=
as the pressure normalized with the compressive strength parameter. We also use s to denote the
deviatoric stress tensor and Q the plastic strain rate.
For a given stress state and rate of loading, the elastic-plastic yield surface for the RHT model is
given by
D (e , , Q , Q ) = S= D (e , (Q , e ), Q ) (, e )
and is the composition of two functions and the compressive strength parameter S= . The first describes the pressure dependence for principal stress conditions D < D8 = D and is expressed in
terms of a failure surface and normalized plastic strain as
D (e ,
with
The failure surface is given as

D$ (e , ) =
in which e& =
{ P $_ $(
N $( P $_
LS-DYNA Version 971
, Q )
D$ (
e
, )a
a
a = Q + 1 Q # = .
he /3 + (h/ )
S / + 3e (1 S /
S /
3e
)
> 3e 0
S
) 0 > 3e 3e&
3e (1/ 8
S&
3e& > 3e
is the failure cut-off pressure, is a dynamic increment factor and

= (/6,0)
= (e )
2-1017 (MAT_238)
*MAT_272
*MAT_RHT
In these expressions, S& and S are the tensile and shear strength of the concrete relative to the
compressive strength S= and the Q values are introduced to account for the tensile and shear meridian dependence. Further details are given in the following.
To describe reduced strength on shear and tensile meridian the factor
(, e ) =
2(1
)cos + (2 1)Q4(1 8 )cos8 + 5

4(1 8 )cos8 + (1 2 )8
is introduced, where is the Lode angle given by the deviatoric stress tensor s as
cos3 =
8()
{ ()
8L
D() = : .
8
The maximum reduction in strength is given as a function of relative pressure

= (e ) =
+ ke .
Finally, the strain rate dependence is given by
=
3e =
3e =
&
=
=
&
(Q , e ) = = =
& ( ) > 3e S&
&
&
& S& > 3e
in which
Q (
=
=
& Q =
Q &
a= Q
&
Q Q&
=
Q > Q&
The parameters involved in these expressions are given as (S= is in MPa below)
z= =
z& =
8 O $
8 O$
and a=/& is determined from continuity requirements, but it is also possible to choose the rate parameters via inputs.
The elastic strength parameter used above is given by
#
(e )
2-1018 (MAT_238)
&
3e = =
(
=
= + & & S&
&
=)
3e =
=
&
> 3e &

& S&
> 3e

& S& .
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_272
*MAT_RHT
while the cap of the yield surface is represented by
e e 8
= (e ) = k1 5
6
e= e
where
e= =
e =
e e=
e= > e e
e > e
Rc
$
The hardening behavior is described linearly with respect to the plastic strain, where
R
Q = min( cY , 1)
Q8 =
Rc
Here
)(
L1 ( ,,R c ,Rc
{ { )
= x
where is the shear modulus of the virgin material and x is a reduction factor representing the
hardening in the model.
When hardening states reach the ultimate strength of the concrete on the failure surface, damage
is accumulated during further inelastic loading controlled by plastic strain. To this end, the plastic strain at failure is given as
$
Q
(e (1 )e )P
&
e (1
(1
)e&
)e&
Q
+
Q
+
/P
/P
> e
The damage parameter is accumulated with plastic strain according to

=
Rc
Y
Rc
and the resulting damage surface is given as
where
D (e , , Q , 1)(1 ) + S= D (e ) e 0
e
D (e , , Q ) =
(1 )e& e < 0
D (e , , Q , 1)(1 )
e&
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1019 (MAT_238)
*MAT_272
*MAT_RHT
D (e ) = h$ (e )
Plastic flow occurs in the direction of deviatoric stress, i.e.,

~
but for tension there is an option to set the parameter PFC to a number corresponding to the influence of plastic volumetric strain. If 1 is used to denote this parameter, then for the special
case of = 1
~ e
This was introduced to reduce noise in tension that was observed on some test problems. A failure strain can be used to erode elements with severe deformation which by default is set to
200%.
For simplicity, automatic generation of material parameters is available via ONEMPA.LT.0, then
no other parameters are needed. If FC.EQ.0 then the 35 MPa strength concrete in Riedel (2004)
is generated in the units specified by the value of ONEMPA. For FC.GT.0 then FC specifies the
actual strength of the concrete in the units specified by the value of ONEMPA. The other parameters are generated by interpolating between the 35 MPa and 140 MPa strength concretes as presented in Riedel (2004). Any automatically generated parameter may be overridden by the user if
motivated, one of these parameters may be the initial porosity ALPHA0 of the concrete.
2-1020 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_273
*MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE_PLASTIC_MODEL
*MAT_CONCRETE_DAMAGE_PLASTIC_MODEL / *MAT_CDPM
This is material type 273. This is a damage plastic concrete model based on work published in
Grassl et al. (2011) and Grassl and Jirasek (2006). This model is aimed to simulations where
failure of concrete structures subjected to dynamic loadings is sought. It describes the characterization of the failure process subjected to multi-axial and rate-dependent loading. The model is
based on effective stress plasticity and with a damage model based on both plastic and elastic
strain measures. This material model is available only for solids.
There are a lot of parameters for the advanced user but note that most of them have default values that are based on experimental tests. They might not be useful for all types of concrete and
all types of load paths but they are values that can be used as a good starting point. If the default
values is not good enough the theory chapter at the end of the parameter description can be of
value.
History variables that can be exported to the database are:
1 damage function in tension
2 damage function in compression
3 number of integration points in element that have failed
Card 1
Variable
MID
RO
PR
ECC
QH0
FT
FC
Type
A8
Default
NONE
NONE
NONE
0.2
AUTO
0.3
NONE
NONE
Card 2
Variable
HP
AH
BH
CH
DH
AS
DF
FC0
Type
Default
0.5
0.08
0.003
2.0
1.0E-6
15.0
0.85
10.0
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1021 (MAT_238)
*MAT_273
Card 3
Variable
TYPE
BS
WF
WF1
FT1
STRFLG
FAILFLG
Type
Default
0.0
1.0
NONE
0.15*WF
0.3*FT
0.0
0.0
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
E
PR
ECC
QH0
Youngs modulus
Poissons ratio
Eccentricity parameter.
EQ.0.0: ECC is calculated from Jirazek and Bazant (2002) as
8
1+Z
S& (S!=
S=8 )
,-- =
,
Z=
,
S!= = 1.16S=
1Z
S!= (S=8 S&8 )
Initial hardening defined as FC0/FC where FC0 is the compressive stress

at which the initial yield surface is reached. Default = 0.3
FT
Uniaxial tensile strength (stress)
FC
Uniaxial compression strength (stress)
HP
Hardening parameter.
Must be HP < 1.0 - QH0
AH
Hardening ductility parameter 1
BH
CH
DH
AS
Ductility parameter during damage
DF
Flow rule parameter
2-1022 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_273
VARIABLE
FC0
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Rate dependent parameter

Flag for damage type.
EQ.0.0: Linear damage formulation (Default)
EQ.1.0: Bi-linear damage formulation
EQ.2.0: No damage
BS
Damage ductility exponent during damage.

Default = 1.0
WF
Tensile threshold value for linear damage formulation
WF1
Tensile threshold value for the second part of the bi-linear damage formulation.
Default = 0.15*WF
FT1
Tensile strength threshold value for bi-linear damage formulation.

Default = 0.3*FT
STRFLG
Strain rate flag.

EQ.1.0: Strain rate dependent
EQ.0.0: No strain rate dependency.
FAILFLG
Failure flag.
EQ.0.0: Not active. No erosion.
EQ.X > 0.0: Active and element will erode if wt and wc is equal to 1 in
X percent of the integration points. If X=0.60, 60% of all integration
points must fail before erosion.
Remarks:
The stress for the damage plasticity model is defined as

= (1
& )&
+ (1
= )[
where t and c are the positive and negative part of the effective stress. The scalar functions wt
and wc are damage parameters.
Plasticity
The yield surface is described by the Haigh-Westergaard coordinates: the volumetric effective
stress v, the norm of the deviatoric effective stress and the Lode angle , and it is given by
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1023 (MAT_238)
*MAT_273
S (D. , ", , U) = 91 (U):
6S=
(U)8 (U)
"
"
6S=
D.
3"
+k
S=
2 S=
8
(cos ) +
D.
8 (U)88 (U) .
S=
The variables q1 and q2 are dependent on the hardening variable . The parameter fc is the uniaxial compressive strength. The shape of the deviatoric section is controlled by the function
(cos ) =
4(1 4 8 ) cos 8 + (24 1)8
2(1 4 8 ) cos8 + (24 1)Q4(1 4 8 ) cos8 + 54 8 44
where e is the eccentricity parameter (ECC). The parameter m0 is the friction parameter and it is
defined as
3(S=8 S&8 ) 4
=
4+1
S= S&
where ft is the tensile strength.
The flow rule is non-associative which means that the direction of the plastic flow is not normal
to the yield surface. This is important for concrete since an associative flow rule would give an
overestimated maximum stress. The plastic potential is given by
(D. , ", U) = 91 (U):
where
"
6S=
"
D.
3"
+ k + (U)8 (U)
+
S=
2 S=
6S=
8
(D. , U) = h (U)k (U)S= 4
and
h =
3S& 8 (U)
+
,
2
S=
k =
8 (U)
3
ln
(D. , U)
S=
Ld bP $( /
o\ $
38 +
1 + S& /S=
2
+ ln 5
$ + 1
2$ 16
The hardening laws q1 and q2 control the shape of the yield surface and the plastic potential, and
they are defined as
(U) = 8 + (1 8 )(U 3U 8 + 3U) i (U 3U 8 + 2U),
U<1
(U) = 1, U 1
2-1024 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_273
8((U)) = 1, U < 1
8((U)) = 1 + i ((U 1), U 1
The evolution for the hardening variable is given by
4 cos 8
U =
] ]
D
8 (D. )
It sets the rate of

of the hardening variable to the norm of the plastic strain rate scaled by a ductility
measure which is defined below as
jY
bY ,
8
8 (D. ) = h8 (h8 k8 )4
8 (D. )
And finally
jY
= ,8 4 {Y + 8 , 8 < 0
,8 = k8 8 ,
Damage
8 =
(k8 8 )-8

h8 k8
Damage is initialized when the equivalent strain reaches Q the threshold value Q = S& , where
the equivalent strain is defined as
Q =
"
Q8
D
(1) + + k
2
S=
4
6S=
"
3Q 8 "8
D
(1) + +
(1
S=
2S=8
6S=
8
For linear damage type the stress value S& and the failure strain $ must be defined and for the
bi-linear
linear type two additional parameters must be defined, see figure below how the stress softe
softening is controlled by the input parameters.
S&
S&
LS-DYNA
DYNA Version 971
QE
S&
QE
2-1025 (MAT_238)
*MAT_273
The variable QE is called the inelastic strain and is defined as the sum of the irreversible plastic
strain Q and the reversible strain & Q Q (in compression = Q Q ). To get the influence
of multi-axial stress states on the softening a damage ductility measure is added:
o_
= 1 + (h 1)
Where h and k are input parameters, and
6D.
,
D. < 0 and = 0,
D. > 0
=
"
The inelastic strain is then modified according:
QE
QE =
Strain rate
Concrete is strongly rate dependent. If the loading rate is increased, the tensile and compressive
strength increase and are more prominent in tension then in compression. The dependency is taken into account by an additional variable y 1. The rate dependency is included by scaling
both the equivalent strain rate and the inelastic strain. The rate parameter is defined by
y = (1 = #E ) y & + = #E y =
Where X is continuous compression measure (= 1 means only compression, = 0 means only tension) and for tension we have
1 for Q < 30 10 Y
4(
5Q 6 for 30 10 Y < Q
< 1
Q&
y&=

z 5Q 6 for Q
> 1
& Q&
where J& =
O$ /$
, z& = 4 Y4(
rate factor is given by
where J= =
and Q& = 1 10 Y
1 for |Q
|Q E |
6
Q=
. 8Y4
E |
. For compression the corresponding
< 30 10 Y
for 30 10
< |Q
E |
< 1
z 5|Q E |6 for | Q | > 30

E
= Q=
, z= = 4 Y. XY4 8 and Q= = 30 10 Y . The parameter S= is an input
XO<$ /$
parameter that have a default value of 10.
2-1026 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_276
*MAT_CHRONOLOGICAL_VISCOELASTIC
rubbers and solid explosives. It is similar to Material Type 76 but allows the incorporation of aging effects on the material properties. Either the coefficients of the prony series expansion or a
relaxation curve may be specified to define the viscoelastic deviatoric and bulk behavior.
The material model can also be used with laminated shell. Either an elastic or viscoelastic layer
can be defined with the laminated formulation. To activate laminated shell you need the laminated formulation flag on *CONTROL_SHELL. With the laminated option a user defined integration rule is needed.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
BULK
PCF
EF
TREF
A8
Card 2
Variable
Type
LCID
NT
BSTART
TRAMP
LCIDK
NTK
BSTART
K
TRAMPK
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1027 (MAT_238)
*MAT_276
If an elastic layer is defined you only need to define GI and KI (note in an elastic layer only one card is needed)
Optional
Cards
Variable
GI
BETAI
KI
BETAKI
Type
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
RO
Mass density.
BULK
PCF
EF
TREF
A
B

Chronological coefficient y(f ). See Remarks below.
Chronological coefficient z(f ). See Remarks below.
LCID
NT

BSTART

TRAMP
2-1028 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_276
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
LCIDK
NTK

BSTARTK

2, 4 is 10 times 3 , and so on. If zero, BSTARTK is determined
by an iterative trial and error scheme.
TRAMPK

GI
BETAI
KI
BETAKI
Remarks:
The Cauchy stress, D3 , is related to the strain rate by

D3 (f) = eJ3 + 0
33 (f )
Q3()
(1)
For this model, it is postulated that the mathematical form is preserved in the constitutive equation for aging; however two new material functions, ,0 (fx ) and ,1 (fx , f) are introduced to replace 0 and 1 (f), which is expressed in terms of a Prony series as in material model 76,
*MAT_GENERAL_VISCOELASTIC. The aging time is denoted by fx .
D3 (fx , f) = eJ3 + 0f
(2)
where
,
(f , f)
33 x
(3)
= y(fx )
33
Q ()
(f , f ) 3
33 x
9z(fx )f:.
where y(f ) and z(f ) are two new material properties that are functions of the aging time fx .
The material properties functions y(f ) and z(f ) will be determined with the experimental results. For determination of y(f ) and z(f ), Eq. (2) can be written in the following form
logDEF eJEF &
LS-DYNA Version 971
r ,&
= logy(f ) + logDEF eJEF &
r'
,&[
2-1029 (MAT_238)
*MAT_276
logx = logz(f ) + logf
(4)
Therefore, if one plots the stress versus time on log-log scales, with the vertical axis being the
stress and the horizontal axis being the time, then the stress-relaxation curve for any aged time
history can be obtained directly from the stress-relaxation curve at fx = 0 by imposing a vertical
shift and a horizontal shift on the stress-relaxation curves. The vertical shift and the horizontal
shift are logy(f ) and logz(f ) respectively.
2-1030 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_ALE_VACUUM
*MAT_ALE_01
*MAT_ALE_VACUUM
See *MAT_VACUUM or *MAT_140.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1031 (MAT_238)
*MAT_ALE_02
This may also be referred to as *MAT_ALE_02. This model is used to simulate thermally equilibrated ideal gas mixtures. This only works with the multi-material ALE formulation
(ELFORM=11 in *SECTION_SOLID). This keyword needs to be used together with
*INITIAL_GAS_MIXTURE for the initialization of gas densities and temperatures. When applied in the context of ALE airbag modeling, the injection of inflator gas is done with a
*SECTION_POINT_SOURCE_MIXTURE command which controls the injection process.
This is an identical material model to the *MAT_GAS_MIXTURE model.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
IADIAB
RUNIV
A8
none
0.0
Remark
Card 2: Method (A) RUNIV=BLANK or 0.0 Per-mass unit is used

Card 2
Variable
Type
Default
CVmass1
CVmass2
CVmass3
CVmass4
CVmass5
CVmass6
CVmass7
Cvmass8
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
None
Remark
2-1032 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_ALE_02
Card 3: Method (A) RUNIV=BLANK or 0.0 Per-mass unit is used

Card 3
Variable
Type
Default
CPmass1
CPmass2
CPmass3
CPmass4
CPmass5
CPmass6
CPmass7
Cpmass8
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
None
Remark

Card 2
Variable
Type
MOLWT1 MOLWT2 MOLWT3 MOLWT4 MOLWT5 MOLWT6 MOLWT7 MOLWT8

F
Default
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
None
Remark
Card 3: Method (B) RUNIV is nonzero Per-mole unit is used

Card 3
CPmole1
CPmole2
CPmole3
CPmole4
CPmole5
CPmole6
Cpmole7
CPmole8
Default
none
none
none
none
None
none
none
None
Remark
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1033 (MAT_238)
*MAT_ALE_02

Card 4
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
Default
none
none
none
none
None
none
none
None
Remark
Variable
Type

Card 5
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
Default
none
none
none
none
None
none
none
None
Remark
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
IADIAB
This flag (default=0) is used to turn ON/OFF adiabatic compression

logics for an ideal gas (remark 5).
EQ.0: OFF (default)
EQ.1: ON
RUNIV
Universal gas constant in per-mole unit (8.31447 J/(mole*K)).
CVmass1CVmass8
If RUNIV is BLANK or zero (method A): Heat capacity at constant volume for up to eight different gases in per-mass unit.
CPmass1CPmass8
If RUNIV is BLANK or zero (method A): Heat capacity at constant

pressure for up to eight different gases in per-mass unit.
2-1034 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_ALE_02
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MOLWT1MOLWT8
If RUNIV is nonzero (method B): Molecular weight of each ideal gas in

the mixture (mass-unit/mole).
CPmole1CPmole8
If RUNIV is nonzero (method B): Heat capacity at constant pressure for

up to eight different gases in per-mole unit. These are nominal heat capacity values typically at STP. These are denoted by the variable A in
the equation in remark 2.
B1-B8
If RUNIV is nonzero (method B): First order coefficient for a temperature dependent heat capacity at constant pressure for up to eight different
gases. These are denoted by the variable B in the equation in remark
2.
C1-C8
If RUNIV is nonzero (method B): Second order coefficient for a temperature dependent heat capacity at constant pressure for up to eight different gases. These are denoted by the variable C in the equation in remark 2.
Remarks:
1.
There are 2 methods of defining the gas properties for the mixture. If RUNIV is BLANK
or ZERO Method (A) is used to define constant heat capacities where per-mass unit
values of Cv and Cp are input. Only cards 2 and 3 are required for this method. Method
(B) is used to define constant or temperature dependent heat capacities where per-mole
unit values of Cp are input. Cards 2-5 are required for this method.
2.
The per-mass-unit, temperature-dependent, constant-pressure heat capacity is

- (/) =
9mOo?Ob? P :
h = -A ~ 0( 134 )
k~ 0( 134
-~ 0( 134
)
)
The units shown are only for demonstration of the equation.
3.
The initial temperature and the density of the gas species present in a mesh or part at time
zero is specified by the keyword *INITIAL_GAS_MIXTURE.
4.
The ideal gas mixture is assumed to be thermal equilibrium, that is, all species are at the
same temperature (T). The gases in the mixture are also assumed to follow Daltons Parngas
tial Pressure Law, ; = E ;E . The partial pressure of each gas is then ;E = "E gas /
E
where E = univ . The individual gas species temperature equals the mixture tempera
ture. The temperature is computed from the internal energy where the mixture internal
energy per unit volume is used,
j
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1035 (MAT_238)
*MAT_ALE_02
4 =
ngas
E
/ = /E =
"E - /E =
4
ngas
"E E
ngas
E
"E - /
In general, the advection step conserves momentum and internal energy, but not kinetic
energy. This can result in energy lost in the system and lead to a pressure drop. In
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE the dissipated kinetic energy is automatically stored in the internal energy. Thus in effect the total energy is conserved instead of conserving just the
internal energy. This numerical scheme has been shown to improve accuracy in some
cases. However, the user should always be vigilant and check the physics of the problem
closely.
5.
As an example consider an airbag surrounded by ambient air. As the inflator gas flows
into the bag, the ALE elements cut by the airbag fabric shell elements will contain some
inflator gas inside and some ambient air outside. The multi-material element treatment is
not perfect. Consequently the temperature of the outside air may, occasionally, be made
artificially high after the multi-material element treatment. To prevent the outside ambient air from getting artificially high T, set IDIAB=1 for the ambient air outside. Simple
adiabatic compression equation is then assumed for the outside air. The use of this flag
may be needed, but only when that outside air is modeled by the
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE card.
Example:
Consider a tank test model where the Lagrangian tank (Part S1) is surrounded by an ALE air
mesh (Part H4=AMMGID 1). There are 2 ALE parts which are defined but initially have no
corresponding mesh: part 5 (H5=AMMGID 2) is the resident gas inside the tank at t = 0, and
part 6 (H6=AMMGID 2) is the inflator gas(es) which is injected into the tank when t > 0.
AMMGID stands for ALE Multi-Material Group ID. Please see Figure 2-120 and input below. The *MAT_GAS_MIXTURE (MGM) card defines the gas properties of ALE parts H5
& H6. The MGM card input for both method (A) and (B) are shown.
The *INITIAL_GAS_MIXTURE card is also shown. It basically specifies that AMMGID 2
may be present in part or mesh H4 at t=0, and the initial density of this gas is defined in the
rho1 position which corresponds to the 1st material in the mixture (or H5, the resident gas).
2-1036 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_ALE_02
Example configuration:
Cut-off view
S1= tank
H4=AMMG1=background
outside air (initially defined
ALE mesh)
H5=AMMG2=initial gas inside

the tank (this has no initial
mesh)
H6=AMMG2=inflator
gas(es)
injected in (this has no initial
mesh)
Figure 2-120.
Sample input:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------*PART
H5 = initial gas inside the tank
$
PID
SECID
MID
EOSID
HGID
GRAV
ADPOPT
TMID
5
5
5
0
5
0
0
*SECTION_SOLID
5
11
0
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$ Example 1: Constant heat capacities using per-mass unit.
$*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
$
MID
IADIAB
R_univ
$
5
0
0
$ Cv1_mas
Cv2_mas
Cv3_mas
Cv4_mas
Cv5_mas
Cv6_mas
Cv7_mas
Cv8_mas
$718.7828911237.56228
$ Cp1_mas
Cp2_mas
Cp3_mas
Cp4_mas
Cp5_mas
Cp6_mas
Cp7_mas
Cp8_mas
$1007.00058 1606.1117
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$ Example 2: Variable heat capacities using per-mole unit.
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
$
MID
IADIAB
R_univ
5
0 8.314470
$
MW1
MW2
MW3
MW4
MW5
MW6
MW7
MW8
0.0288479
0.02256
$ Cp1_mol
Cp2_mol
Cp3_mol
Cp4_mol
Cp5_mol
Cp6_mol
Cp7_mol
Cp8_mol
29.049852 36.23388
$
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
7.056E-3 0.132E-1
$
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
-1.225E-6 -0.190E-5
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1037 (MAT_238)
*MAT_ALE_02
$ One card is defined for each AMMG that will occupy some elements of a mesh set
$
SID
STYPE
MMGID
T0
4
1
1
298.15
$
RHO1
RHO2
RHO3
RHO4
RHO5
RHO6
RHO7
RHO8
1.17913E-9
$
SID
STYPE
MMGID
T0
4
1
2
298.15
$
RHO1
RHO2
RHO3
RHO4
RHO5
RHO6
RHO7
RHO8
1.17913E-9
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2-1038 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_ALE_03
*MAT_ALE_VISCOUS
*MAT_ALE_VISCOUS
This may also be referred to as MAT_ALE_03. This fluid-like material model is very similar
to Material Type 9 (*MAT_NULL). It allows the modeling of non-viscous fluids with constant
or variable viscosity. The variable viscosity is a function of an equivalent deviatoric strain rate.
If inviscid material is modeled, the deviatoric or viscous stresses are zero, and the equation of
state supplies the pressures (or diagonal components of the stress tensor). All *MAT_ALE_
cards apply only to ALE element formulation.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Defaults
MID
RO
PC
MULO
MUHI
RK
Not used
RN
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
Material identification. A unique number has to be chosen.
RO
Mass density.
PC
Pressure cutoff ( 0.0), (See remark 4).
MULO
There are 4 possible cases (See remark 1):

1) If MULO=0.0, then inviscid fluid is assumed.
2) If MULO > 0.0, and MUHI=0.0 or is not defined, then this is the traditional constant dynamic viscosity coefficient .
3) If MULO > 0.0, and MUHI > 0.0, then MULO and MUHI are lower
and upper viscosity limit values for a power-law-like variable viscosity
model.
4) If MULO is negative (for example, MULO = -1), then a user-input
data load curve (with LCID=1) defining dynamic viscosity as a function
of equivalent strain rate is used.
MUHI
Upper dynamic viscosity limit (default=0.0). This is defined only if RK

and RN are defined for the variable viscosity case.
RK
Variable dynamic viscosity multiplier (See remark 6).
RN
Variable dynamic viscosity exponent (See remark 6).
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1039 (MAT_238)
*MAT_ALE_03
*MAT_ALE_VISCOUS
Remarks:
1.
DEF = 2 QEF
7
1
7
s 8 w ~ s 8 w s w
is computed for nonzero where QEF is the deviatoric strain rate.

cosity. For example, in SI unit system, has a unit of [Pa*s].
is the dynamic vis-
2.
The null material has no shear stiffness and hourglass control must be used with care. In
some applications, the default hourglass coefficient might lead to significant energy losses. In general for fluid(s), the hourglass coefficient QM should be small (in the range
1.0E-4 to 1.0E-6 for the standard default IHQ choice).
3.
Null material has no yield strength and behaves in a fluid-like manner.
4.
The pressure cut-off, PC, must be defined to allow for a material to numerically cavitate. In other words, when a material undergoes dilatation above certain magnitude, it
5.
6.
If the viscosity exponent is less than 1.0, 7 < 1.0, then 7 1.0 < 0.0. In this case, at
very low equivalent strain rate, the viscosity can be artificially very high. MULO is then
used as the viscosity value.
The empirical variable dynamic viscosity is typically modeled as a function of equivalent

shear rate based on experimental data.
(a ) = a (j
For an incompressible fluid, this may be written equivalently as

(Q) = Q(j
The overbar denotes a scalar equivalence. The dot denotes a time derivative or rate
effect. And the prime symbol denotes deviatoric or volume preserving components.
The equivalent shear rate components may be related to the basic definition of (smallstrain) strain rate components as follows:
QHH
1 2E 2F
+
QEF = QEF JEF 5 6
QEF =
3
2 F E
a EF = 2QEF
2-1040 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_ALE_03
*MAT_ALE_VISCOUS
Typically, the 2nd invariant of the deviatoric strain rate tensor is defined as:
1
8R = eQEF QEF g
2
The equivalent (small-strain) deviatoric strain rate is defined as:

Q 2Q8R = 2eQEF QEF g = 4eQ88 + Q88 + Q8 g + 2eQ8 + Q888 + Q8 g
In non-Newtonian literatures, the equivalent shear rate is sometimes defined as

a k
a EF a EF
8
+ Q 8 :
= 2QEF QEF = 49Q 88 + Q88 + Q 8 : + 29Q 8 + Q88
2
It turns out that, (a) for incompressible materials (QHH = 0), and (b) the shear terms are
equivalent when 3 QEF = QEF , the equivalent shear rate is algebraically equivalent
to the equivalent (small-strain) deviatoric strain rate.
Q = a
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1041 (MAT_238)
*MAT_ALE_04
*MAT_ALE_MIXING_LENGTH
This may also be referred to as *MAT_ALE_04. This viscous fluid-like material model is an
advanced form of *MAT_ALE_VISCOUS. It allows the modeling of fluid with constant or variable viscosity and a one-parameter mixing-length turbulence model. The variable viscosity is a
function of an equivalent deviatoric strain rate. The equation of state supplies the pressures for
the stress tensor. All *MAT_ALE_ cards apply only to ALE element formulation.
Card Format
Card 1
Variable
Type
Defaults
MID
RO
PC
MULO
MUHI
RK
Not used
RN
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card Format: For internal flow

Card 2
Variable
Type
Defaults
LC
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Card Format: For external flow

Card 3
Variable
Type
Defaults
LC
D0
D1
D2
E0
E1
E2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2-1042 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_ALE_04
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density
PC
Pressure cutoff ( 0.0).
MULO
There are 3 possible cases: (1) If MULO > 0.0, and MUHI=0.0 or is not
defined, then this is the traditional constant dynamic viscosity coefficient. (2) If MULO > 0.0, and MUHI > 0.0, then MULO and MUHI
are lower and upper viscosity limit values. (3) If MULO is negative (for
example, MULO = -1), then a user-input data load curve (with LCID=1)
defining dynamic viscosity as a function of equivalent strain rate is used.
MUHI

RK
RN
LCI
C0-C6
Variable dynamic viscosity multiplier. The viscosity is computed as

(Q{) = Q{( ) where the equivalent deviatoric strain rate is
{ = 8 BQ 8 + Q 8 + Q 8 + 2(Q 8 + Q 8 + Q 8 )C
Q
88
8
8
Variable dynamic viscosity exponent (see below for details).
Characteristic length, 3 , of the internal turbulent domain.
Internal flow mixing length polynomial coefficients. The one-paramter

turbulent mixing length is computed as
3 = 3=E - + - 51
LCX
D0-D2
E0-E2
3=E
6 + + -Y 51
3=E
Characteristic length, 3 , of the external turbulent domain.

External flow mixing length polynomial coefficients. If
mixing length is computed as 3 = 9 + + 8 8 :
External flow mixing length polynomial coefficients. If

mixing length is computed as 3 = 9, + , + ,8 8 :
3 then the
> 3 then the
Remarks:
1.
The null material must be used with an equation of-state. Pressure cutoff is negative in
DEF = #$$ QEF
N N 1
m 2 m 2 s S
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1043 (MAT_238)
*MAT_ALE_04
is computed for nonzero where QEF is the deviatoric strain rate. is the dynamic viscosity with unit of [Pascal*second].
2.
3.
The Null material has no yield strength and behaves in a fluid-like manner.
4.
5.
If the viscosity exponent is less than 1.0, rn < 1.0 , then rn 1.0 < 0.0 . In this case, at
6.
Turbulence is treated simply by considering its effects on viscosity. Total effective viscosity is the sum of the laminar and turbulent viscosities, % eff = + t where % eff is the
effective viscosity, and % t is the turbulent viscosity.
7.
The turbulent viscosity is computed based on the Prandtls Mixing Length Model,
v v
t = kt lm 2 V .
2-1044 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_ALE_05
See *MAT_160.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1045 (MAT_238)
*MAT_ALE_06
*MAT_ALE_HERSCHEL
*MAT_ALE_HERSCHEL
This may also be referred to as MAT_ALE_06. This is the Herschel-Buckley model. It is an

enhancement to the power law viscosity model in *MAT_ALE_VISCOUS(*MAT_ALE_03).
Two additional input parameters: the yield stress threshold and critical shear strain rate can be
specified to model rigid-like material for low strain rates.
It allows the modeling of non-viscous fluids with constant or variable viscosity. The variable
viscosity is a function of an equivalent deviatoric strain rate. All *MAT_ALE_ cards apply only
to ALE element formulation.
Card 1
MID
RO
PC
MULO
MUHI
RK
Not used
RN
none
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
GDOTC
TAO0
none
none
Variable
Type
Defaults
Card 2
Variable
Type
Default
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Mass density.
PC
Pressure cutoff ( 0.0), (See remark 4).
2-1046 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_ALE_06
*MAT_ALE_HERSCHEL
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MULO
There are 4 possible cases (See remark 1):

1) If MULO=0.0, then inviscid fluid is assumed.
2) If MULO > 0.0, and MUHI=0.0 or is not defined, then this is the traditional constant dynamic viscosity coefficient .
3) If MULO > 0.0, and MUHI > 0.0, then MULO and MUHI are lower
and upper viscosity limit values for a power-law-like variable viscosity
model.
4) If MULO is negative (for example, MULO = -1), then a user-input
data load curve (with LCID=1) defining dynamic viscosity as a function
of equivalent strain rate is used.
MUHI

RK
RN
GDOTC
TAO0
; consistency factor (See remark 6).

; power law index (See remark 6).
a= ; critical shear strain rate (See remark 6).

; yield stress (See remark 6).
Remarks:
1.
s
DEF = 2 QEF
w~s
1
w s w
is computed for nonzero where QEF is the deviatoric strain rate.

cosity. For example, in SI unit system, has a unit of [Pa*s].
is the dynamic vis-
2.
3.
Null material has no yield strength and behaves in a fluid-like manner.
4.
should no longer be able to resist this dilatation. Since dilatation stress or pressure is neg-
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1047 (MAT_238)
*MAT_ALE_06
*MAT_ALE_HERSCHEL
ative, setting PC limit to a very small negative number would allow for the material to
5.
6.
If the viscosity exponent is less than 1.0, 7 < 1.0, then 7 1.0 < 0.0. In this case, at
The Herschel-Buckley model employs a large viscosity to model the rigid-like behavior for low shear strain rates (a < a= ).
=
Power law is used once the yield stress is passed.

(a ) =
The shear strain rate is:

a k
2-1048 (MAT_238)
a
+ ( )
a
a=
a EF a EF
8
+ Q 8 :
= 2QEF QEF = 49Q 88 + Q88 + Q 8 : + 29Q 8 + Q88
2
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_S01
*MAT_SPRING_ELASTIC
*MAT_SPRING_ELASTIC
This is Material Type 1 for discrete springs and dampers. This provides a translational or rotational elastic spring located between two nodes. Only one degree of freedom is connected.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
A8
VARIABLE
MID
LS-DYNA Version 971
DESCRIPTION
Elastic stiffness (force/displacement) or (moment/rotation).
2-1049 (MAT_238)
*MAT_S02
*MAT_DAMPER_VISCOUS
*MAT_DAMPER_VISCOUS
This is Material Type 2 for discrete springs and dampers. This material provides a linear translational or rotational damper located between two nodes. Only one degree of freedom is then connected.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
DC
A8
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
DC
Damping constant (force/displacement rate) or (moment/rotation rate).
2-1050 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_S03
This is Material Type 3 for discrete springs and dampers. This material provides an elastoplastic
translational or rotational spring with isotropic hardening located between two nodes. Only one
degree of freedom is connected.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
KT
FY
A8
VARIABLE
MID
DESCRIPTION
Elastic stiffness (force/displacement) or (moment/rotation).
KT
Tangent stiffness (force/displacement) or (moment/rotation).
FY
Yield (force) or (moment).
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1051 (MAT_238)
*MAT_S04
This is Material Type 4 for discrete springs and dampers. This material provides a nonlinear
elastic translational and rotational spring with arbitrary force versus displacement and moment
versus rotation, respectively. Optionally, strain rate effects can be considered through a velocity
dependent scale factor. With the spring located between two nodes, only one degree of freedom
is connected.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
LCD
LCR
A8
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
LCD
Load curve ID describing force versus displacement or moment versus

rotation relationship
LCR
Optional load curve describing scale factor on force or moment as a

function of relative velocity or. rotational velocity, respectively. The
load curve must define the response in the negative and positive quadrants and pass through point (0,0).
2-1052 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_S05
This is Material Type 5 for discrete springs and dampers. This material provides a viscous translational damper with an arbitrary force versus velocity dependency, or a rotational damper with
an arbitrary moment versus rotational velocity dependency. With the damper located between
two nodes, only one degree of freedom is connected.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
LCDR
A8
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
LCDR
Load curve identification describing force versus rate-of-displacement

relationship or a moment versus rate-of-rotation relationship. The load
curve must define the response in the negative and positive quadrants
and pass through point (0,0).
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1053 (MAT_238)
*MAT_S06
This is Material Type 6 for discrete springs and dampers. This material provides a general nonlinear translational or rotational spring with arbitrary loading and unloading definitions. Optionally, hardening or softening can be defined. With the spring located between two nodes, only
one degree of freedom is connected.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
LCDL
LCDU
BETA
TYI
CYI
A8
VARIABLE
MID
DESCRIPTION
LCDL
Load curve identification describing force/torque versus displacement/rotation relationship for loading, see Figure 2-12.
LCDU
Load curve identification describing force/torque versus displacement/rotation relationship for unloading, see Figure 2-54.
BETA
Hardening parameter, :
EQ.0.0: tensile and compressive yield with strain softening (negative
or zero slope allowed in the force versus displacement. load curves),
NE.0.0: kinematic hardening without strain softening,
EQ.1.0: isotropic hardening without strain softening.
TYI
Initial yield force in tension ( > 0)
CYI
Initial yield force in compression ( < 0)
Remarks:
Load curve points are in the format (displacement, force or rotation, moment). The points must
be in order starting with the most negative (compressive) displacement or rotation and ending
with the most positive (tensile) value. The curves need not be symmetrical.
The displacement origin of the unloading curve is arbitrary, since it will be shifted as necessary as the element extends and contracts. On reverse yielding the loading curve will also be
shifted along the displacement re or. rotation axis. The initial tensile and compressive
2-1054 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_S06
yield forces (TYI and CYI) define a range within which the element remains elastic (i.e. the
loading curve is used for both loading and unloading). If at any time the force in the element
exceeds this range, the element is deemed to have yielded, and at all subsequent times the unloading curve is used for unloading
Figure 2-121. General Nonlinear material for discrete elements
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1055 (MAT_238)
*MAT_S07
*MAT_SPRING_MAXWELL
*MAT_SPRING_MAXWELL
This is Material Type 7 for discrete springs and dampers. This material provides a three Parameter Maxwell Viscoelastic translational or rotational spring. Optionally, a cutoff time with a remaining constant force/moment can be defined.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
K0
KI
BETA
TC
FC
COPT
A8
1020
Default
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
K0
K0, short time stiffness
KI
K, long time stiffness
BETA
Decay parameter.
TC
Cut off time. After this time a constant force/moment is transmitted.
FC
Force/moment after cutoff time
COPT
Time implementation option:

EQ.0: incremental time change,
NE.0: continuous time change.
Remarks:
The time varying stiffness K(t) may be described in terms of the input parameters as
K (t ) = K + ( K 0 K )e t .
This equation was implemented by Schwer [1991] as either a continuous function of time or incrementally following the approach of Herrmann and Peterson [1968]. The continuous function
of time implementation has the disadvantage of the energy absorbers resistance decaying with
increasing time even without deformation. The advantage of the incremental implementation is
2-1056 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_SPRING_MAXWELL
*MAT_S07
that an energy absorber must undergo some deformation before its resistance decays, i.e., there is
no decay until impact, even in delayed impacts. The disadvantage of the incremental implementation is that very rapid decreases in resistance cannot be easily matched.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1057 (MAT_238)
*MAT_S08
This is Material Type 8 for discrete springs and dampers. This material provides an inelastic
tension or compression only, translational or rotational spring. Optionally, a user-specified unloading stiffness can be taken instead of the maximum loading stiffness.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
LCFD
KU
CTF
A8
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
LCFD
Load curve identification describing arbitrary force/torque versus displacement/rotation relationship. This curve must be defined in the positive force-displacement quadrant regardless of whether the spring acts in
tension or compression.
KU
Unloading stiffness (optional). The maximum of KU and the maximum

loading stiffness in the force/displacement or the moment/rotation curve
is used for unloading.
CTF
Flag for compression/tension:

EQ.-1.0: tension only,
EQ.0.0: default is set to 1.0,
EQ.1.0: compression only.
2-1058 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_S13
This is Material Type 13 for discrete springs and dampers. This material allows concrete shearwalls to be modeled as discrete elements under applied seismic loading. It represents cracking of
the concrete, yield of the reinforcement and overall failure. Under cyclic loading, the stiffness of
the spring degrades but the strength does not.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
DEFL1
F1
DEFL2
F2
DEFL3
F3
FFLAG
A8
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
DEFL1
F1
DEFL2
F2
DEFL3
F3
FFLAG
LS-DYNA Version 971
Deflection at point where concrete cracking occurs.
Force corresponding to DEFL1
Deflection at point where reinforcement yields
Deflection at complete failure
Failure flag.
2-1059 (MAT_238)
*MAT_S14
This is Material Type 14 for discrete springs and dampers. This material allows squat shear
walls to be modeled using discrete elements. The behavior model captures concrete cracking,
reinforcement yield, ultimate strength followed by degradation of strength finally leading to collapse.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
A14
B14
C14
D14
E14
LCID
FSD
A8
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
MID
A14
Material coefficient A
B14
Material coefficient B
C14
Material coefficient C
D14
Material coefficient D
E14
Material coefficient E
LCID
Load curve ID referencing the maximum strength envelope curve
FSD
Sustained strength reduction factor
Remarks:
Material coefficients A, B, C and D are empirically defined constants used to define the shape of
the polynomial curves which govern the cyclic behavior of the discrete element. A different polynomial relationship is used to define the loading and unloading paths allowing energy absorption through hysteresis. Coefficient E is used in the definition of the path used to jump from the
loading path to the unloading path (or vice versa) where a full hysteresis loop is not completed.
The load curve referenced is used to define the force displacement characteristics of the shear
wall under monotonic loading. This curve is the basis to which the polynomials defining the cyclic behavior refer to. Finally, on the second and subsequent loading / unloading cycles, the shear
wall will have reduced strength. The variable FSD is the sustained strength reduction factor.
2-1060 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_S15
*MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE
*MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE
This is Material Type 15 for discrete springs and dampers. This material is a Hill-type muscle
model with activation. It is for use with discrete elements. The LS-DYNA implementation is
due to Dr. J.A. Weiss.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
L0
VMAX
SV
FMAX
TL
TV
A8
1.0
1.0
Default
1.0
Card 2
Variable
Type
Default
1.0
FPE
LMAX
KSH
0.0
VARIABLE
MID
L0
VMAX
DESCRIPTION
Initial muscle length, Lo.
Maximum CE shortening velocity, Vmax.
SV
Scale factor, Sv, for Vmax vs. active state.

Activation level vs. time function.

GE.0: constant value of A is used
FMAX
LS-DYNA Version 971
Peak isometric force, Fmax.

2-1061 (MAT_238)
*MAT_S15
VARIABLE
*MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE
DESCRIPTION
TL
Active tension vs. length function.

TV
Active tension vs. velocity function.

FPE
Force vs. length function, Fpe, for parallel elastic element.

EQ.0: exponential function is used (see below)
GT.0: constant value of 0.0 is used
LMAX
KSH
Relative length when Fpe reaches Fmax. Required if Fpe=0 above.

Constant, Ksh, governing the exponential rise of Fpe. Required if
Fpe=0 above.
Remarks:
The material behavior of the muscle model is adapted from the original model proposed by Hill
[1938]. Reviews of this model and extensions can be found in Winters [1990] and Zajac [1989].
The most basic Hill-type muscle model consists of a contractile element (CE) and a parallel elastic element (PE) (Figure 2-73). An additional series elastic element (SEE) can be added to represent tendon compliance. The main assumptions of the Hill model are that the contractile element
is entirely stress free and freely distensible in the resting state, and is described exactly by Hills
equation (or some variation). When the muscle is activated, the series and parallel elements are
elastic, and the whole muscle is a simple combination of identical sarcomeres in series and parallel. The main criticism of Hills model is that the division of forces between the parallel elements and the division of extensions between the series elements is arbitrary, and cannot be
made without introducing auxiliary hypotheses. However, these criticisms apply to any discrete
element model. Despite these limitations, the Hill model has become extremely useful for modeling musculoskeletal dynamics, as illustrated by its widespread use today.
2-1062 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_S15
*MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE
LM
a(t)
F CE
CE
SEE
FM
vM
FM
F PE
PE
LM
Figure 2-122.
Discrete model for muscle contraction dynamics, based on a Hill-type representation. The total force is the sum of passive force FPE and active force FCE.
The passive element (PE) represents energy storage from muscle elasticity,
while the contractile element (CE) represents force generation by the muscle.
The series elastic element (SEE), shown in dashed lines, is often neglected
when a series tendon compliance is included. Here, a(t) is the activation level,
LM is the length of the muscle, and vM is the shortening velocity of the muscle.
When the contractile element (CE) of the Hill model is inactive, the entire resistance to elongation is provided by the PE element and the tendon load-elongation behavior. As activation is increased, force then passes through the CE side of the parallel Hill model, providing the contractile dynamics. The original Hill model accommodated only full activation - this limitation is circumvented in the present implementation by using the modification suggested by Winters
(1990). The main features of his approach were to realize that the CE force-velocity input force
equals the CE tension-length output force. This yields a three-dimensional curve to describe the
force-velocity-length relationship of the CE. If the force-velocity y-intercept scales with activation, then given the activation, length and velocity, the CE force can be determined.
Without the SEE, the total force in the muscle FM is the sum of the force in the CE and the PE
because they are in parallel:
F M = F ^ + F _
The relationships defining the force generated by the CE and PE as a function of LM, VM and a(t)
are often scaled by Fmax, the peak isometric force (p. 80, Winters 1990), L0, the initial length of
the muscle (p. 81, Winters 1990), and Vmax, the maximum unloaded CE shortening velocity (p.
80, Winters 1990). From these, dimensionless length and velocity can be defined:
LM
L=
,
L
V=
VM
V Sa (a(t))
Here, SV scales the maximum CE shortening velocity Vmax and changes with activation level a(t).
This has been suggested by several researchers, i.e. Winters and Stark [1985]. The activation
level specifies the level of muscle stimulation as a function of time. Both have values between 0
and 1. The functions SV(a(t)) and a(t) are specified via load curves in LS-DYNA, or default values of SV=1 and a(t)=0 are used. Note that L is always positive and that V is positive for lengthening and negative for shortening.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1063 (MAT_238)
*MAT_S15
*MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE
The relationship between FCE, V and L was proposed by Bahler et al. [1967]. A threedimensional relationship between these quantities is now considered standard for computer implementations of Hill-type muscle models [Winters 1990]. It can be written in dimensionless
form as:
F _ = a(t) F f b (L) f a (V)
Here, fTL and fTV are the tension-length and tension-velocity functions for active skeletal muscle.
Thus, if current values of LM, VM, and a(t) are known, then FCE can be determined (Figure 2-73).
The force in the parallel elastic element FPE is determined directly from the current length of the
muscle using an exponential relationship [Winters 1990]:
f^ =
f^
F ^
= 0, L 1
FMNc
K )Q
F ^
1
(L 1) 1 , L > 1
=
=
exp
L
FMNc exp(K )Q ) 1
Here, L is the relative length at which the force Fmax occurs, and Ksh is a dimensionless shape
parameter controlling the rate of rise of the exponential. Alternatively, the user can define a custom fPE curve giving tabular values of normalized force versus dimensionless length as a load
curve.
For computation of the total force developed in the muscle FM, the functions for the tensionlength fTL and force-velocity fTV relationships used in the Hill element must be defined. These
relationships have been available for over 50 years, but have been refined to allow for behavior
such as active lengthening. The active tension-length curve fTL describes the fact that isometric
muscle force development is a function of length, with the maximum force occurring at an optimal length. According to Winters, this optimal length is typically around L=1.05, and the force
drops off for shorter or longer lengths, approaching zero force for L=0.4 and L=1.5. Thus the
curve has a bell-shape. Because of the variability in this curve between muscles, the user must
specify the function fTL via a load curve, specifying pairs of points representing the normalized
force (with values between 0 and 1) and normalized length L (Figure 2-122).
2-1064 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE
*MAT_S15
Figure 2-123. Typical normalized tension-length (TL) and tension-velocity (TV)

curves for skeletal muscleThe active tension-velocity relationship fTV used in the muscle model is mainly due to the original work of Hill. Note that the dimensionless velocity V is used. When V=0, the normalized tension is typically chosen to have a value of 1.0. When V is greater than or equal to 0, muscle lengthening occurs. As V increases, the function is typically designed so that the force increases from a value of
1.0 and asymptotes towards a value near 1.4. When V is less than zero, muscle shortening occurs and the classic Hill equation hyperbola is used to drop the normalized
tension to 0 (Figure 2-76). The user must specify the function fTV via a load curve,
specifying pairs of points representing the normalized tension (with values between 0
and 1) and normalized velocity V
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1065 (MAT_238)
*MAT_B01
*MAT_SEATBELT
*MAT_SEATBELT
Purpose: Define a seat belt material. See notes below.

Card 1
Variable
Type
Default
MID
MPUL
LLCID
ULCID
LMIN
A8
0.
0.0
VARIABLE
MID
DESCRIPTION
Belt material number. A unique number or label not exceeding 8 characters must be specified.
MPUL
Mass per unit length
LLCID
Load curve identification for loading (force vs. engineering strain).
ULCID
Load curve identification for unloading (force vs. engineering strain).
LMIN
Minimum length (for elements connected to slip rings and retractors),

see notes below.
CSE
Optional compressive stress elimination option which applies to shell

elements only (default 0.0):
EQ.0.0: eliminate compressive stresses in shell fabric
EQ.1.0: dont eliminate compressive stresses. This option should
not be used if retractors and sliprings are present in the model.
EQ.2.0: whether or not compressive stress is eliminated is decided
by ls-dyna automatically, recommended for shell belt.
DAMP
Optional Rayleigh damping coefficient, which applies to shell elements

only. A coefficient value of 0.10 is the default corresponding to 10% of
critical damping. Sometimes smaller or larger values work better.
Remarks:
Each belt material defines stretch characteristics and mass properties for a set of belt elements.
The user enters a load curve for loading, the points of which are (Strain, Force). Strain is defined
as engineering strain, i.e.
2-1066 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_B01
*MAT_SEATBELT
Strain =
current length
initial length
1.
Another similar curve is entered to describe the unloading behavior. Both load curves should
start at the origin (0,0) and contain positive force and strain values only. The belt material is tension only with zero forces being generated whenever the strain becomes negative. The first nonzero point on the loading curve defines the initial yield point of the material. On unloading, the
unloading curve is shifted along the strain axis until it crosses the loading curve at the yield
point from which unloading commences. If the initial yield has not yet been exceeded or if the
origin of the (shifted) unloading curve is at negative strain, the original loading curves will be
used for both loading and unloading. If the strain is less than the strain at the origin of the unloading curve, the belt is slack and no force is generated. Otherwise, forces will then be determined by the unloading curve for unloading and reloading until the strain again exceeds yield
after which the loading curves will again be used.
A small amount of damping is automatically included. This reduces high frequency oscillation,
but, with realistic force-strain input characteristics and loading rates, does not significantly alter
the overall forces-strain performance. The damping forced opposes the relative motion of the
nodes and is limited by stability:
=
. mass relative velocity

time step size
In addition, the magnitude of the damping force is limited to one-tenth of the force calculated
from the force-strain relationship and is zero when the belt is slack. Damping forces are not applied to elements attached to sliprings and retractors.
The user inputs a mass per unit length that is used to calculate nodal masses on initialization.
A minimum length is also input. This controls the shortest length allowed in any element and
determines when an element passes through sliprings or are absorbed into the retractors. One
tenth of a typical initial element length is usually a good choice.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1067 (MAT_238)
*MAT
*MAT_THERMAL_{OPTION}
*MAT_THERMAL_{OPTION}

ISOTROPIC
ORTHOTROPIC
ISOTROPIC_TD
ORTHOTROPIC_TD
DISCRETE_BEAM
CWM
ORTHOTROPIC_TD_LC
ISOTROPIC_PHASE_CHANGE
ISOTROPIC_TD_LC
USER_DEFINED
The *MAT_THERMAL_ cards allow thermal properties to be defined in coupled structural/thermal and thermal only analyses, see *CONTROL_SOLUTION. Thermal properties must
be defined for all solid and shell elements in such analyses. Thermal properties need not be defined for beam or discrete elements as these elements are not accounted for in the thermal phase
of the calculation. However dummy thermal properties will be echoed for these elements in the
D3HSP file.
Thermal material properties are specified by a thermal material ID number (TMID), this number
is independent of the material ID number (MID) defined on all other *MAT_.. property cards. In
the same analysis identical TMID and MID numbers may exist. The TMID and MID numbers
are related through the *PART card.
2-1068 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T01
This is thermal material type 1. It allows isotropic thermal properties to be defined.

Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
TMID
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
TLAT
HLAT
A8
HC
TC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TMID
Thermal material identification. A unique number or label not exceeding 8 characters must be specified.
TRO
Thermal density:
EQ 0.0 default to structural density.
TGRLC
TGMULT
Thermal generation rate curve number, see *DEFINE_CURVE:

GT.0: function versus time,
EQ.0: use constant multiplier value, TGMULT,
LT.0: function versus temperature.
Thermal generation rate multiplier:
EQ.0.0: no heat generation.
TLAT
Phase change temperature
HLAT
Latent heat
HC
Heat capacity
TC
Thermal conductivity
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1069 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T02
This is thermal material type 2. It allows orthotropic thermal properties to be defined.

Card 1
TMID
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
AOPT
TLAT
HLAT
A8
HC
K1
K2
K3
Type
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 4
D1
D2
D3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TMID
Thermal material identification. A unique number or label not exceeding

TRO
Thermal density:
2-1070 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T02
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TGRLC

TGMULT

AOPT
Material axes definition:

EQ.0.0: locally orthotropic with material axes by element nodes N1,
N2 and N4,
in space and global location of element center,
EQ.2.0: globally orthotropic with material axes determined by vectors.
TLAT
HLAT
Latent heat
HC
Heat capacity
K1
Thermal conductivity K1 in local x-direction
K2
Thermal conductivity K2 in local y-direction
K3
Thermal conductivity K3 in local z-direction
XP, YP, ZP
Define coordinate of point p for AOPT = 1
A1, A2, A3
Define components of vector a for AOPT = 2
D1, D2, D3
Define components of vector v for AOPT = 2
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1071 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T03
This is thermal material type 3. It allows temperature dependent isotropic properties to be defined. The temperature dependency is defined by specifying a minimum of two and a maximum
of eight data points. The properties must be defined for the temperature range that the material
will see in the analysis.
Card 1
TMID
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
TLAT
HLAT
A8
Variable
T1
T2
T3
T4
Type
Card 3
C1
Type
Card 4
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
T5
T6
T7
T8
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
K1
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K7
K8
VARIABLE
TMID
2-1072 (MAT_238)
DESCRIPTION

LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T03
VARIABLE
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
DESCRIPTION
Thermal density:
TLAT
HLAT
Latent heat
T1 ... T8
Temperatures (T1 ... T8)
C1 ... C8
Heat capacity at T1 ... T8
K1 ... K8
Thermal conductivity at T1 ... T8
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1073 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T04
This is thermal material type 4. It allows temperature dependent orthotropic properties to be defined. The temperature dependency is defined by specifying a minimum of two and a maximum
of eight data points. The properties must be defined for the temperature range that the material
will see in the analysis.
Card 1
TMID
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
AOPT
TLAT
HLAT
A8
Variable
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
Type
Card 3
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
Type
Card 4
(K1)1
(K1)2
(K1)3
(K1)4
(K1)5
(K1)6
(K1)7
(K1)8
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
2-1074 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T04
Card 5
(K2)1
(K2)2
(K2)3
(K2)4
(K2)5
(K2)6
(K2)7
(K2)8
Type
Card 6
(K3)1
(K3)2
(K3)3
(K3)4
(K3)5
(K3)6
(K3)7
(K3)8
Type
Card 7
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 8
D1
D2
D3
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TMID

TRO
Thermal density:
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1075 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T04
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TGRLC

TGMULT

AOPT
Material axes definition: (see Mat_OPTION TROPIC_ELASTIC for a

N2 and N4,
TLAT
HLAT
Latent heat
T1 ... T8
C1 ... C8
(K1)1 ... (K1)8
Thermal conductivity K1 in local x-direction at T1 ... T8
(K2)1 ... (K2)8
Thermal conductivity K2 in local y-direction at T1 ... T8
(K3)1 ... (K3)8
Thermal conductivity K3 in local z-direction at T1 ... T8
XP, YP, ZP
A1, A2, A3
D1, D2, D3
2-1076 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T05
This is thermal material type 5. It defines properties for discrete beams. It is only applicable
when used with *SECTION_BEAM elform=6.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
TMID
TRO
A8
HC
TC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TMID
TRO
Thermal density:
HC
Heat capacity
HC
Thermal conductance (SI units are W/K)

HC = (heat transfer coefficient) * (beam cross section area)
[W/K] = [W / m^2 K] * [m^2]
Note:
A beam cross section area is not defined on the SECTION_BEAM keyword for an elform=6 discrete beam. A beam cross section area is needed for heat transfer calculations. Therefore, the
cross section area is lumped into the value entered for HC.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1077 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T07
*MAT_THERMAL_CWM
*MAT_THERMAL_CWM
This is thermal material type 7. It is a thermal material with temperature dependent properties
that allows for material creation triggered by temperature. The acronym CWM stands for Computational Welding Mechanics and the model is intended to be used for simulating multistage
weld processes in combination with the mechanical counterpart, *MAT_CWM.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
TMID
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
A8
LCHC
LCTC
TLSTART
TLEND
VARIABLE
TISTART
TIEND
HGHOST
TGHOST
DESCRIPTION
TMID
TRO
Thermal density:
TGRLC
TGMULT

LCHC
Load curve for heat capacity as function of temperature
LCTC
Load curve for thermal conductivity as function of temperature
TLSTART
Birth temperature of material start
TLEND
Birth temperature of material end
2-1078 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T07
*MAT_THERMAL_CWM
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TISTART
Birth time start
TIEND
Birth time end
HGHOST
Heat capacity for ghost (quiet) material
TGHOST
Thermal conductivity for ghost (quiet) material
Remarks:
This material is initially in a quiet state, sometimes referred to as a ghost material. In this state
the material has the thermal properties defined by the quiet heat capacity and quiet thermal conductivity. These should represent void, e.g., by picking a relatively small thermal conductivity.
The heat capacity must be chosen with care though, since the temperature must be allowed to
increase at a reasonable rate due to the heat from the weld source. When the temperature reaches
the birth temperature, a history variable representing the indicator of the welding material is incremented. This variable follows
a(f) = min 1, max& a(),
/ /start
/end /start
The effective thermal material properties are interpolated as

quiet
= (/)a +
= (/)a +
quiet
(1 a)
(1 a)
where cp and are the heat capacity and thermal conductivity, respectively. The time parameters
for creating the material provides additional formulae for the final values of the thermal properties, resulting in
10 (/)
f fEend
f fEstart
+ 10 (/) start
= end
start
fE
fEend
fE fE
f fEstart
end
start
fE fE
f fEstart
f fEstart
fEstart < f fEend

fEend < f
fEstart < f fEend
fEend < f
The reason for introducing these time parameters is to keep a welding layer inactive during a
specific stage in the simulation, allowing for seemless multistage welding. Prior to the birth time,
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1079 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T07
*MAT_THERMAL_CWM
the temperature is kept more or less constant due to the large heat capacity and thus the material
is prevented from being created.
2-1080 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T08
This is thermal material type 8. It allows temperature dependent orthotropic properties to be defined by load curves. The temperature dependency is defined by specifying a minimum of two
data points. The properties must be defined for the temperature range that the material will see
in the analysis.
Card 1
TMID
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
AOPT
TLAT
HLAT
A8
LCC
LCK1
LCK2
LCK3
Type
Card 3
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 4
D1
D2
D3
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Variable
Type
VARIABLE
TMID
LS-DYNA Version 971
DESCRIPTION

2-1081 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T08
VARIABLE
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
DESCRIPTION
Thermal density:
AOPT
Material axes definition: (see Mat_OPTION TROPIC_ELASTIC for a

N2 and N4,
TLAT
HLAT
Latent heat
LCC
Load Curve Heat Capacity
LCK1
Load Curve Thermal Conductivity K1 in local x-direction
LCK2
Load Curve Thermal Conductivity K2 in local y-direction
LCK3
Load Curve Thermal Conductivity K3 in local z-direction
XP, YP, ZP
A1, A2, A3
D1, D2, D3
Remarks:
See *MAT_THERMAL_ORTHOTROPIC keyword for a description of the orthotropic axis options, AOPT.
2-1082 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T09
This is thermal material type 9. It allows temperature dependent isotropic properties with phase
change to be defined. The latent heat of the material is defined together with the solid and liquid
temperatures. The temperature dependency is defined by specifying a minimum of two and a
maximum of eight data points. The properties must be defined for the temperature range that the
material will see in the analysis.
Card 1
TMID
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
A8
Variable
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
Type
Card 3
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
Type
Card 4
K1
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K7
K8
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Variable
Type
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1083 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T09
Card 5
Variable
Type
SOLT
LIQT
LH
DESCRIPTION
VARIABLE
TMID

TRO
Thermal density:
TGRLC

TGMULT
T1 ... T8
C1 ... C8
K1 ... K8
Thermal conductivity at T1 ... T8
SOLT
Solid temperature, TS (must be < TL)
LIQT
Liquid temperature, TL (must be > TS)

Latent heat
LH
Remarks:
During phase change, that is between the solid and liquid temperatures, the heat capacity of the
material will be enhanced to account for the latent heat as follows:
(f) =
Where
B1 cos2
/ = liquid temperature
2-1084 (MAT_238)
? ?
?- ?
/t < / < /
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T09
/t = solid temperature
/ = temperature
= multiplier such that = ? - -(/) /
= latent heat
= heat capacity
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1085 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T10
This is thermal material type 10. It allows isotropic thermal properties that are temperature dependent specified by load curves to be defined. The properties must be defined for the temperature range that the material will see in the analysis.
Card 1
Variable
Type
Card 2
Variable
Type
TMID
TRO
TGRLC
TGMULT
A8
HCLC
TCLC
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
TMID

TRO
Thermal density:
TGRLC
TGMULT

HCLC
Load curve ID specifying heat capacity vs. temperature.
TCLC
Load curve ID specifying thermal conductivity vs. temperature.
2-1086 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T11-T15
*MAT_THERMAL_USER_DEFINED
These are Thermal Material Types 11-15. The user can supply his own subroutines. Please
consult Appendix H for more information.
Card 1
Variable
Type
MID
RO
MT
LMC
NVH
AOPT
IORTHO
IHVE
A8
Define the following two cards if and only if IORTHO=1

Card 2
XP
YP
ZP
A1
A2
A3
Type
Card 3
D1
D2
D3
Variable
Variable
Type

Card 4
Variable
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
Type
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1087 (MAT_238)
*MAT_T11-T15
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
MID
RO
Thermal mass density.
MT
User material type (11-15 inclusive).
LMC
Length of material constants array. LMC must not be greater than 32.
NVH
Number of history variables.
AOPT
Material axes option of orthotropic materials. Use if IORTHO=1.0.

N2 and N4,
IORTHO
Set to 1.0 if the material is orthotropic.
IHVE
Set to 1.0 to activate exchange of history variables between mechanical

and thermal user material models.
XP-D3
Material axes orientation of orthotropic materials. Use if IORTHO=1.0
P1
PLMC
Remarks:
1.
The IHVE=1 option makes it possible for a thermal user material subroutine to read the
history variables of a mechanical user material subroutine defined for the same part and
vice versa. If the integration points for the thermal and mechanical elements are not coincident then extrapolation/interpolation is used to calculate the value when reading history variables.
2-1088 (MAT_238)
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_T11-T15
2.
Option _TITLE is supported
3.
*INCLUDE_TRANSFORM: Transformation of units is only supported for RO field and

vectors on card 2 and 3.
LS-DYNA Version 971
2-1089 (MAT_238)
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX A Alphabetized Materials List
*EOS
*EOS_GASKET
*EOS_GRUNEISEN
*EOS_IDEAL_GAS
*EOS_JWL
*EOS_JWLB
*EOS_MIE_GRUNEISEN
*EOS_PROPELLENT_DEFLAGRATION
*EOS_RADIO_OF_POLYNOMIALS
*EOS_SACK_TUESDAY
*EOS_TABULATED
*EOS_USER_DEFINED
*MAT_ACOUSTIC
*MAT_ADD_AIRBAG_PEROSITY_LEAKAGE
*MAT_ADD_EROSION
*MAT_ADD_PORE_AIR
*MAT_ALE_HERSCHEL
*MAT_ALE_VACUUM
*MAT_ALE_VISCOIS
*MAT_ARUP_ADHESIVE
*MAT_BAMMAN
*MAT_BAMMAN_DAMAGE
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD2000
*MAT_BARLAT_YLD96
(APPENDIX A_Z)
*MAT_002
*MAT_146
*MAT_036
*MAT_090
*MAT_ALE_02
*MAT_ALE_06
*MAT_ALE_05
*MAT_ALE_04
*MAT_ALE_01
*MAT_ALE_03
*MAT_256
*MAT_157
*MAT_103_P
*MAT_189
*MAT_103
*MAT_127
*MAT_169
*MAT_051
*MAT_052
*MAT_033
*MAT_133
*MAT_033_96
*MAT_269
*MAT_075
LS-DYNA Version 971
APPENDIX A
*MAT_BLATZ-KO_FOAM
*MAT_BOLT_BEAM
*MAT_BRITTLE_DAMAGE
*MAT_CAZACU_BARLAT
*MAT_CODAM2
*MAT_COHESIVE_TH
*MAT_COMPOSITE_DMG_MSC
*MAT_COMPOSITE_MSC
*MAT_CONCRETE_BEAM
*MAT_CONCRETE_EC2
*MAT_CORUS_VEGTER
*MAT_CRUSHABLE_FOAM
*MAT_CSCM_{OPTION}
*MAT_CWM
*MAT_DAMAGE_1
*MAT_DAMAGE_2
*MAT_DAMAGE_3
*MAT_DAMPER_VISCOUS
*MAT_DRUCKER_PRAGER
*MAT_ELASTIC
*MAT_ELASTIC_FLUID
*MAT_ELASTIC_PLASTIC_HYDRO_{OPTION}
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_232
*MAT_038
*MAT_007
*MAT_208
*MAT_164
*MAT_096
*MAT_071
*MAT_233
*MAT_087
*MAT_276
*MAT_053
*MAT_219
*MAT_184
*MAT_186
*MAT_138
*MAT_240
*MAT_185
*MAT_022
*MAT_118
*MAT_162
*MAT_059
*MAT_116
*MAT_117
*MAT_161
*MAT_195
*MAT_072
*MAT_273
*MAT_072R3
*MAT_172
*MAT_136
*MAT_063
*MAT_159
*MAT_270
*MAT_104
*MAT_105
*MAT_153
*MAT_S05
*MAT_S02
*MAT_154
*MAT_193
*MAT_267
*MAT_001
*MAT_093
*MAT_001_FLUID
*MAT_010
*MAT_004
*MAT_074
*MAT_106
3-1091 (APPENDIX A)
APPENDIX A
*MAT_EMMI
*MAT_FABRIC
*MAT_FHWA_SOIL
*MAT_FORCE_LIMITED
*MAT_FU_CHANG_FOAM
*MAT_GAS_MIXTURE
*MAT_GURSON
*MAT_GURSON_JC
*MAT_GURSON_RCDC
*MAT_HEART_TISSUE
*MAT_HILL_3R
*MAT_HILL_90
*MAT_HILL_FOAM
*MAT_HONEYCOMB
*MAT_INELASTC_6DOF_SPRING_DISCRETE_BEAM
*MAT_JOHNSON_COOK
*MAT_JOINTED_ROCK
*MAT_KINEMATIC_HARDENING_TRANSVERSELY_ANISOTROPIC
(APPENDIX A_Z)
*MAT_060
*MAT_060C
*MAT_151
*MAT_054-055
*MAT_034
*MAT_147
*MAT_147_N
*MAT_112
*MAT_190
*MAT_039
*MAT_029
*MAT_031
*MAT_083
*MAT_148
*MAT_097
*MAT_121
*MAT_119
*MAT_196
*MAT_076
*MAT_025
*MAT_101
*MAT_120
*MAT_120_JC
*MAT_120_RCDC
*MAT_128
*MAT_008
*MAT_122
*MAT_243
*MAT_177
*MAT_026
*MAT_070
*MAT_077_H
*MAT_079
*MAT_095
*MAT_094
*MAT_102
*MAT_013
*MAT_012
*MAT_131
*MAT_015
*MAT_110
*MAT_111
*MAT_241
*MAT_198
*MAT_061
*MAT_242
*MAT_226
*MAT_125
LS-DYNA Version 971
APPENDIX A
*MAT_LOW_DENSITY_SYNTHETIC_FOAM_{OPTION}
*MAT_LUNG_TISSUE
*MAT_MCCORMICK
*MAT_MOHR_COULOMB
*MAT_MTS
*MAT_MUSCLE
*MAT_NULL
*MAT_OGDEN_RUBBER
*MAT_OPTION_TROPIC_ELASTIC
*MAT_ORIENTED_CRACK
*MAT_PITZER_CRUSHABLEFOAM
*MAT_PLASTICITY_WITH_DAMAGE_ORTHO(_RCDC)
*MAT_PML_ACOUSTIC
*MAT_PML_ELASTIC
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_058
*MAT_032
*MAT_114
*MAT_066
*MAT_057
*MAT_179
*MAT_073
*MAT_129
*MAT_167
*MAT_235
*MAT_163
*MAT_139
*MAT_126
*MAT_107
*MAT_123
*MAT_065
*MAT_173
*MAT_166
*MAT_027
*MAT_088
*MAT_156
*MAT_067
*MAT_040
*MAT_068
*MAT_009
*MAT_077_O
*MAT_002
*MAT_017
*MAT_108
*MAT_221
*MAT_132
*MAT_021
*MAT_086
*MAT_238
*MAT_255
*MAT_024
*MAT_144
*MAT_035
*MAT_003
*MAT_165
*MAT_124
*MAT_155
*MAT_089
*MAT_081
*MAT_082(_RCDC)
*MAT_245
*MAT_231
*MAT_230
3-1093 (APPENDIX A)
APPENDIX A
*MAT_PML_HYSTERETIC
*MAT_PML_NULL
*MAT_POLYMER
*MAT_POWDER
*MAT_PSEUDO_TENSOR
*MAT_RAMBERG-OSGOOD
*MAT_RC_BEAM }
*MAT_RC_SHEAR_WALL
*MAT_RHT
*MAT_RIGID
*MAT_RIGID_DISCRETE
*MAT_SAMP-1
*MAT_SCC_ON_RCC
*MAT_SEATBELT
*MAT_SEISMIC_BEAM
*MAT_SHAPE_MEMORY
*MAT_SIMPLIFIED_RUBBER/FOAM_{OPTION}
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE
*MAT_SOFT_TISSUE_VISCO
*MAT_SOIL_AND_FOAM
*MAT_SOIL_BRICK
*MAT_SOIL_CONCRETE
*MAT_SPOTWELD_{OPTION}
*MAT_SPRING_ELASTIC
*MAT_SPRING_MAXWELL
*MAT_SPRING_MUSCLE
*MAT_SPRING_NONLINEAR_PLASTIC
(APPENDIX A_Z)
*MAT_230
*MAT_237
*MAT_246
*MAT_168
*MAT_271
*MAT_018
*MAT_016
*MAT_176
*MAT_080
*MAT_158
*MAT_141
*MAT_064
*MAT_174
*MAT_194
*MAT_170
*MAT_028
*MAT_272
*MAT_020
*MAT_220
*MAT_187
*MAT_236
*MAT_145
*MAT_B01
*MAT_191
*MAT_197
*MAT_030
*MAT_069
*MAT_098
*MAT_099
*MAT_181
*MAT_183
*MAT_091
*MAT_092
*MAT_005
*MAT_014
*MAT_192
*MAT_078
*MAT_130
*MAT_100
*MAT_100_DA
*MAT_S01
*MAT_S03
*MAT_S06
*MAT_S08
*MAT_S07
*MAT_S15
*MAT_S04
*MAT_S14
LS-DYNA Version 971
APPENDIX A
*MAT_STEEL_EC3
*MAT_STEINBERG
*MAT_STEINBERG_LUND
*MAT_TABULATED_JOHNSON_COOK }
*MAT_THERMAL_CWM
*MAT_THERMAL_OPTION
*MAT_TRIP
*MAT_UHS_STEEL
*MAT_UNIFIED_CREEP
*MAT_VACUUM
*MAT_VISCOELASTIC
*MAT_VISCOUS_FOAM
*MAT_WINFIRTH_CONCRETE_REINFORCEMENT
*MAT_WOOD_{OPTION}
*MAT_WTM_STM
*MAT_WTM_STM_PLC
LS-DYNA Version 971
*MAT_S13
*MAT_171
*MAT_202
*MAT_011
*MAT_011_LUND
*MAT_019
*MAT_224
*MAT_251
*MAT_023
*MAT_T07
*MAT_T05
*MAT_T01
*MAT_T09
*MAT_T03
*MAT_T10
*MAT_T00
*MAT_T02
*MAT_T04
*MAT_T08
*MAT_T11
*MAT_188
*MAT_266
*MAT_037
*MAT_142
*MAT_113
*MAT_244
*MAT_115
*MAT_041-050
*MAT_140
*MAT_006
*MAT_134
*MAT_178
*MAT_234
*MAT_175
*MAT_225
*MAT_062
*MAT_084
*MAT_084-085
*MAT_143
*MAT_135
*MAT_135_PLC
3-1095 (APPENDIX A)
APPENDIX A
(APPENDIX A_Z)
LS-DYNA Version 971

Ls-Dyna Manual Vol II r7.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ls-Dyna Manual Vol II r7.0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ls-Dyna Manual Vol II r7.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LS-DYNA

KEYWORD USER'S MANUAL

LIVERMORE SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (LSTC)

Livermore Software Technology Corporation

TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................ 0-1

0-1 (TABLE OF CONTENTS)

0-3 (TABLE OF CONTENTS)

0-5 (TABLE OF CONTENTS)

0-7 (TABLE OF CONTENTS)

0-8 (TABLE OF CONTENTS)

TYPE 21-30: *EOS_USER_DEFINED

Current specific volume (per mass) =

Current normalized volume increment =

Sometimes another volumetric parameter is used: ! =

Table 1.1 summarizes these volumetric parameters.

Density at nominal/reference state, usually non-stress or non-deformed state.

Recalling the current relative volume,

, and the relative volume at time=0 is then

. Generally, the V0 input parameter in an *EOS_ card, refers to this

Internal energy per unit current volume:

4 |&' = " - /|&'

EQUATION OF STATE (EOS)

;= ( ) is the cold pressure hypothetically evaluated along a 0-degree-Kelvin isotherm. This is

is positive in tension while P is positive in compression.

The 0th polynomial equation coefficient.

The 6th polynomial equation coefficient.

Initial relative volume (see the beginning of the *EOS section).

are set to zero if < 0 ,

E has the unit of pressure (where " and ")

When - = - = -8 = - = -Y = 0, it does not necessarily mean that the initial

See equation in Remarks.

See equation in Remarks.

See equation in Remarks.

See equation in Remarks.

See equation in Remarks.

Detonation energy per unit volume.

Initial relative volume.

and is usually used for detonation products of high explosives.

Initial internal energy

Initial relative volume

and is used for detonation products of high explosives.

Initial internal energy

Initial relative volume

and for expanded materials as

Initial internal energy

{N O{P lO{ l P O{| l

In expanded elements F1 is replaced by = + z 8 . By setting coefficient A10 = 1.0, the

Initial internal energy

Initial relative volume

Load curve ID defining the energy deposition rate

in which - , - , -8 , - , -W , -X , and -Y are user defined constants and

is the relative volume. In expanded elements, we set the coefficients of

Product JWL constant (see second equation in Remarks)

Product JWL constant (see second equation in Remarks)

Product JWL constant (see second equation in Remarks)

Product JWL constant (see second equation in Remarks)

Constant in ignition term of reaction equation

Unreacted JWL constant (see first equation in Remarks)

Unreacted JWL constant (see first equation in Remarks)